QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2014

File No. 001-36523

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 2 to

FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES†
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  47-6311266
(I.R.S. employer
Identification number)

888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

10019
(Zip Code)

(212) 894-7000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class to be so registered   Name of each exchange on which
each class is to be registered
Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

        Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "small reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer  o   Accelerated Filer  o   Non-Accelerated Filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company  o

   


The registrant was formerly named Vornado SpinCo. As of October 9, 2014, the registrant changed its name to Urban Edge Properties.



URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT
AND ITEMS OF FORM 10

        Certain information required to be included herein is incorporated by reference to specifically identified portions of the body of the information statement filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1. None of the information contained in the information statement shall be incorporated by reference herein or deemed to be a part hereof unless such information is specifically incorporated by reference.

Item 1.     Business.

        The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled "Information Statement Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business," "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions," "The Separation" and "Where You Can Find More Information." Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A.     Risk Factors.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Risk Factors." That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 2.     Financial Information.

        The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled "Summary Historical Combined Financial Data," "Selected Historical Combined Financial Data," "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Index to Financial Statements" and the statements referenced therein. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 3.     Properties.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Business—Our Portfolio." That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management." That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 5.     Directors and Executive Officers.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Management." That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6.     Executive Compensation.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis." That section is incorporated herein by reference.

1



Item 7.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

        The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled "Management" and "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions." Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8.     Legal Proceedings.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Business—Legal Proceedings." That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9.     Market Price of, and Dividends on, the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters.

        The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled "Dividend Policy," "Capitalization," "The Separation," and "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest." Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 10.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Sale of Unregistered Securities." That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.     Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered.

        The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the information statement entitled "Dividend Policy," "The Separation," "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest," and "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws." Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Trustees and Officers." This section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Index to Financial Statements" and the financial statements referenced therein. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

        None.

2


Item 15.     Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a)
Financial Statements

        The information required by this item is contained under the section of the information statement entitled "Index to Financial Statements" and the financial statements referenced therein. That section is incorporated herein by reference.

(b)
Exhibits

        See below.

        The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
  2.1   Form of Separation and Distribution Agreement by and among Vornado Realty Trust, Vornado Realty L.P., Urban Edge Properties and Urban Edge Properties L.P.**

 

3.1

 

Form of Declaration of Trust of Urban Edge Properties, as amended and restated**

 

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Urban Edge Properties**

 

10.1

 

Form of Limited Partnership Agreement of Urban Edge Properties L.P.**

 

10.2

 

Form of Transition Services Agreement by and between Vornado Realty Trust and Urban Edge Properties**

 

10.3

 

Form of Tax Matters Agreement by and between Vornado Realty Trust and Urban Edge Properties**

 

10.4

 

Form of Employee Matters Agreement by and between Vornado Realty Trust, Vornado Realty L.P., Urban Edge Properties and Urban Edge Properties L.P.**

 

10.5

 

Loan and Security Agreement, between the Individual Borrowers party thereto, Towson VF L.L.C. and Vornado Finance II L.P., dated August 18, 2010**

 

10.6

 

Loan Agreement between VNO Bergen Mall Owner LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated March 25, 2013**

 

10.7

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Vornado Realty Trust and Jeffrey Olson*

 

10.8

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between Urban Edge Properties and each of its trustees and executive officers*

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Urban Edge Properties**

 

99.1

 

Information Statement of Urban Edge Properties, preliminary and subject to completion, dated November 13, 2014**

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Filed herewith.

3



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Stephen W. Theriot

Name: Stephen W. Theriot
Title: Treasurer

Date: November 13, 2014

4




QuickLinks

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF FORM 10
SIGNATURES

Exhibit 2.1

 

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

VORNADO REALTY TRUST,

 

VORNADO REALTY L.P.,

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

AND

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES L.P.

 

DATED AS OF [ · ], 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE II THE SEPARATION

13

 

 

 

2.1

Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

13

2.2

UE Assets

14

2.3

UE Liabilities; Vornado Liabilities

17

2.4

Approvals and Notifications

18

2.5

Novation of Liabilities

19

2.6

Release of Guarantees

20

2.7

Termination of Agreements

21

2.8

Treatment of Shared Contracts

22

2.9

Bank Accounts; Cash Balances

22

2.10

Ancillary Agreements

23

2.11

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

23

2.12

UE Assumption of Indebtedness

24

2.13

Separate Contribution

24

2.14

Financial Information Certifications

25

2.15

Transition Committee

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE III THE DISTRIBUTION

26

 

 

 

3.1

Sole and Absolute Discretion; Cooperation

26

3.2

Actions Prior to the Distribution

26

3.3

Conditions to the Distribution

27

3.4

The Distribution

29

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION

30

 

 

 

4.1

Release of Pre-Distribution Claims

30

4.2

Indemnification by UE

32

4.3

Indemnification by Vornado

33

4.4

Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts

34

4.5

Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims

35

4.6

Additional Matters

37

4.7

Right of Contribution

38

4.8

Covenant Not to Sue

38

4.9

Remedies Cumulative

39

4.10

Survival of Indemnities

39

4.11

Certain Tax Procedures

39

 

i



 

ARTICLE V CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

43

 

 

 

5.1

Insurance Matters

43

5.2

Late Payments

46

5.3

Treatment of Payments for Tax Purposes

46

5.4

Inducement

46

5.5

Post-Effective Time Conduct

46

5.6

Non-Solicitation Covenant

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY

47

 

 

 

6.1

Agreement for Exchange of Information

47

6.2

Ownership of Information

47

6.3

Compensation for Providing Information

47

6.4

Record Retention

48

6.5

Limitations of Liability

48

6.6

Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information

48

6.7

Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation

48

6.8

Privileged Matters

49

6.9

Confidentiality

51

6.10

Protective Arrangements

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII DISPUTE RESOLUTION

53

 

 

 

7.1

Good-Faith Negotiation

53

7.2

Mediation

53

7.3

Arbitration

54

7.4

Litigation and Unilateral Commencement of Arbitration

55

7.5

Conduct During Dispute Resolution Process

55

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII FURTHER ASSURANCES AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

55

 

 

 

8.1

Further Assurances

55

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

56

 

 

 

9.1

Termination

56

9.2

Effect of Termination

56

 

 

 

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

57

 

 

 

10.1

Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power

57

10.2

Governing Law

57

10.3

Assignability

58

10.4

Third-Party Beneficiaries

58

10.5

Notices

58

10.6

Severability

59

10.7

Force Majeure

59

 

ii



 

10.8

No Set-Off

60

10.9

Publicity

60

10.10

Expenses

60

10.11

Headings

60

10.12

Survival of Covenants

60

10.13

Waivers of Default

60

10.14

Specific Performance

60

10.15

Amendments

61

10.16

Interpretation

61

10.17

Limitations of Liability

61

10.18

Performance

62

10.19

Mutual Drafting

62

 

SCHEDULES

 

1.3

UE Contracts

1.4

UE Intellectual Property

1.5

Transferred Entities

1.6

UE Properties

2.1(a)

Plan of Reorganization

2.2(a)(x)

UE Assets

2.2(b)(v)

Vornado Assets

2.3(a)(vi)

UE Liabilities

2.3(b)

Vornado Liabilities

2.7(b)(ii)

Agreements, Arrangements, Commitments or Understandings Which Shall Not Terminate

2.12

UE Assumption of Indebtedness and Other Financing Arrangements

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of UE

Exhibit B

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of UE

Exhibit C

Form of UE L.P. Partnership Agreement

Exhibit D

Form of Contribution Agreement

 

iii



 

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of [ · ], 2015 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and among Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ Vornado ”), Vornado Realty L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ VRLP ”), Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ UE ”), and Urban Edge Properties L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ UE L.P. ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I .

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS, the board of trustees of Vornado (the “ Vornado Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of Vornado and its shareholders to create a new publicly traded company that shall operate the UE Business;

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Vornado Board has determined that it is appropriate and desirable to separate the UE Business from the Vornado Business (the “ Separation ”);

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the Separation and pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization (as defined below), the following transactions, among others, are contemplated to occur:

 

(a)                                  VRLP and certain of its Subsidiaries will contribute the UE Assets and UE Liabilities (other than any such UE Assets and UE Liabilities which will be contributed by VRLP to UE L.P., as provided elsewhere in this Agreement) to UE (the “ VRLP Contribution ”) in exchange for common shares, par value $0.01 per share, in UE (“ UE Shares ”) and the assumption by UE and certain other members of the UE Group of such UE Liabilities;

 

(b)                                  VRLP will distribute, in one or more distributions, all of the UE Shares held by VRLP to the holders of record (including Vornado), as of the Record Date, of common limited partnership interests in VRLP entitled to participate in such distributions (“ VRLP Interests ”), with such distribution to be made on a pro rata basis, with each holder of VRLP Interests as of the Record Date entitled to receive one UE Share for every two VRLP Interests (the “ VRLP Distribution ”);

 

(c)                                   Vornado will distribute, in one or more distributions, all of the UE Shares it receives from VRLP to the holders of record, as of the Record Date, of common shares of Vornado, par value $0.04 per share (“ Vornado Shares ”) entitled to participate in such distributions, with such distribution to be made on a pro rata basis, with each holder of Vornado Shares as of the Record Date entitled to receive one UE Shares for every two Vornado Shares (the “ Vornado Distribution ” and, together with the VRLP Distribution, the “ Distribution ”);

 



 

(d)                                  VRLP will contribute certain UE Assets and UE Liabilities to UE L.P. (the “ Separate Contribution ” and, together with the VRLP Contribution, the “ Contribution ”) in exchange for limited partnership interests in UE L.P. (“ UE L.P. Interests ”) pursuant to the Contribution Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Vornado Board, acting on behalf of Vornado in its capacity as general partner of VRLP, has approved the VRLP Distribution and, acting in its capacity as such, has approved the Vornado Distribution;

 

WHEREAS, UE and UE L.P. have been organized solely for these purposes, and have not engaged in activities except in preparation for the Separation, the VRLP Distribution and the Distribution;

 

WHEREAS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Contribution is intended to qualify as a transaction that is tax-free under Sections 351 and 1032 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the VRLP Distribution is intended to qualify as a transaction that is tax-free under Section 731 of the Code, and the Vornado Distribution is intended to qualify as a transaction that is tax-free under Section 355 of the Code;

 

WHEREAS, UE and Vornado have prepared, and UE has filed with the SEC, the Form 10, which includes the Information Statement, which sets forth disclosure concerning UE, the Separation and the Distribution; and

 

WHEREAS, each of Vornado and UE has determined that it is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Separation and the Distribution and certain other agreements that will govern certain matters relating to the Separation and the Distribution and the relationship of Vornado, UE and the members of their respective Groups following the Distribution.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Action ” shall mean any demand, action, claim, dispute, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, subpoena, proceeding or investigation of any nature (whether criminal, civil, legislative, administrative, regulatory, prosecutorial or otherwise) by or before any federal, state, local, foreign or international Governmental Authority or any arbitration or mediation tribunal.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person. For the purpose of this definition, “ control

 

2



 

(including with correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment, undertaking or otherwise. It is expressly agreed that, prior to, at and after the Effective Time, for purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, (a) no member of the UE Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the Vornado Group and (b) no member of the Vornado Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the UE Group.

 

Agent ” shall mean the trust company or bank duly appointed by Vornado and VRLP to act as distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for the UE Shares in connection with the Distribution.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Ancillary Agreement ” shall mean all agreements (other than this Agreement) entered into by the Parties and/or members of their respective Groups (but as to which no Third Party is a party) in connection with the Separation, the Distribution, or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the Transfer Documents.

 

Approvals or Notifications ” shall mean any consents, waivers, approvals, permits or authorizations to be obtained from, notices, registrations or reports to be submitted to, or other filings to be made with, any third Person, including any Governmental Authority.

 

Arbitration Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a) .

 

Assets ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the assets, properties, claims and rights (including goodwill) of such Person, wherever located (including in the possession of vendors or other third Persons or elsewhere), of every kind, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible, intangible or contingent, in each case whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of such Person, including rights and benefits pursuant to any contract, license, permit, indenture, note, bond, mortgage, agreement, concession, franchise, instrument, undertaking, commitment, understanding or other arrangement.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Contribution Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13(b) .

 

CPR ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 .

 

Delayed UE Asset ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c) .

 

3



 

Delayed UE Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(c) .

 

Disclosure Document ” shall mean any registration statement (including the Form 10) filed with the SEC by or on behalf of any Party or any member of its Group, and also includes any information statement (including the Information Statement), prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, periodic report or similar disclosure document, whether or not filed with the SEC or any other Governmental Authority, in each case which describes the Separation, the Distribution or the UE Group, or primarily relates to the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Dispute ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

 

Distribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Distribution Date ” shall mean the date of the consummation of the Distribution, which shall be determined by the Vornado Board in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Effective Time ” shall mean 12:01 a.m., Eastern time, on the Distribution Date.

 

Employee Matters Agreement ” shall mean the employee matters agreement to be entered into by and between Vornado and UE (or certain members of their respective Groups) in connection with the Separation, the Distribution or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Environmental Law ” shall mean any Law relating to pollution, protection or restoration of or prevention of harm to the environment or natural resources, including the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, Release or discharge of Hazardous Materials or the protection of or prevention of harm to human health and safety.

 

Environmental Liabilities ” shall mean all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Hazardous Materials, Environmental Law or contract or agreement relating to environmental, health or safety matters (including all removal, remediation or cleanup costs, investigatory costs, response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injury damages, costs of compliance with any product take-back requirements or with any settlement, judgment or other determination of Liability and indemnity, contribution or similar obligations) and all costs and expenses, interest, fines, penalties or other monetary sanctions in connection therewith.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Force Majeure ” shall mean, with respect to a Party, an event beyond the control of such Party (or any Person acting on its behalf), which event (a) does not arise or result from the fault or negligence of such Party (or any Person acting on its behalf) and (b) by its nature would not reasonably have been foreseen by such Party (or such Person), or, if it would reasonably have been foreseen, was unavoidable, and includes acts of God, acts of civil or military authority, embargoes, epidemics, war, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, floods, unusually severe weather conditions, labor problems or, in the case of computer systems,

 

4



 

any failure in electrical or air conditioning equipment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the receipt by a Party of an unsolicited takeover offer or other acquisition proposal, even if unforeseen or unavoidable, and such Party’s response thereto, shall not be deemed an event of Force Majeure.

 

Form 10 ” shall mean the registration statement on Form 10 filed by UE with the SEC to effect the registration of UE Shares pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with the Distribution, as such registration statement may be amended or supplemented from time to time prior to the Distribution.

 

Governmental Approvals ” shall mean any Approvals or Notifications to be made to, or obtained from, any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.

 

Group ” shall mean either the UE Group or the Vornado Group, as the context requires.

 

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean any chemical, material, substance, waste, pollutant, emission, discharge, release or contaminant that could result in Liability under, or that is prohibited, limited or regulated by or pursuant to, any Environmental Law, and any natural or artificial substance (whether solid, liquid or gas, noise, ion, vapor or electromagnetic) that could cause harm to human health or the environment, including petroleum, petroleum products and byproducts, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, electronic, medical or infectious wastes, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, radioactive substances, chlorofluorocarbons and all other ozone-depleting substances.

 

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a) .

 

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a) .

 

Indemnity Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a) .

 

Information ” shall mean information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium, including studies, reports, records, books, contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer names, communications by or to attorneys (including attorney-client privileged communications), memos and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product), and other technical, financial, employee or business information or data; provided that “Information” shall not include Registrable IP.

 

5



 

Information Statement ” shall mean the information statement to be sent to the holders of Vornado Shares and the holders of VRLP Interests in connection with the Distribution, as such information statement may be amended or supplemented from time to time prior to the Distribution.

 

Initial Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

 

Insurance Proceeds ” shall mean those monies:

 

(a)                                  received by an insured from an insurance carrier; or

 

(b)                                  paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured;

 

in any such case net of any applicable premium adjustments (including reserves and retrospectively rated premium adjustments) and net of any costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof.

 

Insurance Termination Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a) .

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all of the following whether arising under the Laws of the United States or of any other foreign or multinational jurisdiction: (a) patents, patent applications (including patents issued thereon) and statutory invention registrations, including reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations in part, substitutions, renewals, extensions and reexaminations of any of the foregoing, and all rights in any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, trade dress, logos and other source or business identifiers, including all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing, and any and all common law rights in and to any of the foregoing, registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, and all reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing, (c) Internet domain names, registrations and related rights, (d) copyrightable works, copyrights, moral rights, mask work rights, database rights and design rights, in each case, other than Software, whether or not registered, and all registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing, and all rights in and to any of the foregoing provided by international treaties or conventions, (e) confidential and proprietary information, including trade secrets, invention disclosures, processes and know-how, in each case, other than Software, and (f) intellectual property rights arising from or in respect of any Technology.

 

IRS ” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

Law ” shall mean any national, supranational, federal, state, provincial, local or similar law (including common law), statute, code, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, decree, injunction, binding judicial or administrative interpretation or other requirement, in each case, enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by a Governmental Authority.

 

Liabilities ” shall mean all debts, guarantees, assurances, commitments, liabilities, responsibilities, Losses, remediation, deficiencies, damages, fines, penalties, settlements, sanctions, costs, expenses, interest and obligations of any nature or kind, whether

 

6


 

accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, accrued or not accrued, asserted or unasserted, liquidated or unliquidated, foreseen or unforeseen, known or unknown, reserved or unreserved, or determined or determinable, including those arising under any Law, claim (including any Third-Party Claim), demand, Action, or order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority or arbitration tribunal, and those arising under any contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment or undertaking, or any fines, damages or equitable relief that is imposed, in each case, including all costs and expenses relating thereto.

 

Linked ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a) .

 

Losses ” shall mean actual losses (including any diminution in value), costs, damages, penalties and expenses (including legal and accounting fees, and expenses and costs of investigation and litigation), whether or not involving a Third-Party Claim.

 

Mediation Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 .

 

NYSE ” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Other IP ” shall mean all Intellectual Property, other than Registrable IP, that is owned by either Party or any member of its Group as of the Effective Time.

 

Parties ” shall mean the parties to this Agreement.

 

Permits ” means permits, approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses or certificates issued by any Governmental Authority.

 

Person ” shall mean an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

 

Plan of Reorganization ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

 

Prime Rate ” means the rate that Bloomberg displays as “Prime Rate by Country United States” at www.bloomberg.com/markets/rates-bonds/key-rates/ or on a Bloomberg terminal at PRIMBB Index.

 

Privileged Information ” means any information, in written, oral, electronic, or other tangible or intangible forms, including any communications by or to attorneys (including attorney-client privileged communications), memoranda and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product), as to which a Party or any member of its Group would be entitled to assert or have asserted a privilege, including the attorney-client and attorney work product privileges.

 

Qualifying Income ” means income described in Sections 856(c)(2)(A) through (I) and 856(c)(3)(A) through (I) of the Code.

 

7



 

Record Date ” shall mean the close of business on the date to be determined by the Vornado Board, acting both on behalf of Vornado in its capacity as the general partner of VRLP and on its own behalf, as the record date for determining holders of VRLP Interests entitled to receive UE Shares pursuant to the VRLP Distribution and for determining holders of Vornado Shares entitled to receive UE Shares pursuant to the Vornado Distribution.

 

Record Holders ” shall mean the holders of record of Vornado Shares and the holders of record of the VRLP Interests, in each case, as of the Record Date.

 

Registrable IP ” shall mean all patents, patent applications, statutory invention registrations, registered trademarks, registered service marks, registered Internet domain names and copyright registrations.

 

REIT ” shall mean “a real estate investment trust” within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code.

 

REIT Guidance ” shall mean either a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of Tax counsel selected by the Party who has given the relevant REIT Savings Notice, which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Party.

 

“REIT Savings Notice ” shall mean the written notice delivered by UE or Vornado, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 4.11(a) or Section 4.11(b), respectively.

 

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, discharge, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, injection, deposit, disposal, dispersal, leaching or migration of Hazardous Materials into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater and surface or subsurface strata).

 

Representatives ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants, attorneys or other representatives.

 

SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Security Interest ” shall mean any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge, claim, option, right to acquire, voting or other restriction, right-of-way, covenant, condition, easement, encroachment, restriction on transfer, or other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever.

 

Separate Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Separation ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Shared Contract ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) .

 

Software ” shall mean any and all (a) computer programs, including any and all software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) databases and compilations, including any

 

8



 

and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (c) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, (d) screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons and (e) documentation, including user manuals and other training documentation, relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Specified REIT Requirements ” means the requirements of Sections 856(c)(2) and (3) of the Code.

 

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, joint venture or partnership of which such Person (a) beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of (i) the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities, (ii) the total combined equity interests or (iii) the capital or profit interests, in the case of a partnership, or (b) otherwise has the power to vote, either directly or indirectly, sufficient securities to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body.

 

Tangible Information ” means information that is contained in written, electronic or other tangible forms.

 

Tax ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.

 

Tax Matters Agreement ” shall mean the tax matters agreement to be entered into by and between Vornado and UE (or any members of their respective Groups) in connection with the Separation, the Distribution or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Tax Return ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.

 

Technology ” shall mean all technology, designs, formulae, algorithms, procedures, methods, discoveries, processes, techniques, ideas, know-how, research and development, technical data, tools, materials, specifications, processes, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), apparatus, creations, improvements, works of authorship in any media, confidential, proprietary or non-public information, and other similar materials, and all recordings, graphs, drawings, reports, analyses and other writings, and other tangible embodiments of the foregoing in any form, whether or not listed herein, in each case, other than Software.

 

Third Party ” means any Person other than the Parties or any members of their respective Groups.

 

Third-Party Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a) .

 

Transfer Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Transferred Entities ” shall mean the entities set forth on Schedule 1.5 .

 

Transition Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15 .

 

9



 

Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the transition services agreement to be entered into by and between Vornado and UE (or any members of their respective Groups) in connection with the Separation, the Distribution or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

UE ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

UE Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a) .

 

UE Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) .

 

UE Balance Sheet ” shall mean the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of the UE Business, including any notes and subledgers thereto, as of September 30, 2014, as presented in the Information Statement mailed to the Record Holders.

 

UE Business ” shall mean the business, operations and activities of the Vornado Group relating primarily to the UE Properties as conducted at any time prior to the Effective Time by either Party or any of their current or former Subsidiaries.

 

UE Bylaws ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Bylaws of UE, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

UE Contracts ” shall mean the following contracts and agreements to which either Party or any member of its Group is a party or by which it or any member of its Group or any of their respective Assets is bound, whether or not in writing; provided that UE Contracts shall not include (x) any contract or agreement that is contemplated to be retained by Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group from and after the Effective Time pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or (y) any contract or agreement that would constitute UE Software or UE Technology:

 

(a)                                  any leases relating primarily to any UE Property pursuant to which a Third Party leases all or any portion of such UE Property;

 

(b)                                  any joint venture, shareholder, equityholder, partnership or similar agreements with any Third Party relating primarily to any UE Property;

 

(c)                                   any customer, distribution, supply, marketing, vendor or other contract, agreement or license, in each case with a Third Party and in effect as of the Effective Time, pursuant to which such Third Party provides or receives products or services to or from either Party or any member of its Group, primarily in connection with the UE Business, excluding any such contracts or agreements for services that are addressed in the Transition Services Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement;

 

(d)                                  any guarantee, indemnity, representation, covenant, warranty or other Liability of either Party or any member of its Group relating primarily to any other UE Contract, any UE Liability or the UE Business;

 

10



 

(e)                                   any employment, change of control, retention, consulting, indemnification, termination, severance or other similar agreement with any UE Group Employee or consultants of the UE Group that is in effect as of the Effective Time;

 

(f)                                    any contract or agreement that is otherwise expressly contemplated pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to be assigned to UE or any member of the UE Group;

 

(g)                                   any interest rate, currency, commodity or other swap, collar, cap or other hedging or similar agreements or arrangements related exclusively to the UE Business or entered into by or on behalf of any division, business unit or member of the UE Group;

 

(h)                                  any contract, guarantee, note, mortgage, bond, debenture or other agreement providing for indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, which relates primarily to the UE Business; and

 

(i)                                      any contracts, agreements or settlements listed on Schedule 1.3 , including the right to recover any amounts under such contracts, agreements or settlements.

 

UE Declaration of Trust ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of UE, substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

UE Financing Arrangements ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(a) .

 

UE Group ” shall mean (a) prior to the Effective Time, UE and each Person that will be a Subsidiary of UE as of immediately after the Effective Time, including the Transferred Entities, even if, prior to the Effective Time, such Person is not a Subsidiary of UE; and (b) on and after the Effective Time, UE and each Person that is a Subsidiary of UE.

 

UE Group Employee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Employee Matters Agreement.

 

UE Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 .

 

UE Indemnity Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a)(i) .

 

UE Intellectual Property ” shall mean (a) the Registrable IP set forth on Schedule 1.4 and (b) all Other IP owned by, licensed by or to, or sublicensed by or to either Party or any member of its Group as of the Effective Time exclusively used or exclusively held for use in the UE Business, including any Other IP set forth on Schedule 1.4 .

 

UE Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) .

 

UE L.P. ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

UE L.P. Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

11



 

UE L.P. Partnership Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14(a) .

 

UE Permits ” shall mean all Permits owned or licensed by either Party or any member of its Group primarily used or primarily held for use in the UE Business as of the Effective Time.

 

UE Properties ” means the real properties listed on Schedule 1.6 .

 

UE Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

UE Software ” shall mean all Software owned or licensed by either Party or any member of its Group exclusively used or exclusively held for use in the UE Business as of the Effective Time.

 

UE Technology ” shall mean all Technology owned or licensed by either Party or any member of its Group exclusively used or exclusively held for use in the UE Business as of the Effective Time.

 

Unreleased UE Liability ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Vornado ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Vornado Accounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.9(a) .

 

Vornado Assets ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

 

Vornado Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Vornado Business ” shall mean all businesses, operations and activities (whether or not such businesses, operations or activities are or have been terminated, divested or discontinued) conducted at any time prior to the Effective Time by either Party or any member of its Group, other than the UE Business.

 

Vornado Distribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Vornado Group ” shall mean Vornado and each Person that is a Subsidiary of Vornado (other than UE and any other member of the UE Group).

 

Vornado Indemnitees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 .

 

Vornado Indemnity Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(b)(i) .

 

Vornado Liabilities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b) .

 

Vornado Name and Vornado Marks ” shall mean the names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers of either Party or any member of its Group using or containing “Vornado Realty” or “Vornado,” either alone or in

 

12



 

combination with other words or elements, and all names, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source or business identifiers confusingly similar to or embodying any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with other words or elements, together with the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing.

 

Vornado Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

VRLP ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

VRLP Contribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

VRLP Distribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

VRLP Interests ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

ARTICLE II
THE SEPARATION

 

2.1                                Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  On or prior to the Effective Time, but in any case, prior to the Distribution, in accordance with the plan set forth on Schedule 2.1(a)  (the “ Plan of Reorganization ”):

 

(i)                                      Transfer and Assignment of UE Assets . Vornado shall, and shall cause the applicable members of the Vornado Group to, contribute, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to the applicable members of the UE Group, and the applicable members of the UE Group shall accept from Vornado and the applicable members of the Vornado Group, all of Vornado’s and such Vornado Group members’ respective direct or indirect right, title and interest in and to all of the UE Assets (it being understood that if any UE Asset shall be held by a Transferred Entity or a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Transferred Entity, such UE Asset may be assigned, transferred, conveyed and delivered to UE as a result of the transfer of all of the equity interests in such Transferred Entity from Vornado or the applicable members of the Vornado Group to the applicable member of the UE Group); and

 

(ii)                                   Acceptance and Assumption of UE Liabilities . The applicable members of the UE Group shall accept, assume and agree faithfully to perform, discharge and fulfill all of the UE Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms. The applicable members of the UE Group shall be responsible for all UE Liabilities, regardless of when or where such UE Liabilities arose or arise, or whether the facts on which they are based occurred prior to or subsequent to the Effective Time, regardless of where or against whom such UE Liabilities are asserted or determined (including any UE Liabilities arising out of claims made by Vornado’s or UE’s respective trustees, officers, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates against any member of the Vornado Group or the UE Group) or whether asserted or determined prior to the date hereof, and regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of Law, fraud or misrepresentation by any member of the Vornado Group or the

 

13



 

UE Group, or any of their respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(b)                                  Transfer Documents . In furtherance of the contribution, assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of the Assets and the assumption of the Liabilities in accordance with Section 2.1(a) , (i) each Party shall execute and deliver, and shall cause the applicable members of its Group to execute and deliver, such bills of sale, quitclaim deeds, stock powers, certificates of title, assignments of contracts and other instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment as and to the extent necessary to evidence the transfer, conveyance and assignment of all of such Party’s and the applicable members of its Group’s right, title and interest in and to such Assets to the other Party and the applicable members of its Group in accordance with Section 2.1(a) , and (ii) each Party shall execute and deliver, and shall cause the applicable members of its Group to execute and deliver, to the other Party such assumptions of contracts and other instruments of assumption as and to the extent necessary to evidence the valid and effective assumption of the Liabilities by such Party and the applicable members of its Group in accordance with Section 2.1(a) . All of the foregoing documents contemplated by this Section 2.1(b)  shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Transfer Documents .”

 

(c)                                   Misallocations . In the event that at any time or from time to time (whether prior to, at or after the Effective Time), one Party (or any member of such Party’s respective Group) shall receive or otherwise possess any Asset that is allocated to the other Party (or any member of such Party’s Group) pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, such Party shall promptly transfer, or cause to be transferred, such Asset to the Party so entitled thereto (or to any member of such Party’s Group), and such Party (or member of such Party’s Group) shall accept such Asset. Prior to any such transfer, the Person receiving or possessing such Asset shall hold such Asset in trust for any such other Person. In the event that at any time or from time to time (whether prior to, at or after the Effective Time), one Party hereto (or any member of such Party’s Group) shall receive or otherwise assume any Liability that is allocated to the other Party (or any member of such Party’s Group) pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, such Party shall promptly transfer, or cause to be transferred, such Liability to the Party responsible therefor (or to any member of such Party’s Group), and such Party (or member of such Party’s Group) shall accept, assume and agree to faithfully perform such Liability.

 

(d)                                  Waiver of Bulk-Sale and Bulk-Transfer Laws . UE, UE L.P. and each member of the UE Group hereby waives compliance by each and every member of the Vornado Group with the requirements and provisions of any “bulk-sale” or “bulk-transfer” Laws of any jurisdiction that may be applicable with respect to the transfer or sale of any or all of the UE Assets or UE Properties to any member of the UE Group. Vornado, VRLP and each member of the Vornado Group hereby waives compliance by each and every member of the UE Group with the requirements and provisions of any “bulk-sale” or “bulk-transfer” Laws of any jurisdiction that may be applicable with respect to the transfer or sale of any or all of the Vornado Assets to any member of the Vornado Group.

 

2.2                                UE Assets .

 

(a)                                  UE Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, “ UE Assets ” shall mean:

 

14



 

(i)                                      all issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of the Transferred Entities that are owned by either Party or any members of its Group as of the Effective Time;

 

(ii)                                   all interests in the UE Properties of whatever nature, including easements, whether as owner, mortgagee or holder of a Security Interest in the UE Properties, lessor, sublessor, lessee, sublessee or otherwise, and including all buildings or barges located thereon, and all associated parking areas, fixtures and all other improvements located thereon, and including all rights, benefits, privileges, tenements, hereditaments, covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements and other appurtenances on any UE Property or otherwise appertaining to or benefitting any UE Property and/or the improvements situated thereon, including all mineral rights, development rights, air and water rights, subsurface rights, vested rights entitling, or prospective rights which may entitle, the owner of any UE Property to related easements, land use rights, air rights, viewshed rights, density credits, water, sewer, electrical and other utility service, credits and/or rebates, strips and gores and any land lying in the bed of any street, road, alley, open or proposed, adjoining any UE Property, and all easements, rights of way and other appurtenances used or connected with the beneficial use or enjoyment of any UE Property;

 

(iii)                                all Assets of either Party or any members of its Group included or reflected as assets of the UE Group on the UE Balance Sheet, subject to any dispositions of such Assets subsequent to the date of the UE Balance Sheet; provided that, except with respect to any contribution by Vornado of cash to be used by the UE Group for general corporate purposes, the amounts set forth on the UE Balance Sheet with respect to any Assets shall not be treated as minimum amounts or limitations on the amount of such Assets that are included in the definition of UE Assets pursuant to this subclause (iii);

 

(iv)                               all Assets of either Party or any of the members of its Group as of the Effective Time that are of a nature or type that would have resulted in such Assets being included as Assets of UE or members of the UE Group on a pro forma combined balance sheet of the UE Group or any notes or subledgers thereto as of the Effective Time (were such balance sheet, notes and subledgers to be prepared on a basis consistent with the determination of the Assets included on the UE Balance Sheet), it being understood that (x) the UE Balance Sheet shall be used to determine the types of, and methodologies used to determine, those Assets that are included in the definition of UE Assets pursuant to this subclause (iv); and (y) the amounts set forth on the UE Balance Sheet with respect to any Assets shall not be treated as minimum amounts or limitations on the amount of such Assets that are included in the definition of UE Assets pursuant to this subclause (iv);

 

(v)                                  all Assets of either Party or any of the members of its Group as of the Effective Time that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement as Assets to be transferred to UE or any other member of the UE Group;

 

15



 

(vi)                               all UE Contracts as of the Effective Time and all rights, interests or claims of either Party or any of the members of its Group thereunder as of the Effective Time;

 

(vii)                            all UE Intellectual Property, UE Software and UE Technology as of the Effective Time and all rights, interests or claims of either Party or any of the members of its Group thereunder as of the Effective Time;

 

(viii)                         all UE Permits as of the Effective Time and all rights, interests or claims of either Party or any of the members of its Group thereunder as of the Effective Time;

 

(ix)                               all rights, interests and claims of either Party or any of the members of its Group as of the Effective Time with respect to Information that is exclusively related to the UE Assets, the UE Liabilities, the UE Business or the Transferred Entities and, subject to the provisions of the applicable Ancillary Agreements, a non-exclusive right to all Information that is related to, but not exclusively related to, the UE Assets, the UE Liabilities, the UE Business or the Transferred Entities; and

 

(x)                                  any and all Assets set forth on Schedule 2.2(a)(x) .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the UE Assets shall not in any event include any Asset referred to in subclauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.2(b) .

 

(b)                                  Vornado Assets . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Vornado Assets ” shall mean all Assets of either Party or the members of its Group as of the Effective Time, other than the UE Assets, it being understood that the Vornado Assets shall include:

 

(i)                                      all Assets that are expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (or the Schedules hereto or thereto) as Assets to be retained by Vornado, VRLP or any other member of the Vornado Group;

 

(ii)                                   all Contracts of either Party or any of the members of its Group as of the Effective Time (other than the UE Contracts);

 

(iii)                                all Intellectual Property of either Party or any of the members of its Group as of the Effective Time (other than the UE Intellectual Property), including the Vornado Name and Vornado Marks;

 

(iv)                               all Permits of either Party or any of the members of its Group as of the Effective Time (other than the UE Permits); and

 

(v)                                  any and all Assets set forth on Schedule 2.2(b)(v) .

 

16


 

2.3                                UE Liabilities; Vornado Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  UE Liabilities . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ UE Liabilities ” shall mean the following Liabilities of either Party or any of the members of its Group:

 

(i)                                      all Liabilities included or reflected as liabilities or obligations of UE or the members of the UE Group on the UE Balance Sheet, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the UE Balance Sheet; provided that the amounts set forth on the UE Balance Sheet with respect to any Liabilities shall not be treated as minimum amounts or limitations on the amount of such Liabilities that are included in the definition of UE Liabilities pursuant to this subclause (i);

 

(ii)                                   all Liabilities as of the Effective Time that are of a nature or type that would have resulted in such Liabilities being included or reflected as liabilities or obligations of UE or the members of the UE Group on a pro forma combined balance sheet of the UE Group or any notes or subledgers thereto as of the Effective Time (were such balance sheet, notes and subledgers to be prepared on a basis consistent with the determination of the Liabilities included on the UE Balance Sheet), it being understood that (x) the UE Balance Sheet shall be used to determine the types of, and methodologies used to determine, those Liabilities that are included in the definition of UE Liabilities pursuant to this subclause (ii), and (y) the amounts set forth on the UE Balance Sheet with respect to any Liabilities shall not be treated as minimum amounts or limitations on the amount of such Liabilities that are included in the definition of UE Liabilities pursuant to this subclause (ii);

 

(iii)                                all Liabilities, including any Environmental Liabilities, relating to, arising out of or resulting from the actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the Effective Time (whether or not such Liabilities cease being contingent, mature, become known, are asserted or foreseen, or accrue, in each case before, at or after the Effective Time), in each case to the extent that such Liabilities relate to, arise out of or result from the UE Business or any UE Asset;

 

(iv)                               any and all Liabilities that are expressly provided by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (or the Schedules hereto or thereto) as Liabilities to be assumed by UE or any other member of the UE Group, and all agreements, obligations and Liabilities of any member of the UE Group under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

 

(v)                                  all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the UE Contracts, the UE Intellectual Property, the UE Software, the UE Technology or the UE Permits;

 

(vi)                               any and all Liabilities set forth on Schedule 2.3(a)(vi) ; and

 

(vii)                            all Liabilities arising out of claims made by any Third Party (including Vornado’s or UE’s respective trustees, officers, shareholders, employees and agents) against any member of the Vornado Group or the UE Group to the extent relating

 

17



 

to, arising out of or resulting from the UE Business or any UE Asset or the other business, operations, activities or Liabilities referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above;

 

provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that the Liabilities set forth on Schedule 2.3(b) , and any Liabilities of any member of the Vornado Group pursuant to the Ancillary Agreements, shall not be UE Liabilities but instead shall be Vornado Liabilities.

 

(b)                                  Vornado Liabilities . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Vornado Liabilities ” shall mean (i) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the Effective Time (whether or not such Liabilities cease being contingent, mature, become known, are asserted or foreseen, or accrue, in each case before, at or after the Effective Time) of any member of the Vornado Group and, prior to the Effective Time, any member of the UE Group, in each case that are not UE Liabilities, including any and all Liabilities set forth on Schedule 2.3(b) ; and (ii) all Liabilities arising out of claims made by any Third Party (including Vornado’s or UE’s respective trustees, officers, shareholders, employees and agents) against any member of the Vornado Group or the UE Group to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Vornado Business or the Vornado Assets.

 

2.4                                Approvals and Notifications .

 

(a)                                  Approvals and Notifications for UE Assets . To the extent that the transfer or assignment of any UE Asset, the assumption of any UE Liability, the Separation, or the Distribution requires any Approvals or Notifications, the Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or make such Approvals or Notifications as soon as reasonably practicable; provided , however , that, except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements or as otherwise agreed between Vornado and UE, neither Vornado nor UE shall be obligated to contribute capital or pay any consideration in any form (including providing any letter of credit, guaranty or other financial accommodation) to any Person in order to obtain or make such Approvals or Notifications.

 

(b)                                  Delayed UE Transfers . If and to the extent that the valid, complete and perfected transfer or assignment to the UE Group of any UE Asset or assumption by the UE Group of any UE Liability would be a violation of applicable Law or require any Approval or Notification in connection with the Separation or the Distribution that has not been obtained or made by the Effective Time, then, unless the Parties mutually shall otherwise determine, the transfer or assignment to the UE Group of such UE Assets or the assumption by the UE Group of such UE Liabilities, as the case may be, shall be automatically deemed deferred and any such purported transfer, assignment or assumption shall be null and void until such time as all legal impediments are removed or such Approvals or Notifications have been obtained or made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such UE Assets or UE Liabilities shall continue to constitute UE Assets and UE Liabilities for all other purposes of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Treatment of Delayed UE Assets and Delayed UE Liabilities . If any transfer or assignment of any UE Asset or any assumption of any UE Liability intended to be transferred, assigned or assumed hereunder, as the case may be, is not consummated on or prior to the Effective Time, whether as a result of the provisions of Section 2.4(b)  or for any other

 

18



 

reason (any such UE Asset, a “ Delayed UE Asset ” and any such UE Liability, a “ Delayed UE Liability ”), then, insofar as reasonably possible and subject to applicable Law, the member of the Vornado Group retaining such Delayed UE Asset or such Delayed UE Liability, as the case may be, shall thereafter hold such Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability, as the case may be, for the use and benefit or burden, as applicable, of the member of the UE Group entitled thereto (at the expense of the member of the UE Group entitled thereto). In addition, the member of the Vornado Group retaining such Delayed UE Asset or such Delayed UE Liability shall, insofar as reasonably possible and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, treat such Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by the member of the UE Group to whom such Delayed UE Asset is to be transferred or assigned, or which will assume such Delayed UE Liability, as the case may be, in order to place such member of the UE Group in a substantially similar position as if such Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability had been transferred, assigned or assumed as contemplated hereby and so that all the benefits and burdens relating to such Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability, as the case may be, including use, risk of loss, potential for gain, and dominion, control and command over such Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability, as the case may be, and all costs and expenses related thereto, shall inure from and after the Effective Time to the UE Group.

 

(d)                                  Transfer of Delayed UE Assets and Delayed UE Liabilities . If and when the Approvals or Notifications, the absence of which caused the deferral of transfer or assignment of any Delayed UE Asset or the deferral of assumption of any Delayed UE Liability pursuant to Section 2.4(b) , are obtained or made, and, if and when any other legal impediments for the transfer or assignment of any Delayed UE Asset or the assumption of any Delayed UE Liability have been removed, the transfer or assignment of the applicable Delayed UE Asset or the assumption of the applicable Delayed UE Liability, as the case may be, shall be effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and/or the applicable Ancillary Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Costs for Delayed UE Assets and Delayed UE Liabilities . Any member of the Vornado Group retaining a Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability due to the deferral of the transfer or assignment of such Delayed UE Asset or the deferral of the assumption of such Delayed UE Liability, as the case may be, shall not be obligated, in connection with the foregoing, to expend any money unless the necessary funds are advanced (or otherwise made available) by UE or the member of the UE Group entitled to or burdened by the Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability, other than reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, attorneys’ fees and recording or similar fees, all of which shall be promptly reimbursed by UE or the member of the UE Group entitled to or burdened by such Delayed UE Asset or Delayed UE Liability.

 

2.5                                Novation of Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  Each of Vornado and UE, at the request of the other, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, as soon as reasonably practicable, any consent, substitution, approval or amendment required to novate or assign all UE Liabilities and obtain in writing the unconditional release of each member of the Vornado Group that is a party to any such arrangements, so that, in any such case, the members of the UE Group shall be solely responsible for such UE Liabilities; provided , however , that, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, neither Vornado nor

 

19



 

UE shall be obligated to contribute any capital or pay any consideration in any form (including providing any letter of credit, guaranty or other financial accommodation) to any third Person from whom any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release is requested.

 

(b)                                  If Vornado or UE is unable to obtain, or to cause to be obtained, any such required consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release and the applicable member of the Vornado Group continues to be bound by such UE Liability (or any agreement, lease, license or other obligation, in each case, pursuant to which any UE Liability arises) (each, an “ Unreleased UE Liability ”), UE shall, to the extent not prohibited by Law, as indemnitor, guarantor, agent or subcontractor for such member of the Vornado Group, as the case may be, (i) pay, perform and discharge fully all of the obligations or other Liabilities of such member of the Vornado Group that constitute Unreleased UE Liabilities from and after the Effective Time and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such payment, performance or discharge prior to the time any demand for such payment, performance or discharge is permitted to be made by the obligee thereunder on any member of the Vornado Group. If and when any such consent, substitution, approval, amendment or release shall be obtained or the Unreleased UE Liabilities shall otherwise become assignable or able to be novated, Vornado shall promptly assign, or cause to be assigned, and UE or the applicable UE Group member shall assume, such Unreleased UE Liabilities without exchange of further consideration.

 

2.6                                Release of Guarantees . In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the obligations set forth in Section 2.5 :

 

(a)                                  On or prior to the Effective Time or as soon as practicable thereafter, each of Vornado and UE shall, at the request of the other Party and with the reasonable cooperation of such other Party and the applicable member(s) of such Party’s Group, use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) have any member(s) of the Vornado Group removed as guarantor of, indemnitor of or obligor for any UE Liability to the extent that they relate to UE Liabilities, including the removal of any Security Interest on or in any Vornado Asset that may serve as collateral or security for any such UE Liability; and (ii) have any member(s) of the UE Group removed as guarantor of, indemnitor of or obligor for any Vornado Liability to the extent that they relate to Vornado Liabilities, including the removal of any Security Interest on or in any UE Asset that may serve as collateral or security for any such Vornado Liability.

 

(b)                                  To the extent required to obtain a release from a guarantee or indemnity of:

 

(i)                                      any member of the Vornado Group, UE or one or more members of the UE Group shall execute a guarantee or indemnity agreement in the form of the existing guarantee or indemnity or such other form as is agreed to by the relevant parties to such guarantee or indemnity agreement, which agreement shall include the removal of any Security Interest on or in any Vornado Asset that may serve as collateral or security for any such UE Liability, except to the extent that such existing guarantee or indemnity contains representations, covenants or other terms or provisions either (i) with which UE would be reasonably unable to comply or (ii) which UE would not reasonably be able to avoid breaching; and

 

20



 

(ii)                                   any member of the UE Group, Vornado or one or more members of the Vornado Group shall execute a guarantee or indemnity agreement in the form of the existing guarantee or indemnity or such other form as is agreed to by the relevant parties to such guarantee or indemnity agreement, which agreement shall include the removal of any Security Interest on or in any UE Asset that may serve as collateral or security for any such Vornado Liability, except to the extent that such existing guarantee contains representations, covenants or other terms or provisions either (i) with which Vornado would be reasonably unable to comply or (ii) which Vornado would not reasonably be able to avoid breaching.

 

(c)                                   Until such time as Vornado or UE has obtained, or has caused to be obtained, any removal or release as set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 2.6 , (i) the Party or the relevant member of its Group that has assumed the Liability related to such guarantee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the guarantor or obligor against or from any Liability arising from or relating thereto in accordance with the provisions of Article IV and shall, as agent or subcontractor for such guarantor, indemnitor or obligor, pay, perform and discharge fully all the obligations or other Liabilities of such guarantor, indemnitor or obligor thereunder; and (ii) each of Vornado and UE, on behalf of itself and the other members of its respective Group, agree not to renew or extend the term of, increase any obligations under, or transfer to a Third Party, any loan, guarantee, lease, contract or other obligation for which the other Party or a member of its Group is or may be liable unless all obligations of such other Party and the members of such other Party’s Group with respect thereto are thereupon terminated by documentation satisfactory in form and substance to such other Party.

 

2.7                                Termination of Agreements .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in Section 2.7(b) , in furtherance of the releases and other provisions of Section 4.1 , UE and each member of the UE Group, on the one hand, and Vornado and each member of the Vornado Group, on the other hand, hereby terminate any and all agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings, whether or not in writing, between or among UE and/or any member of the UE Group, on the one hand, and Vornado and/or any member of the Vornado Group, on the other hand, effective as of the Effective Time. No such terminated agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding (including any provision thereof which purports to survive termination) shall be of any further force or effect after the Effective Time. Each Party shall, at the reasonable request of the other Party, take, or cause to be taken, such other actions as may be necessary to effect the foregoing.

 

(b)                                  The provisions of Section 2.7(a)  shall not apply to any of the following agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings (or to any of the provisions thereof): (i) this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (and each other agreement or instrument expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to be entered into by any of the Parties or any of the members of their respective Groups or to be continued from and after the Effective Time); (ii) any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings listed or described on Schedule 2.7(b)(ii) ; (iii) any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings to which any Third Party is a party; (iv) any intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable accrued as of the Effective Time that are reflected in the books and records of the Parties or otherwise documented in writing in accordance with past practices, which shall

 

21



 

be settled in the manner contemplated by Section 2.7(c) ; (v) any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings to which any non-wholly owned Subsidiary of Vornado or UE, as the case may be, is a party (it being understood that directors’ qualifying shares or similar interests will be disregarded for purposes of determining whether a Subsidiary is wholly owned); and (vi) any Shared Contracts.

 

(c)                                   All of the intercompany accounts receivable and accounts payable between any member of the Vornado Group, on the one hand, and any member of the UE Group, on the other hand, outstanding as of the Effective Time shall, as promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, be repaid, settled or otherwise eliminated by means of cash payments, a dividend, capital contribution, a combination of the foregoing, or otherwise as determined by Vornado in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.8                                Treatment of Shared Contracts .

 

(a)                                  Subject to applicable Law and without limiting the generality of the obligations set forth in Section 2.1 , unless the Parties otherwise agree or the benefits of any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding described in this Section 2.8 are expressly conveyed to the applicable Party pursuant to this Agreement or an Ancillary Agreement, any contract or agreement entered into by a member of the Vornado Group with a Third Party that is not a UE Contract, but pursuant to which the UE Business, as of the Effective Date, has been provided certain revenues or other benefits in respect of the UE Properties (any such contract or agreement, a “ Shared Contract ”) shall not be assigned in relevant part to the applicable member(s) of the UE Group or amended to give the relevant member(s) of the UE Group any entitlement to such rights and benefits thereunder; provided , however , that the Parties shall, and shall cause each of the members of their respective Groups to, take such other reasonable and permissible actions to cause (i) the relevant member of the UE Group to receive the rights and benefits previously provided in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice, to the UE Business pursuant to such Shared Contract and (ii) the relevant member of the UE Group to bear the burden of the corresponding Liabilities under such Shared Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no member of the Vornado Group shall be required by this Section 2.8 to maintain in effect any Shared Contract, and no member of the UE Group shall have any approval or other rights with respect to any amendment, termination or other modification of any Shared Contract.

 

(b)                                  Each of Vornado and UE shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, (i) treat for all Tax purposes the portion of each Shared Contract inuring to its respective businesses as Assets owned by, and/or Liabilities of, as applicable, such Party, or the members of its Group, as applicable, not later than the Effective Time, and (ii) neither report nor take any Tax position (on a Tax Return or otherwise) inconsistent with such treatment (unless required by applicable Law).

 

2.9                                Bank Accounts; Cash Balances .

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Transition Services Agreement:

 

22



 

(a)                                  Each Party agrees to take, or cause the members of its Group to take, at the Effective Time (or such earlier time as the Parties may agree), all actions necessary to amend all contracts or agreements governing each bank and brokerage account owned by UE or any other member of the UE Group (collectively, the “ UE Accounts ”) and all contracts or agreements governing each bank or brokerage account owned by Vornado or any other member of the Vornado Group (collectively, the “ Vornado Accounts ”) so that each such UE Account and Vornado Account, if currently Linked (whether by automatic withdrawal, automatic deposit or any other authorization to transfer funds from or to, hereinafter “ Linked ”) to any Vornado Account or UE Account, respectively, is de-Linked from such Vornado Account or UE Account, respectively.

 

(b)                                  It is intended that, following consummation of the actions contemplated by Section 2.9(a) , there will be in place a cash management process pursuant to which the UE Accounts will be managed and funds collected will be transferred into one (1) or more accounts maintained by UE or a member of the UE Group.

 

(c)                                   It is intended that, following consummation of the actions contemplated by Section 2.9(a) , there will continue to be in place a cash management process pursuant to which the Vornado Accounts will be managed and funds collected will be transferred into one (1) or more accounts maintained by Vornado or a member of the Vornado Group.

 

(d)                                  With respect to any outstanding checks issued or payments initiated by Vornado, UE, or any of the members of their respective Groups prior to the Effective Time, such outstanding checks and payments shall be honored following the Effective Time by the Person or Group owning the account on which the check is drawn or from which the payment was initiated, respectively.

 

(e)                                   As between Vornado and UE (and the members of their respective Groups), all payments made and reimbursements received after the Effective Time by either Party (or member of its Group) that relate to a business, Asset or Liability of the other Party (or member of its Group), shall be held by such Party in trust for the use and benefit of the Party entitled thereto and, promptly following receipt by such Party of any such payment or reimbursement, such Party shall pay over, or shall cause the applicable member of its Group to pay over, to the other Party the amount of such payment or reimbursement without right of set-off.

 

2.10                         Ancillary Agreements . Effective on or prior to the Effective Time, each of Vornado and UE will, or will cause the applicable members of their Groups to, execute and deliver all Ancillary Agreements to which it (or any member of its Group) is a party.

 

2.11                         Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties . EACH OF VORNADO (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE VORNADO GROUP) AND UE (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND EACH MEMBER OF THE UE GROUP) UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE, IS

 

23



 

REPRESENTING OR WARRANTING IN ANY WAY AS TO THE ASSETS, BUSINESSES OR LIABILITIES TRANSFERRED OR ASSUMED AS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, AS TO ANY CONSENTS OR APPROVALS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AS TO THE VALUE OR FREEDOM FROM ANY SECURITY INTERESTS OF, OR ANY OTHER MATTER CONCERNING, ANY ASSETS OF SUCH PARTY, OR AS TO THE ABSENCE OF ANY DEFENSES OR RIGHT OF SET-OFF OR FREEDOM FROM COUNTERCLAIM WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM OR OTHER ASSET, INCLUDING ANY ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, OF ANY PARTY, OR AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY OF ANY ASSIGNMENT, DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT DELIVERED HEREUNDER TO CONVEY TITLE TO ANY ASSET OR THING OF VALUE UPON THE EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND FILING HEREOF OR THEREOF. EXCEPT AS MAY EXPRESSLY BE SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY ANCILLARY AGREEMENT, ALL SUCH ASSETS ARE BEING TRANSFERRED ON AN “AS IS, “WHERE IS” BASIS (AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY REAL PROPERTY, BY MEANS OF A QUITCLAIM OR SIMILAR FORM OF DEED OR CONVEYANCE) AND THE RESPECTIVE TRANSFEREES SHALL BEAR THE ECONOMIC AND LEGAL RISKS THAT (I) ANY CONVEYANCE WILL PROVE TO BE INSUFFICIENT TO VEST IN THE TRANSFEREE GOOD AND MARKETABLE TITLE, FREE AND CLEAR OF ANY SECURITY INTEREST, AND (II) ANY NECESSARY APPROVALS OR NOTIFICATIONS ARE NOT OBTAINED OR MADE OR THAT ANY REQUIREMENTS OF LAWS OR JUDGMENTS ARE NOT COMPLIED WITH.

 

2.12                         UE Assumption of Indebtedness and Other Financing Arrangements .

 

(a)                                  Prior to and/or immediately after the Effective Time and pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, (i) UE and/or other member(s) of the UE Group shall continue to be borrowers under and, to the extent the borrowers thereunder are any members of the Vornado Group, shall assume all existing indebtedness which relates primarily to one or more UE Properties, as set forth in further detail on Schedule 2.12 , and (ii) UE L.P. shall enter into a senior unsecured revolving credit facility, as set forth in further detail on Schedule 2.12 (the foregoing subclauses (i) and (ii), the “ UE Financing Arrangements ”).  Vornado and UE agree to take all necessary actions to assure the full release and discharge of Vornado and the other members of the Vornado Group from all obligations pursuant to the UE Financing Arrangements as of no later than the Effective Time. The parties agree that UE or another member of the UE Group, as the case may be, and not Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group, are and shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the UE Financing Arrangements.

 

(b)                                  Prior to the Effective Time, Vornado and UE shall cooperate in the preparation of all materials as may be necessary or advisable to execute the UE Financing Arrangements.

 

2.13                         Separate Contribution .  Prior to the Distribution, in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, the Parties shall cause the following to occur:

 

(a)                                  UE shall, in its capacity as the general partner of and a limited partner in UE L.P., and on behalf of and as attorney in fact for the other limited partners, enter into the

 

24



 

limited partnership agreement of UE L.P., effective as of the Effective Time, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ UE L.P. Partnership Agreement ”); and

 

(b)                                  VRLP and UE L.P. shall enter into the contribution agreement providing for the Separate Contribution, effective as of the Effective Time, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Contribution Agreement ”).

 

2.14                         Financial Information Certifications . Vornado’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting (as each is contemplated by the Exchange Act) are currently applicable to the UE Group insofar as the members of the UE Group are Subsidiaries of Vornado. In order to enable the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of UE to make the certifications required of them under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Vornado, as soon as reasonably practicable following the Distribution Date and in any event prior to such time as UE is required to file its first quarterly report on Form 10-Q, shall provide UE with one or more certifications with respect to such disclosure controls and procedures, its internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness thereof. Such certification(s) shall be provided by Vornado (and not by any officer or employee in their individual capacity). Subject to the provisions of the Transition Services Agreement, with respect to any periods following the Distribution Date, the Parties shall cooperate and discuss in good faith any certifications or other supporting documentation required by UE.

 

2.15                         Transition Committee . Prior to the Effective Time, the Parties shall establish a transition committee (the “ Transition Committee ”) that shall consist of an equal number of members from Vornado and UE. The Transition Committee shall be responsible for monitoring and managing all matters related to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreements. The Transition Committee shall have the authority to (a) establish one (1) or more subcommittees from time to time as it deems appropriate or as may be described in any Ancillary Agreements, with each such subcommittee comprised of one (1) or more members of the Transition Committee or one or more employees of either Party or any member of its respective Group, and each such subcommittee having such scope of responsibility as may be determined by the Transition Committee from time to time; (b) delegate to any such committee any of the powers of the Transition Committee; (c) combine, modify the scope of responsibility of, and disband any such subcommittees, and (d) modify or reverse any such delegations. The Transition Committee shall establish general procedures for managing the responsibilities delegated to it under this Section 2.15 , and may modify such procedures from time to time. All decisions by the Transition Committee or any subcommittee thereof shall be effective only if mutually agreed by both Parties. The Parties shall utilize the procedures set forth in Article VII to resolve any matters as to which the Transition Committee is not able to reach a decision.

 

25



 

ARTICLE III
THE DISTRIBUTION

 

3.1                                Sole and Absolute Discretion; Cooperation .

 

(a)                                  Vornado shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the terms of the Distribution, including the form, structure and terms of any transaction(s) and/or offering(s) to effect the Distribution and the timing and conditions to the consummation of the Distribution. In addition, Vornado may, at any time and from time to time until the consummation of the Distribution, modify or change the terms of the Distribution, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of the Distribution. Nothing shall in any way limit Vornado’s right to terminate this Agreement or the Distribution as set forth in Article IX or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in Article IX .

 

(b)                                  UE shall cooperate with Vornado to accomplish the Distribution and shall, at Vornado’s direction, promptly take any and all actions necessary or desirable to effect the Distribution, including in respect of the registration under the Exchange Act of UE Shares on the Form 10. Vornado shall select any investment bank or manager in connection with the Distribution, as well as any financial printer, solicitation and/or exchange agent and financial, legal, accounting and other advisors for Vornado. UE and Vornado, as the case may be, will provide to the Agent any information required in order to complete the Distribution.

 

3.2                                Actions Prior to the Distribution . Prior to the Effective Time and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Parties shall take, or cause to be taken, the following actions in connection with the Distribution:

 

(a)                                  Notice to NYSE . Vornado shall, to the extent possible, give the NYSE not less than ten (10) days’ advance notice of the Record Date in compliance with Rule 10b-17 under the Exchange Act.

 

(b)                                  UE Declaration of Trust and UE Bylaws . On or prior to the Distribution Date, Vornado and UE shall take all necessary actions so that, as of the Effective Time, the UE Declaration of Trust and the UE Bylaws shall become the declaration of trust and bylaws of UE, respectively.

 

(c)                                   UE Trustees and Officers . On or prior to the Distribution Date, Vornado and UE shall take all necessary actions so that as of the Effective Time: (i) the trustees and executive officers of UE shall be those set forth in the Information Statement mailed to the Record Holders prior to the Distribution Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties; and (ii) UE shall have such other officers as UE shall appoint.

 

(d)                                  NYSE Listing . UE shall prepare and file, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to have approved, an application for the listing of the UE Shares to be distributed in the Distribution on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution.

 

(e)                                   Securities Law Matters . UE shall file any amendments or supplements to the Form 10 as may be necessary or advisable in order to cause the Form 10 to become and remain effective as required by the SEC or federal, state or other applicable securities Laws.

 

26


 

Vornado and UE shall cooperate in preparing, filing with the SEC and causing to become effective registration statements or amendments thereof which are required to reflect the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit and other plans necessary or advisable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. Vornado and UE will prepare, and UE will, to the extent required under applicable Law, file with the SEC any such documentation and any requisite no-action letters which Vornado determines are necessary or desirable to effectuate the Distribution, and Vornado and UE shall each use its reasonable best efforts to obtain all necessary approvals from the SEC with respect thereto as soon as practicable. Vornado and UE shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of the United States (and any comparable Laws under any foreign jurisdiction) in connection with the Distribution.

 

(f)                                    Mailing of Information Statement . Vornado shall, as soon as is reasonably practicable after the Form 10 is declared effective under the Exchange Act and the Vornado Board has approved the Distribution, cause the Information Statement to be mailed to the Record Holders.

 

(g)                                   The Distribution Agent . Vornado shall enter into a distribution agent agreement with the Agent or otherwise provide instructions to the Agent regarding the Distribution.

 

(h)                                  Share-Based Employee Benefit Plans . Vornado and UE shall take all actions as may be necessary to approve the grants of adjusted equity awards by Vornado (in respect of Vornado shares) and UE (in respect of UE shares) in connection with the Distribution in order to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

3.3                                Conditions to the Distribution .

 

(a)                                  The consummation of the Distribution will be subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by Vornado in its sole and absolute discretion, of the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      The receipt of an opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP, special tax counsel to Vornado, satisfactory to the Vornado Board, to the effect that the VRLP Distribution and the Vornado Distribution, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, including with respect to certain matters relating to these transactions that are not covered by the private letter ruling that Vornado has received from the IRS;

 

(ii)                                   The SEC shall have declared effective the Form 10; no order suspending the effectiveness of the Form 10 shall be in effect; and no proceedings for such purposes shall have been instituted or threatened by the SEC;

 

(iii)                                The Information Statement shall have been mailed to Record Holders;

 

27



 

(iv)                               The transfer of the UE Assets (other than any Delayed UE Asset) and UE Liabilities (other than any Delayed UE Liability) contemplated to be transferred from Vornado to UE on or prior to the Distribution shall have occurred as contemplated by Section 2.1 , and the transfer of the Vornado Assets (other than any Delayed Vornado Asset) and Vornado Liabilities (other than any Delayed Vornado Liability) contemplated to be transferred from UE to Vornado on or prior to the Distribution Date shall have occurred as contemplated by Section 2.1 , in each case pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization;

 

(v)                                  The actions and filings necessary or appropriate under applicable U.S. federal, U.S. state or other securities Laws or blue sky Laws and the rules and regulations thereunder shall have been taken or made, and, where applicable, have become effective or been accepted by the applicable Governmental Authority;

 

(vi)                               Each of the Ancillary Agreements shall have been duly executed and delivered by the applicable parties thereto;

 

(vii)                            No order, injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Separation, the Distribution or any of the transactions related thereto shall be in effect;

 

(viii)                         The UE Shares to be distributed to the holders of Vornado Shares in the Vornado Distribution and to the holders of VRLP Interests in the VRLP Distribution shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;

 

(ix)                               UE and other members of the UE Group shall have assumed or entered into, as applicable, the UE Financing Arrangements, and Vornado shall be satisfied in its sole and absolute discretion that, as of the Effective Time, it shall have no further Liability whatsoever with respect to the UE Financing Arrangements;

 

(x)                                  UE shall have received an opinion of its counsel, satisfactory to it, to the effect that the manner in which UE is organized and its proposed method of operation will enable it to qualify to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 859 of the Code following the Distribution; and

 

(xi)                               No other events or developments shall exist or shall have occurred that, in the judgment of the Vornado Board, in its sole and absolute discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the Separation, the Distribution or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of Vornado and shall not give rise to or create any duty on the part of Vornado or the Vornado Board to waive or not waive any such condition or in any way limit Vornado’s right to terminate this Agreement as set forth in Article IX or alter the consequences of any such termination from those specified in Article IX . Any determination made by the Vornado Board prior to the Distribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in Section 3.3(a)  shall be

 

28



 

conclusive and binding on the Parties. If Vornado waives any material condition, it shall promptly issue a press release disclosing such fact and file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC describing such waiver.

 

3.4                                The Distribution .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 3.3 , on or prior to the Effective Time, UE will deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of the Record Holders, book-entry transfer authorizations for such number of the outstanding UE Shares as is necessary to effect the Distribution, and shall cause the transfer agent for the Vornado Shares or the VRLP Interests, as the case may be, to instruct the Agent to distribute at the Effective Time the appropriate number of UE Shares to each such Record Holder or designated transferee or transferees of such Record Holder by way of direct registration in book-entry form. UE will not issue paper share certificates in respect of the UE Shares. The Distribution shall be effective at the Effective Time.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Sections 3.3 and 3.4(c) , each Record Holder will be entitled to receive in the Distribution one UE Share for every two Vornado Shares or VRLP Interests, as the case may be, held by such Record Holder on the Record Date, rounded down to the nearest whole number.

 

(c)                                   No fractional shares will be distributed or credited to book-entry accounts in connection with the Distribution, and any such fractional shares interests to which a Record Holder would otherwise be entitled shall not entitle such Record Holder to vote or to any other rights as a shareholder of UE. In lieu of any such fractional shares, each Record Holder who, but for the provisions of this Section 3.4(c) , would be entitled to receive a fractional share interest of a UE Share pursuant to the Distribution, as applicable, shall be paid cash, without any interest thereon, as hereinafter provided. As soon as practicable after the Effective Time, Vornado shall direct the Agent to determine the number of whole and fractional UE Shares allocable to each Record Holder, to aggregate all such fractional shares into whole shares, and to sell the whole shares obtained thereby in the open market at the then-prevailing prices on behalf of each Record Holder who otherwise would be entitled to receive fractional share interests (with the Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, determining when, how and through which broker-dealer and at what price to make such sales), and to cause to be distributed to each such Record Holder, in lieu of any fractional share, such Record Holder’s or owner’s ratable share of the total proceeds of such sale, after deducting any Taxes required to be withheld and applicable transfer Taxes, and after deducting the costs and expenses of such sale and distribution, including brokers fees and commissions. None of Vornado, VRLP, UE or the Agent will be required to guarantee any minimum sale price for the fractional UE Shares sold in accordance with this Section 3.4(c) . None of Vornado, VRLP or UE will be required to pay any interest on the proceeds from the sale of fractional shares. Neither the Agent nor the broker-dealers through which the aggregated fractional shares are sold shall be Affiliates of Vornado or UE. Solely for purposes of computing fractional share interests pursuant to this Section 3.4(c)  and Section 3.4(d) , the beneficial owner of Vornado Shares or VRLP Interests, as the case may be, held of record in the name of a nominee in any nominee account shall be treated as the Record Holder with respect to such shares or interests.

 

29



 

(d)                                  Any UE Shares or cash in lieu of fractional shares with respect to UE Shares that remain unclaimed by any Record Holder one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Distribution Date shall be delivered to UE, and UE shall hold such UE Shares for the account of such Record Holder, and the Parties agree that all obligations to provide such UE Shares and cash, if any, in lieu of fractional share interests shall be obligations of UE, subject in each case to applicable escheat or other abandoned property Laws, and Vornado shall have no Liability with respect thereto.

 

(e)                                   Until the UE Shares are duly transferred in accordance with this Section 3.4 and applicable Law, from and after the Effective Time, UE will regard the Persons entitled to receive such UE Shares as record holders of UE Shares in accordance with the terms of the Distribution without requiring any action on the part of such Persons. UE agrees that, subject to any transfers of such shares, from and after the Effective Time (i) each such holder will be entitled to receive all dividends payable on, and exercise voting rights and all other rights and privileges with respect to, the UE Shares then held by such holder, and (ii) each such holder will be entitled, without any action on the part of such holder, to receive evidence of ownership of the UE Shares then held by such holder.

 

ARTICLE IV
MUTUAL RELEASES; INDEMNIFICATION

 

4.1                                Release of Pre-Distribution Claims .

 

(a)                                  UE Release of Vornado. Except as provided in Sections 4.1(c)  and 4.1(d) , effective as of the Effective Time, UE does hereby, for itself and each other member of the UE Group, and their respective successors and assigns, and, to the extent permitted by Law, all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been shareholders, directors, trustees, officers, agents or employees of any member of the UE Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge (i) Vornado and the members of the Vornado Group, and their respective successors and assigns, (ii) all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been shareholders, directors, trustees, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Vornado Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and (iii) all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time are or have been shareholders, directors, trustees, officers, agents or employees of a Transferred Entity and who are not, as of immediately following the Effective Time, directors, trustees, officers or employees of UE or a member of the UE Group, in each case from: (A) all UE Liabilities, (B) all Liabilities arising from or in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Separation and the Distribution, and (C) all Liabilities arising from or in connection with actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the Effective Time (whether or not such Liabilities cease being contingent, mature, become known, are asserted or foreseen, or accrue, in each case before, at or after the Effective Time), in each case to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the UE Business, the UE Assets or the UE Liabilities.

 

(b)                                  Vornado Release of UE. Except as provided in (i)  Sections 4.1(c)  and 4.1(d) , effective as of the Effective Time, Vornado does hereby, for itself and each other member of the Vornado Group and their respective successors and assigns, and, to the extent permitted by

 

30



 

Law, all Persons who at any time prior to the Effective Time have been shareholders, directors, trustees, officers, agents or employees of any member of the Vornado Group (in each case, in their respective capacities as such), remise, release and forever discharge UE and the members of the UE Group and their respective successors and assigns, from (A) all Vornado Liabilities, (B) all Liabilities arising from or in connection with the transactions and all other activities to implement the Separation and the Distribution, and (C) all Liabilities arising from or in connection with actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the Effective Time (whether or not such Liabilities cease being contingent, mature, become known, are asserted or foreseen, or accrue, in each case before, at or after the Effective Time), in each case to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Vornado Business, the Vornado Assets or the Vornado Liabilities.

 

(c)                                   Obligations Not Affected. Nothing contained in Section 4.1(a)  or 4.1(b)  shall impair any right of any Person to enforce this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any agreements, arrangements, commitments or understandings that are specified in Section 2.7(b)  or the applicable Schedules thereto as not to terminate as of the Effective Time, in each case in accordance with its terms. Nothing contained in Section 4.1(a)  or 4.1(b)  shall release any Person from:

 

(i)                                      any Liability provided in or resulting from any agreement among any members of the Vornado Group or the UE Group that is specified in Section 2.7(b)  or the applicable Schedules thereto as not to terminate as of the Effective Time, or any other Liability specified in Section 2.7(b)  as not to terminate as of the Effective Time;

 

(ii)                                   any Liability, contingent or otherwise, assumed, transferred, assigned or allocated to the Group of which such Person is a member in accordance with, or any other Liability of any member of any Group under, this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;

 

(iii)                                any Liability for the sale, lease, construction or receipt of goods, property or services purchased, obtained or used in the ordinary course of business by a member of one Group from a member of the other Group prior to the Effective Time;

 

(iv)                               any Liability that the Parties may have with respect to indemnification or contribution or other obligation pursuant to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise for claims brought against the Parties by third Persons, which Liability shall be governed by the provisions of this Article IV and Article V and, if applicable, the appropriate provisions of the Ancillary Agreements; or

 

(v)                                  any Liability the release of which would result in the release of any Person other than a Person released pursuant to this Section 4.1 .

 

In addition, nothing contained in Section 4.1(a)  shall release any member of the Vornado Group from honoring its existing obligations to indemnify any director, trustee, officer or employee of UE who was a director, trustee, officer or employee of any member of the Vornado Group on or prior to the Effective Time, to the extent such director, trustee, officer or employee becomes a named defendant in any Action with respect to which such director, trustee, officer or employee

 

31



 

was entitled to such indemnification pursuant to such existing obligations; it being understood that, if the underlying obligation giving rise to such Action is a UE Liability, UE shall indemnify Vornado for such Liability (including Vornado’s costs to indemnify the director, trustee, officer or employee) in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Article IV .

 

(d)                                  No Claims. UE shall not make, and shall not permit any member of the UE Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification, against Vornado or any other member of the Vornado Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 4.1(a) , with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 4.1(a) . Vornado shall not make, and shall not permit any other member of the Vornado Group to make, any claim or demand, or commence any Action asserting any claim or demand, including any claim of contribution or any indemnification against UE or any other member of the UE Group, or any other Person released pursuant to Section 4.1(b) , with respect to any Liabilities released pursuant to Section 4.1(b) .

 

(e)                                   Execution of Further Releases. At any time at or after the Effective Time, at the request of either Party, the other Party shall cause each member of its respective Group to execute and deliver releases reflecting the provisions of this Section 4.1 .

 

4.2                                Indemnification by UE . Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, UE L.P. shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Vornado, VRLP, each other member of the Vornado Group and each of their respective past, present and future directors, trustees, officers, employees and agents, in each case in their respective capacities as such, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Vornado Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the Vornado Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from, directly or indirectly, any of the following items (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  any UE Liability;

 

(b)                                  any failure of UE, any other member of the UE Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any UE Liabilities in accordance with their terms, whether prior to, on or after the Effective Time;

 

(c)                                   any breach by UE or any other member of the UE Group of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

 

(d)                                  except to the extent it relates to a Vornado Liability, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding for the benefit of any member of the UE Group by any member of the Vornado Group that survives following the Distribution; and

 

(e)                                   any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in the Form 10, the Information Statement (as amended or supplemented if UE shall have furnished any

 

32



 

amendments or supplements thereto) or any other Disclosure Document, other than the matters described in clause (e) of Section 4.3 .

 

In order to induce Vornado and VRLP to enter into this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, UE hereby irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual performance and observance by UE L.P. of its obligations contained in this Section 4.2 , subject, in each case, to all of the terms, provisions and conditions herein, and Vornado, VRLP and the other Vornado Indemnitees shall not be required to seek recovery pursuant to any set-off of any amounts payable under this Agreement or otherwise prior to seeking recovery from UE; provided that UE shall in no event be liable for any percentage of indemnification obligations that exceeds its then current ownership percentage in UE L.P.

 

4.3                                Indemnification by Vornado . Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, VRLP shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless UE, UE L.P., each other member of the UE Group and each of their respective past, present and future directors, trustees, officers, employees or agents, in each case in their respective capacities as such, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ UE Indemnitees ”), from and against any and all Liabilities of the UE Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from, directly or indirectly, any of the following items (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  any Vornado Liability;

 

(b)                                  any failure of Vornado, any other member of the Vornado Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Vornado Liabilities in accordance with their terms, whether prior to, on or after the Effective Time;

 

(c)                                   any breach by Vornado or any other member of the Vornado Group of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

 

(d)                                  except to the extent it relates to a UE Liability, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation, surety bond or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding for the benefit of any member of the Vornado Group by any member of the UE Group that survives following the Distribution; and

 

(e)                                   any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent relating to Vornado or the members of the Vornado Group, in the Form 10, the Information Statement (as amended or supplemented if UE shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any other Disclosure Document.

 

In order to induce UE and UE L.P. to enter into this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, Vornado hereby irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual performance and observance by VRLP of its obligations contained in this Section 4.3 , subject, in each case, to all of the terms, provisions and conditions herein, and UE, UE L.P. and the other UE Indemnitees shall not be required to seek recovery pursuant to any set-off of any amounts payable under this Agreement or otherwise prior to seeking recovery from Vornado; provided

 

33



 

that Vornado shall in no event be liable for any percentage of indemnification obligations that exceeds its then current ownership percentage in VRLP.

 

4.4                                Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts .

 

(a)                                  The Parties intend that any Liability subject to indemnification, contribution or reimbursement pursuant to this Article IV or Article V will be net of Insurance Proceeds or other amounts actually recovered (net of any out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof) from any Person by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in respect of any indemnifiable Liability. Accordingly, the amount which either Party (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) is required to pay to any Person entitled to indemnification or contribution hereunder (an “ Indemnitee ”) will be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds or other amounts actually recovered (net of any out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof) from any Person by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in respect of the related Liability. If an Indemnitee receives a payment (an “ Indemnity Payment ”) required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liability and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds or any other amounts in respect of the related Liability, then the Indemnitee will pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to the excess of the Indemnity Payment received over the amount of the Indemnity Payment that would have been due if the Insurance Proceeds or such other amounts (net of any out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof) had been received, realized or recovered before the Indemnity Payment was made.

 

(b)                                  The Parties agree that an insurer that would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or, solely by virtue of any provision contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, have any subrogation rights with respect thereto, it being understood that no insurer or any other Third Party shall be entitled to a “windfall” (i.e., a benefit they would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions) by virtue of the indemnification and contribution provisions hereof. Each Party shall, and shall cause the members of its Group to, use commercially reasonable efforts (taking into account the probability of success on the merits and the cost of expending such efforts, including attorneys’ fees and expenses) to collect or recover any Insurance Proceeds that may be collectible or recoverable respecting the Liabilities for which indemnification or contribution may be available under this Article IV . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnifying Party may not delay making any indemnification payment required under the terms of this Agreement, or otherwise satisfying any indemnification obligation, pending the outcome of any Action to collect or recover Insurance Proceeds, and an Indemnitee need not attempt to collect any Insurance Proceeds prior to making a claim for indemnification or contribution or receiving any Indemnity Payment otherwise owed to it under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Any indemnification payment under this Article IV shall be adjusted in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Tax Matters Agreement.

 

34



 

4.5                                Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims .

 

(a)                                  Notice of Claims. If, at or following the date of this Agreement, an Indemnitee shall receive notice or otherwise learn of the assertion by a Person (including any Governmental Authority) who is not a member of the Vornado Group or the UE Group of any claim or of the commencement by any such Person of any Action (collectively, a “ Third-Party Claim ”) with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification to such Indemnitee pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3 , or any other Section of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, such Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof as soon as practicable, but in any event within fourteen (14) days (or sooner if the nature of the Third-Party Claim so requires) after becoming aware of such Third-Party Claim. Any such notice shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, including the facts and circumstances giving rise to such claim for indemnification, and include copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received by the Indemnitee relating to the Third-Party Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of an Indemnitee to provide notice in accordance with this Section 4.5(a)  shall not relieve an Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent to which the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by the Indemnitee’s failure to provide notice in accordance with this Section 4.5(a) .

 

(b)                                  Control of Defense. An Indemnifying Party may elect to defend (and seek to settle or compromise), at its own expense and with its own counsel, any Third-Party Claim; provided that, prior to the Indemnifying Party assuming and controlling defense of such Third-Party Claim, it shall first confirm to the Indemnitee in writing that, assuming the facts presented to the Indemnifying Party by the Indemnitee being true, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify the Indemnitee for any damages to the extent resulting from, or arising out of, such Third-Party-Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Indemnifying Party assumes such defense and, in the course of defending such Third-Party Claim, (i) the Indemnifying Party discovers that the facts presented at the time the Indemnifying Party acknowledged its indemnification obligation in respect of such Third-Party Claim were not true in all material respects and (ii) such untruth provides a reasonable basis for asserting that the Indemnifying Party does not have an indemnification obligation in respect of such Third-Party Claim, then (A) the Indemnifying Party shall not be bound by such acknowledgment, (B) the Indemnifying Party shall promptly thereafter provide the Indemnitee written notice of its assertion that it does not have an indemnification obligation in respect of such Third-Party Claim, and (C) the Indemnitee shall have the right to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim. Within thirty (30) days after the receipt of a notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 4.5(a)  (or sooner, if the nature of the Third-Party Claim so requires), the Indemnifying Party shall provide written notice to the Indemnitee indicating whether the Indemnifying Party shall assume responsibility for defending the Third-Party Claim. If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for defending any Third-Party Claim or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice from an Indemnitee as provided in Section 4.5(a) , then the Indemnitee that is the subject of such Third-Party Claim shall be entitled to continue to conduct and control the defense of such Third-Party Claim.

 

(c)                                   Allocation of Defense Costs . If an Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim, then such Indemnifying Party shall be solely liable for all fees and expenses incurred by it in connection with the defense of such Third-Party Claim and shall not be entitled to seek any indemnification or reimbursement from the Indemnitee for

 

35



 

any such fees or expenses incurred by the Indemnifying Party during the course of the defense of such Third-Party Claim by such Indemnifying Party, regardless of any subsequent decision by the Indemnifying Party to reject or otherwise abandon its assumption of such defense. If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for defending any Third-Party Claim or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election within thirty (30) days after receipt of a notice from an Indemnitee as provided in Section 4.5(a) , and the Indemnitee conducts and controls the defense of such Third-Party Claim and the Indemnifying Party has an indemnification obligation with respect to such Third-Party Claim, then the Indemnifying Party shall be liable for all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Third-Party Claim.

 

(d)                                  Right to Monitor and Participate. An Indemnitee that does not conduct and control the defense of any Third-Party Claim, or an Indemnifying Party that has failed to elect to defend any Third-Party Claim as contemplated hereby, nevertheless shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel as necessary) of its own choosing to monitor and participate in (but not control) the defense of any Third-Party Claim for which it is a potential Indemnitee or Indemnifying Party, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnitee or Indemnifying Party, as the case may be, and the provisions of Section 4.5(c)  shall not apply to such fees and expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Sections 6.7 and 6.8 , such Party shall cooperate with the Party entitled to conduct and control the defense of such Third-Party Claim in such defense and make available to the controlling Party, at the non-controlling Party’s expense, all witnesses, information and materials in such Party’s possession or under such Party’s control relating thereto as are reasonably required by the controlling Party. In addition to the foregoing, if any Indemnitee shall in good faith determine that such Indemnitee and the Indemnifying Party have actual or potential differing defenses or conflicts of interest between them that make joint representation inappropriate, then the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel as necessary) and to participate in (but not control) the defense, compromise, or settlement thereof, and the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel for all Indemnitees.

 

(e)                                   No Settlement. Neither Party may settle or compromise any Third-Party Claim for which either Party is seeking to be indemnified hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, unless such settlement or compromise is solely for monetary damages, does not involve any finding or determination of wrongdoing or violation of Law by the other Party and provides for a full, unconditional and irrevocable release of the other Party from all Liability in connection with the Third-Party Claim. The Parties hereby agree that if a Party presents the other Party with a written notice containing a proposal to settle or compromise a Third-Party Claim for which either Party is seeking to be indemnified hereunder and the Party receiving such proposal does not respond in any manner to the Party presenting such proposal within thirty (30) days (or within any such shorter time period that may be required by applicable Law or court order) of receipt of such proposal, then the Party receiving such proposal shall be deemed to have consented to the terms of such proposal.

 

36


 

4.6                                Additional Matters .

 

(a)                                  Timing of Payments. Indemnification or contribution payments in respect of any Liabilities for which an Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or contribution under this Article IV shall be paid reasonably promptly (but in any event within thirty (30) days of the final determination of the amount that the Indemnitee is entitled to as indemnification or contribution under this Article IV ) by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnitee as such Liabilities are incurred upon demand by the Indemnitee, including reasonably satisfactory documentation setting forth the basis for the amount of such indemnification or contribution payment, including documentation with respect to calculations made and consideration of any Insurance Proceeds that actually reduce the amount of such Liabilities. The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Article IV shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Indemnitee, and (ii) the knowledge by the Indemnitee of Liabilities for which it might be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Direct Claims. Any claim for indemnification or contribution under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement that does not result from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Indemnitee to the applicable Indemnifying Party as soon as practicable, but in any event within fourteen (14) days (or sooner if the nature of the claim so requires) after becoming aware of such claim; provided that the failure by an Indemnitee to so assert any such claim shall not prejudice the ability of the Indemnitee to do so at a later time except to the extent (if any) that the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby. Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such thirty (30)-day period, such specified claim shall be conclusively deemed a Liability of the Indemnifying Party under this Section 4.6(b)  or, in the case of any written notice in which the amount of the claim (or any portion thereof) is estimated, on such later date when the amount of the claim (or such portion thereof) becomes finally determined. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such thirty (30)-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnitee shall, subject to the provisions of Article VII , be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such Party as contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, without prejudice to its continuing rights to pursue indemnification or contribution hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Pursuit of Claims Against Third Parties. If (i) a Party incurs any Liability arising out of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; (ii) an adequate legal or equitable remedy is not available for any reason against the other Party to satisfy the Liability incurred by the incurring Party; and (iii) a legal or equitable remedy may be available to the other Party against a Third Party for such Liability, then the other Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the incurring Party, at the incurring Party’s expense, to permit the incurring Party to obtain the benefits of such legal or equitable remedy against the Third Party.

 

(d)                                  Subrogation. In the event of payment by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events or

 

37



 

circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right, defense or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other Person. Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right, defense or claim.

 

(e)                                   Substitution. In the event of an Action in which the Indemnifying Party is not a named defendant, if either the Indemnitee or Indemnifying Party shall so request, the Parties shall endeavor to substitute the Indemnifying Party for the named defendant. If such substitution or addition cannot be achieved for any reason or is not requested, the named defendant shall allow the Indemnifying Party to manage the Action as set forth in Section 4.5 and this Section 4.6 , and the Indemnifying Party shall fully indemnify the named defendant against all costs of defending the Action (including court costs, sanctions imposed by a court, attorneys’ fees, experts fees and all other external expenses), the costs of any judgment or settlement and the cost of any interest or penalties relating to any judgment or settlement.

 

4.7                                Right of Contribution .

 

(a)                                  Contribution. If any right of indemnification contained in Section 4.2 or Section 4.3 is held unenforceable or is unavailable for any reason, or is insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnitee in respect of any Liability for which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by the Indemnitees as a result of such Liability (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the members of its Group, on the one hand, and the Indemnitees entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

(b)                                  Allocation of Relative Fault. Solely for purposes of determining relative fault pursuant to this Section 4.7 : (i) any fault associated with the business conducted with the Delayed UE Assets or Delayed UE Liabilities (except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of a member of the Vornado Group) or with the ownership, operation or activities of the UE Business prior to the Effective Time shall be deemed to be the fault of UE and the other members of the UE Group, and no such fault shall be deemed to be the fault of Vornado or any other member of the Vornado Group; (ii) any fault associated with the business conducted with Delayed Vornado Assets or Delayed Vornado Liabilities (except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of a member of the UE Group) shall be deemed to be the fault of Vornado and the other members of the Vornado Group, and no such fault shall be deemed to be the fault of UE or any other member of the UE Group; and (iii) any fault associated with the ownership, operation or activities of the Vornado Business prior to the Effective Time shall be deemed to be the fault of Vornado and the other members of the Vornado Group, and no such fault shall be deemed to be the fault of UE or any other member of the UE Group.

 

4.8                                Covenant Not to Sue . Each Party hereby covenants and agrees that none of it, the members of such Party’s Group or any Person claiming through it shall bring suit or otherwise assert any claim against any Indemnitee, or assert a defense against any claim asserted by any Indemnitee, before any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative agency anywhere in the world, alleging that: (a) the assumption of any UE Liabilities by UE or a member of the UE

 

38



 

Group on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements is void or unenforceable for any reason; (b) the retention of any Vornado Liabilities by Vornado or a member of the Vornado Group on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements is void or unenforceable for any reason; or (c) the provisions of this Article IV are void or unenforceable for any reason.

 

4.9                                Remedies Cumulative . The remedies provided in this Article IV shall be cumulative and, subject to the provisions of Article VIII , shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party.

 

4.10                         Survival of Indemnities . The rights and obligations of each of Vornado and UE and their respective Indemnitees under this Article IV shall survive (a) the sale or other transfer by either Party or any member of its Group of any assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any liabilities; or (b) any merger, consolidation, business combination, sale of all or substantially all of its Assets, restructuring, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction involving either Party or any of the members of its Group.

 

4.11                         Certain Tax Procedures .

 

(a)                                  Indemnification Payments to UE .

 

(i)                                      With respect to any period in which UE has made or will make an election to be taxed as a REIT, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, any indemnification payments to be made to any member of the UE Group pursuant to Section 4.3 or 4.4 or any indemnification payments to be made to any member of the UE Group pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement (a “ UE Indemnity Payment ”) for any calendar year, upon receipt of a REIT Savings Notice from UE at least fifteen (15) business days before the date on which such UE Indemnity Payment is due, shall not exceed the sum of

 

(A)                                the amount that is determined (x) will not be gross income of UE or (y) will be Qualifying Income of UE, in each case for purposes of the Specified REIT Requirements and for any period in which UE has made any election to be taxed as a REIT, with such determination to be set forth in REIT Guidance,

 

plus

 

(B)                                such additional amount that is estimated can be paid to UE in such taxable year without causing UE to fail to meet the requirements of Sections 856(c)(2) and (3) of the Code, determined (x) as if the payment of such amount did not constitute Qualifying Income and (y) by taking into account any other payments to UE (and any other relevant member of the UE Group) during such taxable year that do not constitute Qualifying Income, which determination shall be

 

39



 

(xx) made by independent tax accountants to UE, and (yy) submitted to and approved by UE’s outside tax counsel.

 

(ii)                                   Vornado shall place (or cause to be placed) the full amount of any UE Indemnity Payments otherwise required to be made in a mutually agreed escrow account upon mutually acceptable terms, which shall provide that

 

(A)                                the amount in the escrow account shall be treated as the property of Vornado or the applicable member of the Vornado Group, unless it is released from such escrow account to any UE Indemnified Party,

 

(B)                                all income earned upon the amount in the escrow account shall be treated as the property of Vornado or the applicable member of the Vornado Group and reported, as and to the extent required by applicable Law, by the escrow agent to the IRS, or any other taxing authority, on IRS Form 1099 or 1042S (or other appropriate form) as income earned by Vornado or the applicable member of the Vornado Group whether or not said income has been distributed during such taxable year,

 

(C)                                the amount in the escrow account shall be invested only as determined by Vornado in its sole discretion, and

 

(D)                                any portion thereof shall not be released to any UE Indemnified Party unless and until Vornado receives any of the following: (x) a letter from UE’s independent tax accountants indicating the amount that it is estimated can be paid at that time to the UE Indemnified Parties without causing UE to fail to meet the Specified REIT Requirements for the taxable year in which the payment would be made, which determination shall be made by such independent tax accountants or (y) an opinion of outside tax counsel selected by UE, such opinion to be reasonably satisfactory to UE, to the effect that, based upon a change in applicable Law after the date on which payment was first deferred hereunder, receipt of the additional amount of UE Indemnification Payments otherwise required to be paid either would be excluded from gross income of UE for purposes of the Specified REIT Requirements or would constitute Qualifying Income, in either of which events amounts shall be released from the escrow account to the applicable UE Indemnified Parties in an amount equal to the lesser of the unpaid UE Indemnification Payments due and owing (determined without regard to this Section 4.11(a) ) or the maximum amount stated in the letter referred to in clause (D)(x) above.

 

40



 

(iii)                                Any amount held in escrow pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(ii)  for ten (10) years shall be released from such escrow to be used as determined by Vornado in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(iv)                               UE shall bear all costs and expenses with respect to the escrow.

 

(v)                                  Vornado shall cooperate in good faith with UE (including amending this Section 4.11(a)  at the reasonable request of UE) in order to (1) maximize the portion of the payments that may be made to the UE Indemnified Parties hereunder without causing UE to fail to meet the Specified REIT Requirements, (2) improve UE’s chances of securing a favorable ruling described in this Section 4.11(a) , or (3) assist UE in obtaining a favorable opinion from its outside tax counsel or determination from its tax accountants as described in this Section 4.11(a) . Such cooperation shall include, for example, agreeing to make payments hereunder to a taxable REIT subsidiary of UE or an affiliate or designee of UE.  UE shall reimburse Vornado for all reasonable costs and expenses of such cooperation.

 

(b)                                  Indemnification Payments to Vornado .

 

(i)                                      With respect to any period in which Vornado has made or will make an election to be taxed as a REIT, notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, any indemnification payments to be made to any member of the Vornado Group pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.4 or any indemnification payments to be made to any member of the Vornado Group pursuant to any Ancillary Agreement (a “ Vornado Indemnity Payment ”) for any calendar year, upon receipt of a REIT Savings Notice from Vornado at least fifteen (15) business days before the date on which such Vornado Indemnity Payment is due, shall not exceed the sum of

 

(A)                                the amount that is determined (x) will not be gross income of Vornado or (y) will be Qualifying Income of Vornado, in each case for purposes of the Specified REIT Requirements and for any period in which Vornado has made any election to be taxed as a REIT, with such determination to be set forth in REIT Guidance,

 

plus

 

(B)                                such additional amount that is estimated can be paid to Vornado in such taxable year without causing Vornado to fail to meet the requirements of Sections 856(c)(2) and (3) of the Code, determined (x) as if the payment of such amount did not constitute Qualifying Income and (y) by taking into account any other payments to Vornado (and any other relevant member of the Vornado Group) during such taxable year that do not constitute Qualifying Income,

 

41



 

which determination shall be (xx) made by independent tax accountants to Vornado, and (yy) submitted to and approved by Vornado’s outside tax counsel.

 

(ii)                                   UE shall place (or cause to be placed) the full amount of any Vornado Indemnity Payments otherwise required to be made in a mutually agreed escrow account upon mutually acceptable terms, which shall provide that

 

(A)                                the amount in the escrow account shall be treated as the property of UE or the applicable member of the UE Group, unless it is released from such escrow account to any Vornado Indemnified Party,

 

(B)                                all income earned upon the amount in the escrow account shall be treated as the property of UE or the applicable member of the UE Group and reported, as and to the extent required by applicable Law, by the escrow agent to the IRS, or any other taxing authority, on IRS Form 1099 or 1042S (or other appropriate form) as income earned by UE or the applicable member of the UE Group whether or not said income has been distributed during such taxable year,

 

(C)                                the amount in the escrow account shall be invested only as determined by UE in its sole discretion, and

 

(D)                                any portion thereof shall not be released to any Vornado Indemnified Party unless and until UE receives any of the following: (x) a letter from Vornado’s independent tax accountants indicating the amount that it is estimated can be paid at that time to the Vornado Indemnified Parties without causing Vornado to fail to meet the Specified REIT Requirements for the taxable year in which the payment would be made, which determination shall be made by such independent tax accountants or (y) an opinion of outside tax counsel selected by Vornado, such opinion to be reasonably satisfactory to Vornado, to the effect that, based upon a change in applicable Law after the date on which payment was first deferred hereunder, receipt of the additional amount of Vornado Indemnity Payments otherwise required to be paid either would be excluded from gross income of Vornado for purposes of the Specified REIT Requirements or would constitute Qualifying Income, in either of which events amounts shall be released from the escrow account to the applicable Vornado Indemnified Parties in an amount equal to the lesser of the unpaid Vornado Indemnity Payments due and owing (determined without regard to this Section 4.11(b) )

 

42



 

or the maximum amount stated in the letter referred to in clause (D)(x) above.

 

(iii)                                Any amount held in escrow pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(ii)  for ten (10) years shall be released from such escrow to be used as determined by UE in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(iv)                               Vornado shall bear all costs and expenses with respect to the escrow.

 

(v)                                  UE shall cooperate in good faith with Vornado (including amending this Section 4.11(b)  at the reasonable request of Vornado) in order to (1) maximize the portion of the payments that may be made to the Vornado Indemnified Parties hereunder without causing Vornado to fail to meet the Specified REIT Requirements, (2) improve Vornado’s chances of securing a favorable ruling described in this Section 4.11(b) , or (3) assist Vornado in obtaining a favorable opinion from its outside tax counsel or determination from its tax accountants as described in this Section 4.11(b) . Such cooperation shall include, for example, agreeing to make payments hereunder to a taxable REIT subsidiary of Vornado or an affiliate or designee of Vornado.  Vornado shall reimburse UE for all reasonable costs and expenses of such cooperation.

 

ARTICLE V
CERTAIN OTHER MATTERS

 

5.1                                Insurance Matters .

 

(a)                                  In accordance with the Transition Services Agreement, until June 30, 2015, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, Vornado and VRLP shall, and shall cause the relevant members of the Vornado Group to, maintain the insurance coverage applicable to the UE Business pursuant to the terms and conditions and coverages of the existing insurance policies of the Vornado Group in effect as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that in no event shall Vornado, any other member of the Vornado Group or any Vornado Indemnitee have any Liability or obligation whatsoever to any member of the UE Group in the event that any insurance policy or other contract or policy of insurance shall be terminated or otherwise cease to be in effect for any reason, shall be unavailable or inadequate to cover any Liability of any member of the UE Group for any reason whatsoever or shall not be renewed or extended with respect to the UE Business beyond the current expiration date. With respect to each insurance policy, the “ Insurance Termination Date ” shall be June 30, 2015, or such earlier date as of which the UE Business ceases to be covered by the insurance policies of the Vornado Group in effect as of the Effective Time in accordance with this Section 5.1(a) . Prior to the Insurance Termination Date, Vornado and UE shall discuss in good faith whether to continue any insurance coverages beyond the Insurance Termination Date and shall cooperate in good faith to provide for an orderly transition of insurance coverage following the Insurance Termination Date; provided , however , that Vornado shall not be required to continue any such insurance coverages beyond the Insurance Termination Date.

 

43



 

(b)                                  From and after the Effective Time, with respect to any losses, damages and Liability incurred by any member of the UE Group prior to the Insurance Termination Date, Vornado will provide UE with access to, and UE may, upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Vornado, make claims under, Vornado’s third-party insurance policies in place prior to the Insurance Termination Date and Vornado’s historical policies of insurance, but solely to the extent that such policies provided coverage for members of the UE Group prior to the Insurance Termination Date; provided that such access to, and the right to make claims under, such insurance policies, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of such insurance policies, including any limits on coverage or scope, any deductibles and other fees and expenses, and shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(i)                                      UE shall report any claim to Vornado, as promptly as practicable, and in any event in sufficient time so that such claim may be made in accordance with Vornado’s claim reporting procedures in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time (or in accordance with any modifications to such procedures after the Effective Time communicated by Vornado to UE in writing);

 

(ii)                                   UE and the members of the UE Group shall exclusively bear and be liable for (and neither Vornado nor any members of the Vornado Group shall have any obligation to repay or reimburse UE or any member of the UE Group for), and shall indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse Vornado and the members of the Vornado Group for, any deductibles, self-insured retention, fees and expenses to the extent resulting from any access to, or any claims made by UE or any other members of the UE Group or otherwise made in respect of losses of the UE Business under, any insurance provided pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) , including any indemnity payments, settlements, judgments, legal fees and allocated claims expenses and claim handling fees, whether such claims are made by members of the UE Group, its employees or third Persons; and

 

(iii)                                UE shall exclusively bear and be liable for (and neither Vornado nor any members of the Vornado Group shall have any obligation to repay or reimburse UE or any member of the UE Group for) all uninsured, uncovered, unavailable or uncollectible amounts of all such claims made by UE or any member of the UE Group under the policies as provided for in this Section 5.1(b) . In the event an insurance policy aggregate is exhausted, or believed likely to be exhausted, due to noticed claims, the UE Group, on the one hand, and the Vornado Group, on the other hand, shall be responsible for their pro rata portion of the reinstatement premium, if any, based upon the losses of such Group submitted to Vornado’s insurance carrier(s) (including any submissions prior to the Insurance Termination Date). To the extent that the Vornado Group or the UE Group is allocated more than its pro rata portion of such premium due to the timing of losses submitted to Vornado’s insurance carrier(s), the other party shall promptly pay the first party an amount so that each Group has been properly allocated its pro rata portion of the reinstatement premium. Subject to the following sentence, Vornado may elect not to reinstate the policy aggregate. In the event that, at any time prior to the Insurance Termination Date, Vornado elects not to reinstate the policy aggregate, it shall provide prompt written notice to UE, and UE may direct Vornado in writing to, and Vornado shall, in such case, reinstate the policy aggregate; provided that UE shall be responsible for all reinstatement premiums and other costs associated with such reinstatement.

 

44



 

(c)                                   Except as provided in Section 5.1(b) , from and after the Insurance Termination Date, neither UE nor any member of the UE Group shall have any rights to or under any of the insurance policies of Vornado or any other member of the Vornado Group. At the Insurance Termination Date, UE shall, unless it has obtained the prior written consent of Vornado or VRLP, have in effect all insurance programs required to comply with UE’s contractual obligations and such other insurance policies required by Law or as reasonably necessary or appropriate for companies operating a business similar to UE’s. Such insurance programs may include but are not limited to general liability, commercial auto liability, worker’s compensation, employer’s liability, product/completed operations liability, pollution legal liability, surety bonds, professional services liability, property, cargo, employment practices liability, employee dishonesty/crime, directors’ and officers’ liability and fiduciary liability.

 

(d)                                  Neither UE nor any member of the UE Group, in connection with making a claim under any insurance policy of Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group pursuant to this Section 5.1 , shall take any action that would be reasonably likely to (i) have an adverse impact on the then-current relationship between Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group, on the one hand, and the applicable insurance company, on the other hand; (ii) result in the applicable insurance company terminating or reducing coverage, or increasing the amount of any premium owed by Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group under the applicable insurance policy; or (iii) otherwise compromise, jeopardize or interfere with the rights of Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group under the applicable insurance policy.

 

(e)                                   All payments and reimbursements by UE pursuant to this Section 5.1 will be made within fifteen (15) days after UE’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Vornado. If Vornado incurs costs to enforce UE’s obligations herein, UE agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Vornado for such enforcement costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees pursuant to Section 4.6(b) . Vornado shall retain the exclusive right to control its insurance policies and programs, including the right to exhaust, settle, release, commute, buy-back or otherwise resolve disputes with respect to any of its insurance policies and programs and to amend, modify or waive any rights under any such insurance policies and programs, notwithstanding whether any such policies or programs apply to any UE Liabilities and/or claims UE has made or could make in the future, and no member of the UE Group shall erode, exhaust, settle, release, commute, buyback or otherwise resolve disputes with Vornado’s insurers with respect to any of Vornado’s insurance policies and programs, or amend, modify or waive any rights under any such insurance policies and programs. UE shall cooperate with Vornado and share such information as is reasonably necessary in order to permit Vornado to manage and conduct its insurance matters as it deems appropriate. Neither Vornado nor any of the members of the Vornado Group shall have any obligation to secure extended reporting for any claims under any Liability policies of Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group for any acts or omissions by any member of the UE Group incurred prior to the Insurance Termination Date.

 

(f)                                    This Agreement shall not be considered as an attempted assignment of any policy of insurance or as a contract of insurance and shall not be construed to waive any right or remedy of any member of the Vornado Group in respect of any insurance policy or any other contract or policy of insurance.

 

45



 

(g)                                   UE does hereby, for itself and each other member of the UE Group, agree that no member of the Vornado Group shall have any Liability whatsoever as a result of the insurance policies and practices of Vornado and the members of the Vornado Group as in effect at any time, including as a result of the level or scope of any such insurance, the creditworthiness of any insurance carrier, the terms and conditions of any policy, the adequacy or timeliness of any notice to any insurance carrier with respect to any claim or potential claim or otherwise.

 

5.2                                Late Payments . Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, any amount not paid when due pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (and any amounts billed or otherwise invoiced or demanded and properly payable that are not paid within thirty (30) days of such bill, invoice or other demand) shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to Prime Rate plus two (2%) percent.

 

5.3                                Treatment of Payments for Tax Purposes . For all Tax purposes, the Parties hereto shall treat (i) any payment made pursuant to this Agreement (other than payments representing interest) as either a contribution by the relevant entity or a distribution by the relevant entity (or as adjustments to such contribution or distribution) occurring immediately prior to the applicable Distribution or the VRLP Contribution, as the case may be, or as a payment of an assumed or retained Liability; and (ii) any payment of interest as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the Party entitled under this Agreement to retain such payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment, in either case except as otherwise required by applicable Law.

 

5.4                                Inducement . UE acknowledges and agrees that Vornado’s willingness to cause, effect and consummate the Separation and the Distribution has been conditioned upon and induced by UE’s covenants and agreements in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, including UE’s assumption of the UE Liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and UE’s covenants and agreements contained in Article IV .

 

5.5                                Post-Effective Time Conduct . The Parties acknowledge that, after the Effective Time, each Party shall be independent of the other Party, with responsibility for its own actions and inactions and its own Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the conduct of its business, operations and activities following the Effective Time, except as may otherwise be provided in any Ancillary Agreement, and each Party shall (except as otherwise provided in Article IV ) use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent such Liabilities from being inappropriately borne by the other Party.

 

5.6                                Non-Solicitation Covenant . For a period of two (2) years from and after the Effective Time, UE shall not, and shall procure that the other members of the UE Group shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit or hire any employees of the Vornado Group who have been engaged in providing services to the UE Group pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement without the prior written consent of Vornado; provided , however , that (i) an individual shall not be deemed to have been solicited for employment or hired in violation of this Section 5.6 if such employee has ceased to be employed by any member of the Vornado Group for at least six (6) months prior to the date when any solicitation activity occurs, and (ii) this Section 5.6 shall not

 

46


 

prohibit any general offers of employment to the public, including through a bona fide search firm, so long as it is not specifically targeted toward employees of the Vornado Group.

 

ARTICLE VI
EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION; CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1                                Agreement for Exchange of Information .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 6.9 and any other applicable confidentiality obligations, each of Vornado and UE, on behalf of itself and each member of its Group, agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide or make available, or cause to be provided or made available, to the other Party and the members of such other Party’s Group, at any time before, on or after the Effective Time, as soon as reasonably practicable after written request therefor, any information (or a copy thereof) in the possession or under the control of such Party or its Group to the extent that (i) such information relates to the UE Business, or any UE Asset or UE Liability, if UE is the requesting Party, or to the Vornado Business, or any Vornado Asset or Vornado Liability, if Vornado is the requesting Party; (ii) such information is required by the requesting Party to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; or (iii) such information is required by the requesting Party to comply with any obligation imposed by any Governmental Authority; provided , however , that, in the event that the Party to whom the request has been made determines that any such provision of information could be detrimental to the Party providing the information, violate any Law or agreement, or waive any privilege available under applicable Law, including any attorney-client privilege, then the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to permit compliance with such obligations to the extent and in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence. The Party providing information pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall only be obligated to provide such information in the form, condition and format in which it then exists, and in no event shall such Party be required to perform any improvement, modification, conversion, updating or reformatting of any such information, and nothing in this Section 6.1 shall expand the obligations of a Party under Section 6.4 .

 

6.2                                Ownership of Information . The provision of any information pursuant to Section 6.1 or Section 6.7 shall not affect the ownership of such information (which shall be determined solely in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements), or constitute a grant of rights in or to any such information.

 

6.3                                Compensation for Providing Information . The Party requesting information agrees to reimburse the other Party for the reasonable costs, if any, of creating, gathering, copying, transporting and otherwise complying with the request with respect to such information (including any reasonable costs and expenses incurred in any review of information for purposes of protecting the Privileged Information of the providing Party or in connection with the restoration of backup media for purposes of providing the requested information). Except as may be otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties, such costs shall be computed in accordance with the providing Party’s standard methodology and procedures.

 

47



 

6.4                                Record Retention . To facilitate the possible exchange of information pursuant to this Article VI and other provisions of this Agreement after the Effective Time, the Parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts, which shall be no less rigorous than those used for retention of such Party’s own information, to retain all information in their respective possession or control on the Effective Time in accordance with the policies of Vornado as in effect on the Effective Time or such other policies as may be adopted by Vornado after the Effective Time ( provided , in the case of UE, that Vornado notifies UE of any such change); provided , however , that in the case of any information relating to Taxes, such retention period shall be extended to the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any extensions thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 6.4 , the Tax Matters Agreement will govern the retention of Tax-related records.

 

6.5                                Limitations of Liability . Neither Party shall have any Liability to the other Party in the event that any information exchanged or provided pursuant to this Agreement is found to be inaccurate in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Party providing such information. Neither Party shall have any Liability to any other Party if any information is destroyed after commercially reasonable efforts by such Party to comply with the provisions of Section 6.4 .

 

6.6                                Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information .

 

(a)                                  The rights and obligations granted under this Article VI are subject to any specific limitations, qualifications or additional provisions on the sharing, exchange, retention or confidential treatment of information set forth in any Ancillary Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any party that receives, pursuant to a request for information in accordance with this Article VI , Tangible Information that is not relevant to its request shall, at the request of the providing Party, (i) return it to the providing Party or, at the providing Party’s request, destroy such Tangible Information; and (ii) deliver to the providing Party written confirmation that such Tangible Information was returned or destroyed, as the case may be, which confirmation shall be signed by an authorized representative of the requesting Party.

 

6.7                                Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation .

 

(a)                                  After the Effective Time, except in the case of an adversarial Action or Dispute between Vornado and UE, or any members of their respective Groups, each Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to make available to the other Party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, trustees, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available without undue burden, to the extent that any such person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, trustees, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action in which the requesting Party (or member of its Group) may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder. The requesting Party shall bear all costs and expenses in connection therewith.

 

48



 

(b)                                  If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to seek to compromise or settle any Third-Party Claim, the other Party shall make available to such Indemnifying Party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, trustees, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available without undue burden, to the extent that any such person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, trustees, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with such defense, settlement or compromise, or such prosecution, evaluation or pursuit, as the case may be, and shall otherwise cooperate in such defense, settlement or compromise, or such prosecution, evaluation or pursuit, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties shall cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions.

 

(d)                                  Without limiting any provision of this Section 6.7 , each of the Parties agrees to cooperate, and to cause each member of its respective Group to cooperate, with each other in the defense of any infringement or similar claim with respect any Intellectual Property and shall not claim to acknowledge, or permit any member of its respective Group to claim to acknowledge, the validity or infringing use of any Intellectual Property of a third Person in a manner that would hamper or undermine the defense of such infringement or similar claim.

 

(e)                                   The obligation of the Parties to provide witnesses pursuant to this Section 6.7 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to provide as witnesses, inventors and other officers without regard to whether the witness or the employer of the witness could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first sentence of Section 6.7(a) ).

 

6.8                                Privileged Matters .

 

(a)                                  The Parties recognize that legal and other professional services that have been and will be provided prior to the Effective Time have been and will be rendered for the collective benefit of each of the members of the Vornado Group and the UE Group, and that each of the members of the Vornado Group and the UE Group should be deemed to be the client with respect to such services for the purposes of asserting all privileges which may be asserted under applicable Law in connection therewith. The parties recognize that legal and other professional services will be provided following the Effective Time, which services will be rendered solely for the benefit of the Vornado Group or the UE Group, as the case may be.

 

(b)                                  The Parties agree as follows:

 

(i)                                      Vornado shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges and immunities in connection with any Privileged Information that relates solely to the Vornado Business and not to the UE Business, whether or not the Privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the Vornado Group or any member of the UE Group. Vornado shall also be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges and immunities in

 

49



 

connection with any Privileged Information that relates solely to any Vornado Liabilities resulting from any Actions that are now pending or may be asserted in the future, whether or not the Privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the Vornado Group or any member of the UE Group;

 

(ii)                                   UE shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges and immunities in connection with any Privileged Information that relates solely to the UE Business and not to the Vornado Business, whether or not the Privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the UE Group or any member of the Vornado Group. UE shall also be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges and immunities in connection with any Privileged Information that relates solely to any UE Liabilities resulting from any Actions that are now pending or may be asserted in the future, whether or not the privileged Information is in the possession or under the control of any member of the UE Group or any member of the Vornado Group; and

 

(iii)                                if the Parties do not agree as to whether certain information is Privileged Information, then such information shall be treated as Privileged Information, and the Party that believes that such information is Privileged Information shall be entitled to control the assertion or waiver of all privileges and immunities in connection with any such information unless the Parties otherwise agree. The Parties shall use the procedures set forth in Article VII to resolve any disputes as to whether any information relates solely to the Vornado Business, solely to the UE Business, or to both the Vornado Business and the UE Business.

 

(c)                                   Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 6.8 , the Parties agree that they shall have a shared privilege or immunity with respect to all privileges and immunities not allocated pursuant to Section 6.8(b)  and all privileges and immunities relating to any Actions or other matters that involve both Parties (or one or more members of their respective Groups) and in respect of which both Parties have Liabilities under this Agreement, and that no such shared privilege or immunity may be waived by either Party without the consent of the other Party.

 

(d)                                  If any Dispute arises between the Parties or any members of their respective Group regarding whether a privilege or immunity should be waived to protect or advance the interests of either Party and/or any member of their respective Group, each Party agrees that it shall (i) negotiate with the other Party in good faith; (ii) endeavor to minimize any prejudice to the rights of the other Party; and (iii) not unreasonably withhold consent to any request for waiver by the other Party. Further, each Party specifically agrees that it shall not withhold its consent to the waiver of a privilege or immunity for any purpose except in good faith to protect its own legitimate interests.

 

(e)                                   In the event of any adversarial Action or Dispute between Vornado and UE, or any members of their respective Groups, either Party may waive a privilege in which the other Party or member of such other Party’s Group has a shared privilege, without obtaining consent pursuant to Section 6.8(c) ; provided that such waiver of a shared privilege shall be effective only as to the use of information with respect to the Action between the Parties and/or

 

50



 

the applicable members of their respective Groups, and shall not operate as a waiver of the shared privilege with respect to any Third Party.

 

(f)                                    Upon receipt by either Party, or by any member of its respective Group, of any subpoena, discovery or other request that may reasonably be expected to result in the production or disclosure of Privileged Information subject to a shared privilege or immunity or as to which another Party has the sole right hereunder to assert a privilege or immunity, or if either Party obtains knowledge that any of its, or any member of its respective Group’s, current or former directors, trustees, officers, agents or employees have received any subpoena, discovery or other requests that may reasonably be expected to result in the production or disclosure of such Privileged Information, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party of the existence of the request (which notice shall be delivered to such other Party no later than five (5) business days following the receipt of any such subpoena, discovery or other request) and shall provide the other Party a reasonable opportunity to review the Privileged Information and to assert any rights it or they may have under this Section 6.8 or otherwise, to prevent the production or disclosure of such Privileged Information.

 

(g)                                   Any furnishing of, or access or transfer of, any information pursuant to this Agreement is made in reliance on the agreement of Vornado and UE set forth in this Section 6.8 and in Section 6.9 to maintain the confidentiality of Privileged Information and to assert and maintain all applicable privileges and immunities. The Parties agree that their respective rights to any access to information, witnesses and other Persons, the furnishing of notices and documents and other cooperative efforts between the Parties contemplated by this Agreement, and the transfer of Privileged Information between the Parties and members of their respective Groups pursuant to this Agreement, shall not be deemed a waiver of any privilege that has been or may be asserted under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(h)                                  In connection with any matter contemplated by Section 6.7 or this Section 6.8 , the Parties agree to, and to cause the applicable members of their Group to, use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain their respective separate and joint privileges and immunities, including by executing joint defense and/or common interest agreements where necessary or useful for this purpose.

 

6.9                                Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality. Subject to Section 6.10 , from and after the Effective Time until the five (5)-year anniversary of the Effective Time, each of Vornado and UE, on behalf of itself and each member of its respective Group, agrees to hold, and to cause its respective Representatives to hold, in strict confidence, with at least the same degree of care that applies to Vornado’s confidential and proprietary information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Effective Time, all confidential and proprietary information concerning the other Party or any member of the other Party’s Group or their respective businesses that is either in its possession (including confidential and proprietary information in its possession prior to the date hereof) or furnished by any such other Party or any member of such Party’s Group or their respective Representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise, and shall not use any such confidential and proprietary information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, except, in each case, to the extent that

 

51



 

such confidential and proprietary information has been (i) in the public domain or generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by such Party or any member of such Party’s Group or any of their respective Representatives in violation of this Agreement, (ii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by such Party (or any member of such Party’s Group) which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality with respect to such confidential and proprietary information, or (iii) independently developed or generated without reference to or use of any proprietary or confidential information of the other Party or any member of such Party’s Group. If any confidential and proprietary information of one Party or any member of its Group is disclosed to the other Party or any member of such other Party’s Group in connection with providing services to such first Party or any member of such first Party’s Group under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, then such disclosed confidential and proprietary information shall be used only as required to perform such services.

 

(b)                                  No Release; Return or Destruction. Each Party agrees not to release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any information addressed in Section 6.9(a)  to any other Person, except its Representatives who need to know such information in their capacities as such (who shall be advised of their obligations hereunder with respect to such information), and except in compliance with Section 6.10 . Without limiting the foregoing, when any such information is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, each Party will promptly after request of the other Party either return to the other Party all such information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon) or notify the other Party in writing that it has destroyed such information (and such copies thereof and such notes, extracts or summaries based thereon).

 

(c)                                   Third-Party Information; Privacy or Data Protection Laws. Each Party acknowledges that it and members of its Group may presently have and, following the Effective Time, may gain access to or possession of confidential or proprietary information of, or personal information relating to, Third Parties (i) that was received under confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements entered into between such Third Parties, on the one hand, and the other Party or members of such Party’s Group, on the other hand, prior to the Effective Time; or (ii) that, as between the two Parties, was originally collected by the other Party or members of such Party’s Group and that may be subject to and protected by privacy, data protection or other applicable Laws. Each Party agrees that it shall hold, protect and use, and shall cause the members of its Group and its and their respective Representatives to hold, protect and use, in strict confidence the confidential and proprietary information of, or personal information relating to, Third Parties in accordance with privacy, data protection or other applicable Laws and the terms of any agreements that were either entered into before the Effective Time or affirmative commitments or representations that were made before the Effective Time by, between or among the other Party or members of the other Party’s Group, on the one hand, and such Third Parties, on the other hand.

 

6.10                         Protective Arrangements . In the event that a Party or any member of its Group either determines on the advice of its counsel that it is required to disclose any information pursuant to applicable Law or receives any request or demand under lawful process or from any Governmental Authority to disclose or provide information of the other Party (or any member of the other Party’s Group) that is subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof,

 

52



 

such Party shall notify the other Party (to the extent legally permitted) as promptly as practicable under the circumstances prior to disclosing or providing such information and shall cooperate, at the expense of the other Party, in seeking any appropriate protective order requested by the other Party. In the event that such other Party fails to receive such appropriate protective order in a timely manner and the Party receiving the request or demand reasonably determines that its failure to disclose or provide such information shall actually prejudice the Party receiving the request or demand, then the Party that received such request or demand may thereafter disclose or provide information to the extent required by such Law (as so advised by its counsel) or by lawful process or such Governmental Authority, and the disclosing Party shall promptly provide the other Party with a copy of the information so disclosed, in the same form and format so disclosed, together with a list of all Persons to whom such information was disclosed, in each case to the extent legally permitted.

 

ARTICLE VII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

7.1                                Good-Faith Negotiation . Subject to Section 7.4 , either Party seeking resolution of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or Ancillary Agreement (including regarding whether any Assets are UE Assets, any Liabilities are UE Liabilities or the validity, interpretation, breach or termination of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement) (a “ Dispute ”), shall provide written notice thereof to the other Party (the “ Initial Notice ”), and within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the Initial Notice, the Parties shall attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the Dispute. The negotiations shall be conducted by executives who hold, at a minimum, the title of vice president. All such negotiations shall be confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence. Any resolution reached by the applicable executives through negotiation shall be subject to final approval by the Chief Administrative Officer of Vornado and the Chief Operating Officer of UE. If the Parties are unable for any reason to resolve a Dispute within thirty (30) days after the delivery of such notice or if a Party reasonably concludes that the other Party is not willing to negotiate as contemplated by this Section 7.1 , the Dispute shall be submitted to mediation in accordance with Section 7.2 .

 

7.2                                Mediation . Any Dispute not resolved pursuant to Section 7.1 shall, at the written request of a Party (a “ Mediation Request ”), be submitted to nonbinding mediation in accordance with the then current International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution (“ CPR ”) Mediation Procedure, except as modified herein. The mediation shall be held in (i) New York, New York or (ii) such other place as the Parties may mutually agree in writing. The Parties shall have twenty (20) days from receipt by a Party of a Mediation Request to agree on a mediator. If no mediator has been agreed upon by the Parties within twenty (20) days of receipt by a party of a Mediation Request, then a Party may request (on written notice to the other Party), that CPR appoint a mediator in accordance with the CPR Mediation Procedure. All mediation pursuant to this clause shall be confidential and shall be treated as compromise and settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence, and no oral or documentary representations made by the Parties during such mediation shall be admissible for any purpose in any subsequent proceedings. No Party shall disclose or permit the disclosure of any information about the evidence adduced or the documents produced by the other Party in the mediation proceedings or about the existence, contents or results of the mediation without the prior written

 

53



 

consent of such other Party, except in the course of a judicial or regulatory proceeding or as may be required by Law or requested by a Governmental Authority or securities exchange. Before making any disclosure permitted by the preceding sentence, the Party intending to make such disclosure shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, give the other Party reasonable written notice of the intended disclosure and afford the other party a reasonable opportunity to protect its interests. If the Dispute has not been resolved within sixty (60) days of the appointment of a mediator, or within ninety (90) days after receipt by a Party of a Mediation Request (whichever occurs sooner), or within such longer period as the Parties may agree to in writing, then the Dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with Section 7.3 .

 

7.3                                Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  In the event that a Dispute has not been resolved within sixty (60) days of the appointment of a mediator in accordance with Section 7.2 , or within ninety (90) days after receipt by a Party of a Mediation Request (whichever occurs sooner), or within such longer period as the Parties may agree to in writing, then such Dispute shall, upon the written request of a Party (the “ Arbitration Request ”) be submitted to be finally resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to the CPR Arbitration Procedure. The arbitration shall be held in the same location as the mediation pursuant to Section 7.2 . Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing, any Dispute to be decided pursuant to this Section 7.3 will be decided (i) before a sole arbitrator if the amount in dispute, inclusive of all claims and counterclaims, totals less than $5 million; or (ii) by a panel of three (3) arbitrators if the amount in dispute, inclusive of all claims and counterclaims, totals $5 million or more.

 

(b)                                  The panel of three (3) arbitrators will be chosen as follows: (i) within fifteen (15) days from the date of the receipt of the Arbitration Request, each Party will name an arbitrator; and (ii) the two (2) Party-appointed arbitrators will thereafter, within thirty (30) days from the date on which the second of the two (2) arbitrators was named, name a third, independent arbitrator who will act as chairperson of the arbitral tribunal. In the event that either Party fails to name an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of the Arbitration Request, then upon written application by either Party, that arbitrator shall be appointed pursuant to the CPR Arbitration Procedure. In the event that the two (2) Party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third, then the third, independent arbitrator will be appointed pursuant to the CPR Arbitration Procedure. If the arbitration will be before a sole independent arbitrator, then the sole independent arbitrator will be appointed by agreement of the Parties within fifteen (15) days of the date of receipt of the Arbitration Request. If the Parties cannot agree to a sole independent arbitrator, then upon written application by either party, the sole independent arbitrator will be appointed pursuant to the CPR Arbitration Procedure.

 

(c)                                   The arbitrator(s) will have the right to award, on an interim basis, or include in the final award, any relief which it deems proper in the circumstances, including money damages (with interest on unpaid amounts from the due date), injunctive relief (including specific performance) and attorneys’ fees and costs; provided that the arbitrator(s) will not award any relief not specifically requested by the parties and, in any event, will not award any indirect, punitive, exemplary, remote, speculative or similar damages in excess of compensatory damages of the other arising in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (other than any such Liability with respect to a Third-Party Claim). Upon selection of the arbitrator(s) following any

 

54



 

grant of interim relief by a special arbitrator or court pursuant to Section 7.4 , the arbitrator(s) may affirm or disaffirm that relief, and the parties will seek modification or rescission of the order entered by the court as necessary to accord with the decision of the arbitrator(s). The award of the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding on the Parties, and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. The initiation of mediation or arbitration pursuant to this Article VII will toll the applicable statute of limitations for the duration of any such proceedings.

 

7.4                                Litigation and Unilateral Commencement of Arbitration . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VII , (a) a Party may seek preliminary provisional or injunctive judicial relief with respect to a Dispute without first complying with the procedures set forth in Section 7.1 , Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 if such action is reasonably necessary to avoid irreparable damage and (b) either Party may initiate arbitration before the expiration of the periods specified in Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 if (i) such Party has submitted a Mediation Request or Arbitration Request, as applicable, and the other party has failed, within the applicable periods set forth in Section 7.3 , to agree upon a date for the first mediation session to take place within thirty (30) days after the appointment of such mediator or such longer period as the Parties may agree to in writing or (ii) such Party has failed to comply with Section 7.3 in good faith with respect to commencement and engagement in arbitration. In such event, the other Party may commence and prosecute such arbitration unilaterally in accordance with the CPR Arbitration Procedure.

 

7.5                                Conduct During Dispute Resolution Process . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective members of their Group to, continue to honor all commitments under this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to the extent required by such agreements during the course of dispute resolution pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII , unless such commitments are the specific subject of the Dispute at issue.

 

ARTICLE VIII
FURTHER ASSURANCES AND ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

 

8.1                                Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                  In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement, each of the Parties shall use its reasonable best efforts, prior to, on and after the Effective Time, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Effective Time, each Party hereto shall cooperate with the other Party, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting Party, execute and deliver, or use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be executed and delivered, all instruments, including instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, and to make all filings with, and to obtain all Approvals or Notifications of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument (including any consents or Governmental Approvals), and to take all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by the other Party from

 

55



 

time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transfers of the UE Assets and the Vornado Assets and the assignment and assumption of the UE Liabilities and the Vornado Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Without limiting the foregoing, each Party will, at the reasonable request, cost and expense of the other Party, take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to vest in such other Party good and marketable title to the Assets allocated to such Party under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, free and clear of any Security Interest, if and to the extent it is practicable to do so.

 

(c)                                   On or prior to the Effective Time, Vornado and UE in their respective capacities as direct and indirect shareholders of the members of their Groups, shall each ratify any actions which are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by Vornado, UE or any of the members of their respective Groups, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

 

(d)                                  Vornado and UE, and each of the members of their respective Groups, waive (and agree not to assert against any of the others) any claim or demand that any of them may have against any of the others for any Liabilities or other claims relating to or arising out of: (i) the failure of UE or any other member of the UE Group, on the one hand, or of Vornado or any other member of the Vornado Group, on the other hand, to provide any notification or disclosure required under any state Environmental Law in connection with the Separation or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the transfer by any member of any Group to any member of the other Group of ownership or operational control of any Assets not previously owned or operated by such transferee; or (ii) any inadequate, incorrect or incomplete notification or disclosure under any such state Environmental Law by the applicable transferor. To the extent any Liability to any Governmental Authority or any third Person arises out of any action or inaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above, the transferee of the applicable Asset hereby assumes and agrees to pay any such Liability.

 

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION

 

9.1                                Termination . This Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements may be terminated and the Distribution may be amended, modified or abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by Vornado, in its sole and absolute discretion, without the approval or consent of any other Person, including UE or UE L.P. After the Effective Time, this Agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by a duly authorized officer of each of the Parties.

 

9.2                                Effect of Termination . In the event of any termination of this Agreement prior to the Effective Time, no Party (nor any of its directors, trustees, officers or employees) shall have any Liability or further obligation to the other Party by reason of this Agreement.

 

56


 

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1        Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Corporate Power .

 

(a)           This Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party.

 

(b)           This Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the Exhibits, Schedules and Appendices hereto and thereto contain the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, writings, understandings, commitments and conversations with respect to such subject matter, and there are no agreements or understandings between the Parties other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein.

 

(c)           Vornado represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Vornado Group, and UE represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the UE Group, as follows:

 

(i)            each such Person has the requisite power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

 

(ii)           this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

(d)           Each Party acknowledges that it and each other Party is executing certain of the Ancillary Agreements by facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature, and that delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (whether executed by manual, stamp or mechanical signature) by facsimile or by email in portable document format (PDF) shall be effective as delivery of such executed counterpart of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement. Each Party expressly adopts and confirms each such facsimile, stamp or mechanical signature (regardless of whether delivered in person, by mail, by courier, by facsimile or by email in portable document format (PDF)) made in its respective name as if it were a manual signature delivered in person, agrees that it will not assert that any such signature or delivery is not adequate to bind such Party to the same extent as if it were signed manually and delivered in person and agrees that, at the reasonable request of the other Party at any time, it will as promptly as reasonably practicable cause each such Ancillary Agreement to be manually executed (any such execution to be as of the date of the initial date thereof) and delivered in person, by mail or by courier.

 

10.2        Governing Law . This Agreement and, unless expressly provided therein, each Ancillary Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or thereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or to the inducement of any party to enter

 

57



 

herein and therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of New York including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.

 

10.3        Assignability . Except as set forth in any Ancillary Agreement, this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and the parties thereto, respectively, and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , that neither Party nor any such party thereto may assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other Party hereto or other parties thereto, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such consent shall be required for the assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (except as may be otherwise provided in any such Ancillary Agreement) in whole (i.e., the assignment of a party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and all Ancillary Agreements all at the same time) in connection with a change of control of a Party so long as the resulting, surviving or transferee Person assumes all the obligations of the relevant party thereto by operation of Law or pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other Party.

 

10.4        Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except for the indemnification rights under this Agreement of any Vornado Indemnitee or UE Indemnitee in their respective capacities as such, (a) the provisions of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Parties and are not intended to confer upon any Person except the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder, and (b) there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement and neither this Agreement nor any Ancillary Agreement shall provide any third Person with any remedy, claim, Liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

10.5        Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications under this Agreement and, to the extent applicable and unless otherwise provided therein, under each of the Ancillary Agreements shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, or by facsimile with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 10.5 ):

 

If to Vornado, to:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attention: [
· ]
Facsimile: [
· ]

 

58



 

with a copy (until the Effective Time) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:              William G. Farrar
Facsimile:              [
· ]

 

If to UE, to:

 

Urban Edge Properties
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attention: [
· ]
Facsimile: [
· ]

 

with a copy (until the Effective Time) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:              William G. Farrar
Facsimile:              [
· ]

 

A Party may, by notice to the other Party, change the address to which such notices are to be given.

 

10.6        Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by an arbitration tribunal or a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby. Upon such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

 

10.7        Force Majeure . No Party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or, unless otherwise expressly provided therein, any Ancillary Agreement for any delay or failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation) hereunder or thereunder so long as and to the extent to which any delay or failure in the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure. In the event of any such excused delay, the time for performance of such obligations (other than a payment obligation) shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay. A Party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of any such event, (a) provide written notice to the other Party of the nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition; and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to remove any such causes and resume performance under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, as applicable, as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

59



 

10.8        No Set-Off . Except as set forth in any Ancillary Agreement or as otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties, neither Party nor any member of such Party’s group shall have any right of set-off or other similar rights with respect to (a) any amounts received pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; or (b) any other amounts claimed to be owed to either such Party or any member of its Group arising out of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

10.9        Publicity . Prior to the Effective Time, the Chief Executive Officer of UE and the Chief Administrative Officer of Vornado shall consult with each other prior to either Party issuing any press releases or otherwise making public statements with respect to the Separation, the Distribution or any of the other transactions contemplated hereby or under any Ancillary Agreement and prior to making any filings with any Governmental Authority with respect thereto.

 

10.10      Expenses . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, or as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, all fees, costs and expenses incurred on, prior to or after the Effective Time in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and implementation of this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, the Separation, the Form 10, the Plan of Reorganization and the Distribution and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be borne by the Party or its applicable Subsidiary incurring such fees, costs or expenses.

 

10.11      Headings . The article, section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement and in the Ancillary Agreements are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement.

 

10.12      Survival of Covenants . Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the covenants, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement, and Liability for the breach of any obligations contained herein, shall survive the Separation and the Distribution and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

10.13      Waivers of Default . Waiver by a Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it prejudice the rights of the other Party. No failure or delay by a Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof prejudice any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

10.14      Specific Performance . Subject to the provisions of Article VII , in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the Party or Parties who are, or are to be, thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief in respect of its or their rights under this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach,

 

60



 

including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived by each of the Parties.

 

10.15      Amendments . No provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be deemed waived, amended, supplemented or modified by a Party, unless such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification is in writing and signed by the authorized representative of the Party against whom it is sought to enforce such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification.

 

10.16      Interpretation . In this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement, (a) words in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be deemed to include the other genders as the context requires; (b) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement (or the applicable Ancillary Agreement) as a whole (including all of the Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices hereto and thereto) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement (or such Ancillary Agreement); (c) Article, Section, Schedule, Exhibit and Appendix references are to the Articles, Sections, Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices to this Agreement (or the applicable Ancillary Agreement) unless otherwise specified; (d) unless otherwise stated, all references to any agreement shall be deemed to include the exhibits, schedules and annexes to such agreement; (e) the word “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement (or the applicable Ancillary Agreement) shall mean “including, without limitation,” unless otherwise specified; (f) the word “or” shall not be exclusive; (g) unless otherwise specified in a particular case, the word “days” refers to calendar days; (h) references to “business day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are generally authorized or required by law to close in the United States or New York, New York; (i) references herein to this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement or such other agreement as of the date on which it is executed and as it may be amended, modified or supplemented thereafter, unless otherwise specified; and (j) unless expressly stated to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, all references to “the date hereof,” “the date of this Agreement,” “hereby” and “hereupon” and words of similar import shall all be references to [•] , 2015.  In the case of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement in relation to any matters addressed by such Ancillary Agreement, the applicable Ancillary Agreement shall prevail unless such Ancillary Agreement explicitly states that this Agreement shall control.

 

10.17      Limitations of Liability . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, but without limiting any recovery expressly provided by Section 7.2 , neither UE or any member of the UE Group, on the one hand, nor Vornado or any member of the Vornado Group, on the other hand, shall be liable under this Agreement to the other for any indirect, punitive, exemplary, remote, speculative or similar damages in excess of compensatory damages of the other arising in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (other than any such Liability with respect to a Third-Party Claim).

 

61



 

10.18      Performance . Vornado will cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement to be performed by any member of the Vornado Group. UE will cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement to be performed by any member of the UE Group. Each Party (including its permitted successors and assigns) further agrees that it will (a) give timely notice of the terms, conditions and continuing obligations contained in this Agreement and any applicable Ancillary Agreement to all of the other members of its Group and (b) cause all of the other members of its Group not to take any action or fail to take any such action inconsistent with such Party’s obligations under this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

10.19      Mutual Drafting . This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements shall be deemed to be the joint work product of the Parties and any rule of construction that a document shall be interpreted or construed against a drafter of such document shall not be applicable.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

62



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Separation and Distribution Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

 

VORNADO REALTY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VORNADO REALTY L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

[ Signature Page to Separation and Distribution Agreement ]

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

FIRST :  Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Trust”) formed under Title 8 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland (“Title 8”), desires to amend and restate its Declaration of Trust as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

SECOND :  The following provisions are all the provisions of the Declaration of Trust currently in effect and as hereinafter amended and restated:

 

ARTICLE I

 

FORMATION

 

The Trust is a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Title 8.  The Trust shall not be deemed to be a general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, joint stock company or a corporation but nothing herein shall preclude the Trust from being treated for tax purposes as an association under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

NAME

 

The name of the Trust is:

 

Urban Edge Properties

 

Under circumstances in which the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees” or “Board”) determines that the use of the name of the Trust is not practicable, the Trust may use any other designation or name for the Trust.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSES AND POWERS

 

Section 3.1  Purposes .  The purposes for which the Trust is formed are to invest in and to acquire, hold, manage, administer, control and dispose of property, including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code (a “REIT”).

 

Section 3.2  Powers . The Trust shall have all of the powers granted to real estate investment trusts by Title 8 or any successor statute and all other powers set forth in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) which are not inconsistent with law and are appropriate to promote and attain the purposes set forth in the Declaration of Trust.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

RESIDENT AGENT

 

The name of the resident agent of the Trust in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, whose post office address is 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, MD 21201.  The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.  The Trust may have such offices or places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE V

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES

 

Section 5.1  Powers .  Subject to any express limitations contained in the Declaration of Trust or in the Bylaws, (a) the business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees and (b) the Board shall have full, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over any and all property and business of the Trust.  The Board may take any action as in its sole judgment and discretion is necessary or appropriate to conduct the business and affairs of the Trust.  The Declaration of Trust shall be construed with the presumption in favor of the grant of power and authority to the Board.  Any construction of the Declaration of Trust or determination made by the Board concerning its powers and authority

 

2



 

hereunder shall be conclusive.  The enumeration and definition of particular powers of the Board of Trustees included in the Declaration of Trust or in the Bylaws of the Trust (the “Bylaws”) shall in no way be construed or deemed by inference or otherwise in any manner to exclude or limit the powers conferred upon the Board or the Trustees under the general laws of the State of Maryland or any other applicable laws.

 

The Board, without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, shall have and may exercise, on behalf of the Trust, without limitation, the power to terminate the status under the Code of the Trust as a REIT; to determine that compliance with any restriction or limitations on ownership and transfers of shares of the Trust’s beneficial interest set forth in Article VII of the Declaration of Trust is no longer required in order for the Trust to qualify as a REIT; to adopt, amend and repeal Bylaws; to elect officers in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws; to solicit proxies from holders of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust; and to do any other acts and deliver any other documents necessary or appropriate to the foregoing powers.

 

Section 5.2  Number and Classification .  The number of Trustees (hereinafter the “Trustees”) initially shall be         , which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the Bylaws.  No reduction in the number of Trustees shall cause the removal of any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his or her term.  The Trustees (other than any Trustee elected solely by holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares) shall be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes, one class (“Class I”) to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2016, another class (“Class II”) to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2017 and another class (“Class III”) to hold office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders in 2018, with the members of each class to hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualify.  At the annual meeting of shareholders held in 2016, the successors to the Trustees whose terms expire at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders held in 2018 and until their successors are duly elected and qualify. At the annual meeting of shareholders held in 2017 and each annual

 

3



 

meeting of shareholders held thereafter, the successors to the Trustees whose terms expire at each annual meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify. The names and class of the Trustees who shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

 

Class I

 

 

Class II

 

 

Class III

 

 

The Trustees shall be elected in the manner provided in the Bylaws and (subject to the following paragraph) any vacancy on the Board of Trustees may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws.  It shall not be necessary to list in the Declaration of Trust the names and addresses of any Trustees hereinafter elected.

 

The Trust elects, pursuant to Section 3-802(b) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), that, except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Shares, any and all vacancies on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy

 

4



 

shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

Section 5.3  Removal .   Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares to elect or remove one or more Trustees, a Trustee may be removed at any time, but only for cause and then only, by the affirmative vote of the holders of two thirds of the Shares then outstanding and entitled to vote generally in the election of Trustees. Any amendment to this Section 5.3 that amends or removes the requirement of cause for the removal of Trustees shall not apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any Trustee in office at the time of such amendment.

 

Section 5.4  Determinations by Board .  The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Trustees shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Trust and every holder of Shares:  the amount of the net income of the Trust for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, acquisition of Shares or the payment of other distributions on Shares; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, cash flow, funds from operations, adjusted funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Declaration of Trust (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any shares of any class or series of Shares) or of the Bylaws; the number of Shares of any class or series of the Trust; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Trust or of any Shares of the Trust; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Trust; any interpretation of the terms and conditions

 

5



 

of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other organization; the compensation of Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Trust or required or permitted by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 5.5  Business Opportunities .

 

(a)                                  The Trust shall have the power to renounce, by resolution of the Board of Trustees, any interest or expectancy of the Trust in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities or classes or categories of business opportunities that are (i) presented to the Trust or (ii) developed by or presented to one or more Trustees or officers of the Trust.

 

(b)                                  If any Trustee of the Trust who is also a trustee, officer, employee or agent of Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“Vornado”), or any of Vornado’s affiliates (each such Trustee, a “Covered Person”), acquires knowledge of a potential business opportunity, the Trust renounces, on its behalf and on behalf of its subsidiaries, any potential interest or expectation in, or right to be offered or to participate in, such business opportunity to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law.  Accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law, (i) no Covered Person is required to present, communicate or offer any business opportunity to the Trust or any of its subsidiaries and (ii) any Covered Person, on his or her own behalf or on behalf of Vornado or any affiliate of Vornado, shall have the right to hold and exploit any business opportunity, or to direct, recommend, offer, sell, assign or otherwise transfer such business opportunity to any person or entity other than the Trust and its subsidiaries.

 

The taking by a Covered Person for himself or herself, or the offering or other transfer to another person or entity, of any potential business opportunity, shall not constitute or be construed or interpreted as (i) an act or omission of the Trustee committed in bad faith or as the result of active or deliberate dishonesty or (ii) receipt by the Covered Person of an improper

 

6



 

benefit or profit in money, property, services or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

 

Section 6.1  Authorized Shares .  The beneficial interest of the Trust shall be divided into shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”).   The Trust has authority to issue                      common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), and                      preferred shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Shares”). If shares of one class are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of shares pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of beneficial interest of all classes that the Trust has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of beneficial interest set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph.  The Board of Trustees, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of Shares or the number of Shares of any class or series that the Trust has authority to issue.

 

Section 6.2  Common Shares .  Subject to the provisions of Article VII and except as may otherwise be specified in the Declaration of Trust, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter upon which holders of Common Shares are entitled to vote.  The Board of Trustees may reclassify any unissued Common Shares from time to time into one or more classes or series of Shares.

 

Section 6.3  Preferred Shares .  The Board of Trustees may classify any unissued Preferred Shares and reclassify any previously classified but unissued Preferred Shares of any series from time to time, into one or more series of Shares.

 

7



 

Section 6.4  Classified or Reclassified Shares .  Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified Shares of any class or series, the Board of Trustees by resolution shall (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of Shares; (b) specify the number of Shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Shares outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Trust to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”).  Any of the terms of any class or series of Shares set pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable outside the Declaration of Trust (including the occurrence of any event, including a determination or action by the Trust or any other person or body) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of Shares is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT.

 

Section 6.5  Authorization by Board of Share Issuance .  The Board of Trustees may authorize the issuance from time to time of Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration (whether in cash, property, past or future services, obligation for future payment or otherwise) as the Board of Trustees may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a Share split or Share dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws.

 

Section 6.6  Dividends and Other Distributions .  The Board of Trustees may from time to time authorize, and cause the Trust to declare to shareholders, such dividends or other distributions, in cash or other assets of the Trust or in securities of the Trust or from any other source as the Board of Trustees in its discretion shall determine.  The Board of Trustees shall endeavor to cause the Trust to declare and pay such dividends and other distributions as shall be

 

8



 

necessary for the Trust to qualify under the Code as a REIT; however, shareholders shall have no right to any dividend or distribution unless and until authorized by the Board and declared by the Trust.  The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of Trustees pursuant to this Section 6.6 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding.  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of Trust, no determination shall be made by the Board of Trustees nor shall any transaction be entered into by the Trust which would cause any Shares or other beneficial interest in the Trust not to constitute “transferable shares” or “transferable certificates of beneficial interest” under Section 856(a)(2) of the Code or which would cause any distribution to constitute a preferential dividend as described in Section 562(c) of the Code.

 

Section 6.7  General Nature of Shares .  All Shares shall be personal property entitling the shareholders only to those rights provided in the Declaration of Trust.  The shareholders shall have no interest in the property of the Trust and shall have no right to compel any partition, division, dividend or distribution of the Trust or of the property of the Trust.  The death of a shareholder shall not terminate the Trust or give his or her legal representatives any rights against other shareholders, the Trustees or the property of the Trust.  The Trust is entitled to treat as shareholders only those persons in whose names Shares are registered as holders of Shares on the beneficial interest ledger of the Trust.

 

Section 6.8  Fractional Shares .  The Trust may, without the consent or approval of any shareholder, issue fractional Shares, eliminate a fraction of a Share by rounding up or down to a full Share, arrange for the disposition of a fraction of a Share by the person entitled to it, or pay cash for the fair value of a fraction of a Share.

 

Section 6.9  Declaration and Bylaws .  The rights of all shareholders and the terms of all Shares are subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws.

 

Section 6.10  Divisions and Combinations of Shares .  Subject to an express provision to the contrary in the terms of any class or series of beneficial interest hereafter authorized, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to divide or combine the outstanding

 

9



 

shares of any class or series of beneficial interest, without a vote of shareholders, so long as the number of shares combined into one share in any such combination or series of combinations within any period of twelve months is not greater than ten.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

 

Section 7.1  Definitions .  For the purposes of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Adoption Date” shall mean the first date on which Vornado, distributes to holders of common shares of beneficial interest in Vornado all of the Equity Shares then owned by Vornado.

 

“Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares either directly or constructively through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Section 856(h)(1)(B) of the Code.  The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

“Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Special Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6.

 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

“Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares either directly or constructively through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code.  The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

“Constructive Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive), or such other percentage determined by the Board in accordance with Section 7.2.8, of the outstanding Equity Shares of any class or series.

 

“Equity Shares” shall mean Shares of any class or series, including, without limitation, Common Shares and Preferred Shares.

 

10


 

“Market Price” shall mean the last reported sales price of Equity Shares of the relevant class or series reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the trading day immediately preceding the relevant date, or if the Equity Shares of the relevant class or series are not then traded on the New York Stock Exchange, the last reported sales price of Equity Shares of the relevant class or series on the trading day immediately preceding the relevant date, as reported on any other exchange or quotation system over which the Equity Shares of the relevant class or series may be traded, or if the Equity Shares of the relevant class or series are not then traded over any exchange or quotation system, then the market price of the Equity Shares of the relevant class or series on the relevant date as determined by the Board.

 

“Ownership Limit” shall mean 9.8% (in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive), or such other percentage determined by the Board in accordance with Section 7.2.8, of the outstanding Equity Shares of any class or series.

 

“Ownership Limitation Termination Date” shall mean, with respect to any or all of the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfer of Equity Shares set forth herein, the first day after the Adoption Date on which the Board of Trustees determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Trust to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with such restriction or limitation on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership or Transfer of Equity Shares is no longer required in order for the Trust to qualify as a REIT.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Section 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company or other entity or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but does not include an underwriter which participates in a

 

11



 

public offering of Equity Shares for a period of 25 days following the purchase by such underwriter of those Equity Shares.

 

“Prohibited Owner” shall mean with respect to any purported Transfer or other event, any Person that, but for the provisions of Section 7.2.2, would have Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned the Equity Shares that were transferred to a Special Trust and, if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the Equity Shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

 

“Special Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3.

 

“Special Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Trust and the Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Trust to serve as trustee of the Special Trust.

 

“Transfer” shall mean any sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition of Equity Shares (including (i) the granting of any option or entering into any agreement for the sale, transfer or other disposition of Equity Shares or (ii) the sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares), whether voluntary or involuntary, whether of record or beneficially and whether by operation of law or otherwise.

 

Section 7.2  Equity Shares .

 

Section 7.2.1  Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, no Person shall Beneficially Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series and no Person shall Constructively Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, any Transfer that, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning Equity Shares of any class or series in

 

12



 

excess of the Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series shall be void ab initio as to the Transfer of such Equity Shares that would be otherwise Beneficially Owned by such Person in excess of such Ownership Limit; and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights to such Equity Shares.

 

(c)                                   Except as provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, any Transfer that, if effective, would result in any Person Constructively Owning Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series shall be void ab initio as to the Transfer of such Equity Shares that would be otherwise Constructively Owned by such Person in excess of such Constructive Ownership Limit; and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.

 

(d)                                  From the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, any Transfer that, if effective, would result in Equity Shares being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 Persons (within the meaning of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder)  shall be void ab initio as to the Transfer of such Equity Shares that would be otherwise Beneficially Owned by the transferee; and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.

 

(e)                                   From the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, any Transfer that, if effective, would result in the Trust being “closely held” (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT, shall be void ab initio as to the Transfer of the Equity Shares that would cause the Trust to be “closely held” (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or otherwise fail to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Trust owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Trust from such tenant would cause the Trust to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of

 

13



 

Section 856(c) of the Code); and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.

 

(f)                                    From the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares of any class or series that would cause the Trust to be “closely held” (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or otherwise fail to qualify as a REIT (including, but not limited to, Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership that would result in the Trust owning (actually or Constructively) an interest in a tenant that is described in Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code if the income derived by the Trust from such tenant would cause the Trust to fail to satisfy any of the gross income requirements of Section 856(c) of the Code).

 

Section 7.2.2  Transfer of Equity Shares to Special Trust .

 

(a)                                  If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, there is a purported or attempted Transfer that, if effective, would cause any Person to Beneficially Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), the Equity Shares that would have been Beneficially Owned in excess of such Ownership Limit (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported or attempted Transfer.

 

(b)                                  If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, there is a purported or attempted Transfer that, if effective, would cause any Person to Constructively Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), the Equity Shares that would have been Constructively Owned in excess of such Constructive Ownership Limit (rounded up to the nearest whole Share) shall be

 

14



 

transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported or attempted Transfer.

 

(c)                                   If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, there is a purported or attempted Transfer that, if effective, would cause the Trust to become “closely held” (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or otherwise fail to qualify as a REIT, then the Equity Shares being Transferred that would have caused the Trust to become “closely held” (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or otherwise fail to qualify as a REIT (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported or attempted Transfer.

 

(d)                                  If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, any Person (the “Beneficial Purchaser”) purchases or otherwise acquires an interest in a Person that Beneficially Owns Equity Shares (the “Beneficial Purchase”) and, as a result, the Beneficial Purchaser would Beneficially Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), such number of Equity Shares, the acquisition of Beneficial Ownership of which would cause the Beneficial Purchaser to Beneficially Own Equity Shares in excess of such Ownership Limit (rounded up to the nearest whole Share), shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the Beneficial Purchase.  In determining which Equity Shares are so transferred to a Special Trust, Equity Shares Beneficially Owned by the Beneficial Purchaser prior to the Beneficial Purchase shall be transferred to the Special Trust before any Equity Shares Beneficially Owned by the Person, an interest in which is being so purchased or acquired, are so transferred.

 

15



 

(e)                                   If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, any Person (the “Constructive Purchaser”) purchases or otherwise acquires an interest in a Person that Constructively Owns Equity Shares (the “Constructive Purchase”) and, as a result, the Constructive Purchaser would Constructively Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), such number of Equity Shares, the acquisition of Constructive Ownership of which would cause the Constructive Purchaser to Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of such Constructive Ownership Limit (rounded up to the nearest whole Share), shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the Constructive Purchase.  In determining which Equity Shares are so transferred to a Special Trust, Equity Shares Constructively Owned by the Constructive Purchaser prior to the Constructive Purchase shall be transferred to the Special Trust before any Equity Shares Constructively Owned by the Person, an interest in which is being so purchased or acquired, are so transferred.

 

(f)                                    If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, there is a redemption, repurchase, restructuring or similar transaction with respect to a Person that Beneficially Owns Equity Shares (the “Beneficial Entity”) and, as a result, any Person holding a direct or indirect interest in the Beneficial Entity would Beneficially Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), such number of Equity Shares, the Beneficial Ownership of which by the Beneficial Entity would cause such Person to Beneficially Own Equity Shares in excess of such Ownership Limit (rounded up to the nearest whole Share), shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of such redemption, repurchase, restructuring or similar transaction.  In determining which Equity Shares are so

 

16



 

transferred to a Special Trust, Equity Shares of the relevant class or series Beneficially Owned by the Beneficial Entity shall be transferred to the Special Trust before any Equity Shares Beneficially Owned by the Person holding an interest in the Beneficial Entity (independently of such Person’s interest in the Entity) are so transferred.

 

(g)                                   If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, there is a redemption, repurchase, restructuring or similar transaction with respect to a Person that Constructively Owns Equity Shares (the “Constructive Entity”) and, as a result, any Person holding a direct or indirect interest in the Constructive Entity would Constructively Own Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), such number of Equity Shares, the Constructive Ownership of which by the Constructive Entity would cause such Person to Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of such Constructive Ownership Limit (rounded up to the nearest whole Share), shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of such redemption, repurchase, restructuring or similar transaction.  In determining which Equity Shares are so transferred to a Special Trust, Equity Shares of the relevant class or series Constructively Owned by the Constructive Entity shall be transferred to the Special Trust before any Equity Shares Constructively Owned by the Person holding an interest in the Constructive Entity (independently of such Person’s interest in the Entity) are so transferred.

 

(h)                                  If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, an event, other than an event described in Sections 7.2.2(a) through (g), occurs that would, if effective, result in any Person Constructively Owning Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), the smallest whole number of Equity Shares of such class or series Constructively Owned by such Person which, if transferred

 

17



 

to a Special Trust, would result in such Person’s Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares not being in excess of such Constructive Ownership Limit, shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the relevant event.

 

(i)                                      If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, an event, other than an event described in Sections 7.2.2(a) through (g), occurs that would, if effective, result in any Person Beneficially Owning Equity Shares of any class or series in excess of the Ownership Limit with respect to Equity Shares of such class or series, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2.8(a)(ii), the smallest whole number of Equity Shares of such class or series Beneficially Owned by such Person which, if transferred to a Special Trust, would result in such Person’s Beneficial Ownership of Equity Shares not being in excess of such Ownership Limit, shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the relevant event.

 

(j)                                     If, notwithstanding the other provisions contained in this Article VII, at any time from the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date, an event, other than an event described in Sections 7.2.2(a) through (g), occurs that, if effective, would cause the Trust to become “closely held” (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or otherwise fail to qualify as a REIT, then the Equity Shares that would have caused the Trust to become “closely held” (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or otherwise fail to qualify as a REIT (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be transferred automatically to a Special Trust, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the event that would have caused such violation.

 

(k)                                  To the extent that, upon a transfer of Equity Shares pursuant to this Section 7.2.2, a violation of any provision of this Article VII would nonetheless be continuing (for example, where the ownership of Equity Shares by a single Special Trust would violate the restrictions in Section 7.2.1(d)), then Equity Shares may be transferred to that

 

18



 

number of Special Trusts, each having a distinct Special Trustee and Beneficiary or Beneficiaries that are distinct from those of each other Special Trust, such that no violation of this Article VII results.

 

(l)                                      In determining which Equity Shares are to be transferred to a Special Trust in accordance with this Section 7.2.2, Equity Shares shall be so transferred to the Special Trust in such a manner as minimizes the aggregate value of the Equity Shares that are transferred to the Special Trust and, to the extent not inconsistent herewith, on a pro rata basis.

 

Section 7.2.3  Remedies For Breach .  If the Board of Trustees or its designees shall at any time determine that a Transfer has taken place in violation of Section 7.2.1 or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire beneficial ownership (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code), Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2.1, the Board of Trustees or its designees may take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect or to prevent such Transfer (or any Transfer related to such intent), including, but not limited to, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Trust or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer; provided, however, that any Transfers or attempted Transfers in violation of Sections 7.2.1(a) through (c) or Section 7.2.1(e) shall automatically result in the transfer to a Special Trust as provided in Section 7.2.2, irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 7.2.4  Notice of Ownership or Attempted Ownership in Violation of Section 7.2.1 .  Any Person who acquires or attempts to acquire Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2.1, shall immediately give written notice to the Trust of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted acquisition, give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and shall provide to the Trust such other information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such acquisition or attempted acquisition on the Trust’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 7.2.5  Owners Required to Provide Information .  From the Adoption Date and prior to the Ownership Limitation Termination Date:

 

19



 

(a)                                  Every Beneficial Owner and Constructive Owner of more than 1.0% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding Equity Shares of any class or series shall, within 30 days after January 1 of each year, give written notice to the Trust stating the name and address of such Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner, the number of Equity Shares Beneficially Owned and/or Constructively Owned, and a description of how such Equity Shares are held.  Each such Beneficial Owner and Constructive Owner shall provide to the Trust such additional information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership and/or Constructive Ownership on the Trust’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Ownership Limit and the Constructive Ownership Limit.

 

(b)                                  Each Person who is a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner of Equity Shares and each Person (including the shareholder of record) who is holding Equity Shares for a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Trust such information as the Trust may request in order to determine the Trust’s status as a REIT or to comply with regulations promulgated under the REIT provisions of the Code or the requirements of any other taxing authority or governmental authority, or to determine such compliance.

 

Section 7.2.6  Remedies Not Limited .  Subject to Section 5.1, nothing contained in this Article VII shall limit the power of the Board of Trustees to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to preserve the Trust’s status as a REIT.

 

Section 7.2.7  Ambiguity In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article VII, including any definition contained in Section 7.1 and any ambiguity with respect to which Equity Shares are transferred to a Special Trust in a given situation, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 7.2 or 7.3 requires an action by the Board of Trustees and the Declaration of Trust fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Trustees may

 

20


 

determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3.

 

Section 7.2.8  Modifications of Ownership Limit .

 

(a)                                  The Board of Trustees may from time to time, prospectively or retroactively, (i) increase or decrease the Ownership Limit and/or the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to one or more classes or series of Equity Shares for one or more Persons and increase or decrease the Ownership Limit and the Constructive Ownership Limit with respect to one or more classes or series of Equity Shares for all other Persons and (ii) exempt one or more Persons from the Ownership Limit and Constructive Ownership Limit, as the case may be, with respect to a class or series of Equity Shares, if in each case the Board of Trustees obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the Board of Trustees may deem appropriate in order to conclude that increasing or decreasing the Ownership Limit or the Constructive Ownership Limit or granting the exemption, as the case may be, will not cause the Trust to lose its status as a REIT under the Code.

 

(b)                              Prior to modifications or exemptions of any Ownership Limit or Constructive Ownership Limit pursuant to this Section 7.2.8, the Board of Trustees may require such opinions of counsel, affidavits, undertakings or agreements or a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Trust’s status as a REIT, and any such modification or exemption may be subject to such conditions or restrictions as the Board may impose.

 

(c)                                   No decreased Ownership Limit or Constructive Ownership Limit will be effective for any Person whose percentage of ownership of Equity Shares is in excess of such decreased Ownership Limit or Constructive Ownership Limit, as applicable, until such time as such Person’s percentage of ownership of Equity Shares equals or falls below the decreased Ownership Limit or Constructive Ownership Limit (the “Reduced Limit Trigger”); provided, however, until the Reduced Limit Trigger occurs, such Person (other than a Person for whom an exemption has been granted pursuant to Section 7.2.8(a)(ii)) shall not be entitled to

 

21



 

make any further acquisition of Equity Shares to the extent such acquisition would result in such Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning in excess of the lesser of (i) the number of Equity Shares owned by such Person on the date the adoption of the decreased Ownership Limit or Constructive Ownership Limit or (ii) if, after the adoption of such decreased Ownership Limit or Constructive Ownership Limit, such Person Transfers Equity Shares, the number of Equity Shares owned by such Person after such Transfer or Transfers, and such acquisition in excess of the lesser of (i) or (ii) above shall be a violation of the Ownership Limit or Constructive Ownership Limit.

 

Section 7.2.9  Legend .  (a) Each certificate for Equity Shares, if certificated, or the notice in lieu of a certificate, if any, shall bear substantially the following legend:

 

The Equity Shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to restrictions on transfer and ownership for the purpose, among others, of the Trust’s maintenance of its status as a real estate investment trust (a “REIT”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  Subject to certain further restrictions and except as expressly provided in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, (i) no Person may Beneficially Own Equity Shares in excess of the Ownership Limit; (ii) no Person may Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of the Constructive Ownership Limit; (iii) no Person may Transfer Equity Shares if such Transfer would result in the Equity Shares of the Trust being owned by fewer than 100 Persons; and (iv) no Person may Transfer Equity Shares if such Transfer would result in the Trust being “closely held” under Section 856(h) of the Code or otherwise cause the Trust to fail to qualify as a REIT.  Any Person who Beneficially or Constructively Owns or attempts to Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares which causes or will cause a Person to Beneficially or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess or in violation of the above limitations must immediately notify the Trust.  Attempted Transfers in violation of the restrictions described above will be void ab initio , and if the Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership or Transfer of the Equity Shares represented hereby violates the restrictions on transfer or ownership set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or (iv), the Equity Shares represented hereby will be automatically transferred to a Special Trust for the benefit of one or more Beneficiaries.  In addition, the Trust may redeem Equity Shares upon the terms and

 

22



 

conditions specified by the Board of Trustees in its sole and absolute discretion if the Board of Trustees determines that ownership or a Transfer or other event may violate the restrictions described above.  All capitalized terms in this legend have the meanings set forth in the Declaration of Trust, a copy of which, including the restrictions on transfer and ownership, will be furnished to each holder of Equity Shares of the Trust on request and without charge.  Requests for such a copy may be directed to the Secretary of the Trust at its principal office.

 

Instead of the foregoing legend, a certificate or notice in lieu of a certificate may state that the Trust will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transfer and ownership of the Equity Shares to a shareholder on request and without charge.

 

Section 7.3  Transfer of Equity Shares in Special Trust .

 

Section 7.3.1  Ownership in Trust .  The Equity Shares transferred to the Special Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.2 shall be held in trust by a Special Trustee for the exclusive benefit of one or more Beneficiaries.  The Special Trustee shall be appointed by the Trust and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Trust and any Prohibited Owner.  Each Beneficiary shall be designated by the Trust as provided in Section 7.3.6.  Equity Shares so held in a Special Trust shall be issued and outstanding shares of beneficial interest in the Trust.  The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in such Equity Shares.  The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any Equity Shares held in a Special Trust by the Special Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the Equity Shares held in the Special Trust.

 

Section 7.3.2  Dividend Rights .  The Special Trustee shall have all rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to Equity Shares held in a Special Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Beneficiary.  Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Trust that the Equity Shares have been transferred to the Special Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or other distribution to the Special Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall

 

23



 

be paid when due to the Special Trustee.  Any dividend or other distribution so paid to the Special Trustee shall be held in trust for the Beneficiary.

 

Section 7.3.3  Voting Rights .  The Special Trustee shall have all voting rights with respect to the Equity Shares held in a Special Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to Equity Shares held in a Special Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the Equity Shares have been transferred to the Special Trustee, the Special Trustee shall have the authority (at the Special Trustee’s sole and absolute discretion) (a) to rescind as void any vote cast by Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Trust that the Equity Shares have been transferred to the Special Trustee and (b) to recast such vote; provided, however, that if the Trust has already taken irreversible trust action, then the Special Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Trust has received notification that Equity Shares have been transferred into a Special Trust, the Trust shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes and determining the other rights of stockholders.

 

Section 7.3.4  Sale of Equity Shares by Special Trustee .  Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Special Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to a Special Trust, the Special Trustee shall sell such Equity Shares to a Person or Persons designated by the Special Trustee, whose ownership of the Equity Shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1. Upon such sale, the interest of the Beneficiary in the Equity Shares sold shall terminate and the Special Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4.  The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (i) the price such Prohibited Owner paid (or proposed to pay) for the Equity Shares, or if the transaction or event that caused the Equity Shares to be transferred to the Special Trust did not involve a purchase of such shares at Market Price, a price per share equal to

 

24



 

the Market Price of such Equity Shares on the date of the event that resulted in the transfer to the Special Trust and (ii) the price per share received by the Special Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the Equity Shares. The Special Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Special Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.2 of this Article VII.  Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner and any other amounts held in the Special Trust with respect to such Equity Shares shall be immediately paid to the Beneficiary.  If, prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Special Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Special Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Special Trustee upon demand.

 

Section 7.3.5  Purchase Right in Equity Shares .  Equity Shares transferred to a Special Trust shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Trust, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price such Prohibited Owner paid (or proposed to pay) for the Equity Shares, or if the transaction or event that caused the Equity Shares to be transferred to the Special Trust did not involve a purchase of such shares at Market Price, a price per share equal to the Market Price of such Equity Shares on the date of the event that resulted in the transfer to the Special Trust and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Trust, or its designee, accepts such offer.  The Trust may reduce the amount so payable by the amount of dividends and other distributions which has been paid to the Prohibited Owner and is owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Special Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.2 of this Article VII and pay the amount of such reduction to the Special Trustee for the benefit of the Beneficiary.  The Trust shall have the right to accept such offer until the Special Trustee has sold the shares held in the Special Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4.  Upon such a sale to the Trust, the interest of the Beneficiary in the

 

25



 

Equity Shares sold shall terminate and the Special Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner, and distribute any dividends or other distributions held by the Special Trustee with respect to such Equity Shares to the Beneficiary.

 

Section 7.3.6  Designation of Beneficiaries .  By written notice to the Special Trustee, the Trust shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Beneficiary of the interest in a Special Trust such that (i) the Equity Shares held in the Special Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) in the hands of such Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.  Neither the failure of the Trust to make such designation nor the failure of the Trust to appoint the Special Trustee before the automatic transfer provided in Section 7.2.2 shall make such transfer ineffective, provided that the Trust thereafter makes such designation and appointment.

 

Section 7.4  Severability .  If any provision of this Article VII or any application of any such provision is determined to be invalid by any Federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issues, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provision shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

 

Section 7.5  New York Stock Exchange Transactions .  Nothing in this Article VII, shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the New York Stock Exchange.  The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.

 

26



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 8.1  Meetings .  There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders, to be held on proper notice at such time (after the delivery of the annual report) and location as shall be determined by or in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws, for the election of the Trustees, if required, and for the transaction of any other business within the powers of the Trust. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, special meetings of shareholders may be called in the manner provided in the Bylaws.  If there are no Trustees, the officers of the Trust shall promptly call a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of successor Trustees.  Any meeting may be adjourned and reconvened as the Trustees determine or as provided in the Bylaws.

 

Section 8.2  Voting Rights .  Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares then outstanding, the shareholders shall be entitled to vote only on the following matters: (a) election of Trustees as provided in Section 5.2 and the removal of Trustees as provided in Section 5.3; (b) amendment of the Declaration of Trust as provided in Article X; (c) termination of the Trust as provided in Section 12.2; (d) merger or consolidation of the Trust, to the extent a vote of the shareholders is required by Title 8; (e) the sale or disposition of substantially all of the property of the Trust, to the same extent as a stockholder of a Maryland corporation would be entitled to vote on such sale or disposition under the MGCL; and (e) such other matters with respect to which the Board of Trustees has adopted a resolution declaring that a proposed action is advisable and directing that the matter be submitted to the shareholders for approval or ratification.  Except with respect to the foregoing matters, no action taken by the shareholders at any meeting shall in any way bind the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 8.3  Preemptive and Appraisal Rights .  Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares pursuant to Section 6.4, or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board of Trustees, no holder of Shares shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any

 

27



 

additional Shares of the Trust or any other security of the Trust which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of beneficial interest shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting shareholder provided for under Title 8 and Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Trustees, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees and upon such terms and conditions as may be specified by the Board of Trustees, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of shares of beneficial interest, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Trust is subject to the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act, holders of shares of beneficial interest shall be entitled to exercise rights of an objecting shareholder under Section 3-708(a) of the MGCL.

 

Section 8.4  Extraordinary Actions .  Notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of Shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Section 8.5  Board Approval .  The submission of any action of the Trust to the shareholders for their consideration shall first be approved by the Board of Trustees.

 

28



 

Section 8.6  Action By Shareholders without a Meeting .  The Bylaws may provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders may be taken without a meeting by the written consent of the shareholders entitled to cast the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to approve the matter at a meeting at which all Shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, as required by statute, the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

LIABILITY LIMITATION, INDEMNIFICATION

 

AND TRANSACTIONS WITH THE TRUST

 

Section 9.1  Limitation of Shareholder Liability .  No shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Trust by reason of his being a shareholder, nor shall any shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the property or the affairs of the Trust by reason of his being a shareholder.

 

Section 9.2  Limitation of Trustee and Officer Liability .  To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of trustees and officers of a real estate investment trust, no present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder for money damages.  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 9.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Section 9.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.  No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder for money damages except to the extent that (a) the Trustee or officer actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (b) a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Trustee or officer is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Trustee’s or officer’s action or failure to act was the result of

 

29



 

active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.

 

Section 9.3 Express Exculpatory Clauses in Instruments .  Neither the shareholders nor the Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust shall be liable under any written instrument creating an obligation of the Trust, and all persons shall look solely to the property of the Trust for the payment of any claim under or for the performance of that instrument. The omission of the foregoing exculpatory language from any instrument shall not affect the validity of enforceability of such instrument and shall not render any shareholder, Trustee, officer, employee or agent liable thereunder to any third party, nor shall the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust be liable to anyone for such omission.

 

Section 9.4  Indemnification .  To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Trust shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.  The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by this Declaration of Trust shall vest immediately upon election of a Trustee or officer. The Trust may, with the approval of its Board of Trustees, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust.  The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in this Declaration of Trust shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking

 

30


 

indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 9.4, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of this Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Section 9.4, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph of this Section 9.4 with respect to any act or failure to act that occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

Section 9.5  Transactions Between the Trust and its Trustees, Officers, Employees and Agents .  Subject to any express restrictions in the Declaration of Trust or adopted by the Trustees in the Bylaws or by resolution, the Trust may enter into any contract or transaction of any kind with any person, including any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or any person affiliated with a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, whether or not any of them has a financial interest in such transaction.

 

Section 9.6  Insurance .  The Trust may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in the preceding paragraph against any liability which may be asserted against such person.

 

Section 9.7  No Limitation .  The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Trust to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Trust may be entitled under any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested trustees, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 10.1  General .  The Trust reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Declaration of Trust, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Declaration of Trust,

 

31



 

of any Shares.  All rights and powers conferred by the Declaration of Trust on shareholders, Trustees and officers are granted subject to this reservation.  An amendment to the Declaration of Trust (a) shall be signed and acknowledged by at least a majority of the Trustees, or an officer duly authorized by at least a majority of the Trustees, (b) shall be filed for record as provided in Section 13.5 and (c) shall become effective as of the later of the time the SDAT accepts the amendment for record or the time established in the amendment, not to exceed 30 days after the amendment is accepted for record.  All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments thereto.

 

Section 10.2  By Trustees .  The Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time, in the manner provided by Title 8, without any action by the shareholders, (i) to qualify under the Code as a REIT or as a real estate investment trust under Title 8, (ii) in any respect in which the charter of a corporation may be amended in accordance with Section 2-605 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland and (iii) as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust.

 

Section 10.3  By Shareholders.   Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, any amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Any amendment to Section 5.3 or to this sentence of the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if approved by the affirmative vote of two thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF TRUST PROPERTY

 

Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, the Trust may (a) merge the Trust into another entity, (b) consolidate the Trust with one or more other entities into a new entity or (c) sell, lease, exchange or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the property of the Trust. Any such action must be approved (a) by the Board of Trustees and (b) if a vote of shareholders is required by Title 8, after notice to all shareholders entitled to vote on the matter, by the affirmative vote of a majority of votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

32



 

ARTICLE XII

 

DURATION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST

 

Section 12.1  Duration .  The Trust shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to Section 12.2 or pursuant to any applicable provision of Title 8.

 

Section 12.2  Termination .

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, after approval by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, the Trust may be terminated at any meeting of shareholders, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.  Upon the termination of the Trust:

 

(i)            The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

 

(ii)           The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under the Declaration of Trust shall continue, including the powers to fulfill or discharge the Trust’s contracts, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining property of the Trust to one or more persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business.  The Trustees may appoint any officer of the Trust or any other person to supervise the winding up of the affairs of the Trust and delegate to such officer or such person any or all powers of the Trustees in this regard.

 

(iii) After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and agreements as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trust may distribute the remaining property of the Trust, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the shareholders so that after payment in full or the setting apart for payment of such preferential amounts, if any, to which the holders of any Shares at the time outstanding shall be entitled, the remaining property of the Trust shall, subject to any

 

33



 

participating or similar rights of Shares  at the time outstanding, be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Shares at the time outstanding.

 

(b)           After termination of the Trust, the liquidation of its business and the distribution to the shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and file with the Trust’s records a document certifying that the Trust has been duly terminated, and the Trustees shall be discharged from all liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all shareholders shall cease.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.1  Governing Law .  The Declaration of Trust is executed by the undersigned Trustees and delivered in the State of Maryland with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity, construction and effect of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 13.2  Reliance by Third Parties .  Any certificate shall be final and conclusive as to any person dealing with the Trust if executed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Trust or a Trustee, and if certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees, officers of the Trust or shareholders; (b) the due authorization of the execution of any document; (c) the action or vote taken, and the existence of a quorum, at a meeting of the Board of Trustees or shareholders; (d) a copy of the Declaration of Trust or of the Bylaws as a true and complete copy as then in force; (e) an amendment to the Declaration of Trust; (f) the termination of the Trust; or (g) the existence of any fact  relating to the affairs of the Trust.  No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trust on its behalf or by any officer, employee or agent of the Trust.

 

34



 

Section 13.3  Severability .

 

(a)           The provisions of the Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Board of Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any one or more of such provisions (the “Conflicting Provisions”) are in conflict with the Code, Title 8 or other applicable federal or state laws, the Conflicting Provisions, to the extent of the conflict, shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of the Declaration of Trust, even without any amendment of the Declaration of Trust pursuant to Article X and without affecting or impairing any of the remaining provisions of the Declaration of Trust or rendering invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.  No Trustee shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination.  In the event of any such determination by the Board of Trustees, the Board shall amend the Declaration of Trust in the manner provided in Section 10.2.

 

(b)           If any provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.

 

Section 13.4  Construction .  In the Declaration of Trust, unless the context otherwise requires, words used in the singular or in the plural include both the plural and singular and words denoting any gender include all genders.  The title and headings of different parts are inserted for convenience and shall not affect the meaning, construction or effect of the Declaration of Trust.  In defining or interpreting the powers and duties of the Trust and its Trustees and officers, reference may be made by the Trustees or officers, to the extent appropriate and not inconsistent with the Code or Title 8, to Titles 1 through 3 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland.

 

Section 13.5  Recordation .  The Declaration of Trust and any amendment hereto shall be filed for record with the SDAT and may also be filed or recorded in such other places as the Trustees deem appropriate, but failure to file for record the Declaration of Trust or any

 

35



 

amendment hereto in any office other than in the State of Maryland shall not affect or impair the validity or effectiveness of the Declaration of Trust or any amendment hereto.  A restated Declaration of Trust shall, upon filing, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration of Trust and the various amendments  thereto.

 

THIRD :  The amendment to and restatement of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the shareholders of the Trust as required by law.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was                             , consisting of                             Common Shares, $           par value per share and                          Preferred Shares, $           par value per share.  The aggregate par value of all shares of beneficial interest having par value was $                        .

 

FIFTH :  The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Declaration of Trust is                         , consisting of                      Common Shares, $           par value per share, and                      Preferred Shares, $             par value per share.  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of beneficial interest having par value is $                        .

 

The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the trust act of the Trust and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

36



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this               day of                         , 20    .

 

 

ATTEST:

 

Urban Edge Properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(SEAL)

Secretary

 

President

 

 

 

37




Exhibit 3.2

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.  PRINCIPAL OFFICE .  The principal office of the Trust in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Trustees may designate.

 

Section 2.  ADDITIONAL OFFICES .  The Trust may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine or the business of the Trust may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.  PLACE .  All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust or at such other place as shall be set in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.  ANNUAL MEETING .  An annual meeting of shareholders for the election of trustees and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Trust shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 3.  SPECIAL MEETINGS .   Each of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president and a majority of the Board of Trustees then in office shall have the exclusive power to call a special meeting of shareholders.  A special meeting of shareholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees, whoever has called the meeting.

 

Section 4.  NOTICE .  Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of shareholders, the secretary shall give to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each shareholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such shareholder personally, by leaving it at the shareholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust, with postage thereon prepaid.  If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the shareholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the shareholder at which the shareholder receives electronic transmissions. 

 



 

The Trust may give a single notice to all shareholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any shareholder at such address, unless such shareholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice.  Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more shareholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

 

Subject to Section 12(a) of this Article II, any business of the Trust may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice.  No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of shareholders except as specifically designated in the notice.  The Trust may postpone or cancel a meeting of shareholders by making a “public announcement” (as defined in Section 12(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting.  Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.

 

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT .  Every meeting of shareholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order:  the vice chairman of the board, if there is one, the chief executive officer, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, the secretary or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the shareholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy.  The secretary or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary.  In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of shareholders, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting.  The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting.  The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the shareholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to shareholders of record of the Trust, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to shareholders of record of the Trust entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any shareholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, to a later date and time and at a place announced at the

 

2



 

meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security.  Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 6.  QUORUM .  At any meeting of shareholders, the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter.  If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the shareholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

The shareholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough shareholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.

 

Section 7.  VOTING .  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a trustee. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are trustees to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted.  A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Declaration of Trust.  Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Declaration of Trust, each outstanding share of beneficial interest, regardless of class, entitles the holder thereof to cast one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.  Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.

 

Section 8.  PROXIES .  A holder of record of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law.  Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Trust before or at the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 9.  VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS .  Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust registered in the name of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, managing member, manager, general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such shares pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the

 

3



 

governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such shares.  Any trustee or fiduciary, in such capacity, may vote shares of beneficial interest registered in such trustee’s or fiduciary’s name, either in person or by proxy.

 

Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

The Board of Trustees may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a shareholder may certify in writing to the Trust that any shares of beneficial interest registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the shareholder.  The resolution shall set forth the class of shareholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Trust; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Trustees considers necessary or desirable.  On receipt by the Trust of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified shares of beneficial interest in place of the shareholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 10.  INSPECTORS .  The Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector.  Except as otherwise provided by the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of beneficial interest represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote.  Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors.  The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

Section 11.  REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS .  The president or some other executive officer designated by the Board of Trustees shall prepare annually a full and correct statement of the affairs of the Trust, which shall include a balance sheet and a financial statement of operations for the preceding fiscal year.  The statement of affairs shall be submitted at the annual meeting of the shareholders and, within 20 days after the annual meeting of shareholders, placed on file at the principal office of the Trust.

 

4



 

Section 12.  ADVANCE NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER NOMINEES FOR TRUSTEE AND OTHER SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS .

 

(a)                                  Annual Meetings of Shareholders .  (1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees and the proposal of other business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or (iii) by any shareholder of the Trust who was a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the shareholder as provided for in this Section 12(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 12(a).

 

(2)                                  For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 12, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Trust and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the shareholders.  To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 12 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 150 th  day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120 th  day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 12(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, in connection with the Trust’s first annual meeting or in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, in order for notice by the shareholder to be timely, such notice must be so delivered not earlier than the 150 th  day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120 th  day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

 

(3)                                  Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth:

 

(i) as to each individual whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a trustee (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”);

 

(ii) as to any other business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the shareholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the shareholder or the Shareholder Associated Person therefrom;

 

5



 

(iii) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Shareholder Associated Person,

 

(A) the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest or other securities of the Trust or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such shares or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person,

 

(B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person,

 

(C) whether and the extent to which such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of (x)  Company Securities or (y) any security of any entity that was listed in the Peer Group in the Share Performance Graph in the most recent annual report to security holders of the Trust (a “Peer Group Company”) for such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person in the Trust or any affiliate thereof (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company) disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company) and

 

(D) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Trust), by security holdings or otherwise, of such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, in the Trust or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;

 

(iv) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Shareholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 12(a) and any Proposed Nominee,

 

(A) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s share ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Shareholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee,

 

6



 

(B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such shareholder and each such Shareholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such shareholder and each such Shareholder Associated Person; and

 

(C) whether any such shareholder or any Shareholder Associated Person has received any financial assistance, funding or other consideration from any other person in respect of the nomination or such other business.

 

(v) the name and address of any person who contacted or was contacted by the shareholder giving the notice or any Shareholder Associated Person about the Proposed Nominee or other business proposal prior to the date of such shareholder’s notice; and

 

(vi) to the extent known by the shareholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other shareholder supporting the Proposed Nominee or the proposal of other business on the date of such shareholder’s notice.

 

(4)                                  Such shareholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become, a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Trust in connection with service or action as a trustee that has not been disclosed to the Trust and (b) will serve as a trustee of the Trust if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Trust, upon request, to the shareholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange on which any securities of the Trust are listed or over-the-counter market on which any securities of the Trust are traded).

 

(5)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 12 to the contrary, in the event that the number of trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 12(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice required by this Section 12(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.

 

(6)                                  For purposes of this Section 12, “Shareholder Associated Person” of any shareholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with, such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial

 

7



 

owner of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder (other than a shareholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person.

 

(b)                                  Special Meetings of Shareholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of shareholders at which trustees are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Article II for the purpose of electing trustees, by any shareholder of the Trust who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 12 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12.  In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Trustees, any shareholder may nominate an individual or individuals  (as the case may be) for election as a trustee as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the shareholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this Section 12 is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 120 th  day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90 th  day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting.  The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   General .  (1)  If information submitted pursuant to this Section 12 by any shareholder proposing a nominee for election as a trustee or any proposal for other business at a meeting of shareholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 12.  Any such shareholder shall notify the Trust of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information.  Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or any authorized officer of the Trust, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 12 and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Trust, written confirmation by such shareholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 12 as of an earlier date.  If a shareholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 12.

 

8



 

(2)                                  Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 12 shall be eligible for election by shareholders as trustees, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 12.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 12.

 

(3)                                  For purposes of this Section 12, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time.  “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (A) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (B) in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(4)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12.  Nothing in this Section 12 shall be deemed to affect any right of a shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Trust to omit a proposal from, the Trust’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.  Nothing in this Section 12 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

(5)                                  For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

Section 13.  CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any successor statute (the “MGCL”), shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust.  This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.

 

Section 14.  SHAREHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting (a) if a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each shareholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the shareholders or (b) if the action is advised, and submitted to the shareholders for approval, by the Board of Trustees and a consent in writing or by electronic transmission of shareholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary

 

9



 

to authorize or take the action at a meeting of shareholders is delivered to the Trust in accordance with the Maryland REIT Law or the other applicable provisions of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland (collectively, the “MRL”).  The Trust shall give notice of any action taken by less than unanimous consent to each shareholder not later than ten days after the effective time of such action.

 

ARTICLE III

 

TRUSTEES

 

Section 1.                                            GENERAL POWERS .  The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Trustees.

 

Section 2.                                            NUMBER, TENURE, QUALIFICATIONS AND RESIGNATION .  At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Trustees may establish, increase or decrease the number of trustees, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MRL, nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a trustee shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of trustees.  In case of failure to elect trustees at the designated time, the trustees holding over shall continue to serve as trustees until their successors are elected and qualify.  Any trustee of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.

 

Section 3.                                            ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS .  An annual meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary.  In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place of regular meetings of the Board of Trustees without other notice than such resolution.

 

Section 4.                                            SPECIAL MEETINGS .  Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or a majority of the trustees then in office.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Trustees the time and place of any special meeting of the Board of Trustees called by them.  The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place for special meetings of the Board of Trustees without other notice than such resolution.

 

Section 5.                                            NOTICE .  Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, courier or United States mail to each trustee at his or her business or residence address.  Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting.  Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the

 

10


 

meeting.  Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting.  Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the trustee or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the trustee or his or her agent is a party.  Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Trust by the trustee.  Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Trust by the trustee and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt.  Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6.                                            QUORUM .  A majority of the trustees shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Trustees, provided that, if less than a majority of such trustees is present at such meeting, a majority of the trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of trustees is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group.

 

The trustees present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough trustees to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

 

Section 7.                                            VOTING .  The action of a majority of the trustees present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.  If enough trustees have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of trustees necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.                                            ORGANIZATION .  At each meeting of the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a trustee chosen by a majority of the trustees present, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Trust or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

11



 

Section 9.                                            TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 10.                                     CONSENT BY TRUSTEES WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each trustee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 11.                         VACANCIES If for any reason any or all the trustees cease to be trustees, such event shall not terminate the Trust or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining trustees hereunder.  Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares of beneficial interest, any vacancy on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by a majority of the remaining trustees, even if the remaining trustees do not constitute a quorum.  Any trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 12.                  COMPENSATION .  Trustees shall not receive any stated salary for their services as trustees but, by resolution of the trustees, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Trust and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as trustees.  Trustees may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the trustees or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they perform or engage in as trustees; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any trustees from serving the Trust in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 13.                                     RELIANCE .  Each trustee and officer of the Trust shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Trust, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Trust whom the trustee or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the trustee or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a trustee, by a committee of the Board of Trustees on which the trustee does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the trustee reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.

 

Section 14.                                        RATIFICATION .  The Board of Trustees or the shareholders may ratify and make binding on the Trust any action or inaction by the Trust or its officers to the extent that the Board of Trustees or the shareholders could have originally authorized the matter.  Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any shareholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a trustee, officer or shareholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of

 

12



 

improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Trustees or by the shareholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Trust and its shareholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

 

Section 15.                                        INTERESTED TRUSTEE TRANSACTIONS .  Section 2-419 of the MGCL shall be available for and apply to any contract or other transaction between the Trust and any of its trustees or between the Trust and any other trust, corporation, firm or other entity in which any of its trustees is a trustee or director or has a material financial interest.

 

Section 16.                                     CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS .   Any trustee or officer, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Trust.

 

Section 17.                                     EMERGENCY PROVISIONS .  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, this Section 17 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Trustees under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”).  During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees, (i) a meeting of the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof may be called by any trustee or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Trustees during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many trustees and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (iii) the number of trustees necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Trustees.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.                                            NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS .  The Board of Trustees may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more trustees, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 2.                                            POWERS .  The Board of Trustees may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article IV any of the powers of the Board of Trustees.  Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees, any committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority to one or more subcommittees, composed of one or more trustees, as the committee deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Section 3.                                            MEETINGS .  Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Trustees.  A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the

 

13



 

committee.  The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee.  The Board of Trustees may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another trustee to act in the place of such absent member.

 

Section 4.                                            TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Members of a committee of the Board of Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 5.                                            CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

Section 6.                                            VACANCIES .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Trustees shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                            GENERAL PROVISIONS .  The officers of the Trust shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers.  In addition, the Board of Trustees may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable.  The officers of the Trust shall be elected annually by the Board of Trustees, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers.  Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.  Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person.  Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Trust and such officer or agent.

 

Section 2.                                            REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION .  Any officer or agent of the Trust may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Trustees if in its judgment the best

 

14



 

interests of the Trust would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Any officer of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.  Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Trust.

 

Section 3.                                            VACANCIES .  A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Trustees for the balance of the term.

 

Section 4.                                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER .  The Board of Trustees may designate a chief executive officer.  In the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust.  The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Trust, as determined by the Board of Trustees, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Trust.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.

 

Section 5.                                            CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER .  The Board of Trustees may designate a chief operating officer.  The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 6.                                            CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER .  The Board of Trustees may designate a chief financial officer.  The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 7.                                            CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD .  The Board of Trustees may designate from among its members a chairman of the board, who shall not, solely by reason of these Bylaws, be an officer of the Trust.  The Board of Trustees may designate the chairman of the board as an executive or non-executive chairman.  The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Trustees.  The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws or the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 8.                                            PRESIDENT .   In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Trust.  In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Trustees, the president shall be the chief operating officer.  He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.

 

15



 

Section 9.                                            VICE PRESIDENTS .  In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees.  The Board of Trustees may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president, or vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

 

Section 10.                                     SECRETARY .  The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, the Board of Trustees and committees of the Board of Trustees in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the trust records and of the seal of the Trust; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the share transfer books of the Trust; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 11.                                     TREASURER .  The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Trust, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Trust, shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Trust in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Trustees and in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees.  In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Trustees, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Trust.

 

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board of Trustees, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Trustees, at the regular meetings of the Board of Trustees or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Trust.

 

Section 12.                                     ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS .  The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 13.                                     COMPENSATION .  The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Trustees and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a trustee.

 

16



 

ARTICLE VI

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1.                                            CONTRACTS .  The Board of Trustees may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Trust when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Trustees and executed by an authorized person.

 

Section 2.                                            CHECKS AND DRAFTS .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Trust shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Trust in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Trustees.

 

Section 3.                                            DEPOSITS .  All funds of the Trust not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Trust as the Board of Trustees, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Trustees may determine.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SHARES

 

Section 1.                                            CERTIFICATES .  Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees, shareholders of the Trust are not entitled to certificates evidencing the shares of beneficial interest held by them.  In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest evidenced by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MRL and shall be signed by the officers of the Trust in any manner permitted by the MRL.  In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest without certificates, to the extent then required by the MRL, the Trust shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates.  There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of shareholders based on whether or not their shares are evidenced by certificates.

 

Section 2.                                        TRANSFERS .  All transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Trust, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Trustees or any officer of the Trust may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed.  The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Trustees that such shares shall no longer be evidenced by certificates.  Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares the Trust shall provide to the record holders of such shares, to the extent then required by the MRL, a written statement of the information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates.

 

17



 

The Trust shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of beneficial interest as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of beneficial interest will be subject in all respects to the Declaration of Trust and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

Section 3.                                            REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE .  Any officer of the Trust may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Trust alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such shareholder and the Board of Trustees has determined that such certificates may be issued.  Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Trust, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Trust a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Trust.

 

Section 4.                                            FIXING OF RECORD DATE .  The Board of Trustees may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of shareholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

When a record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting shall be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5.                                            SHARE LEDGER .  The Trust shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each shareholder and the number of shares of each class held by such shareholder.

 

Section 6.                                            FRACTIONAL SHARES; ISSUANCE OF UNITS .  The Board of

 

18



 

Trustees may authorize the Trust to issue fractional shares or authorize the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the Board of Trustees may authorize the issuance of units consisting of different securities of the Trust.  Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Trust, except that the Board of Trustees may provide that for a specified period securities of the Trust issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Trust only in such unit.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ACCOUNTING YEAR

 

The Board of Trustees shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Trust by a duly adopted resolution.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 1.                                            AUTHORIZATION .  Dividends and other distributions upon the shares of beneficial interest of the Trust may be authorized by the Board of Trustees, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust.  Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust.

 

Section 2.                                            CONTINGENCIES .  Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Trust available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Trustees may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Trust or for such other purpose as the Board of Trustees shall determine, and the Board of Trustees may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INVESTMENT POLICY

 

Subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the Board of Trustees may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Trust as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

19



 

ARTICLE XI

 

SEAL

 

Section 1.                                            SEAL .  The Board of Trustees may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Trust.  The seal shall contain the name of the Trust and the year of its formation and the words “Formed Maryland.”  The Board of Trustees may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

 

Section 2.                                            AFFIXING SEAL .  Whenever the Trust is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Trust shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former trustee or officer of the Trust and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.  The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon election of a trustee or officer.  The Trust may, with the approval of its Board of Trustees, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust.  The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article XII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph of this Article XII with respect to any act or failure to act that occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

20



 

ARTICLE XIII

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute.  The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR CERTAIN LITIGATION

 

Unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust to the Trust or to the shareholders of the Trust, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust arising pursuant to any provision of the MRL, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Trust or any trustee or officer or other employee of the Trust that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The Board of Trustees shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments and supplements thereto and any other documents filed with and accepted for record by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation related thereto.

 

21




Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES L.P.

 

Dated as of:  [ · ], 2015

 

 

 

 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, UNLESS THE TRANSFEROR DELIVERS TO THE PARTNERSHIP AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE PARTNERSHIP, TO THE EFFECT THAT THE PROPOSED SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR “BLUE SKY” LAWS.

 

IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE PERSON OR ENTITY CREATING THE SECURITIES AND THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND RISKS INVOLVED.  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED BY ANY FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR REGULATORY AUTHORITY.  FURTHERMORE, THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES HAVE NOT CONFIRMED THE ACCURACY OR DETERMINED THE ADEQUACY OF THIS DOCUMENT.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

 

 

 

“704(c) Value”

1

“Act”

1

“Additional Limited Partner”

1

“Adjusted Capital Account”

1

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit”

2

“Adjusted Property”

2

“Affiliate”

2

“Agreed Value”

2

“Agreement”

2

“Assignee”

2

“Bankruptcy”

2

“Book-Tax Disparities”

3

“Business Day”

3

“Capital Account”

3

“Capital Contribution”

3

“Carrying Value”

3

“Cash Amount”

3

“Certificate”

3

“Code”

4

“Common Partnership Unit”

4

“Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance”

4

“Consent”

4

“Constructive Ownership” and “Constructively Own”

4

“Contributed Property”

4

“Conversion Factor”

4

“Convertible Funding Debt”

5

“Covered Person”

5

“Debt”

5

“Declaration of Trust”

6

“Depreciation”

6

“Economic Capital Account Balance”

6

“EDGAR”

6

“ERISA”

6

“Exchange Act”

6

“final adjustment”

6

“Funding Debt”

6

“GAAP”

6

 

i



 

“General Partner”

6

“General Partner Entity”

7

“General Partner Payment”

7

“General Partnership Interest”

7

“Immediate Family”

7

“Incapacity”

7

“Indemnitee”

7

“IRS”

8

“Limited Partner”

8

“Limited Partnership Interest”

8

“Liquidating Event”

8

“Liquidating Gains”

8

“Liquidating Losses”

8

“Liquidator”

8

“LTIP Units”

8

“Majority in Interest”

8

“Net Income”

8

“Net Loss”

8

“New Securities”

9

“Nonrecourse Built-in Gain”

9

“Nonrecourse Deductions”

9

“Nonrecourse Liability”

9

“Notice of Redemption”

9

“Partner”

9

“Partner Minimum Gain”

9

“Partner Nonrecourse Debt”

9

“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions”

9

“Partnership”

9

“Partnership Interest”

9

“Partnership Minimum Gain”

10

“Partnership Record Date”

10

“Partnership Unit” or “Unit”

10

“Partnership Year”

10

“Percentage Interest”

10

“Person”

10

“Predecessor Entity”

10

“Pro Rata Portion”

10

“Publicly Traded”

10

“Qualified REIT Subsidiary”

11

“Recapture Income”

11

“Redeeming Partner”

11

“Redemption Amount”

11

“Redemption Right”

11

“Regulations”

11

“REIT”

11

“REIT Expenses”

11

 

ii



 

“REIT Requirements”

11

“Required Cash Payment”

12

“Safe Harbors”

12

“SEC”

12

“Securities Act”

12

“Share”

12

“Shares Amount”

12

“Specified Redemption Date”

12

“Stock Option Plan”

12

“Subsidiary”

12

“Substituted Limited Partner”

12

“Successor Entity”

12

“Tenant”

13

“Terminating Capital Transaction”

13

“Trading Days”

13

“Unit Equivalent”

13

“Valuation Date”

13

“Value”

13

 

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

 

Section 2.1

Organization

13

Section 2.2

Name

14

Section 2.3

Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office

14

Section 2.4

Power of Attorney

14

Section 2.5

Term

15

Section 2.6

Admission of Limited Partners

16

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Purpose and Business

16

Section 3.2

Powers

16

Section 3.3

Representations and Warranties by the Parties

16

Section 3.4

Partnership Only for Purposes Specified

18

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCES

OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Capital Contributions of the Partners

18

Section 4.2

Issuances of Partnership Interests

19

Section 4.3

Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Securities by the General Partner

20

Section 4.4

No Preemptive Rights

21

Section 4.5

Other Contribution Provisions

21

Section 4.6

No Interest on Capital

21

 

iii



 

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1

Requirement and Characterization of Distributions

21

Section 5.2

Amounts Withheld

22

Section 5.3

Distributions Upon Liquidation

22

Section 5.4

Restricted Distributions

22

Section 5.5

Revisions to Reflect Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS

 

Section 6.1

Allocations For Capital Account Purposes

23

Section 6.2

Revisions to Allocations to Reflect Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

 

Section 7.1

Management

25

Section 7.2

Certificate of Limited Partnership

29

Section 7.3

Restrictions on General Partner Authority

30

Section 7.4

Reimbursement of the General Partner

30

Section 7.5

Outside Activities of the General Partner

31

Section 7.6

Transactions with Affiliates

32

Section 7.7

Indemnification

32

Section 7.8

Liability of the General Partner

34

Section 7.9

Other Matters Concerning the General Partner

35

Section 7.10

Title to Partnership Assets

36

Section 7.11

Reliance by Third Parties

37

Section 7.12

Loans by Third Parties

37

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 8.1

Limitation of Liability

37

Section 8.2

Management of Business

37

Section 8.3

Outside Activities of Limited Partners

38

Section 8.4

Return of Capital

38

Section 8.5

Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership

38

Section 8.6

Redemption Right

40

Section 8.7

Right of Offset

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 9.1

Records and Accounting

43

Section 9.2

Fiscal Year

43

 

iv



 

Section 9.3

Reports

43

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

TAX MATTERS

 

Section 10.1

Preparation of Tax Returns

44

Section 10.2

Tax Elections

44

Section 10.3

Tax Matters Partner

45

Section 10.4

Organizational Expenses

46

Section 10.5

Withholding

46

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

Section 11.1

Transfer

47

Section 11.2

Transfers of Partnership Interests of General Partner

48

Section 11.3

Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer

49

Section 11.4

Substituted Limited Partners

50

Section 11.5

Assignees

51

Section 11.6

General Provisions

51

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

 

Section 12.1

Admission of Successor General Partner

53

Section 12.2

Admission of Additional Limited Partners

53

Section 12.3

Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

54

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Section 13.1

Dissolution

54

Section 13.2

Winding Up

55

Section 13.3

Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations

57

Section 13.4

Deemed Distribution and Recontribution

57

Section 13.5

Rights of Limited Partners

57

Section 13.6

Notice of Dissolution

57

Section 13.7

Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership

58

Section 13.8

Reasonable Time for Winding Up

58

Section 13.9

Waiver of Partition

58

Section 13.10

Liability of Liquidator

58

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS

 

Section 14.1

Amendments

58

Section 14.2

Meetings of the Partners

60

 

v



 

ARTICLE XV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 15.1

Addresses and Notice

61

Section 15.2

Titles and Captions

62

Section 15.3

Pronouns and Plurals

62

Section 15.4

Further Action

62

Section 15.5

Binding Effect

62

Section 15.6

Creditors; Other Third Parties

62

Section 15.7

Waiver

62

Section 15.8

Counterparts

62

Section 15.9

Applicable Law

63

Section 15.10

Invalidity of Provisions

63

Section 15.11

Entire Agreement

63

Section 15.12

No Rights as Shareholders

63

Section 15.13

Limitation to Preserve REIT Status

63

 

vi



 

EXHIBIT A

PARTNERS AND
PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

EXHIBIT B

CAPITAL ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE

 

EXHIBIT C

SPECIAL ALLOCATION RULES

 

EXHIBIT D

NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

 

EXHIBIT E

DESIGNATION OF THE PREFERENCES, CONVERSION
AND OTHER RIGHTS, VOTING POWERS, RESTRICTIONS,
LIMITATIONS AS TO DISTRIBUTIONS, QUALIFICATIONS AND TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF REDEMPTION
OF THE
LTIP UNITS

 

EXHIBIT F

 

CONSTRUCTIVE OWNERSHIP DEFINITION

 

EXHIBIT G

 

SCHEDULE OF PARTNERS’ OWNERSHIP
WITH RESPECT TO TENANTS

 

vii



 

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
OF
URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES L.P.

 

THIS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF Urban Edge Properties L.P. (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [ · ], 2015, is entered into by and among Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “ General Partner ”), as the general partner of and a limited partner in the Partnership, and the General Partner, on behalf of and as attorney in fact for each of the persons and entities identified on Exhibit A hereof as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership as provided herein.

 

The parties hereto hereby agree to form the Partnership as a limited partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as amended from time to time, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS

 

Section 1.1                                     Definitions .

 

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

 

704(c) Value ” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution, as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.  Subject to Exhibit B hereof, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate of the 704(c) Values of Contributed Properties in a single or integrated transaction among the separate properties on a basis proportional to their respective fair market values.(1)

 

Act ” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del . C. §17-101, et seq ., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

 

Additional Limited Partner ” means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof and who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

 

Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each Partnership Year (i) increased by any amounts which such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is treated as obligated to restore to the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) of the Regulations or is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of

 


(1)                                  NTD: We may need to include a schedule like Exhibit E in the original VRLP agreement (specifying the value of each contributed property) for the RD Management properties.

 



 

Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) and (ii) decreased by the items described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5) and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6).  The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit ” means, with respect to any Partner, the deficit balance, if any, in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account as of the end of the relevant Partnership Year.

 

Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Exhibit B hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means, (a) respect to any individual Person, any member of the Immediate Family of such Person or a trust established for the benefit of such member, or (b) with respect to any Person who is not an individual, (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, (ii) any Person owning or controlling ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting interests of such Person, (iii) any Person of which such Person owns or controls ten percent (10%) or more of the voting interests or (iv) any officer, director, general partner or trustee of such Person or any Person referred to in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above.  For purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Agreed Value ” means (i) in the case of any Contributed Property as of the time of its contribution to the Partnership, the 704(c) Value of such property, reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed; and (ii) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution as determined under Section 752 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

 

Agreement ” means this Limited Partnership Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Assignee ” means a Person to whom one or more Partnership Units have been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement, but who has not become a Substituted Limited Partner, and who has the rights set forth in Section 11.5 hereof.

 

Bankruptcy ” with respect to any Person shall be deemed to have occurred when (a) the Person commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (b) the Person is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and nonappealable order for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect has been entered against the Person, (c) the Person executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of the Person’s

 

2


 

creditors, (d) the Person files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the Person in any proceeding of the nature described in clause (b) above, (e) the Person seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Person or for all or any substantial part of the Person’s properties, (f) any proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect has not been dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days after the commencement thereof, (g) the appointment without the Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver of liquidator has not been vacated or stayed within ninety (90) days of such appointment or (h) an appointment referred to in clause (g) is not vacated within ninety (90) days after the expiration of any such stay.

 

Book-Tax Disparities ” means, with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date.  A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Exhibit B hereof and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained, with respect to each such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Exhibit B hereof.

 

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, any cash, cash equivalents or the Agreed Value of Contributed Property which such Partner contributes or is deemed to contribute to the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 hereof.

 

Carrying Value ” means (i) with respect to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, the 704(c) Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all Depreciation with respect to such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as the case may be, charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts following the contribution of or adjustment with respect to such property; and (ii) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination.  The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Exhibit B hereof, and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

 

Cash Amount ” means an amount of cash equal to the Value on the Valuation Date of the Shares Amount.

 

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership as filed in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State on July 11, 2014, as amended and/or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and the Act.

 

3



 

 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder.  Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

 

Common Partnership Unit ” means any Partnership Unit other than any series of units of limited partnership interest issued in the future and designated as preferred or otherwise different from the Common Partnership Units, including, but not limited to, with respect to the payment of distributions, including distributions upon liquidation.

 

Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.E hereof.

 

Consent ” means the consent or approval of a proposed action by a Partner given in accordance with Section 14.2 hereof.

 

Constructive Ownership ” and “ Constructively Own ” mean ownership under the constructive ownership rules described in Exhibit F .

 

 “ Contributed Property ” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act (but excluding cash), contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership.  Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Exhibit B hereof, such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property for purposes of Exhibit B hereof, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property for such purposes.

 

Conversion Factor ” means, as of the date of this Agreement, 1.0; provided that in the event that (x) the General Partner Entity (i) declares (and the applicable record date has passed or will have passed before a redeeming Partner would receive cash or common Shares in respect of the Partnership Units being redeemed) or pays a dividend on its outstanding Shares in Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding Shares in Shares, (ii) subdivides or reclassifies its outstanding Shares or (iii) combines its outstanding Shares into a smaller number of Shares, and (y) in connection with any such event described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above does not cause the Partnership to make a comparable distribution of additional Units to all holders of the Partnership’s outstanding Common Partnership Units (and to all holders of Units of any other class issued by the Partnership after the date hereof which are, by their terms, redeemable for cash or, at the General Partner’s election, common Shares as set forth in Section 8.6), or a subdivision or combination of the Partnership’s outstanding Common Partnership Units (and of all Units of any other class issued by the Partnership after the date hereof which are, by their terms, redeemable for cash or, at the General Partner’s election, common Shares as set forth in Section 8.6) in any such case so that the number of Common Partnership Units held by the General Partner after such distribution, subdivision or combination is equal to the number of the General Partner’s then-outstanding Shares, then upon completion of such declaration, subdivision or combination the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Shares issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time) and the denominator of which shall be the actual

 

4



 

number of Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination; and provided further that in case the General Partner Entity (w) shall issue rights or warrants to all holders of Shares entitling them to subscribe for or purchase Shares at a price per share less than the daily market price per Share on the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, (x) shall not issue similar rights or warrants to all holders of Partnership Units entitling them to subscribe for or purchase Shares or Partnership Units at a comparable price (determined, in the case of Partnership Units, by reference to the Conversion Factor), and (y) cannot issue such rights or warrants to a Redeeming Partner as required by the definition of “Shares” set forth in this Article I, then the Conversion Factor in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination shall be increased by multiplying such Conversion Factor by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of Shares outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of Shares so offered for subscription or purchase, and of which the denominator shall be the number of Shares outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination plus the number of Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Shares so offered for subscription would purchase at such daily market price per share, such increase of the Conversion Factor to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination; and provided further that in the event that an entity shall cease to be the General Partner Entity (the “Predecessor Entity”) and another entity shall become the General Partner Entity (the “Successor Entity”), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Value of one Share of the Predecessor Entity, determined as of the time immediately prior to when the Successor Entity becomes the General Partner Entity, and the denominator of which is the Value of one Share of the Successor Entity, determined as of that same date.  (For purposes of the second proviso in the preceding sentence, in the event that any shareholders of the Predecessor Entity will receive consideration in connection with the transaction in which the Successor Entity becomes the General Partner Entity, the numerator in the fraction described above for determining the adjustment to the Conversion Factor (that is, the Value of one Share of the Predecessor Entity) shall be the sum of the greatest amount of cash and the fair market value of any securities and other consideration that the holder of one Share in the Predecessor Entity could have received in such transaction (determined without regard to any provisions governing fractional shares).)  Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for the event giving rise thereto; it being intended that (x) adjustments to the Conversion Factor are to be made in order to avoid unintended dilution or anti-dilution as a result of transactions in which Shares are issued, redeemed or exchanged without a corresponding issuance, redemption or exchange of Partnership Units and (y) if a Specified Redemption Date shall fall between the record date and the effective date of any event of the type described above, that the Conversion Factor applicable to such redemption shall be adjusted to take into account such event.

 

Convertible Funding Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.D hereof.

 

Covered Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.A hereof.

 

Debt ” means, as to any Person, as of any date of determination, (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property

 

5



 

or services, (ii) all amounts owed by such Person to banks or other Persons in respect of reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments guaranteeing payment or other performance of obligations by such Person, (iii) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by any lien on any property owned by such Person, to the extent attributable to such Person’s interest in such property, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, and (iv) obligations of such Person incurred in connection with entering into a lease which, in accordance with GAAP, should be capitalized.

 

Declaration of Trust ” means the Declaration of Trust or other similar organizational document governing the General Partner, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

Depreciation ” means, for each taxable year, an amount equal to the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such year, except that if the Carrying Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided , however , that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any reasonable method selected by the General Partner.

 

Economic Capital Account Balance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.E hereof.

 

 “ EDGAR ” means the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System or any successor system for filing information, documents or reports with the SEC.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and in effect from time to time, as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or Title of ERISA shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of future law.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

final adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.B.

 

Funding Debt ” means any Debt incurred by or on behalf of the General Partner for the purpose of providing funds to the Partnership.

 

GAAP ” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

General Partner ” means Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust, or any Person who becomes a successor general partner of the Partnership.

 

6



 

General Partner Entity ” means the General Partner; provided , however , that if (i) the common shares of beneficial interest (or other comparable equity interests) of the General Partner are at any time not Publicly Traded and (ii) the shares of common stock (or other comparable equity interests) of an entity that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the common shares of beneficial interest (or other comparable equity interests) of the General Partner are Publicly Traded, the term “General Partner Entity” shall refer to such entity whose shares of common stock (or other comparable equity securities) are Publicly Traded.  If both requirements set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above are not satisfied, then the term “General Partner Entity” shall mean the General Partner.

 

General Partner Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.13 hereof.

 

General Partnership Interest ” means a Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership.  A General Partnership Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of Partnership Units..

 

Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any natural Person, such natural Person’s spouse, parents, descendants, nephews, nieces, brothers and sisters.

 

Incapacity ” or “ Incapacitated ” means, (i) as to any individual Partner, death, total physical disability or entry by a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating such Partner incompetent to manage his or her Person or estate, (ii) as to any corporation which is a Partner, the filing of a certificate of dissolution, or its equivalent, for the corporation or the revocation of its charter, (iii) as to any partnership or limited liability company which is a Partner, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of such partnership or limited liability company, (iv) as to any estate which is a Partner, the distribution by the fiduciary of the estate’s entire interest in the Partnership, (v) as to any trustee of a trust which is a Partner, the termination of the trust (but not the substitution of a new trustee) or (vi) as to any Partner, the Bankruptcy of such Partner.

 

Indemnitee ” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding or threatened with being made a party to a proceeding by reason of (A) his or its status as the General Partner, or as a trustee, director, officer, shareholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent of the General Partner or as an officer, employee, representative or agent of the Partnership; (B) his or its status as a Limited Partner; (C) his or its status as a trustee, director or officer of any Subsidiary or other entity in which the Partnership owns an equity interest or any Subsidiary or other entity in which the General Partner owns an equity interest (so long as the General Partner’s ownership of an interest in such entity is not prohibited by Section 7.5.A) or for which the General Partner, acting on behalf of the Partnership, requests the trustee, director, officer or shareholder to serve as a director, officer, trustee or agent, including serving as a trustee of an employee benefit plan; or (D) his or its liabilities, pursuant to a loan guarantee or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken assets subject to); and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner, a Limited Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

7



 

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service, which administers the internal revenue laws of the United States.

 

Limited Partner ” means any Person named as a Limited Partner of the Partnership in Exhibit A attached hereof, as such Exhibit may be amended and restated from time to time, or any Substituted Limited Partner or Additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

 

Limited Partnership Interest ” means a Partnership Interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled, as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  A Limited Partnership Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of Partnership Units.

 

Liquidating Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 hereof.

 

Liquidating Gains ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.E hereof.

 

Liquidating Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.E hereof.

 

Liquidator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.2.A hereof.

 

LTIP Units ” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Exhibit E hereof. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A , as may be amended from time to time.

 

Majority in Interest ” means Partners who hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Common Partnership Units; provided , however, with respect to any matter to be voted on by the Partners, there shall be included in both the numerator and the denominator of the computation all (x) preferred Partnership Units of any class or series and (y) any other class or series of Partnership Units which, in each case, are expressly entitled to vote thereon pursuant to the terms of such Partnership Unit or this Agreement.

 

Net Income ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable period.  The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, subject to the specific adjustments provided for in Exhibit B hereof.  If an item of income, gain, loss or deduction that has been included in the initial computation of Net Income is subjected to the special allocation rules in Exhibit C hereof, Net Income or the resulting Net Loss, whichever the case may be, shall be recomputed without taking such item into account.

 

Net Loss ” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain for such taxable period.  The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, subject to the specific

 

8



 

adjustments provided for in Exhibit B hereof.  If an item of income, gain, loss or deduction that has been included in the initial computation of Net Loss is subjected to the special allocation rules in Exhibit C hereof, Net Loss or the resulting Net Income, whichever the case may be, shall be recomputed without taking such item into account.

 

New Securities ” means (i) any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities having the right to subscribe for or purchase shares of beneficial interest (or other comparable equity interest) of the General Partner, excluding grants under any Stock Option Plan, or (ii) any Debt issued by the General Partner that provides any of the rights described in clause (i).

 

Nonrecourse Built-in Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(2).

 

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1), and the amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

 

Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

 

Notice of Redemption ” means a Notice of Redemption substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

Partner ” means the General Partner or a Limited Partner, and “ Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners collectively.

 

Partner Minimum Gain ” means an amount, with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Partnership Minimum Gain that would result if such Partner Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2), and the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

Partnership ” means the limited partnership heretofore formed and continued under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.

 

Partnership Interest ” means a Limited Partnership Interest or the General Partnership Interest, as the context requires, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  A

 

9



 

Partnership Interest may be (but is not required to be) expressed as a number of Partnership Units.

 

Partnership Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2), and the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain, as well as any net increase or decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, for a Partnership Year shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

 

Partnership Record Date ” means the record date established by the General Partner either (i) for the making of any distribution pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by the General Partner Entity for a distribution to its shareholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution received by the General Partner if the shares of common stock (or comparable equity interests) of the General Partner Entity are Publicly Traded, or (ii) if applicable, for determining the Partners entitled to vote on or consent to any proposed action for which the consent or approval of the Partners is sought pursuant to Section 14.2 hereof.

 

Partnership Unit ” or “ Unit ” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 hereof, and includes Common Partnership Units, LTIP Units and any other classes or series of Partnership Units established after the date hereof.  The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests in the Partnership represented by such Partnership Units are set forth in Exhibit A hereof, as such Exhibit may be amended and restated from time to time.  The ownership of Partnership Units shall be evidenced by such form of certificate for Partnership Units as the General Partner adopts from time to time unless the General Partner determines that the Partnership Units shall be uncertificated securities.

 

Partnership Year ” means the fiscal year of the Partnership.

 

Percentage Interest ” means, as to a Partner, its interest in the Partnership as determined by dividing the total number of Common Partnership Units (and LTIP Units, other than to the extent provided in the applicable LTIP Unit designation) owned by such Partner by the total number of Common Partnership Units (and LTIP Units, other than to the extent provided in any applicable LTIP Unit designation) then outstanding as specified in Exhibit A attached hereto, as such exhibit may be amended and restated from time to time.

 

 “ Person ” means an individual or a real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, association or other entity.

 

Predecessor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Conversion Factor” herein.

 

Pro Rata Portion ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A hereof.

 

Publicly Traded ” means listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or another national securities exchange or designated for quotation on the NASDAQ National Market, or any successor to any of the foregoing.

 

10



 

Qualified REIT Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the General Partner that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” within the meaning Section 856(i) of the Code.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, a Qualified REIT Subsidiary of the General Partner that holds as its only assets direct and/or indirect interests in the Partnership will not be treated as an entity separate from the General Partner.

 

Recapture Income ” means any gain recognized by the Partnership upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

 

Redeeming Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A hereof.

 

Redemption Amount ” means either the Cash Amount or the Shares Amount, as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.  A Redeeming Partner shall have no right, without the General Partner’s consent, in its sole and absolute discretion, to receive the Redemption Amount in the form of the Shares Amount.

 

Redemption Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A hereof.

 

Regulations ” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

REIT ” means a real estate investment trust under Section 856 of the Code.

 

REIT Expenses ” shall mean (i) costs and expenses relating to the continuity of existence of the General Partner and any Person in which the General Partner owns an equity interest, to the extent not prohibited by Section 7.5.A, other than the Partnership (which Persons shall, for purposes of this definition, be included within the definition of “General Partner”), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith (other than federal, state or local income taxes imposed upon the General Partner as a result of the General Partner’s failure to distribute to its shareholders an amount equal to its taxable income), any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any trustee or director of the General Partner or such Persons, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any offer or registration of securities by the General Partner (the proceeds of which will be contributed or advanced to the Partnership) and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, (iii) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic reports by the General Partner under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the SEC, (iv) costs and expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the SEC, and (v) all other operating or administrative costs of the General Partner incurred in the ordinary course of its business; provided , however , that any of the foregoing expenses that are determined by the General Partner to be expenses relating to the ownership and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership shall be treated as reimbursable expenses under Section 7.4.B hereof rather than as “REIT Expenses”.

 

REIT Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.A hereof.

 

11



 

Required Cash Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A hereof.

 

Safe Harbors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6.F hereof.

 

SEC ”  means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Share ” means a share of beneficial interest (or other comparable equity interest) of the General Partner Entity.  Shares may be issued in one or more classes or series in accordance with the terms of the Declaration of Trust (or, if the General Partner is not the General Partner Entity, the organizational documents of the General Partner Entity).  In the event that there is more than one class or series of Shares, the term “Shares” shall, as the context requires, be deemed to refer to the class or series of Shares that correspond to the class or series of Partnership Interests for which the reference to Shares is made.  When used with reference to Common Partnership Units, the term “Shares” refers to common shares of beneficial interest (or other comparable equity interest) of the General Partner Entity.

 

Shares Amount ” means a number of Shares equal to the product of the number of Partnership Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Partner times the Conversion Factor; provided , that in the event the General Partner Entity issues to all holders of Shares rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling such holders to subscribe for or purchase Shares or any other securities or property (collectively, the “rights”), then the Shares Amount shall also include such rights that a holder of that number of Shares would be entitled to receive.

 

Specified Redemption Date ” means the tenth (10th) Business Day after receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption; provided , that if the Shares are not Publicly Traded, the Specified Redemption Date means the thirtieth Business Day after receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.

 

Stock Option Plan ” means any share or stock incentive plan or similar compensation arrangement of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Affiliate of the Partnership or the General Partner, as the context may require.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities; or (ii) the outstanding equity interests, is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

 

Substituted Limited Partner ” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 11.4 hereof.

 

Successor Entity ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Conversion Factor” herein.

 

12


 

Tenant ” means any tenant from which the General Partner derives rent either directly or indirectly through partnerships or limited liability companies, including the Partnership, or through any Qualified REIT Subsidiary.

 

Terminating Capital Transaction ” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership for cash or a related series of transactions that, taken together, result in the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership.

 

Trading Days ” means days on which the primary trading market for Shares, if any, is open for trading.

 

Unit Equivalent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.A hereof.

 

Valuation Date ” means the date of receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

Value ” means, with respect to a Share, the average of the daily market price for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the Valuation Date. The daily market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the Shares are listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, the closing price on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day; (ii) if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner; or (iii) if the Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange or the NASDAQ National Market and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten (10) days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided , that if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten (10) days prior to the date in question, the Value of the Shares shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the Shares Amount includes rights that a holder of Shares would be entitled to receive, then the Value of such rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.

 

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

 

Section 2.1                                     Organization .

 

The Partnership is a limited partnership under and pursuant to the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The Partners hereby form the Partnership pursuant to and in accordance with the Act.  Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights

 

13



 

and obligations of the Partners and the administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.  The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

 

Section 2.2                                     Name .

 

The name of the Partnership is Urban Edge Properties L.P.  The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof.  The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires.  The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

 

Section 2.3                                     Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office .

 

The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at [ · ], and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be [ · ].  The principal office of the Partnership shall be Urban Edge Properties L.P., 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.  The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems advisable.

 

Section 2.4                                     Power of Attorney .

 

A.                                     General .  Each Limited Partner and each Assignee hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner, any Liquidator, and authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact of each, and each of those acting singly, in each case with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in its name, place and stead to:

 

(1)                                  execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (a) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including, without limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments or restatements thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may or plans to conduct business or own property; (b) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, a

 

14



 

certificate of cancellation; (d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article XI, XII or XIII hereof or the Capital Contribution of any Partner; and (e) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of Partnership Interest; and

 

(2)                                  execute, swear to, seal, acknowledge and file all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the General Partner or any Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement.

 

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner or any Liquidator to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XIV hereof or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

B.                                     Irrevocable Nature .  The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that each of the Partners will be relying upon the power of the General Partner or any Liquidator to act as contemplated by this Agreement in any filing or other action by it on behalf of the Partnership, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent Incapacity of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s Partnership Units and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.  Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or any Liquidator, acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or any Liquidator, taken in good faith under such power of attorney.  Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the General Partner’s or Liquidator’s request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator, as the case may be, deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

 

Section 2.5                                     Term .

 

The term of the Partnership commenced on the date that the Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue until December 31, 2114 (as such date may be extended by the General Partner in its sole discretion), unless it is dissolved sooner pursuant to the provisions of Article XIII hereof or as otherwise provided by law.

 

15



 

Section 2.6                                     Admission of Limited Partners .

 

On the date hereof, and upon the execution of this Agreement or a counterpart of this Agreement, each of the Persons identified as a limited partner of the Partnership on Exhibit A to this Agreement is hereby admitted to the Partnership as a limited partner of the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE

 

Section 3.1                                     Purpose and Business .

 

The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership formed pursuant to the Act; provided , however , that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the General Partner Entity (or the General Partner, as applicable) at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless the General Partner Entity (or the General Partner, as applicable) ceases to qualify as a REIT for reasons other than the conduct of the business of the Partnership or voluntarily revokes its election to be a REIT; (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or to own interests in any entity engaged, directly or indirectly, in any of the foregoing; and (iii) to do anything necessary, convenient or incidental to the foregoing.

 

Section 3.2                                     Powers .

 

The Partnership is empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership, and shall have, without limitation, any and all of the powers that may be exercised on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, directly or through its ownership interest in other entities, to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of any kind, borrow money and issue evidences of indebtedness whether or not secured by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien, acquire, own, manage, improve and develop real property, and lease, sell, transfer and dispose of real property; provided , however , that the Partnership shall not take, or omit to take, any action which, in the judgment of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) could adversely affect the ability of the General Partner Entity (or the General Partner, as applicable) to qualify and continue to qualify as a REIT, (ii) could subject the General Partner Entity (or the General Partner, as applicable) to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code or any other related or successor provision of the Code or (iii) could violate any law or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the General Partner Entity (or the General Partner, if different) its securities or the Partnership, unless such action (or inaction) shall have been specifically consented to by the General Partner in writing.

 

Section 3.3                                     Representations and Warranties by the Parties .

 

A.                                     Each Partner that is an individual represents and warrants to each other Partner that (i) such Partner has the legal capacity to enter into this Agreement and perform such Partner’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this

 

16



 

Agreement to be performed by such Partner will not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, any agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s property is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner is subject, (iii) such Partner is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and (iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

 

B.                                     Each Partner that is not an individual represents and warrants to each other Partner that (i) its execution and delivery of this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be performed by it have been duly authorized by all necessary action, including without limitation, that of its general partner(s), committee(s), trustee(s), beneficiaries, director(s) and/or shareholder(s), as the case may be, as required, (ii) the consummation of such transactions shall not result in a breach or violation of, or a default under, its certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, trust agreement, limited liability company operating agreement, declaration of trust, charter or bylaws, as the case may be, any agreement by which such Partner or any of such Partner’s properties or any of its partners, beneficiaries, trustees or shareholders, as the case may be, is or are bound, or any statute, regulation, order or other law to which such Partner or any of its partners, trustees, beneficiaries or shareholders, as the case may be, is or are subject, (iii) such Partner is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code and (iv) this Agreement is binding upon, and enforceable against, such Partner in accordance with its terms.

 

C.                                     Each Partner represents, warrants and agrees that it has acquired and continues to hold its interest in the Partnership for its own account for investment only and not for the purpose of, or with a view toward, the resale or distribution of all or any part thereof, nor with a view toward selling or otherwise distributing such interest or any part thereof at any particular time or under any predetermined circumstances. Each Partner further represents and warrants that it is a sophisticated investor, able and accustomed to handling sophisticated financial matters for itself, particularly real estate investments, and that it has a sufficiently high net worth that it does not anticipate a need for the funds it has invested in the Partnership in what it understands to be a highly speculative and illiquid investment.

 

D.                                     Each Partner further represents, warrants, covenants and agrees as follows.

 

(1)                                  Upon request of the General Partner, it will promptly disclose to the General Partner the amount of Shares or other capital shares of the General Partner that it actually owns or Constructively Owns; and

 

(2)                                  Without the consent of the General Partner, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion, no Partner shall take any action that would cause the Partnership at any time to have more than 100 partners (including as partners those Persons indirectly owning an interest in the Partnership through a partnership, limited liability company, S corporation or grantor trust (such entity, a “ flow through entity ”), but only if substantially all of the value of such person’s interest in the flow through entity is attributable to the flow through entity’s interest (direct or indirect) in the Partnership).

 

17



 

E.                                      The representations and warranties contained in this Section 3.3 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Partner and the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership.

 

F.                                       Each Partner hereby acknowledges that no representations as to potential profit, cash flows, funds from operations or yield, if any, in respect of the Partnership or the General Partner have been made by any Partner or any employee or representative or Affiliate of any Partner, and that projections and any other information, including, without limitation, financial and descriptive information and documentation, which may have been in any manner submitted to such Partner shall not constitute any representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied

 

Section 3.4                                     Partnership Only for Purposes Specified .

 

The Partnership shall be a partnership only for the purposes specified in Section 3.1 above, and this Agreement shall not be deemed to create a partnership among the Partners with respect to any activities whatsoever other than the activities within the purposes of the Partnership as specified in Section 3.1 above.

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCES
OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Section 4.1                                     Capital Contributions of the Partners .

 

A.                                     Capital Contributions .  At the time of their respective execution of this Agreement, the Partners shall make or shall have made Capital Contributions as set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement. The Partners shall own Partnership Units of the class or series and in the amounts set forth in Exhibit A and shall have a Percentage Interest in the Partnership which shall be set forth in Exhibit A , which Percentage Interest shall be adjusted in Exhibit A from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately exchanges, redemptions, additional Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units (pursuant to any merger or otherwise), or similar events having an effect on any Partner’s Percentage Interest. Except as provided in Sections 4.2, 7.5 and 10.5, the Partners shall have no obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. Each Limited Partner that contributes any Contributed Property shall promptly provide the General Partner with any information regarding such Contributed Property that is requested by the General Partner, including for Partnership tax return reporting purposes. Cash Capital Contributions by the General Partner will be deemed to equal the cash contributed by the General Partner plus (a) in the case of cash contributions funded by an offering of any equity interests in or other securities of the General Partner, the offering costs attributable to the cash contributed to the Partnership, and (b) in the case of Partnership Units issued pursuant to Section 7.5.C hereof, an amount equal to the difference between the Value of the Shares sold pursuant to any Stock Option Plan and the net proceeds of such sale.

 

B.                                     General Partnership Interest .  A number of Partnership Units held by the General Partner equal to one percent (1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units shall be deemed

 

18



 

to be the General Partner Partnership Units and shall be the General Partnership Interest.  All other Partnership Units held by the General Partner shall be Limited Partnership Interests and shall be held by the General Partner in its capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.

 

C.                                     Capital Contributions By Merger .  To the extent the Partnership acquires any property by the merger of any other Person into the Partnership, Persons who receive Partnership Interests in exchange for their interests in the Person merging into the Partnership shall become Limited Partners and shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions as provided in the applicable merger agreement and as set forth in Exhibit A , as amended to reflect such deemed Capital Contributions.

 

Section 4.2                                     Issuances of Partnership Interests .

 

A.                                     General .  The General Partner is hereby authorized, without the need for any vote or approval of any Partner or any other Person who may hold Partnership Units or Partnership Interests, to cause the Partnership from time to time to issue to any existing Partner (including the General Partner) or to any other Person, and to admit such Person as a limited partner in the Partnership, Partnership Units (including, without limitation, Common Partnership Units and preferred Partnership Units), in each case in exchange for the contribution by such Person of property or other assets, in one or more classes, or in one or more series of any of such classes, or otherwise with such designations, preferences, redemption and conversion rights and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to Limited Partnership Interests, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion subject to Delaware law, including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Interests, (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Interests to share in Partnership distributions and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Interests upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided that, no such Partnership Units shall be issued (x) to the General Partner unless either (a)(1) the additional Partnership Interests are issued in connection with an issuance of Shares or other securities by the General Partner, which securities have designations, preferences and other rights such that the economic interests attributable to such securities are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Interests issued to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 4.2.A, and (2) the General Partner shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the proceeds, if any, raised in connection with such issuance, (b) the additional Partnership Interests are issued to all Partners holding Partnership Interests in the same class in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests in such class, or (c) the additional Partnership Interests are issued in connection with a contribution of property to the Partnership by the General Partner. In addition, the General Partner may acquire Units from other Partners pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that the Partnership issues Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 4.2.A, the General Partner shall make such revisions to this Agreement (including but not limited to the revisions described in Section 5.5, Section 6.2 and Section 8.6 hereof) as it deems necessary to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Interests.

 

B.                                     Issuances of Shares .  In accordance with, and subject to the terms of Section 4.3 hereof, the General Partner shall not issue any Shares (other than Shares issued

 

19



 

pursuant to Section 8.6 or pursuant to a dividend or distribution (including any share split)), other equity securities of the General Partner, New Securities or Convertible Funding Debt other than to all holders of Shares unless (i) the General Partner shall cause, pursuant to Section 4.2.A hereof, the Partnership to issue to the General Partner Partnership Interests or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of such additional Shares, other equity securities, New Securities or Convertible Funding Debt, as the case may be; and (ii) the General Partner contributes to the Partnership the proceeds, if any, from the issuance of such Shares, other equity securities, New Securities or Convertible Funding Debt, as the case may be, and, if applicable, from the exercise of rights contained in such Shares, other equity securities, New Securities or Convertible Funding Debt, as the case may be. Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to issue Shares, other equity securities, New Securities or Convertible Funding Debt, as the case may be, for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner corresponding Partnership Interests, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the interests of the General Partner and the Partnership (for example, and not by way of limitation, the issuance of Shares and corresponding Partnership Units pursuant to an employee share purchase plan providing for employee purchases of Shares at a discount from fair market value or employee share options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, or in order to comply with the REIT share ownership requirements set forth in Section 856(a)(5) of the Code); and (y) the General Partner contributes all proceeds from such issuance and exercise to the Partnership.

 

C.                                     Classes of Partnership Units .  Subject to Section 4.2.A above, the Partnership shall have one class of Common Partnership Units entitled “Common Partnership Units” which shall be issued to the General Partner in respect of its General Partnership Interest and in respect of its Limited Partnership Interest. The General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, issue to newly admitted Partners Common Partnership Units or Partnership Units of any other class established by the Partnership in accordance with Section 4.2.A in exchange for the contribution by such Partners of cash, real estate partnership interests, stock, notes or any other assets or consideration; provided that any Partnership Unit that is not specifically designated by the General Partner as being of a particular class shall be deemed to be a Common Partnership Unit unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

D.                                     Issuance of LTIP Units .  The Partnership shall be authorized to issue Partnership Units of a series designated as “LTIP Units.”  From time to time the General Partner may issue LTIP Units to Persons providing services to or for the benefit of the Partnership. LTIP Units are intended to qualify as profits interests in the Partnership and for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 4.5 shall not apply to the issuance of LTIP Units.  LTIP Units shall have the terms set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and made part hereof.

 

Section 4.3                                     Contribution of Proceeds of Issuance of Securities by the General Partner .

 

In connection with any primary offering by the General Partner of its Shares and any other issuance of Shares, other equity securities of the General Partner, New Securities or Convertible Funding Debt pursuant to Section 4.2, the General Partner shall contribute to the

 

20



 

Partnership any proceeds (or a portion thereof) raised in connection with such issuance in exchange for Partnership Interests or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities of the Partnership having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Shares, other equity securities of the General Partner, New Securities or Convertible Funding Debt contributed to the Partnership; provided , that, in each case, if the proceeds actually received by the General Partner are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the General Partner shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount and other expenses paid by the General Partner (which discount and expense shall be treated as an expense for the benefit of the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.4). In the case of employee purchases of New Securities at a discount from fair market value, the amount of such discount representing compensation to the employee, as determined by the General Partner, shall be treated as an expense of the issuance of such New Securities.

 

Section 4.4                                     No Preemptive Rights .

 

Except to the extent expressly granted by the General Partner (on behalf of the Partnership) pursuant to another agreement, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to (i) additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership or (ii) issuance or sale of any Partnership Units.

 

Section 4.5                                     Other Contribution Provisions .

 

In the event that any Partner is admitted to the Partnership and is given a Capital Account in exchange for services rendered to the Partnership, such transaction shall be treated by the Partnership and the affected Partner as if the Partnership had compensated such Partner in cash for the fair market value of such services, and the Partner had contributed such cash to the capital of the Partnership.

 

Section 4.6                                     No Interest on Capital .

 

No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account.

 

ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.1                                     Requirement and Characterization of Distributions .

 

A.                                     General .  The General Partner shall have the exclusive right and authority to declare and cause the Partnership to make distributions as and when the General Partner deems appropriate or desirable in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event may a Partner receive a distribution with respect to a Partnership Unit for a quarter or shorter period if such Partner is entitled to receive a distribution for such quarter or shorter period with respect to a Share for which such Partnership Unit has been redeemed or exchanged.  Unless otherwise expressly provided for herein or in an agreement at

 

21



 

the time a new class of Partnership Interests is created in accordance with Article IV hereof, no Partnership Interest shall be entitled to a distribution in preference to any other Partnership Interest.  For so long as the General Partner elects to qualify as a REIT, the General Partner shall make such reasonable efforts, as determined by it in its sole and absolute discretion and consistent with the qualification of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) as a REIT, to make distributions to the Partners in amounts such that the General Partner will receive amounts sufficient to enable the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to pay shareholder dividends that will (1) satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and the Regulations (the “ REIT Requirements ”) and (2) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability for the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable).

 

B.                                     Method .  When, as and if declared by the General Partner, the Partnership will make distributions to the General Partner in any amount necessary to enable the General Partner to pay REIT Expenses, and thereafter to holders of Partnership Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

In making distributions pursuant to this Section 5.1.B, the General Partner shall take into account the provisions of Paragraph 2 of Exhibit E to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2                                     Amounts Withheld .

 

All amounts withheld pursuant to the Code or any provisions of any state or local tax law and Section 10.5 hereof with respect to any allocation, payment or distribution to the Partners or Assignees shall be treated as amounts distributed to the Partners or Assignees pursuant to Section 5.1 for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.3                                     Distributions Upon Liquidation .

 

Proceeds from a Terminating Capital Transaction and any other cash received or reductions in reserves made after commencement of the liquidation of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 13.2.

 

Section 5.4                                     Restricted Distributions .

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Partnership, and the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership, shall not make a distribution to any Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership if such distribution would violate Section 17-607 of the Act or other applicable law.

 

Section 5.5                                     Revisions to Reflect Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests .

 

If the Partnership issues additional Partnership Interests to the General Partner or any Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Article IV hereof, the General Partner shall make such revisions to this Article V as it deems necessary to reflect the issuance of such additional Partnership Interests.

 

22


 

ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS

 

Section 6.1                                     Allocations For Capital Account Purposes .

 

For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Exhibit B hereof) shall be allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.

 

A.                                     Net Income .  After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C attached hereto, Net Income shall be allocated (i) first, to the General Partner to the extent that Net Losses previously allocated to the General Partner pursuant to the last sentence of Section 6.1.B below exceed Net Income previously allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this clause (i) of Section 6.1.A; (ii) second, to all holders of Partnership Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

B.                                     Net Losses .  After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C attached hereto, Net Losses shall be allocated to all holders of Partnership Units in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests; provided that, Net Losses shall not be allocated to any Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1.B to the extent that such allocation would cause such Limited Partner to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (or increase any existing Adjusted Capital Account Deficit) at the end of such taxable year (or portion thereof).  All Net Losses in excess of the limitations set forth in this Section 6.1.B shall be allocated to the General Partner.

 

C.                                     Allocation of Nonrecourse Debt .  For purposes of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (i) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (ii) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with any permissible method determined by the General Partner.

 

D.                                     Recapture Income .  Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to Exhibit C hereof, be characterized as Recapture Income, as required by Regulations Section 1.1245-1(e).

 

E.                                      Special Allocations with Respect to LTIP Units . After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C hereof, and notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.1.B above, any Liquidating Gains shall first be allocated to the holders of LTIP Units until the Economic Capital Account Balances of such holders, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units, are equal to (i) the Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of their LTIP Units; provided that no such Liquidating Gains will be allocated with respect to any particular LTIP Unit unless and to the extent that such Liquidating Gains, when aggregated with other Liquidating Gains realized since the issuance of such LTIP Unit, exceed Liquidating Losses realized since the issuance of such LTIP Unit. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 1 of Exhibit C hereof, and

 

23



 

notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.1.A and 6.1.B above, in the event that, due to distributions with respect to Common Partnership Units in which the LTIP Units do not participate or otherwise, the Economic Capital Account Balance of any present or former holder of LTIP Units, to the extent attributable to the holder’s ownership of LTIP Units, exceeds the target balance specified above, then Liquidating Losses shall be allocated to such holder to the extent necessary to reduce or eliminate the disparity. In the event that Liquidating Gains or Liquidating Losses are allocated under this Section 6.1.E, Net Income allocable under Section 6.1.A and any Net Losses shall be recomputed without regard to the Liquidating Gains or Liquidating Losses so allocated. For this purpose, “ Liquidating Gains ” means any net capital gain realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership assets under Section 1.D of Exhibit B of this Agreement. Similarly, “ Liquidating Losses ” means any net capital loss realized in connection with any such event. The “ Economic Capital Account Balances ” of the holders of LTIP Units will be equal to their Capital Account balances, plus the amount of their shares of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units. Similarly, the “ Common Partnership Unit Economic Balance ” shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of the General Partner, plus the amount of the General Partner’s share of any Partner Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to the General Partner’s ownership of Common Partnership Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 6.1.E, divided by (ii) the number of the General Partner’s Common Partnership Units. Any such allocations shall be made among the holders of LTIP Units in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 6.1.E. The parties agree that the intent of this Section 6.1.E is to make the Capital Account balance associated with each LTIP Unit economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance associated with the General Partner’s Common Partnership Units (on a per-unit basis), but only if the Partnership has recognized cumulative net gains with respect to its assets since the issuance of the relevant LTIP Unit.

 

F.                                       Allocations to Ensure Intended Results . Recognizing the complexity of the allocations pursuant to this Article VI, the General Partner is authorized to modify these allocations (including by making allocations of gross items of income, gain, loss or deduction rather than allocations of net items) to ensure that they achieve the intended results, to the extent permitted by Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

 

Section 6.2                                     Revisions to Allocations to Reflect Issuance of Additional Partnership Interests .

 

If the Partnership issues additional Partnership Interests to the General Partner or any Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Article IV hereof, the General Partner shall make such revisions to this Article VI as it deems necessary to reflect the terms of the issuance of such additional Partnership Interests, including making preferential allocations to classes of Partnership Interests that are entitled thereto. Such revisions shall not require the consent or approval of any other Partner.

 

24



 

ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS OF BUSINESS

 

Section 7.1                                     Management .

 

A.                                     Powers of General Partner .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership are and shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any right to participate in or exercise control or management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership.  The General Partner may not be removed by the Limited Partners with or without cause.  In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Sections 7.3 and 7.6.A hereof, shall have full power and authority to do all things deemed necessary, desirable or convenient by it to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 3.2 hereof and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, including, without limitation:

 

(1)                                  the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money (including, without limitation, making prepayments on loans and borrowing money to permit the Partnership to make distributions to its Partners in such amounts will permit the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) (as long as the General Partner Entity or the General Partner qualifies as a REIT) to avoid the payment of any federal income tax (including, for this purpose, any excise tax pursuant to Section 4981 of the Code) and to make distributions to its shareholders sufficient to permit the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to satisfy the REIT Requirements), the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness (including the securing of same by mortgage, deed of trust or other lien or encumbrance on the Partnership’s assets) and the incurring of any obligations the General Partner deems necessary or desirable for the conduct of the activities of the Partnership;

 

(2)                                  the making of tax, regulatory and other filings or elections, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

 

(3)                                  the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any assets of the Partnership (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege, or subscription right or other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Partnership) or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another entity (all of the foregoing subject to any prior approval only to the extent required by Section 7.3 hereof);

 

25



 

(4)                                  the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation of any assets of the Partnership, the use of the assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement and on any terms that it sees fit, including, without limitation, the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership, the General Partner or any of the Partnership’s or the General Partner’s Subsidiaries, the lending of funds to other Persons (including, without limitation, the Subsidiaries of the Partnership and/or the General Partner) and the repayment of obligations of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity investment, and the making of capital contributions to its Subsidiaries;

 

(5)                                  the management, operation, leasing, landscaping, repair, alteration, demolition, disposition or improvement of any real property or improvements owned by the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership;

 

(6)                                  the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments that the General Partner considers useful or necessary or convenient to the conduct of the Partnership’s operations or the implementation of the General Partner’s powers under this Agreement, including, without limitation, contracting with consultants, accountants, legal counsel, other professional advisors and other agents and the payment of their expenses and compensation out of the Partnership’s assets;

 

(7)                                  the distribution of Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(8)                                  holding, managing, investing and reinvesting cash and other assets of the Partnership;

 

(9)                                  the collection and receipt of revenues and income of the Partnership;

 

(10)                           the establishment of one or more divisions of the Partnership, the selection and dismissal of employees of the Partnership (including, without limitation, employees who may be designated as officers with titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer” of the Partnership), and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the Partnership, and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

 

(11)                           the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;

 

(12)                           the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property to, any further limited or general partnerships, limited liability companies, real estate investment trusts, corporations, entities that are

 

26



 

treated as REITs, “taxable REIT subsidiaries” or as foreign corporations for federal income tax purposes, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property or the making of loans to, its or the General Partner’s Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity investment from time to time or the incurrence of indebtedness on behalf of such Persons or the guarantee of obligations of such Persons and the making of any tax, regulatory or other filing or election with respect to any of the foregoing Persons); provided , that as long as the General Partner has determined to continue to qualify as a REIT, the Partnership may not engage in any such formation, acquisition or contribution that would cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT;

 

(13)                           the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the settlement, compromise, submission to arbitration or any other form of dispute resolution, or abandonment of, any claim, cause of action, liability, debt or damages, due or owing to or from the Partnership, the commencement or defense of suits, legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, and the representation of the Partnership in all suits or legal proceedings, administrative proceedings, arbitrations or other forms of dispute resolution, the incurrence of legal expense, and the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

 

(14)                           the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s direct or indirect investment in any Subsidiary or any other Person (including, without limitation, the contribution or loan of funds by the Partnership to such Persons);

 

(15)                           the determination of the fair market value of any Partnership property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as the General Partner may adopt;

 

(16)                           the enforcement of any rights against any Partner pursuant to representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities relating to such Partner’s contribution of property or assets to the Partnership;

 

(17)                           the exercise, directly or indirectly, through any attorney-in-fact acting under a general or limited power of attorney, of any right, including the right to vote, appurtenant to any asset or investment held by the Partnership;

 

(18)                           the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of or in connection with any Subsidiary of the Partnership or any other Person in which the Partnership has a direct or indirect interest, or jointly with any such Subsidiary or other Person;

 

27



 

(19)                           the exercise of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement on behalf of any Person in which the Partnership does not have an interest pursuant to contractual or other arrangements with such Person;

 

(20)                           the making, execution, delivery and performance of any and all deeds, leases, notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, conveyances, contracts, guarantees, warranties, indemnities, waivers, releases or legal instruments or agreements in writing necessary, appropriate or convenient, in the judgment of the General Partner, for the accomplishment of any of the powers of the General Partner enumerated in this Agreement;

 

(21)                           the issuance of additional Partnership Units and other partnership interests, as appropriate, in connection with Capital Contributions by Additional Limited Partners and additional Capital Contributions by Partners pursuant to Article IV hereof;

 

(22)                           the distribution of cash to acquire Partnership Units held by a Limited Partner in connection with a Limited Partner’s exercise of its Redemption Right under Section 8.6 hereof;

 

(23)                           the amendment and restatement of Exhibit A hereof to reflect at all times the Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests of the Partners as the same are adjusted from time to time to the extent necessary to reflect redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of Partnership Units, the admission of any Additional Limited Partner or any Substituted Limited Partner or otherwise, which amendment and restatement, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement, as long as the matter or event being reflected in Exhibit A hereof otherwise is authorized by this Agreement;

 

(24)                           the approval and/or implementation of any merger (including a triangular merger), consolidation or other combination between the Partnership and another person that is not prohibited under this Agreement, whether with or without Consent; the terms of Section 17-211(g) of the Act shall be applicable such that the General Partner shall have the right to effect any amendment to this Agreement or effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for a limited partnership if it is the surviving or resulting limited partnership on the merger or consolidation (except as may be expressly prohibited under Section 14.1.C, Section 14.1.D or Section 14.1.F);

 

(25)                           the taking of any action necessary or appropriate to enable the General Partner to qualify as a REIT; and

 

(26)                           the taking of any and all actions necessary or desirable in furtherance of, in connection with or incidental to the foregoing.

 

28



 

B.                                     No Approval by Limited Partners .  Each of the Limited Partners agrees that the General Partner is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the above-mentioned agreements and transactions on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (except as provided in Section 7.3), the Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, to the full extent permitted under the Act or other applicable law, rule or regulation.  The execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner or the Partnership of any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

 

C.                                     Insurance .  At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to obtain and maintain (i) casualty, liability and other insurance on the properties of the Partnership, (ii) liability insurance for the Indemnitees hereunder and (iii) such other insurance as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines to be necessary.

 

D.                                     Working Capital and Other Reserves .  At all times from and after the date hereof, the General Partner may cause the Partnership to establish and maintain working capital reserves and other cash or similar balances in such amounts as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems appropriate and reasonable from time to time, including upon.

 

E.                                      No Obligations to Consider Tax Consequences of Limited Partners .  In exercising its authority under this Agreement, the General Partner may, but shall be under no obligation to, take into account the tax consequences to any Partner (including the General Partner) of any action taken (or not taken) by it.  The General Partner and the Partnership shall not have liability to a Limited Partner under any circumstances as a result of an income tax or other tax liability incurred by such Limited Partner as a result of an action (or inaction) by the General Partner taken pursuant to its authority under this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of Section 7.3.

 

Section 7.2                                     Certificate of Limited Partnership .

 

The General Partner has filed the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and any other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate or convenient, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate and do all of the things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware and each other state, or the District of Columbia, in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 8.5.A(4) hereof, the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing,

 

29



 

to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate or any amendment thereto or restatement thereof to any Limited Partner.

 

Section 7.3                                     Restrictions on General Partner Authority .

 

The General Partner may not take any action in contravention of an express prohibition or limitation of this Agreement without the written Consent of (i) all Partners adversely affected or (ii) such lower percentage of the Limited Partnership Interests as may be specifically provided for under a provision of this Agreement or the Act.

 

Section 7.4                                     Reimbursement of the General Partner .

 

A.                                     No Compensation .  Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.

 

B.                                     Responsibility for Partnership Expenses .  The Partnership shall be responsible for and shall pay all expenses relating to the Partnership’s organization, the ownership of its assets and its operations.  The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, for all expenses it incurs relating to the ownership and operation of the Partnership’s assets, or for the benefit of the Partnership, including, without limitation, all expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, expenses related to the operations of the General Partner and to the management and administration of any Subsidiaries of the General Partner or the Partnership or Affiliates of the Partnership, such as auditing expenses and filing fees and any and all salaries, compensation and expenses of officers and employees of the General Partner; provided that (x), the amount of any such reimbursement shall be reduced by (i) any interest earned by the General Partner with respect to bank accounts or other instruments or accounts held by it as permitted in Section 7.5.A below and (ii) any amount derived by the General Partner from any investments permitted in Section 7.5.A below and (y) REIT Expenses shall not be treated as Partnership expenses for purposes of this Section 7.4.B.  The General Partner shall determine in good faith the amount of expenses incurred by it related to the ownership and operation of, or for the benefit of, the Partnership.  If certain expenses are incurred for the benefit of the Partnership and other entities (including the General Partner), such expenses will be allocated to the Partnership and such other entities in such a manner as the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion deems fair and reasonable.  Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3.C hereof and as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7 below.  All payments and reimbursements hereunder shall be characterized for federal income tax purposes as expenses of the Partnership incurred on its behalf, and not as expenses of the General Partner.

 

C.                                     Partnership Interest Issuance Expenses .  The General Partner shall also be reimbursed for all expenses it incurs relating to any issuance of additional Partnership Interests, Debt of the Partnership or rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities pursuant to Article IV hereof (including, without limitation, all costs, expenses, damages and

 

30



 

other payments resulting from or arising in connection with litigation related to any of the foregoing), all of which expenses are considered by the Partners to constitute expenses of, and for the benefit of, the Partnership.

 

D.                                     Purchases of Shares by the General Partner .  In the event that the General Partner shall elect to purchase from its shareholders Shares in connection with a share repurchase or similar program or for the purpose of delivering such Shares to satisfy an obligation under any distribution reinvestment program adopted by the General Partner, any employee share purchase plan adopted by the General Partner or any similar obligation or arrangement undertaken by the General Partner in the future, the purchase price paid by the General Partner for such Shares and any other expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with such purchase shall be considered REIT Expenses and shall be reimbursed to the General Partner, subject to the conditions that:  (i) if such Shares subsequently are to be sold by the General Partner, the General Partner pays to the Partnership any proceeds received by the General Partner for such Shares (which sales proceeds shall include the amount of distributions reinvested under any distribution reinvestment or similar program; provided that a transfer of Shares for Partnership Units pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof would not be considered a sale for such purposes); and (ii) if such Shares are not retransferred by the General Partner within thirty (30) days after the purchase thereof, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to cancel a number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class (rounded to the nearest whole Partnership Unit) held by the General Partner equal to the product attained by multiplying the number of such Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such cancellation (in which case such reimbursement shall be treated as a distribution in redemption of Partnership Units held by the General Partner).

 

Section 7.5                                     Outside Activities of the General Partner .

 

A.                                     General .  The General Partner shall not directly or indirectly enter into or conduct any material business other than in connection with the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Partnership Interests and the management of the business of the Partnership, and such activities as are incidental thereto. The General Partner and any Affiliates of the General Partner may acquire Limited Partnership Interests and shall be entitled to exercise all rights of a Limited Partner relating to such Limited Partnership Interests.

 

B.                                     Forfeiture of Shares .  In the event the Partnership or the General Partner acquires Shares as a result of the forfeiture of such Shares under a restricted or similar share plan, then the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to cancel that number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class equal to the number of Shares so acquired, and, if the Partnership acquired such Shares, it shall transfer such Shares to the General Partner for cancellation.

 

C.                                     Stock Option Plan .  If at any time or from time to time, the General Partner sells Shares pursuant to any Stock Option Plan, the General Partner shall transfer the net proceeds of the sale of such Shares to the Partnership as an additional Capital Contribution in exchange for an amount of additional Partnership Units equal to the number of Shares so sold divided by the Conversion Factor.

 

31



 

D.                                     Funding Debt .  The General Partner may incur a Funding Debt, including, without limitation, a Funding Debt that is convertible into Shares or otherwise constitutes a class of New Securities (“ Convertible Funding Debt ”), subject to the condition that the General Partner lends to the Partnership the net proceeds of such Funding Debt; provided , that Convertible Funding Debt shall be issued pursuant to Section 4.2.B above; and, provided , further , that the General Partner shall not be obligated to lend the net proceeds of any Funding Debt to the Partnership in a manner that would be inconsistent with the General Partner’s ability to remain qualified as a REIT.  If the General Partner enters into any Funding Debt, the loan to the Partnership shall be on comparable terms and conditions, including interest rate, repayment schedule and costs and expenses, as are applicable with respect to or incurred in connection with such Funding Debt.

 

Section 7.6                                     Transactions with Affiliates .

 

A.                                     The Partnership may lend or contribute funds or other assets to its or the General Partner’s Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it or the General Partner has an equity investment and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person

 

B.                                     Except as provided in Section 7.5, the Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, limited liability companies, real estate investment trusts, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions consistent with this Agreement and applicable law as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable.

 

C.                                     Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are determined by the General Partner in good faith to be fair and reasonable.

 

D.                                     The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of the Limited Partners, may propose and adopt, on behalf of the Partnership, employee benefit plans, share option plans, and similar plans funded by the Partnership for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, the Partnership, Subsidiaries of the Partnership or any Affiliate of any of them in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership, the General Partner or any Subsidiaries of the Partnership.

 

E.                                      The General Partner is expressly authorized to enter into, in the name and on behalf of the Partnership, and without the approval of the Limited Partners, a right of first opportunity arrangement and other conflict avoidance agreements with various Affiliates of the Partnership and the General Partner, on such terms as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, believes are advisable

 

Section 7.7                                     Indemnification .

 

A.                                     General .  To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Partnership shall indemnify each Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities,

 

32


 

joint or several, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and other legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership or the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement, in which such Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, except to the extent such Indemnitee acted in bad faith, or with gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation, the foregoing indemnity shall extend to any liability of any Indemnitee, pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise for any indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership (including without limitation, any indebtedness which the Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership has assumed or taken subject to), and the General Partner is hereby authorized and empowered, on behalf of the Partnership, to enter into one or more indemnity agreements consistent with the provisions of this Section 7.7 in favor of any Indemnitee having or potentially having liability for any such indebtedness. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, and neither the General Partner nor any Limited Partner shall have any obligation to contribute to the capital of the Partnership, or otherwise provide funds, to enable the Partnership to fund its obligations under this Section 7.7.

 

B.                                     Advancement of Expenses .  Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed by the Partnership in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in Section 7.7.A has been met and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

 

C.                                     No Limitation of Rights .  The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity unless otherwise provided in a written agreement pursuant to which such Indemnitee is indemnified.

 

D.                                     Insurance .  The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase and maintain insurance, on behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

 

E.                                      Benefit Plan Fiduciary .  For purposes of this Section 7.7, (i) the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan, (ii) excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 7.7 and (iii) actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the

 

33



 

performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.

 

F.                                       No Personal Liability for Limited Partners .  In no event may an Indemnitee subject any of the Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

G.                                     Interested Transactions .  An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

H.                                    Benefit .  The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.  Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the Partnership’s liability to any Indemnitee under this Section 7.7, as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or related to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

I.                                         Indemnification Payments Not Distributions .  If and to the extent any payments to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.7 constitute gross income to the General Partner (as opposed to the repayment of advances made on behalf of the Partnership), such amounts shall constitute guaranteed payments within the meaning of Section 707(c) of the Code, shall be treated consistently therewith by the Partnership and all Partners, and shall not be treated as distributions for purposes of computing the Partners’ Capital Accounts.

 

Section 7.8                                     Liability of the General Partner .

 

A.                                     General .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, none of the General Partner, its Affiliates, or any of their respective officers, trustees, directors, shareholders, partners, members, employees, representatives or agents or any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Partnership and its Affiliates (individually, a “ Covered Person ” and collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, any Partners or any Assignees for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or of any act or omission if the Covered Person’s conduct did not constitute bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

B.                                     No Obligation to Consider Separate Interests of Limited Partners or Shareholders .  The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership, the Limited Partners and the shareholders of the General Partner collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or Assignees or to such shareholders) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the shareholders of

 

34



 

the General Partner on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the shareholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners; provided , however , that any such conflict that the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either the shareholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in favor of the shareholders of the General Partner. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by Limited Partners in connection with such decisions, provided that the General Partner has acted in good faith.

 

C.                                     Actions of Agents .  Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1.A hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its employees and agents.  The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such employee or agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

 

D.                                     Effect of Amendment .  Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the Covered Person’s liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

E.                                      Good Faith Reliance on Agreement .  To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, any Covered Person acting under this Agreement or otherwise shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

 

F.                                       General Partner’s Discretion .  Whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” or under a similar grant of authority or latitude, the General Partner shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires and may consider its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the Limited Partners, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or by law or any other agreement contemplated herein.

 

Section 7.9                                     Other Matters Concerning the General Partner .

 

A.                                     Reliance on Documents .  The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or

 

35



 

document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

B.                                     Reliance on Advisors .  The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers architects, engineers, environmental consultants and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion of such Persons as to matters which the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

 

C.                                     Action Through Agents .  The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers and a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact.  Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform all and every act and duty which is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.

 

D.                                     Actions to Maintain REIT Status or Avoid Taxation of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement (other than the limitations on the General Partner’s authority set forth in Sections 7.3, 7.5 and 7.6.A) or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to continue to satisfy the REIT Requirements or (ii) to avoid the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) incurring any taxes under Section 337(d), 857, 1374 or 4981 of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.

 

Section 7.10                              Title to Partnership Assets .

 

Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partners, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof.  Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, including Affiliates of the General Partner.  The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

 

36



 

Section 7.11                              Reliance by Third Parties .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than the limitations on the General Partner’s authority set forth in Sections 7.3, 7.5 and 7.6.A), any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner has full power and authority, without consent or approval of any other Partner or Person, to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership, to enter into any contracts on behalf of the Partnership and to take any and all actions on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner as if the General Partner were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially.  Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies which may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner in connection with any such dealing.  In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or its representatives.  Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership, and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

 

Section 7.12                              Loans by Third Parties .

 

The Partnership may incur Debt, or enter into similar credit, guarantee, financing or refinancing arrangements for any purpose (including, without limitation, in connection with any acquisition of property) with any Person upon such terms as the General Partner determines appropriate; provided , that the Partnership shall not incur any Debt that is recourse to the General Partner unless, and then only to the extent that, the General Partner has expressly agreed.

 

ARTICLE VIII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

 

Section 8.1                                     Limitation of Liability .

 

The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement, including Section 10.5 hereof, or under the Act.

 

Section 8.2                                     Management of Business .

 

No Limited Partner or Assignee (other than the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any officer, trustee, director, member, employee, partner or agent of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such) shall take part in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership.  The transaction of any such business by the General Partner, any

 

37



 

of its Affiliates or any officer, trustee, director, member, employee, partner or agent of the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their Affiliates, in their capacity as such, shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.3                                     Outside Activities of Limited Partners .

 

Subject to Section 7.5 hereof, and subject to any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 7.6.E hereof and any other agreements entered into by a Limited Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, any Limited Partner (other than the General Partner) and any officer, trustee, director, member, employee, agent, Affiliate or shareholder of any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities that are in direct competition with the Partnership or that are enhanced by the activities of the Partnership.  Neither the Partnership nor any Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee.  None of the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner) nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any other Person (other than the General Partner to the extent expressly provided herein), and such Person shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or any such other Person, even if such opportunity is of a character which, if presented to the Partnership, any Limited Partner or such other Person, could be taken by such Person.

 

Section 8.4                                     Return of Capital .

 

Except pursuant to the right of redemption set forth in Section 8.6, no Limited Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent of distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership as provided herein. Except to the extent provided by Exhibit C hereof or as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Limited Partner or Assignee, either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.

 

Section 8.5                                     Rights of Limited Partners Relating to the Partnership .

 

A.                                     General .  In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by the Act, and except as limited by Section 8.5.D below, each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon written demand with a statement of the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense (including such copying and administrative charges as the General Partner may establish from time to time):

 

(1)                                  to obtain a copy of the most recent annual and quarterly reports prepared by the General Partner Entity and distributed to shareholders, including annual and quarterly reports filed with the SEC by the General Partner Entity pursuant to the Exchange Act;

 

38



 

(2)                                  to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each Partnership Year;

 

(3)                                  to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

 

(4)                                  to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate and all amendments thereto, together with copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

 

(5)                                  to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of any other property or services contributed by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner.

 

B.                                     Notice of Conversion Factor .  The Partnership shall notify each Limited Partner, upon request, of the then current Conversion Factor.

 

C.                                     Notice of Extraordinary Transaction of the General Partner Entity .  The General Partner Entity shall not make any extraordinary distributions of cash or property to its shareholders or effect a merger (including, without limitation, a triangular merger), a sale of all or substantially all of its assets or any other similar extraordinary transaction without notifying the Limited Partners of its intention to make such distribution or effect such merger, sale or other extraordinary transaction not later than the time, if any, at which the General Partner is required to provide notice of such transaction to its shareholders.  This provision for such notice shall not be deemed (i) to permit any transaction that otherwise is prohibited by this Agreement or requires a Consent of the Partners or (ii) to require a Consent of the Limited Partners to a transaction that does not otherwise require Consent under this Agreement.  Each Limited Partner agrees, as a condition to the receipt of the notice pursuant hereto, to keep confidential the information set forth therein until such time as the General Partner Entity has made public disclosure thereof and to use such information during such period of confidentiality solely for purposes of determining whether or not to exercise the Redemption Right; provided , however , that a Limited Partner may disclose such information to its attorney, accountant and/or financial advisor for purposes of obtaining advice with respect to such exercise so long as such attorney, accountant and/or financial advisor agrees to receive and hold such information subject to this confidentiality requirement.

 

D.                                     Confidentiality .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8.5, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole and absolute discretion to be reasonable, any information that (i) the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or other information, the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership or could damage the Partnership or its business; or (ii) the Partnership is required by law or by agreements with an unaffiliated third party to keep confidential.

 

39



 

Section 8.6                                     Redemption Right .

 

A.                                     General .  (i) Subject to Sections 8.6B and 8.6.C hereof and on or after the date one (1) year after [ · ], 2015 (or, if later than [ · ], 2015, the date of the issuance of a Partnership Unit to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article IV hereof), which one-year period shall commence upon the issuance of such Partnership Unit regardless of whether such Partnership Unit is designated upon issuance as a Common Partnership Unit or otherwise, or on or after such date prior to the expiration of such one-year period as the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, designates with respect to any or all Partnership Units then outstanding, the holder of a Partnership Unit (if other than the General Partner or the General Partner Entity or any Subsidiary of either the General Partner or the General Partner Entity) shall have the right (the “ Redemption Right ”) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Partnership Units (provided that such Partnership Units constitute Common Partnership Units) held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price per Unit equal to and in the form of the Cash Amount to be paid by the Partnership. The Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Redemption delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the redemption right (the “ Redeeming Partner ”); provided , however , that the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to purchase the Partnership Units subject to the Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.6.B. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Partnership Units at any one time or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Partnership Units, all of the Partnership Units held by such Partner. The Redeeming Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Partnership Units so redeemed, to receive any distributions paid on or after the Specified Redemption Date unless the record date for such distribution was a date prior to the Specified Redemption Date. The Assignee of any Limited Partner may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6, and such Limited Partner shall be deemed to have assigned such rights to such Assignee and shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by such Assignee. In connection with any exercise of such rights by an Assignee on behalf of a Limited Partner, the Cash Amount shall be paid by the Partnership directly to such Assignee and not to such Limited Partner. Any Partnership Units redeemed by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 8.6.A shall be cancelled upon such redemption.

 

(ii)                                   Notwithstanding the terms of Section 8.6.A(i) or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, if there shall have been a merger or consolidation of the General Partner, or a sale or all or substantially all of the assets of the General Partner as an entirety, and in either case, in connection therewith, the shareholders of the General Partner are obligated to accept cash and/or debt obligations in full or partial consideration for their Shares, then the portion of the Redemption Amount per Partnership Unit that corresponds to the portion of Value of the total consideration receivable for one Share multiplied by the Conversion Factor (a “ Unit Equivalent ”) that is required to be accepted in cash and/or debt obligations shall thereafter be an amount of cash equal to the sum of (i) the cash payable for a Unit Equivalent on the date of the closing of such merger, consolidation or sale and (ii) the Value on the date of the closing of such merger, consolidation, or sale of the debt obligations to be received with respect to a Unit Equivalent, adjusted as set forth below (this amount of cash is referred to as the “ Required Cash Payment ”) (the percentage that the Required Cash Payment represents of the total Redemption Amount with respect to a Partnership Unit, determined as of such closing date, is referred to as

 

40



 

the “ Pro Rata Portion ”).  The balance of the Redemption Amount per Partnership Unit shall be determined as provided for in the definitions of Conversion Factor, Redemption Amount, Shares Amount, Cash Amount and Value.

 

B.                                     General Partner Assumption of Right .  (i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6.A, a Limited Partner that exercises the Redemption Right shall be deemed to have offered to sell the Partnership Units described in the Notice of Redemption to the General Partner, and the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to purchase directly and acquire such Partnership Units by paying to the Redeeming Partner either the Cash Amount or the Shares Amount, as elected by the General Partner (in its sole and absolute discretion), on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon the General Partner shall acquire the Partnership Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Partnership Units. Unless the General Partner (in its sole and absolute discretion) shall exercise its right to purchase Partnership Units from the Redeeming Partner pursuant to this Section 8.6.B, the General Partner shall not have any obligation to the Redeeming Partner or the Partnership with respect to the Redeeming Partner’s exercise of the Redemption Right. In the event the General Partner shall exercise its right to purchase Partnership Units with respect to the exercise of a Redemption Right in the manner described in the first sentence of this Section 8.6.B, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Partner with respect to such Redeeming Partner’s exercise of such Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Partner, the Partnership and the General Partner shall treat the transaction between the General Partner and the Redeeming Partner, for federal income tax purposes, as a sale of the Redeeming Partner’s Partnership Units to the General Partner. Each Redeeming Partner agrees to execute such documents as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Redemption Right. In case of any reclassification of the Shares (including, but not limited to, any reclassification upon a consolidation or merger in which the General Partner is the continuing entity) into securities other than Shares, for purposes of this Section 8.6.B, the General Partner (or its successor) may thereafter exercise its right to purchase Partnership Units for the kind and amount of shares of such securities receivable upon such reclassification by a holder of the number of Shares for which such Units could be purchased pursuant to this Section 8.6.B immediately prior to such reclassification.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that the General Partner determines to pay the Redeeming Partner the Redemption Amount in the form of Shares, the total number of Shares to be paid to the Redeeming Partner in exchange for the Redeeming Partner’s Partnership Units shall be the applicable Shares Amount.  In the event this amount is not a whole number of Shares, the Redeeming Partner shall be paid (i) that number of Shares which equals the nearest whole number less than such amount plus (ii) an amount of cash which the General Partner determines, in its reasonable discretion, to represent the fair value of the remaining fractional Share which would otherwise be payable to the Redeeming Partner.

 

C.                                     Exceptions to Exercise of Redemption Right .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.6.A and Section 8.6.B, a Partner shall not be entitled to exercise the Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.6.A to the extent that the delivery of Shares to such Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.6.B (regardless of whether or not the General Partner would in fact exercise its rights under Section

 

41



 

8.6.B) would (i) be prohibited, as determined in the sole discretion of the General Partner, under the Declaration of Trust or (ii) cause the acquisition of Shares by such Partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of Shares for purposes of complying with the Securities Act.

 

D.                                     No Liens on Partnership Units Delivered for Redemption .  Each Limited Partner covenants and agrees with the General Partner that all Partnership Units delivered for redemption shall be delivered to the Partnership or the General Partner, as the case may be, free and clear of all liens, and, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the General Partner nor the Partnership shall be under any obligation to acquire Partnership Units which are or may be subject to any liens.  Each Limited Partner further agrees that, in the event any state or local property transfer tax is payable as a result of the transfer of its Partnership Units to the Partnership or the General Partner, such Limited Partner shall assume and pay such transfer tax.

 

E.                                      Additional Partnership Interests .  In the event that the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to any Additional Limited Partner pursuant to Article IV hereof, the General Partner shall make such amendments to this Section 8.6 as it determines are necessary to reflect the issuance of such Partnership Interests (including setting forth any restrictions on the exercise of the Redemption Right with respect to such Partnership Interests).

 

F.                                       LTIP Unit Exception and Redemption of Common Partnership Units Issued Upon Conversion of LTIP Units .  Holders of LTIP Units shall not be entitled to the Redemption Right provided for in Section 8.6.A of this Agreement, unless and until such LTIP Units have been converted into Common Partnership Units (or any other class or series of Partnership Units entitled to such Redemption Right) in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise permitted by the award, plan or other agreement pursuant to which an LTIP Units was issued, the Redemption Right shall not be exercisable with respect to any Common Partnership Unit issued upon conversion of an LTIP Unit until on or after the date that is two years after the date on which the LTIP Unit was issued, provided however, that the foregoing restriction shall not apply if the Redemption Right is exercised by a LTIP Unit holder in connection with a transaction that falls within the definition of a “change of control” under the agreement or agreements pursuant to which the LTIP Units were issued to him or her and provided further that the one (1) year requirement set forth in the first sentence of Subsection 8.6.A(i) shall not apply with respect to Common Partnership Units issued upon conversion of LTIP Units.

 

Section 8.7                                     Right of Offset .

 

The General Partner shall have the right to offset any amounts owed to the Partnership or the General Partner by any Limited Partner pursuant to (i) any written agreement between such Limited Partner and the Partnership, the General Partner or an Affiliate of either of them pursuant to which such Limited Partner acquired Partnership Units or (ii) the provisions of Section 5.2 of this Agreement, against any amounts owed to such Limited Partner by the Partnership or the General Partner hereunder, including the right to cancel or acquire, as applicable, the Units held by such Limited Partner, based on the Cash Amount that would be payable therefor, assuming a redemption as of the date of cancellation or acquisition, as applicable.  In exercising the foregoing offset rights, the General Partner shall be required to give

 

42


 

a Limited Partner, in the case of an offset against a distribution, five (5) days prior written notice ( provided , however , that if a distribution is to be made at any time during such five day period the General Partner may retain the distribution payable to any Limited Partner to whom such a written notice has been given to the extent of the amount owed by such limited Partner pending the passage of such period and upon the passage of such period without payment of all amounts owed by the applicable Limited Partner, the General Partner shall be entitled to the right of offset described above, it being understood that if the Limited Partner pays in full the amount owed the General Partner shall promptly release the retained distribution to such Limited Partner) and, in the case of an offset against Partnership Units (through cancellation or acquisition), ten (10) days’ prior written notice, in each case of the amount owed (determined as of a date reasonably close to the date of such notice) and the proposed offset and the Limited Partner has not paid the amount owed within such period.

 

ARTICLE IX
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

 

Section 9.1                                     Records and Accounting .

 

The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership those records and documents required to be maintained by the Act and other books and records deemed by the General Partner to be appropriate with respect to the Partnership’s business, including, without limitation, all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof. Any records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided , that the records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial and tax reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with GAAP, or such other basis as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 9.2                                     Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

 

Section 9.3                                     Reports .

 

A.                                     Annual Reports .  As soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date on which the General Partner Entity mails its annual report to its shareholders, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each Limited Partner as of the close of the Partnership Year, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership, or of the General Partner if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the General Partner, for such Partnership Year, presented in accordance with GAAP, such statements to be audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

 

B.                                     Quarterly Reports .  If and to the extent that the General Partner Entity mails quarterly reports to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date on which such reports are mailed, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed to each

 

43



 

Limited Partner as of the last day of the calendar quarter, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership, or of the General Partner, if such statements are prepared solely on a consolidated basis with the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law or regulation, or as the General Partner determines to be appropriate.

 

C.                                     Other Reports .  The Partnership shall also cause to be prepared such reports and/or information as are necessary for the General Partner to determine its qualification as a REIT and its compliance with the REIT Requirements, but only for so long as the General Partner elects to remain qualified as a REIT.

 

D.                                     Delivery Method .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may deliver to the Limited Partners each of the reports described above, as well as any other communications that it may provide hereunder, by e-mail or by any other electronic means, provided that if a report is filed with the SEC via EDGAR it shall be deemed to have been delivered to each limited partner.

 

ARTICLE X
TAX MATTERS

 

Section 10.1                              Preparation of Tax Returns .

 

The General Partner shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and shall furnish by July 31 of the year immediately following each taxable year, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the tax information reasonably required by Limited Partners for federal and state income tax reporting purposes.  If required under the Code or applicable state or local income tax law, the General Partner shall also arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of income, gains, deductions, losses and other items required of the Subsidiaries of the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and shall use all reasonable efforts to furnish, by July 31 of the year immediately following each taxable year, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the tax information required by the Limited Partners for U.S. federal and state income tax reporting purposes.

 

Section 10.2                              Tax Elections .

 

A.                                     Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine whether to make any available election pursuant to the Code; provided , that the General Partner shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder.  The General Partner shall have the right to seek to revoke any such election (including, without limitation, the election under Section 754 of the Code) upon the General Partner’s determination in its sole and absolute discretion that such revocation is in the best interests of the Partners.

 

B.                                     To the extent provided for in Regulations, revenue rulings, revenue procedures and/or other IRS guidance issued after the date hereof, the Partnership is hereby authorized to, and at the direction of the General Partner shall, elect a safe harbor under which the fair market value of any Partnership Interests issued after the effective date of such

 

44



 

Regulations (or other guidance) will be treated as equal to the liquidation value of such Partnership Interests (i.e., a value equal to the total amount that would be distributed with respect to such interests if the Partnership sold all of its assets for their fair market value immediately after the issuance of such Partnership Interests, satisfied its liabilities (excluding any non-recourse liabilities to the extent the balance of such liabilities exceeds the fair market value of the assets that secure them) and distributed the net proceeds to the Partners under the terms of this Agreement). In the event that the Partnership makes a safe harbor election as described in the preceding sentence, each Partner hereby agrees to comply with all safe harbor requirements with respect to transfers of such Partnership Interests while the safe harbor election remains effective.

 

Section 10.3                              Tax Matters Partner .

 

A.                                     General .  The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes.  Pursuant to Section 6230(e) of the Code, upon receipt of notice from the IRS of the beginning of an administrative proceeding with respect to the Partnership, the tax matters partner shall furnish the IRS with the name, address, taxpayer identification number and profit interest of each of the Limited Partners and any Assignees; provided , however , that such information is provided to the Partnership by the Limited Partners and the Assignees.

 

B.                                     Powers .  The tax matters partner is authorized, but not required:

 

(1)                                  to enter into any settlement with the IRS with respect to any administrative or judicial proceedings for the adjustment of Partnership items required to be taken into account by a Partner for income tax purposes (such administrative proceedings being referred to as a “tax audit” and such judicial proceedings being referred to as “judicial review”), and in the settlement agreement the tax matters partner may expressly state that such agreement shall bind all Partners, except that such settlement agreement shall not bind any Partner (i) who (within the time prescribed pursuant to the Code and Regulations) files a statement with the IRS providing that the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to enter into a settlement agreement on behalf of such Partner or (ii) who is a “notice partner” (as defined in Section 6231(a)(8) of the Code) or a member of a “notice group” (as defined in Section 6223(b)(2) of the Code);

 

(2)                                  in the event that a notice of a final administrative adjustment at the Partnership level of any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes (a “ final adjustment ”) is mailed to the tax matters partner, to seek judicial review of such final adjustment, including the filing of a petition for readjustment with the United States Tax Court or the filing of a complaint for refund with the United States Claims Court or the District Court of the United States for the district in which the Partnership’s principal place of business is located;

 

45



 

(3)                                  to intervene in any action brought by any other Partner for judicial review of a final adjustment;

 

(4)                                  to file a request for an administrative adjustment with the IRS and, if any part of such request is not allowed by the IRS, to file an appropriate pleading (petition or complaint) for judicial review with respect to such request;

 

(5)                                  to enter into an agreement with the IRS to extend the period for assessing any tax which is attributable to any item required to be taken into account by a Partner for tax purposes, or an item affected by such item; and

 

(6)                                  to take any other action on behalf of the Partners or the Partnership in connection with any tax audit or judicial review proceeding to the extent permitted by applicable law or regulations.

 

The taking of any action and the incurring of any expense by the tax matters partner in connection with any such proceeding, except to the extent required by law, is a matter in the sole and absolute discretion of the tax matters partner and the provisions relating to indemnification of the General Partner set forth in Section 7.7 of this Agreement shall be fully applicable to the tax matters partner in its capacity as such.

 

C.                                     Reimbursement .  The tax matters partner shall receive no compensation for its services.  All third party costs and expenses incurred by the tax matters partner in performing its duties as such (including legal and accounting fees and expenses) shall be borne by the Partnership.  Nothing herein shall be construed to restrict the Partnership from engaging an accounting and/or law firm to assist the tax matters partner in discharging its duties hereunder, so long as the compensation paid by the Partnership for such services is reasonable.

 

Section 10.4                              Organizational Expenses .

 

The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses, if any, incurred by it in organizing the Partnership ratably over a one hundred eighty (180) month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

 

Section 10.5                              Withholding .

 

Each Limited Partner hereby authorizes the Partnership to withhold from or pay on behalf of or with respect to such Limited Partner any amount of federal, state, local, or foreign taxes that the General Partner determines that the Partnership is required to withhold or pay with respect to any amount distributable or allocable to such Limited Partner pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any taxes required to be withheld or paid by the Partnership pursuant to Section 1441, 1442, 1445, or 1446 of the Code.  Any amount paid on behalf of or with respect to a Limited Partner shall constitute a loan by the Partnership to such Limited Partner, which loan shall be repaid by such Limited Partner within fifteen (15) days after notice from the General Partner that such payment must be made unless (i) the Partnership withholds such payment from a distribution which would otherwise be made to the Limited Partner or (ii) the General Partner determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, that such

 

46



 

payment may be satisfied out of the available funds of the Partnership which would, but for such payment, be distributed to the Limited Partner.  Any amounts withheld pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) shall be treated as having been distributed to such Limited Partner.  Each Limited Partner hereby unconditionally and irrevocably grants to the Partnership a security interest in such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest to secure such Limited Partner’s obligation to pay to the Partnership any amounts required to be paid pursuant to this Section 10.5.  In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amounts owed to the Partnership pursuant to this Section 10.5 when due, the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such defaulting Limited Partner, and in such event shall be deemed to have loaned such amount to such defaulting Limited Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership as against such defaulting Limited Partner. Without limitation, in such event the General Partner shall have the right to receive distributions that would otherwise be distributable to such defaulting Limited Partner until such time as such loan, together with all interest thereon, has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been distributed to the defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid by the defaulting Limited Partner to the General Partner in repayment of such loan. Any amounts payable by a Limited Partner hereunder shall bear interest at the lesser of (A) the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal , plus four (4) percentage points or (B) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date such amount is due (i.e., fifteen (15) days after demand) until such amount is paid in full.  Each Limited Partner shall take such actions as the Partnership or the General Partner shall request in order to perfect or enforce the security interest created hereunder. Upon a Limited Partner’s complete withdrawal from the Partnership, such Limited Partner shall be required to restore funds to the Partnership to the extent that the cumulative amount of taxes withheld from or paid on behalf of, or with respect to, such Limited Partner exceeds the sum of such amounts (i) repaid to the Partnership by such Limited Partner, (ii) withheld from distributions to such Limited Partner and (iii) paid by the General Partner on behalf of such Limited Partner.

 

ARTICLE XI
TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS

 

Section 11.1                              Transfer .

 

A.                                     Definition .  The term “transfer,” when used in this Article XI with respect to a Partnership Interest or a Partnership Unit, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner purports to assign all or any part of its General Partnership Interest to another Person or by which a Limited Partner purports to assign all or any part of its Limited Partnership Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise.  The term “transfer” when used in this Article XI does not include (i) any redemption or repurchase of Partnership Units by the Partnership from a Partner (including the General Partner), (ii) any acquisition of Partnership Units from a Limited Partner by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof or otherwise or (iii) any distribution of Partnership Units by a Limited Partner to its beneficial owners.  No part of the interest of a Limited Partner shall be subject to the claims of any creditor, any spouse for alimony or support, or to legal process, and no part of the interest

 

47



 

of a Limited Partner may be voluntarily or involuntarily alienated or encumbered except as may be specifically provided for in this Agreement.

 

B.                                     General .  No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article XI.  Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article XI shall be null and void.

 

Section 11.2                              Transfers of Partnership Interests of General Partner .

 

A.                                     Except for transfers of Partnership Units to the Partnership as provided in Section 7.5 or Section 8.6 hereof, the General Partner may not transfer any of its Partnership Interest (including both its General Partnership Interest and its Limited Partnership Interest) except in connection with a transaction described in Section 11.2.B or 11.2.C below or as otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement), nor shall the General Partner withdraw as General Partner except in connection with a transaction described in Section 11.2.B or 11.2.C below.

 

B.                                     Except as set forth in Section 11.2.C, the General Partner shall not withdraw from the Partnership and shall not transfer all or any portion of its Limited Partnership Interest in the Partnership (whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) unless a Majority in Interest Consents to such transfer or withdrawal. Upon any transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest pursuant to the Consent of a Majority in Interest and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.2.B, the transferee shall become a successor General Partner for all purposes herein, and shall be vested with the powers and rights of the transferor General Partner, and shall be liable for all obligations and responsible for all duties of the General Partner, once such transferee has executed such instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such transferee to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Partnership Interest so acquired. It is a condition to any transfer by the General Partner otherwise permitted hereunder that the transferee assumes, by operation of law or express agreement, all of the obligations of the transferor General Partner under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Partnership Interest, and such transfer shall relieve the transferor General Partner of its obligations under this Agreement without the Consent of the Limited Partners. In the event that the General Partner withdraws from the Partnership, in violation of this Agreement or otherwise, or otherwise dissolves or terminates, or upon an event of Bankruptcy of the General Partner, the remaining Partners may agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership by selecting a successor General Partner in accordance with the Act.

 

C.                                     The General Partner may merge with another entity if immediately after such merger substantially all of the assets of the surviving entity, other than the General Partnership Interest held by the General Partner, are contributed to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units.

 

48



 

Section 11.3                              Limited Partners’ Rights to Transfer .

 

A.                                     General .  Except as provided in Section 11.3.B, no Limited Partner shall transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any transferee without the written consent of the General Partner, which consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that the General Partner may not transfer any portion of its Limited Partnership Interest without the Consent of a Majority in Interest; and provided, further, that if a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, such Incapacitated Limited Partner may transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest;

 

B.                                     Transfers to Affiliates .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, a Limited Partner may transfer all or any portion of its Partnership Interest to any of its Affiliates and such transferee shall be admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner, all without obtaining the consent of the General Partner.

 

C.                                     Incapacitated Limited Partners .  If a Limited Partner is subject to Incapacity, the executor, administrator, trustee, committee, guardian, conservator or receiver of such Limited Partner’s estate shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner, but not more rights than those enjoyed by other Limited Partners for the purpose of settling or managing the estate and such power as the Incapacitated Limited Partner possessed to transfer all or any part of its interest in the Partnership.  The Incapacity of a Limited Partner, in and of itself, shall not dissolve or terminate the Partnership.

 

D.                                     No Transfers Violating Securities Laws .  Without limiting the generality of Section 11.3.A hereof, the General Partner may prohibit any transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Interest if, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership, such transfer would require filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any federal or state securities laws or regulations applicable to the Partnership or the Partnership Units

 

E.                                      No Transfers Affecting Tax Status of Partnership .  No transfer of Partnership Units by a Limited Partner (including a redemption or exchange pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof) may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it could result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes or would result in a termination of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes (except as a result of the redemption or exchange for Shares of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners other than the General Partner or the General Partner Entity or any Subsidiary of either the General Partner or the General Partner Entity or pursuant to a transaction not prohibited under Section 11.2 hereof), (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to continue to qualify as a REIT or would subject the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code, (iii) such transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code), (iv) such transfer would, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to

 

49



 

Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.3-101, (v) such transfer would subject the Partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended, or the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA, or (vi) such transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or otherwise cause the Partnership to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

F.                                       No Transfers to Holders of Nonrecourse Liabilities .  No pledge or transfer of any Partnership Units may be made to a lender to the Partnership or any Person who is related (within the meaning of Section 1.752-4(b) of the Regulations) to any lender to the Partnership whose loan constitutes a Nonrecourse Liability without the consent of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion; provided , that as a condition to such consent the lender will be required to enter into an arrangement with the Partnership and the General Partner to exchange or redeem for the Redemption Amount any Partnership Units in which a security interest is held simultaneously with the time at which such lender would be deemed to be a partner in the Partnership for purposes of allocating liabilities to such lender under Section 752 of the Code.

 

G.                                     Register .  The General Partner shall keep a register for the Partnership on which the transfer, pledge or release of Partnership Units shall be shown and pursuant to which entries shall be made to effect all transfers, pledges or releases as required by the applicable sections of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, in effect in the State of Delaware. The General Partner shall (i) place proper entries in such register clearly showing each transfer and each pledge and grant of security interest and the transfer and assignment pursuant thereto, such entries to be endorsed by the General Partner, and (ii) maintain the register and make the register available for inspection by all of the Partners and their pledgees at all times during the term of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall be deemed a consent to any pledge or transfer otherwise prohibited under this Agreement

 

Section 11.4                              Substituted Limited Partners .

 

A.                                     Consent of General Partner .  No Limited Partner shall have the right to substitute a transferee as a Limited Partner in his or its place. The General Partner shall, however, have the right to consent to the admission of a transferee of the interest of a Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 11.4 as a Substituted Limited Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.  The General Partner’s failure or refusal to permit a transferee of any such interests to become a Substituted Limited Partner shall not give rise to any cause of action against the Partnership or any Partner. A Person shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Substituted Limited Partner only upon the aforementioned consent of the General Partner and the furnishing to the General Partner of (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof and (ii) such other documents of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as a Substituted Limited Partner. The admission of any Person as a Substituted Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.

 

50



 

B.                                     Rights of Substituted Limited Partner .  A transferee who has been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner in accordance with this Article XI shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a Limited Partner under this Agreement.

 

C.                                     Amendment and Restatement of Exhibit A .  Upon the admission of a Substituted Limited Partner, the General Partner shall amend and restate Exhibit A to reflect the name, address, Capital Account, number of Partnership Units, and Percentage Interest of such Substituted Limited Partner and to eliminate or adjust, if necessary, the name, address, Capital Account, number of Partnership Units and Percentage Interest of the predecessor of such Substituted Limited Partner.

 

Section 11.5                              Assignees .

 

If the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, does not consent to the admission of any permitted transferee as a Substituted Limited Partner, as described in Section 11.4, such transferee shall be considered an Assignee for purposes of this Agreement.  An Assignee shall be deemed to have had assigned to it, and shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Partnership and the share of Net Income, Net Losses, Recapture Income, and any other items, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Partnership attributable to the Partnership Interest assigned to such transferee, but shall not be deemed to be a holder of a Partnership Interest for any other purpose under this Agreement, and shall not be entitled to vote such Partnership Interest in any matter presented to the Limited Partners for a vote (such Partnership Interest being deemed to have been voted on such matter in the same proportion as all other Partnership Interest held by Limited Partners are voted). In the event any such transferee desires to make a further assignment of any such Partnership Interest, such transferee shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Article XI to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of his or its Partnership Interest.

 

Section 11.6                              General Provisions .

 

A.                                     Withdrawal of Limited Partner .  No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted transfer of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Interest in accordance with this Article XI or pursuant to redemption of all of its Partnership Units, or the acquisition thereof by the General Partner, under Section 8.6.

 

B.                                     Termination of Status as Limited Partner .  Any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of its Partnership Interest in a transfer permitted pursuant to this Article XI or pursuant to redemption of all of its Partnership Units under Section 8.6 hereof shall cease to be a Limited Partner upon the admission of all Assignees of such Partnership Interest as Substituted Limited Partners. Similarly, any Limited Partner who shall transfer all of its Partnership Units pursuant to a redemption of all of its Partnership Units, or the acquisition thereof by the General Partner, under Section 8.6 shall cease to be a Limited Partner.

 

C.                                     Timing of Transfers .  Transfers pursuant to this Article XI may only be made on the first day of a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, unless the General Partner otherwise agrees.

 

51



 

D.                                     Allocations .  If any Partnership Interest is transferred during any quarterly segment of the Partnership’s fiscal year in compliance with the provisions of this Article XI or redeemed or transferred pursuant to Section 8.6 on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such Partnership Year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor Partner and the transferee Partner by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method (unless the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, elects to adopt a daily, weekly, or a monthly proration period, in which event Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items attributable to such interest for such Partnership Year shall be prorated based upon the applicable method selected by the General Partner).  Solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for the calendar month in which the transfer or redemption occurs shall be allocated to the Person who is a Partner as of midnight on the last day of said month.  All distributions attributable to such Partnership Interest with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such transfer, assignment or redemption shall be made to the transferor Partner or the Redeeming Partner, as the case may be, and, in the case of a transfer or assignment other than a redemption, all distributions thereafter attributable to such Partnership Interest shall be made to the transferee Partner.

 

E.                                      Additional Restrictions .  In addition to any other restrictions on transfer herein contained, including without limitation the provisions of this Article XI, in no event may any transfer or assignment of a Partnership Interest by any Partner (including pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof) be made without the express consent of the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, (i) to any person or entity who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own a Partnership Interest; (ii) in violation of applicable law; (iii) of any component portion of a Partnership Interest, such as the Capital Account, or rights to distributions, separate and apart from all other components of a Partnership Interest; (iv) if in the opinion of legal counsel to the Partnership such transfer would cause a termination of the Partnership for federal or state income tax purposes (except as a result of the redemption or exchange for Shares of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners or pursuant to a transaction not prohibited under Section 11.2 hereof); (v) if in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, such transfer would cause the Partnership to cease to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes (except as a result of the redemption or exchange for Shares of all Partnership Units held by all Limited Partners or pursuant to a transaction not prohibited under Section 11.2 hereof); (vi) if such transfer would cause the Partnership to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(c) of the Code); (vii) if such transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the Partnership, cause any portion of the assets of the Partnership to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2510.1-101; (viii) if such transfer requires the registration of such Partnership Interest pursuant to any applicable federal or state securities laws; (ix) if such transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market” (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or such transfer causes the Partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership,” as such term is defined in Section 469(k)(2) or Section 7704(b) of the Code; (x) if such transfer subjects the Partnership to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, each as amended; (xi) if such transfer could adversely

 

52



 

affect the ability of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to remain qualified as a REIT; or (xii) if in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such transfer would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (as applicable) to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code.

 

F.                                       Avoidance of “Publicly Traded Partnership” Status .  The General Partner shall (a) use commercially reasonable efforts (as determined by it in its sole discretion exercised in good faith) to monitor the transfers of interests in the Partnership to determine (i) if such interests are being traded on an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and (ii) whether additional transfers of interests would result in the Partnership being unable to qualify for at least one of the “safe harbors” set forth in Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by the IRS setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) (the “ Safe Harbors ”) and (b) take such steps as it believes are commercially reasonable and appropriate (as determined by it in its sole discretion exercised in good faith) to prevent any trading of interests or any recognition by the Partnership of transfers made on such markets and, except as otherwise provided herein, to insure that at least one of the Safe Harbors is met.

 

ARTICLE XII
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

 

Section 12.1                              Admission of Successor General Partner .

 

A successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 11.2 hereof who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective upon such transfer.  Any such transferee shall carry on the business of the Partnership without dissolution.  In each case, the admission shall be subject to the successor General Partner’s executing and delivering to the Partnership an acceptance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect the admission. In the case of such admission on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, all items attributable to the General Partnership Interest for such Partnership Year shall be allocated between the transferring General Partner and such successor as provided in Section 11.6.D hereof.

 

Section 12.2                              Admission of Additional Limited Partners .

 

A.                                     General .  A Person who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power of attorney granted in Section 2.4 hereof and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the General Partner in order to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner.

 

53


 

B.                                     General Partner’s Consent .  No Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent shall be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.  The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded on the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.  Regardless of the means by which any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership, such Additional Limited Partner shall, automatically upon such admission, become subject to and bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 2.4 hereof.

 

C.                                     Allocations to Additional Limited Partners .  If any Additional Limited Partner is admitted to the Partnership on any day other than the first day of a Partnership Year, then Net Income, Net Losses, each item thereof and all other items allocable among Partners and Assignees for such Partnership Year shall be allocated among such Additional Limited Partner and all other Partners and Assignees by taking into account their varying interests during the Partnership Year in accordance with Section 706(d) of the Code, using the interim closing of the books method (unless the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, elects to adopt a daily, weekly or monthly proration method, in which event Net Income, Net Losses, and each item thereof would be prorated based upon the applicable period selected by the General Partner).  Solely for purposes of making such allocations, each of such items for the calendar month in which an admission of any Additional Limited Partner occurs shall be allocated among all the Partners and Assignees including such Additional Limited Partner.  All distributions with respect to which the Partnership Record Date is before the date of such admission shall be made solely to Partners and Assignees other than the Additional Limited Partner, and all distributions thereafter shall be made to all the Partners and Assignees including such Additional Limited Partner.

 

Section 12.3                              Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership

 

For the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Act to amend the records of the Partnership and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practical an amendment of this Agreement (including an amendment and restatement of Exhibit A hereof)  and, if required by law, shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate and may for this purpose exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof.

 

ARTICLE XIII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Section 13.1                              Dissolution .

 

The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Upon the withdrawal of the General Partner, any successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership without dissolution.  The Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following (each a “ Liquidating Event ”) :

 

54



 

(i)                                      the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.5 hereof;

 

(ii)                                   an event of withdrawal of the General Partner, as defined in the Act (other than an event of Bankruptcy), unless, (a) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one remaining general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to and does carry on the business of the Partnership, or (b) within ninety (90) days after such event of withdrawal a Majority in Interest of the remaining Partners (or such greater Percentage Interest as may be required by the Act and determined in accordance with the Act) Consent in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of the date of withdrawal, of a substitute General Partner;

 

(iii)                                from and after the date of this Agreement through December 31, 2064, an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner with the Consent of a Majority in Interest;

 

(iv)                               on or after January 1, 2065, an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion;

 

(v)                                  entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act;

 

(vi)                               the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Partnership for cash or for marketable securities; or

 

(vii)                            a final and nonappealable judgment is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction ruling that the General Partner is bankrupt or insolvent, or a final and nonappealable order for relief is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction against the General Partner, in each case under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws as now or hereafter in effect, unless prior to or within ninety days after of the entry of such order or judgment a Majority in Interest of the remaining Partners Consent in writing to continue the business of the Partnership and to the appointment, effective as of a date prior to the date of such order or judgment, of a substitute General Partner.

 

Section 13.2                              Winding Up .

 

A.                                     General .  Upon the occurrence of a Liquidating Event, the Partnership shall continue solely for the purposes of winding up its affairs in an orderly manner, liquidating its assets, and satisfying the claims of its creditors and Partners.  No Partner shall take any action that is inconsistent with, or not necessary to or appropriate for, the winding up of the Partnership’s business and affairs.  The General Partner (or, in the event there is no remaining General Partner, any Person elected by a Majority in Interest of the Limited Partners (the “ Liquidator ”)) shall be responsible for overseeing the winding up and dissolution of the Partnership and shall take full account of the Partnership’s liabilities and property and the Partnership property shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof, and the proceeds therefrom (which may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, include equity or other securities of the General Partner or any other entity) shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

 

55



 

(1)                                  First, in satisfaction of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to creditors other than the Partners (whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof);

 

(2)                                  Second, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the General Partner

 

(3)                                  Third, to the payment and discharge of all of the Partnership’s debts and liabilities to the other Partners; and

 

(4)                                  The balance, if any, to the General Partner and Limited Partners in accordance with their Capital Accounts, after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, and allocations for all periods.

 

The General Partner shall not receive any additional compensation for any services performed pursuant to this Article XIII.

 

B.                                     Deferred Liquidation .  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof which require liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if prior to or upon dissolution of the Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners, the Liquidator may, in its sole and absolute discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities of the Partnership (including to those Partners as creditors) and/or distribute to the Partners, in lieu of cash, as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.2.A hereof, undivided interests in such Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation.  Any such distributions in kind shall be made only if, in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator, such distributions in kind are in the best interest of the Partners, and shall be subject to such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such properties as the Liquidator deems reasonable and equitable and to any agreements governing the operation of such properties at such time.  The Liquidator shall determine the fair market value of any property distributed in kind using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

 

C.                                     Deferred Liquidation .  In the discretion of the Liquidator, a pro rata portion of the distributions that would otherwise be made to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Article XIII may be:

 

(1)                                  distributed to a trust established for the benefit of the General Partner and Limited Partners for the purposes of liquidating Partnership assets, collecting amounts owed to the Partnership, and paying any contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the Partnership or the General Partner arising out of or in connection with the Partnership. The assets of any such trust shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners from time to time, in the reasonable discretion of the Liquidator, in the same proportions as the amount distributed to such trust by the Partnership would otherwise have been distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

56



 

(2)                                  withheld or escrowed to provide a reasonable reserve for Partnership liabilities (contingent or otherwise) and to reflect the unrealized portion of any installment obligations owed to the Partnership; provided , that such withheld or escrowed amounts shall be distributed to the General Partner and Limited Partners in the manner and order of priority set forth in Section 13.2.A as soon as practicable.

 

Section 13.3                              Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations .

 

Subject to Section 13.4 below, in the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), distributions shall be made pursuant to this Article XIII to the General Partner and Limited Partners who have positive Capital Accounts in compliance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  If any Partner has a deficit balance in his or its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Partner shall have no obligation to make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.

 

Section 13.4                              Deemed Distribution and Recontribution .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XIII, in the event the Partnership is “liquidated” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Liquidating Event has occurred, the Partnership’s property shall not be liquidated, the Partnership’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged and the Partnership’s affairs shall not be wound up.  Instead, for federal income tax purposes and for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts pursuant to Exhibit B hereto, the Partnership shall be deemed to have contributed all Partnership property and liabilities to a new limited partnership in exchange for an interest in such new limited partnership and immediately thereafter, the Partnership will be deemed to liquidate by distributing interests in the new limited partnership to the Partners.

 

Section 13.5                              Rights of Limited Partners .

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Limited Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of its Capital Contributions and shall have no right or power to demand or receive property other than cash from the Partnership. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Limited Partner shall have priority over any other Partner as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions, or allocations.

 

Section 13.6                              Notice of Dissolution .

 

In the event a Liquidating Event occurs or an event occurs that would, but for provisions of an election or objection by one or more Partners pursuant to Section 13.1, result in a dissolution of the Partnership, the General Partner shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, provide written notice thereof to each of the Partners and to all other parties with whom the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the General Partner) and shall publish notice thereof in a newspaper of general circulation in each place in which the Partnership regularly conducts business (as determined in the discretion of the General Partner).

 

57



 

Section 13.7                              Termination of Partnership and Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership .

 

Upon the completion of the winding up of the Partnership and liquidation of its assets, as provided in Section 13.2 hereof, the Partnership shall be terminated by filing a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, canceling all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware and taking such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

 

Section 13.8                              Reasonable Time for Winding Up .

 

A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding-up of the business and affairs of the Partnership and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 13.2 hereof, in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding-up, and the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect among the Partners during the period of liquidation.

 

Section 13.9                              Waiver of Partition .

 

Each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

 

Section 13.10                       Liability of Liquidator .

 

The Liquidator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership in the same manner and to the same degree as an Indemnitee may be indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof.

 

ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS

 

Section 14.1                              Amendments .

 

A.                                     General .  Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner.  Following such proposal (except an amendment pursuant to Section 14.1.B below), the General Partner shall submit any proposed amendment to the Limited Partners and shall seek the written vote of the Partners on the proposed amendment or shall call a meeting to vote thereon and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate.  For purposes of obtaining a written vote, the General Partner may require a response within a reasonable specified time, but not less than fifteen (15) days, and failure to respond in such time period shall constitute a vote which is consistent with the General Partner’s recommendation with respect to the proposal. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a proposed amendment shall be adopted and be effective as an amendment hereto if it is approved by the General Partner and it receives the Consent of a Majority in Interest.

 

B.                                     Amendments Not Requiring Limited Partner Approval .  Subject to Section 14.1.C and 14.1.D, the General Partner shall have the power, without the Consent of the Limited Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to reflect any changes to this Agreement that the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.  Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the power, without the Consent of the Limited

 

58



 

Partners, to amend this Agreement as may be required to facilitate or implement any of the following purposes:

 

(i)                                      to add to the obligations of the General Partner or surrender any right or power granted to the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner for the benefit of the Limited Partners;

 

(ii)                                   to reflect the issuance of additional Partnership Units or the admission, substitution, termination, or withdrawal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                to set forth or amend the designations, rights (including redemption rights that differ from those specified in Section 8.6), powers, duties, and preferences of Partnership Units issued pursuant to Section 4.2.A hereof;

 

(iv)                               to reflect a change that is of an inconsequential nature and does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, or to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision in this Agreement not inconsistent with law or with other provisions, or make other changes with respect to matters arising under this Agreement that will not be inconsistent with law or with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(v)                                  to reflect such changes as are reasonably necessary for the General Partner to maintain its status as a REIT, including changes which may be necessitated due to a change in applicable law (or an authoritative interpretation thereof) or a ruling of the IRS;

 

(vi)                               to modify the manner in which Capital Accounts are computed;

 

(vii)                            to include provisions in this Agreement that may be referenced in any rulings, regulations, notices, announcements, or other guidance regarding the federal income tax treatment of compensatory partnership interests issued and made effective after the date hereof or in connection with any elections that the General Partner determines to be necessary or advisable in respect of any such guidance. Any such amendment may include, without limitation, (a) a provision authorizing or directing the General Partner to make any election under the such guidance, (b) a covenant by the Partnership and all of the Partners to agree to comply with the such guidance, (c) an amendment to the capital account maintenance provisions and the allocation provisions contained in this Agreement so that such provisions comply with (I) the provisions of the Code and the Regulations as they apply to the issuance of compensatory partnership interests and (II) the requirements of such guidance and any election made by the General Partner with respect thereto, including, a provision requiring “forfeiture allocations” as appropriate. Any such amendments to this Agreement shall be binding upon all Partners; and

 

(viii)                         to satisfy any requirements, conditions, or guidelines contained in any order, directive, opinion, ruling or regulation of a federal or state agency or contained in federal or state law.

 

The General Partner shall notify the Limited Partners when any action under this Section 14.1.B is taken.

 

59



 

C.                                     Amendments Requiring Certain Limited Partner Approval .  Notwithstanding Sections 14.1.A and 14.1.B hereof, this Agreement shall not be amended with respect to any Partner adversely affected without the Consent of such Partner adversely affected if such amendment would (i) convert a Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership into a General Partnership Interest; (ii) modify the limited liability of a Limited Partner in a manner adverse to such Limited Partner; (iii) alter rights of such Partner to receive distributions pursuant to Article V or Article XIII, or the allocations specified in Article VI (except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.2, Section 5.5, Section 6.2 and Section 14.1.B(iii) hereof) in a manner adverse to such Partner; (iv) alter or modify the Redemption Right and Shares Amount as set forth in Section 8.6, and the related definitions, in a manner adverse to such Partner (except as permitted in Section 8.6.E); (v) cause the termination of the Partnership prior to the time set forth in Section 2.5 or 13.1; or (vi) amend this Section 14.1.C; provided , however , that the Consent of each Partner adversely affected shall not be required for any amendment or action that affects all Partners holding the same class or series of Partnership Units on a uniform or pro rata basis. Any amendment consented to by any Partner shall be effective as to that Partner, notwithstanding the absence of such Consent by any other Partner. For the avoidance of doubt, any amendment that would require the Consent of Partners adversely affected pursuant to this Section 14.1.C shall be effective with respect to all Partners who are not adversely affected thereby without the Consent of such Partners.

 

D.                                     Other Amendments Requiring Limited Partner Approval.   Notwithstanding Section 14.1.A or Section 14.1.B hereof, the General Partner shall not amend Sections 4.2.A, 7.5, 7.6, 11.2 or 14.2 without the Consent of a Majority in Interest.

 

E.                                      Amendment and Restatement of Exhibit A Not An Amendment .  Notwithstanding anything in this Article XIV or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, any amendment and restatement of Exhibit A hereof by the General Partner to reflect events or changes otherwise authorized or permitted by this Agreement, whether pursuant to Section 7.1.A(20) hereof or otherwise, shall not be deemed an amendment of this Agreement and may be done at any time and from time to time, as necessary by the General Partner without the Consent of the Limited Partners.

 

F.                                       Amendment by Merger .  In the event that the Partnership participates in any merger (including a triangular merger), consolidation or combination with another entity in a transaction not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement and as a result of such merger, consolidation or combination this Agreement is to be amended (or a new agreement for a limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, is to be adopted for the surviving entity) and any of the Limited Partners will hold equity interests in the continuing or surviving entity, then any such amendments to this Agreement (or changes from this Agreement reflected in the new agreement for the surviving entity) that would have required the consents provided in Section 14.1.C and 14.1.D shall require such consents.

 

Section 14.2                              Meetings of the Partners .

 

A.                                     General .  Meetings of the Partners may be called only by the General Partner.  The call shall state the nature of the business to be transacted.  Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Partners not less than seven (7) days nor more than thirty (30) days

 

60



 

prior to the date of such meeting; provided that a Partner’s attendance at any meeting of Partners shall be deemed a waiver of the foregoing notice requirement with respect to such Partner.  Partners may vote in person or by proxy at such meeting.  Whenever the vote or Consent of Partners is permitted or required under this Agreement, such vote or Consent may be given at a meeting of Partners or may be given in accordance with the procedure prescribed in Section 14.1.A above.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Consent of holders of a Majority in Interest shall control.

 

B.                                     Actions Without a Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Partners may be taken without a meeting if a written consent setting forth the action so taken is signed by a majority of the Percentage Interests of the Partners (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).  Such consent may be in one instrument or in several instruments, and shall have the same force and effect as a vote of a Majority in Interest (or such other percentage as is expressly required by this Agreement).  Such consent shall be filed with the General Partner.  An action so taken shall be deemed to have been taken at a meeting held on the effective date so certified.

 

C.                                     Proxy .  Each Limited Partner may authorize any Person or Persons to act for such Limited Partner by proxy on all matters in which a Limited Partner is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting.  Every proxy must be signed by the Limited Partner or his or its attorney-in-fact.  No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Limited Partner executing it, such revocation to be effective upon the Partnership’s receipt of written notice of such revocation from the Limited Partner executive such proxy.

 

D.                                     Conduct of Meeting .  Each meeting of Partners shall be conducted by the General Partner or such other Person as the General Partner may appoint pursuant to such rules for the conduct of the meeting as the General Partner or such other Person deems appropriate. Without limitation, meetings of Partners may be conducted in the same manner as meetings of the shareholders of the General Partner and may be held at the same time, and as part of, meetings of the shareholders of the General Partner.

 

ARTICLE XV
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 15.1                              Addresses and Notice .

 

Any notice, demand, request or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to such Partner or Assignee at the address set forth in Exhibit A or such other address of which such Partner or Assignee shall notify the General Partner in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may elect to deliver any such notice, demand, request or report by e-mail or by any other electronic means, in which case such communication shall be deemed given or made one day after being sent.

 

61



 

Section 15.2                              Titles and Captions .

 

All article or section titles or captions in this Agreement are for convenience only.  They shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof.  Except as specifically provided otherwise, references to “Articles” and “Sections” are to Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.3                              Pronouns and Plurals .

 

Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

Section 15.4                              Further Action .

 

The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 15.5                              Binding Effect .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 15.6                              Creditors; Other Third Parties .

 

Other than as expressly set forth herein with regard to any Indemnitee, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership or other third party having dealings with the Partnership, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 15.7                              Waiver .

 

No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

Section 15.8                              Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on all of the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.  Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing his or its signature hereto.

 

62



 

Section 15.9                              Applicable Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

 

Section 15.10                       Invalidity of Provisions .

 

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

 

Section 15.11                       Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement and all Exhibits attached hereto (which Exhibits are incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein) contains the entire understanding and agreement among the Partners with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior written or oral understandings or agreements among them with respect thereto.

 

Section 15.12                       No Rights as Shareholders .

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the holders of the Partnership Units any rights whatsoever as shareholders of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (if different), including, without limitation, any right to receive dividends or other distributions made to shareholders of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (if different) or to vote or to consent or receive notice as shareholders in respect to any meeting of shareholders for the election of directors of the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (if different) or any other matter.

 

Section 15.13                       Limitation to Preserve REIT Status .

 

To the extent that any amount paid or credited to the General Partner or its officers, directors, employees or agents pursuant to Section 7.4 or Section 7.7 hereof would constitute gross income to the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (if it is to be qualified as a REIT) for purposes of Section 856(c)(2) or 856(c)(3) of the Code (a “ General Partner Payment ”) then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of such General Partner Payments for any fiscal year shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

(i)                                      an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) 5% of the General Partner Entity’s or the General Partner’s (if it is to be qualified as a REIT) total gross income (but not including the amount of any General Partner Payments) for the fiscal year over (b) the amount of gross income (within the meaning of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code) derived by the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (if it is to be qualified as a REIT) from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (H) of Section 856(c)(2) of the Code (but not including the amount of any General Partner Payments); or

 

(ii)                                   an amount equal to the excess, if any of (a) 25% of the General Partner Entity’s or the General Partner’s (if it is to be qualified as a REIT) total gross income (but not including the amount of any General Partner Payments) for the fiscal year over (b) the

 

63



 

amount of gross income (within the meaning of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code) derived by the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (if it is to be qualified as a REIT) from sources other than those described in subsections (A) through (I) of Section 856(c)(3) of the Code (but not including the amount of any General Partner Payments);

 

provided , however , that General Partner Payments in excess of the amounts set forth in subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above may be made if the General Partner Entity or the General Partner (if it is to be qualified as a REIT), as a condition precedent, obtains an opinion of tax counsel that the receipt of such excess amounts would not adversely affect the General Partner Entity’s or the General Partner’s (if it is to be qualified as a REIT) ability to qualify as a REIT.  To the extent General Partner Payments may not be made in a year due to the foregoing limitations, such General Partner Payments shall carry over and be treated as arising in the following year, provided , however , that such amounts shall not carry over for more than five years, and if not paid within such five year period, shall expire; provided , further , that (i) as General Partner Payments are made, such payments shall be applied first to carry over amounts outstanding, if any, and (ii) with respect to carry over amounts for more than one Partnership Year, such payments shall be applied to the earliest Partnership Year first.

 

64



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner has executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

[ · ]

 

 

Title:

[ · ]

 

65




Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

DATED AS OF [ · ], 2015

 

BETWEEN

 

VORNADO REALTY TRUST

 

AND

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I

SERVICES

 

 

 

Section 1.01.

General

1

Section 1.02.

Quality of Services

2

Section 1.03.

Level of Service

2

Section 1.04.

Duration of Services

2

Section 1.05.

Third-Person Services

2

Section 1.06.

Responsible Personnel

2

Section 1.07.

Consultation

3

Section 1.08.

Monitoring and Reports; Books and Records; Audit Right

3

Section 1.09.

Changes to Services

3

Section 1.10.

Service Increases

3

Section 1.11.

New Services

4

Section 1.12.

Amendments to Schedule A

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

COMPENSATION; BILLING

 

 

 

Section 2.01.

Service Fees

4

Section 2.02.

Expenses

5

Section 2.03.

Taxes

5

Section 2.04.

Invoices

5

Section 2.05.

Payment Delay; Finance Charges

5

Section 2.06.

No Right to Set-Off

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

COOPERATION AND CONSENTS

 

 

 

Section 3.01.

General

5

Section 3.02.

Transition

6

Section 3.03.

Consents

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

 

 

Section 4.01.

Recipient Confidential Information

6

Section 4.02.

Provider Confidential Information

7

Section 4.03.

Limitations on Confidential Information

8

Section 4.04.

Required Disclosure

8

Section 4.05.

Third-Person Confidential Information

9

 

i



 

ARTICLE V

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

 

 

Section 5.01.

Recipient Intellectual Property

9

Section 5.02.

Provider Intellectual Property

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

 

 

Section 6.01.

Remedies

9

Section 6.02.

Limitation of Liability

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

Section 7.01.

General

11

Section 7.02.

Indemnification Procedures

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

 

 

Section 10.01.

Term

11

Section 10.02.

Termination of this Agreement

12

Section 10.03.

Effect

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

NOTICES

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Section 12.01.

Dispute Resolution

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 13.01.

Amendment

14

Section 13.02.

Waiver

14

Section 13.03.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

14

Section 13.04.

Assignability

15

Section 13.05.

Subcontracting

15

Section 13.06.

No Third-Person Beneficiaries

15

 

ii



 

Section 13.07.

Severability

15

Section 13.08.

Attorneys’ Fees

16

Section 13.09.

Counterparts

16

Section 13.10.

Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties

16

Section 13.11.

Remedies

16

Section 13.12.

Force Majeure

16

Section 13.13.

Specific Performance

17

Section 13.14.

Construction

17

Section 13.15.

Waiver of Jury Trial

18

Section 13.16.

Entire Agreement

18

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A TO TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

A-1

 

iii



 

TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Transition Services Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into and effective as of [ · ], 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ Provider ”), and Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ Recipient ”). Provider and Recipient may each be referred to herein as a “ Party ,” and are collectively referred to as the “ Parties .”

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Provider, as general partner of its operating partnership, Vornado Realty L.P. (“ VRLP ”), has determined that it is in the best interests of VRLP to distribute to Provider and the other holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP all of the common shares of Recipient, a newly formed company that will hold, directly or indirectly, certain assets and liabilities associated with Provider’s strip shopping center and mall businesses, and the board of trustees of Provider has determined that it is in the best interests of Provider to distribute to holders of Provider common shares all of the common shares of Recipient to be received by Provider in the distribution by VRLP (the “ Separation ”);

 

WHEREAS, Provider, VRLP and Recipient have entered into that certain Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of [ · ], 2015 (the “ Separation Agreement ”), to carry out, effect, and consummate the Separation; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties have agreed that Provider will, or will cause one or more of its Subsidiaries (as defined below) to, provide to Recipient or one or more of its Subsidiaries, and Recipient and/or its Subsidiaries will receive, the transition services described in Article I on a transitional basis following the Separation and in accordance with the terms of, and subject to, the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and mutual promises, covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
SERVICES

 

Section 1.01.                                     General . In accordance with the provisions hereof, Provider shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Recipient and/or its Subsidiaries, and Recipient and/or its Subsidiaries shall receive, the services described in Schedule A attached hereto, (each such service, a “ Service ” and, collectively, the “ Services ”).  Schedule A may be amended from time to time by written agreement of the Parties. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Subsidiary ” of any Party means a corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of the voting power or value of equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Party;  for the avoidance of doubt, “ Subsidiary ” shall include VRLP, when used with respect to Provider, and Urban Edge Properties L.P., when used with respect to Recipient.

 



 

Section 1.02.                                     Quality of Services . Subject to Section 1.03 , Provider shall perform the Services (i) in a workmanlike and professional manner, (ii) with the same degree of care as it exercises in performing its own functions of a like or similar nature, (iii) utilizing persons of suitable experience, training and skill, and (iv) in a timely manner in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.03.                                     Level of Service . The Service levels, if any, initially requested by Recipient (the “ Initial Service Levels ”) shall be as set forth in Schedule A . Recipient shall furnish Provider with an updated Schedule A at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal quarter, indicating the anticipated Service needs of Recipient for the next fiscal quarter (each, a “ Service Request ”), and the Parties shall thereafter consult with one another and agree, as provided in Section 1.01 above, as to the elimination of any Service and the timing of, and adjustment to any Service Fees related to, the elimination of such Services. Subject to Sections 1.10 , 1.11 and 1.12 , Service levels may not be increased from the Initial Service Levels, including the enhancement of any Services or addition of any new Services, without the written agreement of the Parties.

 

Section 1.04.                                     Duration of Services . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Provider will provide (or cause to be provided) the Services to Recipient until the earlier of, with respect to each such Service, (i) the expiration of the period of the maximum duration for such Service if set forth in Schedule A , or (ii) the date upon which such Service is terminated under Section 10.02 ; provided , however , that Recipient shall use its commercially reasonable efforts in good faith to transition itself to a stand-alone entity with respect to each Service as soon as reasonably practicable; and provided , further , that to the extent that Provider’s ability to provide a Service is dependent on the continuation of a related Service (and such dependence has been made known to the other Party), as the case may be, Provider’s obligation to provide such dependent Service shall terminate automatically with the termination of such related Service.

 

Section 1.05.                                     Third-Person Services . Each Party acknowledges and agrees that certain of the Services to be provided under this Agreement may be provided to Recipient by third Persons (as defined below) designated by Provider. A “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, firm, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, governmental authority or other entity. To the extent so provided, Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such third Persons to continue to provide such Services to Recipient, consistent with the manner in which such Services had been provided historically to Recipient; provided , however , that if any such third Person notifies Provider or its Subsidiaries that it is unable or unwilling to provide any such Services, Provider shall promptly notify Recipient in writing, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to determine the manner in which such Services can best be provided, and, if there is any change to the Services provided as a result, including the level or cost thereof, Provider and Recipient shall negotiate in good faith to amend Schedule A as appropriate.

 

Section 1.06.                                     Responsible Personnel . The Parties shall each designate a point of contact for each Service listed in Schedule A to whom any questions related to the Services provided may be directed. Provider will have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to (i) designate which of its personnel will be involved in providing Services to Recipient, and (ii) remove and replace any such personnel, so long as there is no resulting increase in costs, or

 

2



 

decrease in the level of service for Recipient; provided , however , that Provider will use its commercially reasonable efforts to limit disruption of the provision of Services to Recipient in the transition of the Services to different personnel. In the event that the provision of any Service by Provider requires the cooperation and services of applicable personnel of Recipient, Recipient will make available to Provider such personnel as may be necessary for Provider to provide such Service. Recipient will have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to (i) designate which of its personnel it will make available to Provider in connection with the receipt of such Service, and (ii) remove and replace any such personnel, so long as there is no resulting increase in costs to Provider in providing such Service or adverse effect on Provider’s ability to provide such Service; provided , however , that Recipient will use its commercially reasonable efforts to limit disruption of the provision of services by Provider in the transition of such personnel.

 

Section 1.07.                                     Consultation . The Parties agree to review Schedule A and the Services provided thereunder no less often than quarterly to determine if Provider must continue to provide Recipient all of the Services described on Schedule A .

 

Section 1.08.                                     Monitoring and Reports; Books and Records; Audit Right .

 

(a)                                  Provider shall maintain books and records in reasonable and customary detail pertaining to the provision of Services pursuant to this Agreement. Provider shall make such books and records available for inspection by Recipient, or its authorized representatives, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, and shall retain such books and records for periods consistent with the retention policies applicable to Provider’s business.

 

(b)                                  Upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Provider, Recipient may audit (or cause an independent third Person auditor to audit), during regular business hours and in a manner that complies with the confidentiality, building and security requirements of Provider, the books, records and facilities of Provider pertaining to the provision of Services pursuant to this Agreement to the extent necessary to determine Provider’s compliance with this Agreement or as may otherwise be required to ensure compliance with applicable laws or regulations. Recipient shall have the right to audit such books, records and facilities of Provider only once in any twelve (12)-month period during the term of this Agreement (or on other occasions to the extent agreed to by the Parties). Any audit under this Section 1.08(b)  shall not interfere unreasonably with the operations of Provider. Recipient shall reimburse Provider for any reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with such audit.

 

Section 1.09.                                     Changes to Services . It is understood and agreed that Provider may from time to time modify, change or enhance the manner, nature and/or quality of any Service provided to Recipient to the extent Provider is making a similar change in the performance of such Services for Provider and its Subsidiaries; provided that any such modification, change or enhancement will not reasonably be expected to materially negatively affect such Services. Provider shall furnish to Recipient substantially the same notice (in content and timing), if any, as Provider furnishes to its own organization with respect to such modifications, changes or enhancements.

 

Section 1.10.                                     Service Increases . After the date of this Agreement, if (i) Recipient requests, or Provider reasonably determines that Recipient’s business requires, that Provider

 

3


 

increase, relative to historical levels prior to the Separation, the volume, amount, level or frequency, as applicable, of any Service provided by Provider, and (ii) such increase is reasonably determined by Recipient as necessary for Recipient to operate its businesses (such increase, a “ Service Increase ”), then Provider shall provide such Service Increase in accordance with such request and subject to the Parties agreeing to an amendment to Schedule A to address such Service Increase; provided , however , that Provider shall not be obligated to provide any Service Increase if it does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to provide such Service Increase or if the provision of such Service Increase would significantly disrupt the operation of its own business. In connection with any request for a Service Increase in accordance with this Section 1.10 , the Parties shall in good faith negotiate the terms of an amendment to Schedule A , which amendment shall be consistent with the terms of, and the pricing methodology used for, the applicable Service.

 

Section 1.11.                                     New Services .

 

(a)                                  From time to time during the term of this Agreement, Recipient may request that Provider provide additional or different services which Provider is not expressly obligated to provide under this Agreement (“ New Services ”). Provider shall consider such requests in good faith and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide any such New Services; provided , however , that Provider shall not be obligated to provide any New Services if it does not, in its reasonable judgment, have adequate resources to provide such New Services or if the provision of such New Services would significantly disrupt the operation of its own business, or if, after negotiations between the Parties pursuant to Section 1.12(b) , the Parties fail to reach an agreement with respect to the terms (including the Service Fees and Expenses (as defined below)) applicable to the provision of such New Services.

 

(b)                                  In connection with any request for New Services, except as otherwise provided in Section 1.12(a) , the Parties shall in good faith (i) negotiate the applicable Service Fee and the terms of an amendment to Schedule A , which amendment shall describe in reasonable detail the nature, scope, service period(s), termination provisions and other terms applicable to such New Services, and (ii) determine any costs and expenses, including any start-up costs and expenses that would be incurred by Provider, in connection with the provision of such New Services, which costs and expenses shall be borne solely by Recipient.

 

Section 1.12.                                     Amendments to Schedule A . Each amendment to Schedule A , as agreed to in writing by the Parties, shall be deemed part of this Agreement and any changes to Services, Service Increases, unintentionally omitted services and/or New Services set forth therein shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II
COMPENSATION; BILLING

 

Section 2.01.                                     Service Fees . In consideration for providing the Services, Provider will charge Recipient the fees indicated for each Service listed in Schedule A (each, a “ Service Fee ” and collectively, the “ Service Fees ”).  Except to the extent provided otherwise in Schedule A , the Service Fees shall be adjusted proportionately on a quarterly basis in accordance with the Service Request provided by Recipient as provided in Section 1.03 .

 

4



 

Section 2.02.                                     Expenses . Except to the extent provided otherwise in Schedule A , in addition to the Service Fee, Provider shall also be entitled to charge Recipient for any reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Provider in providing the Services (“ Expenses ”).

 

Section 2.03.                                     Taxes . In addition to any amounts otherwise payable by Recipient pursuant to this Agreement, Recipient shall pay, be responsible, and promptly reimburse Provider, for any sales, use, value added, goods and services, excise, transfer, recording or similar taxes, including any interest, penalties or additional amounts imposed with respect thereto, imposed with respect to, or in connection with, the provision of Services or payment of any Service Fees hereunder.

 

Section 2.04.                                     Invoices . Within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, Provider shall send Recipient an invoice that includes in reasonable detail the Service Fees and Expenses due for Services provided to Recipient for such month. Payments of invoices shall be made by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more accounts specified in writing by Provider. Payment shall be made within thirty (30) days after the date of receipt of Provider’s invoice. All amounts payable to Provider hereunder shall be paid without set-off, deduction, abatement or counterclaim.

 

Section 2.05.                                     Payment Delay; Finance Charges .

 

(a)                                  If Recipient fails to make any material payment within thirty (30) days of the date such payment was due to Provider, Provider shall have the right, at its sole option, upon ten (10) business days’ prior written notice (such notice, a “ Suspension Notice ”), to suspend performance of any Services until payment has been received.

 

(b)                                  If Recipient fails to make any payment within thirty (30) days of the date such payment was due to Provider, a finance charge of two percent (2%) per month, payable from the date of the invoice to the date such payment is received and levied upon both the balance of any such payment, shall be due and payable to Provider. In addition, Recipient shall indemnify Provider for its costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred to collect any unpaid amount.

 

(c)                                   Recipient shall not be liable for the payment of any finance charges pursuant to this Section 2.05 , and Provider shall not be authorized to suspend performance pursuant to this Section 2.05 , to the extent, but only to the extent, that Recipient is in good faith disputing Service Fees or Expenses incurred under Sections 2.01 and 2.02 .

 

Section 2.06.                                     No Right to Set-Off . Recipient shall pay the full amount of all Service Fees and shall not set off, counterclaim or otherwise withhold any amount owed to Provider under this Agreement on account of any obligation owed by Provider to Recipient.

 

ARTICLE III
COOPERATION AND CONSENTS

 

Section 3.01.                                     General . Each Party shall reasonably cooperate with and provide assistance to the other Party in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement. Such cooperation

 

5



 

shall include, but not be limited to, exchanging information, providing access to electronic systems used in connection with the Services, making adjustments and obtaining all consents, licenses, sublicenses or approvals necessary to permit each Party to perform its obligations hereunder; provided , however , that neither Party shall be required to disclose confidential, proprietary, privileged or competitively sensitive information to the other Party.

 

Section 3.02.                                     Transition . At the request of Recipient in contemplation of the termination of any Services hereunder, in whole or in part, Provider shall cooperate with Recipient, at Recipient’s expense, in transitioning such Services to Recipient or to any third-Person service provider designated by Recipient.

 

Section 3.03.                                     Consents . Provider will take commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, and to keep and maintain in effect, any third-Person licenses and consents necessary to provide the Services (the “ Consents ”). The costs relating to obtaining any such licenses or Consents obtained solely for the benefit of Recipient shall be borne by Recipient; provided that Provider shall not incur any such costs without the prior written consent of Recipient. If any such consent is not obtained or maintained, Provider shall promptly notify Recipient in writing, and the Parties will reasonably cooperate with one another to achieve a reasonable alternative arrangement with respect thereto.

 

ARTICLE IV
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Section 4.01.                                     Recipient Confidential Information . From and after the Effective Date, subject to Section 4.04 , and except as contemplated by or otherwise provided for under this Agreement or the Separation Agreement, Provider shall not, and shall cause its affiliates and its own and its affiliates’ officers, trustees, directors, employees, and other agents and representatives, including attorneys, agents, customers, suppliers, contractors, consultants and other representatives (collectively, “ Representatives ”), to not, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person, other than to Recipient and its affiliates (collectively, the “ Recipient Group ”) and their respective Representatives, and to Provider and its affiliates (collectively, the “ Provider Group ”) and their respective Representatives who reasonably need to know such information in connection with the provision of Services under this Agreement, or use or otherwise exploit for its own benefit or for the benefit of any third Person (other than members of the Recipient Group), any Recipient Confidential Information (as defined below).  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Group ” shall mean the Provider Group or the Recipient Group, as the context requires. If any disclosures are made by members of the Recipient Group to members of the Provider Group in connection with the provision of Services under this Agreement, then the Recipient Confidential Information so disclosed shall be used by the Provider Group only as required to perform the Services. Provider shall use the same degree of care to prevent and restrain the unauthorized use or disclosure of the Recipient Confidential Information by any member of the Provider Group or its Representatives as it uses for its own confidential information of a like nature, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care. For purposes of this Agreement, any information, material or documents relating to the businesses currently or formerly conducted, or proposed to be conducted, by the Recipient Group that is furnished to, or in possession of, any member of the Provider Group, in each case in connection with the Services provided under this Agreement and irrespective of the form of

 

6



 

communication, and all notes, analyses, compilations, forecasts, data, translations, studies, memoranda or other documents prepared by members of the Provider Group, that contain, or otherwise reflect, such information, material or documents is hereinafter referred to as “ Recipient Confidential Information .” Recipient Confidential Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder, with respect to information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by a member of the Provider Group or its Representatives not otherwise permissible hereunder, (ii) Provider can demonstrate was or became available to the Provider Group from a source other than the Recipient Group or its Representatives, or (iii) is developed independently by the Provider Group without reference to the Recipient Confidential Information; provided , however , that, in the case of clause (ii), the source of such information was not known by Provider to be bound by a confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, any member of the Recipient Group with respect to such information.

 

Section 4.02.                                     Provider Confidential Information . From and after the Effective Date, subject to Section 4.04 , and except as contemplated by or otherwise provided for under this Agreement or the Separation Agreement, Recipient shall not, and shall cause the members of the Recipient Group and their respective Representatives to not, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person other than members of the Provider Group and its Representatives, or members of the Recipient Group and its Representatives, who reasonably need to know such information in connection with the provision of services under this Agreement, or use or otherwise exploit for its own benefit or for the benefit of any third Person (other than members of the Provider Group), any Provider Confidential Information (as defined below). If any disclosures are made by members of the Provider Group to members of the Recipient Group in connection with the provision of Services under this Agreement, then the Confidential Information (as defined below) so disclosed shall be used by the Recipient Group only as required to receive the Services. Recipient shall use the same degree of care to prevent and restrain the unauthorized use or disclosure of the Provider Confidential Information by any member of the Recipient Group or its Representatives as it uses for its own confidential information of a like nature, but in no event less than a reasonable standard of care. For purposes of this Agreement, any information, material or documents relating to the businesses currently or formerly conducted, or proposed to be conducted, by the Provider Group that is furnished to, or in possession of, any member of the Recipient Group, in each case in connection with the Services provided under this Agreement and irrespective of the form of communication, and all notes, analyses, compilations, forecasts, data, translations, studies, memoranda or other documents prepared by members of the Recipient Group, that contain, or otherwise reflect, such information, material or documents, is hereinafter referred to as “ Provider Confidential Information ,” and, together with the Recipient Confidential Information, “ Confidential Information .” Provider Confidential Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by any member of the Recipient Group or its Representatives not otherwise permissible hereunder, (ii) Recipient can demonstrate was or became available to the Recipient Group from a source other than the Provider Group or its Representatives, or (iii) is developed independently by the Recipient Group without reference to the Provider Confidential Information; provided , however , that, in the case of clause (ii), the source of such information was not known by Recipient to be bound by a confidentiality or non-

 

7



 

disclosure agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, any member of the Provider Group with respect to such information.

 

Section 4.03.                                     Limitations on Confidential Information . For the duration of this Agreement, Provider agrees that access to Recipient Confidential Information that is received from any member of the Recipient Group during the course of the performance of this Agreement shall be (i) limited to only those employees of the Provider Group that are providing Services under this Agreement and who have been informed of the obligations and restrictions under this Section 4.03 ; (ii) used only for the purpose of providing Services pursuant to this Agreement; and (iii) shall otherwise be kept strictly confidential by all members of the Provider Group, except that Provider may share, to the extent necessary to provide Services pursuant to this Agreement, such information to any member of the Provider Group or to any third Person who may have a need to know such information for purposes of providing the Services; provided , that any such member of the Provider Group or third-Person service provider shall have agreed to be bound by this Section 4.03 and shall be liable for any breaches of this Section 4.03 by any member of the Provider Group or third-Person service provider. The obligations under this Section 4.03 shall not apply to (i) information that is already in the possession of employees of the Provider Group; (ii) information that becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure, directly or indirectly, by any member of the Provider Group; or (iii) information that becomes available to any member of the Provider Group on a non-confidential basis from a source other than any member of the Recipient Group; provided , that such source is not known by any member of the Provider Group, after reasonable inquiry, to be subject to an obligation of confidentiality or other obligation of secrecy to Recipient.

 

Section 4.04.                                     Required Disclosure . Either Party may disclose Confidential Information to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement or as required by law or legal, regulatory or self-regulatory process (including to the extent requested by any governmental authority, stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization in connection with any such law or legal, regulatory or self-regulatory process), including any tax audit or litigation. If either Group, or any third Person with whom Provider has shared Recipient Confidential Information received from any member of the Recipient Group during the course of the performance of this Agreement, is requested or required (by oral question, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) by any governmental authority, stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization or pursuant to applicable law, to disclose or provide any Confidential Information, the Party or third Person receiving such request or demand shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Party whose Confidential Information is subject to such request or demand with written notice of such request or demand as promptly as practicable, under the circumstances, so that such relevant Party shall have an opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order. The Party or third Person receiving such request or demand agrees to take, and to cause its Representatives to take, at the expense of the Party whose Confidential Information is subject to such request or demand, all other reasonable steps necessary to obtain confidential treatment of the Confidential Information in question. Subject to the foregoing, the Party or third Person that receives such a request or demand may thereafter disclose or provide Confidential Information, to the extent required by law (as so advised by counsel), or by lawful process of such governmental authority, stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization.

 

8



 

Section 4.05.                                     Third-Person Confidential Information . Each Party acknowledges that it and the other members of its Group may have in their possession confidential or proprietary information of third Persons (such information, “ Third-Person Confidential Information ”) that was received under confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with such third Persons. Each Party agrees that it will hold, and will cause the other members of its Group and their respective Representatives to hold, in strict confidence, any Third-Person Confidential Information to which it or any other member of its respective Group has access, in accordance with the terms of any agreements entered into between or among one (1) or more members of the applicable Party’s Group and such third Persons; provided , that each Party has been provided with a copy of such confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement and informed by the other Party of the confidential and proprietary nature of the information.

 

ARTICLE V
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

Section 5.01.                                     Recipient Intellectual Property . Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, all data, software, or other property or assets owned or created by Recipient, including, without limitation, derivative works thereof, and new data or software created by Recipient at Recipient’s expense, in connection with its receipt of Services and all intellectual property rights therein (the “ Recipient Property ”), shall remain the sole and exclusive property and responsibility of Recipient. Provider shall not acquire any rights in any Recipient Property pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.02.                                     Provider Intellectual Property . Except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, all data, software or other property or assets owned or created by Provider, including, without limitation, derivative works thereof, and new data or software created by Provider at Provider’s expense, in connection with the provision of Services and all intellectual property rights therein (the “ Provider Property ”), shall be the sole and exclusive property and responsibility of Provider. Recipient shall not acquire any rights in any Provider Property pursuant to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI
REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

Section 6.01.                                     Remedies . In the event that any Service performed by Provider hereunder is not performed in accordance with the provisions of Article I , the sole remedy of Recipient shall be (i) to require Provider to re-perform such Service in accordance with Article I without obligation on the part of Recipient to make additional payments for such performance, (ii) to obtain from Provider a credit in an equivalent amount towards the future purchase of any Services that are contemplated by and under the terms of this Agreement, or (iii) to replace such Service with service provided by a third-Person provider. In the event that Recipient elects to replace any Services with a third-Person provider, Provider shall be forever released from any liability arising on account of such Service and shall not be entitled to any Service Fees in respect of services provided by such third-Person provider to Recipient.

 

9



 

Section 6.02.                                     Limitation of Liability .

 

(a)                                  No member of the Provider Group or their respective controlling persons, trustees, directors, officers, employees, agents and permitted assigns (each, a “ Provider Party ”) shall be liable to any member of the Recipient Group or their respective controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents and permitted assigns (each, a “ Recipient Party ”) for any liabilities, claims, demands, damages, judgments, losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, court costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or amounts paid in settlement) of any kind or nature, whether direct or indirect (collectively referred to as “ Damages ”), of any Recipient Party resulting from, relating to or arising in connection with, this Agreement or any of the Services provided hereunder, except for any liability of Provider to the extent that such Damages resulted from (i) any acts or omissions of any Provider Party, which acts or omissions are the result of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith by such Provider Party, or (ii) Provider’s breach of its obligations under Article IV or Article VII of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  No Recipient Party shall be liable to any Provider Party for any Damages to any Provider Party resulting from, relating to or arising in connection with this Agreement, or any of the Services provided hereunder, except for any liability of Recipient to the extent that such Damages resulted from (i) acts or omissions of any Recipient Party, which acts or omissions are the result of gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith by such Recipient Party, or (ii) Recipient’s breach of its obligations under Article IV or Article VII of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE, AT LAW OR EQUITY, FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, REMOTE, SPECULATIVE, CONSEQUENTIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR DAMAGES CALCULATED ON MULTIPLES OF EARNINGS APPROACHES) IN EXCESS OF COMPENSATORY DAMAGE, HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(d)                                  Each Party agrees that it shall, in all circumstances, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate, and to otherwise minimize its Damages, and those of all members of its Group and their respective controlling persons, directors, officers, employees, agents and permitted assigns, whether direct or indirect, resulting from, or arising in connection with, any failure by the other Party to comply fully with its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   In no event, whether as a result of breach of contract, indemnity, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability, or otherwise, shall the liability of any Party to the other Party for any loss or damage arising out of, or resulting from, this Agreement or the furnishing of Services hereunder exceed the aggregate Service Fees actually paid pursuant to this Agreement during the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the applicable claim for losses or damages.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.01.                                     General .

 

(a)                                  Provider shall indemnify and hold harmless any Recipient Party against and from all Damages payable to third Persons arising out of or relating to (i) a breach of Article IV of this Agreement by Provider, (ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Provider, and (iii) any infringement by Provider of third-Person intellectual property in the performance of any Service, in each case, except to the extent that such Damages are a result of the breach of this Agreement, gross negligence, or willful misconduct on the part of any Recipient Party.

 

(b)                                  Recipient shall indemnify and hold harmless any Provider Party against and from all Damages payable to third Persons arising out of or relating to (i) a breach of Article IV of this Agreement by Recipient, (ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Recipient, and (iii) any infringement by Recipient of third-Person intellectual property in connection with the receipt of any Service, in each case except to the extent that such Damages are a result of the breach of this Agreement, gross negligence, or willful misconduct on the part of any Provider Party.

 

Section 7.02.                                     Indemnification Procedures . The provisions of Article IV of the Separation Agreement shall govern, mutatis mutandis , claims for indemnification under this Article VII.

 

ARTICLE VIII
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

 

In performing the Services hereunder, each Group shall operate as, and have the status of, an independent contractor. No Party’s employees shall be considered employees or agents of the other Party, nor shall the employees of either Party be eligible or entitled to any benefits, perquisites, or privileges given or extended to any of the other Party’s employees. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to create a joint venture or partnership between the Parties. No Party shall have any power or authority to bind or commit any other Party.

 

ARTICLE IX
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

In the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, each Party shall comply with all applicable laws in all material respects. The Parties shall cooperate fully in obtaining and maintaining in effect all permits and licenses that may be required for the performance of the Services.

 

ARTICLE X
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

Section 10.01.                              Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on the second (2nd) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier as provided in Section 10.02 . Except as may be otherwise set forth in Schedule A , and subject to the last proviso of Section 1.04 , Recipient may terminate any Service prior to the scheduled expiration date by giving Provider not less than one hundred eighty (180) days’ prior written notice, or such less time as may be agreed upon by the Parties. Services can only be terminated at month-end. To the extent there are any break-up costs (including commitments made to, or in

 

11



 

respect of, personnel or third Persons due to the requirement to provide the Services, prepaid expenses related to the Services or costs related to terminating such commitments) reasonably incurred by Provider as a result of any early termination of a Service by Recipient, Provider shall use its reasonable best efforts to mitigate such costs, and Recipient shall bear such costs and reimburse Provider in full for the same.

 

Section 10.02.                              Termination of this Agreement . This Agreement may be terminated:

 

(a)                                  by the written agreement of the Parties;

 

(b)                                  by Provider in the event that it delivers a Suspension Notice to Recipient and suspends delivery of a Service in accordance with Section 2.05(a) , and such Suspension Notice is not satisfied within thirty (30) days of the date of delivery of such Suspension Notice;

 

(c)                                   by either Party upon a material breach (other than non-payment of Service Fees or Expenses) by the other Party that is not cured within thirty (30) days after delivery of written notice of such breach from the non-breaching Party;

 

(d)                                  immediately by either Party, if the other Party: (i) commences a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking bankruptcy protection, liquidation, reorganization or similar relief, or seeks the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official or the taking of possession by any such official in any involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due; or (ii) has an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it seeking bankruptcy protection, liquidation, reorganization, or other relief with respect to it or substantially all of its debts, or seeks the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official for such Party or any substantial part of such Party’s property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding remains undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days;

 

(e)                                   by either Party if all of the Services have been terminated early in accordance with Section 10.01 ; or

 

(f)                                    by either Party, upon a Change in Control (as defined below) of the other Party; it being agreed that notice of a Change of Control will be provided by the Party undergoing a Change in Control to the other Party not later than ten (10) days prior to signing a definitive agreement and, in any event, not later than sixty (60) days prior to consummation of such Change in Control.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean, with respect to a Party, the occurrence after the Effective Date of any of the following: (i) the sale, conveyance or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of such Party and its Group (taken as a whole) to a third Person that is not a member of such Party’s Group prior to such transaction or the first of such related transactions; (ii) the consolidation, merger or other business combination of a Party with or into any other Person, immediately following which the then-current shareholders of the Party, as such, fail to own, in the aggregate, at least majority voting power of the surviving Party in such consolidation, merger or business combination, or of its ultimate publicly traded parent; (iii) a transaction or series of transactions in which any Person or “group” (as the term “group” is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,

 

12


 

together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) acquires majority voting power of such Party (other than a reincorporation or similar corporate transaction in which each of such Party’s shareholders owns, immediately thereafter, interests in the new parent company in substantially the same percentage as such shareholder owned in such Party immediately prior to such transaction); or (iv) a majority of the board of trustees of such Party ceases to consist of individuals who have become trustees as a result of being nominated or elected by a majority of such Party’s trustees.

 

Section 10.03.                              Effect . In the event of termination of this Agreement in its entirety pursuant to this Article X , or upon the expiration of the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall cease to have further force or effect, and neither Party shall have any liability to the other Party with respect to this Agreement; provided that:

 

(a)                                  termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason shall not release a Party from any liability or obligation that already has accrued as of the effective date of such termination or expiration, and shall not constitute a waiver or release of, or otherwise be deemed to adversely affect, any rights, remedies or claims which a Party may have hereunder at law, equity or otherwise or which may arise out of or in connection with such termination or expiration;

 

(b)                                  as promptly as practicable, following termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to any Service to the extent applicable, and the payment by Recipient of all amounts owing hereunder, Provider shall return all reasonably available material, inventory and other property of Recipient held by Provider, and shall deliver copies of all of Recipient’s records maintained by Provider with regard to the Services in Provider’s standard format and media. Provider shall deliver such property and records to such location or locations, as reasonably requested by Recipient. Arrangements for shipping, including the cost of freight and insurance, and the reasonable cost of packing incurred by Provider shall be borne by Recipient; and

 

(c)                                   Articles IV , V , VI , VII IX , XI , XII and XIII , and this Section 10.03 , shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE XI
NOTICES

 

All notices, demands and other communications required to be given to a Party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, transmitted by facsimile or e-mail, or mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to such Party at the relevant street address, facsimile number or e-mail address set forth below (or at such other street address, facsimile number or e-mail address as such Party may designate from time to time by written notice in accordance with this provision):

 

If to Provider, to:

 

[ · ]

Attention: [ · ]

 

13



 

Facsimile: [ · ]

 

If to Recipient, to:

 

[ · ]

Attention: [ · ]

Facsimile: [•]

 

Any notice, demand or other communication hereunder shall be deemed given upon the first to occur of: (i) the fifth (5th) day after deposit thereof, postage prepaid and addressed correctly, in a receptacle under the control of the United States Postal Service; (ii) transmittal by facsimile or e-mail transmission to a receiver or other device under the control of the Party to whom notice is being given; or (iii) actual delivery to or receipt by the Party to whom notice is being given.

 

ARTICLE XII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Section 12.01.                              Dispute Resolution . The provisions of Article VII of the Separation Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to all disputes, controversies or claims (whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise) that may arise out of or relate to, or arise under or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01.                              Amendment . No provision of this Agreement, including Schedule A , may be amended, supplemented or modified except by a written instrument signed by both of the Parties and making specific reference to this Agreement or to Schedule A , as applicable.

 

Section 13.02.                              Waiver .

 

(a)                                  Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived, or the time for its performance may be extended, by the Party or the Parties entitled to the benefit thereof. Any such waiver shall be validly and sufficiently given for the purposes of this Agreement if, as to any Party, it is executed by a writing signed by an authorized representative of such Party.

 

(b)                                  Waiver by any Party of any default by the other Party of any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver by the waiving Party of any subsequent or other default, nor shall it in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or prejudice the rights of the other Party, thereafter, to enforce each and every such provision. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Section 13.03.                              Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement, and the legal relations between the Parties hereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws rules thereof, to the extent such

 

14



 

rules would require the application of the law of another jurisdiction. In addition, each of the Parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue of the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “ Applicable Courts ”) with respect to any suit (whether at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise) relating to or arising out of this Agreement (other than arbitrable Disputes (as defined in the Separation Agreement) governed by Article XII ), (b) agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, attempt to defeat or deny such personal jurisdiction or venue by motion or otherwise, (c) agrees that it will not, and it will cause its subsidiaries not to, bring or support any such suit in any court other than the Applicable Courts, (d) irrevocably agrees that any such suit (whether at law, in equity, in contract, in tort or otherwise) will be heard and determined exclusively in the Applicable Courts, and (e) agrees to service of process in any such action in any manner prescribed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 13.04.                              Assignability . This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Parties, and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , that no Party may assign, delegate or transfer (by operation of law or otherwise) its respective rights, or delegate its respective obligations, under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to (i) any member of such Party’s Group; provided , however , that each Party shall at all times remain liable for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement by any such Group member, or (ii) any successor by merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, acquisition or person acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such Party, subject to Section 10.02(f) . Any attempted assignment or delegation in violation of this Section 13.04 shall be null and void.

 

Section 13.05.                              Subcontracting . Provider may hire or engage one or more subcontractors to perform any or all of its obligations under this Agreement; provided , that (i) Provider shall use the same degree of care in selecting any subcontractors as it would if such subcontractor was being retained to provide similar services to Provider, (ii) the use of such subcontractor will not increase the Service Fees or Expenses payable by Recipient in connection with such Services, and (iii) Provider shall, in all cases, remain responsible for ensuring that obligations with respect to the standards of services set forth under this Service Agreement are satisfied with respect to any Service provided by a subcontractor hired or engaged by Provider.

 

Section 13.06.                              No Third-Person Beneficiaries . Except for the indemnification provisions in Article VII , this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their successors and assigns, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 13.07.                              Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance, is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, null and void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid, null and void or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal

 

15



 

substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party. Upon such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

 

Section 13.08.                              Attorneys’ Fees . In any action hereunder to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, in addition to any other recovery hereunder from the non-prevailing Party.

 

Section 13.09.                              Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered or transmitted by facsimile, e-mail or other electronic means, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. A facsimile or electronic signature is deemed an original signature for all purposes under this Agreement.

 

Section 13.10.                              Disclaimer of Representations and Warranties . EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY HAS MADE, NOR DOES EITHER PARTY HEREBY MAKE, ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR COVENANTS, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY NATURE, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY, QUANTITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY, COMMON LAW OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY NATURE, INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY, QUANTITY, SUITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED BY EACH PARTY.

 

Section 13.11.                              Remedies . The rights and remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 13.12.                              Force Majeure .

 

(a)                                  Neither Party (nor any Person acting on its behalf) shall have any liability or responsibility for failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation) under this Agreement so long as, and to the extent to which, the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure; provided that (i) such Party (or such Person) shall have exercised commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the effect of Force Majeure on its obligations, and (ii) the nature, quality and standard of care that Provider shall provide in delivering a Service after a Force Majeure shall again comply with Section 1.03 . In the event of an occurrence of a Force Majeure, the Party whose performance is affected thereby shall give notice of suspension as soon as reasonably practicable to the other stating the date and extent of such suspension and the cause thereof, and such Party shall resume the performance of such obligations as soon as reasonably practicable after the removal of such cause.

 

(b)                                  During the period of a Force Majeure, Recipient shall be entitled to seek an alternative service provider with respect to such Service(s) (and shall be relieved of the

 

16



 

obligation to pay Service Fees for such Service(s) throughout the duration of such Force Majeure) and shall be entitled to permanently terminate such Service(s) if a Force Majeure shall continue to exist for more than sixty (60) consecutive days, it being understood that Recipient shall provide advance notice of such termination to Provider.

 

Section 13.13.                              Specific Performance . Subject to the provisions of Article XII , in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Party or Parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to seek specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief (on an interim or permanent basis), in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity. The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, may be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived by each of the Parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 13.14.                              Construction . Any uncertainty or ambiguity with respect to any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed for or against any party based on attribution of drafting by either Party. The headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. In this Agreement, unless the context requires or a clear contrary intention appears:

 

(a)                                  the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are not prohibited by this Agreement, and reference to a Person in a particular capacity excludes such Person in any other capacity or individually;

 

(c)                                   reference to any gender includes each other gender;

 

(d)                                  reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated, and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, subject to compliance with the requirements set forth herein;

 

(e)                                   reference to any applicable law means such applicable law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and reference to any section or other provision of any applicable law means that provision of such applicable law, from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such section or other provision;

 

(f)                                    “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereto” and words of similar import shall be deemed references to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, section or other provision hereof;

 

17



 

(g)                                   “including” (and with correlative meaning “include”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term;

 

(h)                                  with respect to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including” and “to” means “to but excluding;” and

 

(i)                                      references to documents, instruments or agreements shall be deemed to refer as well to all addenda, exhibits, schedules or amendments thereto.

 

Section 13.15.                              Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY (i) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER; AND (ii) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 13.15 .

 

Section 13.16.                              Entire Agreement . This Agreement and Schedule A hereto, as well as any other agreements and documents referred to herein (including the Separation Agreement, to the extent applicable), constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all previous agreements, negotiations, discussions, understandings, writings, commitments and conversations between the Parties with respect to such subject matter. No agreements or understandings exist between the Parties other than those set forth or referred to herein.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

18



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers or representatives as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

VORNADO REALTY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

[ · ]

 

 

Title:

[ · ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

[ · ]

 

 

Title:

[ · ]

 

19




Exhibit 10.3

 

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
VORNADO REALTY TRUST
AND
URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES
DATED AS OF [
· ], 2015

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1. Definition of Terms

 

2

 

 

 

SECTION 2. Allocation of Taxes and Tax-Related Losses

 

9

 

 

 

 

2.1

Allocation of Taxes

 

9

2.2

Allocation of Distribution Taxes and Transfer Taxes

 

10

2.3

Tax Payments

 

11

2.4

Closing of Tax Year

 

11

2.5

Allocation of Tax Attributes

 

11

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3. Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns

 

12

 

 

 

 

3.1

Returns

 

12

3.2

Provision of Information

 

13

3.3

Special Rules Relating to the Preparation of Tax Returns

 

13

3.4

Refunds, Credits or Offsets

 

13

3.5

Carrybacks

 

14

3.6

Amended Returns

 

14

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4. Tax Payments

 

14

 

 

 

4.1

Payment of Taxes to Tax Authority

 

14

4.2

Indemnification Payments

 

15

4.3

Interest on Late Payments

 

15

4.4

Tax Consequences of Payments

 

15

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5. Cooperation and Tax Contests

 

16

 

 

 

 

5.1

Cooperation

 

16

5.2

Notices of Tax Contests

 

16

5.3

Control of Tax Contests

 

16

5.4

Cooperation Regarding Tax Contests

 

17

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6. Tax Records

 

17

 

 

 

 

6.1

Retention of Tax Records

 

17

6.2

Access to Tax Records

 

18

6.3

Confidentiality

 

18

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7. Representations and Covenants

 

18

 

 

 

7.1

Covenants of Parent and Spinco

 

18

7.2

Private Letter Ruling

 

19

7.3

Covenants of Spinco

 

19

 

i



 

7.4

Covenants of Parent

 

19

7.5

Spinco Representations

 

20

7.6

Parent Representations

 

20

7.7

Notices and Exceptions

 

20

7.8

Relief

 

20

7.9

Operating Rule

 

21

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8. General Provisions

 

21

 

 

 

 

8.1

Predecessors or Successors

 

21

8.2

Construction

 

21

8.3

Counterparts

 

21

8.4

Notices

 

21

8.5

Amendments

 

22

8.6

Assignment

 

22

8.7

Successors and Assigns

 

23

8.8

Change in Law

 

23

8.9

Authorization, Etc.

 

23

8.10

Termination

 

23

8.11

Subsidiaries

 

23

8.12

Third-Party Beneficiaries

 

23

8.13

Governing Law

 

23

8.14

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

24

8.15

Severability

 

24

8.16

Waiver

 

24

8.17

No Double Recovery

 

24

8.18

No Strict Construction; Interpretation

 

24

 

ii



 

TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ · ], 2015, by and among Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ Parent ”) and Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust and a Subsidiary of Parent immediately prior to the Distribution (as defined below) (“ Spinco ” and, together with Parent, the “ Parties ”, and each, a “ Party ”). Unless otherwise indicated, all “Section” references in this Agreement are to sections of the Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Parent determined that, based on the Corporate Business Purposes (as defined below), it is in the best interests of Parent and its stockholders to separate the businesses of Spinco from Parent’s other businesses on the terms and conditions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and among Parent, VRLP, Spinco and  Urban Edge Properties L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Spinco OP ”), dated on or about the date hereof (the “ Separation and Distribution Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of Parent has authorized the distribution of [ · ]% of all the issued and outstanding common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of Spinco (the “ Spinco Shares ”) to the holders of record, as of the record date, of common shares of Parent, par value $0.04 per share ( Parent Shares ”) entitled to participate in such distributions, with such distribution to be made on a pro rata basis, with each holder of Parent Shares as of the record date entitled to receive one Spinco Shares for every two Parent Shares (such distribution, the “ Distribution ”);

 

WHEREAS, Parent and Spinco intend the VRLP Contribution (as defined below) to qualify as a tax-free transaction described under Sections 351(a) and 1032(a) of the Code (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, Parent and Spinco intend the VRLP Distribution (as defined below) to qualify, with respect to Parent, as a tax-free distribution under Section 731(a) of the Code (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, Parent and Spinco intend the Distribution to qualify for the Tax-Free Status (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, the boards of directors of Parent and Spinco have each determined that the Distribution and the other transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement are in furtherance of and consistent with the Corporate Business Purposes and, as such, are in the best interests of their respective companies and stockholders and have approved the Separation and Distribution Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Parties intend the Separate Contribution (as defined below) to qualify as a partnership contribution described under Section 721(a) of the Code (as defined below), and Spinco and Spinco OP intend the Spinco Contribution  (as defined below) to qualify as a partnership contribution described under Section 721(a) of the Code (as defined below);

 



 

WHEREAS, the Parties set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement the principal arrangements between them regarding the separation of the Spinco Group from the Parent Group; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to provide for and agree upon the allocation between the Parties of liabilities for Taxes (as defined below) arising prior to, as a result of, and subsequent to the Distribution, and to provide for and agree upon other matters relating to Taxes.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.  Definition of Terms For purposes of this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the following terms have the following meanings:

 

“Agreed Treatment” means the treatment of (i) the VRLP Contribution as a tax-free transaction described under Sections 351(a) and 1032(a) of the Code, (ii) the VRLP Distribution with respect to Parent as a tax-free distribution under Section 731(a) of the Code, (iii) the Distribution in accordance with the Tax-Free Status, and (iv) the Separate Contribution as a partnership contribution described under Section 721(a) of the Code.

 

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a statutory holiday on which banks in the State of New York are closed.

 

“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Companies” means Parent and Spinco.

 

“Company” means Parent or Spinco, as the context requires.

 

“Control” means, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through ownership of securities or partnership, membership, limited liability company, or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Controlling Party” means, with respect to a Tax Contest, the Person that has responsibility, control and discretion in handling, defending, settling or contesting such Tax Contest.

 

“Corporate Business Purposes” means the corporate business purposes as set forth in Ruling Request.

 

“Disclosing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

 

2



 

“Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

 

“Distribution Date” means the Date on which Parent distributes the Spinco Shares to the holders of the Parent Shares.

 

“Distribution Taxes” means any (i) Taxes arising from a Relevant Final Determination (including, for the avoidance of doubt, (1) Taxes imposed because “Section 1374 treatment” (as that phrase is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.337(d)-7(b)) applies and (2) Spin-Failure Related REIT Compliance Taxes) and all reasonable costs and expenses associated with such Taxes and (ii) all costs, expenses and damages associated with shareholders litigation or controversies and any amount paid by a Party in respect of the liability of its shareholders, whether paid to its shareholders or to any Tax Authority, resulting from the failure or alleged failure of the Distribution to qualify for the Tax-Free Status and all reasonable costs and expenses associated with such payments.

 

“Due Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

“Effective Time” shall mean 11:59 p.m., New York City time, on the Distribution Date.

 

“Equity Interest” shall mean any instrument treated as equity for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

“Expert Law Firm” means a law firm nationally recognized for its expertise in the matter for which its opinion is sought that is reasonably satisfactory to the Party seeking such opinion.

 

“Fifty-Percent Equity Interest” means, in respect of any corporation (within the meaning of the Code), stock or other equity interests of such corporation possessing (i) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or equity interests entitled to vote, or (ii) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value of shares of all classes of stock or of the total value of all equity interests.

 

“Final Determination” means a determination within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code or any similar provision of Local Tax Law.

 

“Group” means the Parent Group or the Spinco Group, as the context requires.

 

“Indemnification-Receipt Related Corporate Taxes” means Taxes imposed on a Parent Indemnified Party at the entity level if, as the result of a accruing or receiving an amount required to be paid pursuant to Sections 2.2(a)(i) or 2.2(a)(ii), such party is unable to comply with the requirements of operating as a REIT (including as a result of Spinco failing to qualify as a REIT for any period).

 

“Indemnified Party” shall mean each Spinco Indemnified Party and each Parent Indemnified Party, as the context requires.

 

“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

 

3



 

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.

 

“Law” means any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, judgment, injunction or decree enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered by any federal, state, local or foreign court, administrative body or other governmental or quasi-governmental entity with competent jurisdiction.

 

“Local” means pertaining to a jurisdiction (whether within or outside the United States of America), other than the Federal Government of the United States of America.

 

“Non-Controlling Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

 

“Non-Preparer” means any Company that is not responsible for the preparation and filing of the applicable Tax Return pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

“Parent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

 

“Parent Business” means the “Segment A Active Business,” as set forth in the Ruling Request that constitutes an active trade or business, within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code, of the separate affiliated group of Parent, as represented in the Ruling Request.

 

“Parent Group” means Parent and each Subsidiary of Parent (but only while such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Parent) other than any Person that is a member of the Spinco Group (but only during the period such Person is treated as a member of the Spinco Group).

 

“Parent Indemnified Party” includes each member of the Parent Group, each of their Representatives, each of their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

“Parent Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Parent Taint” means any violation of a covenant or any inaccuracy or falsity of a representation made by Parent in Section 7.1 or 7.4 of this Agreement.

 

“Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

 

“Payment Date” means (x) with respect to any U.S. federal income tax return, the date on which any required installment of estimated taxes determined under Section 6655 of the Code is due, the date on which (determined without regard to extensions) filing the return determined under Section 6072 of the Code is required, and the date the return is filed, and (y) with respect to any other Tax Return, the corresponding dates determined under the applicable Tax Law.

 

“Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition (as a result of the Distribution) of Spinco Shares solely by reason of holding Parent Shares, but does not include such an acquisition if such Parent Shares, before such acquisition, was itself acquired in a manner to which the flush

 

4



 

language of Section 355(e)(3)(A) of the Code applies (thus causing, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 355(e)(3)(A)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) not to apply).

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity of any kind.

 

“Post-Distribution Period” means any Tax Year or other taxable period beginning after the Distribution Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, that part of the Tax Year or other taxable period that begins at the beginning of the day after the Distribution Date.

 

“Pre-Distribution Period” means any Tax Year or other taxable period that ends on or before the Distribution Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, that part of the Tax Year or other taxable period through the end of the day on the Distribution Date.

 

“Preparer” means the Company that is responsible for the preparation and filing of the applicable Tax Return pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

“Real Estate Taxes” means ad valorem and other property Taxes measured by reference to the value of realty and not measured by reference to income or gross receipts.

 

“Receiving Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3.

 

“REIT” means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of section 856 of the Code.

 

“REIT Compliance Taxes” means any Taxes that are described in Section 2.2(a)(ii) and Section 2.2(a)(iii).

 

“Relevant Final Determination” means a Final Determination that the Distribution failed to qualify for the Tax-Free Status (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of the application of Section 355(d) or Section 355(e) of the Code).

 

“Relevant Gain” means, in respect of a Party to be indemnified, gain or income that arises to such Party as a result of a Relevant Final Determination.

 

“Representative” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants, attorneys and representatives.

 

“Restricted Action” means any action by Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries inconsistent with the covenants set forth in Section 7.3; and, for the avoidance of doubt, an action shall be and remain a Restricted Action even if Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to take such an action pursuant to Section 7.7.

 

“Restriction Period” means the period beginning on the Distribution Date and ending twenty-four (24) months after the Distribution Date.

 

5



 

“Ruling” means the private letter ruling that was issued to Parent in response to the Ruling Request.

 

“Ruling Request” means the request for ruling in connection with the Distribution filed on behalf of Parent with the IRS, as amended or supplemented, including any appendices and exhibits attached thereto or included therewith and including the pre-submission materials submitted by Parent to the IRS; provided that, to the extent that any of the foregoing materials are inconsistent with any other of the foregoing materials, the later-dated materials shall control.

 

“Satisfactory Guidance” means either a ruling from the IRS or an Unqualified Opinion, in either case reasonably satisfactory to Parent in both form and substance.

 

“Separate Contribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“Separation and Distribution Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

 

“Spinco” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

 

“Spinco Business” means the “Segment C Active Business,” as set forth in the Ruling Request, that constitutes an active trade or business, within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code, of the separate affiliated group of Spinco, as represented in the Ruling Request.

 

“Spinco Contribution” means the contribution by Spinco to Spinco OP of properties, as described in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, in exchange for units of equity interests of Spinco OP

 

“Spinco Group” means (x) with respect to any Tax Year (or portion thereof) ending at or before the Effective Time, Spinco and each of its Subsidiaries at the Effective Time; and (y) with respect to any Tax Year (or portion thereof) beginning after the Effective Time, Spinco and each Subsidiary of Spinco (but only while such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of Spinco).

 

“Spinco Indemnified Party” includes each member of the Spinco Group, each of their Representatives, each of their respective heirs, executors, trustees, administrators, successors and assigns.

 

“Spinco OP” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Spinco Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Spinco Taint” means any violation of a covenant or any inaccuracy or falsity of a representation made by Spinco in Section 7.1, 7.3, or 7.5 of this Agreement or the taking of a Restricted Action by Spinco.

 

“Spin-Failure Related REIT Compliance Taxes” means, in case of a Relevant Final Determination, and in respect of a Party that otherwise qualifies as a REIT (or would have so

 

6



 

qualified in the absence of such Relevant Final Determination), Taxes imposed on such Party as a result of (i) such Party’s being treated as having failed to distribute, in the taxable year that includes the date of Distribution, any amount of Relevant Gain, (ii) the application of any of the provisions of Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Code and any related provisions (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Section 856(c)(7), 856(g)(5), 857(b)(3), 857(b)(5) or 4981 of the Code) to such Party as a result of such Party’s having Relevant Gain, (iii) such party being unable to comply with the requirements of operating as a REIT as a result of recognizing any amount of Relevant Gain, and (iv) all costs, expenses and damages associated with shareholders litigation or controversies and any amount paid by a Party in respect of the liability of its shareholders, whether paid to its shareholders or to any Tax Authority, in connection with clauses (i), (ii), (iii) hereof, and all reasonable costs and expenses associated with such payments.

 

“Straddle Period” means any taxable period beginning on or prior to, and ending after, the Distribution Date.

 

“Subsidiary” when used with respect to any Person, means (i) (A) a corporation a majority in voting power of whose share capital or capital stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, whether or not such power is subject to a voting agreement or similar encumbrance, (B) a partnership or limited liability company in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, (1) in the case of a partnership, a general partner of such partnership with the power affirmatively to direct the policies and management of such partnership or (2) in the case of a limited liability company, the managing member or, in the absence of a managing member, a member with the power affirmatively to direct the policies and management of such limited liability company, or (C) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof, has or have (1) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the members of the governing body of such Person, whether or not such power is subject to a voting agreement or similar encumbrance, or (2) in the absence of such a governing body, at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) any other Person of which an aggregate of 50% or more of the equity interests are, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any income, gross income, gross receipts, profits, capital stock, franchise, withholding, payroll, social security, workers’ compensation, employment, unemployment, disability, property, ad valorem, stamp, excise, severance, occupation, service, sales, use, license, lease, transfer, import, export, value added, alternative minimum, estimated or other similar tax (including any fee, assessment, or other charge in the nature of or in lieu of any tax) imposed by any Tax Authority, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing, together with any reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in defending against any such Tax.

 

7


 

“Tax Authority” means, with respect to any Tax, the governmental entity or political subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Local governmental authority) that imposes such Tax, and the agency, commission or authority (if any) charged with the assessment, determination or collection of such Tax for such entity or subdivision.

 

“Tax Benefit” means a reduction in the Tax liability of a taxpayer (or of the affiliated group of which it is a member) for any taxable period.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Tax Benefit shall be deemed to have been realized or received from a Tax Item in a taxable period only if and to the extent that the Tax liability of the taxpayer (or of the affiliated group of which it is a member) for such period, after taking into account the effect of the Tax Item on the Tax liability of such taxpayer in the current period and all prior periods, is less than it would have been if such Tax liability were determined without regard to such Tax Item.

 

“Tax Contest” means an audit, review, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding with the purpose, potential or effect of redetermining Taxes of any member of either Group (including any administrative or judicial review of any claim for refund).

 

“Tax Counsel” means Roberts & Holland LLP.

 

“Tax-Free Status” means the qualification the Distribution (a) as a transaction described in Section 355 of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock distributed by Parent is “qualified property” for purposes of Section 355(d) and 355(e) of the Code, and (c) a transaction in which shareholders of Parent will not recognize gain or loss upon the Distribution under Section 355(a) of the Code.

 

“Tax Item” means, with respect to any Tax, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or other attribute that may have the effect of increasing or decreasing any Tax.

 

“Tax Law” means the law of any governmental entity or political subdivision thereof, and any controlling judicial or administrative interpretations of such law, relating to any Tax.

 

“Tax Opinion” means the opinion to be delivered by Tax Counsel to Parent in connection with the Distribution.

 

“Tax Opinion Representations” means the representations made to Tax Counsel in connection with the Tax Opinion.

 

“Tax Records” means Tax Returns, Tax Return work papers, documentation relating to any Tax Contests, and any other books of account or records required to be maintained under applicable Tax Laws (including but not limited to Section 6001 of the Code) or under any record retention agreement with any Tax Authority.

 

“Tax Return” means any report of Taxes due, any claims for refund of Taxes paid, any information return with respect to Taxes, or any other similar report, statement, declaration, or document filed or required to be filed (by paper, electronically or otherwise) under any

 

8



 

applicable Tax Law, including any attachments, exhibits, or other materials submitted with any of the foregoing, and including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing.

 

“Tax Year” means, with respect to any Tax, the year, or shorter period, if applicable, for which the Tax is reported as provided under applicable Tax Law.

 

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement and includes, for the avoidance of doubt, (i) the VRLP Contribution, (ii) the VRLP Distribution, (iii) the Distribution, and (v) the Separate Contribution.

 

“Transfer Taxes” means all U.S. federal or Local sales, use, privilege, transfer, documentary, gains, stamp, duties, recording, and similar Taxes and fees (including any penalties, interest or additions thereto) imposed upon any Party hereto or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Distribution.

 

“Treasury Regulations” means the regulations promulgated from time to time under the Code as in effect for the relevant Tax Year.

 

“Unqualified Opinion” means an unqualified “will” opinion of an Expert Law Firm that permits reliance by Parent.  For the avoidance of doubt, an Unqualified Opinion may be based on factual representations and assumptions that are reasonably satisfactory to Parent.

 

“VRLP” means Vornado Realty L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

“VRLP Contribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

“VRLP Distribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.  Allocation of Taxes and Tax-Related Losses .

 

2.1                                Allocation of Taxes .  Except as provided in Section 2.2 (Allocation of Distribution Taxes and Transfer Taxes), Taxes shall be allocated as follows:

 

(a)                                  Parent shall be liable for and shall be allocated (i) any Taxes attributable to members of the Parent Group for all periods, and (ii) any Taxes attributable to members of the Spinco Group for a Pre-Distribution Period.

 

(b)                                  Spinco shall be liable for and shall be allocated any Taxes attributable to members of the Spinco Group for any Post-Distribution Period.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.1(a) and 2.1(b) (but subject to the provisions of Section 2.2), Taxes attributable to any transaction or action taken by or with respect to any member of the Spinco Group before the Effective Time on the Distribution Date shall be allocated to the Pre-Distribution Period, and Taxes attributable

 

9



 

to any transaction or action taken by or with respect to any member of the Spinco Group after the Effective Time on the Distribution Date shall be allocated to the Post-Distribution Period.

 

(d)                                  Real Estate Taxes, whenever due, shall be borne and paid by the Party liable therefor under applicable Law and shall not be allocated pursuant to the other provisions of this Section 2.  As a result, Parent shall not be required to indemnify Spinco on account of any Real Estate Taxes and Spinco shall not be required to indemnify Parent on account of any Real Estate Taxes.

 

(e)                                   To the extent Parent is liable for Taxes under this Section 2.1, it shall indemnify Spinco for such Taxes.  To the extent Spinco is liable for Taxes under this Section 2.1, it shall indemnify Parent for such Taxes.

 

2.2                                Allocation of Distribution Taxes and Transfer Taxes .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Spinco shall indemnify and hold harmless each Parent Indemnified Party from and against any liability of such party for

 

(i)                                      Distribution Taxes to the extent such Distribution Taxes result from a Spinco Taint, provided , however , that Spinco shall have no obligation to indemnify any Parent Indemnified Party hereunder if there has occurred, prior to such Spinco Taint, a Parent Taint from which such Distribution Taxes result; provided further , in the case Spinco’s obligation to indemnify arises pursuant to the provision of this Section 2.2(a)(i) immediately before this further proviso, Parent shall determine its REIT compliance requirements in its discretion and shall be under no obligation to minimize Spin-Failure Related REIT Compliance Taxes for the benefit of Spinco;

 

(ii)                                   Any Taxes imposed on such party under Sections 856(c)(7), 856(g)(5), 857(b)(3), 857(b)(5) or 4981 of the Code, as the result of accruing or receiving an amount required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) or this Section 2.2(a)(ii) (including as a result of Spinco failing to qualify as a REIT for any period);

 

(iii)                                Any Indemnification-Receipt Related Corporate Taxes.

 

It is understood and agreed that, in determining the amounts payable under Section 2.2(a)(ii), 2.2(a)(iii) above, there shall be included all costs, expenses and damages associated with shareholders litigation or controversies and any amount paid by Parent in respect of the liability of its shareholders, whether paid to its shareholders or to any Tax Authority, in connection with liability that may arise to shareholders as a result of receiving or accruing an amount payable under this Section 2.2(a), and all reasonable costs and expenses associated with such payments.

 

10



 

(b)                                  Parent shall indemnify and hold harmless each Spinco Indemnified Party from and against any liability of such party for Distribution Taxes to the extent such Distribution Taxes result from a Parent Taint, provided , however , that Parent shall have no obligation to indemnify any Spinco Indemnified Party hereunder if there has occurred, prior to such Parent Taint, a Spinco Taint from which such Distribution Taxes result.

 

(c)                                   The Parties shall cooperate with each other and use their commercially reasonable efforts to reduce and/or eliminate any Transfer Taxes.  If any Transfer Tax remains payable after application of the first sentence of this Section 2.2(c) and notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 2, all Transfer Taxes shall be allocated to Spinco.

 

2.3                                Tax Payments Each Company shall be liable for and shall pay the Taxes allocated to it by this Section 2 either to the applicable Tax Authority or to the other Company in accordance with Section 4 and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.4                                Closing of Tax Year Each member of the Spinco Group shall, unless prohibited by applicable Tax Law, close its Tax Year on the Distribution Date for each applicable Tax (whatever and wherever located the Governmental Authority that imposes it).  If applicable Tax Law does not permit a member of the Spinco Group to close its Tax Year on the Distribution Date or in any case in which a Tax is assessed with respect to a Straddle Period, the Taxes, if any, attributable to a Straddle Period shall be allocated (i) to the period up to and including the Distribution Date, on the one hand, and (ii) to the period subsequent to the Distribution Date, on the other hand, by means of a closing of the books and records of such member of the Spinco Group as of the close of the Distribution Date, provided that Taxes, exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on a periodic basis shall be allocated between the period ending on the Distribution Date and the period after the Distribution Date in proportion to the number of days in each such period.

 

2.5                                Allocation of Tax Attributes Parent shall in good faith advise Spinco in writing of the portion, if any, of any earnings and profits and other Tax attributes which Parent determines shall be allocated or apportioned to the Spinco Group under applicable Tax Law.  Spinco and all members of the Spinco Group shall prepare all Tax Returns in accordance with such written notice.  In the event that, as a result of a Final Determination, the allocation provided by Parent is required to be adjusted in accordance with such Final Determination, Parent shall promptly notify Spinco in writing of such adjustment and Spinco and all members of the Spinco Group shall prepare all Tax Returns, from the date of such notification, in accordance with the adjusted amounts set forth in such notification.  For the avoidance of doubt, Parent shall not be liable to Spinco or any member of the Spinco Group for any failure of any determination under this Section 2.5 to be accurate under applicable Tax Law.

 

11



 

SECTION 3.  Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns .

 

3.1                                Returns .

 

(a)                                  Tax Returns to be Prepared by Parent.  Parent shall be responsible for preparing and filing (or causing to be prepared and filed):

 

(i)                                      all Tax Returns which relate to one or more members of the Parent Group for any Tax Year, and

 

(ii)                                   all Tax Returns which relate to one or more members of the Spinco Group for any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period if such return includes a Tax for which Parent is liable under Section 2.1(a), provided , however , that Spinco shall furnish any relevant information, including pro-forma returns, disclosures, apportionment data and supporting schedules, relating to any member of the Spinco Group necessary for completing any Tax Return for any Pre-Distribution Period or Straddle Period in a format suitable for inclusion in such return, and provided further, that Spinco shall have the right to review and reasonably comment with respect to items on such returns if and to the extent such items directly relate to a Tax for which Spinco would be liable under Section 2.1(b), such comments not to be unreasonably rejected.

 

(b)                                  Tax Returns to be Prepared by Spinco.  Subject to Section 3.1(d), Spinco shall be responsible for preparing and filing (or causing to be prepared and filed) all Tax Returns which relate to one or more members of the Spinco Group and for which Parent is not responsible under Section 3.1(a).

 

(c)                                   Agent.   Subject to the other applicable provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 5), Spinco irrevocably designates, and agrees to cause each member of the Spinco Group to designate, Parent as its sole and exclusive agent and attorney-in-fact to take such action (including execution of documents) as Parent may deem reasonably appropriate in matters relating to the preparation or filing of any Tax Return described in Section 3.1(a)(ii).

 

(d)                                  Tax Returns Relating to Distribution Taxes.   No member of the Spinco Group shall file or caused to be filed any Tax Return which relates to matters involving Distribution Taxes without the consent of Parent.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Parent shall not be liable for any Distribution Taxes under Section 2.2(b) to the extent such Distribution Taxes arise from a breach of this Section 3.1(d) by any member of the Spinco Group.

 

(e)                                   Manner of Tax Return Preparation.   Unless otherwise required by a Tax Authority, the Parties shall prepare and file all Tax Returns, and take all other actions, in a manner consistent with this Agreement, and, to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, the Ruling Request and the Ruling.  All Tax Returns shall be filed on a

 

12



 

timely basis (taking into account applicable extensions) by the Party responsible for filing such Tax Returns under this Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentences of this Section 3.1(e), Parent shall have the exclusive right, in its reasonable discretion, with respect to any Tax Return described in Section 3.1(a) to determine (i) the manner in which such Tax Return shall be prepared and filed, including the elections, methods of accounting, positions, conventions and principles of taxation to be used and the manner in which any Tax Item shall be reported, (ii) whether any extensions may be requested, (iii) the elections that will be made on such Tax Return, (iv) whether any amended Tax Return(s) shall be filed, (v) whether any claim(s) for refund shall be made, (vi) whether any refund shall be paid by way of refund or credited against any liability for the related Tax, and (vii) whether to retain outside firms to prepare or review such Tax Returns.

 

3.2                                Provision of Information .

 

(a)                                  Parent shall provide to Spinco, and Spinco shall provide to Parent, any information about members of the Parent Group or the Spinco Group, respectively, that the Preparer reasonably requires to determine the amount of Taxes due on any Payment Date with respect to a Tax Return for which the Preparer is responsible pursuant to Section 3.1 and to properly and timely file all such Tax Returns.

 

(b)                                  If a member of the Spinco Group supplies information to a member of the Parent Group, or a member of the Parent Group supplies information to a member of the Spinco Group, and an officer of the requesting member intends to sign a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then a duly authorized officer of the member supplying such information shall certify, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, the accuracy of the information so supplied.

 

3.3                                Special Rules Relating to the Preparation of Tax Returns .  All Tax Returns that include any members of the Spinco Group or Parent Group shall be prepared in a manner that is consistent with the Ruling Request, the Ruling, and the Tax Opinion (including, for the avoidance doubt, the Tax Opinion Representations).  Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all Tax Returns for which Parent is responsible under Section 3.1(a) shall be prepared (x) in accordance with elections, Tax accounting methods and other practices used with respect to such Tax Returns filed prior to the Distribution Date (unless such past practices are not permissible under applicable law), or (y) to the extent any items are not covered by past practices (or in the event such past practices are not permissible under applicable Tax Law), in accordance with reasonable practices selected by Parent.

 

3.4                                Refunds, Credits or Offsets .

 

(a)                                  Any refunds, credits or offsets with respect to Taxes allocated to, and actually paid by, Parent (or actually paid, at whatever time, by any entity that was a Subsidiary of Parent during any period up to and including the Distribution Date) pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the account of Parent.  Any refunds, credits or

 

13



 

offsets with respect to Taxes not allocated to Parent pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be for the account of Spinco.  For the avoidance of doubt, consistent with Section 2.1(d), any refunds, credits, or offsets with respect to Real Estate Taxes shall belong to the Party entitled thereto under applicable Law and shall not otherwise be allocated pursuant to this Section 3.4.

 

(b)                                  Parent shall forward to Spinco, or reimburse Spinco for, any such refunds, credits or offsets, plus any interest received thereon, net of any Taxes incurred with respect to the receipt or accrual thereof and any expenses incurred in connection therewith, that are for the account of Spinco within fifteen Business Days from receipt thereof by Parent.  Spinco shall forward to Parent, or reimburse Parent for, any refunds, credits or offsets, plus any interest received thereon, net of any Taxes incurred with respect to the receipt or accrual thereof and any expenses incurred in connection therewith, that are for the account of Parent within fifteen Business Days from receipt thereof by Spinco.  If, subsequent to a Tax Authority’s allowance of a refund, credit or offset, such Tax Authority reduces or eliminates such allowance, any refund, credit or offset, plus any interest received thereon, forwarded or reimbursed under this Section 3.4 shall be returned to the party who had forwarded or reimbursed such refund, credit or offset and interest upon the request of such forwarding party in an amount equal to the applicable reduction, including any interest received thereon.

 

3.5                                Carrybacks.  To the extent permitted under applicable Tax Laws, the Spinco Group shall make the appropriate elections in respect of any Tax Returns to waive any option to carry back any net operating loss, any credits or any similar item from a Post-Distribution Period to any Pre-Distribution Period or to any Straddle Period.  Any refund of or credit for Taxes resulting from any such carryback by a member of the Spinco Group that cannot be waived shall be payable to Spinco net of any Taxes incurred with respect to the receipt or accrual thereof and any expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

3.6                                Amended Returns Any amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund, credit or offset with respect to any member of the Spinco Group may be made (or be caused to be made) only by the Company responsible for preparing the original Tax Return with respect to such member pursuant to Section 3.1(a) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, subject to the same review and comment rights set forth in Section 3.1(a), to the extent applicable).  Such Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the other Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), file, or cause to be filed, any such amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund, credit or offset to the extent that such filing, if accepted, is likely to increase the Taxes allocated to, or the Tax indemnity obligations under this Agreement of, such other Company for any Tax Year (or portion thereof).

 

SECTION 4.  Tax Payments .

 

4.1                                Payment of Taxes to Tax Authority Parent shall be responsible for remitting to the proper Tax Authority the Tax shown on any Tax Return for which it is responsible for the preparation and filing pursuant to Section 3.1(a), and Spinco shall be responsible for remitting to

 

14



 

the proper Tax Authority the Tax shown on any Tax Return for which it is responsible for the preparation and filing pursuant to Section 3.1(b).

 

4.2                                Indemnification Payments .

 

(a)                                  Tax Payments Made by the Parent Group.  If any Parent Indemnified Party is required to make a payment to a Tax Authority for Taxes allocated to Spinco under this Agreement, Spinco will pay the amount of Taxes allocated to it to Parent not later than the later of (i) ten Business Days after receiving notification requesting such amount, and (ii) one Business Day prior to the date such payment is required to be made to such Tax Authority.

 

(b)                                  Tax Payments Made by the Spinco Group.  If any Spinco Indemnified Party is required to make a payment to a Tax Authority for Taxes allocated to Parent under this Agreement, Parent will pay the amount of Taxes allocated to it to Spinco not later than the later of (i) ten Business Days after receiving notification requesting such amount, and (ii) one Business Day prior to the date such payment is required to be made to such Tax Authority.

 

4.3                                Interest on Late Payments Any amount not paid when due pursuant to this Agreement (and any amounts billed or otherwise invoiced or demanded and properly payable that are not paid within thirty (30) days of such bill, invoice or other demand) shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate specified for late payments in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or, if higher and if with respect to a payment to indemnify for a Tax to which the “large corporate underpayment” provision within the meaning of Section 6621(c) applies, such interest rate that would be applicable at such time to such “large corporate underpayment.”

 

4.4                                Tax Consequences of Payments.  For all Tax purposes, the Parties hereto shall treat (i) any payment made pursuant to this Agreement (other than payments representing interest) as either a contribution by the relevant entity or a distribution by the relevant entity (or as adjustments to such contribution or distribution) occurring immediately prior to the VRLP Distribution or the Distribution or the VRLP Contribution, as the case may be, or as a payment of an assumed or retained liability; and (ii) any payment of interest as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the Party entitled under this Agreement to retain such payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment, in either case except as otherwise required by applicable Law.  If the receipt or accrual of any indemnity payment under this Agreement causes, directly or indirectly, an increase in the taxable income of the recipient under one or more applicable Tax Laws, such payment shall be increased so that, after the payment of any Taxes with respect to the payment, the recipient thereof shall have realized the same net amount it would have realized had the payment not resulted in taxable income.  For the avoidance of doubt, any liability for Taxes due to an increase in taxable income described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be governed by this Section 4.4 and not by Section 2.1.  To the extent that Taxes for which any Party hereto (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) is required to pay an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement may be deducted or credited in determining the

 

15



 

amount of any other Taxes required to be paid by the Indemnified Party (for example, state Taxes which are permitted to be deducted in determining federal Taxes), the amount of any payment made to the Indemnified Party by the Indemnifying Party shall be decreased by taking into account any resulting reduction in other Taxes actually realized by the Indemnified Party.  If such a reduction in Taxes of the Indemnified Party occurs following the payment made to the Indemnified Party with respect to the relevant indemnified Taxes, the Indemnified Party shall promptly repay the Indemnifying Party the amount of such reduction when actually realized.  If the Tax Benefit arising from the foregoing reduction of Taxes described in this Section 4.4 is subsequently decreased or eliminated, then the Indemnifying Party shall promptly pay the Indemnified Party the amount of the decrease in such Tax Benefit.

 

SECTION 5.  Cooperation and Tax Contests .

 

5.1                                Cooperation In addition to the obligations enumerated in Sections 3.2 and 5.4, Parent and Spinco will cooperate (and cause their respective Subsidiaries and Representatives to cooperate) with each other and with each other’s agents, including accounting firms and legal counsel, in connection with Tax matters, including provision of relevant documents and information in their possession and making available to each other, as reasonably requested and available, personnel (including officers, directors, employees and agents of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries or Representatives) responsible for preparing, maintaining, and interpreting information and documents relevant to Taxes, and personnel reasonably required as witnesses or for purposes of providing information or documents in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes.

 

5.2                                Notices of Tax Contests Each Company shall provide prompt notice to the other Company of any pending or threatened Tax audit, assessment or proceeding or other Tax Contest of which it becomes aware relating to (i) Taxes for which it is or may reasonably be expected to be indemnified by such other Company hereunder or (ii) Tax Items that may reasonably be expected to affect the amount or treatment of Tax Items of such other Company.  Such notice shall contain factual information (to the extent known) describing any asserted Tax liability in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by copies of any notice and other documents received from any Tax Authority in respect of any such matters; provided , however , that failure to give such notification shall not affect the indemnification provided hereunder except, and only to the extent that, the indemnifying Company shall have been actually prejudiced as a result of such failure.  Thereafter, the indemnified Company shall deliver to the indemnifying Company such additional information with respect to such Tax Contest in its possession that the indemnifying Company may reasonably request.

 

5.3                                Control of Tax Contests .

 

(a)                                  Controlling Party.  Subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 5.3(b) and 5.3(c), each Preparer (or the appropriate member of its Group) shall be the Controlling Party with respect to any Tax Contest involving a Tax reported (or that, it is asserted, should have been reported) on a Tax Return for which such Company is responsible for preparing and filing (or causing to be prepared and filed) pursuant to

 

16



 

Section 3 of this Agreement, in which case any Non-Preparer that could have liability under this Agreement for a Tax to which such Tax Contest relates shall be treated as the “Non-Controlling Party.”  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if a Non-Preparer (x) acknowledges to the Preparer in writing its full liability under this Agreement to indemnify for any Tax, and (y) provides to the Preparer evidence (that is satisfactory to the Preparer as determined in the Preparer’s reasonable discretion) of the Non-Preparer’s financial readiness and capacity to make such indemnity payment, then thereafter with respect to the Tax Contest relating solely to such Tax the Non-Preparer shall be the Controlling Party (subject to Section 5.3(b)) and the Preparer shall be treated as the Non-Controlling Party.

 

(b)                                  Non-Controlling Party Participation Rights.  With respect to a Tax Contest of any Tax Return that could result in a Tax liability that is allocated under this Agreement, (i) the Non-Controlling Party shall, at its own cost and expense, be entitled to participate in such Tax Contest, (ii) the Controlling Party shall keep the Non-Controlling Party updated and informed, and shall consult with the Non-Controlling Party, (iii) the Controlling Party shall act in good faith with a view to the merits in connection with the Tax Contest, and (iv) the Controlling Party shall not settle or compromise such Tax Contest without the prior written consent of the Non-Controlling Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned).

 

(c)                                   Parent Control in Tax Contests Relating to Distribution Taxes and the Tax-Free Status.  Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.3, Parent shall be the Controlling Party with respect to (i) any Tax Contest involving Distribution Taxes, and (ii) any Tax Contest involving the qualification of the Distribution for the Tax-Free Status.

 

5.4                                Cooperation Regarding Tax Contests.  The Parties shall provide each other with all information relating to a Tax Contest which is needed by the other Party to handle, participate in, defend, settle or contest the Tax Contest.  At the request of any Party, the other Party shall take any action ( e.g. , executing a power of attorney) that is reasonably necessary in order for the requesting Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement in respect of a Tax Contest.  Spinco shall assist Parent, and Parent shall assist Spinco, in taking any remedial actions that are necessary or desirable to minimize the effects of any adjustment made by a Tax Authority.  The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in complying with this Section 5.4.

 

SECTION 6.  Tax Records .

 

6.1                                Retention of Tax Records Each of Parent and Spinco shall preserve, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to preserve, all Tax Records that are in their possession, and that could affect the liability of any member of the other Group for Taxes, for as long as the contents thereof may become material in the administration of any matter under applicable Tax Law, but in any event until the later of (x) the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations, as extended, and (y) seven years after the Distribution Date.

 

17


 

6.2                                Access to Tax Records Spinco shall make available, and cause its Subsidiaries to make available, to members of the Parent Group for inspection and copying (x) all Tax Records in their possession that relate to a Pre-Distribution Period, and (y) the portion of any Tax Record in their possession that relates to a Post-Distribution Period and which is reasonably necessary for the preparation of a Tax Return by a member of the Parent Group or with respect to any Tax Contest with respect to such return.  Parent shall make available, and cause its Subsidiaries to make available, to members of the Spinco Group for inspection and copying the portion of any Tax Record in their possession that relates to a Pre-Distribution Period and which is reasonably necessary for the preparation of a Tax Return by a member of the Spinco Group or with respect to any Tax Contest with respect to such return.

 

6.3                                Confidentiality Each party hereby agrees that it will hold, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants, advisors and agents to hold, in confidence all records and information prepared and shared by and among the Parties in carrying out the intent of this Agreement, except as may otherwise be necessary in connection with the filing of Tax Returns or any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to Taxes or unless disclosure is compelled by a governmental authority.  Information and documents of one Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) shall not be deemed to be confidential for purposes of this Section 6.3 to the extent that such information or document (i) is previously known to or in the possession of the other Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) and is not otherwise subject to a requirement to be kept confidential, (ii) becomes publicly available by means other than unauthorized disclosure under this Agreement by the Receiving Party or (iii) is received from a third party without, to the knowledge of the Receiving Party after reasonable diligence, a duty of confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party.

 

SECTION 7.  Representations and Covenants .

 

7.1                                Covenants of Parent and Spinco.

 

(a)                                  Parent hereby covenants that, to the fullest extent permissible under United States federal income and state Tax Laws, it will, and will cause the members of the Parent Group to, treat the applicable Transactions in accordance with the Agreed Treatment.  Spinco hereby covenants that, to the fullest extent permissible under United States federal income and state Tax Laws, it will, and will cause each Subsidiary of Spinco to, treat the applicable Transactions in accordance with the Agreed Treatment.

 

(b)                                  Parent further covenants that, as of and following the date hereof, Parent shall not and shall cause the members of the Parent Group not to take any action that (or fail to take any action the omission of which) would be inconsistent with the applicable Transactions qualifying for the Agreed Treatment.  Spinco further covenants that, as of and following the date hereof, Spinco shall not and shall cause the members of the Spinco Group not to take any action that (or fail to take any action the omission of which) would be inconsistent with the applicable Transactions qualifying for the Agreed Treatment.

 

18



 

7.2                                Private Letter Ruling .  Parent represents that it has provided Spinco with a copy of the Ruling and the Ruling Request submitted on or prior to the Distribution Date, and agrees to provide Spinco with copies of any additional documents submitted to the IRS relating to the Ruling Request and prepared after the Distribution Date prior to the submission of such documents to the IRS in connection with the Distribution.

 

7.3                                Covenants of Spinco .  Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 7.1, Spinco, on behalf of itself and each member of the Spinco Group, agrees and covenants that Spinco and each member of the Spinco Group will not, directly or indirectly, during the Restriction Period, (i) take any action that would result in Spinco’s ceasing to be engaged in the active conduct of the Spinco Business within the meaning of Section 355(b)(2)(A) of the Code, (ii) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or indirectly) any of Spinco’s outstanding stock other than pursuant to open market stock repurchase programs meeting the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30, 1996-1 C.B. 696, (iii) vary the relative voting rights of separate classes of Spinco’s stock or convert one class of Spinco’s stock into another class of its stock, (iv) liquidate or partially liquidate Spinco, (v) merge or consolidate Spinco with any other corporation, (vi) sell or otherwise dispose of (other than in the ordinary course of business) the assets of Spinco and its Subsidiaries, or take any other action or actions if such sale, other disposition or other action or actions in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire), directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions, assets representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Spinco Group, or (vii) take any other action or actions that in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire), directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions, stock or equity securities of Spinco representing a Fifty-Percent Equity Interest in Spinco, other than a Permitted Acquisition.  Spinco further covenants that it qualifies and will qualify as a REIT for its taxable year that includes the date of the Distribution.

 

7.4                                Covenants of Parent .  Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 7.1, Parent, on behalf of itself and each member of the Parent Group, agrees and covenants that Parent and each member of the Parent Group will not, directly or indirectly, during the Restriction Period, (i) take any action that would result in Parent’s ceasing to be engaged in the active conduct of the Parent Business within the meaning of Section 355(b)(2)(A) of the Code, (ii) redeem or otherwise repurchase (directly or indirectly) any of Parent’s outstanding stock other than pursuant to open market stock repurchase programs meeting the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30, 1996-1 C.B. 696, (iii) vary the relative voting rights of separate classes of Parent’s stock or convert one class of Parent’s stock into another class of its stock, (iv) liquidate or partially liquidate Parent, (v) merge or consolidate Parent with any other corporation, (vi) sell or otherwise dispose of (other than in the ordinary course of business) the assets of Parent and its Subsidiaries, or take any other action or actions if such sale, other disposition or other action or actions in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire), directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions, assets representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Parent Group, or (vii) take any other action or actions that in the aggregate would have the effect that one or more Persons acquire (or have the right to acquire),

 

19



 

directly or indirectly, as part of a plan or series of related transactions, stock or equity securities of Parent representing a Fifty-Percent Equity Interest in Parent.

 

7.5                                Spinco Representations .  Spinco represents that it knows of no facts that would be inconsistent with (i) the VRLP Contribution qualifying as a tax-free transaction described under Sections 351(a) and 1032(a) of the Code, (ii) the VRLP Distribution with respect to Parent qualifying as a tax-free distribution under Section 731(a) of the Code, (iii) the Distribution qualifying for the Tax-Free Status, or (iv) the Separate Contribution qualifying as a partnership contribution described under Section 721(a) of the Code.  Spinco further represents that, from the time of its formation to the date of this Agreement, it has qualified as a REIT and that it has no intention, and knows no facts which would cause it, not to so qualify hereafter.

 

7.6                                Parent Representations .  Parent represents that it knows of no facts that would be inconsistent with (i) the VRLP Contribution qualifying as a tax-free transaction described under Sections 351(a) and 1032(a) of the Code, (ii) the VRLP Distribution with respect to Parent qualifying as a tax-free distribution under Section 731(a) of the Code, (iii) the Distribution qualifying for the Tax-Free Status, or (iv) the Separate Contribution qualifying as a partnership contribution described under Section 721(a) of the Code.

 

7.7                                Notices and Exceptions .

 

(a)                                  If Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries determines that it desires to take a Restricted Action, Spinco shall notify Parent of this fact in writing.  Nonetheless, Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries may take a Restricted Action if Parent consents in writing to such Restricted Action, or if Spinco provides Parent with Satisfactory Guidance concluding that such Restricted Action will not alter the Tax-Free Status of the Distribution in respect of Parent or Parent’s shareholders.

 

(b)                                  Spinco and each of its Subsidiaries agree that Parent and each Parent Indemnified Party are to have no liability for any Tax resulting from any Restricted Actions permitted pursuant to this Section 7.7 and, subject to Section 2.2, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Parent Indemnified Party against any such Tax.  Spinco shall bear all costs incurred by it, and all reasonable costs incurred by Parent, in connection with requesting and/or obtaining any Satisfactory Guidance.

 

(c)                                   Spinco shall promptly notify Parent in the event that Spinco has knowledge that any of the representations made in Section 7.5 is false.

 

(d)                                  Parent shall promptly notify Spinco in the event that Parent has knowledge that any of the representations made in Section 7.6 is false.

 

7.8                                Relief .

 

(a)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, Parent shall have the right to seek injunctive relief to prevent Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries from taking any action that is not

 

20



 

consistent with the covenants of Spinco or any of its Subsidiaries under Section 7.1 or 7.3.

 

(b)                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any Spinco Indemnified Party any right to remedies other than indemnification for any increase in the actual Tax liability (and/or decrease in Tax Benefit) of such Spinco Indemnified Party that results from Parent Group’s failure to comply with the covenants in made in Section 7.1 or 7.4.

 

7.9                                Operating Rule s.  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of Sections 7.3 and 7.4, (i) any arrangement whereby a Person that is a corporation has the right to satisfy an obligation to purchase property by delivering either cash or its own stock shall be treated as an arrangement to which Treasury Regulations Section 1.355-7(e) applies, (ii) the issuance of any compensatory stock or compensatory stock options, the issuance of any stock pursuant to any equity award, compensatory option, or restricted stock unit, or the repurchase of any restricted stock, if such issuance or repurchase satisfies the conditions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d)(8)(i), shall not be taken into account, and (iii) the issuance of stock to a retirement plan qualified under Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code in a transaction that satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7(d)(9) shall not be taken into account.

 

SECTION 8.  General Provisions .

 

8.1                                Predecessors or Successors .  Any reference to Parent, Spinco, a Person, or a Subsidiary in this Agreement shall include any predecessors or successors ( e.g. , by merger or other reorganization, liquidation, conversion, or election under Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3) of Parent, Spinco, such Person, or such Subsidiary, respectively, including within the meaning of Section 355(e)(4)(D) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, no member of the Parent Group shall be deemed to be a predecessor or successor of Spinco and no member of the Spinco Group shall be deemed to be a predecessor or successor of Parent.

 

8.2                                Construction.   This Agreement and so much of the Separation and Distribution Agreement as relates to the subject matter hereof shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter.

 

8.3                                Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Party.

 

8.4                                Notices All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall reference this Agreement and shall be hand delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other

 

21



 

addresses for a Party as shall be specified by like notice) and will be deemed given on the date on which such notice is received:

 

If to Parent, to:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attention: [
· ]
Facsimile: [
· ]

 

with a copy (until 12:01 a.m., Eastern time, on the Distribution Date) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:
                                         William G. Farrar
Facsimile:
                                         [ · ]

 

If to Spinco, to:

 

Urban Edge Properties
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attention: [
· ]
Facsimile: [
· ]

 

with a copy (until 12:01 a.m., Eastern time, on the Distribution Date) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:
                                         William G. Farrar   
Facsimile:
                                         [ · ]

 

8.5                                Amendments .  T his Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the Parties.

 

8.6                                Assignment This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, and any attempt to assign any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement without such consent shall be void; provided that, subject to compliance with Section 7, if applicable, either Party may assign this Agreement to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Party so long as such purchaser expressly assumes, in a written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory

 

22



 

to the non-assigning Party, the due and punctual performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this Agreement on the part of the assigning Party to be performed or observed.

 

8.7                                Successors and Assigns The provisions to this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

8.8                                Change in Law Any reference to a provision of the Code, the Treasury Regulations or any other Tax Law shall include a reference to any applicable successor provision or law.

 

8.9                                Authorization, Etc.   Each of the Parties hereto hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Party, that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Party and that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Party does not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or the Party’s charter or bylaws or any agreement, instrument or order binding such Party.

 

8.10                         Termination This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Distribution by and in the sole discretion of Parent without the approval of Spinco or the stockholders of Parent.  In the event of such termination, no Party shall have any liability of any kind to any other Party or any other Person.  After the Distribution, this Agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by the Parties.

 

8.11                         Subsidiaries Each of the Parties shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any entity that is contemplated to be a Subsidiary of such Party after the Distribution Date.

 

8.12                         Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Except with respect to Parent Indemnified Parties and Spinco Indemnified Parties, and in each case, only where and as indicated herein, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and shall not be deemed to confer upon any other Person any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Spinco Indemnified Parties any rights or remedies against Spinco hereunder, and this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Parent Indemnified Parties any rights or remedies against Parent hereunder.

 

8.13                         Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York.

 

23



 

8.14                         Waiver of Jury Trial The Parties hereby irrevocably waive any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.15                         Severability In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement were to be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  The Parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

8.16                         Waiver The Parties may waive a provision of this Agreement only by a writing signed by the party intended to be bound by the waiver.  A party is not prevented from enforcing any right, remedy or condition in the Party’s favor because of any failure or delay in exercising any right or remedy or in requiring satisfaction of any condition, except to the extent that the Party specifically waives the same in writing. A written waiver given for one matter or occasion is effective only in that instance and only for the purpose stated. A waiver once given is not to be construed as a waiver for any other matter or occasion. Any enumeration of a Party’s rights and remedies in this Agreement is not intended to be exclusive, and a Party’s rights and remedies are intended to be cumulative to the extent permitted by law and include any rights and remedies authorized in law or in equity.

 

8.17                         No Double Recovery No provision of this Agreement shall be construed to provide an indemnity or other recovery for any costs, damages, or other amounts for which the damaged Party has been fully compensated under any other provision of this Agreement or under any other agreement or action at law or equity. Unless expressly required in this Agreement, a Party shall not be required to exhaust all remedies available under other agreements or at law or equity before recovering under the remedies provided in this Agreement.

 

8.18                         No Strict Construction; Interpretation .

 

(a)                                  Each of Parent and Spinco acknowledges that this Agreement has been prepared jointly by the Parties hereto and shall not be strictly construed against any Party hereto.

 

(b)                                  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.  The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine

 

24



 

as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term.  Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein.  References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by the respective officers as of the date set forth above.

 

 

 

Vornado Realty Trust

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  [ · ]

 

 

Title:    [ · ]

 

 

 

 

 

Urban Edge Properties

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  [ · ]

 

 

Title:    [ · ]

 

[Signature Page to Tax Matters Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
 VORNADO REALTY TRUST,
VORNADO REALTY L.P.,
URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES
AND
URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES, L.P.

 

DATED AS OF       , 2015

 

EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYEE MATTERS AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of       , 2015, is by and among  Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ VNO ”), Vornado Realty L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ VRLP ”), Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“ UE ”), and Urban Edge Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ UE, L.P. ” and together with VNO, VRLP and UE, each a “ Party ” and collectively, the “ Parties ”).

 

WHEREAS, the board of trustees of VNO (the “ VNO Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of VNO and its shareholders to create a new publicly traded company that will operate the UE Business (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the VNO Board has determined that it is appropriate and desirable to separate the UE Business from the VNO Business (the “ Separation ”);

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Parties have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of       , 2015 (the “ Separation Agreement ”), and have entered or will enter into other Transaction Documents that will govern certain matters relating to the Distribution (as defined below) and the relationship of VNO, UE and their respective Affiliates prior to and following the Distribution Date (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of allocating assets, liabilities and responsibilities with respect to certain human resources, employee compensation and benefits matters between them to the extent not provided in, or that vary from, the Separation Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the respective agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified Person.  For the purpose of this definition, “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract, agreement, obligation, indenture, instrument, lease, promise, arrangement, release, warranty, commitment, undertaking or otherwise.  It is expressly agreed that, prior to, at and after the Effective Time, for purposes of the Transaction Documents (a) no member of the UE Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the VNO Group and (b) no member of the VNO Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the UE Group.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Benefit Plan ” means, with respect to an entity, any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), and each plan, program, arrangement, agreement or commitment that is an employment, consulting, non-competition or deferred compensation agreement, or an executive compensation, incentive bonus or other bonus, employee pension, profit-sharing, savings, retirement, supplemental retirement, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, operating partnership unit, other equity-based compensation, severance pay, salary continuation, life, health, hospitalization, sick leave, vacation pay, paid time-off, disability or accident insurance plan, program, arrangement, agreement or commitment, corporate-owned or key-man life insurance or other employee benefit plan, program, arrangement, agreement or commitment, sponsored or maintained by such entity (or to which such entity contributes or is required to contribute or with respect to which such entity has any liability).

 

COBRA ” means the continuation coverage requirements for “group health plans” under Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and as codified in Code Section 4980B and Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA, and any similar state group health plan continuation Law, together with all regulations and proposed regulations promulgated thereunder, including any amendments or other modifications of such Laws and regulations that may be made from time to time.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

DCP II ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

 

Distribution ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to the Separation Agreement.

 

2



 

Distribution Date ” shall mean the date of the consummation of the Distribution, which shall be determined by the VNO Board in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Effective Time ” shall mean 12:01 a.m., New York City time, on the Distribution Date.

 

Employee ” means any individual who is a full-time or part-time employee of the applicable entity.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Force Majeure ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

 

Former Employee ” means any former Employee of VNO or an Affiliate of VNO or of UE or an Affiliate of UE, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, whether having last been employed by a member of the VNO Group or a member of the UE Group, including retired Employees.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body, agency, commission, department, board, bureau, court, tribunal or other instrumentality, whether federal, state, local, domestic, foreign or multinational, exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other similar functions of, or pertaining to, government and any executive official thereof.

 

Group ” shall mean either the UE Group or the VNO Group, as the context requires.

 

HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended.

 

Law ” means any national, supranational, federal, state, provincial, local or similar law (including common law), statute, code, order, ordinance, rule, regulation, treaty (including any income tax treaty), license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, decree, injunction, binding judicial or administrative interpretation or other requirement, in each case, enacted, promulgated, issued or entered by a Governmental Authority.

 

Liabilities ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Separation Agreement.

 

Parties ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Person ” shall mean an individual, a general or limited partnership, a corporation, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a limited liability entity, any other entity and any Governmental Authority.

 

3



 

Separation ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Separation Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, joint venture or partnership of which such Person (i) beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of (A) the total combined voting power of all classes of voting securities of such Person, (B) the total combined equity interests, or (C) the capital or profit interests, in the case of a partnership, or (ii) otherwise has the power to vote, either directly or indirectly, sufficient securities to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar governing body.

 

Transaction Documents ” means all agreements entered into by the Parties or the members of their respective Groups (but as to which no third party is a party) in connection with the Separation, the Distribution, or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including this Agreement, the Separation Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement and the Transfer Documents, as such terms are defined in the Separation Agreement (if not defined in this Agreement).

 

Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement to be entered into by and between VNO and UE or any members of their respective Groups in connection with the Separation, the Distribution or the other transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement.

 

U.S. ” means the United States of America.

 

UE ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

UE 401(k) Plan ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

UE Annual Bonus Plan ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

 

UE Benefit Plan ” means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by a member of the UE Group after the Effective Time, but excluding any VNO Benefit Plan.

 

UE Business ” shall mean the business, operations and activities of the VNO Group relating to the UE Properties as defined in the Separation Agreement as conducted at any time prior to the Effective Time by either Party or any of their current or former Subsidiaries.

 

UE Common Share ” shall mean a share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of UE.

 

UE Equity Plan ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

4



 

UE Group ” shall mean (a) prior to the Effective Time, UE and each Person that will be a Subsidiary of UE as of immediately after the Effective Time, including the Transferred Entities (as defined in the Separation Agreement), even if, prior to the Effective Time, such Person is not a Subsidiary of UE; and (b) on and after the Effective Time, UE and each Person that is a Subsidiary of UE.

 

UE Group Employee ” means any person who, immediately following the Effective Time, is an Employee of any member of the UE Group, including any such Employee who is on an approved leave at such time other than long-term disability leave.

 

UE Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

 

UE Participant ” shall mean any UE Group Employee who was, prior to the Effective Time, a participant in the applicable VNO Benefit Plan or is, after the Effective Time, a participant in the applicable UE Benefit Plan, or is a beneficiary, dependent or alternate payee of such a participant.

 

UE Welfare Plans ” means Welfare Plans which are maintained or contributed to by a member of the UE Group, but excluding the VNO Welfare Plans.

 

VNO 401(k) Plan ” shall mean the Vornado Realty Trust 401(k) Plan.

 

VNO Annual Bonus Plans ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

 

VNO Benefit Plan ” shall mean any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by VNO or any of its Affiliates.

 

VNO Board ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

VNO Business ” shall mean all businesses, operations and activities (whether or not such businesses, operations or activities are or have been terminated, divested or discontinued) conducted at any time prior to the Effective Time by either Party or any member of its Group, other than the UE Business.

 

VNO Common Share ” shall mean a common share, par value of $0.04 per share, of VNO.

 

VNO Equity Plan ” shall mean the Vornado Realty Trust 2010 Omnibus Share Plan.

 

VNO Group ” shall mean VNO and each Person that is a Subsidiary of VNO (other than any member of the UE Group).

 

VNO Group Employee ” shall mean any person who, immediately following the Effective Time, is an Employee of any member of the VNO Group, including any such Employee who is on an approved leave at such time.

 

5



 

VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.1 of this Agreement.

 

VNO Participant ” shall mean any VNO Group Employee or Former Employee and who is, at any time prior to, on, or after the Effective Time, a participant in the applicable VNO Benefit Plan or is a beneficiary, dependent or alternate payee of such a participant.

 

VNO Severance Benefits Program ” shall mean the VNO severance program which covers employees of the UE Group immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

VNO Welfare Plans ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

Welfare Plan ” shall mean a plan that provides for health, welfare or other insurance benefits within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA.

 

ARTICLE II
EMPLOYMENT GENERALLY

 

2.1                                Continuation of Employment .  Except as otherwise provided on Schedule 2.1 of this Agreement or as required by applicable local Law, VNO and its Affiliates shall take all actions necessary to ensure that, as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, (i) all Employees intended by the Parties to be UE Group Employees, including any such Employees who are on short-term disability leave or other approved leave of absence, are employed by a member of the UE Group and (ii) all Employees intended by the Parties to be VNO Group Employees are employed by a member of the VNO Group.

 

2.2                                Service Recognition .  UE shall give, or shall cause its Affiliates to give, each UE Group Employee full credit for all purposes under any UE Benefit Plan for such UE Group Employee’s service with VNO or any of its Affiliates prior to the Effective Time to the same extent such service was recognized by the corresponding VNO Benefit Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that such service shall not be recognized to the extent that such recognition would result in the duplication of benefits or as otherwise provided by applicable local Law.

 

2.3                                No Separation From Service or Termination of Employment .  The Distribution and the assignment, transfer, or continuation of employment of any Employee of VNO or any of its Affiliates in connection therewith (including in accordance with Section 2.1 hereof) shall not be deemed a separation from service or termination of employment entitling such Employee to be eligible to participate in, or to receive payment of, severance or other termination payments or benefits under any applicable Law, VNO Benefit Plan or UE Benefit Plan provided , however , that any Employee of VNO or any of its Affiliates whose employment is not intended to be continued by VNO or any of its Affiliates following the Effective Time and is not assigned to a member of the UE Group, and whose employment is involuntarily terminated by VNO as of the Effective Time, shall be deemed to have incurred a separation from service and shall be eligible to receive severance and benefits as set forth in Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

 

6



 

2.4                                Former Employees .  UE shall have no liability with respect to Former Employees, if any, as of (or after) the Effective Time. VNO shall retain liability, if any, with respect to Former Employees.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after the Effective Time UE hires a Former Employee (not in violation of the nonsolicitation obligations in Section 5.6 of the Separation Agreement), then UE shall be responsible for any prospective compensation and benefits provided to such person.

 

ARTICLE III
RETIREMENT PLANS

 

3.1                                The VNO 401(k) Plan and UE 401(k) Plan .

 

(a)                                  Establishment of Plan and Trust .  UE or one of its Affiliates shall adopt a retirement plan and related trust that are qualified and tax-exempt pursuant to Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively, and that is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(k) (the “ UE 401(k) Plan ”), and any trust agreement or other plan documents reasonably necessary in connection therewith, and shall cause a trustee to be appointed for the UE 401(k) Plan.  Such actions shall be completed prior to, or as soon as reasonably practicable following, the Effective Time.  Subject to the written consent of VNO, UE may satisfy its obligations under this Section 3.1 by establishing or adopting a multiple employer 401(k) plan of which VNO or an Affiliate of VNO is the primary sponsoring employer. If such a multiple employer 401(k) plan is established, it shall be deemed, for purposes of this Section 3.1, to be the UE 401(k) Plan referenced herein.

 

(b)                                  Assumption of Liabilities Transfer of Assets .  As soon as practicable after the Effective Time and subject to Applicable Law:  (i) VNO shall cause the accounts (including any outstanding loan balances) of each UE Employee in the VNO 401(k) Plan to be transferred to the UE 401(k) Plan and its related trust; (ii) the UE 401(k) Plan shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities under the UE 401(k) Plan relating to the accounts that are so transferred as of and following the time of such transfer; and (iii) UE shall cause such transferred accounts to be accepted by the UE 401(k) Plan and its related trust and shall cause the UE 401(k) Plan to satisfy all protected benefit requirements under the Code and applicable Law with respect to the transferred accounts.  Such transfer shall be made in (i) cash but, only to the extent it is not practicable to transfer in kind (as determined by the administrator of the VNO 401(k) Plan) and (ii) promissory notes evidencing the transfer of outstanding loans.

 

(c)                                   Contributions Under the VNO 401(k) Plan as of the Effective Time .  All employer contributions, including employee deferrals, matching contributions (including any true-up contributions, if applicable), profit-sharing contributions, and employer non-elective contributions, accrued by UE Participants under the VNO 401(k) Plan through the Effective Time, determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of the VNO 401(k) Plan, ERISA and the Code, and based on all service performed and compensation accrued through the Effective Time, shall be deposited by VNO in the VNO 401(k) Plan and allocated to the VNO 401(k) Plan accounts of the applicable UE Participants prior to the Effective Time.

 

3.2                                Reservation of Rights .  Except as provided in Section 3.1, the Parties hereby acknowledge that nothing in this Article III shall be construed to require (a) VNO or any of its

 

7



 

Affiliates to continue the VNO 401(k) Plan before or after the Effective Time, and (b) UE or any of its Affiliates to continue the UE 401(k) Plan after the Effective Time following its establishment and receipt of the asset and liability transfer described in Section 3.1.  The Parties agree that (i) VNO reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or terminate the VNO 401(k) Plan at any time following the date of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and applicable Law, and (ii) UE reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or terminate the UE 401(k) Plan at any time following the date of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and applicable Law; provided that no such amendment to either the VNO 401(k) Plan or the UE 401(k) Plan shall prevent the actions described in Section 3.1.

 

ARTICLE IV
HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANS

 

4.1                                UE Health and Welfare Plans .

 

(a)                                  Cessation of Participation in VNO Health and Welfare Plans .  No later than the Effective Time, UE (acting directly or through its Affiliates) shall establish the UE Welfare Plans, which shall generally correspond to the VNO health and welfare plans in which UE Group Employees participate immediately prior to the Effective Time (“ VNO Welfare Plans ”).  UE shall cause UE Group Employees and their covered dependents who participate in VNO Welfare Plans to be automatically enrolled no later than the Effective Time in UE Welfare Plans corresponding to the VNO Welfare Plans in which the UE Employee or his or her covered dependents, if any, participated before the Effective Time; provided that, with respect to flexible spending accounts, if automatic enrollment is not possible, UE Group Employees shall be eligible to elect coverage before, as of or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time under each UE Welfare Plan which is a flexible spending account plan and which corresponds to a VNO Welfare Plan which is a flexible spending account plan.

 

(b)                                  Allocation of Health and Welfare Plan Liabilities .  All outstanding Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from health and welfare claims incurred by or on behalf of UE Employees or their covered dependents under the VNO Welfare Plans on or before the Effective Time, including claims incurred but not reported, shall be retained by VNO or the applicable member of the VNO Group.

 

(c)                                   Waiver of Conditions .  To the extent permitted by applicable Law and the terms of the applicable UE Welfare Plan, UE (acting directly or through its Affiliates) shall cause the UE Welfare Plans to (i) waive all limitations as to preexisting conditions, exclusions, and service conditions with respect to participation and coverage requirements applicable to any UE Group Employee, other than limitations that were in effect with respect to the UE Group Employee under the corresponding VNO Welfare Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (ii) waive any waiting period limitation or evidence of insurability requirement applicable to a UE Group Employee other than limitations or requirements that were in effect with respect to such UE Group Employee under the corresponding VNO Welfare Plan immediately prior to the Effective Time.  Such waivers described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the foregoing sentence, with respect to the UE Welfare Plans, shall apply to initial enrollment effective immediately following the Effective Time.  Following the initial enrollment, pre-existing condition limitations,

 

8



 

exclusions, and services conditions under the UE Welfare Plans may apply only to the extent allowable under HIPAA.

 

(d)                                  Deductibles, Etc.   To the extent permitted by applicable Law and the terms of the applicable UE Welfare Plan, expenses incurred by any UE Group Employee and credited during the year that includes the Distribution Date for purposes of calculating deductibles, co-payments and out-of-pocket maximums under a VNO Welfare Plan shall be taken into account as if such expense had been incurred under the corresponding UE Welfare Plan.

 

4.2                                COBRA and HIPAA Compliance .  VNO shall continue to be responsible for compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA (including the requirements under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act), the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the VNO Welfare Plans with respect to any UE Group Employees or any of their covered dependents who incur a qualifying event or loss of coverage under COBRA at or before the Effective Time (including as a result of the Separation and Distribution).  UE shall assume responsibility for compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the UE Welfare Plans, with respect to any UE Group Employees or any of their covered dependents who incur a qualifying event or loss of coverage under the UE Welfare Plans after the Effective Time.

 

4.3                                Time-Off Benefits .  UE shall credit each UE Group Employee immediately following the Effective Time with the amount of accrued but unused paid time-off as such UE Group Employee had under the applicable VNO paid time-off policy immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

4.4                                Incurred Claim Definition .  For purposes of this Article IV, a claim or Liability is deemed to be incurred:  (a) with respect to medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefits, upon the rendering of health services giving rise to such claim or Liability; (b) with respect to life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance, upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to such claim or Liability; (c) with respect to disability benefits, upon the date of an Employee’s disability, as determined by the disability benefit insurance carrier or claim administrator, giving rise to such claim or Liability; and (d) with respect to a period of continuous hospitalization, upon the date of admission to the hospital.

 

4.5                                Workers Compensation .  The ownership and administration of workers compensation insurance shall be governed by Section 5.1 of the Separation Agreement regarding insurance matters.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to allocate between the Parties the claims and Liabilities under any workers compensation insurance policies.

 

4.6                                Reservation of Rights .  The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Article IV shall be construed to require (a) VNO or any of its Affiliates to continue any VNO Benefit Plan before or after the Effective Time, or (b) UE or any of its Affiliates to continue any UE Benefit Plan before or after the Effective Time, in each case, except as set forth in Article VII.  Each of VNO and UE reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or

 

9


 

terminate any VNO Benefit Plan and any UE Benefit Plan, respectively, at any time after the date of this Agreement, to the extent permitted or required under the terms of the applicable VNO Benefit Plan, UE Benefit Plan or applicable Law; provided that no such amendment or termination shall prevent the actions described in Article IV.

 

ARTICLE V
EQUITY PLANS AND AWARDS

 

5.1                                Establishment of UE Equity Plan .  As of or prior to the Effective Time, UE shall adopt an omnibus equity compensation plan (the “ UE Equity Plan ”) pursuant to which equity awards may be granted to UE Group Employees.  The UE Equity Plan shall provide for the same types of awards as the VNO Equity Plan.  VNO and UE shall take all actions as may be necessary or advisable to adopt and obtain approval of the UE Equity Plan (and the awards in respect of UE Common Shares thereunder) in order to satisfy the requirement of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and the applicable rules and regulations of any applicable exchange on which UE Common Shares will be traded.  The UE Equity Plan shall be approved prior to the Effective Time by VRLP as UE’s sole shareholder.

 

5.2                                Liabilities for Settlement of Awards .  VNO shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with awards made under the VNO Equity Plan, including without limitation such awards made to UE Group Employees at the time they were VNO Group Employees.  UE shall be responsible for all Liabilities associated with awards made under the UE Equity Plan.

 

5.3                                Reservation of Rights .  The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Article V shall be construed to require (a) VNO or any of its Affiliates to continue the VNO Equity Plan before or after the Effective Time, or (b) UE or any of its Affiliates to continue the UE Equity Plan before or after the Effective Time.  Each of VNO and UE reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or terminate the VNO Equity Plan (and the awards thereunder) and the UE Equity Plan (and the awards thereunder), respectively, at any time after the date of this Agreement, to the extent permitted or required under the terms of the VNO Equity Plan, UE Equity Plan or applicable Law; provided that no such amendment or termination shall prevent the actions described in Article V.

 

ARTICLE VI
NONQUALIFIED PLANS

 

6.1                                Deferred Compensation Plans .  Effective no later than the Effective Time, UE Group Employees shall cease to be eligible to actively participate in the Vornado Realty Trust Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan II (the “ DCP II ”) and no further deferrals shall be made to the DCP II on behalf of UE Group Employees with respect to compensation or earnings for services on or for the year in which the Effective Time occurs.  Each UE Group Employee who immediately prior to the Effective Time was a participant in, or entitled to future benefits under, the DCP II and/or the Vornado Realty Trust Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (together, the “ VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans ”) shall continue to have such rights, privileges and obligations under the VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans as are provided thereunder. A UE Group Employee shall not be deemed to have separated from

 

10



 

service or incurred a termination of employment for purposes of the VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans until such UE Group Employee incurs a separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) from UE and the UE Affiliates (and provided such UE Group Employee is not employed by or providing services to VNO or any VNO Affiliate).  UE agrees to promptly notify VNO if and when a UE Group Employee who is a participant of the VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans separates from service with UE and the UE Affiliates.

 

6.2                                Reservation of Rights .  The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Article VI shall be construed to require VNO or any of its Affiliates to continue the VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans before or after the Effective Time.  VNO reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or terminate the VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans at any time after the date of this Agreement, to the extent permitted or required under the terms of the VNO Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans or applicable Law.

 

ARTICLE VII
ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION MATTERS; SEVERANCE

 

7.1                                Annual Cash Incentive Awards .  As of January 1, 2015, UE Group Employees shall cease participating in each VNO annual bonus plan or policy (“ VNO Annual Bonus Plans ”).  As of January 1, 2015, (i) UE shall establish annual bonus plans or policies (“ UE Annual Bonus Plans ”) and (ii) UE Group Employees who were eligible to participate in the VNO Bonus Plans shall be eligible to participate in the UE Bonus Plans.  UE shall be solely responsible for funding, paying and discharging all obligations under the UE Annual Bonus Plans and VNO shall have no liability with respect to annual bonuses to be paid to UE group employees with respect to the calendar year in which the Effective Time occurs.  Vornado shall remain solely responsible for funding and discharging all obligations under the VNO Annual Bonus Plans with respect to annual bonuses to be paid to UE group employees with respect to the 2014 calendar year.

 

7.2                                Assumption of Severance Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  Severance Liabilities .  UE shall be responsible for the severance obligations to UE Group Employees whose employment is terminated on or after the Effective Time and VNO shall have no liability with respect to such severance obligations.

 

(b)                                  Severance Agreements .  In the event any UE Group Employee who is a salaried employee is eligible for severance benefits on account of a termination of employment on or after the Effective Time, unless agreed otherwise by an executive officer of VNO, UE shall require such employee, as a condition of receiving severance benefits, to agree in writing to a release of existing claims and confidentiality and noncompete provisions in favor of UE and VNO, in such form as UE and VNO mutually agree.

 

7.3                                Reservation of Rights .  The Parties hereby acknowledge that, except for the obligations described in this Article VII, nothing in this Article VII shall be construed to require either VNO or UE (and their respective Affiliates) to continue any cash incentive awards

 

11



 

program, deferred compensation plan, or severance plan after the Effective Time.  The Parties agree that each of VNO and UE reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend or terminate any cash incentive awards program, deferred compensation plan, or severance plan maintained by the VNO Group or the UE Group, respectively, at any time after the Effective Time to the extent permitted under the terms of the applicable cash incentive awards program, deferred compensation plan, or severance plan and applicable Law; provided that no such amendment shall prevent the actions described in this Article VII.

 

ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

 

8.1                                Non-Termination of Employment; No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or the Separation Agreement, no provision of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents shall be construed to create any right, or accelerate entitlement, to any compensation or benefit whatsoever on the part of any VNO Group Employee, UE Group Employee or any Former Employee, or future Employee of VNO or any of its Affiliates or of UE or any of its Affiliates under any VNO Benefit Plan or UE Benefit Plan or otherwise, nor shall any such provision be construed as an amendment to any employee benefit plan or other employee compensatory or benefit arrangement.  Furthermore, nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer upon any Employee or Former Employee any right to continued employment, any recall or similar rights to an Employee on layoff or any type of approved leave, or to change the employment status of any Employee from “at will.”

 

8.2                                Beneficiary Designation/Release of Information/Right to Reimbursement .  To the extent permitted by applicable Law and except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, all beneficiary designations, authorizations for the release of Information (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and rights to reimbursement made by or relating to UE Participants under VNO Benefit Plans shall be transferred to and be in full force and effect under the corresponding UE Benefit Plans until such beneficiary designations, authorizations or rights are replaced or revoked by, or no longer apply, to the relevant UE Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, UE shall seek to obtain, before or as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Time, beneficiary designations, authorizations for the release of Information and rights to reimbursement from all UE Participants under UE Benefit Plans.

 

8.3                                Not a Change in Control .  The Parties acknowledge and agree that the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and this Agreement do not constitute a “change in control” for purposes of any VNO Benefit Plan or UE Benefit Plan.

 

8.4                                Code Section 409A .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if any of the provisions of this Agreement would result in imposition of taxes and/or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, VNO and UE shall cooperate in good faith to modify the applicable provision so that such taxes and/or penalties do not apply in order to comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, other applicable provisions of the Code and/or any rules, regulations or other regulatory guidance issued under such statutory provisions.

 

12



 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1                                Relationship of Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the Parties or any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the Parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained therein, and no act of the Parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the Parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

 

9.2                                Affiliates .  Each of VNO and UE shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement to be performed by each of their respective Affiliates.

 

9.3                                Corporate Power .  VNO represents on behalf of itself and on behalf of other members of the VNO Group, and UE represents on behalf of itself and on behalf of other members of the UE Group, as follows:

 

(a)                                  each such Person has the requisite trust power and authority and has taken all corporate action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

 

(b)                                  this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

9.4                                Governing Law .  This Agreement (and any claims or disputes arising out of or related hereto or to the transactions contemplated hereby or to the inducement of any party to enter herein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute or otherwise) shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of New York including all matters of validity, construction, effect, enforceability, performance and remedies.

 

9.5                                Survival of Covenants .  Except as expressly set forth in any other Transaction Document, the covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement, and Liability for the breach of any obligations contained herein or therein, shall survive each of the transactions described in the Plan of Reorganization (as defined in the Separation Agreement) and the Distribution and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

9.6                                Force Majeure .  No Party shall be deemed in default of this Agreement or, unless otherwise expressly provided therein, any other Transaction Document for any delay or failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation) hereunder or thereunder so long as and to the extent to which any delay or failure in the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure.  In the event of any such excused delay, the time for performance of such obligations (other than a payment obligation) shall be extended for a period equal to the time lost by reason of the delay.  A Party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of any such event, (a) provide written notice to the other Party of the nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition; and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to

 

13



 

remove any such causes and resume performance under the Transaction Documents, as applicable, as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

9.7                                Notices .  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile or electronic transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9.7):

 

If to Vornado, to:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attention: [
· ]
Facsimile: [
· ]

 

with a copy (until the Effective Time) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:
                                         William G. Farrar
                                                                                                Matthew M. Friestedt
Facsimile:
                                         (212) 558-3588

 

If to UE, to:

 

Urban Edge Properties
[888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019]
Attention: [
· ]
Facsimile: [
· ]

 

with a copy (until the Effective Time) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention:
                                         William G. Farrar
                                                                                                Matthew M. Friestedt
Facsimile:
                                         (212) 558-3588

 

9.8                                Termination .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated and the Distribution abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time by and

 

14



 

in the sole discretion of VNO without the prior approval of any Person, including UE.  In the event of such termination, this Agreement shall become void and no Party, or any of its officers and directors, shall have any liability to any Person by reason of this Agreement.  After the Effective Time, this Agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by each of the Parties.

 

9.9                                Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof or thereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances or in jurisdictions other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.  Upon such determination, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith in an effort to agree upon such a suitable and equitable provision to effect the original intent of the Parties.

 

9.10                         Entire Agreement .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement (including the Schedules hereto) and the applicable provisions of the Separation Agreement together constitute the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between or on behalf of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.11                         Indemnification; Dispute Resolutions .  Article IV of the Separation Agreement governs the Parties’ indemnification rights and obligations and Article VII of the Separation Agreement governs the resolution of any dispute between the Parties.

 

9.12                         Assignment; No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties, except that VNO may assign (i) any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates and (ii) any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in connection with a sale or disposition of any assets or entities or lines of business of VNO; provided , however , that, in each case, no such assignment shall release VNO from any liability or obligation under this Agreement nor change any of the steps in the Plan of Reorganization (as defined in the Separation Agreement).  Except as provided in Article IV of the Separation Agreement with respect to Indemnified Parties (as defined in the Separation Agreement), this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and members of their respective Group and their permitted successors and assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

9.13                         Public Announcements .  From and after the Effective Time, VNO and UE shall consult with each other before issuing, and give each other the opportunity to review and comment upon, any press release or other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation, except as may be required by applicable Law, court process or by obligations pursuant to any listing agreement with any national securities exchange or national securities quotation system.

 

15



 

9.14                         Specific Performance .  Subject to the provisions of Article VII of the Separation Agreement, in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the Party or Parties who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief (on an interim or permanent basis) of its rights under this Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.  The Parties agree that the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach, including monetary damages, may be inadequate compensation for any loss and that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is waived.  Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are waived by each of the Parties.

 

9.15                         Amendment .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by all the Parties.  No waiver by any Party of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and executed by the Party so waiving.  The waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other subsequent breach.

 

9.16                         Rules of Construction .  Interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the following rules of construction (i) words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa and words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires, (ii) references to the terms Article, Section, paragraph, clause, Exhibit and Schedule are references to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs, clauses, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified, (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto, (iv) references to “ $ ” shall mean U.S. dollars, (v) the word “ including ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean “including without limitation,” unless otherwise specified, (vi) the word “or” shall not be exclusive, (vii) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form, (viii) unless the context requires otherwise, references to “ Party ” shall mean VNO or UE, as appropriate, and references to “ Parties ” shall mean VNO and UE, (ix) provisions shall apply, when appropriate, to successive events and transactions, (x) the table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement, (xi) VNO and UE have each participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions in this Agreement or any interim drafts of this Agreement, and (xii) a reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

9.17                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different Parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or portable document format (PDF) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of any such Agreement.

 

16



 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

VORNADO REALTY TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

VORNADO REALTY L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated as of August 18, 2010

 

 

between

 

 

THE ENTITIES SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE 1
ATTACHED HERETO
,
collectively, as Borrower

 

 

and

 

 

TOWSON VF L.L.C. ,
as Maryland Owner

 

 

and

 

 

VORNADO FINANCE II L.P. ,
as Lender

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Principles of Construction

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

GENERAL TERMS

 

Section 2.1

Loan

37

Section 2.2

Interest

38

Section 2.3

Prepayments

44

Section 2.4

Defeasance

45

Section 2.5

Release of Property

50

Section 2.6

Substitution of Properties

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

CASH MANAGEMENT

 

Section 3.1

Accounts

64

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 4.1

Borrower Representations

70

Section 4.2

Survival of Representations

85

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

BORROWER COVENANTS

 

Section 5.1

Affirmative Covenants

86

Section 5.2

Negative Covenants

103

 

i



 

ARTICLE VI

 

INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION; RESTORATION

 

Section 6.1

Insurance Coverage

107

Section 6.2

Condemnation and Insurance Proceeds

113

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

IMPOSITIONS, OTHER CHARGES, LIENS AND OTHER ITEMS

 

Section 7.1

Borrower and Maryland Owner to Pay Impositions and Other Charges

118

Section 7.2

No Liens

118

Section 7.3

Contest

119

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

TRANSFERS, INDEBTEDNESS AND SUBORDINATE LIENS

 

Section 8.1

Restrictions on Transfers

120

Section 8.2

Sale of Building Equipment

120

Section 8.3

Immaterial Transfers and Easements, etc.

120

Section 8.4

Indebtedness

121

Section 8.5

Permitted Owner Interest Transfers

121

Section 8.6

Permitted Encumbrances

124

Section 8.7

Deliveries to Lender

124

Section 8.8

Leases

125

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE X

 

MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; ALTERATIONS

 

Section 10.1

Maintenance of Properties

129

Section 10.2

Conditions to Alteration

129

Section 10.3

Costs of Alteration

130

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

Section 11.1

Books and Records

133

 

ii



 

Section 11.2

Financial Statements

133

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

SERVICER

 

Section 13.1

Retention of Servicer

135

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

ARTICLE XV

 

ASSIGNMENTS

 

Section 15.1

Assignments

136

Section 15.2

Limitation on Costs

136

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

RESERVE ACCOUNTS

 

Section 16.1

Tax Reserve Account

136

Section 16.2

Insurance Reserve Account

137

Section 16.3

Replacements and Replacement Reserve

138

Section 16.4

Ground Lease Reserve Fund

142

Section 16.5

Intentionally Omitted

143

Section 16.6

Reserve Accounts, Generally

143

Section 16.7

Guaranty of Reserve Accounts

143

Section 16.8

Letters of Credit

144

Section 16.9

Excess Cash Flow Reserve Account

146

Section 16.10

TI and Leasing Reserve Account

146

Section 16.11

Required Remediation Funds

146

 

 

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

DEFAULTS

 

Section 17.1

Event of Default

147

Section 17.2

Remedies

152

Section 17.3

Remedies Cumulative; Waivers

153

Section 17.4

Costs of Collection

153

 

iii



 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 18.1

Exculpation

154

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 19.1

Survival

157

Section 19.2

Lender’s Discretion

157

Section 19.3

Governing Law

158

Section 19.4

Modification, Waiver in Writing

159

Section 19.5

Delay Not a Waiver

159

Section 19.6

Notices

159

Section 19.7

TRIAL BY JURY

161

Section 19.8

Headings

162

Section 19.9

Severability

162

Section 19.10

Preferences

162

Section 19.11

Waiver of Notice

162

Section 19.12

Expenses; Indemnity

163

Section 19.13

Exhibits and Schedules Incorporated

165

Section 19.14

Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses

165

Section 19.15

Liability of Assignees of Lender

165

Section 19.16

No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries

166

Section 19.17

Publicity

166

Section 19.18

Waiver of Counterclaim and Other Actions

166

Section 19.19

Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance

166

Section 19.20

Prior Agreements

167

Section 19.21

Counterparts

167

Section 19.22

Cross-Default; Cross-Collateralization; Waiver of Marshalling of Assets

167

Section 19.23

Borrower Agent

168

 

Schedule 1- Individual Borrowers

Schedule 1.1.1 – Allocated Loan Amounts

Schedule 2 - Marlton Condemnation

Schedule 2.2.3 – Amortization Schedule

Schedule 3.1.9 – Form of Tenant Notification Letter

Schedule 4.1.1 – Borrower Organizational Structure Chart

Schedule 4.1.12 – Financial Data

Schedule 4.1.13 – Condemnation Schedule

Schedule 4.1.23 – Missing Licenses and/or Permits

Schedule 4.1.24 – Flood Zone Properties

Schedule 4.1.29(h) – Environmental Issues

Schedule 4.1.37 – Collective Bargaining Agreements

 

iv



 

Schedule 4.1.40 – Tax Payer Identification Numbers

Schedule 4.1.43 – Ground Leases

Schedule 4.1.44 – REOA’s

Schedule 5.1.4 – Wal-Mart Parcel

Schedule 5.1.17 – Form of Tenant Estoppel Letter

Schedule 5.1.22 – O&M Program

Schedule 5.1.27 – Required Repairs

Schedule 8.8.2 – Standard Form of Lease

Schedule 8.8.9 – Non Disturbance Agreement

Schedule 11.2.1 – Form of Quarterly Report

Schedule 11.2.3 – Form of Rent Roll

Schedule 16.3 – Rentable square feet of each Individual Property

Schedule 16.10 – TI and Leasing Costs

Schedule 16.11.1 – Required Remediation

Schedule 18.1.2 – Liens

 

v


 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT , dated as of this 18th day of August, 2010 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), by and among VORNADO FINANCE II, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership, having an address at c/o Vornado Realty Trust, 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (together with its successors and assigns, “ Lender ”), THE ENTITIES SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE 1 ATTACHED HERETO , each having an address at c/o Vornado Realty Trust, 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (each, an “ Individual Borrower ” and, collectively, “ Borrower ”), and TOWSON VF L.L.C. a Maryland limited liability company, having an address at c/o Vornado Realty Trust, 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (“ Maryland Owner ”).

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan (as herein defined) from Lender; and

 

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as herein defined).

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the making of the Loan to Borrower that Maryland Owner enter into the Maryland Guaranty Agreement (as herein defined) to guaranty the payment of the Loan by Maryland Individual Borrower (as herein defined), and that Maryland Owner secure its obligations under the Maryland Guaranty Agreement by executing and delivering the Security Instrument (as herein defined) encumbering the Maryland Individual Property (as herein defined).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan by Lender and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1                                     Definitions .  For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly required or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent:

 

Account Collateral ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.4 .

 

Acceptable Counterparty ” shall mean any counterparty to the Rate Cap or any Replacement Rate Cap that has and shall maintain, until the expiration of the applicable Rate Cap or Replacement Rate Cap, a credit rating of not less than A+ from S&P and Fitch.

 



 

Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.29(b) .

 

Additional Trust Fund Expenses ” shall mean (a) any interest payable to the Servicer, any special servicer or any trustee in connection with the Loan pursuant to an Approved Servicing Agreement in respect of advances made by any of the foregoing; (b) all compensation payable to any special servicer under an Approved Servicing Agreement in connection with servicing the Loan when it is a specially serviced loan or its administration of any of the Properties foreclosed upon; and (c) except for the regular monthly fee payable to the Servicer and the Trustee, any other reasonable out-of-pocket cost, fee or expense of the trust fund administering the Loan pursuant to an Approved Servicing Agreement (including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses of any kind to be paid by Servicer or Trustee in connection with the Lockbox Agreement, any costs and expenses in connection with appraisals of the Properties (or any updates to any appraisals) and/or property inspections conducted by the Servicer and/or special servicer, reimbursements to the trustee thereof, the Servicer, any special servicer, any certificate administrator thereunder and related Persons of each of the foregoing pursuant to an Approved Servicing Agreement and indemnification to Persons entitled thereto and the cost of opinions of counsel, if any, required to be obtained pursuant to an Approved Servicing Agreement in connection with servicing the Loan and administration of the trust fund).  Further, for clarity, (i) any cost or expense which, pursuant to the Approved Servicing Agreement, is to be borne by the Trustee, Servicer or Special Servicer “at its own expense” or words of similar import and is not reimbursable as an advance or otherwise by the trust fund under such Approved Servicing Agreement, including, without limitation, fidelity bonds and errors and omissions policies, shall not be an Additional Trust Fund Expense and (ii) any losses or enforcement costs arising out of the failure of the issuer or obligor under any investment administered by the Servicer, any special servicer or any trustee pursuant to an Approved Servicing Agreement to make any payment in respect of such investment or otherwise to fail to perform any obligation required in respect of such investment shall not be Additional Trust Fund Expenses.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person.

 

Agent ” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, or any successor Eligible Institution acting as Agent under the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in introductory paragraph hereof.

 

Allentown Individual Borrower ” shall mean Two Guys From Harrison Holding Company, L.P., together with its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Allocated Loan Amount ” shall mean the portion of the Loan allocated to each Individual Property, as set forth on Schedule 1.1.1 , as such amounts may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.3.2 , Section 2.4.2 , Section 2.5.4 , Section 2.5.5 , Section 6.2.3 , Section 6.2.5(b) or any other section of this Agreement that expressly provides for the reduction thereof.

 

2



 

ALTA ” shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Alteration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 .

 

Alteration Deficiency ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a) .

 

Alteration Deficiency Guaranty ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a) .

 

Annual Budget ” shall mean the operating budget for the Properties prepared by Borrower, Maryland Owner and/or Manager, on Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s behalf, pursuant to the Management Agreement, for the applicable Fiscal Year or other period setting forth, in reasonable detail, Borrower’s, Maryland Owner’s or Manager’s, as applicable, good faith estimates of the anticipated results of operations of each Individual Property, including revenues from all sources, all Operating Expenses, Management Fees, Manager Lease Fees and Capital Expenditures.

 

Approved Annual Budget ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.4 .

 

Approved Bank ” shall mean a domestic bank (or the U.S. agency or branch of a foreign bank ) or other financial institution which has a minimum long-term unsecured debt rating of at least “A-” by S&P and the equivalent thereof from Fitch (if rated by Fitch) and a minimum short term unsecured debt rating of at least “A-1” by S&P and the equivalent thereof from Fitch (if rated by Fitch).

 

Approved Servicing Agreement ” means the Trust and Servicing Agreement entered into on August 18, 2010, among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as servicer,  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as special servicer, and Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as trustee, and any modifications, supplements or amendments thereto or replacements thereof approved by Borrower.

 

Architect ” shall mean an architect, engineer or construction consultant selected by Borrower or Maryland Owner which is licensed to practice in the State in which an applicable Individual Property is located and has at least five (5) years of relevant experience, and which may be an employee of Manager or an Affiliate thereof.

 

Assignment of Leases ” shall mean (a) with respect to each Individual Property (other than the Maryland Individual Property), that certain first priority Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Deposits, dated as of the date hereof, from the related Individual Borrower, as assignor, to Lender, as assignee, assigning to Lender all of such Individual Borrower’s interest in and to the Leases, Rents and Security Deposits of the applicable Individual Property as security for the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and (b) with respect to the Maryland Individual Property, that certain first priority Indemnity Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Deposits, dated as of the date hereof, from Maryland Owner, as assignor, to Lender, as assignee, assigning to Lender all of Maryland Owner’s interest in and to the Leases, Rents and Security Deposits of the Maryland Individual Property as security for the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

3



 

Assignment of Management Agreement ” shall mean that certain Assignment Consent and Subordination of Management Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Lender, Borrower, Maryland Owner and Manager, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Bankruptcy Action ” shall mean with respect to any Person (a) such Person filing a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (b) an Affiliate, officer, trustee, director, or representative which controls, directly or indirectly, such Person files, or joins in the filing of, an involuntary petition against such Person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law, or solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors for any involuntary petition against such Person from any Person; (c) such Person files or joins in any involuntary petition filed against it, by any other Person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law, or solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors for any involuntary petition from any Person or colludes to effect any involuntary petition; (d) any Affiliate, officer, trustee, director, or representative which controls such Person files or joins in an application for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee, or examiner for such Person or any portion of any Individual Property; or (e) such Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits, in writing or in any legal proceeding, its insolvency or inability to pay its debts as they become due.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder, and any comparable foreign laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or creditors’ rights.

 

Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Borrower Agent ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.23 .

 

Borrower’s Knowledge ” shall mean, with respect to Borrower and Maryland Owner, the actual and current knowledge of the Senior Vice President-Acquisition and Capital Markets for VOP (as of the date hereof being Cliff Broser) and the Executive Vice President of Retail Division of VOP (as of the date hereof being Sandeep Mathrani).

 

Bottom Up Guaranty ” shall mean those certain Guaranties made and entered into as of the date hereof and as of November 15, 2007 (the latter of which the parties acknowledge and agree may be delivered within ten (10) days after the Closing Date and upon such delivery shall be accepted by Lender), by the parties identified on Exhibit A thereto, for the benefit of Lender and such other similar guarantees as Lender may accept from time to time (which Lender agrees to consider in good faith at Borrower’s request).  For clarity, Lender expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) any default by a guarantor under a Bottom Up Guaranty shall not be a Default or Event of Default hereunder and (ii) in no event shall a Bottom Up Guaranty extend to any Defeased Notes.  Upon the acceptance by Lender of any Bottom Up Guaranty other than those specifically described above, Borrower shall pay Lender a $5,000 processing fee.

 

4



 

Breakage Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.11(d) .

 

Building Equipment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banks in New York, New York or the place of business of any trustee, servicer or special servicer under an Approved Servicing Agreement is not open for business, except that when used with respect to the determination of LIBOR, “Business Day” shall be a day on which commercial banks are open for international business (including dealings in U.S. Dollar deposits) in London, England.

 

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean any amount incurred in respect of capital items which in accordance with GAAP would not be included in Borrower’s annual financial statements for an applicable period as an operating expense of the Properties and is not reasonably expected by Borrower to be a regularly recurring expense of the Properties.

 

Capped LIBOR Rate ” shall mean seven percent (7%).

 

Captive Insurance Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.2 .

 

Cash ” shall mean the legal tender of the United States of America.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents ” shall mean any one or a combination of the following:  (a) Cash, and (b) U.S. Securities.

 

Cash Management Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.2 hereof.

 

Cash Management Agency Agreement ” shall mean that certain Cash Management Agency Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among VOP, Borrower and Maryland Owner.

 

Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean that certain Cash Management Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrower, Maryland Owner, Agent and Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Cash Sweep Event ” shall mean the occurrence of:

 

(a)                                  an Event of Default;

 

(b)                                  any Bankruptcy Action of any Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner; or

 

(c)                                   a DSCR Event.

 

Cash Sweep Event Cure ” shall mean, (a) if the Cash Sweep Event is caused solely by the occurrence and continuance of a DSCR Event, the achievement of a Debt Service

 

5



 

Coverage Ratio of 1.20 to 1.00 or greater for two (2) consecutive calendar quarters based upon the trailing four (4) calendar quarter period immediately preceding the Determination Date; provided that, a Cash Sweep Event Cure shall also be deemed to have occurred (a) with respect to a Cash Sweep Event caused by a DSCR Event, if Borrower (i) prior to the Lockout Expiration Date delivers to Lender a Letter of Credit or collateral in the form of Cash and Cash Equivalents or makes a prepayment of the Floating Rate Component of the Loan subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or (ii) on or after the Lockout Expiration Date, makes a prepayment of the Loan, in each case in an amount that, if paid or applied to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Loan, would cause the Debt Service Coverage Ratio to be not less than 1.20 to 1.00; (b) with respect to a Cash Sweep Event that is caused by the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, such Event of Default has been cured in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (c) with respect to a Cash Sweep Event that is caused by the occurrence and continuance of a Bankruptcy Action of any Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner, such Bankruptcy Action has terminated without a liquidation, restructuring or dissolution of such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner; provided , however , that such Cash Sweep Event Cure set forth in this definition shall be subject to the following conditions, (i) no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and (ii) Borrower and Maryland Owner shall have paid all of Lender’s reasonable actual costs and expenses incurred in connection with such cure, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorney’s fees and disbursements.

 

Cash Sweep Period ” shall mean each period commencing on the occurrence of a Cash Sweep Event and continuing until the earlier of (a) the occurrence of a Cash Sweep Event Cure and (b) the payment in full of all principal and interest on the Loan and all other amounts payable under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

Casualty Amount ” shall mean fifteen percent (15%) of the applicable Allocated Loan Amount with respect to an affected Individual Property.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean the date of this Agreement set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as it may be further amended from time to time, and any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

 

Collateral Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, the Lockbox Account, the Cash Management Account and the Reserve Accounts.

 

Collateral Assignment of Interest Rate Cap ” shall mean that certain Collateral Assignment of Interest Rate Cap Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, executed by Borrower Agent in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Component ” shall mean, individually, any one of Component A-1, Component A-2-FX, Component A-2-FL, Component B, Component C and Component D.

 

6



 

Components ” shall mean, collectively, Component A-1, Component A-2-FX, Component A-2-FL, Component B, Component C and Component D.

 

Contest Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 .

 

Contribution Agreement ” shall mean that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Control ” shall mean (a) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (subject to the first sentence of Section 8.5(a) ), or (b) the ownership, direct or indirect, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of such Person.  The terms Controlled, Controlling and Common Control shall have correlative meanings.

 

Debt ” shall mean, with respect to any Person at any time, (a) indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (b) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases; (c) current liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA; (d) obligations otherwise described in this definition of “Debt” issued for, or liabilities incurred on the account of, such Person; (e) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under letters of credit, credit facilities or other acceptance facilities; (f) obligations of such Person under any guaranties or other agreement to become secondarily liable for any obligation of any other Person, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; (g) obligations of such Person secured by any Lien (excluding Liens for Impositions or Other Charges which are not yet delinquent by more than thirty (30) days) on any property of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed by such Person; or (h) obligations of such Person under any interest rate or currency exchange agreement.

 

Debt Service ” shall mean, with respect to any particular period of time, scheduled principal and interest payments due under the Note (or any Undefeased Note as applicable, but excluding any Defeased Note).

 

Debt Service Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 .

 

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” as of any date of calculation, shall mean a ratio, as reasonably determined by Lender for the applicable period, in which:

 

(a)                                  the numerator is the Net Operating Income, as stated on Borrower’s four (4) most recent quarterly financial statements delivered to Lender pursuant to Section 11.2.1 , for the twelve (12) calendar month period ending on the last day

 

7



 

of the calendar quarter immediately prior to the Determination Date in question; and

 

(b)                                  the denominator is the aggregate amount of principal and interest actually due and payable in accordance with the Note (or any Undefeased Note as applicable, but excluding any Defeased Note) for the immediately preceding twelve (12) calendar month period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter immediately prior to the Determination Date in question, as adjusted to reflect any prepayments or Defeasance Events made or occurring during such period pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided   that , if Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Letter of Credit or cash collateral pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, then (except to the extent the same shall have been returned to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement) the amount of interest and principal to be calculated pursuant to the above provisions of this clause (b) shall be calculated based on the excess of the outstanding principal amount of the Loan less the sum of the face amount of such Letters of Credit and/or the amount of such cash collateral.

 

Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” with respect to each Component of the Note, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the Maximum Legal Rate and (b) three percent (3%) above the Fixed Interest Rate or Floating Interest Rate otherwise applicable to such Component.

 

Defeasance Collateral ” shall mean the Total Defeasance Collateral or the Partial Defeasance Collateral, as the context may require.

 

Defeasance Collateral Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.3 .

 

Defeasance Date ” shall mean the Total Defeasance Date or the Partial Defeasance Date, as the context may require.

 

Defeasance Event ” shall mean the Total Defeasance Event or the Partial Defeasance Event, as the context may require.

 

Defeasance Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.1(c) .

 

Defeased Note ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.2(d) .

 

Defect ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.26 .

 

Deficiency ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.4(b)(ii) .

 

8



 

Determination Date ” shall mean the date that is forty-five (45) days following the end of each calendar quarter occurring during the term of the Loan.

 

DSCR Event ” shall mean, as of any Determination Date, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is less than 1.10 to 1.00 for two (2) consecutive calendar quarters based upon the trailing four (4) calendar quarter period immediately preceding such Determination Date.

 

Eligible Account ”  shall mean a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (a) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state-chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity which, in the case of a state chartered depository institution or trust company, is subject to regulations substantially similar to 12 C.F.R. §9.10(b), having in either case a combined capital and surplus of at least Fifty Million and No/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) and subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authority.  An Eligible Account will not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

 

Eligible Institution ”  shall mean a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of which are rated at least “A-1” by S&P and the equivalent thereof from Fitch (if rated by Fitch) in the case of accounts in which funds are held for thirty (30) days or less (or, in the case of accounts in which funds are held for more than thirty (30) days, the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least “AA-” by S&P and the equivalent thereof from Fitch (if rated by Fitch)).

 

Environmental Claim ” shall mean any claim, action, investigation or written notice by any Person alleging potential liability (including potential liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, natural resource damages, property damages, personal injuries or penalties) arising out of, based upon or resulting from (a) the presence, threatened presence, release or threatened release into the environment of any Hazardous Materials from or at any Individual Property, or (b) the violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law relating to any Individual Property.

 

Environmental Indemnity Agreement ” shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrower, Maryland Owner, VOP and Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Environmental Law ” shall mean any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any judicial or administrative decree or decision, whether now existing or hereafter enacted, promulgated or issued, with respect to the protection of human health as it relates to any Hazardous Materials, or the environment, Microbial Matter, drinking water, groundwater, wetlands, landfills, open dumps, storage tanks, underground storage tanks, solid waste, waste water, storm water run-off, waste emissions or wells.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term shall encompass each of the following statutes, and regulations promulgated thereunder, and amendments and successors to such statutes and regulations, as may be enacted

 

9



 

and promulgated from time to time:  (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (codified in scattered sections of 26 U.S.C.; 33 U.S.C.; 42 U.S.C. and 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.); (b) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.); (c) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. § 1801 et seq.); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. § 2061 et seq.); (e) the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.); (f) the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.); (g) the Safe Drinking Water Act (21 U.S.C. § 349; 42 U.S.C. § 201 and § 300f et seq.); (h) the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. § 4321); (i) the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (codified in scattered sections of 10 U.S.C., 29 U.S.C., 33 U.S.C. and 42 U.S.C.); and (j) Title III of the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act (40 U.S.C. § 1101 et seq.).

 

ERISA ” shall mean the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder.

 

ESA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.29(j) .

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.1(a) .

 

Excess Cash Flow ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Excess Cash Flow Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 .

 

Excess Cash Flow Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.9.1 hereof.

 

Exculpated Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.1.1 .

 

Excusable Delay ” shall mean a delay solely due to acts of God, governmental restrictions, stays, judgments, orders, decrees, enemy actions, civil commotion, fire, casualty, strikes, work stoppages, shortages of labor or materials or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, but Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s lack of funds in and of itself shall not be deemed a cause beyond the control of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as the case may be.

 

Extraordinary Expenses ” shall mean such extraordinary operating expenses and/or capital expenses not set forth in the Approved Annual Budget as are approved by Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

Fiscal Year ” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during each year of the term of the Loan or the portion of any such twelve (12) month period falling within the term of the Loan in the event that such twelve (12) month period occurs partially before or after, or partially during, the term of the Loan.

 

10


 

Fitch ” shall mean Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 

Fixed Interest Rate ” shall mean a rate of: (a) 2.9804% per annum as to Component A-1; (b) 4.0143% per annum as to Component A-2-FX; (c) 4.7517% per annum as to Component B; (d) 5.2911% per annum as to Component C; and (e) 6.3663% per annum as to Component D.

 

Fixed Rate Component ” shall mean, individually or collectively as the context requires, each of Component A-1, Component A-2-FX, Component B, Component C and Component D.

 

Floating Interest Rate ” shall mean the sum of (i)  LIBOR plus (ii) the LIBOR Margin.

 

Floating Rate Component ” shall mean Component A-2-FL.

 

Floating Rate Determination Date ” shall mean with respect to any Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component, the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Accrual Period.

 

GAAP ” shall mean the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the accounting profession), or in such other statements by such entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the U.S. accounting profession, to the extent such principles are applicable to the facts and circumstances on the date of determination and as amended, except where such amendment would materially affect a right or obligation of Borrower hereunder.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any court, board, agency, commission, office or other authority of any nature whatsoever or any governmental unit (federal, state, county, district, municipal, city or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

 

Ground Lease ” shall mean each of the ground leases set forth on Schedule 4.1.43 attached hereto, as modified by any agreements executed by any of the Ground Lessors in favor of Lender in connection with the Loan.  For clarity, any ground lease entered into between two or more Individual Borrowers  or Maryland Owner shall not be a Ground Lease.

 

Ground Lease Guaranty ” shall mean that certain Guaranty executed and delivered by Guarantor in connection with the Loan to and for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Ground Lease Property ” shall mean, collectively, the Individual Property located at 7000 Hadley Road, South Plainfield, New Jersey 07080 and the Individual Property located at 51 Route 17 North, East Rutherford, New Jersey 07073.  For clarity, any property

 

11



 

subject to a ground lease entered into between two or more Individual Borrowers  or Maryland Owner shall not be Ground Lease Property.

 

Ground Lease Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 hereof.

 

Ground Lease Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.4.1 hereof.

 

Ground Lessor ” and “ Ground Lessors ” shall mean, individually or collectively, as the context requires, (i) Northern Star, LLC and (ii) Honeywell International, Inc. together with their respective successors and assigns, and shall not include Borrower or Maryland Owner.

 

Ground Rent ” shall mean all rents (including both base and additional rent) and other charges due under the Ground Leases.

 

Ground Tenant ” and “ Ground Tenants ” shall mean, individually or collectively, as the context requires, VNO 700 Hadley Road LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and VNO Paterson Plank Road LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of any unfunded obligations under the Reserve Guaranty and the Alteration Deficiency Guaranty, if any.

 

Guarantor ” shall mean VOP, provided that a Guarantor Rating Period has not occurred and is continuing with respect to VOP, or a Replacement Guarantor.

 

Guarantor Rating Period shall mean any period commencing at such time as the rating of Guarantor’s long-term unsecured debt obligations shall fail to be rated at least Investment Grade and continuing until such time, if ever, as the rating of Guarantor’s long-term unsecured debt obligations shall be rated at least Investment Grade on any Determination Date by S&P and its equivalent by each of the other Rating Agencies for a period of two (2) consecutive full calendar quarters.

 

Guaranty ” shall mean, collectively, the Recourse Carveout Guaranty, the Ground Lease Guaranty, the Reserve Guaranty, if any, and the Alteration Deficiency Guaranty, if any.

 

Guaranty Excess ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.8.4 .

 

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean each and every element, compound, chemical mixture, contaminant, pollutant, material, waste or other substance which is defined, determined or identified as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term shall mean and include:

 

(a)                                  “hazardous substances” as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendment

 

12



 

and Reauthorization Act of 1986, or Title III of the Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act, each as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder; excluding, however, common maintenance and cleaning products regularly found at properties with a standard of operation and maintenance comparable to the Properties;

 

(b)                                  “hazardous waste” and “regulated substances” as defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(c)                                   “hazardous materials” as defined in the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder; and

 

(d)                                  “chemical substance or mixture” as defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Impositions ” shall mean all taxes (including all ad valorem, sales (including those imposed on lease rentals), use, single business, gross receipts, value added, intangible transaction, privilege or license or similar taxes), business improvement district charges, governmental assessments (including all assessments for public improvements or benefits, whether or not commenced or completed prior to the date hereof and whether or not commenced or completed within the term of this Agreement), water, sewer or other rents and charges, excises, levies, fees (including license, permit, inspection, authorization and similar fees), and all other governmental charges, in each case whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, or foreseen or unforeseen, of every character in respect of any Individual Property and/or any Rents (including all interest and penalties thereon), which at any time prior to, during or in respect of the term hereof may be assessed or imposed on or in respect of or be a Lien upon (a) Borrower and/or Maryland Owner (including all income, franchise, single business or other taxes imposed on Borrower and/or Maryland Owner for the privilege of doing business in the jurisdiction in which each Individual Property is located), (b) any of the Properties, or any other collateral delivered or pledged to Lender in connection with the Loan, or any part thereof, or any Rents therefrom or any estate, right, title or interest therein, or (c) any occupancy, operation, use or possession of, or sales from, or activity conducted on, or in connection with the Properties or the leasing or use of all or any part thereof (other than obligations of Tenants under Leases).  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to require Borrower to pay any tax, assessment, levy or charge earlier than when due, or imposed on (i) any tenant occupying any portion of any of the Properties, (ii) any third party manager of any of the Properties, including Manager, or (iii) Lender in the nature of a capital levy, estate, inheritance, succession, income or net revenue tax.

 

Improvements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, at any given time, the Principal Amount, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other obligations and liabilities due or to become due to Lender pursuant hereto, under the Note or in accordance with the other Loan Documents and all other amounts, sums and expenses paid by or payable to Lender hereunder or pursuant to the Note or the other Loan Documents.

 

13



 

Indemnified Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 19.12(b) .

 

Independent ” shall mean a Person who:  (a) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in Borrower or Maryland Owner or in any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner, (b) is not connected with Borrower or Maryland Owner or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, member, manager, creditor or supplier (other than as a result of such Person providing services or supplies to Borrower or Maryland Owner or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner) director, supplier, customer or person performing similar functions, and (c) is not a member of the immediate family of a Person defined in (a) or (b) above.

 

Independent Accountant ” shall mean a firm of nationally recognized, certified public accountants which is Independent and which is selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender, it being agreed by Lender that Deloitte & Touche LLP and any of the other co-called “Big Four” accounting firms (including any successor entity thereto) are each hereby approved by Lender as an Independent Accountant.

 

Independent Member shall mean an individual who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three (3) years of employment experience and who is provided by CT Corporation, Corporation Service Company, National Registered Agents, Inc., Wilmington Trust Company, Stewart Management Company, Lord Securities Corporation or, if none of those companies is then providing professional Independent Members, independent managers or independent directors another nationally-recognized company approved by Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each case that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner and that provides professional Independent Members, independent managers or independent directors and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Member and is not, and has never been, and will not while serving as an Independent Member be, any of the following:

 

(a)                                  a member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of Borrower, Maryland Owner, Guarantor, any equityholder that is required hereby to be a special purpose entity, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than as an Independent Member of Borrower, Maryland Owner  or an Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner that is not in the direct chain of ownership of Borrower or Maryland Owner and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity,   provided that such Independent Member is employed by a company that routinely provides professional Independent Members, independent managers or  independent directors in the ordinary course of its business);

 

(b)                                  a creditor, supplier or service provider (including provider of professional services) to Borrower, Maryland Owner, Guarantor or any equityholder that is a special purpose entity, or any of their respective equityholders or Affiliates (other than a nationally-recognized company that routinely provides professional Independent Members, independent manager or independent directors and other

 

14



 

corporate services to Borrower, Maryland Owner, Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business);

 

(c)                                   a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or

 

(d)                                  a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any of the Person identified in subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above.

 

A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition other than subparagraph (a) by reason of being an Independent Member of a single purpose entity affiliated with Borrower or Maryland Owner shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Member of a corporation or limited liability company serving as the special purpose member or general partner, as applicable, of the Borrower or Maryland Owner as required hereby, provided that the fees that such individual earns from serving as an Independent Member of affiliates of Borrower or Maryland Owner in any given year constitute in the aggregate less than five percent (5%) of such individual’s annual income for that year.

 

For purposes of this paragraph, a “single purpose entity” is an entity, whose organizational documents contain restrictions on its activities and impose requirements intended to preserve such entity’s separateness that are substantially similar to the Single Purpose Entity provisions of this Agreement.

 

Individual Borrower ” shall mean each Borrower set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Individual Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any event or condition that has a material adverse effect, in each case, taken as a whole on (a) any Individual Property, (b) the use, operation, or value of such Individual Property, (c) the business, profits, operations or financial condition of the applicable Individual Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, or (d) the ability of such Individual Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to repay the principal and interest of the Loan as it becomes due or to satisfy any of such Individual Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

Individual Property ” shall mean each parcel of real property, the Improvements thereon and all personal property owned (or leased pursuant to any of the Ground Leases) by an Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner and encumbered by a Security Instrument, together with all rights pertaining to such property and Improvements, as more particularly described in the granting clauses of the related Security Instrument and referred to therein as the “Property”.

 

Insurance Requirements ” shall mean, collectively, (a) all material terms of any insurance policy required pursuant to this Agreement and (b) all material regulations and then current standards applicable to or affecting any Individual Property or any part thereof or any use or condition thereof, which may, at any time, be recommended by the Board of Fire Underwriters, if any, having jurisdiction over any Individual Property, or such other body exercising similar functions.

 

15



 

Insurance Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 .

 

Insurance Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2.1 .

 

Intangible ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Instrument.

 

Interest Accrual Period ” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Fixed Rate Component, a period from and including the tenth (10th) day of each calendar month during the term of the Loan and ending on and including the ninth (9 th ) day of the immediately succeeding calendar month and (b) with respect to the Floating Rate Component, a period from and including the thirteenth (13 th ) day of each calendar month during the term of the Loan and ending on and including the twelfth (12 th ) day of the immediately succeeding calendar month.

 

Investment Grade ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, that the long-term unsecured debt obligations of such Person are rated at least “BBB-” by S&P and its equivalent by Fitch.

 

Late Payment Charge ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.7 .

 

Lease ” shall mean any lease, sublease or subsublease, letting, license, concession or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) pursuant to which any Person is granted by Borrower or Maryland Owner a possessory interest in, or right to use or occupy all or any portion of any space in any Individual Property, and every modification, amendment or other agreement entered into or assumed by Borrower or Maryland Owner relating to such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement entered into in connection with such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement and every guarantee of the performance and observance of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed and observed by the other party thereto pursuant to any of the foregoing.

 

Lease Modification ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.1 .

 

Legal Requirements ” shall mean all present and future laws, statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, judgments, decrees, injunctions, rules, regulations and requirements, and irrespective of the nature of the work to be done, of every Governmental Authority including, without limitation, Environmental Laws and all covenants, restrictions and conditions now or hereafter of record which may be applicable to Borrower or Maryland Owner or to each Individual Property and the Improvements and the Building Equipment thereon, or to the use, manner of use, occupancy, possession, operation, maintenance, alteration, repair or reconstruction of each Individual Property and the Improvements and the Building Equipment thereon including, without limitation, building and zoning codes and ordinances and laws relating to handicapped accessibility.

 

Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit ” or “ Letters of Credit ” shall mean one or more irrevocable, unconditional, transferable, clean sight draft letters of credit, in favor of Lender and entitling Lender to draw thereon in New York, New York (or at a location outside of New York, New

 

16



 

York provided that such Letter of Credit is capable of being drawn upon by facsimile presentation), based solely on a statement executed by an officer or authorized signatory of Lender and issued by an Approved Bank.  If at any time (a) the institution issuing any such Letter of Credit shall cease to be an Approved Bank or (b) the Letter of Credit is due to expire prior to the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Stated Maturity Date (the “ LC Expiration Date ”), Lender shall have the right immediately to draw down the same in full and hold the proceeds thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, unless Borrower shall deliver a replacement Letter of Credit from an Approved Bank within (i) as to (a) above, twenty (20) days after Lender delivers written notice to Borrower that the institution issuing the Letter of Credit has ceased to be an Approved Bank or (ii) as to (b) above, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration date of said Letter of Credit.  Borrower shall not have or be permitted to have any liability or other obligations under any reimbursement agreement with respect to any Letter of Credit or otherwise in connection with reimbursement to the Approved Bank for draws on such Letter of Credit.

 

LIBOR ” means the per annum rate calculated by Lender, as set forth below:

 

(a)                                  with respect to each Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component, LIBOR is the per annum rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next nearest 1/1,000th of one percent (1%)) for deposits in U.S. Dollars, for a one-month period, that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or the successor to the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page) as the London Interbank Offering Rate as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Floating Rate Determination Date; or

 

(b)                                  with respect to a Floating Rate Determination Date on which such rate does not appear on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, the arithmetic mean (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next nearest 1/1,000th of one percent (1%)) of the offered quotations of rates obtained by the Servicer from four major banks in the London interbank market for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a one-month period to prime banks in the London interbank market as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Floating Rate Determination Date and in an amount that is representative for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.  If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the per annum rate which Lender determines to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next nearest 1/1,000th of one percent (1%)) of the offered quotations of rates which major banks in New York selected by Lender are quoting at 11:00 a.m., New York time, on such Floating Rate Determination Date in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks for a period equal to the applicable Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component in amounts of at least One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

 

(c)                                   LIBOR shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Reserve Percentage to an amount equal to the quotient of (i) LIBOR applicable to the Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component divided by (ii) a percentage equal to one hundred percent (100%) minus the Reserve Percentage applicable to such date.

 

17



 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in no event shall LIBOR ever be less than one percent (1%).

 

LIBOR Margin ” shall mean 1.3608%.

 

License(s) ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.23 .

 

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, or any other encumbrance or charge on or affecting Borrower or Maryland Owner, any Individual Property, any portion thereof or any interest therein, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the filing of any financing statement, and the filing of mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances but not liens arising by operation of law for which no filing has been made (e.g., an inchoate mechanic’s lien).

 

Loan ” shall mean the loan made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement in the aggregate amount of the Components.

 

Loan Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instrument, the Assignment of Leases, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Cash Management Agreement, the Guaranty, the Maryland Guaranty Agreement, the Contribution Agreement,  the Environmental Indemnity Agreement, the Collateral Assignment of Interest Rate Cap and all other documents (excluding the Bottom Up Guaranty) executed and/or delivered by Borrower, Maryland Owner and/or Guarantor in connection with the Loan including any certifications or representations delivered by or on behalf of Borrower, Maryland Owner, any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner, Manager, or any Affiliate of Manager.

 

Loan Purchase Agreement ” means that certain mortgage loan purchase and sale agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between Lender and Purchaser, as amended or modified from time to time.

 

Lockbox Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.1 hereof.

 

Lockbox Agreement ” shall mean that certain Deposit Account Control Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrower, Maryland Owner, Lockbox Bank and Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as trustee for the holders of Vornado DP LLC Trust 2010, Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2010-VNO, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Lockbox Bank ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, or any successor Eligible Institution acting as bank under the Lockbox Agreement.

 

Lockout Expiration Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.1 hereof.

 

18



 

Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 18.1.2 .

 

Management Agreement ” shall mean that certain Management Agreement, effective as of the Closing Date, entered into by and among each Individual Borrower, Maryland Owner and Manager, pursuant to which Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to each Individual Property.

 

Management Fees ” shall mean an amount equal to the property management fees payable to Manager pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement for base management services.

 

Manager ” shall mean Vornado Retail Manager LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Manager Lease Fees shall mean the fees for leasing space at the property payable to Manager pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement.

 

Marlton Condemnation Proceeds ” shall mean any and all compensation, awards, proceeds, damages, claims, causes and rights of action and payments made to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in connection with the Taking of the portion of the Marlton, NJ property as indicated on Schedule 2 .

 

Maryland Individual Borrower ” shall mean Towson II VF L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Maryland Individual Property ” shall mean the Individual Property located at 801 Goucher Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland.

 

Maryland Guaranty Agreement ” shall mean that certain Indemnity Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date, delivered by Maryland Owner to Lender to secure the full and prompt payment and performance of the obligations and liabilities of Maryland Individual Borrower under the Note and the other Loan Documents, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Maryland Owner ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto, together with its successors and permitted assigns.

 

Massachusetts Individual Borrower ” shall mean collectively Springfield VF LLC and Chicopee Holding L.L.C. and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any event or condition that has a material adverse effect, in each case, taken as a whole on (a) the Properties, (b) the use, operation, or value of the Properties, (c) the business, profits, operations or financial condition of Borrower and Maryland Owner, or (d) the ability of Borrower to repay the principal and interest of the Loan as it becomes due or to satisfy any of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

19



 

Material Alteration ” shall mean any Alteration which, when aggregated with all related Alterations (other than decorative work such as painting, wall papering and carpeting and the replacement of fixtures, furnishings and equipment to the extent being of a routine and recurring nature) constituting a single project, involves (i) an estimated cost exceeding five percent (5%) of the Loan Amount on an aggregate basis for all of the Properties or (ii) Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) with respect to any one Individual Property with respect to any Alteration or related Alterations (including the Alteration in question) then being undertaken at the Properties or the applicable Individual Property, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) without taking into account Alterations required by Law or any Lease.

 

Material Business Terms ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.1 .

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity Date, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

Maximum Legal Rate ” shall mean the maximum non-usurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such state or states whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan.

 

Microbial Matter ” shall mean fungi or bacterial matter which reproduces through the release of spores or the splitting of cells, including, but not limited to, mold, mildew and viruses, whether or not such microbial matter is living.

 

Monetary Default ” shall mean a Default (a) in an obligation to pay money hereunder or under any Loan Document or (b) arising pursuant to Section 17.1(a)(6) or (7) .

 

Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Payment Date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of interest which has accrued on each Fixed Rate Component calculated at the Fixed Interest Rate, (b) the amount of interest which has accrued on the Floating Rate Component at the Floating Interest Rate and (c) the amount of principal payable on such Payment Date based on the amortization schedule attached hereto as Schedule 2.2.3 and made a part hereof, as such schedule may be amended from time to time in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of Scheduled Defeasance Payments.

 

Monthly Ground Lease Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.4.1 .

 

Monthly Insurance Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.2.1 .

 

Monthly Replacement Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3.1 .

 

20


 

Monthly Tax Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.1 .

 

Net Operating Income ” shall mean the amount obtained by subtracting Operating Expenses from Operating Income.

 

Net Worth ” means, as of a given date, (a) a Person’s total assets as of such date (exclusive of the Properties or any other collateral) less (b) a Person’s total liabilities as of such date (exclusive of the Loan), determined in accordance with GAAP, but based upon the appraised value of its properties, or with respect to those properties not appraised within the prior twelve (12) months at the time of such determination, the then current value of such properties, as reasonably estimated by such Person.

 

New Lease ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.1 .

 

Non-Consolidation Opinion ” shall mean that certain bankruptcy non-consolidation opinion letter dated the date hereof delivered by Edwards, Angell, Palmer & Dodge LLP (or any other law firm reasonably acceptable to Lender) in connection with the Loan.

 

Non-Disturbance Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.9 .

 

Note ” shall mean that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith in the principal amount of Six Hundred Sixty Million and No/100 Dollars ($660,000,000.00), made by Borrower in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any Undefeased Note that may exist from time to time, but excluding any Defeased Note.

 

O&M Program ” shall mean the operations and maintenance program with respect to asbestos at each applicable Individual Property attached hereto as Schedule 5.1.22 .

 

Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of the Security Instrument.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean a certificate executed by an authorized signatory of Borrower that is familiar with the financial condition of Borrower and Maryland Owner and the operation of the Properties, as the act of Borrower and Maryland Owner and not of such authorized signatory, who shall have no personal liability in connection therewith.

 

Operating Expenses ” shall mean, for any period, without duplication, all expenses actually paid or payable by Borrower and Maryland Owner during such period in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, repair and use of the Properties, determined on an accrual basis, and, except to the extent otherwise provided in this definition, in accordance with GAAP.  Operating Expenses specifically shall include (a) all operating expenses incurred in the period in question based on quarterly financial statements delivered to Lender in accordance with Article XI , (b) property management fees in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the actual management fees or (ii) two percent (2%) of Rents for such period, (c) administrative, payroll, security and general expenses for the Properties (but excluding any Rents in the nature of Tenant reimbursements), (d) the cost of utilities, inventories and fixed

 

21



 

asset supplies consumed in the operation of the Properties, (e) a reasonable reserve for uncollectible accounts, (f) costs and fees of Independent professionals (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, consultants and other professional expenses), technical consultants, operational experts (including quality assurance inspectors) or other third parties retained to perform services required or permitted hereunder, (g) cost of attendance by employees at training and manpower development programs, (h) association dues, (i) computer processing charges, (j) operational equipment and other lease payments as reasonably approved by Lender,  (k) taxes and other Impositions, other than income taxes or other Impositions in the nature of income taxes, (l) insurance premiums and (m) Ground Rent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include (i) depreciation or amortization, (ii) income taxes or other Impositions in the nature of income taxes, (iii) any expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the making of the Loan or the sale, exchange, transfer, financing or refinancing of all or any portion of the Properties or in connection with the recovery of Proceeds which are applied to prepay the Note, (iv) any other expenses which in accordance with GAAP should be capitalized, (v) Debt Service, (vi) any capital expenditures or any item of expense which would otherwise be considered within Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions above but which is paid directly by any Tenant, (vii) deposits required to be made to the Reserve Accounts established pursuant to Article XVI , (viii) any expenses paid for with funds from any of the Reserve Accounts established pursuant to Article XVI , (ix) leasing commissions including all Manager Lease Fees, (x) tenant improvements and allowances and other reletting costs actually paid, (xi) any item of expense which would otherwise be considered with Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions above, but which is paid directly by any Tenant and (xii) any other extraordinary or non-recurring expenses.

 

Operating Expenses Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3(i) .

 

Operating Income ” shall mean, for any period, all revenues of Borrower and Maryland Owner during such period from the use, ownership or operation of the Properties as follows:

 

(a)                                  all amounts payable to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner by any Person as Rent and other amounts under Leases, license agreements, occupancy agreements, concession agreements or other agreements relating to the Properties, provided that with respect to all scheduled Rent increases in connection with existing Leases and Rent on account of new Leases that, in each case, commence payment within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the Determination Date, the Rent amount used in determining Operating Income for such twelve (12) month period shall include the amount of such Rent increases and/or new Rents as if such Rent increases and/or new Rents were paid at all times during such twelve (12) month period;

 

(b)                                  business interruption or rent insurance proceeds allocable to the applicable calculation period; and

 

22



 

(c)                                   all other amounts which in accordance with GAAP are or would be included in Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s annual financial statements as operating income attributable to the Properties.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Income shall not include (i) any Proceeds (other than business interruption or rent insurance proceeds and only to the extent allocable to the applicable calculation period), (ii) any proceeds resulting from the Transfer of all or any portion of the Properties, (iii) any item of income otherwise included in Operating Income but paid directly by any Tenant to a Person other than Borrower or  Maryland Owner as an offset or deduction against Rent payable by such Tenant, provided such item of income is for payment of an item of expense (such as payments for utilities paid directly to a utility company) and such expense is otherwise excluded from the definition of Operating Expenses pursuant to clause “(vi)” of the definition thereof, (iv) security deposits received from Tenants until forfeited or applied, (v) any termination fees paid under any Lease in connection with the termination thereof (except to the extent applied on a pro-rata basis over the non-terminable portion of the Lease term) and (vi) interest income.  Except to the extent otherwise required in this definition, Operating Income shall be calculated on the accrual basis of accounting and in accordance with GAAP.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” shall mean an Opinion of Counsel of a law firm selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

Other Charges ” shall mean maintenance charges, impositions other than Impositions, and any other charges, including, without limitation, vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining any Individual Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against any Individual Property or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority, other than those required to be paid by a Tenant pursuant to its respective Lease.

 

Other Permitted Release ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.4 .

 

Otherwise Rated Insurer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.2(a) .

 

Partial Defeasance Collateral ” shall mean U.S. Securities that provide payments (a) on or prior to, but as close as possible to, the Business Day immediately preceding each Payment Date after the Defeasance Date and up to and including the Lockout Expiration Date or anytime thereafter as specified by Borrower on or prior to the Defeasance Date, and which shall include for payment on such specified date the portion of the principal amount of the Loan under the Defeased Note being defeased due on such specified date, and (b) in amounts equal to or greater than the Scheduled Defeasance Payments relating to each such Payment Date.

 

Partial Defeasance Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.2(a) .

 

Partial Defeasance Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.2 .

 

Payment Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Component, the tenth (10 th ) calendar day of each calendar month and if such day is not a Business Day, then the Business

 

23



 

Day immediately succeeding such day, commencing on September 10, 2010 and continuing to and including the Maturity Date.

 

Permitted Debt ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Note and the other obligations, indebtedness and liabilities specifically provided for in any Loan Document and secured by this Agreement, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents, (b) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of each Individual Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s business, not secured by Liens on any Individual Property (other than liens being properly contested in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Security Instrument or Liens for amounts not yet due and payable), not to exceed five percent (5%) of the applicable Allocated Loan Amount at any one time outstanding with respect to the Individual Property owned by each such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner, payable by or on behalf of such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner for or in respect of the operation of the Individual Property owned by such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner in the ordinary course of operating any Individual Borrower’s or Maryland Owner’s business, provided that (but subject to the remaining terms of this definition) each such amount shall be paid within sixty (60) days following the date on which each such amount is billed, and (c) amounts due under any equipment leases (treated as capital leases under GAAP), provided that, at all times during the term of the Loan, the aggregate amount outstanding under the equipment leases and clause (b) hereunder shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the applicable Allocated Loan Amount at any one time outstanding with respect to the Individual Property owned by each such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner, payable by or on behalf of such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner for or in respect of the operation of the Individual Property owned by such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner in the ordinary course of operating any Individual Borrower’s or Maryland Owner’s business.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require any Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner to pay any amount described above, so long as such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner is in good faith, and by proper legal proceedings at the appropriate time, diligently contesting the validity, amount or application thereof, provided that in each case, at the time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding, and during the pendency of such action or proceeding (i) adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner in accordance with GAAP and (ii) such contest operates to suspend collection or enforcement, as the case may be, of the contested amount and such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence.  Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, in no event shall Borrower or Maryland Owner be permitted under this provision to enter into a note (other than the Note and the other Loan Documents) or other instrument for borrowed money.

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean, collectively, (a) any Lien and security interest created or permitted by the Loan Documents, (b) any Lien, encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Policy, (c) any Lien, if any, for Impositions, or for Other Charges, in either case which are not yet due or delinquent or are the subject of a permitted contest pursuant to Section 7.3 , (d) statutory liens for labor or materials filed against any Individual Property that are the subject of a permitted contest pursuant to Section 7.3 , (e) any Lien arising after the date hereof in connection with the actions permitted to be taken by Borrower or Maryland Owner in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.3 , (f) any Lien filed against equipment leased pursuant to equipment leases permitted hereunder, (g) the Leases, (h) the

 

24



 

Ground Leases, (i) the REOAs and (j) such other title and survey exceptions as Lender has approved or may approve in Lender’s reasonable discretion.

 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean any one or more of the following obligations or securities acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par, including those issued by any Servicer, the trustee under any Securitization or any of their respective Affiliates, payable on demand or having a maturity date not later than the Business Day immediately prior to the first Monthly Payment Date following the date of acquiring such investment and meeting one of the appropriate standards set forth below:

 

(a)                                  obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America including, without limitation, obligations of:  the U.S. Treasury (all direct or fully guaranteed obligations), the Farmers Home Administration (certificates of beneficial ownership), the General Services Administration (participation certificates), the U.S. Maritime Administration (guaranteed Title XI financing), the Small Business Administration (guaranteed participation certificates and guaranteed pool certificates), the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (local authority bonds) and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (guaranteed transit bonds); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause (a) must (i) have a predetermined fixed dollar amount of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (ii) if rated by S&P, not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (iii) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, have an interest rate tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (iv) not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

(b)                                  Federal Housing Administration debentures;

 

(c)                                   obligations of the following United States government sponsored agencies:  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. (debt obligations), the Farm Credit System (consolidated systemwide bonds and notes), the Federal Home Loan Banks (consolidated debt obligations), the Federal National Mortgage Association (debt obligations), the Student Loan Marketing Association (debt obligations), the Financing Corp. (debt obligations), and the Resolution Funding Corp. (debt obligations); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause (c) must (i) have a predetermined fixed dollar amount of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (ii) if rated by S&P, not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (iii) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, have an interest rate tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (iv) not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

(d)                                  federal funds, unsecured certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements with maturities of not more than 365 days of any bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the

 

25



 

highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the certificates); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause (d) must (i) have a predetermined fixed dollar amount of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (ii) if rated by S&P, not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (iii) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, have an interest rate tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (iv)  not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

(e)                                   fully Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured demand and time deposits in, or certificates of deposit of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any bank or trust company, savings and loan association or savings bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the certificates); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause (e) must (i) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (ii) if rated by S&P, not have a “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (iii) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, have an interest rate tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (iv) not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

(f)                                    debt obligations with maturities of not more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days and at all times rated by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investments would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the certificates) in its highest long-term unsecured debt rating category; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause (f) must (i) have a predetermined fixed dollar amount of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (ii) if rated by S&P, not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (iii) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, have an interest rate tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (iv) not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

(g)                                   commercial paper (including both non-interest-bearing discount obligations and interest-bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than one year after the date of issuance thereof) with maturities of not more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days and that at all times is rated by each Rating

 

26



 

Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the certificates) in its highest short-term unsecured debt rating; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause (g) must (i) have a predetermined fixed dollar amount of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (ii) if rated by S&P, not have a “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (iii) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, have an interest rate tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (iv) not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

(h)                                  units of taxable money market funds, which funds are regulated investment companies, seek to maintain a constant net asset value per share and have the highest rating from each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the certificates) for money market funds; and

 

(i)                                      any other security, obligation or investment which has been approved as a Permitted Investment in writing by (a) Lender and (b) each Rating Agency, as evidenced by a written confirmation that the designation of such security, obligation or investment as a Permitted Investment will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the certificates by such Rating Agency;

 

provided , however , that no obligation or security shall be a Permitted Investment if (a) such obligation or security evidences a right to receive only interest payments or (b) the right to receive principal and interest payments on such obligation or security are derived from an underlying investment that provides a yield to maturity in excess of one hundred twenty percent (120%) of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying investment.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Physical Conditions Report ” shall mean with respect to each Individual Property those certain Property Condition Reports prepared by Certified Environments, Inc. in connection with the origination of the Loan.

 

Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.10(a) .

 

Prescribed Laws ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (The USA PATRIOT Act), (b) Executive Order No. 13224 on

 

27



 

Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (the “Executive Order”), (c) the International Emergency Economic Power Act, 50 U.S.C. § 1701 et seq., and (d) all other Legal Requirements relating to money laundering or terrorism.

 

Primary Servicer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 .

 

Principal Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Note.

 

Proceeds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.2 .

 

Proceeds Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 .

 

Prohibited Person ” means any Person:  (i) listed in the Annex to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order, (ii) that is named as a “specifically designated national (SDN)” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website (http://www.treas.gov.ofac/t11sdn.pdf) or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list or that is named on any other Governmental Authority list issued post September 11, 2001, (iii) acting, directly or indirectly, in contravention of any AML Law or terrorist organizations or narcotics traffickers, including those Persons that are included on any relevant lists maintained by the United Nations, North Atlantic Treaty Organization, Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation, U.S. Central Intelligence Agency, U.S. Internal Revenue Service, all as may be amended or superseded from time to time or (iv) that is owned or Controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above.

 

Properties ” shall mean, collectively, each and every Individual Property which is subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Purchaser ” means Vornado DP LLC, together with its successors or assigns.

 

Qualified Manager ” shall mean (a) an Affiliate of Borrower, (b) a reputable and experienced management company not subject to any Bankruptcy Action which manages multiple properties having an aggregate minimum of net rentable square feet of retail space equal to the lesser of (i) 7,500,000 square feet and (ii) eighty percent (80%) of the total square feet of the Properties subject to the lien of the Security Instrument as of the date any such management company is being engaged to manage any Individual Property, and which management company shall have at least ten (10) years of experience managing such properties similar in size, scope, use and value as any applicable Individual Property, or (c) any Person, with respect to which Borrower shall have obtained a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification as to such new management company.

 

Rate Cap ” shall mean an interest rate cap entered into with an Acceptable Counterparty with (a) a notional amount equal to the then outstanding principal balance of the Floating Rate Component, (b) a term of not less than two (2) years and (c) a LIBOR strike price not greater than the Capped LIBOR Rate.  Furthermore, the Rate Cap shall provide for (A) the

 

28



 

calculation of interest, (B) the determination of the interest rate, (C) an Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component and (D) the distribution of payments thereunder to comply, in each case, to the requirements with respect to such provisions set forth herein.

 

Rating Agencies ” shall mean each of S&P and Fitch.

 

Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification ”  shall mean, with respect to any matter, (i) with respect to S&P, confirmation in writing by S&P that a proposed action, failure to act or other specified event will not in and of itself result in the downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the then-current rating assigned to any Securities (if then rated by S&P); provided that a written waiver or acknowledgment from S&P indicating its decision not to review the matter for which the Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification is sought shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for the Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification from S&P with respect to such matter and (ii) with respect to Fitch, delivery of written notice of such action, condition or event to Fitch at the same time the Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification is requested from S&P.

 

Recourse Carveout Guaranty ” shall mean that certain Recourse Carveout Guaranty executed and delivered by Guarantor in connection with the Loan to and for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Related Entities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(e) .

 

Related Party ” and “ Related Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.29(a) .

 

Release Amount ” shall mean, in connection with the release of any Individual Property from the Lien of the Security Instrument (or, in lieu of such release, the assignment of the Security Instrument encumbering any Individual Property), (a) one hundred five percent (105%) of the original Allocated Loan Amount of the applicable Individual Property, which, when taken together with the Release Amount of each Individual Property previously released from the Lien of the Security Instrument (or, with respect to which Individual Property, Lender previously assigned the applicable Security Instrument), is less than or equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the original Principal Amount and (b) thereafter one hundred fifteen percent (115%) of the original Allocated Loan Amount (provided that, in each case, the Release Amount shall not be greater than the amount of the Indebtedness outstanding on the date the applicable Individual Property is released from the Lien of the Security Instrument (or, in lieu of such release, the applicable Security Instrument is assigned)) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Rent Roll ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.27 .

 

Rents ” shall mean all rents, rent equivalents, moneys payable as damages or in lieu of rent or rent equivalents, royalties, income, receivables, receipts, revenues, deposits (including, without limitation, security, utility and other deposits), accounts, cash, issues, profits, charges for services rendered, and other consideration of whatever form or nature received by or paid to or for the account of or benefit of Borrower or Maryland Owner from any and all sources

 

29



 

arising from or attributable to each Individual Property and Proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance; provided that “Rents” shall not include (a) any damages, judgments, settlement proceeds or amounts of any kind paid to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in connection with the Stop & Shop Litigation or (b) the Marlton Condemnation Proceeds.

 

REOA ” shall mean each of those agreements more particularly set forth on Schedule 4.1.44 attached hereto.

 

Replacement Guarantor ” shall mean a guarantor for whom Lender shall have received evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender that such proposed guarantor and each of such guarantor’s principals and all other entities which may be owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly by such guarantor’s principals (a) has never been convicted of a felony; (b) is not a Prohibited Person, (c) has not been party to any bankruptcy proceedings, voluntary or involuntary, made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage as a debtor of any insolvency act, or any similar act for the benefit of debtors; and (d) has a Net Worth of at least Two Hundred Fifty Million and No/100 Dollars ($250,000,000.00) and total assets valued at not less than Six Hundred Fifty Million and No/100 Dollars ($650,000,000.00).

 

Replacement Rate Cap ” shall mean an interest rate cap in a form substantially similar to the Rate Cap entered into in connection with the closing of the Loan or as may otherwise be approved by the Rating Agencies (provided that in no event shall the Replacement Rate Cap require the counterparty to deposit collateral and/or obtain a replacement rate cap if such counterparty is no longer an Acceptable Counterparty) from an Acceptable Counterparty with (a) a notional amount equal to the then outstanding principal balance of the Floating Rate Component, (b) a term of not less than two (2) years and (c) a LIBOR strike price not greater than the Capped LIBOR Rate.

 

Replacement Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 .

 

Replacement Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.3.1 .

 

Required Remediation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.11.1 .

 

Required Remediation Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.11.1 .

 

Required Remediation Deposit Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.7 .

 

Required Remediation Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 .

 

Required Repairs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.27 .

 

30


 

Reserve Accounts ” shall mean, collectively, the Tax Reserve Account, the Insurance Reserve Account, the Excess Cash Flow Reserve Account, the Operating Expenses Reserve Account, the Debt Service Reserve Account, the Ground Rent Reserve Account, the Replacement Reserve Account, the Proceeds Reserve Account, Required Remediation Reserve Account, the TI and Leasing Reserve Account and any other escrow fund established by the Loan Documents.

 

Reserve Guaranty ” shall mean any Reserve Guaranty, executed and delivered by Guarantor in favor of Lender which guarantees some or all of Borrower’s obligations under Section 16.1 , Section 16.2 , Section 16.3 , Section 16.4 , Section 16.10 , and Section 16.11 , as more particularly set forth in Section 16.7 (as such Reserve Guaranty may be amended, supplemented, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time).

 

Reserve Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any day of any Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component, that percentage (expressed as a decimal) which is in effect on such day, as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including basic, supplemental, emergency, special and marginal reserves) generally applicable to financial institutions regulated by the Federal Reserve Board in respect of “Eurocurrency liabilities” (or in respect of any other category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on the Loan is determined), whether or not Lender has any Eurocurrency liabilities or such requirement otherwise in fact applies to Lender.  LIBOR shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of each change in the Reserve Percentage.  As of the date hereof, the Reserve Percentage is zero, however, there can be no assurance as to what such amount may be in the future.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Reserve Percentage shall be deemed to be zero for so long as the Loan is held in a securitization trust such as Vornado DP LLC Trust 2010.

 

Retainage Release Threshold ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.5(a) .

 

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor thereto.

 

Scheduled Defeasance Payments ” shall mean (a) in the case of a defeasance in full, scheduled payments of interest on and principal of the Fixed Rate Components of the Loan (less, for clarity, any previously defeased portion thereof) for each Payment Date occurring after the defeasance date and up to and including the Payment Date selected by the Borrowers from and after (and including) the Lockout Expiration Date (including the outstanding principal balance of the Fixed Rate Components of the Loan as of such Payment Date so selected) and (b) in the case of a partial defeasance, with respect to the principal portion of each Fixed Rate Component being defeased, scheduled payments of interest on and principal of such principal portion for each Payment Date occurring after the defeasance date and up to and including the Payment Date selected by the Borrowers from and after (and including) the Lockout Expiration Date (including the outstanding principal balance of such principal portion as of such Payment Date so selected).  In the case of a partial defeasance, for purposes of clause (b) of the preceding sentence, the scheduled payments of principal on each Payment Date in respect of the principal

 

31



 

portion being defeased will be equal to the product of (i) the amount of principal payable on such Payment Date based on the amortization schedule attached to the Loan Agreement (as the same shall have been amended in connection with any prior defeasance in accordance with the immediately following sentence) multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is such principal portion being defeased as of the defeasance date and the denominator of which is the principal amount of the Loan as of the defeasance date (for clarity, excluding any portion of the Loan previously defeased).  Such amortization schedule will be amended in connection with such partial defeasance by deducting from the scheduled principal payment to be made on each Payment Date pursuant to such schedule (as the same may have been previously amended in connection with a prior partial defeasance) the scheduled payments of principal on such Payment Date in respect of the Defeased Note for such partial defeasance, as determined in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

 

Securities ” shall mean any certificates, notes or other securities issued in connection with a Securitization

 

Securities Account shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC.

 

Securitization ” shall mean one or more private or public securitizations of rated single- or multi-class securities secured by or evidencing ownership interests in all or any portion of the Loan and the Loan Documents or a pool of assets that include the Loan and the Loan Documents.

 

Security Instrument ” shall mean (a) with respect to each Individual Property (other than the Maryland Individual Property), that certain first priority Mortgage and Security Agreement or Open Ended Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, executed and delivered by the related Individual Borrower to (or for the benefit of) Lender, as security for the Loan and encumbering the related Individual Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and (b) with respect to the Maryland Individual Property, that certain first priority Indemnity Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Fixture Filing and Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, executed and delivered by Maryland Owner to (or for the benefit of) Lender, as security for inter alia, the obligations and liabilities of Maryland Owner under the Maryland Guaranty Agreement and encumbering the Maryland Individual Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Servicer ” shall mean such Person designated in writing with an address for such Person by Lender, in its sole discretion, to act as Lender’s agent hereunder with such powers as are specifically delegated to the Servicer by Lender, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

Single Purpose Entity ” shall mean an entity in all material respects meeting all of the requirements of Section 5.1.4 of this Agreement (but in the case of an entity other than Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, substituting the name of such entity for the term “Borrower” or “Maryland Owner” throughout Section 5.1.4 (other than subparagraphs (1) through (3))

 

32



 

thereof for purposes of determining whether such entity meets such requirements) and any other requirements intended to preserve the separateness of Borrower and Maryland Owner.

 

Standard Form of Lease ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.8.2(a) .

 

State ” shall mean, with respect to an Individual Property, the state or commonwealth in which such Individual Property or any part thereof is located.

 

Stated Maturity Date ” shall mean the Payment Date occurring in September, 2020.

 

Static LIBOR Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.2(b) .

 

Stop & Shop Litigation ” shall mean certain litigation against Stop & Shop pending in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey regarding the reallocation of additional annual rent from Stop & Shop because of the expiration of the East Brunswick, Jersey City, Middletown, Union and Woodbridge leases to which the additional rent was previously allocated.

 

Substituted Borrower ” shall mean the Individual Borrower owning the Substituted Property.

 

Substituted Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 hereof.

 

Substitute Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 hereof.

 

Substitute Property Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(f) hereof.

 

Substitute Property Fixture Filing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(o) hereof.

 

Substitute Property Lien Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(o) hereof.

 

Substitution Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.2 hereof.

 

Successor Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.4 .

 

Survey ” shall mean a survey of the Individual Property in question prepared by Bock & Clark, or a surveyor licensed in the State and satisfactory to Lender and the company or companies issuing the Title Policy, and containing either a certification of such surveyor or a certification of visual update from such surveyor, in either case reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

Taking ” shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result or in lieu or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or

 

33



 

eminent domain, of all or any part of any Individual Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting any Individual Property or any part thereof.

 

Tax Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3 .

 

Tax Reserve Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.1 .

 

Tenant ” shall mean any Person leasing, subleasing or otherwise occupying any portion of any Individual Property, other than Manager and its employees, agents and assigns.

 

Tenant Instruction Letter ” shall mean the letter of instruction to a Tenant under a Lease in the form of Exhibit A attached to the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Terrorism Losses ” shall be those types of losses which result from perils of terrorism and acts of terrorism (a) as are currently “certified” under TRIPRA or (b) as are not currently “certified” under TRIPRA, in each case whether or not TRIPRA is in effect, excluding losses for nuclear, biological, radiological or chemical acts.

 

Terrorism Premium Limit ” shall mean an annual Insurance Premium equal to $0.05 per $100 of insurable value of the Properties or any Individual Property, as applicable, provided such amount shall be reduced from time to time on a pro rata basis concurrently with the release (or assignment) of the Lien of the Security Instrument on any Individual Property, based on the rentable square feet of the Properties or any Individual Property, as applicable, as shown on Schedule 16.3 relative to the aggregate rentable square feet of the Properties, determined as the sum of each Individual Property’s rentable square feet as shown on Schedule 16.3 .

 

Threshold Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000) with respect to any Individual Property or (ii) five percent (5%) of the Loan Amount for all of the Properties.

 

TI and Leasing Reserve  Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.10.1 .

 

TI and Leasing Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.10.1 .

 

TI and Leasing Reserve Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.3(j) .

 

Title Company ” shall mean, collectively, Stewart Title Guaranty Company, Stewart Title Insurance Company, Fidelity National Title Insurance Company, Chicago Title Insurance Company, First American Title Insurance Company of New York, National Land Tenure Company, LLC, and Commonwealth Land Title Insurance Company.

 

Title Policy ” shall mean an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in a form acceptable to Lender (or, if any Individual Property is in a State which does not permit the issuance of such ALTA policy, such form as shall be permitted in such State and acceptable to

 

34



 

Lender) issued by the Title Company on the date hereof with respect to each Individual Property and insuring the lien of the Security Instrument.

 

Total Defeasance Collateral ” shall mean U.S. Securities that provide payments (a) on or prior to, but as close as possible to, the Business Day immediately preceding each Payment Date after the Defeasance Date and up to and including the Lockout Expiration Date and any time thereafter as specified by Borrower on or prior to the Defeasance Date and which shall include for payment on such specified date the aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Components due on such specified date, and (b) in amounts equal to or greater than the Scheduled Defeasance Payments relating to each such Payment Date.

 

Total Defeasance Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.1(a) .

 

Total Defeasance Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.1 .

 

Total Insured Value ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.1(a) .

 

Total Loss ” shall mean (a) a casualty, damage or destruction of any Individual Property which, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, (i) involves a loss of more than forty percent (40%) of the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such Individual Property or (B) the Allocated Loan Amount for such Individual Property, or (ii) results in the cancellation of leases comprising more than forty percent (40%) of the rentable area of an Individual Property, and in either case with respect to which Borrower is not required under the Leases to apply Proceeds to the restoration of such Individual Property; or (b) a permanent Taking which, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, (i) involves an actual or constructive loss of more than forty percent (40%) of the lesser of (A) the fair market value of an Individual Property or (B) the Allocated Loan Amount for such Individual Property, (ii) renders untenantable more than forty percent (40%) of the rentable area of an Individual Property or (iii) materially and adversely impairs access to and egress from an Individual Property; or (c) a casualty, damage, destruction or Taking that affects so much of an Individual Property such that it would be impracticable, in Lender’s reasonable discretion, even after restoration, to operate such Individual Property as an economically viable whole.

 

Transfer ” shall mean to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, convey, mortgage, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, grant a security interest in, exchange or otherwise dispose of any beneficial interest or grant any option or warrant with respect thereto, or where used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any beneficial interest by any means whatsoever whether voluntary, involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

Transferee ” shall mean the Person to whom a Transfer is being effected.

 

TRIPRA ” shall mean the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 or another similar federal statute which provides that the federal government reinsures not less than fifty percent (50%) of any claims made under an insurance policy insuring against acts of terrorism (or such lower percentage of claims acceptable to the applicable holder in its reasonable discretion).

 

35



 

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State.

 

Undefeased Note ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.2(d) hereof.

 

U.S. Securities ” shall mean obligations or securities not subject to prepayment, call or early redemption which are (a) obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United States of America or (b) obligations of any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America that qualify as “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended , in each case, that are sufficient for Lender to obtain a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification.

 

VOP ” shall mean Vornado Realty L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and its permitted successors by merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of VOP, subject to any terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement.

 

VRT ” shall mean Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, and its permitted successors by merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of VRT, subject to any terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement.

 

VRT Transfers ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.5 .

 

Wal-Mart Parcel ” shall mean that certain parcel of real property located in Allentown, Pennsylvania owned by Allentown Individual Borrower and leased to Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. pursuant to the Wal-Mart Lease, as more particularly described on Schedule 5.1.4 hereto and the improvement located thereon.

 

Wal-Mart Lease ” shall mean that certain Ground Lease dated as of May 11, 1994 between Allentown Individual Borrower, as lessor, and Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., as lessee, as amended, supplemented, renewed, restated and otherwise modified through the date hereof, pursuant to which Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. ground leases the Wal-Mart Parcel from Allentown Individual Borrower.

 

Work ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.4(a) .

 

Yield Maintenance Premium ” shall mean, with respect to each Fixed Rate Component outstanding at the time of such calculation, the amount (if any) which, when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Fixed Rate Component (or any portion thereof evidenced by any Undefeased Note as applicable, but excluding any Defeased Note) attributable to such Fixed Rate Component will be sufficient to purchase U.S. Securities providing the required Scheduled Defeasance Payments.

 

Section 1.2                                     Principles of Construction .  All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.  All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.  When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto.  Unless otherwise specified herein or therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the definitions given them in this Agreement when used in any other Loan Document or in any

 

36



 

certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise specified.  All uses of the word “including” shall mean including, without limitation unless the context shall indicate otherwise.  Unless otherwise specified, the words hereof, herein and hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.  Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to any Loan Document shall be deemed to include references to such documents as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, consolidated, replaced and/or restated from time to time (and, in the case of any note or other instrument, to any instrument issued in substitution therefor).

 

ARTICLE II

 

GENERAL TERMS

 

Section 2.1                                     Loan.

 

2.1.1                      The Loan .  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make and Borrower hereby agrees to accept the Loan on the Closing Date.

 

2.1.2                      Components of the Note .  For the purpose of computing interest payable from time to time on the principal amount of the Loan and certain other computations set forth herein, the principal balance of the Loan shall be comprised of Components A1, A2-FX, A2-FL, B, C and D.  The principal amount of the Components shall be as follows:

 

 

COMPONENT

 

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

 

 

A1

 

$

140,000,000

 

 

 

A2-FX

 

$

304,300,000

 

 

 

A2-FL

 

$

60,000,000

 

 

 

B

 

$

38,700,000

 

 

 

C

 

$

57,000,000

 

 

 

D

 

$

60,000,000

 

 

 

2.1.3                      Disbursement to Borrower . Borrower may request and receive only one borrowing hereunder in respect of the Loan and any amount borrowed and repaid hereunder in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed.  Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the full proceeds of the Loan have been disbursed by Lender to Borrower on the Closing Date.

 

2.1.4                      The Note, Security Instrument and Loan Documents .  The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Security Instrument, the Assignment of Leases, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

2.1.5                      Use of Proceeds .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan to (a) pay all past due Operating Expenses, if any, in respect of the Properties as of the Closing Date, (b)

 

37



 

make deposits into the Reserve Accounts on the Closing Date in the amounts provided herein, (c) pay Additional Trust Fund Expenses due and payable on the Closing Date, (d) pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Loan and (e) distribute the balance, if any, to Borrower (which may, in turn, distribute the same to its owners).

 

Section 2.2                                     Interest .

 

2.2.1                      Interest Generally .  Interest on each Fixed Rate Component of the Note shall accrue throughout the term of the Loan at the Fixed Interest Rate and interest on the Floating Rate Component of the Note shall accrue throughout the term of the Loan at the Floating Interest Rate, subject in each case to Section 2.2.6 .

 

2.2.2                      Interest Calculation .

 

(a)                                  Interest on the outstanding principal balance of each Fixed Rate Component of the Loan shall accrue and be paid on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year consisting of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each.  Interest on the Floating Rate Component of the Loan shall accrue and be paid on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and the actual number of days in each Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component.  The amount of interest payable on each Payment Date with respect to any Component will be equal to the interest that is scheduled to accrue on such Component during the related Interest Accrual Period, subject to any adjustments as set forth herein, computed using the balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date, after giving effect to any principal payments received on such Payment Date.  The total interest accrued under the Loan shall be the sum of the interest accrued on each of the Components.

 

(b)                                  In the event that Lender shall have determined in its good faith reasonable discretion (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower absent manifest error) that by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR, then Lender shall forthwith give notice by telephone of such determination, confirmed in writing, to Borrower at least two (2) days prior to the last day of the related Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component.  If such notice is given, LIBOR commencing with the first (1st) day of the next succeeding Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component, shall be LIBOR in effect for the most recent Interest Accrual Period (the “ Static LIBOR Rate ”).  If, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, interest on the Floating Rate Component is to be calculated at the Static LIBOR Rate and Lender shall determine in its good faith reasonable discretion (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower absent manifest error) that the event(s) or circumstance(s) which resulted in such conversion shall no longer be applicable, Lender shall give notice thereof to Borrower, and the Static LIBOR Rate shall convert to LIBOR effective on the first day of the next succeeding Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall Borrower have the right to elect to convert from LIBOR to the Static LIBOR Rate.

 

2.2.3                      Monthly Debt Service Payments .   Borrower shall pay to Lender:

 

38



 

(a)                                  On September 10, 2010, an amount equal to the sum of (i) interest only on the outstanding principal balance of each Fixed Rate Component of the Loan from the Closing Date up to and including September 9, 2010 and (ii) interest only on the outstanding principal balance of the Floating Rate Component of the Loan from the Closing Date up to and including September 12, 2010; and

 

(b)                                  On each Payment Date thereafter commencing on October 10, 2010 up to and including the Maturity Date, principal and interest in an amount equal to the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount.  The principal component of the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount shall be applied as follows:

 

(i)                                      first, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component A-1, until reduced to zero,

 

(ii)                                   second, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component A-2-FX and Component A-2-FL, pro rata and pari passu , based on the outstanding principal balance of each such Component, until reduced to zero,

 

(iii)                                third, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component B until reduced to zero,

 

(iv)                               fourth, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component C until reduced to zero, and

 

(v)                                  fifth, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component D until reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing Section 2.2.3(a) , if at any time Lender notifies Borrower that a “Cross-Over Date” has occurred in connection with any Securitization of the Loan, the principal portion of the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount shall be applied as follows:

 

(i)                                      first, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component A-1, Component A-2-FX and Component A-2-FL, pro rata and pari passu , based on the unpaid principal balance for each such Component, until reduced to zero,

 

(ii)                                   second, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component B, until reduced to zero,

 

(iii)                                third, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component C, until reduced to zero, and

 

(iv)                               fourth, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component D, until reduced to zero.

 

2.2.4                      Payments Generally .  For purposes of making payments hereunder, but not for purposes of calculating any Interest Accrual Period, if the day on which such payment is due

 

39



 

is not a Business Day, then amounts due on such date shall be due on the immediately succeeding Business Day.  On the Maturity Date, interest on the outstanding principal balance of each Fixed Rate Component of the Note shall be payable at the Fixed Interest Rate or the Default Rate applicable to each Fixed Rate Component and interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Floating Rate Component of the Note shall be payable at the Floating Interest Rate or the Default Rate applicable to the Floating Rate Component, as the case may be, through and including the end of the applicable Interest Accrual Period.  All amounts due pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be payable without setoff, counterclaim, defense (except for the defense of prior payment or performance) or any other deduction whatsoever.

 

2.2.5                      Payment on Maturity Date .  Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Maturity Date the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents.

 

2.2.6                      Payments after Default .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest and other amounts due in respect of the Loan shall accrue at the Default Rate, calculated from the date such payment was due without regard to any grace or cure periods contained herein, if any.  Any and all payments and other sums received by Lender hereunder during the continuance of an Event of Default may be applied to the Indebtedness in such order and priority as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion, including without limitation, alternating applications thereof between interest and principal.  Interest at the Default Rate shall be computed from the occurrence of the Event of Default until the actual receipt and collection of the Indebtedness (or that portion thereof that is then due).  To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest at the Default Rate shall be added to the Indebtedness, shall itself accrue interest at the same rate as the Loan and shall be secured by the Security Instrument.  This paragraph shall not be construed as an agreement or privilege to extend the date of the payment of the Indebtedness, nor as a waiver of any other right or remedy accruing to Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any payment of principal from whatever source may be applied by Lender among the Components in Lender’s sole discretion.

 

2.2.7                      Late Payment Charge .  If any principal, interest or any other sums due under the Loan Documents (other than the outstanding Principal Amount due and payable on the Maturity Date) is not paid by Borrower within three (3) Business Days of the date on which it is due, Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal to the lesser of three percent (3%) of such unpaid sum and the Maximum Legal Rate multiplied by such unpaid sum (the “ Late Payment Charge ”) in order to defray the expense incurred by Lender in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment.  Any such amount shall be secured by the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

2.2.8                      Usury Savings .  This Agreement and the Note are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be obligated or required to pay interest on the principal balance of the Loan at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a

 

40


 

 

result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate.  If, by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the principal balance due under the Note at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, then the Fixed Interest Rate, the Floating Interest Rate, the Static Libor Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due under the Note.  All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate of interest from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

 

2.2.9                      Method and Place of Payment .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments and prepayments under this Agreement and the Note shall be made to Lender not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due and shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at Lender’s office or as otherwise directed by Lender, and any funds received by Lender after such time shall, for all purposes hereof, be deemed to have been paid on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

2.2.10               Additional Trust Fund Expenses .  Borrower shall pay to Lender, or reimburse Lender for, any Additional Trust Fund Expenses arising with respect to the related trust fund; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be liable to pay for Additional Trust Fund Expenses (i) to the extent they result from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of Lender, Servicer, any special servicer, trustee or certificate administrator or (ii) in any circumstance in which an Event of Default is not continuing and such Additional Trust Fund Expenses were incurred by or on behalf of the related trust fund in the performance or attempted performance of an obligation of the Borrower prior to the expiration of any notice and/or grace period that the Borrower is afforded with respect to such obligation pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, unless Lender is permitted hereunder or thereunder to perform such obligation prior to the expiration of any such notice and/or cure period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, Borrower shall be required to pay taxes payable from the assets of any trust fund and any tax related expenses only to the extent the taxes and tax related expenses are otherwise taxes and tax related expenses that Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor are expressly required to pay under the Loan Documents or by law.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Borrower shall only be obligated to pay any amounts described in clause (a) of the definition of Additional Trust Fund Expenses if and to the extent such interest exceeds the sum of the Default Rate interest and Late Charges payable hereunder in respect of the event giving rise to the related advances.

 

2.2.11               Additional Payment Provisions .

 

(a)                                  If at any time after the date hereof, Lender reasonably determines that, due to the adoption or modification of any Legal Requirement regarding taxation, Lender’s required levels of reserves, deposits, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance or capital

 

41



 

(including any allocation of capital requirements or conditions), or similar requirements, or any interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority or compliance of Lender with any of such requirements, has or would have the effect of (a) increasing Lender’s after tax costs relating to the Floating Rate Component, or (b) reducing the after tax yield or rate of return of Lender on the Floating Rate Component, to a level below that which Lender could have achieved but for the adoption or modification of any such Legal Requirements.  Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days of any request by Lender, pay to Lender such additional amounts as (in Lender’s sole judgment, after good faith and reasonable computation) will compensate Lender for such increase in costs or reduction in yield or rate of return of Lender.  No failure by Lender to immediately demand payment of any additional amounts payable hereunder shall constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand payment of such amounts at any subsequent time.

 

(b)                                  If any requirement of law or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, shall hereafter make it unlawful for Lender to make or maintain the Floating Rate Component with the Floating Interest Rate being based on LIBOR as contemplated hereunder, (i) the obligation of Lender hereunder to make such Floating Rate Component of the Loan based on LIBOR or to convert the Floating Rate Component from the Static LIBOR Rate to the LIBOR Rate shall be canceled forthwith and (ii) the Floating Rate shall be converted automatically to a loan bearing interest at the Static LIBOR Rate on the next succeeding Payment Date or within such earlier period as required by law.  Borrower hereby agrees promptly to pay Lender, upon demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate Lender for any reasonable, third party out-of-pocket costs (other than taxes) incurred by Lender in making any conversion in accordance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, any interest or fees payable by Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain the Floating Rate Component hereunder.  If Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.2.11(b) , Lender shall provide Borrower with not less than ninety (90) days written notice specifying in reasonable detail the event by reason of which it has become so entitled and the additional amount required to fully compensate Lender for such additional costs.  Lender’s notice of such costs, as certified to Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Lender acknowledges and agrees that, as of the date hereof, no conditions exist that would permit the cancellation of Lender’s obligations to make the Floating Rate Component of the Loan  based on LIBOR or to convert the Floating Rate Component from LIBOR Rate to the Static LIBOR Rate under this Section 2.2.11(b) .

 

(c)                                   In the event that (i) the Loan is no longer held in a securitization trust and (ii) any change in any requirement of law or in the interpretation or application thereof, or compliance by Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) hereafter issued from any central bank or other Governmental Authority:

 

(i)                                      shall hereafter impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of Lender which is not otherwise included in the determination of the Floating Interest Rate hereunder,

 

42



 

(ii)                                   shall hereafter have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s capital with respect to the Floating Rate Component as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by any amount reasonably deemed by Lender to be material; or

 

(iii)                                shall hereafter impose on Lender any other condition and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Lender of making, renewing or maintaining the Floating Rate Component or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder with respect to the Floating Rate Component;

 

then, in any such case (but not with respect to taxes), Borrower shall promptly pay Lender, upon demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate Lender for such additional cost or reduced amount receivable which Lender deems to be material as determined by Lender.  If Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.2.11(c) , Lender shall provide Borrower with not less than sixty (60) days written notice specifying in reasonable detail the event by reason of which it has become so entitled and the additional amount required to fully compensate Lender for such additional cost or reduced amount.  A certificate as to any additional costs or amounts payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence submitted by Lender to Borrower shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  This provision shall survive payment of the Indebtedness and the satisfaction of all other obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

(d)                                  Borrower agrees to indemnify Lender and to hold Lender harmless from any loss or expense (other than consequential or punitive damages or taxes) which Lender sustains or incurs as a consequence of (i) any default by Borrower in payment of the principal of or interest on the Floating Rate Component, including, without limitation, any such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain the Floating Rate Component hereunder, (ii) any prepayment (whether voluntary or mandatory) of the Floating Rate Component that did not include all interest which had accrued (or would have accrued) at the Floating Interest Rate through the end of the related Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component, including, without limitation, such loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain the Floating Rate Component hereunder, and (iii) the conversion (for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary) of the Floating Interest Rate to the Static LIBOR Rate with respect to any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Floating Rate Component then bearing interest at the Floating Interest Rate on a date other than the Payment Date immediately following the last day of an Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component, including, without limitation, such loss or expenses arising from interest or fees payable by Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to maintain the Floating Rate Component hereunder (the amounts referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are herein referred to collectively as the “ Breakage Costs ”).  This provision shall survive payment of the Note in full and the satisfaction of all other obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

43



 

Section 2.3                                     Prepayments .

 

2.3.1                      Voluntary Prepayments .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower shall not have the right to prepay any Fixed Rate Component in whole or in part prior to the Stated Maturity Date.  Borrower may prepay the Floating Rate Component, in whole or in part at any time without payment of the Yield Maintenance Premium or other penalty or premium, provided that (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of any such prepayment; (b) Borrower gives Lender not less than ten (10) days’ notice (or such shorter period of time if permitted by Lender in its reasonable discretion) specifying a date on which such prepayment is to occur (provided such notice shall be revocable at any time and for any reason by Borrower and may be adjourned on a day-to-day basis on reasonable notice to Lender, but Borrower shall pay any actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such revocation and/or adjournment ); and (c) Borrower pays Lender, in addition to the outstanding principal amount of the Floating Rate Component of the Loan to be prepaid, all interest which would have accrued on the amount of the Floating Rate Component of the Loan to be paid through and including the last day of the Interest Accrual Period with respect to the Floating Rate Component related to the Payment Date next occurring following the date of such prepayment.  Any such prepayment received by Lender on a date other than a Payment Date shall be held by Agent in an interest bearing money-market account (and the interest shall accrue for the benefit of Borrower) as collateral security for the Loan and shall be applied to the Floating Rate Component on the next Payment Date.  On the Payment Date occurring in March, 2020 (the “ Lockout Expiration Date ”) and on any Business Day thereafter, Borrower may, at its option and upon eight (8) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lender (provided such notice shall be revocable at any time and for any reason by Borrower and may be adjourned on a day-to-day basis on reasonable notice to Lender, but Borrower shall pay any actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such revocation and/or adjournment ), prepay the Fixed Rate Components in whole or in part without payment of the Yield Maintenance Premium or other penalty or premium.  If Borrower prepays any Fixed Rate Component of the Loan on a date other than a Payment Date, Borrower shall pay Lender, in addition to the Indebtedness, all interest which would have accrued on the amount of such Fixed Rate Component through but excluding the Payment Date next occurring following the date of such prepayment.  Any prepayment received by Lender on a date other than a Payment Date shall be held by Agent in an interest bearing money-market account (and the interest shall accrue for the benefit of Borrower) as collateral security for the Loan and shall be applied to the applicable Component on the next Payment Date to the extent otherwise required.

 

2.3.2                      Mandatory Prepayments .  On each Payment Date immediately following the date on which Borrower or Lender actually receives any Proceeds, and it has been determined that Lender is not obligated to and Lender does not, in fact, make such Proceeds available to Borrower for the restoration of the applicable Individual Property, then, subject to Section 6.2.5(b) , Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal balance of the Loan in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Proceeds, using such Proceeds, and such amount prepaid by Borrower shall result in a corresponding reduction of the Allocated Loan Amount of the applicable Individual Property.  No Yield Maintenance Premium or other penalty or premium shall be due in connection with any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.3.2 .

 

44



 

2.3.3                      Prepayments After Default .  If, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness is tendered by Borrower and accepted by Lender or otherwise recovered by Lender, such tender or recovery shall be deemed a voluntary prepayment by Borrower in violation of the prohibition against prepayment set forth in Section 2.3.1 and, to the extent that the same would, if a prepayment, be prohibited under Section 2.3.1 , Borrower shall pay, in addition to the Indebtedness, an amount equal to the greater of (a) one percent (1%) of the then outstanding principal amount of the Loan to be prepaid or satisfied (excluding the Floating Rate Component and excluding any Defeased Notes), or (b) the Yield Maintenance Premium in respect of each Fixed Rate Component outstanding at the time of such prepayment (excluding any portion thereof evidenced by a Defeased Note).

 

2.3.4                      Application of Principal Payments to Components .  All prepayments of principal in connection with permitted prepayments of the Floating Rate Component of the Loan made pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.3.1 of this Agreement shall be applied to the Floating Rate Component.  All other prepayments of principal, in whole or in part, voluntary or involuntary, shall be applied as follows:

 

(a)                                  first, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component A-1, Component A-2-FX and Component A-2-FL, pro rata and pari passu , based on the unpaid principal balance for each such Component, until reduced to zero,

 

(b)                                  second, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component B until reduced to zero,

 

(c)                                   third, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component C until reduced to zero, and

 

(d)                                  fourth, to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of Component D until reduced to zero.

 

Section 2.4                                     Defeasance . Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall have the right at any time after the Closing Date and prior to the Lockout Expiration Date to voluntarily defease all or any portion of the Fixed Rate Components of the Loan in sequential order (i.e., first, Component A-1 until defeased in full, then Component A-2-FX, until defeased in full, then Component B until defeased in full, then Component C until defeased in full and finally Component D, until defeased in full) by and upon satisfaction of the following conditions (such event being a “ Defeasance Event ”):

 

2.4.1                      Conditions to Total Defeasance .  Provided Lender shall not have elected to accelerate the Loan during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall have the right at any time to voluntarily defease the entire balance of the Fixed Rate Components of the Loan without premium, Yield Maintenance Premium or penalty and obtain a release of the Lien of the Security Instrument by providing Lender with the Total Defeasance Collateral (herein, a “ Total Defeasance Event ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise set forth herein, Borrower shall have delivered to Lender all documentary deliveries required pursuant to this Section 2.4.1 at least fifteen (15)

 

45



 

days prior to the requested effective date of such proposed Total Defeasance Event (except as Lender may in its reasonable discretion shorten such period) and shall specify a date (the “ Total Defeasance Date ”) on which the Total Defeasance Event is to occur (provided such notice shall be revocable at any time and for any reason by Borrower and may be adjourned on a day-to-day basis on reasonable notice to Lender, but Borrower shall pay any actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such revocation and/or adjournment );

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall pay to Lender (i) all payments of principal and interest due on the Loan to and including the Total Defeasance Date and (ii) all other sums, then due on such Total Defeasance Date under the Note, this Agreement, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents;

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall deposit the Total Defeasance Collateral into the Defeasance Collateral Account and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 2.4.3 hereof;

 

(d)                                  Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender a Defeasance Security Agreement in respect of the Defeasance Collateral Account and the Total Defeasance Collateral;

 

(e)                                   in connection with the Defeasance Event, Borrower shall deliver to Lender (i) an Opinion of Counsel for Borrower that is reasonably satisfactory to Lender opining that (A) Lender has a legal and valid perfected first priority security interest in the Defeasance Collateral Account and the Total Defeasance Collateral and (B) that the Total Defeasance Event pursuant to this Section 2.4.1 does not constitute a “significant modification” under Section 1001 of the Code, will not cause any Securitization vehicle to fail to qualify as a grantor trust under the Code and will not cause a federal income tax to be imposed on any Securitization vehicle and (ii) a non-consolidation opinion with respect to the Successor Borrower;

 

(f)                                    Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification as to the Total Defeasance Collateral and the documents to be entered into in connection with the Total Defeasance Event;

 

(g)                                   On or prior to the Total Defeasance Date, Borrower shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 2.4.1 have been satisfied;

 

(h)                                  Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a “big four” or other public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lender certifying that the Total Defeasance Collateral will generate monthly amounts equal to or greater than the Scheduled Defeasance Payments;

 

(i)                                      Borrower shall deliver such other certificates, opinions, documents and instruments as Lender may reasonably request, to the extent such delivery would be required by a reasonably prudent lender defeasing mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan, provided that Borrower shall not be required to deliver any certificate, opinion, document or instrument that would increase Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

46



 

(j)                                     Borrower shall pay or have paid in full the outstanding principal balance of the Floating Rate Component;

 

(k)                                  In connection with a Total Defeasance Event, Borrower shall pay to Lender a defeasance and release fee in an amount equal to $35,000; and

 

(l)                                      Borrower shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender incurred in connection with the Total Defeasance Event, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies.

 

2.4.2                      Conditions to Partial Defeasance .  Provided Lender shall not have elected to accelerate the Loan during the continuance of an Event of Default and Borrower shall have paid in full the Floating Rate Component, Borrower shall have the right at any time to voluntarily defease a portion of the Fixed Rate Components of the Loan without Yield Maintenance Premium or penalty and obtain a release of the Lien of the Security Instrument as to any Individual Property by providing Lender with the Partial Defeasance Collateral (herein, a “ Partial Defeasance Event ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise set forth herein, Borrower shall have delivered to Lender all documentary deliveries required pursuant to this Section 2.4.2 at least eight (8) Business Days prior to the requested effective date of such proposed Partial Defeasance Event (except as Lender may in its reasonable discretion shorten such period) and shall specify a date (the “ Partial Defeasance Date ”) on which the Partial Defeasance Event is to occur (provided such notice shall be revocable at any time and for any reason by Borrower and may be adjourned on a day-to-day basis on reasonable notice to Lender, but Borrower shall pay any actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such revocation and/or adjournment );

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall pay to Lender (i) all payments of principal and interest due on the Loan to and including the Partial Defeasance Date and (ii) all other sums, then due on such Partial Defeasance Date under the Note, this Agreement, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents;

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall deposit the Partial Defeasance Collateral into the Defeasance Collateral Account and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 2.4.3 hereof;

 

(d)                                  Borrower shall prepare all necessary documents to modify this Agreement and to amend and restate the Note and issue substitute notes, having an aggregate principal balance equal to the Release Amount for the subject Individual Property or Properties proposed to be released in connection with such Partial Defeasance Event or such greater amount as Borrower may elect (including pursuant to Section 2.4.2(i) ) (collectively, the “ Defeased Note ”), and the other notes having a principal balance equal to the excess of (i) the original principal amount of the Loan, over (ii) the amount of the Defeased Note and any prior Defeased Note issued (collectively, the “ Undefeased Note ”).  The Defeased Note and Undefeased Note shall have identical terms as the Note except for the principal balance and the stated maturity date and except as necessary to reflect the different size of the allocable portions of the Components comprising such Notes by reason of the sequential defeasance provided for under the last

 

47



 

sentence of Section 2.5.4(a) .  The Defeased Note and the Undefeased Note shall not be cross defaulted or cross collateralized.  A Defeased Note may not be the subject of any further defeasance (but may be prepaid on the same terms as the Fixed Component of the Undefeased Note);

 

(e)                                   Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender a Defeasance Security Agreement in respect of the Defeasance Collateral Account and the Partial Defeasance Collateral;

 

(f)                                    Borrower shall deliver to Lender (i) an Opinion of Counsel for Borrower that is reasonably satisfactory to Lender opining that (A) Lender has a legal and valid perfected first priority security interest in the Defeasance Collateral Account and the Partial Defeasance Collateral and (B) that the Partial Defeasance Event pursuant to this Section 2.4.2 does not constitute a “significant modification” under Section 1001 of the Code, will not cause any Securitization vehicle to fail to qualify as a grantor trust under the Code and will not cause any federal income tax to be imposed on any Securitization vehicle and (ii) a non-consolidation opinion with respect to the Successor Borrower;

 

(g)                                   Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification as to the Partial Defeasance Collateral and the documents to be entered into in connection with the Partial Defeasance Event;

 

(h)                                  on or prior to the Partial Defeasance Date, Borrower shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the requirements set forth in this Section 2.4.2 have been satisfied;

 

(i)                                      after giving effect to the release of any Individual Property in connection with a Partial Defeasance Event (including the amount of the Loan prepaid in this Section 2.4.2 above for the release of any Individual Property in connection with a Partial Defeasance Event), the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Loan for the Properties (excluding the released Individual Property) shall not be less than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio of the Properties immediately prior to giving effect to such release; provided that, for clarity, in order to meet the Debt Service Coverage Ratio test set forth herein, Borrower may defease a portion of the Loan in excess of the Release Amounts of the affected Individual Property (and the Allocated Loan Amount with respect to the remaining Properties shall be reduced proportionately by the amount of such excess);

 

(j)                                     Borrower shall deliver a certificate of a “big four” or other public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Lender certifying that the Partial Defeasance Collateral will generate monthly amounts equal to or greater than the Scheduled Defeasance Payments;

 

(k)                                  Borrower shall deliver such other certificates, opinions, documents and instruments as Lender may reasonably request, to the extent such delivery would be required by a reasonably prudent lender defeasing mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan, provided that Borrower shall not be required to deliver any certificate, opinion, document or instrument that would increase Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

48



 

(l)                                      In connection with each Partial Defeasance Event, Borrower shall pay to Lender a defeasance and release fee in an amount equal to $15,000; and

 

(m)                              Borrower shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender incurred in connection with the Partial Defeasance Event, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies.

 

2.4.3                      Defeasance Collateral Account .  On or before the date on which Borrower delivers the Total Defeasance Collateral or Partial Defeasance Collateral, Borrower shall open at any Eligible Institution the defeasance collateral account (the “ Defeasance Collateral Account ”) which shall at all times be an Eligible Account.  The Defeasance Collateral Account shall contain only (a) Total Defeasance Collateral or the applicable Partial Defeasance Collateral, and (b) cash from interest and principal paid on the Total Defeasance Collateral or the applicable Partial Defeasance Collateral.  All cash from interest and principal payments paid on the Total Defeasance Collateral or Partial Defeasance Collateral shall be paid over to Agent on each Payment Date and applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Following the payment of all Scheduled Defeasance Payments, any cash from interest and principal paid on the Total Defeasance Collateral or Partial Defeasance Collateral in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Scheduled Defeasance Payments shall be paid to Borrower or, if there is a Successor Borrower, to Successor Borrower.  Borrower shall cause the Eligible Institution at which the Total Defeasance Collateral or Partial Defeasance Collateral is deposited to enter into an agreement with Borrower or Successor Borrower, as applicable, and Lender, satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion, pursuant to which such Eligible Institution shall agree to hold and distribute the Total Defeasance Collateral or Partial Defeasance Collateral in accordance with this Agreement.  Borrower or Successor Borrower, as applicable, shall be the owner of the Defeasance Collateral Account and shall report all income accrued on Total Defeasance Collateral or Partial Defeasance Collateral for federal, state and local income tax purposes in its income tax return.  Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses associated with opening and maintaining the Defeasance Collateral Account.  Lender shall not in any way be liable by reason of any insufficiency in the Defeasance Collateral Account.  At Borrower’s election, different Defeasance Collateral Accounts may be established for each defeasance consummated pursuant to this Agreement.

 

2.4.4                      Successor Borrower .  In connection with a Defeasance Event under this Section 2.4 , Borrower shall, if required by the Rating Agencies or if Borrower elects to do so, establish or designate a successor entity (the “ Successor Borrower ”) which shall be a single purpose bankruptcy remote entity and which shall be approved by S&P (which may be evidenced by the Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification).  Any such Successor Borrower may, at Borrower’s option, be an Affiliate of Borrower unless the Rating Agencies shall require otherwise.  Borrower shall transfer and assign all obligations, rights and duties under and to the Note (in connection with a Total Defeasance Event) and under the  Defeased Note (in connection with a Partial Defeasance Event), together with the Total Defeasance Collateral or Partial Defeasance Collateral, as applicable, to such Successor Borrower.  Such Successor Borrower shall assume the obligations under the Note (in connection with a Total Defeasance Event) and under the  Defeased Note (in connection with a Partial Defeasance Event) and the Defeasance Security Agreement and Borrower shall be relieved of its obligations under such documents and, in connection with a Partial Defeasance Event, the related Individual Borrower in respect of the

 

49



 

released Individual Property (and, if applicable, the Maryland Owner) shall also be released from all of its (or their) obligations under the other Loan Documents.  Borrower shall pay all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender, including Lender’s reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, incurred in connection therewith.  A different Successor Borrower may be established for each defeasance consummated pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 2.5                                     Release of Property .  Except as set forth in this Section 2.5 or otherwise in this Agreement, no repayment, prepayment or defeasance of all or any portion of the Note shall cause, give rise to a right to require, or otherwise result in, the release of the Lien of the Security Instrument.

 

2.5.1                      Release or Assignment on Total Defeasance .  The provisions of this Section 2.5.1 shall be applicable only with respect to a Total Defeasance.

 

(a)                                  If Borrower has elected to defease the Fixed Rate Components of the Loan in their entirety, to pay in full the Floating Rate Component and the requirements of Section 2.4 and this Section 2.5 have been satisfied, the Properties shall be released from the Lien of the Security Instrument (unless Borrower elects for an assignment in accordance with Section 2.5.1(c) ) and the U.S. Securities constituting the Total Defeasance Collateral, pledged pursuant to the Defeasance Security Agreement, shall be the sole source of collateral securing the Note, and Guarantor shall be released of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations under the Recourse Carveout Guaranty and the Ground Lease Guaranty and each guarantor under a Bottom Up Guaranty shall be released of its obligations thereunder.

 

(b)                                  In connection with the release of the Security Instrument, Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the Total Defeasance Date (or such shorter period of time as may be permitted by Lender in its reasonable discretion), releases of Lien (and related Loan Documents) for the Properties for execution by Lender.  Such releases shall be in a form appropriate for each jurisdiction in which each of the Properties are located and that would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender.  In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release, together with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such documentation (i) is in compliance with all Legal Requirements, and (ii) will effect such release in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In connection with such Total Defeasance of the Fixed Rate Components of the Loan and payment in full of the Floating Rate Component of the Loan, Lender shall deliver to Borrower (A) a payoff letter in customary form and (B) promptly after the completion of the Total Defeasance Event, (I) all original insurance policies relating to the Properties which may be held by or on behalf of Lender, (II) any amounts held in escrow or in any Reserve Account pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise, (III) any other collateral that may have been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, (IV) the original Note (or a lost note affidavit in lieu thereof), and (V) a termination of any guaranties delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan (except to the extent that any portion of such guaranties are expressly intended to survive pursuant to the terms thereof), duly executed by Lender.

 

(c)                                   If Borrower advises Lender that it desires to effectuate a Total Defeasance Event in a manner which will permit the assignment of all or any portion of the Note and any Security Instrument to one or more new lenders providing all or a portion of the Total

 

50


 

 

Defeasance Collateral, Borrower and Lender shall cooperate to effect such proposed assignments in the following manner:  Lender shall assign the Note (or any part or portion thereof) and any Security Instrument (or any part or portion thereof) designated by Borrower, each without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except as to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and that Lender holds the Note and Security Instrument and has the authority to effect the assignment), to such new lenders designated by Borrower (other than Borrower or a nominee of Borrower) and Lender shall execute, upon Borrower’s reasonable request, in recordable form any document or instrument reasonably acceptable to Lender that may be necessary to split, divide, sever or componentize any Note and/or Security Instrument, provided that Borrower (i) has executed and delivered to such new lenders one or more new notes corresponding to the Security Instrument (or portion thereof) being assigned to be secured by the Total Defeasance Collateral pursuant to the security agreement between Borrower and such new lender (the “ Defeasance Security Agreement ”) (such new notes to have the same term, interest rate, unpaid principal balance and all other material terms and conditions of the Note (or the portion thereof being assigned)), which new notes, together with the Defeasance Security Agreement and the rights of such new lenders in and to the Total Defeasance Collateral, shall be assigned by such new lenders to Lender simultaneously with the assignment of the Note (or portion thereof) and the Security Instrument (or portion thereof) by Lender, and (ii) has complied with all other provisions of Section 2.4 and this Section 2.5 to the extent not inconsistent with this subsection 2.5.1(c) .  In addition, any such assignment shall be conditioned on the following: (A) payment by Borrower of (I) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Lender incurred in connection therewith; and (II) Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees for the preparation, delivery and performance of such an assignment and for the consideration of Borrower’s request; (B) such an assignment is not then prohibited by any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation, order or by any other governmental authority; provided that, if such prohibition exists, Lender shall take all reasonable efforts, at Borrower’s expense, to effectuate the intent of this Section 2.5.1(c) consistent with then applicable Law; (C) such assignment and the actions described above in Lender’s good faith determination do not constitute a “significant modification” under Section 1001 of the Code, will not cause any Securitization vehicle to fail to qualify as a grantor trust under the Code, and will not cause any federal income tax to be imposed on the Securitization as a result of such assignment and the Total Defeasance Event and Lender is permitted to obtain an opinion confirming such result; and (D) Borrower shall provide such other opinions, items, information and documents which a prudent lender would reasonably require to effectuate such assignment.  Borrower shall be responsible for all mortgage recording taxes, recording fees and other charges payable in connection with any such assignment.  Lender agrees that the assignment of the Note and the Security Instrument to the new lenders and the assignment of the new note, the Total Defeasance Collateral and the Defeasance Security Agreement by the new lender to Lender shall be accomplished by an escrow closing conducted through an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Lender and pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably satisfactory to Lender in form and substance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender reserves the right to impose different requirements or procedures on such an assignment of the Note and the Security Instrument to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to accommodate any Legal Requirements enacted or interpreted in a new manner subsequent to the date hereof at the time of such Total Defeasance Event if and to the extent a reasonably prudent Lender would impose such requirements or procedures.

 

51



 

2.5.2                      Release or Assignment on Payment in Full .  If Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid the outstanding principal balance of, and unpaid interest on, and all other sums due under, the Note, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof, at the request of Borrower, Lender shall (a) assign and/or sever the Note and any Security Instrument into two (2) or more separate loans and/or security instruments and assign, the Security Instrument (or any portion thereof if the Security Instrument has been severed)  and all of the other Loan Documents to any Person designated by Borrower, which assignment and severance documents shall be in recordable form (but without representation or warranty by, or recourse to, Lender, except that Lender shall represent that such assignment(s) has been duly authorized and that Lender has not assigned or encumbered the Security Instrument or the other Loan Documents), (b) deliver to or as directed by Borrower the originally executed Note and all originally executed other notes which may have been consolidated, amended and/or restated in connection with the execution of the Note or, with respect to any note where the original has been lost, destroyed or mutilated, a lost note affidavit for the benefit of the assignee, lender and the title insurance company insuring the Security Instrument, as assigned, in form sufficient to permit such title insurance company to insure the lien of the Security Instrument as assigned to and held by the assignee without exception for any matter relating to the lost, destroyed or mutilated note; provided such affidavit shall not include an indemnity from Lender, (c) execute and deliver an allonge with respect to the Note and any other note(s) as described in the preceding paragraph (b) above without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except as to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and that Lender holds the Note and Security Instrument and has the authority to execute and deliver the allonge), (d) deliver the original executed Security Instrument or a certified copy of record, if available, and (e) execute and deliver such other instruments of conveyance, assignment, termination, severance and release (including appropriate UCC-3 termination statements) in recordable form as may reasonably be requested by Borrower to evidence such assignment and/or severance.  All reasonable out-of-pocket and costs and expenses incurred by Lender as a result of the foregoing shall be paid by Borrower.  In connection with any assignment of the Note and Security Instrument by Lender pursuant to this Section 2.5.2, Borrower shall pay to Lender an assignment fee in an amount equal to $3,000.  Concurrently with the payment to Lender of the outstanding principal balance of, and unpaid interest on, and all other sums due under, the Note, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and whether or not Borrower shall request an assignment as set forth in this Section 2.5.2 , Lender shall deliver to Borrower (i) a payoff letter in customary form, (ii) all original insurance policies relating to the Properties which may be held by or on behalf of Lender, (iii) any amounts held in escrow or in any reserve account pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise, (iv) the original note (or a lost note affidavit in lieu thereof), (v) any other collateral that may have been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, and (vi) a termination of any guaranties delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan (except to the extent that any portion of such guaranties are expressly intended to survive pursuant to the terms thereof), duly executed by Lender.

 

2.5.3                      Release or Assignment on Partial Defeasance .  The provisions of this Section 2.5.3 shall be applicable only with respect to a Partial Defeasance.

 

(a)                                  If Borrower has elected to make a partial defeasance and the requirements of Section 2.4.2 have been satisfied, any applicable Individual Property shall be released from the lien of the Security Instrument (unless Borrower elects for an assignment in accordance with

 

52



 

Section 2.5.3(b) ).  In connection with the release of the Security Instrument, Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than eight (8) Business Days prior to the Partial Defeasance Date (or such shorter period of time as may be permitted by Lender in its reasonable discretion), a release of Lien (and related Loan Documents) for the Individual Property for execution by Lender.  Such release shall be in a form appropriate in the jurisdiction in which any applicable Individual Property is located and that would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender.  In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release, together with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such documentation (i) is in compliance with all Legal Requirements, and (ii) will effect such release in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In connection with such Partial Defeasance, Lender shall deliver to Borrower (i) a payoff letter in customary form and (ii) promptly after the completion of the Partial Defeasance Event, (A) all original insurance policies relating to the applicable Individual Property which may be held by or on behalf of Lender, (B) any amounts (or allocable portion of any amounts) held in escrow or in any Reserve Account pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise (in whole or in part) in respect of the applicable Individual Property, and (C) any other collateral that may have been delivered to Lender in connection with the applicable Individual Property, duly executed by Lender.

 

(b)                                  If Borrower has elected to make a partial defeasance and the requirements of Section 2.4.2 have been satisfied, in lieu of the release of the Individual Property in accordance with Section 2.5.3(a) , if Borrower advises Lender that it desires to effectuate a Partial Defeasance Event in a manner which will permit the assignment of a portion of the Note and any Security Instrument to one or more new lenders providing all or a portion of the Partial Defeasance Collateral, Borrower and Lender shall cooperate to effect such proposed assignments in the following manner:  Lender shall assign the applicable portion of the Note and any Security Instrument (or any part or portion thereof) designated by Borrower, each without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except as to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and that Lender holds the Note and Security Instrument and has the authority to effect the assignment), to such new lenders designated by Borrower (other than Borrower or a nominee of Borrower) and Lender shall execute, upon Borrower’s reasonable request, in recordable form any document or instrument reasonably acceptable to Lender that may be necessary to split, divide, sever or componentize the Note and/or Security Instrument, provided that Borrower (i) has executed and delivered to such new lenders one or more new notes corresponding to the Defeasance Security Instrument (or portion thereof) being assigned to be secured by the Partial Defeasance Collateral pursuant to the Defeasance Security Agreement between Borrower and such new lender (such new notes to have the same term, interest rate, unpaid principal balance and all other material terms and conditions of the portion of the Note being assigned)), which new notes, together with the Defeasance Security Agreement and the rights of such new lenders in and to the Partial Defeasance Collateral, shall be assigned by such new lenders to Lender simultaneously with the assignment of the portion of the Note and the Security Instrument (or portion thereof) by Lender, and (ii) has complied with all other provisions of Section 2.4 and this Section 2.5 to the extent not inconsistent with this subsection 2.5.3(b) .  In addition, any such assignment shall be conditioned on the following: (A) payment by Borrower of (I) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Lender incurred in connection therewith; and (II) Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees for the preparation, delivery and performance of such an assignment and for the consideration of Borrower’s request; (B) such an assignment is not then prohibited by any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation, order or by

 

53



 

any other governmental authority; provided that, if such prohibition exists, Lender shall take all reasonable efforts, at Borrower’s expense, to effectuate the intent of this Section 2.5.3(b) consistent with then applicable Law; (C) such assignment and the actions described above in Lender’s good faith determination do not constitute a “significant modification” under Section 1001 of the Code, will not cause any Securitization vehicle to fail to qualify as a grantor trust under the Code, and will not cause any federal income tax to be imposed on the Securitization as a result of such assignment and the Partial Defeasance Event; and (D) Borrower shall provide such other opinions, items, information and documents which a prudent lender would reasonably require to effectuate such assignment.  Borrower shall be responsible for all mortgage recording taxes, recording fees and other charges payable in connection with any such assignment.  Lender agrees that the assignment of a portion of the Note and the Security Instrument to the new lenders and the assignment of the new note, the Partial Defeasance Collateral and the Defeasance Security Agreement by the new lender to Lender shall be accomplished by an escrow closing conducted through an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Lender and pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably satisfactory to Lender in form and substance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender reserves the right to impose different requirements or procedures on such an assignment of a portion of the Note and the Security Instrument to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to accommodate any Legal Requirements enacted or interpreted in a new manner subsequent to the date hereof at the time of such Partial Defeasance Event if a reasonably prudent Lender would impose such requirements or procedures.

 

(c)                                   All reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender pursuant to this Section 2.5.3 shall be paid by Borrower (in addition to the fee described in Section 2.4.2(l).

 

2.5.4                      Release or Assignment With Respect to the Floating Rate Component .  The provisions of this Section 2.5.4 shall be applicable only with respect to a permitted release in connection with a prepayment of the Floating Rate Component of the Loan in whole or in part.

 

(a)                                  Subject to the satisfaction in full of the requirements set forth in Section 2.3.1 and this Section 2.5.4 , Borrower may obtain the release of an Individual Property or Individual Properties from the Lien of the Security Instrument (unless Borrower elects for an assignment in accordance with Section 2.5.4(b) ), without the payment of the Yield Maintenance Premium or other prepayment penalty and without the requirement that Borrower effect a Partial Defeasance Event, for one or more Individual Properties with an aggregate Release Amount that is less than or equal to Sixty Million and No/100 Dollars ($60,000,000.00) (an “ Other Permitted Release ”).  After giving effect to the release of any Individual Property in connection with an Other Permitted Release, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Loan for the Properties (excluding the released Individual Property or Individual Properties) shall not be less than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio of the Properties immediately prior to giving effect to such release; and provided further that, for clarity, in order to meet the Debt Service Coverage Ratio test set forth herein, Borrower may prepay a portion of the Loan in excess of the Release Amounts of the affected Individual Property (and the Allocated Loan Amount with respect to the remaining Properties shall be reduced proportionately by the amount of such excess); provided, however, that no such prepayment of the Floating Rate Component shall, in the aggregate with all other prepayments of the Floating Rate Component pursuant to this Section 2.5.4 exceed Sixty Million and No/100 Dollars ($60,000,000.00).  Borrower shall pay to Lender on the

 

54



 

requested date of any such Other Permitted Release the Release Amount for the applicable Individual Property or Individual Properties. All of the Release Amount paid in connection with any Other Permitted Release shall be applied to the outstanding principal balance and accrued interest of the Floating Rate Component.  For clarity, Borrower may obtain the release of an Individual Property from the lien of the Security Instrument in part by prepayment under this Section 2.5.4 (to the extent of the balance of the Sixty Million and No/100 Dollars ($60,000,000.00) amount) and in remaining part by means of a Partial Defeasance Event (with respect to the excess of the Release Amount over the portion prepaid under this Section 2.5.4) and the provisions of Section 2.4.2 , Section 2.5.3 and this Section 2.5.4 shall be construed accordingly. Concurrently with the effectiveness of the release of the Lien of the Security Instrument on such Individual Property, the related Individual Borrower (and, if applicable, Maryland Owner) shall be released of all of its (or their) obligations and liabilities under the Loan Documents (other than those obligations and liabilities expressly stated to survive payment in full of the Indebtedness).  In addition, in connection with any prepayment under this Section 2.5.4 , Lender shall release the Lien on a portion of the Rate Cap or Replacement Rate Cap, as applicable, equal to the amount of the Loan prepaid hereunder, and Lender shall cooperate with Borrower in executing any documents or  taking any actions reasonably required by Borrower to effectuate the release of such Lien.

 

(b)                                  In connection with such a release of the Security Instrument, Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than eight (8) Business Days prior to the requested date for such Other Permitted Release (or such shorter period of time as may be permitted by Lender in its reasonable discretion), a release of Lien (and related Loan Documents) for the Individual Property for execution by Lender.  Such release shall be in a form appropriate in the jurisdiction in which any applicable Individual Property is located and that would be reasonably satisfactory to a prudent lender.  In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release, together with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such documentation (i) is in compliance with all Legal Requirements, and (ii) will effect such release in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  In connection with such prepayment, Lender shall deliver to Borrower promptly after the completion of the release, (A) all original insurance policies relating to the applicable Individual Property which may be held by or on behalf of Lender, (B) any amounts (or allocable portion of any amounts) held in escrow or in any Reserve Account pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise (in whole or in part) in respect of the applicable Individual Property, and (C) any other collateral that may have been delivered to Lender in connection with the applicable Individual Property, duly executed by Lender.

 

(c)                                   If Borrower has elected to make an Other Permitted Release and the requirements of Section 2.5.4(a) have been satisfied, in lieu of the release of the Individual Property in accordance with Section 2.5.4(b) , if Borrower advises Lender that it desires to effectuate an Other Permitted Release in a manner which will permit the assignment of any portion of the Note and any Security Instrument to one or more new lenders, Borrower and Lender shall cooperate to effect such proposed assignments in the following manner:  Lender shall assign the applicable portion of the Note and any Security Instrument (or any part or portion thereof) designated by Borrower, each without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except as to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and that Lender holds the Note and Security Instrument and has the authority to effect the assignment), to

 

55



 

such new lenders designated by Borrower (other than Borrower or a nominee of Borrower) and Lender shall execute, upon Borrower’s reasonable request, in recordable form any document or instrument reasonably acceptable to Lender that may be necessary to split, divide, sever or componentize the Note and/or Security Instrument, provided that Borrower (i) has executed and delivered to such new lenders one or more new notes corresponding to the Security Instrument (or portion thereof) being assigned to be secured by the applicable Individual Property, and (ii) has complied with all other provisions of this Section 2.5.4 to the extent not inconsistent with this subsection 2.5.4(c) .  In addition, any such assignment shall be conditioned on the following: (A) payment by Borrower of (I) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Lender incurred in connection therewith; and (II) Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees for the preparation, delivery and performance of such an assignment and for the consideration of Borrower’s request; (B) such an assignment is not then prohibited by any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation, order or by any other governmental authority; provided that, if such prohibition exists, Lender shall take all reasonable efforts, at Borrower’s expense, to effectuate the intent of this Section 2.5.4(c) consistent with then applicable Law; (C) such assignment and the actions described above in Lender’s good faith determination do not constitute a “significant modification” under Section 1001 of the Code, will not cause any Securitization vehicle to fail to qualify as a grantor trust under the Code, and will not cause any federal income tax to be imposed on the Securitization as a result of such assignment and the Other Permitted Release; and (D) Borrower shall provide such other opinions, items, information and documents which a prudent lender would reasonably require to effectuate such assignment.  Borrower shall be responsible for all mortgage recording taxes, recording fees and other charges payable in connection with any such assignment.  Lender agrees that the assignment of a portion of the Note and the Security Instrument to the new lenders shall be accomplished by an escrow closing conducted through an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Lender and pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably satisfactory to Lender in form and substance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender reserves the right to impose different requirements or procedures on such an assignment of a portion of the Note and the Security Instrument to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to accommodate any Legal Requirements enacted or interpreted in a new manner subsequent to the date hereof at the time of such Other Permitted Release if a reasonably prudent Lender would impose such requirements or procedures.

 

(d)                                  All reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender pursuant to this Section 2.5.4 shall be paid by Borrower.

 

(e)                                   In connection with each prepayment of the Floating Rate Component which results in the release of one or more Individual Properties, Borrower shall pay to Lender a release fee in an amount equal to $7,000.

 

2.5.5                      Release or Assignment of an Individual Property   In connection with any prepayment permitted in Section 2.3.1 , Borrower or Maryland Owner, as applicable, may, at its option, effectuate the release or assignment of the Lien of the Security Instrument with respect to any Individual Property by way of payment of the Release Amount in respect of such Individual Property and all accrued but unpaid interest with respect thereto and all other amounts then due and payable under the Loan Documents, all in accordance and subject to the applicable terms and conditions of Section 2.5.2 and 2.5.3(a) , (b) and (c) .

 

56



 

2.5.6                      Release Amounts .  For the purpose of calculating the Release Amount of an Individual Property, a partial defeasance of the Loan or partial prepayment of the Loan, pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 2.4.2 or Section 2.5.4 , respectively, shall reduce the Allocated Loan Amount of any Individual Property being released to zero, and an amount equal to the excess of (a) the principal amount prepaid or being defeased in connection with such release (including any scheduled amortization, curtailment or other prepayment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) over (b) the Allocated Loan Amount of such Individual Property or Properties being released, shall reduce the Allocated Loan Amounts of all other Properties subject to the Liens of the Security Instrument at the time of such prepayment pro rata.

 

Section 2.6                                     Substitution of Properties .  Borrower or Maryland Owner may obtain the release of one or more Individual Properties from the Lien of the Security Instrument thereon and the release of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations under the Loan Documents with respect to such Individual Property (other than those expressly stated to survive) (each such Individual Property, a “ Substituted Property ”), by substituting therefor one or more properties (such properties, individually and collectively as the context requires, a “ Substitute Property ”), upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  After giving effect to the proposed substitution, no Event of Default shall exist and be continuing on the date that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner request the substitution;

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender all documentary deliveries required pursuant to this Section 2.6 at least twenty (20) days prior to the requested effective date of such proposed substitution (except as Lender may in its reasonable discretion shorten such period);

 

(c)                                   The Allocated Loan Amount on the Closing Date of the Substituted Property, when taken together with the Allocated Loan Amounts on the Closing Date of all other Substituted Properties substituted pursuant to this Section 2.6 , does not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the original Principal Amount in the aggregate;

 

(d)                                  Lender shall have received an Officer’s Certificate that each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to the Substituted Property and Substitute Property Borrower shall be true and correct in all material respects with respect to the Substitute Property Borrower and the Substitute Property as of the applicable Substitution Effective Date (as herein defined);

 

(e)                                   The Substitute Property shall not have suffered a Casualty or Condemnation which has not been fully restored;

 

(f)                                    The entity owning the Substitute Property (the “ Substitute Property Borrower ”) shall have indefeasible fee or ground leasehold title to the Substitute Property free and clear of any lien or other encumbrance except for Permitted Encumbrances and easements, restrictive covenants and other title exceptions and except to the extent that the failure with

 

57



 

respect hereto would not reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Substitute Property;

 

(g)                                   Either (i) the Substituted Property shall be conveyed or (ii) the ownership interests in the Substituted Borrower owning such Substituted Property shall be Transferred, in either case, to a Person other than Borrower or Maryland Owner;

 

(h)                                  After giving effect to the proposed substitution, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Properties (including the Substitute Property and excluding the Substituted Property) then remaining subject to the Liens of the Security Instrument (including the Substitute Property) shall be equal to or greater than the Debt Service Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such substitution;

 

(i)                                      Borrower shall have obtained and delivered to Lender a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification with respect to such proposed substitution;

 

(j)                                     Substitute Property Borrower shall either be a Borrower or Maryland Owner or a newly formed Single Purpose Entity, one hundred percent (100%) of the membership interests of which are owned directly or indirectly by VOP and/or VRT except to the extent such other owners are permitted transferees;

 

(k)                                  Lender shall have received such certified charter documents, good standing certificates, qualifications to do business, resolutions and consents for the Substitute Property Borrower in connection with the substitution as would be required by a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan;

 

(l)                                      The Substitute Property shall be operated as retail shopping center;

 

(m)                              Borrower and Maryland Owner (unless the Substituted Property is owned by Borrower or Maryland Owner, respectively) and Substitute Property Borrower shall have executed, acknowledged and delivered to Lender a joinder agreement whereby Substitute Property Borrower covenants and agrees to assume and be bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it were an original signatory thereto and whereby Borrower, Maryland Owner and Substitute Property Borrower acknowledge that the Substitute Property is an Individual Property for all purposes under, and is otherwise in all respects subject to, the Loan Documents;

 

(n)                                  Borrower shall have caused Guarantor to execute and deliver to Lender a ratification and confirmation of the Guaranty and the Environmental Indemnity;

 

(o)                                  Substitute Property Borrower shall have executed (as appropriate), acknowledged (as appropriate) and delivered to Lender with respect to Substitute Property Borrower and the Substitute Property (i) a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt or other applicable security instrument and an assignment of leases and rents, in each case, in form appropriate for recording in the jurisdiction in which the Substitute Property is located and otherwise in both form and substance materially the same as the counterparts of such documents executed and delivered in connection with the closing of the Loan with respect to Individual Properties located in the same State in which the Substitute Property is located (or, if the

 

58



 

Substitute Property is located in a State other than those in which the Substitute Property is located, subject to such modifications as are necessary to reflect the laws of such State as shall be recommended by the counsel admitted to practice in such State and delivering the opinion as to the enforceability of such documents required pursuant to subsection (z) below) (collectively, the “ Substitute Property Lien Documents ”), which Substitute Property Lien Documents shall secure all amounts evidenced by the Note; provided that, in the event that the jurisdiction which the Substitute Property is located imposes a mortgage recording, intangibles or similar tax and does not permit the allocation of indebtedness for the purpose of determining the of amount such tax payable, the principal amount secured by such Substitute Lien Documents shall be equal to one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the applicable Substitute Allocated Loan Amount, (ii) a letter countersigned by a title insurance company acknowledging receipt of the Substitute Lien Documents and agreeing to record or file, as applicable, or cause to be recorded or filed, as applicable, the Substitute Lien Documents as directed, so as to effectively create upon such recording and filing valid and enforceable first priority Liens upon the Substitute Property in favor of Lender (or such other trustee as may be desired under local law), subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, and (iii) (A) a UCC Financing Statement in form appropriate for recording in the jurisdiction in which the Substitute Property is located and otherwise effective to perfect the first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) of Lender in the Fixtures (as such term is defined in the Substitute Property Lien Documents) created by the Substitute Property Lien Documents (the “ Substitute Property Fixture Filing ”), and (B) either (I) a UCC Financing Statement in form appropriate for filing in the jurisdiction in which the Substitute Property Borrower is organized and otherwise effective to perfect the first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Encumbrances and any other Liens permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document) of Lender in the personal property that are encumbered by the Security Instrument and all other assets of Substitute Property Borrower created by the Substitute Property Lien Documents and the other Loan Documents or (II) a UCC-3 Amendment in form appropriate for recording in the State of Delaware amending the UCC Financing Statement filed in the State of Delaware at the closing of the Loan and adding the Substitute Property Borrower as a debtor (and, in either case, together with an executed authorization to file materially in the form provided to Lender at the closing of the Loan);

 

(p)                                  Lender shall have received such other modifications and amendments to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Leases as would be requested by a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan in order to reflect and effect the substitution and to protect and preserve the Liens and security interests of Lender in and to the Properties and the Substitute Property; provided that, Lender may not request any modifications or amendments that would increase Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(q)                                  Lender shall have received such lien, credit, bankruptcy, litigation and judgment searches with respect to the Substitute Property, the Substitute Property Borrower, any former owner and/or operator of the Substitute Property as would be required by, and acceptable to, a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan;

 

(r)                                     Lender shall have received (i) a “tie-in” or similar endorsement to each Title Policy evidencing the substitution of the Substitute Property for the Substituted Property (to

 

59



 

the extent such endorsements are available in the related jurisdictions), (ii) a Title Policy (or a marked, signed and re-dated commitment to issue such Title Policy, effective as a pro forma Title Policy) dated as of the Substitution Effective Date insuring the Lien of the applicable Substitute Property Lien Documents encumbering the Substitute Property, issued by one of the title insurance companies that issued the Title Policy at the closing of the Loan, which Title Policy shall (A) provide coverage in the amount of the applicable Substitute Allocated Loan Amount or, if the “tie-in” or similar endorsement described above is not available in the related jurisdiction, in an amount equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the applicable Substitute Allocated Loan Amount, (B) insure Lender that the applicable Substitute Property Lien Documents create a valid first lien on the fee or leasehold estate, as applicable, of the Substitute Property, free and clear of all exceptions from coverage other than Permitted Encumbrances, any other Liens permitted hereunder or any of the other Loan Documents and standard exceptions and exclusions from coverage (as modified by the terms of any endorsements), (C) contain such endorsements and affirmative coverages as are similar to those contained in the Title Policy issued at the closing of the Loan with respect to the Substitute Property to the extent then available in the relevant jurisdiction, and (D) name Lender and its successors and assigns as the insured, and (iii) copies of paid receipts or other evidence as would be acceptable to a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan confirming that all premiums in respect of such endorsements and Title Policy have been fully paid;

 

(s)                                    Lender shall have received (i) an endorsement to the Title Policy referenced in subsection (r) above insuring that the Substitute Property constitutes a separate tax lot or (ii) if the endorsement referenced in clause (i) above is not obtainable, then either (A) a letter from the appropriate Governmental Authority stating that the Substitute Property constitutes a separate tax lot or (B) copies of tax assessments from the appropriate taxing authority demonstrating that the Substitute Property constitutes a separate tax lot;

 

(t)                                     Lender shall have received a Survey for each Substitute Property; provided that, Borrower may deliver existing surveys for the Substitute Property to the extent acceptable to the title insurance company issuing the Title Policy for the Substitute Property, so long as such title insurance company issues the related title policy without survey exceptions;

 

(u)                                  Lender shall have received valid certificates of insurance evidencing insurance coverage with respect to the Substitute Property, which insurance coverage (including to the extent such insurance is required of the Properties by Section 6.1.1 of the Loans Agreement any required flood, earthquake and/or coastal windstorm insurance) and the insurance companies providing such coverage shall be in compliance with the requirements of Section 6.1 hereof, together with evidence of the payment of all premiums then due for such insurance;

 

(v)                                  Lender shall have received a Phase I environmental report and a physical condition report relating to the Substitute Property that would be acceptable to a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan;

 

(w)                                Lender shall have received a zoning report certifying that the Substitute Property and its use comply in all material respects with all applicable building laws and zoning ordinances or constitute a legal non-conforming use or structure thereunder, which zoning report

 

60


 

 

shall be (i) prepared by a nationally recognized zoning review consultant, (ii) in form and substance substantially similar to the zoning reports delivered at the closing of the Loan, and (iii) certified to Lender and its successors and assigns;

 

(x)                                  If the Substitute Property is located in the State of California or a seismic area designated as Zone 3 or 4, Lender shall have received a PML study and a seismic report which would be acceptable to a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan and, if such study and report are so acceptable, Borrower shall have obtained such earthquake insurance with respect to the Substitute Property as would be acceptable to a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan;

 

(y)                                  Lender shall have received the following opinions of Borrower’s counsel:  (i) an opinion or opinions of counsel admitted to practice under the laws of the State in which the Substitute Property is located opining as to such matters with respect to the Substitute Property Lien Documents, the Substitute Property Fixture Filing and the Substitute Property Borrower and with similar qualifications and assumptions as the local law opinions with respect to the Properties and Borrower delivered at the closing of the Loan, which opinions and the counsel issuing the same would be acceptable to a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan, (ii) unless the Substitute Property Borrower is a Borrower or Maryland Owner, an opinion or opinions of counsel admitted in New York and Delaware opining as to such matters with respect to the Substitute Property Borrower and the documents and instruments delivered with respect to the substitution and with similar qualifications and assumptions as the opinions with respect to the Properties and Borrower delivered at the closing of the Loan, which opinions and the counsel issuing the same would be acceptable to a reasonably prudent lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitization similar to the Loan, (iii) so-called “Special Delaware” opinions with respect to the Substitute Property Borrower and the Substitute Property Operator issued by counsel admitted to practice in Delaware and with such qualifications and assumptions as the “Special Delaware” opinions with respect to Borrower and Operator delivered at the closing of the Loan, which opinions and counsel issuing the same shall otherwise be acceptable to the Rating Agencies, and (iv) an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to Lender and the Rating Agencies that the substitution does not constitute a “significant modification” of the Loan under Section 1001 of the Code, will not cause any Securitization vehicle to fail to qualify as a grantor trust under the Code or otherwise cause a federal income tax to be imposed on any securitization vehicle;

 

(z)                                   Borrower shall have caused all Impositions relating to the Substitute Property to be paid if then due, unless being contested, subject to and in accordance with the requirements hereof;

 

(aa)                           Borrower shall have made such additional deposits to the Reserve Funds in respect of the Substitute Property in connection with the substitution as are required to effect the ground rents, insurance, replacements and taxes that are applicable to such Substitute Property;

 

(bb)                           Lender shall have received with respect to the Substitute Property, to the extent available, as applicable, (i) annual operating statements for the three (3) years

 

61



 

immediately prior to the Substitution Effective Date (as herein defined), (ii) financial statements for the most current completed Fiscal Year in accordance with the requirements of Section 11.2 hereof, which financial statements shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate in the form required pursuant to Section 11.2.1 , (iii) a current operating statement, (iv) an Annual Budget for the Substitute Property and (v) an Officer’s Certificate certifying that each of the foregoing presents fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of the Substitute Property Borrower and the Substitute Property;

 

(cc)                             Lender shall have received such other information and further approvals, opinions, documents, instruments and information in connection with the substitution as the Rating Agencies may require;

 

(dd)                           Borrower or Maryland Owner shall submit to Lender all non-monetary and non-collateral deliveries required to be made to effect a release.  In addition, Borrower or Maryland Owner will have delivered to Lender an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such documentation (i) will effect such release in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) will not impair or otherwise adversely affect the Liens of the Lender under the Loan Documents not being released (or as to the parties to the Loan Documents and the Properties subject to the Loan Documents not being released);

 

(ee)                             Borrower shall have paid or reimbursed Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) as a result of the substitution and Borrower or Maryland Owner shall have paid all recording charges, filing fees, taxes or other expenses (including, without limitation, mortgage and intangibles taxes and documentary stamp taxes) payable in connection with the substitution.  Borrower shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses and fees of the Rating Agencies incurred in connection with the substitution;

 

(ff)                               Lender shall have received with respect to the Substitute Property an appraisal prepared not more than three (3) months prior to the substitution of the Substitute Property (i) executed and delivered to Lender by a qualified Independent MAI appraiser, (ii) addressed to Lender and its successors and assigns and (iii) which satisfies the requirements of Title XI of the Federal Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 and the regulations promulgated thereunder, all as in effect on the date of such calculation, with respect to such appraisal and the appraiser making such appraisal) evidencing that the appraised value of the Substitute Property is equal to or greater than the appraised value of the Substituted Property as of the Closing Date (as shown on Schedule 1.1.1 );

 

(gg)                             Upon the substitution of any Individual Property pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 2.6 Borrower shall pay to Lender a substitution fee in the amount $20,000; and

 

(hh)                           If the Substitute Property Borrower has leasehold title to the Substitute Property, Lender shall have received (i) a copy of the related ground lease, together with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such ground lease is true, accurate and complete, and (ii) a ground lessor estoppel certificate in form and substance substantially similar to the ground lessor estoppel certificate delivered at the closing of the Loan with such additions and modifications

 

62



 

thereto as may be needed for the ground lease to comply with Rating Agency requirements and criteria.  Such ground lease and the terms and provisions thereof shall meet Rating Agency requirements.

 

2.6.2                      Effectiveness of Substitution .

 

(a)                                  Upon the satisfaction of the foregoing conditions precedent, (i) Lender shall effect the release of the Substituted Property from the Lien of the Loan Documents (or to the extent so requested by Borrower, assign the Lien, or any portion hereof, to a new lender), (ii) the Substitute Property shall be deemed to be an Individual Property for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) the Substitute Property Borrower shall be deemed to be a Borrower for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Allocated Loan Amount of the Substitute Property shall be equal to the Allocated Loan Amount of the Substituted Property (as it may have been adjusted pursuant to the terms hereof) (and, if there is more than one Substitute Property, the Allocated Loan Amount of the Substituted Property shall be allocable to each such Substitute Property on a pro rata basis according to the appraised value thereof) and (v) the related Individual Borrower (and, if applicable, Maryland Owner) shall be released of all of its obligations and liabilities under the Loan Documents (other than those obligations and liabilities expressly stated to survive payment in full of the Indebtedness) (such date, the “ Substitution Effective Date ”).

 

(b)                                  If Borrower advises Lender that it desires to effectuate a Substitution in a manner which will permit the assignment of a portion of the Note and any Security Instrument to one or more new lenders in connection with the Substituted Property, Borrower and Lender shall cooperate to effect such proposed assignments in the following manner:  Lender shall assign the applicable portion of the Note and any Security Instrument (or any part or portion thereof) designated by Borrower, each without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except as to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and that Lender holds the Note and Security Instrument and has the authority to effect the assignment), to such new lenders designated by Borrower (other than Borrower or a nominee of Borrower) and Lender shall execute, upon Borrower’s reasonable request, in recordable form any document or instrument reasonably acceptable to Lender that may be necessary to split, divide, sever or componentize the Note and/or Security Instrument, provided that Borrower has complied with all other provisions of this Section 2.6 .  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner agree and acknowledge that there shall be no reduction in the principal balance of the Loan as a result of any such assignment of any portion of the Note and, as a precondition to any such assignment pursuant to this Section 6.2(b), Borrower shall execute any document or instrument that may be reasonably required by Lender to reflect such principal balance of the Loan (including, without limitation, a replacement promissory note); provided that Borrower shall not be required to execute any document or instrument that would increase its obligations or liabilities under any of the Loan Documents.  In addition, any such assignment shall be conditioned on the following: (i) payment by Borrower of (A) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Lender incurred in connection therewith; and (B) Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees for the preparation, delivery and performance of such an assignment and for the consideration of Borrower’s request; (ii) such an assignment is not then prohibited by any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation, order or by any other governmental authority; provided that, if such prohibition exists, Lender shall take all reasonable efforts, at Borrower’s expense, to effectuate the intent of this Section 2.6.2(b) consistent with then

 

63



 

applicable Law; (iii) such assignment and the actions described above in Lender’s good faith determination do not constitute a “significant modification” under Section 1001 of the Code, will not cause any Securitization vehicle to fail to qualify as a grantor trust under the Code, and will not cause any federal income tax to be imposed on the Securitization as a result of such assignment and substitution; and (iv) Borrower shall provide such other opinions, items, information and documents which a prudent lender would reasonably require to effectuate such assignment.  Borrower shall be responsible for all mortgage recording taxes, recording fees and other charges payable in connection with any such assignment. Lender agrees that the assignment of a portion of the Note and the Security Instrument to the new lenders shall be accomplished by an escrow closing conducted through an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Lender and pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably satisfactory to Lender in form and substance.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender reserves the right to impose different requirements or procedures on such an assignment of a portion of the Note and the Security Instrument to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to accommodate any Legal Requirements enacted or interpreted in a new manner subsequent to the date hereof at the time of such Substitution if a reasonably prudent Lender would impose such requirements or procedures.

 

ARTICLE III

 

CASH MANAGEMENT

 

Section 3.1                                     Accounts .

 

3.1.1                      Lockbox Account .

 

(a)                                  During the term of the Loan, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall establish and maintain an account (the “ Lockbox Account ”) with respect to each Individual Property with Lockbox Bank in trust for the benefit of Lender, which Lockbox Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of Lender.  The Lockbox Account shall be entitled “Hackensack VF L.L.C., as Borrower Agent, and Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as trustee for the holders of Vornado DP LLC Trust 2010, Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2010-VNO, as Lender, pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 18, 2010 — Lockbox Account”.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby grants to Lender a first-priority security interest in each Lockbox Account and all deposits at any time contained therein and the proceeds thereof and will take all actions necessary to maintain in favor of Lender a perfected first priority security interest in the Lockbox Account, including, without limitation, filing UCC-1 Financing Statements and continuations thereof, provided that neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be required to take any action that will increase its liabilities or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.  Lender and Servicer shall have the sole right to make withdrawals from the Lockbox Account and all costs and expenses for establishing and maintaining the Lockbox Account shall be paid by Borrower and Maryland Owner.  All monies now or hereafter deposited into the Lockbox Account shall be deemed additional security for the Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall, or shall cause Manager to, deliver Tenant Instruction Letters to all tenants under Leases on or prior to the Closing Date to deliver all Rents payable thereunder directly to the Lockbox Account.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall, and shall cause Manager to, deposit all amounts received by Borrower,

 

64



 

Maryland Owner or Manager constituting Rents into the Lockbox Account within one (1) Business Day after receipt thereof.  Borrower shall obtain from Lockbox Bank its agreement to transfer to the Cash Management Account in immediately available funds by wire transfer or via the ACH System all amounts constituting available funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account once every Business Day throughout the term of the Loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may elect to have all or some of the monies that, pursuant to the above provisions of this Section 3.1.1, are to be deposited into the Lockbox Account instead deposited directly into the Cash Management Account and to such extent the Lockbox Account shall not be required and the Cash Management Agreement shall be amended to reflect this.

 

(c)                                   The Lockbox Account shall not be commingled with other monies held by Borrower, Maryland Owner, Manager or Lockbox Bank.

 

(d)                                  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in the Lockbox Account or the monies deposited therein or permit any lien or encumbrance to attach thereto, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC-1 Financing Statements, except those naming Lender as the secured party, to be filed with respect thereto.

 

(e)                                   Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall indemnify Lender and Lockbox Bank and hold Lender and Lockbox Bank harmless from and against any and all actions, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, obligations and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) arising from or in any way connected with the Lockbox Account and/or the Lockbox Agreement (unless arising from the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith, recklessness or willful misconduct of Lender or such Lockbox Bank, or any of their respective employee, agents, Affiliates or bailees, as applicable) or the performance of the obligations for which the Lockbox Account were established.

 

3.1.2                      Cash Management Account .

 

(a)                                  During the term of the Loan, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall establish and maintain a segregated Eligible Account (the “ Cash Management Account ”) to be held by Agent in trust and for the benefit of Lender, which Cash Management Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of Lender.  The Cash Management Account shall be entitled “Hackensack VF L.L.C., as Borrower Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as servicer, pursuant to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 18, 2010 — Cash Management Account”.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby grants to Lender a first priority security interest in the Cash Management Account and all deposits at any time contained therein and the proceeds thereof and will take all actions necessary to maintain in favor of Lender a perfected first priority security interest in the Cash Management Account, including, without limitation, filing UCC-1 Financing Statements and continuations thereof, provided that neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be required to take any action that will increase its liabilities or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner will in any way alter or modify the Cash Management Account without Lender’s prior consent and will notify Lender of the account number thereof.  Lender and Servicer shall have the sole right to make withdrawals from the Cash Management Account in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Cash Management

 

65



 

Agreement, and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses for establishing and maintaining the Cash Management Account shall be paid by Borrower and Maryland Owner.

 

(b)                                  The insufficiency of funds on deposit in the Cash Management Account shall not relieve Borrower from the obligation to make any payments, as and when due pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and such obligations shall be separate and independent, and not conditioned on any event or circumstance whatsoever.

 

(c)                                   All funds on deposit in the Cash Management Account following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default may be applied by Lender to the Indebtedness in such order and priority as Lender shall determine.

 

(d)                                  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby agrees that Lender may modify the Cash Management Agreement for the purpose of establishing (if such establishment would be deemed reasonably prudent by a lender originating commercial mortgage loans for securitizations similar to the Loan) additional sub-accounts in connection with any payments otherwise required under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, provided that Lender shall provide written advance notice thereof to Borrower and Maryland Owner and such establishment shall not result in greater costs to Borrower or Maryland Owner or increase any obligation or liability of Borrower or Maryland Owner hereunder in any material respect.

 

3.1.3                      Reserve Accounts .  The Reserve Accounts shall be established pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Cash Management Agreement and shall be maintained and administered by Agent subject to and in accordance with the Cash Management Agreement.  The Reserve Accounts may be ledger or book entry sub-accounts and need not be actual sub-accounts.  The Reserve Accounts are as follows:

 

(a)                                  an account for the retention of the Tax Reserve Amount (the “ Tax Reserve Account ”), to be applied in accordance with Section 16.1 of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  an account for the retention of the Insurance Reserve Amount (the “ Insurance Reserve Account ”), to be applied in accordance with Section 16.2 of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   an account for the retention of the Replacement Reserve Amount (the “ Replacement Reserve Account ”), to be applied in accordance with Section 16.3 of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  an account for the retention of the Ground Lease Reserve Amount (the “ Ground Lease Reserve Account ”), to be applied in accordance with Section 16.4 of this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   an account for the retention of Excess Cash Flow distributed (the “ Excess Cash Flow Reserve Account ”), to be deposited and applied in accordance with Section 16.9 of this Agreement;

 

(f)                                    intentionally omitted;

 

66



 

(g)                                   an account for the retention of Proceeds (the “ Proceeds Reserve Account ”), to be deposited and applied in accordance with Section 6.2 of this Agreement;

 

(h)                                  an account for the retention of funds required for the payment of Debt Service and any other amounts due and owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (the “ Debt Service Reserve Account ”);

 

(i)                                      an account for the retention of funds, during the continuance of a Cash Sweep Period, required for the payment of Operating Expenses and Capital Expenditures pursuant to an Approved Annual Budget and Extraordinary Expenses(the “ Operating Expenses Reserve Account ”);

 

(j)                                     an account for the retention of the TI and Leasing Amount (the “ TI and Leasing Reserve Account ”), to be applied in accordance with Section 16.10 of this Agreement; and

 

(k)                                  an account for the retention of the Required Remediation Amount (the “ Required Remediation Reserve Account ”), to be applied in accordance with Section 16.11 of this Agreement.

 

3.1.4                      Pledge of Account Collateral .

 

(a)                                  To secure the full and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, each of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby collaterally assigns, grants a security interest in and pledges to Lender, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, a first priority continuing security interest in and to the following property of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of where located (all of the same, collectively, the “ Account Collateral ”):

 

(i)                                      the Collateral Accounts and all cash, checks, drafts, securities entitlements, certificates, instruments and other property, including, without limitation, all deposits and/or wire transfers, from time to time deposited or held in, credited to or made to the Lockbox Account, the Cash Management Account and/or the Reserve Accounts;

 

(ii)                                   any and all amounts invested in Permitted Investments;

 

(iii)                                all interest, dividends, cash, instruments, securities, entitlements and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise payable in respect of, or in exchange for, any or all of the foregoing or purchased with funds from the Collateral Accounts (excluding distributions made to parent entities subject to and in accordance with this Agreement); and

 

(iv)                               to the extent not covered by sub-paragraphs (i) , (ii) or (iii) above, all proceeds (as defined under the UCC) (excluding distributions made to parent entities subject to and in accordance with this Agreement) of any or all of the foregoing.

 

67



 

(b)                                  In addition to the rights and remedies herein set forth, Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Account Collateral available to a secured party at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the rights of a secured party under the UCC, as if such rights and remedies were fully set forth herein.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement shall constitute a security agreement for purposes of the  UCC and other applicable law. Upon payment in full of the Indebtedness, this security interest shall automatically terminate without further notice from any party and Borrower shall be entitled to the return, upon request, of such of the Account Collateral as shall not have been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to the terms hereof or the Cash Management Agreement, and Agent and/or Lender shall promptly execute such instruments and documents, and take such actions, as may be reasonably requested by Borrower, Manager and/or Maryland Owner to evidence such termination and the release of such security interest.

 

3.1.5                      Payments Received under the Cash Management Agreement .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower’s obligations with respect to the payment of the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount and Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s obligations with respect to amounts required to be deposited into the Reserve Accounts, if any, shall be deemed satisfied to the extent sufficient amounts are deposited in the Cash Management Account to satisfy such obligations pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement on the dates each such payment is required, regardless of whether any of such amounts are so applied by Lender.

 

3.1.6                      Eligible Accounts .  Each of the Collateral Accounts shall be an Eligible Account and shall be subject to such applicable laws, and such applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and of any other banking or Governmental Authority, as may now or hereafter be in effect.  As long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, income and interest accruing on the Cash Management Account or the Reserve Accounts or any investments held in such accounts shall be periodically added to the principal amount of such account and shall be held, disbursed and applied in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Cash Management Agreement.  Borrower shall be the beneficial owner of the Collateral Accounts for federal income tax purposes and shall report all income earned from such accounts.

 

3.1.7                      Account Collateral and Remedies .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 3.1.2(c) , upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without additional notice from Lender to Borrower all funds transferred to Lender from the Cash Management Account pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement may be applied by Lender to the Indebtedness  in such order and priority as Lender shall determine in its sole and absolute discretion, including, but not limited to, liquidating and transferring any amounts then invested in Permitted Investments to the Collateral Accounts to which they relate, or reinvest such amounts in other Permitted Investments, as Lender may determine in its sole discretion is necessary to perfect or protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable Lender to exercise and enforce Lender’s rights and

 

68



 

remedies hereunder with respect to any Account Collateral or to preserve the value of the Account Collateral.

 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any instruments and to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, option and privilege of Borrower with respect to the Account Collateral, and do in the name, place and stead of Borrower, all such acts, things and deeds for and on behalf of and in the name of Borrower, which Borrower could or might do or which Lender may deem necessary or desirable to more fully vest in Lender the rights and remedies provided for herein and to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.  The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may perform or cause performance of any such agreement, and any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Lender incurred in connection therewith shall be paid by Borrower as provided in Section 5.1.9 .

 

(c)                                   Borrower hereby expressly waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind in connection with the Account Collateral.  Borrower acknowledges and agrees that ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale of the Account Collateral or any other intended disposition thereof shall be reasonable and sufficient notice to Borrower within the meaning of the UCC.

 

3.1.8                      Transfers and Other Liens .  Borrower agrees that it will not (a) sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Account Collateral or (b) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to all or any of the Account Collateral, except for the Lien granted to Lender under this Agreement, any Permitted Encumbrance or any other Liens permitted by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

3.1.9                      Intentionally Omitted .

 

3.1.10               Reasonable Care .  Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof or as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender shall have no duty as to any funds in its possession or control as agent therefor or bailee thereof or any income thereon or the preservation of rights against any Person or otherwise with respect thereto.  Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of amounts on deposit in the Reserve Accounts in its possession if the amounts on deposit in the Reserve Accounts are accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Lender accords its own property, it being understood that Lender shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any amounts on deposit in the Reserve Accounts, or for any diminution in value thereof, by reason of the act or omission of Lender, its Affiliates, agents, employees or bailees, except to the extent that such loss or damage results from Lender’s or such Affiliates’, agents’, employees’ or bailees’ gross negligence, bad faith, fraud or willful or reckless misconduct.  In no event shall Lender be liable either directly or indirectly for losses or delays resulting from any event which may be the basis of an Excusable Delay, computer malfunctions, interruption of communication facilities, labor difficulties or other causes beyond Lender’s reasonable control or for indirect, special or consequential damages except to the extent of Lender’s or its Affiliates’, agents’, employees’ or bailees’ gross negligence, bad faith, fraud or

 

69



 

willful or reckless misconduct; provided that Lender shall take commercially reasonable steps to mitigate any such losses or delays.

 

3.1.11               Lender’s Liability .

 

(a)                                  Lender shall be responsible for the performance only of such duties with respect to the Reserve Accounts as are specifically set forth in this Section 3.1 or elsewhere in the Loan Documents, and no other duty shall be implied from any provision hereof.  Lender shall not be under any obligation or duty to perform any act with respect to the Reserve Accounts which would cause it to incur any expense or liability or to institute or defend any suit in respect hereof, or to advance any of its own monies.

 

(b)                                  Lender shall be protected in acting upon any notice, resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other paper, document or signature believed by it in good faith to be genuine, and, in so acting, it may be assumed that any person purporting to give any of the foregoing in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so.  Lender may consult with counsel, and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered by it hereunder and in good faith in accordance therewith.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 4.1                                     Borrower Representations .  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner represents and warrants as of the Closing Date that:

 

4.1.1                      Organization .

 

(a)                                  Each Individual Borrower is either a limited liability company or a limited partnership, in each case formed under the laws of the State that is listed opposite the name of such Individual Borrower on Schedule 1 hereof, and Maryland Owner is a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Maryland.  Each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing pursuant to the laws of the State of its formation with requisite power and authority to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged.

 

(b)                                  Guarantor is a Delaware limited partnership and has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware with requisite power and authority to own its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged.

 

(c)                                   Each Individual Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor has each duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified in connection with its properties, businesses and operations except, solely in the case of Guarantor, where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor each possesses all rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it

 

70


 

 

to own and/or lease its properties and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged, except, where the failure to so possess the same would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  The organizational structure of Borrower and Maryland Owner is accurately depicted by the schematic diagram attached hereto as Schedule 4.1.1 in all material respects.

 

(e)                                   Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall change its name or jurisdiction of formation unless it shall have given Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice of any such change and shall have taken all steps reasonably requested by Lender to grant, perfect, protect and/or preserve the security interest granted hereunder to Lender.

 

4.1.2                      Proceedings .  Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor has full power to and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by, or on behalf of, each Individual Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor, as applicable, and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each Individual Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor, as applicable, enforceable against each Individual Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor, as applicable, in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

 

4.1.3                      No Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by each Individual Borrower, Maryland Owner and Guarantor, as applicable, will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) upon any of the property or assets of Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor, as applicable, pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, partnership agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor is a party or by which any of Borrower’s, Maryland Owner’s or Guarantor’s property or assets is subject (unless consents from all applicable parties thereto have been obtained), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, in each case, which conflict, breach, default or violation would reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect, and any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any Governmental Authority required for the execution, delivery and performance by each Individual Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents (and the failure of which to obtain would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect) has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

 

4.1.4                      Litigation .  Except as disclosed in writing (which may include email) to Lender prior to date of this Agreement, to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, there are no arbitration proceedings, governmental investigations, actions, suits or proceedings, at law or in equity, or by or before any Governmental Authority which are now pending or, to Borrower’s

 

71



 

Knowledge, threatened against or affecting Borrower, Maryland Owner or any Individual Property which would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the actions, suits, proceedings and/or investigations disclosed in writing to Lender prior to date of this Agreement, nor any actions, suits, proceedings and/or investigations pending or threatened against or affecting Guarantor (excluding any such actions, suits, proceedings and/or investigations against or affecting Guarantor which are covered by insurance), if determined against Borrower, Maryland Owner, Guarantor or any Individual Property, would reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.1.5                      Agreements .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its Individual Property is bound, which default would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has any material financial obligation (contingent or otherwise) under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its Individual Property is otherwise bound, other than (a) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the operation of the Properties (including the Leases), (b) obligations under the Loan Documents, (c) obligations disclosed in Maryland Owner’s financial statements or (d) obligations which, if not met, would not reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.1.6                      Title .  Each Individual Borrower (other than Maryland Individual Borrower) and Maryland Owner has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title to the real property (or, with respect to the Ground Lease Property, good, marketable and insurable title to the  leasehold estate) comprising part of its Individual Property and good title to the balance of its Individual Property, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents.  Each Security Instrument, when properly recorded in the appropriate records, together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith, will create (a) a valid, perfected first priority lien on the applicable Individual Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and the Liens created by the Loan Documents and (b) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignments of, all personalty (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to any applicable Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents.  There are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting the Properties which are due and unpaid under the contracts pursuant to which such work or labor was performed or materials provided which are or may become a Lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents other than Permitted Encumbrances.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner represents and warrants that none of the Permitted Encumbrances will materially and adversely affect (1) the ability of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to pay any of its obligations to any Person as and when due, or (2) the use or operation of any Individual Property as of the Closing Date and thereafter.  Borrower shall preserve its right, title and interest in and to each of the Properties for so long as the Note remains outstanding and will warrant and defend same and

 

72



 

the validity and priority of the Lien hereof from and against any and all claims whatsoever other than the Permitted Encumbrances.

 

4.1.7                      No Bankruptcy Filing .  None of Borrower, Maryland Owner nor Guarantor currently intends either the filing of a petition by it under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of its assets or property, and neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has any knowledge of any Person having filed or intending to file any such petition against it or against Guarantor.

 

4.1.8                      Full and Accurate Disclosure .  No statement of fact made by Borrower or Maryland Owner in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which such statements were made (except that the foregoing shall be qualified by Borrower’s Knowledge with respect to such statements of fact that are specifically qualified as being made to Borrower’s or Maryland Owner’s knowledge).  There is no fact presently known to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner which has not been disclosed which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.1.9                      All Property .  Each Individual Property constitutes all of the real property, personal property, equipment and fixtures currently (a) owned or leased by the applicable Individual Borrower (other than Maryland Individual Borrower) and Maryland Owner or (b) used by or on behalf of each Individual Borrower (other than Maryland Individual Borrower) and/or Maryland Owner in the operation of the business located on each Individual Property, other than items owned or leased by any Tenants, Manager or each Individual Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s contractors.

 

4.1.10               ERISA .

 

(a)                                  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner maintains an employee benefit plan as defined by Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA, and neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner (1) has any knowledge of any material liability which has been incurred or is expected to be incurred by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner which is or remains unsatisfied for any taxes or penalties with respect to any “employee benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, or any “plan,” within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or any other benefit plan (other than a multiemployer plan) maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or by any entity that is under common control with Borrower and/or Maryland Owner within the meaning of ERISA Section 4001(a)(14) (a “ Plan ”) or any plan that would be a Plan but for the fact that it is a multiemployer plan within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(37); and (2) has made and shall continue to make when due all required contributions to all such Plans, if any.  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each such Plan has been and will be administered in compliance with its terms and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable federal or state law; and no action shall be taken or fail to be taken that would result in the disqualification or loss of tax exempt status of any such Plan intended to be qualified and/or tax exempt.

 

73



 

(b)                                  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is an employee benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, none of the assets of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner constitutes or will constitute plan assets of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3 101 and neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is a governmental plan within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and transactions by or with Borrower and/or Maryland Owner are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to any multiemployer plan to which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or any entity that is under common control with Borrower and/or Maryland Owner within the meaning of ERISA Section 4001(a)(14) is or has been obligated to contribute, neither Borrower, Maryland Owner nor any such entity has incurred any material liability under ERISA Section 515 or ERISA Title IV which is or remains unsatisfied.

 

4.1.11               Compliance .  Borrower, Maryland Owner and each Individual Property and the use thereof comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements except where failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect, including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes and Prescribed Laws.  To the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is in default or in violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority which would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  To the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, there has not been committed by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner any act or omission affording the federal government or any other Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture as against any Individual Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents which would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  On the Closing Date, the Improvements at each Individual Property were in material compliance with applicable law, except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.1.12               Financial Information .  The financial data specified in Schedule 4.1.12 (including, without limitation, the statements of operation and cash flows), which have been delivered by or on behalf of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to Lender in respect of the Properties (a) are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (b) fairly represent the financial condition of each Individual Property as of the date of such reports, and (c) to the extent prepared or audited by an independent certified public accounting firm, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has any contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that in each case are known to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Since the date of such financial statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner from that set forth in said financial statements.

 

74



 

4.1.13               Condemnation .  Other than as described on Schedule 4.1.13 hereto, no Condemnation has been commenced or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any portion of any Individual Property or for the relocation of roadways providing access to any Individual Property.

 

4.1.14               Federal Reserve Regulations .  None of the proceeds of the Loan will be used by Borrower or Maryland Owner for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” as defined in Regulation U, Regulation X or Regulation T in violation of such regulation or for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness which was originally incurred so that Borrower or Maryland Owner could purchase or carry “margin stock” or for any other purpose which might constitute this transaction a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X in violation of such regulation.  As of the Closing Date, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner owns any “margin stock.”

 

4.1.15               Utilities and Public Access .  Each Individual Property has rights of access to public ways and is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service such Individual Property for its intended uses.  All utilities necessary for the existing use of each Individual Property are located either in the public right-of-way abutting such Individual Property (which are connected so as to serve such Individual Property) or in recorded easements serving such Individual Property and such easements are set forth in and insured by the Title Policy.  All roads necessary for the use of each Individual Property for its current purposes have been completed and, if necessary, dedicated to public use.

 

4.1.16               Not a Foreign Person .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is a foreign person within the meaning of § 1445(f)(3) of the Code.

 

4.1.17               Separate Lots .  Each Individual Property is comprised of one (1) or more contiguous parcels which constitute a separate tax lot or lots and does not constitute or include a portion of any other tax lot not a part of such Individual Property.

 

4.1.18               Assessments .  To the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, other than assessments for the applicable business improvement district (if any) in which an Individual Property is situated (which assessments are not yet due, payable or delinquent) there are no pending or proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting any Individual Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to any Individual Property that may result in such special or other assessments that would have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.1.19               Enforceability .  The Loan Documents are not subject to any existing right of rescission, set off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor, including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and subject as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing), and neither Borrower, Maryland Owner nor Guarantor has asserted any right of rescission, set off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto.

 

75



 

4.1.20               No Prior Assignment .  There are no prior sales, transfers, pledges, hypothecations or assignments of the Leases or any portion of the Rents due and payable or to become due and payable which are presently outstanding following the funding of the Loan, other than those being terminated or assigned to Lender concurrently herewith.

 

4.1.21               Insurance .  Borrower and Maryland Owner have obtained or caused to be obtained  and have delivered to Lender certificates of insurance, reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has, and to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge no Person has, done by act or omission anything which would impair the coverage of any such policy.

 

4.1.22               Use of Property .  Each Individual Property is used exclusively for office, restaurant and/or retail purposes and other appurtenant and related uses which uses are specified in the Leases.

 

4.1.23               Certificate of Occupancy; Licenses .  To the best of Borrower’s Knowledge and except as specifically set forth on Schedule 4.1.23 , all certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner for the legal use, occupancy and operation of each Individual Property as a retail shopping center (collectively, the “ Licenses ”), have been obtained and are in full force and effect, except for those (including those specified in the last sentence of this Section 4.1.23 ) the failure of which to obtain and maintain in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  Borrower (other than Maryland Individual Borrower) and Maryland Owner shall keep and maintain all Licenses necessary for the operation of each Individual Property as a retail shopping center, except where failure to maintain a License would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  Except as otherwise specifically set forth on Schedule 4.1.23 , the use being made of each Individual Property is in conformity with the certificate or certificates of occupancy issued for such Individual Property except where such failure would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.1.24               Flood Zone .  Other than as set forth on Schedule 4.1.24 hereto, none of the Improvements on any Individual Property are located in an area as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards.

 

4.1.25               Physical Condition .  To the best of Borrower’s Knowledge and except as would not reasonably be likely to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect or as expressly disclosed in the Physical Conditions Report, each Individual Property, including, without limitation, all buildings, Improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects; to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge and except as disclosed in the Physical Conditions Report, there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in or to any Individual Property, whether latent or otherwise, and neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has received any written notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in any Individual Property, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause

 

76



 

the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

 

4.1.26               Boundaries .  To the best of Borrower’s Knowledge and in reliance on, and except as otherwise specifically disclosed in, the Survey, all of the Improvements lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of such Individual Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon any Individual Property, and no easements or other encumbrances upon any Individual Property encroach upon any of the Improvements, in each case, so as to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect, except those which are insured against by the Title Policy.

 

4.1.27               Leases .

 

(a)                                  Borrower and Maryland Owner have heretofore delivered to Lender true and complete copies of all Leases and any and all amendments or modifications thereof.  Except as otherwise expressly disclosed on the Rent Roll or the Tenant estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, to Borrower’s Knowledge, Borrower (other than Maryland Individual Borrower), Maryland Owner or their respective predecessors have complied with and performed all of its or their material construction, improvement and alteration obligations with respect to the Properties required as of the date hereof and any other obligations under the Leases that are required as of the date hereof have either been complied with or the failure to comply with the same does not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  The Properties are not subject to any Leases other than the Leases described in the rent roll certified and delivered to Lender as of the Closing Date (the “ Rent Roll ”) and other than any sublease or license granted by any Tenant (or sub-tenant) under a Lease.  The Rent Roll is true, complete and correct in all material respects as of the date set forth therein.  Except as otherwise set forth on the Rent Roll, no Person has any possessory interest in any Individual Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Leases or any sublease or license granted by any Tenant (or sub-tenant) under a Lease.  The current Leases are in full force and effect and to Borrower’s Knowledge, there are no defaults that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect thereunder by either party (other than as expressly disclosed on the Rent Roll, Schedule 16.10 hereof or the Tenant estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan) and there are no conditions that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute defaults that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect thereunder (other than as expressly disclosed on the Rent Roll, Schedule 16.10 or the Tenant estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan).  No Tenant under any Lease has an unexpired right or option pursuant to such Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the property of which the leased premises are a part, other than as expressly disclosed on the Rent Roll or the Tenant estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan.  Borrower and Maryland Owner have delivered to Lender prior to the date of this Agreement a true, correct and complete list of all security deposits and the amounts thereof, currently in Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s possession.

 

77



 

4.1.28               Filing and Recording Taxes .  All transfer taxes, deed stamps, intangible taxes or other amounts in the nature of transfer taxes required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the transfer of each Individual Property to an Individual Borrower (except Maryland Individual Borrower) or Maryland Owner have been paid.  All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar taxes required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Security Instrument, have been paid, or will be paid on the Closing Date, and, under current Legal Requirements, the Security Instrument is enforceable against Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in accordance with its terms by Lender (or any subsequent holder thereof) subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

4.1.29               Single Purpose Entity/Separateness .

 

(a)                                  At  all times since its respective date of formation, each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner has complied in all material respects with the separateness covenants set forth in its organizational documents, or, if no separateness covenants are set forth therein, it:

 

(i)                                      other than ground leases entered into with another Individual Borrower, has not entered into any contract or agreement with any of its Affiliates, constituents, or owners, or any guarantors of any of its obligations or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (individually, a “ Related Party ” and collectively, the “ Related Parties ”), except upon terms and conditions that are commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those available in an arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party;

 

(ii)                                   has paid all of its debts and liabilities from its assets;

 

(iii)                                has done or caused to be done all things necessary to observe all organizational formalities applicable to it and to preserve its existence;

 

(iv)                               has maintained all of its books, records, financial statements and bank accounts separate from those of any other Person ;

 

(v)                                  has not had its assets listed as assets on the financial statement of any other Person;

 

(vi)                               has filed its own tax returns (except to the extent that it has been a tax-disregarded entity not required to file tax returns under applicable law) and, if it is a corporation, has not filed a consolidated federal income tax return with any other Person;

 

78



 

(vii)                            has been, and at all times has held itself out to the public as, a legal entity separate and distinct from any other Person (including any Affiliate or other Related Party);

 

(viii)                         has corrected any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity;

 

(ix)                               has conducted all of its business and held all of its assets in its own name;

 

(x)                                  has not identified itself or any of its affiliates as a division or part of the other;

 

(xi)                               has maintained and utilized separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing its own name;

 

(xii)                            has not commingled its assets with those of any other Person and has held all of its assets in its own name;

 

(xiii)                         has not guaranteed or become obligated for the debts of any other Person;

 

(xiv)                        has not held itself out as being responsible for the debts or obligations of any other Person;

 

(xv)                           has allocated fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that have been shared with an Affiliate, including paying for office space and services performed by any employee of an Affiliate or Related Party;

 

(xvi)                        has not pledged its assets to secure the obligations of any other Person and no such pledge remains outstanding except in connection with the Loan;

 

(xvii)                     has maintained adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations;

 

(xviii)                  has maintained a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations and has paid the salaries of its own employees from its own funds;

 

(xix)                        has not owned any subsidiary or any equity interest in any other entity;

 

(xx)                           has not incurred any indebtedness that is still outstanding other than Permitted Debt; and

 

(xxi)                        has not had any of its obligations guaranteed by an affiliate, except for guarantees that have been either released or discharged (or that will be

 

79



 

discharged as a result of the closing of the Loan) or guarantees that are expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  As of the date hereof. each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner has complied in all material respects with all of the covenants set forth in Section 5.1.4 , except to the extent any such covenant in Section 5.1.4 states or implies that it is made from and after the date hereof;

 

(c)                                   All of the assumptions made in the Non-Consolidation Opinion, including, but not limited to, any exhibits attached thereto, are true and correct in all material respects and any assumptions made in any subsequent non-consolidation opinion delivered by counsel selected by Borrower and Maryland Owner and satisfactory to Lender and the Rating Agencies in connection with the Loan Documents (an “ Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion ”), including, but not limited to, any exhibits attached thereto, will have been and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date such Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion is given.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has complied and will continue to comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in the Non-Consolidation Opinion to the extent that compliance with such assumptions is in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner’s control.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion to the extent that compliance with such assumptions is in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner’s control.  Each entity other than Borrower and Maryland Owner with respect to which an assumption shall be made in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion.

 

(d)                                  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has any judgments or liens of any nature against it except for Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(e)                                   Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is involved in any dispute with any taxing authority except those being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

 

(f)                                    Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is now, and has ever been, party to any lawsuit, arbitration, summons or legal proceeding that is still pending that resulted in a judgment against it that has not been paid in full.

 

(g)                                   Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has provided Lender with  financial statements that reflect a fair and accurate view of  each such entity’s financial condition.

 

(h)                                  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has obtained a reasonably current Phase I environmental site assessment (the “ ESA ”) for the Individual Property it owns prepared consistent with ASTM Practice E 1527, and, except as set forth on Schedule 4.1.29(h) attached hereto, the ESA has not identified any recognized environmental conditions that require further investigation or remediation as determined by Borrower or Maryland Owner in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

(i)                                      Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has any material contingent or actual obligations not related to the Individual Property owned by it.

 

80


 

(j)                                     Each amendment and restatement of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s organizational documents has been accomplished in accordance with, and was permitted by, the relevant provisions of said documents prior to its amendment or restatement from time to time.

 

4.1.30               Management Agreement .  The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and there is no current default thereunder by any party thereto and no event currently exists that, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice, would constitute a default thereunder which has not otherwise been waived.  Manager is an Affiliate of Borrower and Maryland Owner.

 

4.1.31               Illegal Activity .  No portion of any Individual Property has been or will be purchased with proceeds of any illegal activity.

 

4.1.32               No Change in Facts or Circumstances; Disclosure .  All representations and warranties made by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects (except that the foregoing shall be qualified by Borrower’s Knowledge with respect to such statements of fact that are specifically qualified as being made to Borrower’s or Maryland Owner’s knowledge).

 

4.1.33               Tax Filings .  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has filed (or has obtained effective extensions for filing) all federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all federal, state and local taxes, charges and assessments payable by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.

 

4.1.34               Solvency/Fraudulent Conveyance .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has entered into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Loan Document with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any creditor.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its obligations under the Loan Documents.  After giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s assets exceed and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s total liabilities, including, without limitation, subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities.  The fair saleable value of Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s assets are and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, be greater than Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s probable respective liabilities, including the maximum amount of its respective contingent liabilities on its Debts as such Debts become absolute and matured.  Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s assets do not and, immediately following the making of the Loan will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its respective businesses as conducted or as proposed to be conducted and neither any Individual Borrower nor Maryland Owner intends to, nor believes that it will, incur Debt and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its abilities to pay such Debt and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower and Maryland Owner and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of its obligations).

 

4.1.35               Investment Company Act .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner is (a) an investment company or a company Controlled by an investment company, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

 

81



 

4.1.36               Accounts .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, create a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York) in the Lockbox Account, the Cash Management Account and the Reserve Accounts in favor of Lender, which security interest is prior to all other Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances and any other Liens permitted under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from each of Borrower and Maryland Owner.  Other than in connection with the Loan Documents and except for Permitted Encumbrances, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has sold, pledged, transferred or otherwise conveyed the Lockbox Account, the Cash Management Account or the Reserve Accounts;

 

(b)                                  Each of the Lockbox Account, the Cash Management Account and the Reserve Accounts constitutes a “deposit account” and/or “securities account” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.

 

(c)                                   Pursuant and subject to the terms hereof and the other applicable Loan Documents, each of Lockbox Bank and Agent have agreed to comply with all instructions originated by Lender, without further consent by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, directing disposition of the Lockbox Account and the Cash Management Account and all sums at any time held, deposited or invested therein, together with any interest or other earnings thereon, and all proceeds thereof (including proceeds of sales and other dispositions), whether accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, deposit accounts, instruments, documents or securities.

 

(d)                                  None of the Lockbox Account, the Cash Management Account and the Reserve Accounts are in the name of any Person other than Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, as pledgor, or Lender, as pledgee.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has consented to Lockbox Bank and/or Agent complying with instructions with respect to any Lockbox Account and Cash Management Account from any Person other than Lender.

 

4.1.37               Labor .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner (a) is involved in or, to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, threatened with any labor dispute, work stoppage, labor strike, material grievance or litigation relating to labor matters involving any employees or other laborers at the Properties, including, without limitation, violation of any federal, state or local labor, safety or employment laws (domestic or foreign) and/or charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b)  has engaged, nor, to the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, has there been any allegations in any proceeding that Borrower or Maryland Owner has engaged in any unfair labor practices within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act or the Railway Labor Act, and (c) except as set forth on Schedule 4.1.37 , is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining agreement or union contract with respect to employees and other laborers at the Properties and no such agreement or contract is currently being negotiated by Borrower, Maryland Owner or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Properties.

 

4.1.38               Brokers .  Neither Borrower, Maryland Owner nor Lender has dealt with any broker or finder with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and

 

82



 

neither party has done any acts, had any negotiations or conversations, or made any agreements or promises which will in any way create or give rise to any obligation or liability for the payment by the other Parties of any brokerage fee, charge, commission or other compensation to any Person with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.  Borrower, Maryland Owner and Lender shall each indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any loss, liability, cost or expense, including any judgments, attorneys’ fees, or costs of appeal, incurred by the other party and arising out of or relating to any breach or default by the indemnifying party of its representations, warranties and/or agreements set forth in this Section 4.1.38 .  The provisions of this Section 4.1.38 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Indebtedness.

 

4.1.39               No Other Debt .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has borrowed or received debt financing that has not been heretofore repaid in full, other than the Permitted Debt.

 

4.1.40               Taxpayer Identification Number .  Each Individual Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s tax payer identification number is set forth on Schedule 4.1.40 hereto.

 

4.1.41               Intentionally Omitted .

 

4.1.42               Intentionally Omitted .

 

4.1.43               Ground Leases .  Except as otherwise set forth in Schedule 4.1.43 attached hereto, each of Borrower and Maryland Owner represents and warrants to Lender as of the Closing Date the following with respect to each Ground Lease:

 

(a)                                  the Ground Lease (or a memorandum of such Ground Lease) has been duly recorded.  The Ground Lease permits the interest of the applicable Individual Borrower to be encumbered by a mortgage, deed of trust, indemnity deed of trust or deed to secure debt (provided that the mortgage, deed of trust, indemnity deed of trust or deed to secure debt, as applicable, is at all times subject and subordinate to the Ground Lease) or the Ground Lessor has approved and consented to the encumbrance of the Ground Lease Property by the applicable Security Instrument.  There have not been amendments or modifications to the terms of the Ground Lease since recordation of the Ground Lease (or a memorandum thereof), with the exception of written instruments which have been recorded.  The Ground Lease may not be terminated, surrendered or amended without the prior written consent of Lender; which such consent, with respect to amendment, shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that the Individual Borrowers that are tenants under the Ground Lease may exercise renewal rights without Lender’s consent and provided that the Ground Lessor shall not be prevented from exercising its remedies in accordance with the Ground Lease if the obligations of Individual Borrower under the Ground Lease are not performed as provided in the Ground Lease;

 

(b)                                  except for the Permitted Encumbrances and other encumbrances of record, the applicable Individual Borrower’s interest in the related Ground Lease is not subject to any Liens or encumbrances superior to, or of equal priority with, the applicable Security Instrument other than the Ground Lessor’s related fee interest;

 

83



 

(c)                                   the applicable Individual Borrower’s interest in the Ground Lease is assignable without the consent of Ground Lessor to Lender, the purchaser at any foreclosure sale or the transferee under a deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure in connection with the foreclosure of the Lien of the Security Instrument or transfer of the applicable Individual Borrower’s leasehold estate by deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure.  Thereafter, subject to certain conditions and restrictions set forth therein, the Ground Lease is further assignable by such transferee and its successors and assigns without the consent of the applicable Ground Lessor;

 

(d)                                  as of the date hereof, the Ground Lease is in full force and effect and to Borrower’s Knowledge no material default has occurred under the Ground Lease that is continuing and there is no existing condition which, but for the passage of time or the giving of notice, could result in a material default under the terms of the Ground Lease;

 

(e)                                   under the terms of the Ground Lease and the Loan Documents, taken together, any related insurance and condemnation proceeds that are paid or awarded to Borrower with respect to the leasehold interest created thereby will be assigned to Lender and Lender shall have the right to,  (subject to the terms of the Loan Documents, either hold and disburse the proceeds for the payment of the costs and expenses for repairing or restoring all or part of the related portion of the Ground Lease Property, as the repair or restoration progresses, or apply the proceeds  to the payment of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan together with any accrued interest thereon;

 

(f)                                    the Ground Lease does not impose any restrictions on subleasing;

 

(g)                                   the Ground Lease requires the Ground Lessor to give notice of any default by the applicable Individual Borrower under the Ground Lease to Lender prior to exercising its remedies thereunder;

 

(h)                                  Lender has the opportunity (including, where necessary, sufficient time to gain possession of the interest of the applicable Individual Borrower under the Ground Lease) to cure any default under such Ground Lease that is curable, after the receipt of notice of the default, before the Ground Lessor thereunder may terminate such Ground Lease;

 

(i)                                      each Ground Lease has a term (including all extensions exercisable at the option of the applicable Individual Borrower) which extends not less than eighteen (18) years beyond the Maturity Date; and

 

(j)                                     each Ground Lease requires the Ground Lessor, upon certain specified conditions being satisfied, to enter into a new lease upon termination (prior to expiration of the term thereof) of such Ground Lease for any reason, including rejection or disaffirmation of the Ground Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding.

 

4.1.44               REOA .

 

(a)                                  An Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner is a party to each REOA, and each REOA is in full force and effect and has not been amended or modified except as disclosed on Schedule 4.1.44 and each of Borrower’s or Maryland Owner’s interest therein has not been

 

84



 

assigned pursuant to any assignment which survives the Closing Date except the assignment to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  To Borrower’s Knowledge each REOA is in material compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations, except for such non-compliance as would not reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   To Borrower’s Knowledge, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner nor any other party to any REOA is in default under any REOA and there are no grounds for default thereunder after the giving of the requisite notice thereunder, other than such defaults as would not reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  To Borrower’s Knowledge, no notice of termination or default has been given to Borrower or Maryland Owner with respect to any REOA except for those which have been cured or which would not reasonably be expected to result in an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   To the best of Borrower’s Knowledge, the current addresses to which notices are sent to each of Borrower or Maryland Owner or any other party to any REOA are correctly set forth in such REOA or in any amendment, notice or other document provided therewith.

 

(f)                                    To Borrower’s Knowledge, none of the other parties to any REOA (i.e., excluding Borrower and Maryland Owner) has performed any material work pursuant to such REOA, the cost of which such other party is or will be entitled to charge in whole or in part to Borrower or Maryland Owner under the provisions of such REOA.

 

(g)                                   There are no set-offs, claims, counterclaims or defenses being asserted by Borrower, Maryland Owner or, to Borrower’s Knowledge, any other party to any REOA for the enforcement of the obligations under any REOA.

 

(h)                                  To Borrower’s Knowledge, there are no liens capable of being asserted for amounts due under the provisions of any REOA which, if unpaid, may be asserted as a lien prior to the lien of the Security Instrument.

 

(i)                                      To Borrower’s Knowledge, all common charges and other sums due from each of Borrower or Maryland Owner under any REOA, if any, have been paid to the extent they are payable to the date hereof.

 

Section 4.2                                     Survival of Representations .  Borrower agrees that all of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be deemed given and made as of the Closing Date and survive for so long as any amount remains owing to Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor unless a longer survival period is expressly stated in a Loan Document with respect to a specific representation or warranty, in which case, for such longer period.

 

85



 

ARTICLE V

 

BORROWER COVENANTS

 

Section 5.1                                     Affirmative Covenants .  From the Closing Date and until payment and performance in full of all Obligations, each of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that:

 

5.1.1                      Performance by Borrower and Maryland Owner .  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision of each Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, and, except as provided herein or in any other Loan Document, shall not enter into or otherwise suffer or permit any amendment, waiver, supplement, termination or other modification of any Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

5.1.2                      Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements .  Subject to Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s right of contest pursuant to Section 7.3 , Borrower and Maryland Owner shall at all times comply and cause each Individual Property to be in compliance with all Legal Requirements and Prescribed Laws applicable to Borrower, Maryland Owner and each Individual Property and the uses permitted upon each Individual Property except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises necessary to comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to it and each Individual Property except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.  There shall never be committed by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, and Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall not knowingly permit any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of any Individual Property to commit, any act or omission affording the federal government or any state or local government the right of forfeiture as against any Individual Property or any material part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby covenants and agrees not to commit, knowingly permit or suffer to exist any act or omission affording such right of forfeiture.  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used in the conduct of its business and shall keep each Individual Property in good working order and repair, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all reasonably necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, all as more fully set forth in the Security Instrument except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.1.3                      Litigation .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall give prompt written notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or Maryland Owner which, if determined adversely to Borrower or Maryland Owner, would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

86



 

5.1.4                      Single Purpose Entity .  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby covenants with Lender that at all times on and after the date hereof and until such time as the Obligations shall be paid and performed in full:

 

(1)                                  each Individual Borrower (other than Maryland Individual Borrower) and Maryland Owner is not engaged in and will not engage in any business and has not owned, does not own and shall not own any asset or property other than (A) the applicable Individual Property, (B) the applicable fee or leasehold interest in the Improvements and (C) incidental personal property necessary or appropriate for the operation of the applicable Individual Property (and, (i) with respect to the Allentown Individual Borrower, the fee interest in the Wal-Mart Parcel and (ii) with respect to the Maryland Owner, the ownership interests in the Maryland Individual Borrower), provided that a ground tenant may acquire the fee interest in the property it ground leases.  Each Person other than an Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner has not owned, does not own and shall not own any asset or property other than the interest in the applicable Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner;

 

(2)                                  Maryland Individual Borrower has not owned any asset or property except for personal property necessary to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

(3)                                  each Individual Borrower’s (except for Maryland Individual Borrower) and Maryland Owner’s purpose is solely to (A) own, hold, lease, operate, finance and manage the applicable Individual Property and incidental personal property necessary or appropriate for the operation thereof, (B) enter into and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents with Lender, (C) Transfer the applicable Individual Property or any incidental personal property necessary or appropriate for the operation, to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents, (D) additionally (i) with respect to the Allentown Individual Borrower, to hold, lease, operate, manage and Transfer the Wal-Mart Parcel and incidental personal property necessary or appropriate for the operation thereof, and act as lessor under the Wal-Mart Lease and (ii) with respect to the Maryland Owner, to acquire and own one hundred percent (100%) of the limited liability interests in the Maryland Individual Borrower and serve as the sole economic member of Maryland Individual Borrower, and (E) transact any and all lawful business that is necessary or incident to accomplish the foregoing clauses (A) through (D). Maryland Individual Borrower’s purpose is solely to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to transact any and all lawful business that is necessary or incident to accomplish the foregoing.  Each Person’s other than an Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner purpose is solely to (i) acquire and own one hundred percent (100%) of the general partner or limited liability company interests, as applicable, in the applicable Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner, (ii) serve as the member or general partner of such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner, (iii) Transfer its interest in such Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner to the extent permitted

 

87



 

under the Loan Documents, and (iv) transact any and all lawful business that is necessary or incident to accomplish the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv);

 

(4)                                  neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has engaged nor shall they engage in any business other than the foregoing subparagraphs (1) through (3) above;

 

(5)                                  except for (i) capital contributions and capital distributions permitted by its organizational documents or (ii) any ground leases entered into with another Individual Borrower, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has entered nor shall it enter into any contract or agreement with another Borrower, any constituent party of Borrower or Maryland Owner, any guarantor or indemnitor under any of the Loan Documents or any Affiliate of any such constituent party or guarantor or indemnitor, except upon terms and conditions that are commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those that would be available on an arm’s length basis with third parties other than any such party;

 

(6)                                  Borrower and Maryland Owner have at all times paid, and shall pay its debts and liabilities (including, as applicable, shared personnel and overhead expenses) from its assets as the same shall become due and shall not pay its debts and liabilities from the assets and funds of any other entity, except for payments made pursuant to the Guaranty, the Bottom Up Guaranty or any similar bottom up guaranty;

 

(7)                                  Borrower and Maryland Owner have maintained and shall maintain all of their books, records, financial statements and bank accounts separate from those of its Affiliates and any other Person; provided , however , (A) that Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s financial position, assets, results of operations and cash flows may be included in a consolidated financial statement of an Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner in accordance with GAAP, so long as (x) any such consolidated financial statement contains a note indicating that Borrower and Maryland Owner and their Affiliates are separate legal entities (or a similar statement is contained in such Affiliate’s Securities and Exchange Commission filings on Form 10-K and it is such Affiliate’s practice to deliver its financial statements together with such filings) and (y) such assets shall also be listed on Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s own separate balance sheet and (B) all amounts paid to Borrower or Maryland Owner (including, without limitation, all amounts transferred from the Cash Management Account) may be deposited into a centralized cash management account, including, without limitation, the account established pursuant to the Cash Management Agency Agreement (controlled by an Affiliate of Borrower and Maryland Owner as an agent) on behalf of Borrower, Maryland Owner and various other entities that are Affiliates of Borrower and Maryland Owner, as and when received, provided that all amounts deposited into such centralized account for the benefit of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner are clearly segregated, for accounting purposes, from the revenues and expenses of all other Persons;

 

88



 

(8)                                  each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has held and shall hold itself out to the public as a legal entity, separate and distinct from any other entity (including any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner, any guarantor or indemnitor under any of the Loan Documents or any constituent party of Borrower or Maryland Owner), has corrected and shall correct any known misunderstanding regarding its status as a separate entity, has conducted and shall conduct business in its own name, and has not identified and shall not identify itself or any of its Affiliates as a division or part of the other;

 

(9)                                  each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has maintained and shall maintain, adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations; provided , however , the foregoing shall not require any other Person to make any additional capital contributions to Borrower or Maryland Owner;

 

(10)                           except with respect to the Cash Management Agency Agreement, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has commingled nor shall they commingle their funds and other assets, as applicable, with those of any of its Affiliates or constituent parties, any guarantor or indemnitor under any of the Loan Documents or any other Person, except as contemplated in subparagraph (7) above;

 

(11)                           each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has maintained and shall maintain its assets in such a manner that it shall not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any of its Affiliates or constituent parties, any guarantor or indemnitor under any of the Loan Documents or any other Person;

 

(12)                           each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has conducted and shall conduct its business so that the assumptions made with respect to Borrower and Maryland Owner and all other Persons in the Non-Consolidation Opinion shall be true and correct in all material respects;

 

(13)                           neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has permitted and neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall permit any of its Affiliates or constituent parties independent access to its bank accounts, except in connection with property or cash management activities consistent with the terms of the Loan as described in subparagraphs (7) and (10) above;

 

(14)                           each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall maintain a sufficient number of employees, if any, in light of its contemplated business purpose and have paid and shall pay the salaries of its own employees (if any) from its own funds;

 

(15)                           each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has compensated and shall compensate its consultants and agents from its own funds;

 

89



 

(16)                           each of Borrower and Maryland Owner has allocated and shall allocate fairly and reasonably shared expenses, including for shared office space and for services performed by an employee of an Affiliate;

 

(17)                           except in connection with the Loan, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has pledged and shall not pledge any of its assets to secure the obligations of any other Person;

 

(18)                           neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall have any obligation to indemnify their officers, directors, members, as the case may be, except to the extent that such obligation is fully subordinated to the Loan and shall not constitute a claim against Borrower or Maryland Owner if cash flow in excess of the amount required to pay the Obligations is insufficient to pay such obligation (but the foregoing shall not preclude a recovery on such claims against insurance in respect thereof);

 

(19)                           each of Borrower and Maryland Owner (A) has maintained and shall maintain records, books of account and (subject to subparagraph (7) above) bank accounts separate and apart from any other Person,  (B) has filed and shall file its own tax returns, if any, as has been or may be required under applicable law, (C) shall not have any obligation to reimburse a member or any of its respective Affiliates for any taxes that such Person may incur as a result of any profits or losses of the Company and (D) has maintained and shall maintain its books, records, resolutions and agreements as official records;

 

(20)                           neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has made and shall not make any loans or advances to any third party (including any of their Affiliates or constituent parties, any guarantor or indemnitor under any of the Loan Documents or any Affiliate of any such constituent party or guarantor or indemnitor) ( provided that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, may agree with Tenants  in Leases of portions of an Individual Property to make certain tenant improvement allowances available to such Tenants), and shall not acquire obligations or securities of its Affiliates or of any of its constituent parties;

 

(21)                           except with respect to the other Individual Borrowers and Maryland Owner in connection with the Loan, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has assumed, guaranteed or become obligated for or held themselves out to be responsible for, and neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall assume, guarantee, become obligated for or hold itself or its credit out to be responsible for, the debts or obligations of any other Person or the decisions or actions respecting the daily business or affairs of any other Person;

 

(22)                           neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall incur, create or assume any Debt other than Permitted Debt;

 

90


 

(23)                           neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has made nor shall they make or permit to remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or securities of, any Person, except that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may invest in Permitted Investments and may make any advance required or expressly permitted to be made pursuant to this  Agreement and may permit the same to remain outstanding in accordance with such provisions;

 

(24)                           neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner has formed, acquired or held and shall not form, acquire or hold any subsidiary (whether corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other), except that any Individual Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may own another Individual Borrower;

 

(25)                           each of Borrower and Maryland Owner at all times shall have a limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement (as applicable) that has been approved by Lender, it being hereby acknowledged that Lender has approved the current limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement (as applicable) of each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner;

 

(26)                           except as may be permitted under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, engage in, seek, or consent to its dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation or merger;

 

(27)                           except for Transfers permitted under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall engage in, seek or consent to any asset sale or permit any transfer of beneficial interests in itself;

 

(28)                           without the prior, unanimous affirmative vote of at least two (2) Independent Members of Borrower or Maryland Owner or the member or general partner of such entity, as applicable, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall not (A) petition or otherwise institute bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceedings or otherwise seek any relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any laws relating to the relief from debts or the protection of debtors generally, (B) seek or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator, custodian or other similar official for the benefit of its creditors  or all or any portion of its properties, (C) make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, (D) take any action that might cause it  to become insolvent, or (E) take any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

 

(29)                           except for actions taken by agents, including Manager on behalf of Borrower and/or Maryland /Owner, in which such agent identifies itself as an agent of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall have and shall use separate stationery, invoices and checks bearing their own name;

 

91



 

(30)                           unless an Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner has at least two (2) Independent Members, any such Individual Borrower (other than the Massachusetts Individual Borrowers) that is a limited liability company (other than a limited liability company meeting all of the requirements applicable to a single-member limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. Section 18-101 et seq.)) or Maryland Owner has and shall only have entities as its members that are Single Purpose Entities. Each of the Massachusetts Individual Borrowers has and shall only have entities as its managing members that are Single Purpose Entities owning at least one half percent (0.5%) of the limited liability company interests in the applicable Massachusetts Individual Borrower;

 

(31)                           unless an Individual Borrower has at least two (2) Independent Members, any such Individual Borrower that is a limited partnership has and shall only have entities acting as its general partners that is a Single Purpose Entity;

 

(32)                           neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall buy or hold evidence of indebtedness issued by any other Person (other than cash, cash equivalents or investment-grade securities and Permitted Investments); and

 

(33)                           each Borrower and Maryland Owner shall comply with all organizational formalities necessary to maintain its separate existence.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the execution and delivery of any Loan Document (including for this purpose, the Bottom Up Guaranty) by Borrower or an Affiliate thereof or Maryland Owner or an Affiliate thereof, and the performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder, shall not constitute a violation of this Section 5.1.4 or any other provisions of the Loan Documents.

 

5.1.5                      Consents .  The managing member, general partner or board of managers of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may not take any action requiring the unanimous affirmative vote of one hundred percent (100%) of the members, the partners or the members of the board of managers of such Borrower or Maryland Owner unless all of the members, partners or members of the board of managers, including the Independent Members, as applicable, shall have participated in such vote.  An affirmative vote of one hundred (100%) of the members, partners or members of the board of managers of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall be required to file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or otherwise institute insolvency proceedings or authorize Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to do so.  Furthermore, Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s organization documents shall expressly state that for so long as the Loan is outstanding and Borrower is the obligor under the Note, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be permitted to (1) dissolve, liquidate, consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets other than in connection with the repayment of the Loan or except as permitted hereunder or (2) engage in any  business activity other than as set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (3) of Section 5.1.4 , as applicable, and such restrictions shall not be modified or violated for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

 

92



 

5.1.6                      Access to Property .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall permit agents, representatives and employees of Lender and the Rating Agencies, at no out-of-pocket expense to Borrower or Maryland Owner, to inspect each Individual Property or any part thereof during normal business hours on Business Days upon reasonable advance notice (which may be given telephonically or by e-mail).

 

5.1.7                      Notice of Default .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall promptly advise Lender (a) of any event or condition that has or would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect of which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner has knowledge and (b) of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner has knowledge.

 

5.1.8                      Cooperate in Legal Proceedings .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election and its own expense, to participate in any such proceedings which would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect, other than those proceedings where Borrower and Lender are adverse parties.

 

5.1.9                      Perform Loan Documents .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall observe, perform and satisfy all the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of, and shall pay when due all costs, fees and expenses to the extent required, under the Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.

 

5.1.10               Insurance .

 

(a)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall cooperate with Lender in obtaining for Lender (to the extent that this Agreement provides that such Proceeds are to be paid to Lender) the benefits of any Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with any Individual Property, and Lender shall be reimbursed for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) out of such Proceeds.

 

(b)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall comply with all Insurance Requirements and shall not bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept any article upon any Individual Property or cause or permit any condition to exist thereon which would be prohibited by any Insurance Requirement, or would invalidate insurance coverage required hereunder to be maintained by Borrower and Maryland Owner on or with respect to any part of any Individual Property pursuant to Section 6.1 .

 

5.1.11               Further Assurances .

 

(a)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall execute and acknowledge (or cause to be executed and acknowledged), and deliver to Lender, all documents, and take all actions, reasonably required by Lender from time to time in order to confirm the rights created or intended to be created under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any security interest created or purported to be created thereunder, to protect the validity, priority and

 

93



 

enforceability of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to subject to the Loan Documents any property of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner intended by the terms of any one or more of the Loan Documents to be encumbered by the Loan Documents, or otherwise carry out the purposes of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder, provided that the foregoing shall not impose any additional material liability or obligations on, nor materially reduce the rights or remedies of, Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  In addition, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall, at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s sole cost and expense (except as provided in Section 5.1.11(a) ), and without making any so-called “bring down representations”:

 

(i)                                      execute and deliver, from time to time, such further instruments (including, without limitation, delivery of any financing statements under the UCC) as may be reasonably requested by Lender to confirm the Lien of the Security Instrument on any Property, Building Equipment or any Intangible;

 

(ii)                                   execute and deliver to Lender such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts as shall be reasonably necessary to evidence, preserve and/or protect the collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the Obligations, as Lender may reasonably require; and

 

(iii)                                do and execute all and such further lawful and reasonable acts, conveyances and assurances for the carrying out of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as Lender shall reasonably require from time to time.

 

5.1.12               Wal-Mart Parcel Borrower and Maryland Owner agree and acknowledge that all covenants, obligations, representations, warranties and indemnities set forth in this Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents relating in any way to the ownership and/or operation of the Properties shall apply to the Wal-Mart Parcel as if the Wal-Mart Parcel was an Individual Property hereunder; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Transfer of the Wal-Mart Parcel to the Tenant under, and in accordance with, the Wal-Mart Lease or to any Person, including to an Affiliate of Borrower, on commercially reasonable terms and conditions.

 

5.1.13               Operation .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall (a) promptly perform and/or observe and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Manager to perform and/or observe in all material respects all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed and observed by it under the Management Agreement, and do all things necessary to preserve and to keep unimpaired its material rights thereunder; (b) promptly notify Lender of any “event of default” under the Management Agreement of which it is aware; and (c) promptly deliver, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Manager to deliver, to Lender, if Manager is not an Affiliate of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, a copy of each financial statement, capital expenditures plan, property improvement plan and any other notice, report and estimate received by it under the Management Agreement.

 

94



 

5.1.14               Business and Operations .  Borrower (except Maryland Individual Borrower) and/or Maryland Owner shall continue to engage in the businesses presently conducted by it as and to the extent the same are necessary for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of each Individual Property.  Each Individual Borrower (except Maryland Individual Borrower) and/or Maryland Owner shall qualify to do business and shall remain in good standing under the laws of the State in which its Individual Property is located and as and to the extent required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation thereof.

 

5.1.15               Title to the Property .  Each Individual Borrower (except Maryland Individual Borrower) and/or Maryland Owner shall warrant and defend (a) its fee or leasehold title to the Individual Property owned or leased by it and the Improvements and every part thereof, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (including Permitted Encumbrances) and (b) the validity and priority of the Liens of the Security Instrument, the Assignment of Leases and this Agreement on each Individual Property, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (including Permitted Encumbrances), in each case against the claims of all Persons whomsoever.  Borrower (except Maryland Individual Borrower) and/or Maryland Owner shall reimburse Lender for any reasonable out-of-pocket losses, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by Lender if an interest in any Individual Property, other than as permitted hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents (including Permitted Encumbrances), is claimed by another Person.

 

5.1.16               Intentionally Omitted .

 

5.1.17               Estoppel Statement .

 

(a)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall, from time to time, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written request from Lender, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lender, an estoppel certificate,  (i) stating that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are unmodified and, to the best of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s knowledge, in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are in full force and effect as modified and setting forth such modifications), (ii) stating, to the best of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s knowledge, the amount of accrued and unpaid interest and the outstanding principal amount of the Note and (iii) containing such other information with respect to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, the Properties or any one or more Individual Properties and the Loan as Lender shall reasonably request.  The estoppel certificate shall also specify either that, to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s knowledge, no Default or Event of Default exists hereunder or, if any Default or Event of Default shall exist hereunder, such Default or Event of Default and the steps being taken to cure such Default or Event of Default.

 

(b)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Lender, within fifteen (15) Business Days of Lender’s request, tenant estoppel certificates from any requested Tenant in substantially the form and substance of the estoppel certificate set forth in Schedule 5.1.17 , provided that neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be required to deliver such certificates more frequently than one time in any twelve

 

95



 

(12)-month period; and provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall not be deemed to be in Default hereunder due to a failure to deliver  any estoppel certificate to the extent they have used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such tenant estoppel certificate.

 

(c)                                   Lender shall, from time to time, upon fifteen (15) Business Days prior written request from Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Borrower, an estoppel certificate, stating (i) the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on and the outstanding principal amount of the Note, (ii) the date installments of interest and principal were last paid and (iii) whether or not Lender has sent any notice of default under the Loan Documents which remains uncured in the opinion of Lender.

 

5.1.18               Loan Proceeds .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan received by it on the Closing Date only for the purposes set forth in Section 2.1.5 .

 

5.1.19               No Joint Assessment .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of any Individual Property (a) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from such Individual Property or (b) which constitutes real property with any portion of such Individual Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to such real property portion of the Individual Property.

 

5.1.20               No Further Encumbrances .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to keep and protect each Individual Property and all portions thereof unencumbered from any Liens, easements or agreements granting rights in or restricting the use or development of each Individual Property, except for (a) Permitted Encumbrances, (b) Liens permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, (c) Liens for Impositions prior to the imposition of any interest, charges or expenses for the non-payment thereof, (d) any Liens permitted pursuant to Leases and (e) any Liens permitted pursuant to an REOA.

 

5.1.21               Leases .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall promptly after receipt thereof deliver to Lender a copy of any notice received with respect to a Lease affecting more than thirty thousand (30,000) square feet claiming that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner is in default in the performance or observance of any of the material terms, covenants or conditions of such Lease.

 

5.1.22               O&M Plan .  As a condition of the making of the Loan, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner have agreed to implement the O&M Program.  Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby covenant and agree that during the term of the Loan, including any extension or renewal thereof, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall comply in all material respects with the terms and conditions of the O&M Program.  Nothing in this Section 5.1.22 shall be deemed to constitute a waiver or a modification of any of Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s representations, covenants or agreements with respect to environmental matters set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

 

96



 

5.1.23               Ground Leases .

 

(a)                                  Each Ground Tenant shall, at their sole cost and expense, promptly and timely perform and observe all the terms, covenants and conditions required to be performed and observed by it as lessee under its Ground Lease (including, but not limited to, the payment of all rent, additional rent, percentage rent and other charges required to be paid under the Ground Lease), except where the failure to so perform or observe would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  If any Ground Tenant shall be in default under a Ground Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, then, subject to the terms of such Ground Lease, such Ground Tenant shall grant Lender the right (but not the obligation) to cause the default or defaults under such Ground Lease to be remedied and otherwise exercise any and all rights of such Ground Tenant under such Ground Lease, as are necessary to prevent or cure any default, provided that such actions are necessary to protect Lender’s interest under such Ground Lease and the Loan Documents, and Lender shall have the right to enter all or any portion of the applicable Ground Lease Property at such times and in such manner as is necessary to prevent or to cure any such default.

 

(c)                                   The actions or payments of Lender to cure any default by any Ground Tenant under a Ground Lease shall not remove or waive, as between such Ground Tenant and Lender, the default that occurred under this Agreement by virtue of the default by such Ground Tenant under its Ground Lease.  All reasonable out-of-pocket sums expended by Lender to cure any such default shall be paid by Borrower and Maryland Owner to Lender, upon demand, with interest on such sum at the rate set forth in this Agreement from the date such sum is expended to and including the date the reimbursement payment is made to Lender.  All such indebtedness shall be deemed to be secured by the related Security Instrument.

 

(d)                                  Each Ground Tenant shall notify Lender promptly in writing of the occurrence and continuance of any default by its Ground Lessor under a Ground Lease and the receipt by such Ground Tenant of any notice (written or otherwise) from its Ground Lessor under the applicable Ground Lease noting or claiming the occurrence of any default by such Ground Tenant under the applicable Ground Lease.  Each Ground Tenant shall promptly deliver to Lender a copy of any such written notice of default.

 

(e)                                   Within twenty (20) days after receipt of written demand by Lender, each Ground Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from its  Ground Lessor under its Ground Lease and furnish to Lender an estoppel certificate of such Ground Lessor stating the date through which rent has been paid and whether or not there are any defaults thereunder and specifying the nature of such claimed defaults, if any; provided  that, for the avoidance of doubt, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall not be deemed to be in Default hereunder due to a failure to deliver such estoppel certificate to the extent the applicable Ground Tenant has used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such estoppel certificate.

 

(f)                                    Each Ground Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lender such instruments as may reasonably be required to permit Lender to cure any default under its applicable Ground Lease or permit Lender to take such other action required to enable Lender to cure or remedy the matter in default and preserve the security interest of Lender under the Loan Documents with respect to the Ground Lease Property subject to such Ground Lease.

 

97



 

Each Ground Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Lender as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to do, in its name or otherwise, any and all acts and to execute any and all documents that are necessary to preserve any rights of such Ground Tenant under or with respect to its Ground Lease, including, without limitation, the right to effectuate any extension or renewal of its Ground Lease, or to preserve any rights of such Ground Tenant whatsoever in respect of any part of such Ground Lease (and the above powers granted to Lender are coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable).

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement with respect to each Ground Lease:

 

(i)                                      the lien of the related Security Instrument attaches to all of each Ground Tenant’s rights and remedies at any time arising under or pursuant to Subsection 365(h) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Sections 101 et seq. , including, without limitation, all of each Ground Tenant’s rights, as debtor, to remain in possession of the Ground Lease Property;

 

(ii)                                   no Ground Tenant shall, without Lender’s prior written consent, elect to treat any Ground Lease as terminated under Subsection 365(h)(l) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Any such election made without Lender’s prior written consent shall be void;

 

(iii)                                as security for the Indebtedness, each Ground Tenant unconditionally assigns, transfers and sets over to Lender all of such Ground Tenant’s claims and rights to the payment of damages arising from any rejection by the Ground Lessor under its Ground Lease under the Bankruptcy Code.  Lender and each Ground Tenant shall proceed jointly or in the name of the applicable Ground Tenant in respect of any claim, suit, action or proceeding relating to the rejection of any Ground Lease, including, without limitation, the right to file and prosecute any proofs of claim, complaints, motions, applications, notices and other documents in any case in respect of the Ground Lessors under the Bankruptcy Code.  This assignment constitutes a present, irrevocable and unconditional assignment of the foregoing claims, rights and remedies, and shall continue in effect until all of the Indebtedness shall have been satisfied and discharged in full.  Any amounts received by Lender or any Ground Tenant as damages arising out of the rejection of any Ground Lease as aforesaid may be applied by Lender to all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) incurred in connection with the exercise of any of its rights or remedies in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement;

 

(iv)                               if, pursuant to Subsection 365(h) of the Bankruptcy Code, any Ground Tenant seeks to offset, against the rent reserved in an applicable Ground Lease, the amount of any damages caused by the nonperformance by the lessor of any of its obligations thereunder after the rejection by the Ground Lessor of its Ground Lease under the Bankruptcy Code, then such Ground Tenant shall not effect any offset of the amounts so objected to by Lender in its reasonable

 

98



 

discretion.  If Lender has failed to object as aforesaid within five (5) days after notice from such Ground Tenant in accordance with the first sentence of this subparagraph (iv), such Ground Tenant may proceed to offset the amounts set forth in such Ground Tenant’s notice;

 

(v)                                  if any action, proceeding, motion or notice shall be commenced or filed in respect of any Ground Lessor of all or any part of any Ground Lease Property in connection with any case under the Bankruptcy Code, Lender and the applicable Ground Tenant shall cooperatively conduct and control any such litigation with counsel selected by such Ground Tenant and approved by Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) in connection with such litigation at such Ground Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Such Ground Tenant shall, upon demand, pay to Lender all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually paid or actually incurred by Lender in connection with such prosecution or conduct of any such proceedings.  All such costs and expenses shall be secured by the lien of the related Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents; and

 

(vi)                               Each Ground Tenant shall promptly, after obtaining knowledge of such filing, notify Lender orally of any filing by or against a Ground Lessor under any Ground Lease of a petition under the Bankruptcy Code.  Each Ground Tenant shall thereafter promptly give written notice of such filing to Lender, setting forth any information available to such Ground Tenant as to the date of such filing, the court in which such petition was filed, and the relief sought in such filing.  Each Ground Tenant shall promptly deliver to Lender any and all notices, summonses, pleadings, applications and other documents received by an applicable Ground Tenant in connection with any such petition and any proceedings relating to such petition.

 

5.1.24               REOA .

 

(a)                                  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall, without Lender’s prior written consent, terminate, materially amend, materially modify or materially supplement, or consent to the termination, material amendment, material modification or material supplementation of any REOA, except that Lender shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any termination, amendment, modification or supplementation which would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall pay all charges and other sums to be paid by Borrower and Maryland Owner pursuant to the terms of each REOA as the same shall become due and payable and prior to the expiration of any applicable notice and/or grace period therein provided.  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, arbitration, mediation or other alternate dispute resolution promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with diligence, the amount or validity or application in whole or in part of any charges required to be paid by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner pursuant to any REOA, provided that (i) such proceeding shall not be prohibited under and shall be conducted in accordance with any applicable

 

99



 

provisions of such REOA and any other instrument to which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, is subject or by which the applicable Individual Property is bound and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements; (ii) neither the Individual Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in imminent danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost; (iii) the applicable REOA will not be in danger of being terminated; (iv) Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, shall promptly upon final non-appealable determination thereof pay the amount of any such charges, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; and (v) such proceeding shall suspend the collection of such charges from Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and the Individual Property to which the REOA applies.

 

(c)                                   Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall comply, in all material respects, with all of the terms, covenants and conditions on Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s part to be complied with pursuant to terms of each REOA except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall take all actions as may be necessary from time to time to preserve and maintain each REOA in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations except where the failure to take such action will not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall enforce, in a commercially reasonable manner, the obligations to be performed by the parties to any REOA (other than Borrower or Maryland Owner, as applicable) except where the failure to so enforce would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                    Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall promptly furnish to Lender any notice of default actually received by Borrower or Maryland Owner in connection with any REOA by any party to such REOA or any third-party.

 

(g)                                   Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall assign (other than to Lender) or encumber its rights under any REOA except as otherwise permitted under any of the Loan Documents.

 

(h)                                  Subject to the terms of the REOA, if Lender, its nominee, designee, successor, or assignee acquires title and/or rights of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner under any REOA by reason of foreclosure of the related Security Instrument, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, such party shall (i) succeed to all of the rights of and benefits accruing to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, under such REOA and (ii) be entitled to exercise all of the rights and benefits accruing to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, under such REOA.  At such time as Lender shall request, each of Borrower and Maryland Owner agrees to execute and deliver to Lender such documents as Lender and its counsel may reasonably require in order to ensure that the provisions of this Section 5.1.24(h) will be validly and legally enforceable and effective against Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and all parties claiming by, through, under or against Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, except that neither Borrower nor

 

100


 

 

Maryland Owner shall be required to execute or deliver any documents that materially increases its liabilities or obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

 

5.1.25               Interest Rate Cap Agreement .

 

(a)                                  Prior to or contemporaneously with the Closing Date, Borrower shall have obtained the Rate Cap.  Borrower shall be obligated to maintain the Rate Cap or a Replacement Rate Cap at all times that the Floating Rate Component of the Loan remains outstanding, subject to reduction in accordance with Section 2.5.4 as the Floating Rate Component is prepaid.  If the provider of the Rate Cap or any Replacement Rate Cap ceases to be an Acceptable Counterparty and/or if the term of the Rate Cap will expire prior to the Maturity Date, Borrower shall, as applicable, obtain a Replacement Rate Cap at Borrower’s sole cost and expense (i) within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice from Lender or Borrower’s obtaining knowledge that the provider is no longer an Acceptable Counterparty or (ii) on or prior to the expiration date of the then existing Rate Cap or Replacement Rate Cap.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall collaterally assign to Lender pursuant to the Collateral Assignment of Interest Rate Cap Agreement all of its right, title and interest to receive any and all payments under the Rate Cap or any Replacement Rate Cap (and any related guarantee, if any) and shall deliver to Lender counterparts of such Collateral Assignment of Interest Rate Cap Agreement executed by Borrower and by the Acceptable Counterparty and notify the Acceptable Counterparty of such collateral assignment (either in such Rate Cap, in such Collateral Assignment of Interest Rate Cap Agreement or by separate instrument).  At such time as the Floating Rate Component of the Loan is repaid in full, all of Lender’s right, title and interest in the Rate Cap and any Replacement Rate Cap shall terminate and Lender shall execute and deliver, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, such documents as may be required to evidence Lender’s release of the Rate Cap and any Replacement Rate Cap and to notify the Acceptable Counterparty of such release.

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall comply with all of its obligations under the terms and provisions of the Rate Cap and any Replacement Rate Cap.  All amounts paid by the Acceptable Counterparty under the Rate Cap to Borrower or Lender shall be deposited directly into the Lockbox Account and applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Assignment of Interest Rate Cap Agreement and the Cash Management Agreement.  Borrower shall take all actions reasonably requested by Lender to enforce Lender’s rights under the Rate Cap and any Replacement Rate Cap in the event of a default by the Acceptable Counterparty and shall not waive, amend or otherwise modify any of its rights thereunder; provided that Borrower shall not be required to take any action that increases its liabilities or obligations under any of the Loan Documents

 

(d)                                  In the event that Borrower fails to purchase and deliver to Lender the Rate Cap or any Replacement Rate Cap as and when required hereunder, or fails to maintain such agreement in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, Lender may (upon ten (10) days notice to Borrower) purchase the Rate Cap or any Replacement Rate Cap, as applicable, and the reasonable out-of-pocket cost incurred by Lender in purchasing the Rate Cap or any Replacement Rate Cap, as applicable, shall be paid by Borrower to Lender with interest

 

101



 

thereon at the Default Rate from the date such cost was incurred by Lender until such cost is reimbursed by Borrower to Lender.

 

(e)                                   In connection with the Rate Cap and any Replacement Rate Cap, Borrower shall obtain and deliver to Lender an opinion from counsel (which counsel may be in house counsel for the Acceptable Counterparty) for the Acceptable Counterparty (upon which Lender and its successors and assigns may rely) which shall provide, subject to customary assumptions and qualifications, in relevant part, that:

 

(i)                                      the Acceptable Counterparty is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has the organizational power and authority to execute and deliver, and to perform its obligations under, the Rate Cap or the Replacement Rate Cap, as applicable;

 

(ii)                                   the execution and delivery of the Rate Cap or the Replacement Rate Cap, as applicable, by the Acceptable Counterparty, and any other agreement which the Acceptable Counterparty has executed and delivered pursuant thereto, and the performance of its obligations thereunder have been and remain duly authorized by all necessary action and do not contravene any provision of its certificate of incorporation or by laws (or equivalent organizational documents) or any law, regulation or contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or its property;

 

(iii)                                all consents, authorizations and approvals required for the execution and delivery by the Acceptable Counterparty of the Rate Cap or the Replacement Rate Cap, as applicable, and any other agreement which the Acceptable Counterparty has executed and delivered pursuant thereto, and the performance of its obligations thereunder have been obtained and remain in full force and effect, all conditions thereof have been duly complied with, and no other action by, and no notice to or filing with any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for such execution, delivery or performance; and

 

(iv)                               the Rate Cap or the Replacement Cap, as applicable, and any other agreement which the Acceptable Counterparty has executed and delivered pursuant thereto, has been duly executed and delivered by the Acceptable Counterparty and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Acceptable Counterparty, enforceable against the Acceptable Counterparty in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

5.1.26               Delivery of Documents Pursuant to the Loan Purchase Agreement .  If any document, other than a document required to be executed or delivered by Vornado DP LLC, required to be delivered to Purchaser or its designee pursuant to Section 3 of the Loan Purchase Agreement is not delivered as and when required, is not properly executed or is determined to be defective or not to be in compliance with the requirements of any applicable filing office or

 

102



 

recording depository, or if any such document is lost or returned unrecorded because of a defect therein (any of the foregoing, a “ Defect ”), within ninety (90) days of the receipt by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner of notice of such Defect, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall promptly prepare a substitute document and cause each such document to be duly submitted for filing or recording, as applicable, and shall otherwise cure such Defect; provided , however , that in the event that such Defect is capable of being cured but not within such 90-day period and Borrower and/or Maryland Owner have commenced and are diligently proceeding with the cure of such Defect, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner will have an additional ninety (90) days to complete such cure; provided , further , that with respect to such additional 90-day period, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall have delivered an Officer’s Certificate to Lender or its designee and the servicer setting forth the reason why such Defect is not capable of being cured within the initial ninety (90) day period and what actions Borrower and/or Maryland Owner are pursuing in connection with the cure thereof.

 

5.1.27               Required Repairs . Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall perform the repairs at the Properties as more particularly set forth on Schedule 5.1.27 hereto (such repairs herein referred to as “ Required Repairs ”) in a good workmanlike and prompt and expeditious manner, and shall diligently and continuously prosecute same to completion.

 

5.1.28               Surveys .  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall, at their sole cost and expense, deliver to Lender within thirty (30) days of the date hereof current Surveys and executed American Land Title Association Endorsements 25-06 (Same as Survey) from the Title Company to become a part of each applicable Title Policy for each of (a) the Individual Property located in North Bergen, New Jersey, (b) the Individual Property located in East Hanover, New Jersey and (c) Towson, Maryland.

 

Section 5.2                                     Negative Covenants .  From the Closing Date until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower and Maryland Owner under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of this Agreement or the Security Instrument in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner covenant and agree with Lender that it will not do, directly or indirectly, any act expressly prohibited by this Agreement or any of the following:

 

5.2.1                      Partition .   Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall permit or petition for the partition of any Individual Property.

 

5.2.2                      Amend Organizational Documents .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall amend or modify any of its organizational documents without Lender’s consent, other than in connection with any Transfer permitted pursuant to Article VIII or to reflect any change in capital accounts, contributions, distributions, allocations or to otherwise amend any provisions in any respect that do not and would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect, provided that, in all instances, each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner remains a Single Purpose Entity.

 

5.2.3                      Distributions .  From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall make any distributions to or for the benefit of any of its members.

 

103



 

5.2.4                      ERISA .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall engage in any activity that would subject it to regulation under ERISA or qualify it as an “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) to which ERISA applies or would cause Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s assets to constitute plan assets within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101.

 

5.2.5                      Manager .

 

(a)                                  Without obtaining a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification with respect to such action, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be permitted to:  (i) modify, change, supplement, alter or amend the Management Agreement or waive or release any of its rights and remedies under the Management Agreement that would, in any such instance, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) replace Manager with a Person other than a Qualified Manager; provided that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall have the unilateral right to replace Manager as it sees fit from time to time with one of its Affiliates.

 

(b)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall notify Lender in writing (and deliver a copy of the proposed management agreement) of any entity proposed to be designated as a Qualified Manager of each applicable Individual Property to replace Manager not less than thirty (30) days before such Qualified Manager begins to manage the applicable Individual Property, and, if reasonably requested by Lender, deliver a reasonably acceptable non-consolidation opinion covering such replacement manager if such Person (i) is not covered by the Non-Consolidation Opinion or an Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion, and (ii) is an Affiliate of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.

 

(c)                                   In the event that Manager is an Affiliate of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, then (i) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and Lender has elected to accelerate the Loan or (ii) upon the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Manager in the performance of its obligations under the Management Agreement (except if any such gross negligence or willful misconduct by Manager does not occur more than once in any twelve (12) month period and Manager has paid to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner all damages arising out of such actions), Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall, at the request of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement and replace Manager with a Qualified Manager in accordance with this Section 5.2.5 and deliver a non-consolidation opinion (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender and, if a Securitization shall have occurred, acceptable to the Rating Agencies) covering such replacement manager if such Person is not covered by the Non-Consolidation Opinion or an Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion.  In the event that Manager or any replacement Qualified Manager is not an Affiliate of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, if (I) Manager shall become bankrupt or insolvent or (II) a default occurs under the Management Agreement beyond any applicable notice and grace period or (III) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall, at the request of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement and replace Manager with a Qualified Manager in accordance with this Section 5.2.5 ; provided, however, that prior to Borrower or Maryland Owner becoming so obligated, Borrower or Maryland Owner shall have ten (10) days, from and after the date of such request, within which to provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Manager is no longer insolvent or such proceeding has been dismissed, as applicable, in which case neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall become so obligated.

 

104



 

(d)                                  Upon the retention of a Qualified Manager, Lender, and if a Securitization shall have occurred, the Rating Agencies, shall have the right to approve any new management agreement with such Qualified Manager (which approval by Lender shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that, if such replacement Manager is an Affiliate of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, then as long as such new management agreement is on substantially the same terms and conditions of the Management Agreement, Lender’s consent to such new management agreement shall not be required.

 

(e)                                   Upon the termination of Manager and replacement with a Qualified Manager, such Qualified Manager shall constitute Manager hereunder and Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and Qualified Manager shall enter into an assignment of management agreement in favor of Lender in form and substance substantially similar to the Assignment of Management Agreement entered into as of the date hereof.

 

5.2.6                      Ground Lease .

 

(a)                                  Each Ground Tenant shall not, without Lender’s prior written consent, fail to exercise any option or right to renew or extend the term of its Ground Lease in accordance with the terms of such Ground Lease, and shall give immediate written notice to Lender and shall execute, acknowledge, deliver and record any document reasonably requested by Lender to evidence the lien of the related Security Instrument on such extended or renewed lease term; provided, however, that no Ground Tenant shall be required to exercise any particular option or right to renew or extend to the extent any Ground Tenant shall have received the prior written consent of Lender (which consent may be withheld by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion) allowing such Ground Tenant to forego exercising such option or right to renew or extend.  If any Ground Tenant shall fail to exercise any such option or right as aforesaid, Lender may exercise the option or right as such Ground Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact as provided above in Lender’s own name or in the name of and on behalf of a nominee of Lender, as Lender may determine in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(b)                                  No Ground Tenant shall waive, excuse, condone or in any way release or discharge the Ground Lessor under its Ground Lease of or from such Ground Lessor’s material obligations, covenants and/or conditions under such Ground Lease without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(c)                                   No Ground Tenant shall, without Lender’s prior written consent, surrender, terminate, forfeit, or suffer or permit the surrender, termination or forfeiture of, or change, modify or amend in a material adverse manner, any applicable Ground Lease.  Consent to one amendment, change, agreement or modification shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the right to require consent to other, future or successive amendments, changes, agreements or modifications to the extent required in accordance herewith.  Any acquisition of any Ground Lessor’s interest in a Ground Lease by a Ground Tenant or any Affiliate of such Ground Tenant (which is hereby permitted, subject to the following terms of this sentence) shall be accomplished by such Ground Tenant in such a manner so as to avoid a merger of the interests or estates of lessor and lessee in such Ground Lease, unless prior written consent to such merger is granted by Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

105



 

5.2.7                      Modify Account Agreement .  Without obtaining a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification respect to such action, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall execute any modifications to the Lockbox Agreement and/or the Cash Management Agreement, if the same would have a material adverse effect on Lender, including, without limitation, any adverse effect or limitation on the enforceability and/or validity of the security interests created pursuant to the Lockbox Agreement and/or the Cash Management Agreement.

 

5.2.8                      Zoning Reclassification .  Without the prior written consent of Lender, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall (a) initiate or consent to any zoning reclassification (other than to expand the permitted uses to include uses which are consistent with the current use of the applicable Individual Property) of any portion of any Individual Property, (b) seek any variance under any existing zoning ordinance that could result in the use of any Individual Property becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation, or (c) allow a change, in the case of any portion of any Individual Property, with the result that the use of such Individual Property shall become a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation.

 

5.2.9                      Debt Cancellation .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall cancel or otherwise forgive or release any material claim or debt owed to it by any Person, except for adequate consideration or in the ordinary course of its business or except (a) in connection with the settlement of claims, subject to the terms and provisions of Section 8.8 , against Tenants of or service providers to any Individual Property in connection with such Person’s Lease or other contract defaults, provided such settlements do not and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) for termination of a Lease as permitted by Section 8.8 .

 

5.2.10               Misapplication of Funds .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall distribute any revenue from the Properties or any Proceeds in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, fail to remit amounts to the Lockbox Account or to Lender, as applicable, as required by Article III of this Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, or the Cash Management Agreement, misappropriate any security deposit or portion thereof or apply the proceeds of the Loan in violation of Section 2.1.5 .

 

5.2.11               Bankruptcy .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall distribute any revenue from the Properties or any Proceeds in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, fail to remit amounts to the Lockbox Account or to Lender, as applicable, as required by Article III of this Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, or the Cash Management Agreement, misappropriate any security deposit or portion thereof or apply the proceeds of the Loan in violation of Section 2.1.5 .

 

106



 

ARTICLE VI

 

INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION; RESTORATION

 

Section 6.1                                     Insurance Coverage .

 

6.1.1                      Insurance Coverage Requirements .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall, at their sole cost and expense, keep in full force and effect insurance coverage of the types and minimum limits as follows during the term of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Property Insurance .  Property insurance against loss or damage by fire, lightning and such other perils as are included in a standard “ISO special causes of loss form” policy, including wind and named storms, riot and civil commotion, vandalism, malicious mischief, burglary and theft, in each case in an amount, for each Individual Property, equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost” of such Individual Property, which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver of depreciation; (2) containing an agreed amount provision with respect to the Improvements and Borrower’s or Maryland Owner’s personal property at each Individual Property waiving all co-insurance provisions; (3) providing for no deductible in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) (except for earthquake and wind coverage which shall be five percent (5%) of the total insured value; and (4) containing an “Ordinance or Law” provision if any of the Improvements or the use of any Individual Property shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses, and compensating for loss of value or property resulting from operation of law and the cost of demolition and the increased cost of construction in amounts as reasonably required by Lender and comparable to properties similar to each applicable Individual Property.  In addition, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall obtain:  (A) if any portion of the Improvements is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood hazard insurance, if commercially available in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, or (ii) the maximum amount of such insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as each may be amended, or such greater amount as Lender shall reasonably require which may be in excess of that amount available under the Federal Flood Insurance Plan; and (B) earthquake insurance in amounts and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender in the event the Individual Property is located in an area with a high degree of seismic activity.  Insurance for losses relating to acts of terrorism, including Terrorism Losses, shall be governed by Section 6.1.7 ;

 

(b)                                  Liability Insurance .  Commercial general liability insurance providing coverage against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Individual Property, such insurance (1) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form and containing minimum limits per occurrence of One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and excluding umbrella coverage, a policy year aggregate limit of not less than Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00); (2) to continue at not less than the aforesaid limit until required to be changed by Lender by reason of changed economic conditions making such protection inadequate; and (3) to cover at least the following hazards:  (A) premises and operations; (B) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (C) independent contractors; and (D) no exclusion for contractual liability for all “Insured Contracts”;

 

(c)                                   Workers’ Compensation Insurance .  Worker’s compensation including Employer’s Liability coverage and disability insurance as required by law;

 

107



 

(d)                                  Commercial Rents Insurance .  “Commercial rents” insurance (1) with loss payable to Lender as its interest shall appear as lender and mortgagee; (2) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in paragraph (a ) above and Section 6.1.7 below, if any; and (3) in an amount sufficient to provide Proceeds which will cover the actual loss of income sustained during the actual period of restoration but in any event not less than eighteen (18) months, with a limit of liability sufficient to avoid any co-insurance policy and, in any event, not less than the aggregate limit of the insurance policies required hereunder as of the date hereof, and containing an extended period of indemnity provision which provides that after the physical loss to the Improvements and personal property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such income either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date that applicable Individual Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs, and notwithstanding that the policy may expire prior to the end of such period.  Such insurance shall be deemed to include “loss of rental value” insurance where applicable.  The term “rental value” means the sum of (A) the total then ascertainable Rents payable under the Leases, and (B) the total ascertainable amount of all other amounts to be received by Borrower and Maryland Owner from third parties which are legal obligations of Tenants, less (C) such amounts as would not be received because of operating expenses not incurred during a period of non-occupancy of that portion of such Individual Property then not being occupied.  All proceeds payable to Lender as its interest shall appear as lender and mortgagee pursuant to this subsection shall be held by Lender and shall be applied to the Obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and payable hereunder and under the Note; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve Borrower or Maryland Owner of their Obligations to pay the Indebtedness on the respective dates of payment provided for in the Note and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such “commercial rents” insurance.  Insurance for losses relating to acts of terrorism, including Terrorism Losses, shall be governed by Section 6.1.7 ;

 

(e)                                   Builder’s All Risk Insurance .  During any period of repair or restoration, and only if the Property and Liability coverage forms do not otherwise apply, (A) general liability and umbrella liability insurance covering claims related to construction, repairs or alterations being made at the Property and (B) “ISO special causes of loss form” (or equivalent) builder’s risk completed value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) covering perils required herein this Section 6.1 in an amount equal to not less than the full insurable value of the Individual Property and all insurable costs of construction against such risks (including perils covered by the so-called “ISO special causes of loss form” (or equivalent) and collapse of the Improvements to agreed limits as Lender may request, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender;

 

(f)                                    Boiler and Machinery Insurance .  Boiler and machinery insurance, if applicable, in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, or (2) Ten Million and No/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00);

 

(g)                                   Umbrella Liability .  Umbrella liability insurance in addition to primary coverage in an amount not less than One Hundred Million and No/100 Dollars ($100,000,000.00) on terms consistent with the commercial general liability insurance policy required under paragraph (b)  above and paragraph (h)  below;

 

108



 

(h)                                  Motor Vehicle Liability .  Motor vehicle liability coverage for all owned and non-owned vehicles, including rented and leased vehicles containing minimum limits per occurrence, including umbrella coverage, with limits which are reasonably required from time to time by Lender (if applicable); and

 

(i)                                      Other Insurance .  At Lender’s reasonable request, such other insurance with respect to the Properties against loss or damage of the kinds from time to time customarily insured against and in such amounts as are generally required by institutional lenders on multi-property loans of similar amounts and secured by properties comparable to, and in the general vicinity of, each Individual Property.

 

6.1.2                      Ratings of Insurers .  All insurance policies required pursuant to Section 6.1.1 shall:

 

(a)                                  be issued by companies approved to do business in the State where each Individual Property is located which companies either (1) shall each have a claims paying ability rating of at least “A” or better by S&P (and the equivalent rating by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurers), (2) if (A) more than five (5) insurance companies issue the policies required hereunder, then at least sixty percent (60%) of the applicable insurance coverages represented by the policies required hereunder must be provided by insurance companies having a claims paying rating of “A” or better by S&P (and the equivalent rating by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurers) and the remaining forty percent (40%) of the applicable insurance coverages represented by the policies required hereunder must be provided by insurance companies having a claims paying rating of “BBB” or better by S&P (and the equivalent rating by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurers), or (3) if (A) more than one (1) but fewer than five (5) insurance companies issue the policies required hereunder, then at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the applicable insurance coverages represented by the policies required hereunder must be provided by insurance companies having a claims paying rating of “A” or better by S&P (and the equivalent rating by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurers) and the balance of the applicable insurance coverages represented by the policies required hereunder must be provided by insurance companies having a claims paying rating of “BBB” or better by S&P (and the equivalent rating by Fitch, if Fitch rates the insurers).  If a Securitization occurs and more than five (5) insurance companies issue the policies required hereunder, the foregoing required insurance company rating by a Rating Agency not rating any Securities shall be disregarded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to maintain the policies required hereunder with insurance companies which do not meet the foregoing requirements (an “ Otherwise Rated Insurer ”), provided Borrower obtains a “cut-through” endorsement (that is, an endorsement which permits recovery against the provider of such endorsement) or a contingent policy (that is, a credit wrap with respect to an Otherwise Rated Insurer) reasonably acceptable to Lender with respect to any Otherwise Rated Insurer from an insurance company or companies that meet the claims paying ability ratings required above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the insurance required to be maintained by Borrower under Section 6.1.1(a)  and (d) and Section 6.1.7 hereof for acts of terrorism only may be provided by a captive insurance company (a “ Captive Insurance Company ”) with the prior written consent of Lender and subject to Lender’s review and approval of policies and other documentation reasonably requested by Lender and the satisfaction of such other conditions as Lender may reasonably require provided that (and for so long as) (i) except with respect to any deductible permitted under Section 6.1.1(a) , those covered losses which are not reinsured by the

 

109



 

federal government under the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 (“TRIPRA”) and payable directly to the insured shall be reinsured by an insurance company having a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better with S&P, (ii) all re-insurance agreements between such Captive Insurance Company and all such re-insurance companies providing the referenced re-insurance shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender, and Borrower shall cause such re-insurance agreements to provide a cut-through endorsement acceptable to Lender, (iii) if at any time the Captive Insurance Company shall be subject to a bankruptcy or similar insolvency, borrower shall immediately replace such insurance provided by the Captive Insurance Company with a policy from an Insurance Company that meets the above requirements, (iv) such Captive Insurance Company shall be licensed in the applicable state, to the extent required, and qualified to issue the terrorism insurance policy described in Section 6.1.1(a) , Section 6.1.1(d)  and Section 6.1.7 and similar terrorism insurance policies in accordance with all Legal Requirements, (v) such Captive Insurance Company shall qualify for the reinsurance and other benefits afforded insurance companies under TRIPRA or subsequent statute or reauthorization, (vi) no Governmental Authority shall have issued any statement, opinion, finding or decree that any insurance company which is similar to such Captive Insurance Company does not qualify for such benefits and TRIPRA shall be in full force and effect, (vii) Lender shall have received each of the following, each of which shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender: (1) the organizational documents of such Captive Insurance Company; (2) any regulatory agreements of such Captive Insurance Company; (3) the application for licensing by the applicable state regulator for such Captive Insurance Company; and (4) the full and complete Policy to be used by such Captive Insurance Company to provide the insurance coverage described herein; (viii) the Insurance Premiums payable to such Captive Insurance Company shall be based on the current market conditions for such coverage; (ix) the organizational documents of such Captive Insurance Company shall not be materially amended without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and (x) except as otherwise expressly set forth in this paragraph (c), all such insurance provided by such Captive Insurance Company shall otherwise comply with all other terms and conditions of Section 6.1.1(a) , Section 6.1.1(d)  and Section 6.1.7 ;

 

(b)                                  with respect to all property insurance policies, name Lender and its successors and/or assigns as their interest may appear as Lender and mortgagee;

 

(c)                                   with respect to all property insurance policies and rental loss and/or business interruption insurance policies, contain a “Standard Mortgagee” and a “Lender’s Loss Payable” provision, or their equivalents, naming Lender as the person to whom payments will be made as its interest shall appear;

 

(d)                                  with respect to all liability policies, name Lender and its successors and/or assigns as an additional insured;

 

(e)                                   contain a waiver of subrogation against Lender; and

 

(f)                                    contain such provisions as Lender reasonably deems necessary or desirable to protect its interest, including endorsements if not already contained in the policy language providing that neither Borrower, Lender nor any other party shall be a co-insurer under said insurance policies.

 

110


 

Borrower and Maryland Owner shall each pay the insurance premiums for which it is responsible for hereunder as the same become due and payable and shall furnish to Lender evidence of the renewal of each of the insurance policies with receipts for the payment of the Insurance Premiums or other evidence of such payment to the extent due and payable reasonably satisfactory to Lender within thirty (30) days after their respective due dates ( provided , however , that neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be required to pay such Insurance Premiums nor furnish such evidence of payment to Lender in the event that the amounts required to pay such Insurance Premiums have been deposited into the Insurance Reserve Account pursuant to Section 16.2 ).

 

6.1.3                      Form of Insurance Policies; Endorsements .  Subject to Section 6.1.1 , hereof, all insurance policies shall be in such form and with such endorsements as are reasonably satisfactory to Lender.  A certificate of insurance with respect to all of the above mentioned insurance policies has been delivered to Lender and certified copies of all such policies shall be delivered to Lender when the same are available (but no later than five (5) Business Days after Borrower’s or Maryland Owner’s receipt thereof) and shall be held by Lender.  All policies (except workers’ compensation and liability) shall contain:  (a) a standard “non-contributory mortgagee” provision or its equivalent relating, inter alia, to recovery by Lender notwithstanding the acts or omissions of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and shall provide that with respect to the interest of Lender, such insurance policy shall not be invalidated by and shall insure Lender regardless of (1) any act, unintentional failure to act, declarations or conditions contained in such policy by any named insured except for the willful misconduct of Lender committed knowingly in violation of the conditions of such policy, (2) the occupancy or use of any Individual Property for purposes more hazardous than permitted by the terms thereof, or (3) any foreclosure or other action or proceeding taken by Lender pursuant to any provision of this Agreement; and (b) a provision that such policies shall not be canceled, terminated, modified, reduced or expire without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lender, in each instance (or ten (10) days notice, in case of cancellation or termination for nonpayment of premiums).  Each insurance policy shall contain a provision whereby the insurer:  (1) waives any right to claim any premiums and commissions against Lender and (2) provides that Lender at its option, shall be permitted to make payments to effect the continuation of such policy upon notice of cancellation due to non-payment of premiums.

 

6.1.4                      Certificates .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender annually, no less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of renewal of the insurance policies required hereunder, a certificate of insurance in the then-current version of the appropriate form (or its equivalent), along with binders or other evidence of the renewal policies satisfactory to Lender, and a statement from Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s insurance broker or agent stating that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner has paid all required premiums to the extent then due.  At Lender’s reasonable request, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender copies of such replacement insurance policies five (5) Business Days after Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s receipt thereof.  If Borrower and/or Maryland Owner fail to maintain and deliver to Lender the certificates of insurance and copies required by this Agreement, upon one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, Lender may procure such insurance, and all costs thereof (and interest thereon at the Default Rate) shall be added to the Indebtedness.  Lender shall not, by the fact of approving, disapproving, accepting, preventing, obtaining or failing to obtain any insurance, incur any

 

111



 

liability for or with respect to the amount of insurance carried, the form or legal sufficiency of insurance contracts, solvency of insurance companies, or payment or defense of lawsuits, and Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby expressly assume full responsibility therefor and all liability, if any, with respect to such matters.

 

6.1.5                      Separate Insurance .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall take out separate insurance contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained pursuant to this Section 6.1 unless such insurance complies with this Section 6.1 and is approved by Lender in writing in advance.

 

6.1.6                      Blanket Policies .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall have the right to effect the insurance coverages required under this Article VI by means of any one or more blanket insurance policies covering one or more Individual Properties, either alone or together with other properties that are not a part of the collateral for the Loan, provided that the Lender is satisfied by evidence reasonably required by Lender that the blanket policy shall provide substantially the same protection as would a separate insurance policy insuring only each Individual Property in compliance with the provisions of this Section 6.1 .

 

6.1.7                      Terrorism Insurance .   The insurance coverage required hereunder for Terrorism Losses shall be on terms consistent with those required under Sections 6.1.1(a)  and (d)  above at all times during the term of the Loan, and either (A) Borrower and Maryland Owner shall maintain such coverage, if commercially available, through a policy or policies covering multiple locations so long as such coverage is on terms consistent with those required under Sections 6.1.1(a)  and (d)  above with a deductible of not greater than Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) or, if greater, at prevailing insurance market deductibles for such coverage with such increase to be reasonably approved by Lender and such coverage is in an amount, for each Individual Property, equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Full Replacement Cost plus rents as required in Section 6.1.1(d) of such Individual Property and further provided that if any claim is made under such policy or policies reducing the amount of coverage below that which is required to be maintained under this Sections 6.1.1(a)  and (d)  above, then Borrower and Maryland Owner shall increase the amount of such policy or policies to an amount that satisfies the requirements of this Section 6.1.7 , subject to the annual limit on Insurance Premiums represented by the Terrorism Premium Limit, or (B) Borrower and Maryland Owner shall obtain a stand-alone policy or policies that covers the Properties against Terrorism Losses, which stand-alone policy or policies shall be on terms consistent with those required under Sections 6.1.1(a)  and (d)  above with a deductible of not greater than Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00) (or at prevailing insurance market deductibles for such coverage with such increase to be reasonably approved by Lender, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and such coverage is in an amount, for each Individual Property, equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Full Replacement Cost plus rents as required in Section 6.1.1(d) of such Individual Property.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if TRIPRA or subsequent extension, reauthorization or similar Federal statute is no longer in effect, in no event shall Borrower and/or Maryland Owner be required under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to pay annual premiums for any insurance policy covering Terrorism Losses in respect of the Properties in excess of the Terrorism Premium Limit (i.e. if the cost exceeds the Terrorism Premium Limit, Borrower and

 

112



 

Maryland Owner shall obtain as much coverage for Terrorism Losses as is available at a cost equal to the Terrorism Premium Limit).

 

Section 6.2                                     Condemnation and Insurance Proceeds .

 

6.2.1                      Notification .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall promptly notify Lender in writing upon obtaining knowledge of (a) the institution of any proceedings relating to any Taking (whether material or immaterial) of, or (b) the occurrence of any casualty, damage or injury to, any Individual Property or any portion thereof, the restoration of which is estimated by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in good faith to cost more than the Casualty Amount.  In addition, each such notice shall set forth such good faith estimate of the cost of repairing or restoring such casualty, damage, injury or Taking in reasonable detail if the same is then available and, if not, as soon thereafter as it can reasonably be provided.

 

6.2.2                      Proceeds .  In the event of any Taking of or any casualty or other damage or injury to any Individual Property, Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s right, title and interest in and to all compensation, awards, proceeds, damages, claims, insurance recoveries, causes and rights of action (whether accrued prior to or after the date hereof) and payments which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may receive or to which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may become entitled with respect to such Individual Property or any part thereof other than payments received in connection with any liability or loss of rental value or business interruption insurance, other than the Marlton Condemnation Proceeds (collectively, “ Proceeds ”), in connection with any such Taking of, or casualty or other damage or injury to, the Individual Property or any part thereof are, except as otherwise herein provided, hereby assigned by Borrower and Maryland Owner to Lender and shall, except as otherwise herein provided, be paid to Lender.  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall, in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, file and prosecute the adjustment, compromise or settlement of any claim for Proceeds and, subject to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s right to receive the direct payment of any Proceeds as herein provided, will cause the same to be paid directly to Lender to be held and applied in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may settle any insurance claim with respect to Proceeds which does not exceed the Casualty Amount.  Whether or not a Monetary Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender shall have the right to approve, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed any settlement which would in Lender’s reasonable judgment result in any Proceeds in excess of the Casualty Amount and Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender all instruments reasonably requested by Lender to permit such approval.  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall pay all reasonable fees charged and out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses reasonably incurred by Lender (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, the reasonable fees of insurance experts and adjusters and reasonable costs incurred in any litigation or arbitration), and interest thereon at the Default Rate to the extent not paid within fifteen (15) Business Days after delivery of a request for reimbursement by Lender, accompanied by reasonable back-up documentation, in connection with the settlement of any claim for Proceeds and the seeking and obtaining of any payment on account thereof in accordance with the foregoing provisions.  If any Proceeds are received by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and may be retained by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner pursuant to this Section 6.2 , such Proceeds shall, until the completion of

 

113



 

the related Work, be held in trust for Lender and shall be segregated from other funds of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to be used to pay for the cost of the Work in accordance with the terms hereof, and to the extent such Proceeds exceed the Casualty Amount, such Proceeds shall be forthwith paid directly to and held by Lender in the Proceeds Reserve Account in trust for Borrower, in each case to be applied or disbursed in accordance with this Section 6.2 .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner fails to file any insurance claim for a period of fifteen (15) Business Days, or to prosecute same with commercially reasonable diligence following Borrower’s receipt of written notice to do so from Lender, Borrower and Maryland Owner each hereby irrevocably empowers Lender, in the name of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as applicable, as their true and lawful attorney in fact, to file and prosecute such claim (including settlement thereof) with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lender and to collect and to make receipt for any such payment, all at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s expense (including payment of interest at the Default Rate for any amounts advanced by Lender pursuant to this sentence).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, but excluding all situations requiring prepayment of the Note, to the extent any Proceeds (either singly or when aggregated with all other then unapplied Proceeds with respect to any Individual Property) do not exceed the Casualty Amount applicable as to such Individual Property, provided, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Proceeds are to be paid directly to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to be applied to restoration of such Individual Property in accordance with the terms hereof (except that Proceeds paid in respect of the insurance described in Section 6.1.1(d)  shall be deposited directly to the Lockbox Account as revenue of such Individual Property).

 

6.2.3                      Lender to Take Proceeds .  If (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) no Total Loss with respect to any Individual Property shall have occurred, (c) the Work is capable of being completed before the date which is six (6) months prior to the Stated Maturity Date, (d) such Individual Property is capable of being restored substantially to its condition prior to such Taking or casualty; provided , however , that in the case of a partial Taking, the restoration shall be done to the extent reasonably practicable after taking into account the consequences of such partial Taking; it being understood, however, that Borrower shall not be obligated to restore the Individual Property to the precise condition of the Individual Property prior to any partial Taking of, or casualty or other damage or injury to, the Individual Property, if the Work actually performed, if any, or failed to be performed, would not reasonably be expected to have, and does not have, a Material Adverse Effect on the value and use of the Individual Property from the value and use that the Individual Property would have had if the same had been restored to its condition immediately prior to such Taking, casualty or other damage or injury and (e) Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that upon the completion of the restoration, the Operating Income of the Properties will be restored to a level sufficient to cover all Operating Expenses of the Properties and the Net Operating Income of the Properties will be restored to a level sufficient to achieve a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.05 to 1.00, (after taking into account any guaranty delivered by Guarantor (provided that no Guarantor Rating Period shall be in effect or any Letter of Credit or Cash and Cash Equivalents collateral delivered hereunder), of that portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness which when deducted from the then current outstanding principal amount of the Indebtedness would result in a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.05 to 1.00, provided that at such time the Guaranteed Obligations, together with such guaranty does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Loan); then in any such case, all Proceeds shall be

 

114



 

applied to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s cost of restoration in accordance with Section 6.2.4 , and any Proceeds remaining after such application (including reimbursement of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with recovery of such Proceeds and their application hereunder (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements and reasonable out-of-pocket administrative costs and inspection fees)) shall be remitted to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.  In the event that Lender shall not be required to apply any Proceeds to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s cost of restoration, then such Proceeds (up to the Allocated Loan Amount for the affected Individual Property) may be applied by Lender to prepay each of the Components, in accordance with the provisions hereof, without any prepayment premium, Yield Maintenance Premium or penalty or similar payment or defeasance obligation, and the balance, if any, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, shall be paid to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and, notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary (including Section 6.2.4 hereof), Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligation to restore each Individual Property in such event shall be limited to repair each applicable Individual Property to the extent necessary to (i) protect life and safety at such Individual Property and (ii) return such Individual Property to a condition where the subject Individual Property is deemed an architectural whole whereby access to any portion of such Individual Property is not impaired and the shell of the applicable Improvements is fully complete and closed.  The Proceeds (up to the Allocated Loan Amount for the affected Individual Property) so applied shall reduce the Allocated Loan Amount for the affected Individual Property.  In the event that the Proceeds applied (together with any other prepayment or defeasance permitted under the Loan Agreement) pursuant this Section 6.2.3 equals or exceeds the Allocated Loan Amount with respect to the affected Individual Property, then the Lien of the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents in respect of such Individual Property shall be released or assigned in accordance with and subject to the applicable terms and conditions of Sections 2.5.3(a) , (b)  and (c) .

 

6.2.4                      Borrower to Restore .

 

(a)                                  Promptly after the occurrence of any damage or destruction to all or any portion of any Individual Property or a Taking of a portion of any Individual Property, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall commence and diligently prosecute, or cause to be commenced and diligently prosecuted, to completion, subject to Excusable Delay, and delays directly caused by Lender’s failure to respond within a commercially reasonable prompt time to requests for approval of plans or other requests for approvals pursuant to this Section, the repair, restoration and rebuilding of such Individual Property (in the case of a partial Taking, to the extent it is capable of being restored) so damaged, destroyed or remaining after such Taking in full compliance with all material Legal Requirements and free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Encumbrances (such repair, restoration and rebuilding are sometimes herein collectively referred to as the “ Work ”).  The plans and specifications shall require that the Work be done in a good and workmanlike manner at least substantially equivalent to the quality and character prior to the damage or destruction, so that upon completion thereof, the Individual Property shall be at least equal in general utility to such Individual Property prior to the damage or destruction, subject to any restrictions on Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s ability to do so which may be imposed by any applicable Legal Requirements (provided, however, that in the case of a partial Taking, such Individual Property restoration shall be done to the extent reasonably practicable after taking into account the consequences of such partial Taking); it

 

115



 

being understood, however, that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall not be obligated to restore any Individual Property to the precise condition of such Individual Property prior to any partial Taking of, or casualty or other damage or injury to, such Individual Property, if the Work actually performed, if any, or failed to be performed, shall have no and would not reasonably be expected to have a Individual Material Adverse Effect on the value of such Individual Property from the value that such Individual Property would have had if the same had been restored to its condition immediately prior to such Taking, casualty or other damage or injury.  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall be obligated to restore the Individual Property suffering a casualty or which has been subject to a partial Taking in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.2 at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s sole cost and expense whether or not the Proceeds shall be sufficient, provided that, if required pursuant to this Agreement, the Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner by Lender in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  If Proceeds are not applied toward payment of the Indebtedness pursuant to the terms hereof and Borrower and/or Maryland Owner has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 6.2.3 , then Lender shall make the Proceeds which it is holding pursuant to the terms hereof (after payment of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by Lender in connection with the collection thereof plus interest thereon at the Default Rate to the extent the same are not paid within fifteen (15) Business Days after request for reimbursement by Lender, accompanied by reasonable back-up documentation) available to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner for payment of or reimbursement of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s or the applicable Tenant’s expenses incurred with respect to the Work, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in sub-paragraphs (i) , (ii) , (iii)  and (iv)  below and in Section 6.2.5 :

 

(i)                                      at the time of the requested disbursement, there shall be no continuing Event of Default;

 

(ii)                                   if, at any time, the estimated cost of the Work (as estimated by the Independent Architect referred to in sub-paragraph (iv)  below) shall exceed the Proceeds by more than the Threshold Amount (the amount of such excess over the Threshold Amount being a “ Deficiency ”) and for so long as a Deficiency shall exist, Lender shall not be required to make any Proceeds disbursement to Borrower unless Borrower (within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such estimate), at its election, either deposits with or delivers to Lender (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents or a Letter or Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the Deficiency, or (B) such other evidence of Borrower’s ability to meet such excess costs as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Lender and satisfactory to the Rating Agencies;

 

(iii)                                If the Work shall constitute an Alteration that would require Lender’s consent pursuant to Section 10.2 , then Lender shall have reasonably approved the plans and specifications for the Work and any material change orders in connection with such plans and specifications; and

 

(iv)                               Lender shall, within a reasonable period of time prior to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s request for initial disbursement, be

 

116



 

furnished with an estimate of the cost of the Work accompanied by an Architect’s certification as to such costs.  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall restore all Improvements such that when they are fully restored and/or repaired, such Improvements and their contemplated use comply with all applicable Legal Requirements including zoning, environmental and building laws, codes, ordinances and regulations.

 

6.2.5                      Disbursement of Proceeds .

 

(a)                                  Disbursements of the Proceeds in Cash or Cash Equivalents to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner hereunder shall be made from time to time (but not more frequently than once in any month) by Lender but only for so long as no Monetary Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, as the Work progresses upon receipt by Lender of (i) an Officer’s Certificate dated not more than ten (10) Business Days prior to the application for such payment, requesting such payment or reimbursement and describing the Work performed that is the subject of such request, the parties that performed such Work and the actual cost thereof, and also certifying that such Work and materials are or, upon disbursement of the payment requested to the parties entitled thereto, will be free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed in connection with the Work for which disbursement is being requested have been or, upon disbursement of the payment requested to the parties entitled thereto, will be paid for in full, and (B) there exists no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s liens or notices of intention to file same (unless the same is required by State law as a condition to the payment of a contractor) or any liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on any applicable Individual Property arising out of the Work which have not been either fully bonded to the reasonable satisfaction of Lender or discharged of record or in the alternative, fully insured to the satisfaction of Lender by the Title Company that issued the Title Policy or any other national title insurance company selected by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner as reasonably approved by Lender, and (iii) an Architect’s certificate (which certificate may be qualified as appropriate including as to such Person’s reliance on any other Person) certifying performance of the Work together with an estimate of the cost to complete the Work.  No payment made prior to the final completion of the Work, as certified by the Architect, except for payment made to contractors whose Work shall have been fully completed and from which final lien waivers have been received, shall exceed ninety percent (90%) (the “ Retainage Release Threshold ”) of the value of the Work performed and materials furnished and incorporated into the Improvements from time to time until such time as fifty percent (50%) of such Work has been satisfactorily completed (as certified by the Architect), at which time the Retainage Release Threshold with respect to such Work shall be increased to ninety-five percent (95%), and at all times the undisbursed balance of said Proceeds together with all amounts deposited, bonded, guaranteed or otherwise provided for pursuant to Section 6.2.4(b)(ii)  above, shall be at least sufficient to pay for the estimated cost of completion of the Work; final payment of all Proceeds remaining with Lender shall be made upon receipt by Lender of a certification by an Architect, as to the completion of the Work substantially in accordance with the submitted plans and specifications and final lien releases, as certified pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, and delivery of a certificate of occupancy with respect to the Work, or, if not applicable, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that a certificate of occupancy is not required.

 

117



 

(b)                                  If, after the Work is completed in accordance with the provisions hereof and Lender receives evidence that all costs of completion have been paid, there are excess Proceeds, Lender shall, provided, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) in the event such Proceeds relate to a Taking, apply such excess Proceeds with respect to such Taking of the applicable Individual Property to the payment or prepayment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness secured hereby up to the Allocated Loan Amount of the affected Individual Property without prepayment penalty or premium (including any Yield Maintenance Premium) or defeasance obligation, and the Allocated Loan Amount of the Individual Property shall be correspondingly reduced, and any balance thereof, shall be paid to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, and (ii) in the event such Proceeds relate to a casualty to such Individual Property, remit to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner such excess Proceeds with respect to such casualty to such Individual Property.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

IMPOSITIONS, OTHER CHARGES, LIENS AND OTHER ITEMS

 

Section 7.1                                     Borrower and Maryland Owner to Pay Impositions and Other Charges .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall pay all Impositions now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against each Individual Property or any part thereof and all Other Charges prior to the imposition of any interest, charges or expenses for the non-payment thereof, except to the extent provision for payment thereof from the Tax Reserve Account is made by Lender in this Section 7.1 .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender annually, no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after each of the same are received, all bills for Impositions and Other Charges attributable to or affecting any Individual Property or Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.  Subject to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s right of contest set forth in Section 7.3 , and to the extent of funds available in the Tax Reserve Account, Lender, on behalf of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, shall pay all Impositions and Other Charges which are attributable to or affect each Individual Property or Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, prior to the date such Impositions or Other Charges shall become delinquent or late charges may be imposed thereon, directly to the applicable taxing authority with respect thereto.  Lender shall pay to the taxing authority such amounts to the extent funds in the Tax Reserve Account are sufficient to pay such Impositions.  Nothing contained in this Agreement or the Security Instrument shall be construed to require Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to pay any tax, assessment, levy or charge imposed on Lender in the nature of a franchise, capital levy, estate, inheritance, succession, income or net revenue tax.

 

Section 7.2                                     No Liens .  Subject to its right of contest set forth in Section 7.3 , Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall at all times pay when due and payable (or bond over) all claims and demands of mechanics, materialmen, laborers and others which, if unpaid, would result in or permit the creation of a Lien on any Individual Property or any portion thereof (except insofar as the same is Permitted Debt) and shall in any event cause the prompt, full and unconditional discharge of all Liens imposed on or against any Individual Property or any portion thereof within sixty (60) days after receiving written notice of the filing (whether from Lender, the lienor or any other Person) thereof.  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall do or cause to be done, at the sole cost of Borrower, everything reasonably necessary to fully preserve the first priority of the Lien of the Security Instrument against each applicable Individual

 

118



 

Property, subject to the Permitted Encumbrances.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s Obligations as set forth in this Article VII , Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) make such payment or discharge such Lien, and Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall reimburse Lender within ten (10) Business Days after demand, accompanied by reasonable back-up documentation, for all such advances pursuant to Section 19.12 (together with interest thereon at the Default Rate).

 

Section 7.3                                     Contest .  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to pay, or cause to be paid, any Imposition or Other Charges, or to satisfy any Lien, or to comply with any Legal Requirement or Insurance Requirement, so long as Borrower and/or Maryland Owner is in good faith, and by proper legal proceedings, where appropriate, diligently contesting the validity, amount or application thereof, provided that in each case, at the time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding, and during the pendency of such action or proceeding (a) Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall keep Lender informed of the status of such contest at reasonable intervals, (b) if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner is not providing security as provided in clause (e)  below, adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s books in accordance with GAAP or in the Tax Reserve Account or Insurance Reserve Account, as applicable, (c) either such contest operates to suspend collection or enforcement, as the case may be, of the contested Imposition, Lien or Legal Requirement, and such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence, or the Imposition or Lien is bonded or provision reasonably satisfactory to Lender for the protection of Lender’s interest in the each applicable Individual Property is otherwise made, (d) in the case of any Insurance Requirement, the failure of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to comply therewith shall not impair the validity of any insurance required to be maintained by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner under Section 6.1 or the right to full payment of any claims thereunder, and (e) in the case of Impositions and Liens which are not bonded in excess of Ten Million and No/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in the aggregate or One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) individually (the “ Contest Threshold ”) during such contest, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, shall deposit with or deliver to Lender either Cash and Cash Equivalents, a guaranty by VOP or any other Person, provided that VOP or such other Person maintains an Investment Grade rating as to its a long-term unsecured debt, to Lender (in form reasonably acceptable to Lender) of any or a Letter or Letters of Credit to the excess of (A) (i) the amount of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligations being contested plus (ii) any additional interest, charge, or penalty arising from such contest over (B) the Contest Threshold, or provision reasonably satisfactory to Lender for the protection of Lender’s interest in each applicable Individual Property is otherwise made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the creation of any such reserves or the furnishing of any bond or other security, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner promptly shall comply with any contested Legal Requirement or Insurance Requirement or shall pay any contested Imposition or Lien, and compliance therewith or payment thereof shall not be deferred, if, at any time any Individual Property or any portion thereof shall be, in Lender’s reasonable judgment, in imminent danger of being forfeited or lost or Lender is likely to be subject to civil or criminal charges as a result thereof.  If such action or proceeding is terminated or discontinued adversely to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender reasonable evidence of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s compliance with such contested Imposition, Lien, Legal Requirements or Insurance Requirements, as the case may be.

 

119



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

TRANSFERS, INDEBTEDNESS AND SUBORDINATE LIENS

 

Section 8.1                                     Restrictions on Transfers .  Unless such action is permitted by the provisions of this Article VIII or any of the other provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (a) neither Borrower or Maryland Owner shall incur any Debt other than (i) Permitted Debt and (ii) Permitted Encumbrances, and (b) neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall, and shall not permit any Person holding any direct or indirect legal, economic, beneficial or other ownership interest in Borrower, Maryland Owner or any Individual Property to, except with the prior written consent of Lender, (i) Transfer all or any part of an applicable Individual Property or (ii) permit any Transfer (directly or indirectly) of any direct or indirect interest in Borrower.

 

Section 8.2                                     Sale of Building Equipment .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may Transfer or dispose of Building Equipment which is being replaced or which is no longer necessary in connection with the operation of an Individual Property and the same shall be free from the Lien of the Security Instrument, provided that such Transfer or disposal will not and would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect on the applicable Individual Property taken as a whole, and provided, further, that any new Building Equipment acquired by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner (and not so disposed of) shall be subject to the Lien of the Security Instrument.  Lender shall, from time to time, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate requesting the same and confirming satisfaction of the conditions set forth above, execute a written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender to confirm that such Building Equipment which is to be, or has been, sold or disposed of is free from the Lien of the Security Instrument.

 

Section 8.3                                     Immaterial Transfers and Easements, etc .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may, without the consent of Lender, (a) make immaterial Transfers of portions of any Individual Property to Governmental Authorities for dedication or public use or portions of such Individual Property to third parties for the purpose of erecting and operating additional structures whose use is integrated with the use of such Individual Property and (b) grant easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights-of-way (including reciprocal easements and operating agreements) in the ordinary course of business for access, water and sewer lines, telephone or other fiber optic or other data transmission lines, electric lines or other utilities, shared parking, common areas or for other purposes customary for properties similar to the Individual Property, provided that no such Transfer, conveyance or encumbrance set forth in the foregoing clauses (a)  or (b)  would reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect on such Individual Property taken as a whole (it being agreed that (x) the release of vacant land shall not in and of itself be deemed to have an adverse effect on the value of the related Individual Property except to the extent, if any, such land was assigned value in the appraisals performed contemporaneously herewith and (y) with respect to any reciprocal easement and operating agreement, Lender shall have the right to make its own reasonable determination as to whether the same would have an Individual Material Adverse Effect on the related Individual Property).  In connection with any Transfer permitted pursuant to this Section 8.3 , Lender shall execute and deliver any instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate, in the case of the Transfers referred to in paragraph (a)  above, to release the portion

 

120


 

of any Individual Property affected by such Taking or such Transfer from the Lien of the Security Instrument and/or, in the case of paragraph (b)  above, to subordinate the Lien of the Security Instrument to such easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights-of-way or other similar grants upon receipt by Lender of:

 

(1)                                  Borrower shall have delivered to Lender all documentary deliveries required pursuant to this Section 8.3 at least fifteen (15) days prior to the requested effective date of such proposed Transfer (except as Lender may in its reasonable discretion shorten such period);

 

(2)                                  a copy of the instrument or instruments of Transfer;

 

(3)                                  an Officer’s Certificate stating (A) with respect to any Transfer, the consideration, if any, being paid for the Transfer, and (B) that such Transfer would not reasonably be expected to have an Individual Material Adverse Effect on the Individual Property in question (taking into account the parenthetical in the proviso in the first sentence of Section 8.3 above); and

 

(4)                                  reimbursement of all of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Transfer.

 

Section 8.4                                     Indebtedness .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall incur, create or assume any Debt without the consent of Lender; provided, however, that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may, without the consent of Lender, incur, create or assume Permitted Debt.

 

Section 8.5                                     Permitted Owner Interest Transfers .

 

(a)                                  A Transfer of (but not a mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or grant of a security interest in) a direct or indirect beneficial interest in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall be permitted without Lender’s consent if (i) Lender shall have delivered to Lender all non-monetary and non-collateral deliveries required to be made to effect such Transfer at least fifteen (15) days prior to the requested date of such proposed Transfer (except as Lender may in its reasonable discretion shorten such period), (ii) subsequent to such Transfer, VRT shall directly or indirectly Control Borrower and Maryland Owner (it being agreed, for all purposes of this Section 8.5 , that Control over a Person shall not be deemed absent solely because a non-managing member, partner or shareholder or any other Person shall have or shall exercise “veto” rights with respect to “major decisions”, provided that such non-managing member, partner or shareholder or other Person does not have authority over the day-to-day business of such Person), (iii) subsequent to such Transfer, VRT shall continue to directly or indirectly own at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests in Borrower and Maryland Owner, (iv) immediately prior to such Transfer, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (v) subsequent to such Transfer, Borrower and Maryland Owner will each continue to be a Single Purpose Entity and (vi) if such Transfer causes the Transferee to own, in the aggregate with the ownership interests of its Affiliates and family members, more than a forty nine percent (49%) interest in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner (and the Transferee (together with the ownership interests of its Affiliates and family members) did not, prior to such Transfer,

 

121



 

own more than a forty nine percent (49%) interest in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner), then a reasonably acceptable non-consolidation opinion is delivered to Lender and to each of the Rating Agencies concerning, as applicable, Borrower, Maryland Owner, the new Transferee and/or their respective owners.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a Transfer of more than a forty nine percent (49%) interest in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner is made and, if Lender’s approval to such Transfer is required hereunder, is approved by Lender, at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s request, Lender shall release Guarantor from (i) the obligations and liabilities under any Guaranty for obligations and liabilities that occurred subsequent to such Transfer, provided that a Replacement Guarantor(s) shall have executed and delivered to Lender replacement guarantees in form and substance substantially similar to the applicable Guaranty, pursuant to which such Replacement Guarantor(s) expressly assumes all of Guarantor’s obligations under the applicable Guaranty for obligations and liabilities arising from and after the date of such Transfer, and/or (ii) the obligations and liabilities under any Guaranty for obligations and liabilities that occurred either prior or subsequent to such Transfer, provided that a Replacement Guarantor(s) shall have executed and delivered to Lender replacement guarantees in form and substance substantially similar to the applicable Guaranty, pursuant to which such Replacement Guarantor(s) expressly assumes all of Guarantor’s obligations under the applicable Guaranty, including those which occurred prior to the Transfer.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall in any way restrict or prohibit, nor shall any notice to Lender or consent of Lender or Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification be required in connection with, (i) any pledge of the direct or indirect equity interests in and right to distributions from Borrower and/or Maryland Owner by VRT or VOP, or by another direct or indirect owner of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in respect of which, as of the origination of the transaction in question, the Net Operating Income from the Properties is less than twenty five percent (25%) of the aggregate direct or indirect net income of such other direct or indirect owner, as reasonably determined by Borrower, to secure a loan secured, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of such Person’s assets, (ii) the Transfer or issuance of any securities or any direct or indirect interests in any direct or indirect owner of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, in either case, whose securities are publicly traded on a national exchange (including, for so long as it is an indirect owner of Borrower, Maryland Owner and/or VRT) (regardless whether such Transfer or issuance is of publicly traded securities or interests) or of any Person who directly or indirectly holds such securities or interests, or (iii) the merger or consolidation of VRT with or into any other Person or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of VRT (each, a “ VRT Transfer ” and, collectively, the “ VRT Transfers ”); provided , however , that, if any VRT Transfer or series of VRT Transfers (other than (A) the sale of publicly traded securities in VRT and/or (B) the issuance or sale of limited partnership interests in VOP to any third parties that are not Affiliates of VRT, in the ordinary course of business) shall result in a change in Control of VRT, then a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification shall be required in connection with such VRT Transfer unless after giving effect to such VRT Transfer, either (I) VRT (or the successor entity thereto) shall be a Person that has and provides substantially at least the same experience and expertise as VRT prior to such Transfer in conducting business of the nature currently conducted by VRT in respect of the Properties’ property type or (II) VOP (or the successor entity thereto) shall have substantially at least the same experience and expertise as VOP prior to such

 

122



 

Transfer, merger or consolidation in conducting business of the nature currently conducted by VOP and VOP is Controlled by a Person or Persons (other than VRT) that has experience and expertise that is not less than the experience and expertise of VRT prior to such VRT Transfer in respect of the property type of the Properties.

 

(d)                                  In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall in any way restrict or prohibit, nor shall any notice or consent of Lender or Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification be required in connection with (i) the Transfer or issuance of any direct or indirect interests in VOP, (ii) the merger or consolidation of VOP with or into any other Person; provided , however , that, immediately after giving effect to each such Transfer, merger or consolidation, either (A) VRT (or any successor entity permitted above as a result of a VRT Transfer) shall continue to be the managing general partner of (or act in a similar capacity in respect of) VOP, and VRT shall remain in Control of the business and operations of VOP, regardless of the percentage of equity interests in VOP owned by VRT or (B) VOP (or the successor entity thereto) shall have substantially at least the same experience and expertise as VOP prior to such Transfer, merger or consolidation in conducting business of the nature currently conducted by VOP in respect of the property type of the Properties, or (iii) Transfers of direct or indirect interests in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner among VOP and any entity that is directly or indirectly wholly-owned by VOP, or among such entities.

 

(e)                                   In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, a Transfer of (but not a mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or grant of a security interest in) a direct or indirect beneficial interest in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in connection with the formation of a joint venture to hold, directly or indirectly, all of the equity interests in Borrower and Maryland Owner, shall be permitted without Lender’s consent if:

 

(i)                                      Borrower shall have delivered to Lender all non-monetary and non-collateral deliveries required to be made to effect such Transfer at least fifteen (15) days prior to the requested date of such proposed Transfer (except as the Lender may in its reasonable discretion shorten such period);

 

(ii)                                   subsequent to such Transfer, VRT shall directly or indirectly Control Borrower and Maryland Owner;

 

(iii)                                subsequent to such Transfer, VRT shall continue to directly or indirectly own at least thirty percent (30%) of the equity interests in Borrower and Maryland Owner;

 

(iv)                               immediately prior to such Transfer, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(v)                                  subsequent to such Transfer, Borrower and Maryland Owner will each continue to be a Single Purpose Entity;

 

(vi)                               each such Transferee, its principals and all other entities which may be owned or Controlled directly or indirectly by Transferee’s principals (the “ Related Entities ”) shall not have been party to any bankruptcy proceedings,

 

123



 

voluntary or involuntary, made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act, or any act for the benefit of debtors within seven (7) years prior to the date of the proposed Transfer;

 

(vii)                            each Transferee, such Transferee’s principals and all Related Entities shall provide evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender that each such entity is not a Prohibited Person;

 

(viii)                         there shall be no material litigation or regulatory action pending or threatened against such Transferee, its principals or the Related Entities which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ix)                               each Individual Property shall be managed by Manager or a Qualified Manager after any such Transfer;

 

(x)                                  Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Rating Agency Confirmation/Notification as to such Transfer and each Transferee;

 

(xi)                               Borrower shall deliver to Lender an Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion reflecting such Transfer, which Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion may be relied upon by Lender, the Rating Agencies and their respective counsel, agents and representatives with respect to the proposed transaction, including, without limitation, Transferee;

 

(xii)                            Borrower, Maryland Owner, and any such Transferee shall deliver to Lender all organizational documents, joint venture agreements and other documents reasonably requested by Lender, which documents shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender; and

 

(xiii)                         Borrower shall pay Lender a transfer fee in the amount of $25,000 and shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender incurred in connection with any such Transfer, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and fees and expenses of the Rating Agencies.

 

Section 8.6                                     Permitted Encumbrances .  For the avoidance of doubt, Permitted Encumbrances are hereby permitted, in addition to any Transfer or Lien permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

 

Section 8.7                                     Deliveries to Lender .  Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the closing of any transaction which, subject to the provisions of this Article VIII , requires notice to Lender, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender an Officer’s Certificate describing the proposed transaction and stating that such transaction is permitted by this Article VIII , together with any appraisal or other documents upon which such Officer’s Certificate is based.  In addition, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall provide Lender with copies of executed deeds, assignments and/or other similar closing documents within ten (10) Business Days after such closing..

 

124



 

Section 8.8                                     Leases .

 

8.8.1                      New Leases and Lease Modifications .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.8.2 , without the prior consent of Lender, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, or as required by the terms of the applicable Lease or by any Law or court order (including the order of any bankruptcy court), Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall not (a) enter into any Lease (a “ New Lease ”), (b) consent to the assignment of any Lease that releases the original Tenant from its obligations under the Lease, (c) modify any Lease, allow a reduction in the term of any Lease or in the Rent payable under any Lease, change any renewal provisions of any Lease in a manner materially adverse to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or Lender, materially increase the obligations of the landlord or materially decrease the obligations of any Tenant), or (d) terminate or accept a surrender of any Lease, unless the Tenant thereunder is in default of such Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and/or grace period thereunder or unless such termination or surrender is in conjunction with a New Lease or Lease Modification described in Section 8.8.2(j)  (any such action referred to in paragraphs (b) , (c)  or (d)  that requires Lender’s consent being referred to herein as a “ Lease Modification ”), in each instance without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (except that the term “ Lease Modification ” shall not include any of the foregoing if it is made pursuant to an express right of Tenant under the related Lease).  Any New Lease or Lease Modification that requires Lender’s consent shall be delivered to Lender for approval not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of such New Lease or Lease Modification, together with all other materials reasonably requested by Lender in order to evaluate such New Lease or Lease Modification.  In addition, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may request Lender’s approval of any change to the Standard Form of Lease, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  Each such request for approval and consent shall contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating:  “THIS IS A REQUEST FOR CONSENT TO A [NEW LEASE] [LEASE MODIFICATION] [MODIFICATION OF THE STANDARD FORM OF LEASE].  LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS.  LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED.” In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such New Lease, Lease Modification or Modification to the Standard Form of Lease within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted.  In addition, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may, at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s option, prior to delivering to Lender a draft of any such New Lease or Lease Modification for Lender’s approval, first deliver to Lender for Lender’s approval a term sheet setting forth the major economic and other business terms (the “ Material Business Terms ”) of such proposed New Lease or Lease Modification, together with all other materials reasonably requested by Lender in order to evaluate such term sheet.  Each such request for approval and consent shall contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating:  “THIS IS A REQUEST FOR CONSENT TO A TERM SHEET FOR A [NEW LEASE] [LEASE MODIFICATION].  LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS.  LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED.” In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such term sheet within such ten (10) Business Day

 

125



 

period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), then Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted.  Subject to the approval time periods set forth above with respect to New Leases and Lease Modifications, so long as any New Lease or Lease Modification submitted to Lender for approval and consent (i) does not contain Material Business Terms which differ in any material adverse respect from the Material Business Terms contained in the term sheet approved by Lender and (ii) otherwise does not contain any lease terms which deviate materially and adversely from the terms of the Standard Form of Lease, Lender’s consent to such New Lease or Lease Modification shall not be required.  In the event Lender withholds consent to a New Lease or a Lease Modification requiring the approval of Lender, Lender shall provide reasonably detailed grounds for its withholding of consent.

 

8.8.2                      Leasing Conditions .  Subject to terms of this Section 8.8 , provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may enter into a New Lease or Lease Modification, without Lender’s prior written consent, that satisfies each of the following conditions (as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to Lender with its quarterly report for the first quarter ending more than thirty (30) days after the lease execution):

 

(a)                                  such New Lease or Lease Modification other than a termination or surrender (to the extent such Lease Modification relates to a provision in the Standard Form Lease), as applicable, is written on the standard form of lease attached hereto as Schedule 8.8.2 (the “ Standard Form of Lease ”) or (i) substantially conforms in all material respects to the terms thereof, with only such changes as are commercially reasonable given the then current market conditions, none of which changes shall vary (in a manner materially adverse to Lender) the subordination, attornment and non-disturbance provisions contained in the Standard Form of Lease or (ii) the standard form of lease of a national retailer, with such changes as are commercially reasonable given the then current market conditions, none of which changes shall vary (in a manner materially adverse to Lender) the subordination, attornment and non-disturbance provisions contained in the Standard Form of Lease;

 

(b)                                  with respect to a New Lease or Lease Modification, (i) the premises demised thereunder, when aggregated with the premises demised under any other Lease to such Tenant and its Affiliates at the applicable Individual Property, accounts for not more than 50,000 net rentable square feet and/or (ii) the same does not contain an option to acquire all or any portion of such Individual Property;

 

(c)                                   the term of such New Lease or being amended by such Lease Modification (if the Lease term is addressed in such Lease Modification and excluding any terminations and surrenders), as applicable, including any option terms, is consistent with the then prevailing market;

 

(d)                                  the rental rate under such New Lease or Lease Modification to the extent a new rent is addressed in such Lease Modification, as applicable, is at least equal to the then prevailing market rate for similar leases in similar properties in the vicinity of the applicable Individual Property;

 

126



 

(e)                                   fixed” or “base” rent under such New Lease or Lease Modification (to the extent a rent payment schedule is addressed in such Lease Modification), as applicable, is at a substantially consistent or rising level throughout the term of the lease, other than for (i) market rate “free rent” periods or (ii) tenant improvement and tenant inducements that exceed current market conditions but are amortized over a shorter time period than the entire initial term of such New Lease or Lease Modification, as applicable;

 

(f)                                    such New Lease or Lease Modification to the extent “use” is addressed in such Lease Modification, as applicable, provides that the premises demised thereby cannot be used for any of the following uses; any pornographic or obscene purposes, any commercial sex establishment, any pornographic, obscene, nude or semi-nude performances, modeling, materials, activities or sexual conduct or any other use that has or would reasonably be expected to violate applicable Legal Requirements;

 

(g)                                   the Tenant under such New Lease or Lease Modification, other than Lease Modifications relating to Leases in existence on the date hereof, as applicable, is not an Affiliate of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner;

 

(h)                                  the New Lease or Lease Modification, as applicable, does not contain any provision whereby the Rent payable thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, upon the net income or profits derived by any Person from the applicable Individual Property;

 

(i)                                      the New Lease or Lease Modification, as applicable, shall not entitle any Tenant to receive and retain Proceeds except those that may be specifically awarded to it in condemnation proceedings because of the Taking of its trade fixtures and its leasehold improvements which have not become part of the Property and such business loss as Tenant may specifically and separately establish;

 

(j)                                     in connection with any New Lease or Lease Modification that involves a termination of a Lease, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall contemporaneously enter into a New Lease or New Leases for the portion of the applicable Individual Property demised pursuant to such terminated Lease, which New Lease or New Leases shall comply with the other provisions of this Section 8.8.2 ; and

 

(k)                                  the New Lease or Lease Modification, as applicable, satisfies the requirements of Section 8.8.7 Section 8.8.8 and Section 8.8.9 .

 

8.8.3                      Delivery of New Lease or Lease Modification .  Together with the Officer’s Certificate described in the introduction to Section 8.8.2 , Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender a copy of the executed Lease and an additional copy marked to show all changes from the Standard Form of Lease.

 

8.8.4                      Lease Amendments .  Borrower and Maryland Owner agree that they shall not have the right or power, as against Lender without its consent, to cancel, abridge, amend or otherwise modify any Lease unless such modification complies with this Section 8.8 .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no consent of Lender shall be required for any amendment reflecting the Tenant’s unilateral exercise of a renewal or expansion or termination option set forth in its Lease as of the date hereof or a Lease or Lease Modification subsequently

 

127



 

approved or otherwise entered into in accordance with the terms hereof and any such amendment shall not be deemed a Lease Modification for any purpose hereof.

 

8.8.5                      Security Deposits .  All security or other deposits of Tenants of the Properties shall be treated as trust funds and shall not be commingled with any other funds of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, and such deposits shall be deposited, upon receipt of the same by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, in a separate trust account maintained by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner expressly for such purpose.  Within ten (10) Business Days after written request by Lender, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall furnish to Lender reasonably satisfactory evidence of compliance with this Section 8.8.5 , together with a statement of all lease securities deposited with Borrower and/or Maryland Owner by the Tenants and the location and account number of the account in which such security deposits are held.

 

8.8.6                      No Default Under Leases .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall (a) promptly perform and observe all of the material terms, covenants and conditions required to be performed and observed by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner under the Leases, if the failure to perform or observe the same would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) not collect any of the Rents more than one (1) month in advance (except that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may collect such security deposits and last month’s Rents as are permitted by Legal Requirements and are commercially reasonable in the prevailing market and collect other charges in accordance with the terms of each Lease).

 

8.8.7                      Subordination .  Subject to Section 8.8.9 , all Lease Modifications and New Leases entered into by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner after the date hereof shall be subject and subordinate to this Agreement and the Security Instrument (through a subordination provision contained in such Lease or otherwise)

 

8.8.8                      Attornment .  Subject to Section 8.8.9 , each New Lease entered into by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall provide that in the event of the enforcement by Lender of any remedy under this Agreement or the Security Instrument, the Tenant under such New Lease shall, at the option of Lender or of any other Person succeeding to the interest of Lender as a result of such enforcement, attorn to Lender or to such Person and shall recognize Lender or such successor-in-interest as lessor under such New Lease.  Each New Lease shall also provide that, upon the reasonable request by Lender or such successor-in-interest, the Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming such attornment.

 

8.8.9                      Non-Disturbance Agreements .  Lender shall enter into, and, if required by applicable law in order to provide constructive notice or if requested by any Tenant, record in the land records for the applicable Individual Property, a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to the form attached hereto as Schedule 8.8.9 (a “ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”), with any Tenant entering into a New Lease or a Lease Modification for which Lender’s prior written consent has been obtained or deemed obtained, or for which Lender’s prior written consent was not required, within ten (10) Business Days after written request therefor by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.  All reasonable third party costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and recordation of any Non-Disturbance Agreement, including, without

 

128



 

limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, shall be paid by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE X

 

MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES; ALTERATIONS

 

Section 10.1                              Maintenance of Properties .  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, each Individual Property and every part thereof in good condition and repair in accordance with reasonable market practice for a property of its nature, subject to ordinary wear and tear, and, subject to Excusable Delay and the provisions of this Agreement with respect to damage or destruction caused by casualty events or Takings, shall not permit or commit any waste, impairment, or deterioration of any portion of any Individual Property in any material respect.  Borrower and Maryland Owner further covenant to do all other acts which from the character or use of each Individual Property may be reasonably necessary to protect the security hereof in all material respects, the specific enumerations herein not excluding the general.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall remove or demolish any Improvement on any Individual Property except as the same may be necessary in connection with an Alteration or a restoration in connection with a Taking or casualty, or as otherwise permitted herein or in any other Loan Document, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

Section 10.2                              Conditions to Alteration .  Lender’s prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, shall be required in connection with any alteration, improvement, demolition or removal of the Properties, any Individual Property or any portion thereof (any such alteration, improvement, demolition or removal, an “ Alteration ”) the estimated cost of which exceeds the Threshold Amount; provided that Lender’s approval shall not be required with respect to (a) tenant improvement work to be performed pursuant to any Lease existing as of the date hereof or any New Lease or Lease Modification entered into in accordance with this Agreement which addresses such tenant improvement work and (b) any Alteration required by applicable Legal Requirements.  All Alterations must be undertaken in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as well as the provisions of the Leases.  Any Material Alteration shall be conducted under the supervision of an Architect and, in connection with any Material Alteration, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender detailed plans and specifications (it being agreed that the format and information contained in any plans and specifications submitted to a Governmental Authority in connection with such Alteration shall be an acceptable format and detail with respect to Lender’s approval required hereunder) and cost estimates therefor, prepared by such Architect, which plans and specifications (if relating to Alterations requiring Lender’s approval hereunder) shall be approved by Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Such plans and specifications may be revised at any time and from time to time by such Architect provided that material revisions of such plans and specifications (if relating to Alterations requiring Lender’s approval hereunder) are filed with,

 

129



 

and approved by, Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  All work done in connection with any Alteration shall be performed in all material respects with due diligence in a good and workmanlike manner, all materials used in connection with any Alteration shall not be less than the standard of quality of the materials currently used at any applicable Individual Property and all materials used shall be in accordance with all applicable material Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements.  Any request for approval of Lender pursuant to this Section 10.2 or Section 10.3 shall be delivered to Lender together with all other materials reasonably requested by Lender in order to evaluate such request.  Provided that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner complies with the requirements related to the delivery of such other materials as set forth in the preceding sentence, each such request for approval shall contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the first page stating:  “THIS IS A REQUEST FOR LENDER’S CONSENT.  LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS.  LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED”.  In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval to such request within such ten (10) Business Day period, then Lender’s approval shall be deemed to have been granted.  Lender shall accompany any disapproval with a reasonably detailed explanation therefor.

 

Section 10.3                              Costs of Alteration .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article X , no Material Alteration shall be performed by or on behalf of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner unless Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall have delivered to Lender Cash and Cash Equivalents, or a guaranty by VOP or any Person, provided that VOP or such other Person maintains an Investment Grade rating as to its a long-term unsecured debt, to Lender (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender and substantially similar to the Reserve Guaranty) (an “ Alteration Deficiency Guaranty ”) and/or a Letter of Credit as security in an amount not less than the estimated cost of the Material Alteration less the Threshold Amount (as set forth in the Architect’s written estimate referred to above) and less such amounts that are in the Reserve Accounts that relate to such Work (if any) (the “ Alteration Deficiency ”), or other assurances reasonably acceptable to Lender of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s ability to complete and pay for such Alterations.  In addition to payment or reimbursement from time to time of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s expenses incurred in connection with any Material Alteration or any such Alteration, the amount of such security and/or amount for which Guarantor is liable under a Alteration Deficiency Guaranty shall be reduced on any given date to the Architect’s written estimate of the cost to complete the Material Alteration (including any retainages), free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Encumbrances, less the Threshold Amount (as set forth in the Architect’s written estimate).  Costs which are subject to retainage (which in no event shall be less than five percent (5%) in the aggregate) shall be treated as due and payable and unpaid from the date they would be due and payable but for their characterization as subject to retainage.  In the event that any Material Alteration or such Alteration shall be made in conjunction with any restoration with respect to which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall be entitled to withdraw Proceeds pursuant to Section 6.2 , the amount of the Cash and Cash Equivalents, Alteration Deficiency Guaranty and/or Letter of Credit to be furnished pursuant hereto (if any) need not exceed the aggregate cost of such restoration and such Material Alteration or Alteration (as estimated by the Independent

 

130


 

Architect), less (i) the amount of any Proceeds which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may be entitled to withdraw pursuant to Section 6.2 and are held by Lender in accordance with Section 6.2 and (ii) the Threshold Amount.

 

(b)                                  Payment or reimbursement of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s expenses incurred with respect to any Material Alteration or Alteration shall be upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in sub-paragraphs (i) , (ii) , (iii)  and (iv)  below and in Sections 10.3(c)  and (d) :

 

(i)                                      there shall be no continuing Event of Default;

 

(ii)                                   if, at any time, the estimated remaining cost of the Material Alteration or Alteration (as estimated by the Architect referred to in sub-paragraph (iii)  below) which exceeds the Threshold Amount shall exceed the sum of the Cash and Cash Equivalents, Letter of Credit and/or Alteration Deficiency Guaranty furnished pursuant hereto, and for so long as any such Alteration Deficiency shall exist, Lender shall not be required to make any disbursement to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner until Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, at its election, either deposits with or delivers to Lender (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents and/or a Letter or Letters of Credit and/or an additional Alteration Deficiency Guaranty in an amount equal to the Alteration Deficiency, or (B) such other evidence of Borrower’s ability to meet such excess costs as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

 

(iii)                                Lender shall have reasonably approved the plans and specifications for the Material Alteration and any material change orders in connection with such plans and specifications; and

 

(iv)                               Lender shall, within a reasonable period of time prior to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s request for disbursement, be furnished with an estimate of the remaining cost of the Material Alteration or such Alteration accompanied by an Architect’s certification as to such remaining costs.

 

(c)                                   Disbursements of the Cash or Cash Equivalents (if any) held by Lender to or as directed by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner hereunder shall be made from time to time (but not more frequently than once in any month) by Lender but only for so long as no Monetary Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, as such Alteration progresses upon receipt by Lender of (i) an Officer’s Certificate dated not more than five (5) Business Days prior to the application for such payment, requesting such payment or reimbursement and describing the portion of the Alteration performed that is the subject of such request, the parties that performed such portion of the Alteration and the actual cost thereof, and also certifying that such portion of the Alteration and materials are or, upon disbursement of the payment requested to the parties entitled thereto, will be free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Encumbrances, (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed in connection with such portion of the Material Alteration or Alteration have been paid for in full or will be paid for from such disbursement and (B) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s liens or notices of intention to file same (unless the same is

 

131



 

required by State law as a condition to the payment of a contract) or any liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on the Individual Property arising out of the portion of the Material Alteration or Alteration, other than Permitted Encumbrances and Liens that have been bonded and (iii) an estimate of the remaining cost to complete the Material Alteration or Alteration (as described in Section 10.3(b)(iv)  above).

 

(d)                                  At any time after substantial completion of any Alteration in respect of which Cash and Cash Equivalents and/or a Letter of Credit is deposited pursuant hereto or for which an Alteration Deficiency Guaranty is delivered hereunder, the whole balance of any Cash and Cash Equivalents so deposited by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner with Lender and then remaining on deposit (together with earnings thereon), as well as all retainages, may be withdrawn by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and shall be paid by Lender to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, and any other Cash and Cash Equivalents, Alteration Deficiency Guaranty (to the extent applicable), and/or a Letter of Credit so deposited or delivered shall, to the extent it has not been called upon, reduced or theretofore released, be released to Borrower, within ten (10) days after receipt by Lender of an application for such withdrawal and/or release together with an Officer’s Certificate, and signed also (as to the following sub-paragraph (i) ) by the Architect, setting forth in substance as follows:

 

(i)                                      that the Alteration in respect of which such Cash and Cash Equivalents, Alteration Deficiency Guaranty and/or a Letter of Credit was deposited has been substantially completed in all material respects substantially in accordance with any plans and specifications therefor previously filed with Lender under Section 10.2 and that, if applicable, a certificate of occupancy has been issued with respect to such Alteration by the relevant Governmental Authority(ies) or, if not applicable, that a certificate of occupancy is not required;

 

(ii)                                   that to the knowledge of the certifying Person all amounts which Borrower is or may become liable to pay in respect of such Alteration through the date of the certification have been paid in full or adequately provided for or are being contested in accordance with Section 7.3 and that lien waivers have been obtained from the general contractor and major subcontractors performing such Alterations (or such waivers are not customary and reasonably obtainable by prudent managers in the area where the applicable Individual Property is located) subject to those amounts contested in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3 ; and

 

(iii)                                For the purposes of this Section 10.3 only, Alterations and Material Alterations shall not include tenant improvement alterations, improvements, demolitions or removals undertaken pursuant to a Lease.

 

(e)                                   From and after the occurrence, and during the continuance of, a Guarantor Rating Period, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall either (i) promptly deliver to Lender cash or cash equivalents, to be held in an interest bearing money-market account, or (ii) promptly deliver to Lender a Letter of Credit in lieu of such cash deposits, which Letter of Credit shall satisfy the requirements of Section 16.9 of this Agreement, each in an amount equal to the

 

132



 

amount guaranteed under the Alteration Deficiency Guaranty or such lesser amount as may then be required hereunder.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

Section 11.1                              Books and Records .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall keep and maintain on an annual basis proper books and records separate (subject to the provisions of Section 5.1.4(7 ) from any other Person accurately reflecting the business and affairs of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner relating to the Properties in accordance with GAAP.  Lender and its authorized representatives shall have the right at reasonable times during normal business hours, and upon reasonable notice, in connection with the Loan, to examine such books and records at the office of Borrower, Maryland Owner or such other Person maintaining the same and to make such copies or extracts thereof as Lender may reasonably require.

 

Section 11.2                              Financial Statements .

 

11.2.1               Quarterly Reports .  Not later than forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter (other than the last quarter of each fiscal year), Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender unaudited financial statements, internally prepared on an accrual basis including a balance sheet and statement of operations as of the end of such quarter and for the corresponding quarter of the previous year, and a statement of Net Operating Income for such quarter and year-to-date, and a comparison of results with (a) to the extent prepared by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, the results for the same period of the previous year, and (b) the Annual Budget for such period.  Such statements for each quarter shall be in the form attached hereto as Schedule 11.2.1 and shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, certifying to the best of the signer’s knowledge, (i) such statements fairly represent the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and Maryland Owner as of the respective dates thereof, (ii) as of the date of such Officer’s Certificate, no Default exists under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document or, if so, specifying the nature and status of each such Default and the action then being taken by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or proposed to be taken to remedy such Default and (iii)  as of the date of such Officer’s Certificate, no litigation exists involving Borrower, Maryland Owner or any Individual Property in which the amount involved is One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (in the aggregate) or more in which all or substantially all of the potential liability is not covered by insurance, or, if so, specifying such litigation and the actions being taking in relation thereto.  Such submission shall contain such other information as shall be reasonably requested by Lender for purposes of calculations to be made by Lender pursuant to the terms hereof.  Additionally, from and after and during the continuance of a monetary or material non-monetary Default or Event of Default, and during any Guarantor Rating Period, in the event that any Guaranty remains in effect hereunder, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall at Lender’s request provide such financial statements and balance sheets on a monthly basis, within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar month.

 

11.2.2               Annual Reports .  Not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender unaudited

 

133



 

financial statements in accordance with GAAP covering each Individual Property, including a balance sheet as of the end of such year, a statement of Operations for the year comparative with the amounts for the previous year.  Such annual financial statements shall also be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate in the form required pursuant to Section 11.2.1 .

 

11.2.3               Leasing Reports .  Not later than forty five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender a true and complete rent roll in the form attached hereto as Schedule 11.2.3 for each Individual Property, dated as of the last month of such fiscal quarter, showing the current annual rent for each Individual Property, the expiration date of each Lease, and whether to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s knowledge any portion of such Individual Property has been sublet, and if it has, the name of the subtenant.  Such rent roll shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate certifying that to the knowledge of such officer such rent roll is true, correct and complete in all material respects as of its date and whether Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, within the past three (3) months, has issued a notice of default with respect to any Lease which has not been cured and the nature of such default.  Additionally, from and after and during the continuance of a monetary or non-monetary Default or Event of Default, and during any Guarantor Rating Period, in the event that any Guaranty remains in effect hereunder, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall, at Lender’s request, provide such rent roll information on a monthly basis, within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar month.

 

11.2.4               Annual Budget .  At least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement of each Fiscal Year, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender the Annual Budget for informational purposes or, if the Annual Budget has not yet been adopted the then most current draft, which shall be superseded upon Borrower’s adoption of the Annual Budget; provided , however , that, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Sweep Event, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deliver to Lender the Annual Budget for Lender’s review and approval of the discretionary items contained therein at least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of such Fiscal Year (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Annual Budget submitted pursuant to this Section 11.2.4 and, if required pursuant hereto as a result of a Cash Sweep Event, approved by Lender, for any calendar year shall herein be referred to as the “ Approved Annual Budget ”.  During the continuance of a Cash Sweep Event, neither Borrower, Maryland Owner nor Manager shall materially change or modify the Approved Annual Budget without first obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  If Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall fail to deliver the Annual Budget and/or obtain Lender’s approval if required pursuant to this Section 11.2.4 because of the continuance of a Cash Sweep Event, the Approved Annual Budget for the preceding calendar year, as increased by any actual increase in non-discretionary expenses, shall constitute the Approved Annual Budget for the then applicable Fiscal Year until Borrower and Maryland Owner submit a new Annual Budget and, if applicable, obtains Lender’s approval thereof, for such Fiscal Year as required pursuant to this Section 11.2.4 .  Each request for approval under this Section 11.2.4 shall contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the first page stating:  “THIS IS A REQUEST FOR LENDER’S APPROVAL.  LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS.  LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S APPROVAL BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED.”  In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval to such

 

134



 

request within such ten (10) Business Day period, then Lender’s approval shall be deemed to have been granted.  Any disapproval of a proposed Annual Budget shall be accompanied with Lender’s reasonably detailed explanation of the reasons therefor.

 

11.2.5               Current Budget .  Lender hereby acknowledges its receipt of the Annual Budget for the 2010 calendar year.

 

11.2.6               Other Information .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall, promptly after written request by Lender or, the Rating Agencies, furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender, in such manner and in such detail as may be reasonably requested by Lender, such reasonable additional information as may be reasonably requested with respect to any Individual Property.

ARTICLE XII

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

SERVICER

 

Section 13.1                              Retention of Servicer .  Lender reserves the right, at Lender’s sole cost and expense, to retain the Servicer.  In connection with (a) a prepayment, release of the Properties or any Individual Properties, or assumption or modification of the Loan (to the extent contemplated hereunder), in any such case as requested by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, (b) consents or approvals requested by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, including, without limitation, Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s request for Lender’s delivery of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement to a Tenant required hereunder, or (c) any enforcement of the Loan Documents, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall pay any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Servicer and any reasonable out-of-pocket third party fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.  Lender shall pay the standard monthly servicing fee of the Servicer.  If Borrower and/or Maryland Owner sends any payment, notice or other reports or documentation required hereunder or under any other Loan Document to a Servicer who has been replaced with a new Servicer because Borrower and/or Maryland Owner has not been given prior written notice of a change in the Servicer, then no Default or Event of Default shall occur hereunder or under any other Loan Document by reason of the fact that such payment was made or such notice or other reports or documentation was sent by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to the terminated Servicer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Documents, unless the Loan is being transferred to a “special servicer” or is then being “specially serviced” (in which case Borrower and Maryland Owner may be required to deal with one Primary Servicer and one “special servicer”), Borrower and Maryland Owner shall be required to deal with only one Servicer acting on behalf of all Persons comprising Lender (the “ Primary Servicer ”), with respect to any consents, approvals or notices required or permitted from, or to, Servicer or Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents (it being understood that such Servicer may need to consult with other Persons that hold a portion of Lender’s rights and

 

135



 

obligations under the Loan or with the Rating Agencies in connection with any such consent, approval or notice and that a so-called “special servicer” may act as such Primary Servicer).  Lender may replace such Primary Servicer with another Primary Servicer at any time in Lender’s sole discretion.  As of the date hereof, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association., in its capacity as servicer under a Servicing Agreement with Lender, is hereby designated as the Primary Servicer and unless and until Borrower is notified by a Lender of a new Primary Servicer, Borrower shall be permitted to rely conclusively and irrevocably on such designation.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE XV

 

ASSIGNMENTS

 

Section 15.1                              Assignments .  Without in any way limiting any rights of Lender or Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender may assign to one or more Persons all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Loan.  Upon such assignment, from and after the effective date thereof, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and have the rights and obligations of Lender hereunder.

 

Section 15.2                              Limitation on Costs .  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article XV , neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be responsible for any additional taxes, reserves, adjustments, costs of an assignment of all or a portion of the Loan or other costs or expenses (except as otherwise expressly provided for herein) that arise as a result of any transfer of the Loan or any interest or participation therein or from the execution of any component notes, including, without limitation, any mortgage tax.  Lender and/or the assignees or participants, as the case may be, shall from time to time designate one agent through which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall request all approvals and consents required or contemplated by this Agreement and on whose statements Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may rely.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

RESERVE ACCOUNTS

 

Section 16.1                              Tax Reserve Account .

 

16.1.1               Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deposit with Lender to be held in the Tax Reserve Account on each Payment Date an amount equal to (a) one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual Impositions that Lender reasonably estimates in its good faith judgment, based on the most recent tax bill for each Individual Property, will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Impositions at least ten (10) days prior to the imposition of any interest, charges or expenses for the non-payment thereof, and (b) one-twelfth (1/12) of the annual Other Charges that Lender reasonably estimates in its good faith judgment will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months (said monthly amounts in (a) and (b) collectively, the “ Monthly Tax Reserve Amount ”).

 

136



 

Amounts so deposited shall herein be referred to as Borrower’s “ Tax Reserve Amount ”.  Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender shall apply the Tax Reserve Amount, if any, to payments of Impositions and Other Charges required to be made by Borrower and Maryland Owner pursuant to Article V and Article VII and under the Security Instrument, subject to Borrower’s and Maryland Owner’s right to contest Impositions and Other Charges in accordance with Section 7.3 .  In making any payment from the Tax Reserve Account, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office, without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim thereof.  If the amount of funds in the Tax Reserve Account shall exceed the amounts due for Impositions and Other Charges pursuant to Article V and Article VII for any tax period, Lender shall adjust future payments of the Tax Reserve Amount, as necessary, to be made by Borrower and Maryland Owner.  If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Tax Reserve Amount is not or will not be sufficient to pay Impositions and Other Charges by the dates set forth above, Lender shall notify Borrower and Maryland Owner of such determination and Borrower and Maryland Owner shall increase the deposit of the Monthly Tax Reserve Amount by the amount that Lender reasonably estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least ten (10) days prior to the imposition of any interest, charges or expenses for the non-payment of the Impositions and Other Charges, provided that upon payment of the Impositions and Other Charges, Lender shall reassess the amount necessary to be deposited in the Tax Reserve Account for the succeeding tax period, which calculation shall take into account any excess amounts remaining in the Tax Reserve Account.  Any amounts remaining in the Tax Reserve Account after the Indebtedness has been repaid in full shall be promptly returned to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or its designee.

 

Section 16.2                              Insurance Reserve Account .

 

16.2.1               Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deposit with Lender (to be held in the Insurance Reserve Account) on each Payment Date an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the insurance premiums that Lender reasonably estimates in its good faith judgment, based on the most recent insurance bill, will be payable for the renewal of the coverage afforded by the insurance policies upon the expiration thereof in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such insurance premiums at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the policies required to be maintained by Borrower and Maryland Owner pursuant to the terms hereof (said monthly amounts herein called the “ Monthly Insurance Reserve Amount ”).  Amounts so deposited shall herein be referred to as Borrower’s “ Insurance Reserve Amount ”.  Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender shall apply the Insurance Reserve Amount, if any, to payments of insurance premiums required to be made by Borrower and Maryland Owner pursuant to Article VI and under the Security Instrument.  In making any payment relating to the Insurance Reserve Account, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the insurer or agent, without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity thereof.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent that any of the insurance required to be maintained by Borrower and Maryland Owner is effected under a blanket policy, neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be required to make deposits of the Monthly Insurance Reserve Amount.  If the amount of funds in the Insurance Reserve Account shall exceed the amounts due for insurance premiums pursuant to Article VI and under the Security Instrument, Lender shall

 

137



 

adjust future payments of the Insurance Reserve Amount, as necessary, to be made by Borrower and Maryland Owner.  If at any time Lender reasonably determines in its good faith judgment that the Insurance Reserve Amount is not or will not be sufficient to pay insurance premiums by the dates set forth above, Lender shall notify Borrower and Maryland Owner of such determination and Borrower and Maryland Owner shall increase its the deposit of the Monthly Insurance Reserve Amount by the amount that Lender reasonably estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of the applicable insurance policies, provided that upon payment of such insurance premiums, Lender shall reassess the amount necessary to be deposited in the Insurance Reserve Account for the succeeding insurance billing period, which calculation shall take into account any excess amounts remaining in the Insurance Reserve Account.  Any amounts remaining in the Insurance Reserve Account after the Indebtedness has been repaid in full shall be promptly returned to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or its designee.

 

Section 16.3                              Replacements and Replacement Reserve .

 

16.3.1               Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deposit with Lender on each Payment Date (to be held in the Replacement Reserve Account) one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of an amount equal to $0.13 per square foot of the Properties per annum (the “ Monthly Replacement Reserve Amount ”), which represents amounts estimated to be required for replacements, repairs, and other capital improvements required to be made to the Properties during the calendar year (collectively, the “ Replacements ”) based on the total square footage for each Individual Property set forth in Schedule 16.3 .  Amounts so deposited shall herein be referred to as Borrower’s “ Replacement Reserve Amount ”.  Borrower’s obligation to deposit with Lender the Monthly Replacement Reserve Amount (either directly or from the Rents) shall not be in effect at any time the Replacement Reserve Amount is equal to or greater than the product of the then current Monthly Replacement Reserve Amount times twenty four (24) months; provided that at any time the Replacement Reserve Amount is less than such amount, Borrower’s obligation to deposit with Lender the Monthly Replacement Reserve Amount shall resume as of the next occurring Payment Date.  Any amount held in the Replacement Reserve Account in respect of an Individual Property shall be retained by Lender and credited toward future Monthly Replacement Reserve Amounts required by Lender hereunder in the event such Individual Property is released from the Lien of its related Security Instrument in accordance with Section 2.4 , Section 2.5 or Section 2.6 hereof.

 

16.3.2               Disbursements from Replacement Reserve Account (a) Lender shall make disbursements from the Replacement Reserve Account to pay Borrower and/or Maryland Owner only for the costs of the Replacements.

 

(b)                                  Lender shall, upon written request from Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Section 16.3.2 , disburse to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner amounts from the Replacement Reserve Account necessary to reimburse Borrower or Maryland Owner for the actual costs of Replacements, upon completion of such Replacements (or upon partial completion in the case of Replacements made pursuant to Section 16.3.2(e)  hereof) as determined by Lender in its reasonable good faith judgment.  In no event shall Lender be obligated to disburse funds from the Replacement Reserve Account if an Event of Default exists and is continuing.

 

138



 

(c)                                   Each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be in a form specified or approved by Lender acting reasonably and shall specify (i) the specific Replacements for which the disbursement is requested, (ii) the quantity and price of each item purchased, if the Replacement includes the purchase or replacement of specific items, (iii) the price of all materials (grouped by type or category) used in any Replacement other than the purchase or replacement of specific items, and (iv) the cost of all contracted labor or other services applicable to each Replacement for which such request for disbursement is made.  With each request Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall certify that all Replacements have been made in all material respects in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the applicable Individual Property to which Replacements are being provided.  Each request for disbursement shall include copies of invoices for all items or materials purchased and all contracted labor or services provided.  Except as provided in Section 16.3.2(e)  hereof, each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be made only after completion of the Replacement for which disbursement is requested.  Borrower shall provide Lender evidence of completion of the subject Replacement satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable judgment.

 

(d)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall pay all invoices in connection with the Replacements with respect to which a disbursement is requested prior to submitting such request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account or, at the request of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, Lender will issue checks, payable to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and the contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic, subcontractor or other party to whom payment is due in connection with a Replacement.  In the case of payments made by joint check, Lender may require a waiver of lien from each Person receiving payment prior to Lender’s disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account.  Any lien waiver delivered hereunder shall conform in all material respects to the Legal Requirements of applicable law and shall cover all work performed and materials supplied (including equipment and fixtures) for the applicable Individual Property by such contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic,  materialman or other party through the date covered by the current reimbursement request (or, in the event that payment to such contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic, materialman or other party is to be made by a joint check, the release of lien shall be effective through the date covered by the previous release of funds request).  In addition, as a condition to any disbursement, Lender may require Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to obtain lien waivers from each contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic or subcontractor who receives payment in an amount equal to or greater than Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) for completion of its work or delivery of its materials.

 

(e)                                   If (i) the cost of a Replacement exceeds Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00), (ii) the contractor performing such Replacement requires periodic payments pursuant to terms of a written contract, and (iii) Lender has approved in writing in advance such periodic payments, a request for reimbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account may be made after completion of a portion of the work under such contract, provided that (A) such contract requires payment upon completion of such portion of the work, (B) the materials for which the request is made are on site at the applicable Individual Property and are properly secured or have been installed in such Individual Property, (C) all other conditions in this Section 16.3 for disbursement have been satisfied, (D) funds remaining in the Replacement Reserve Account are, in Lender’s good faith reasonable judgment, sufficient to complete such

 

139



 

Replacement and other Replacements then committed for when required, and (E) if required by Lender, each contractor or subcontractor receiving payments under such contract in excess of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00) shall provide a waiver of lien with respect to amounts which have been paid to that contractor or subcontractor.

 

(f)                                    Borrower shall not make a request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account more frequently than once in any calendar month and (except in connection with the final disbursement) the total cost of all Replacements in any request shall not be less than Twenty-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($25,000.00).  Any amounts remaining in the Replacement Reserve Account after the Indebtedness has been repaid in full shall be promptly returned to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or its designee.

 

16.3.3               Performance of Replacements .

 

(a)                                  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall make Replacements when required in order to keep each Individual Property in condition and repair consistent with other first class, retail properties, as applicable, in the same market segment in the metropolitan area in which the respective Individual Property is located, and to keep each Individual Property or any portion thereof from deteriorating.  Borrower shall complete all Replacements in a good and workmanlike manner as soon as practicable following the commencement of making each such Replacement.

 

(b)                                  All contracts or work orders with materialmen, mechanics, suppliers, subcontractors, contractors or other parties providing labor or materials in connection with the Replacements shall be on market terms for the area in which the applicable Individual Property is located.

 

(c)                                   During the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the option to withhold disbursement for such unsatisfactory Replacement and to proceed under existing contracts or to contract with third parties to complete such Replacement and to apply the Replacement Reserve Amount toward the labor and materials necessary to complete such Replacement, without providing any prior notice to Borrower, and to exercise any and all other remedies available to Lender upon an Event of Default hereunder.

 

(d)                                  In order to facilitate Lender’s completion or making of such Replacements during the continuance of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 16.3.3(c)  above, Borrower grants Lender (after prior written notice to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and subject to the rights of tenants and ground lessors) the right to enter onto any Individual Property and perform any and all work and labor necessary to complete or make such Replacements and/or employ watchmen to protect such Individual Property from damage.  All sums so expended by Lender, to the extent not from the Replacement Reserve Fund, shall be deemed to have been advanced under the Loan to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and secured by the Security Instruments.  For this purpose, during the continuance of an Event of Default Borrower and Maryland Owner each constitutes and appoints Lender its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to complete or undertake such Replacements in the name of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.  Such power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked.  Borrower and Maryland Owner each empower said attorney-in-fact as follows during the continuance of an Event of Default:  (i) to use any funds in the

 

140


 

Replacement Reserve Account for the purpose of making or completing such Replacements; (ii) to make such additions, changes and corrections to such Replacements as shall be necessary or desirable to complete such Replacements; (iii) to employ such contractors, subcontractors, agents, architects and inspectors as shall be required for such purposes; (iv) to pay, settle or compromise all existing bills and claims which are or may become Liens against any Individual Property, or as may be necessary or desirable for the completion of such Replacements, or for clearance of title; (v) to execute all applications and certificates in the name of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner which may be required by any of the contract documents; (vi) to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with any Individual Property or the rehabilitation and repair of any Individual Property; and (vii) to do any and every act which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner might do in its own behalf to fulfill the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Nothing in this Section 16.3.3 shall:  (i) make Lender responsible for making or completing any Replacements; (ii) require Lender to expend funds in addition to the Replacement Reserve Amount to make or complete any Replacement; (iii) obligate Lender to proceed with any Replacements; or (iv) obligate Lender to demand from Borrower and/or Maryland Owner additional sums to make or complete any Replacement.

 

(f)                                    Borrower and Maryland Owner shall permit Lender and Lender’s agents and representatives (including, without limitation, Lender’s engineer, architect, or inspector) or third parties making Replacements pursuant to this Section 16.3.3 to enter onto each Individual Property during normal business hours (subject to reasonable prior written notice to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and subject to the rights of tenants and ground lessors) to inspect the progress of any Replacements and all materials being used in connection therewith, to examine all plans and shop drawings relating to such Replacements which are or may be kept at each Individual Property, and to complete any Replacements made pursuant to Section 16.3.3(d) .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to cooperate with Lender or Lender’s representatives or such other Persons described above in connection with inspections described in this Section 16.3.3(f)  or the completion of Replacements pursuant to Section 16.3.3(d) .

 

(g)                                   Lender may require an inspection of the Individual Property at Borrower’s expense prior to making a monthly disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account in excess of Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) at any Individual Property in order to verify completion of the Replacements for which reimbursement is sought.  Lender may require that such inspection be conducted by an appropriate independent qualified professional selected by Lender.  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expense of all third-party professionals in connection with the inspection as required under this Section 16.3.3(g) .

 

(h)                                  The Replacements and all materials, equipment, fixtures, or any other item comprising a part of any Replacement shall be constructed, installed or completed, as applicable, free and clear of all mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens other than Permitted Encumbrances.

 

(i)                                      Before each disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account in excess of Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00), Lender may require Borrower

 

141



 

and/or Maryland Owner to provide Lender with a search of title to the applicable Individual Property effective to the date of the disbursement, which search shows that no mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens or other liens of any nature have been placed against the applicable Individual Property since the date of recordation of the related Security Instrument and that title to such Individual Property is free and clear of all Liens (other than the lien of the related Security Instrument, any other Liens previously approved in writing by Lender, if any, and Permitted Encumbrances).

 

(j)                                     All Replacements shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements of all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the applicable Individual Property and applicable insurance requirements including, without limitation, applicable building codes, special use permits, environmental regulations, and requirements of insurance underwriters.

 

16.3.4               Balance in the Replacement Reserve Account .  The insufficiency of any balance in the Replacement Reserve Account shall not relieve Borrower and/or Maryland Owner from its obligation to fulfill all preservation and maintenance covenants in the Loan Documents.

 

Section 16.4                              Ground Lease Reserve Fund .

 

16.4.1               Deposits to Ground Lease Fund .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deposit with Lender (to be held in the Ground Lease Reserve Account) on each Payment Date one-twelfth (1/12) of the Ground Rent that Lender estimates in its good faith reasonable judgment will be payable by Ground Tenant as tenant under the Ground Lease during the next ensuing twelve (12) months in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Ground Rent at least thirty (30) days prior to the respective due dates (the “ Monthly Ground Lease Reserve Amount ”).  In addition, on the Closing Date, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deposit with Lender an amount equal to any Ground Rent payable and outstanding under the Ground Lease within thirty (30) days of the first Payment Date.  Amounts so deposited shall herein be referred to as Borrower’s “ Ground Lease Reserve Amount ”.

 

16.4.2               Release of Ground Lease Reserve Funds .  Lender shall have the right to apply amounts in the Ground Lease Reserve Account to the payment of the Ground Rent.  In making any payment relating to the Ground Rent, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the Ground Lessor under each Ground Lease, without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate.  If the Ground Lease Reserve Amount shall exceed the amounts due for the Ground Rent under the Ground Lease for the immediately succeeding twelve (12) months as determined by Lender, Lender shall promptly return any excess to Borrower and Maryland Owner.  If at any time Lender reasonably in its good faith judgment determines that the Ground Lease Account is not or will not be sufficient to pay the Ground Rent by the dates set forth above, Lender shall notify Borrower or Maryland Owner, as applicable, of such determination and Borrower and Maryland Owner shall increase the Monthly Ground Lease Reserve Amount by the amount that Lender estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date of the Ground Rent.  Any amounts remaining in the Ground Lease Reserve Account after the Indebtedness has been repaid in full shall be promptly returned to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or its designee.

 

142



 

Section 16.5                              Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 16.6                              Reserve Accounts, Generally .  Borrower and Maryland Owner grant to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in each of the Reserve Accounts and any and all monies now or hereafter deposited in each Reserve Account as additional security for payment of the Indebtedness.  Until expended or applied in accordance herewith, the Reserve Accounts shall constitute additional security for the Indebtedness.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies available to Lender, apply any sums then present in any or all of the Reserve Accounts to the payment of the Indebtedness in any order in its sole discretion.  The Reserve Accounts shall not constitute trust funds and may be commingled with other monies held by Lender.  The Reserve Accounts shall be Eligible Accounts and held in Permitted Investments in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Cash Management Agreement.  All interest on the funds in a Reserve Account shall be added to and become a part thereof.  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall be responsible for payment of any federal, state or local income or other tax applicable to the interest earned on funds in the Reserve Accounts.  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in any Reserve Account or the monies deposited therein or permit any lien or encumbrance to attach thereto, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC-1 Financing Statements to be filed with respect thereto, except, in each case, for those permitted, created or filed pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents.  Lender shall not be liable for any loss sustained on the investment of any funds in the Reserve Accounts.  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall indemnify Lender and hold Lender harmless from and against any Losses arising from or in any way connected with the Reserve Accounts or the performance of the obligations for which the Reserve Accounts were established, except to the extent such Loss resulted from Lenders or its Affiliate’s, agent’s, employee’s or bailee’s fraud, gross negligence, bad faith or reckless or willful misconduct.  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall assign to Lender all rights and claims Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may have against all Persons supplying labor, materials or other services which are to be paid from or secured by the Reserve Accounts; provided, however, that Lender may not pursue any such right or claim unless an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured.

 

Section 16.7                              Guaranty of Reserve Accounts .  Except in connection with any required deposits into the Excess Cash Flow Reserve Account, in lieu and in satisfaction of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s obligation of making all or any portion of the required payments to the Reserve Accounts required under Section 16.1 , Section 16.2 , Section 16.3 , Section 16.4 , Section 16.10 and Section 16.11 or in lieu of and in exchange for the Letter of Credit, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may deliver to Lender a Reserve Guaranty.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Guarantor Rating Period (a) with respect to all Reserve Accounts other than the Required Remediation Reserve Account, Borrower shall either (i) promptly deposit cash into the Reserve Accounts as otherwise provided in this Article XVI in an amount equal to the amount that would have been on deposit in the Reserve Account as of such date had Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as required, been funding such Reserve Accounts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, absent the delivery of the Reserve Guaranty, taking into account the applicable terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, (A) the amounts that would have been withdrawn therefrom periodically for the payment of costs or expenses to be paid out of such

 

143



 

Reserve Accounts, (B) the fifth (5th) sentence of Section 16.2.1 (regarding blanket insurance policies) and (C) the maximum amount prescribed by Section 16.3.1 or (ii) promptly deliver to Lender a Letter of Credit in lieu of such cash deposits set forth in clause (i), which Letter of Credit shall satisfy the requirements of Section 16.8 and (b) with regard to the Required Remediation Reserve Account, an amount, if any, equal to the Required Remediation Amount less the amounts that would have been withdrawn therefrom periodically for the payment of costs or expenses in connection with the Required Remediation completed by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner prior to the date of such Guarantor Rating Period (the “ Required Remediation Deposit Amount ”) shall be deposited into the Required Remediation Account pursuant to and in accordance with Section 3.1(a) of the Cash Management Agreement.

 

Section 16.8                              Letters of Credit .

 

16.8.1               Delivery of Letters of Credit .

 

(a)                                  In lieu of making all or any portion of the required payments to the Reserve Accounts, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may deliver to Lender in addition to the Reserve Guaranty or cash deposits, a Letter of Credit with respect to all or any portion of the amount due under the Reserve Guaranty or Section 16.1 , Section 16.2 , Section 16.3 , Section 16.4 , Section 16.10 and Section 16.11 , in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.8 .  Additionally, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may deliver to Lender a Letter of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.8 in exchange for the return to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner of all or any portion of deposits previously made to the Reserve Accounts or the Reserve Guaranty.  Upon such delivery of such Letter of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.8 , Lender shall promptly return to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner such deposits previously made which are not covered by the Letter of Credit and/or the Reserve Guaranty.  The aggregate amount of any Reserve Guaranty, Letter of Credit and/or cash on deposit with respect to the Reserve Accounts shall at all times be at least equal to the aggregate amount which Borrower is required to have on deposit in such Reserve Accounts pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall give Lender no less than thirty (30) days’ notice of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s election to deliver a Letter of Credit, and Borrower and Maryland Owner shall pay to Lender all of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith (but not any servicer’s, special servicer’s or trustee’s fees).  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be entitled to draw upon any such Letter of Credit.  Upon ten (10) day’s notice to Lender, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may replace a Letter of Credit with a cash deposit to any of the Reserve Accounts.  Prior to the return of a Letter of Credit otherwise required to be maintained hereunder, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall (i) deposit an amount equal to the amount that would have been on deposit in the applicable Reserve Account(a) as of such date had Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, as required, been funding such Reserve Accounts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, absent the delivery of the Letter of Credit, taking into account the applicable terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) the amounts that would have been withdrawn therefrom for the payment of costs or expenses to be paid out of such Reserve Accounts, (ii) the fifth (5th) sentence of Section 16.2.1 (regarding blanket insurance policies) and (iii) the

 

144



 

maximum amount prescribed by Section 16.3.1 or (ii) provide a Reserve Guaranty in respect of such amount to the extent permitted hereunder.

 

16.8.2               Security for Indebtedness .  Each Letter of Credit delivered under this Agreement shall be additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right, at its option, to draw upon any Letter of Credit and to apply all or any part thereof to the payment of the items for which such Letter of Credit was established or to apply each such Letter of Credit to payment of the Indebtedness in such order, proportion or priority as Lender may determine.  Any such application to the principal amount of the Indebtedness shall be subject to the Yield Maintenance Premium in accordance with and subject to Section 2.3.3 .

 

16.8.3               Additional Rights of Lender .  In addition to any other right Lender may have to draw upon a Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender shall have the additional right to draw upon any Letter of Credit in full:  (a) with respect to any evergreen Letter of Credit, if Lender has received a notice from the issuing bank that the Letter of Credit will not be renewed and a substitute Letter of Credit is not provided at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the outstanding Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire; (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit with a stated expiration date, if Lender has not received a notice from the issuing bank that it has renewed the Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire and a substitute Letter of Credit is not provided at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the outstanding Letter of Credit is scheduled to expire; (c) upon receipt of notice from the issuing bank that the Letter of Credit will be terminated (except if the termination of such Letter of Credit is permitted pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or a substitute Letter of Credit is provided); or (d) if Lender has received notice that the bank issuing the Letter of Credit shall cease to be an Approved Bank and a substitute Letter of Credit is not provided at least fifteen (15) days from the date Lender receives such notice.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the above, Lender is not obligated to draw upon any Letter of Credit upon the happening of an event specified in clauses (a)  or (b)  above and shall not be liable for any losses sustained by Borrower due to the insolvency of the bank issuing the Letter of Credit if Lender has not drawn upon the Letter of Credit.

 

16.8.4               Limitations on Guarantees and Letters of Credit .  The parties have agreed that the Guaranteed Obligations, together with any Letter of Credit delivered pursuant to Section 16.8 , shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan.  Accordingly, in the event that at any time the Guaranteed Obligations then outstanding together with any such Letter of Credit delivered pursuant to Section 16.8 exceeds ten percent (10%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan (such excess amount, the “ Guaranty Excess ”), Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days, promptly deposit cash into the Reserve Accounts as otherwise provided in this Article XVI in the amount of the Guaranty Excess and the Letter of Credit, the Reserve Guaranty and/or the Alteration Deficiency Guaranty shall be correspondingly reduced.  Any calculations made by Lender with respect to calculations of any amount required to be deposited by Borrower in the applicable Reserve Accounts and/or the Guaranty Excess shall be made in Lender’s reasonable good faith determination.  Lender shall return all or such portion of the Guaranty Excess to the extent the Guaranteed Obligations, together with any Letter of Credit delivered under Section 16.8 , are subsequently reduced to an amount that is less

 

145



 

than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan; provided that a new Letter of Credit, Alteration Deficiency Guaranty or Reserve Guaranty, as applicable, is delivered in exchange.

 

Section 16.9                              Excess Cash Flow Reserve Account .

 

16.9.1               During the continuance of a Cash Sweep Period, all Excess Cash Flow distributed to Lender pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement shall be deposited and held by Lender in the Excess Cash Flow Reserve Account.  Amounts so deposited shall herein be referred to as Borrower’s “ Excess Cash Flow Reserve Amount ”, and unless expended or applied in accordance herewith, shall constitute additional security for the Indebtedness.  Upon the earlier of (a) the occurrence of a Cash Sweep Event Cure and (b) the payment in full of the Indebtedness in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, the Excess Cash Flow Reserve Amount shall be promptly paid by Lender to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, free and clear of the Lien of the Security Instrument or any other Loan Documents, and shall then be distributable by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.

 

Section 16.10                       TI and Leasing Reserve Account .

 

(a)                                  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deposit with Lender on the date hereof the amount of Three Million Two Hundred Thousand Ten and No/100 Dollars ($3,210,000.00) (the “ TI and Leasing Reserve Amount ”) to be held in the TI and Leasing Reserve Account, which amount shall be deposited with and held by Lender for tenant improvement and leasing commission obligations to be incurred prior to the date hereof with respect to certain Leases, all of which are specified on Schedule 16.10 .  Provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender shall make disbursements from the TI and Leasing Reserve Account (to the extent of funds on deposit therein) to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to pay for or reimburse Borrower and/or Maryland Owner for the items specified on Schedule 16.10 (collectively, “ TI and Leasing Costs ”).

 

(b)                                  As between Lender and Borrower, Borrower shall be obligated to fund directly to such Tenants or third parties, as the case may be, all TI and Leasing Costs as required by a Lease.

 

Section 16.11                       Required Remediation Funds .

 

16.11.1        Deposits .  Borrower and Maryland Owner shall deposit with Lender on the date hereof the amount of One Million Three Hundred Thirty Three Thousand One Hundred Twenty Five and No/100 Dollars ($1,333,125.00) (the “ Required Remediation Amount ”) to be held in the Required Remediation Reserve Account, which amount shall be deposited with and held by Lender to perform the Required Remediation for each Individual Property indentified on Schedule 16.11.1 hereto.  Each of Borrower and Maryland Owner shall perform the monitoring and remediation at each applicable Individual Property as more particularly set forth on Schedule 16.11.1 hereto (such repairs herein referred to as “ Required Remediation ”) in a good workmanlike and prompt and expeditious manner, and shall diligently and continuously prosecute same to completion.  The amounts set forth on Schedule 16.11.1 include an additional twenty five percent (25%) of the cost of the work to secure Lender against cost overruns; such

 

146



 

twenty five percent (25%) will be released to Borrower (to the extent not previously released) when the Required Remediation at an Individual Property has been substantially completed.

 

16.11.2        Release of Required Remediation Funds .  Lender shall disburse to Borrower and Maryland Owner funds from the Required Remediation Reserve Account from time to time upon satisfaction by Borrower and Maryland Owner of each of the following conditions:  (a) Borrower and Maryland Owner shall submit a written request for payment to Lender at least ten (10) days prior to the date on which Borrower or Maryland Owner requests such payment be made and specifies the Required Remediation to be paid for, (b)  on the date such payment is to be made, no Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, in connection with the final disbursement (c) Lender shall have received an Officer’s Certificate (i) stating that all Required Remediation at the applicable Individual Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been performed in good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all Legal Requirements in all material respects, such certificate to be accompanied by a copy of any license, permit or other approval (if any) by any Governmental Authority required to commence and/or complete the Required Remediation, (ii) identifying each Person that supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Remediation performed at such Individual Property to be funded by the requested disbursement under a contract in excess of One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and (iii) stating that each Person who has supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Remediation to be funded by the requested disbursement has been paid to date in full or will be paid to date in full upon such disbursement, such Officer’s Certificate to be accompanied by lien waivers or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to Lender, (d) at Lender’s option in connection with the final disbursement, Lender shall have received a title search for such Individual Property indicating that such Individual Property is free from all liens, claims and other encumbrances not previously approved by Lender other than Permitted Encumbrances, and (e) Lender shall have received such other evidence as Lender shall reasonably request that the Required Remediation at such Individual Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been performed and are paid for or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower or Maryland Owner.  Lender shall not be required to make disbursements from the Required Remediation Account with respect to the Properties more than once each calendar month and such disbursement shall be made only upon satisfaction in all material respects of each condition contained in this Section 16.11.2.  Any amounts remaining in the Required Remediation Reserve Account after the Indebtedness has been repaid in full shall be promptly returned to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or its designee.

 

ARTICLE XVII

 

DEFAULTS

 

Section 17.1                              Event of Default .

 

(a)                                  Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default hereunder (an “ Event of Default ”):

 

147



 

(1)                                  if (A) the Indebtedness is not paid in full on the Maturity Date, (B) any regularly scheduled monthly payment of interest and/or principal due under the Note is not paid in full on the applicable Payment Date, (C) any prepayment of principal due under this Agreement or the Note is not paid when due, (D) any amounts paid to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and not deposited to the Lockbox Account where such failure continues for two (2) Business Days following notice from Lender that such deposit has not been made, or (E) except as to any amount included in (A), (B), (C) and/or (D) of this sub-paragraph (1) , any other amount payable pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document is not paid in full when due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document, with such failure continuing for ten (10) Business Days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower;

 

(2)                                  subject to Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s right to contest as set forth in Section 7.3 , if any of the Impositions or Other Charges are not paid prior to the imposition of any interest, penalty, charge or expense for the non-payment thereof (except to the extent Lender is obligated to disburse funds from the Tax Reserve Account to pay for such Impositions or Other Charges under this Agreement, Lender has sufficient funds in such Tax Reserve Account to make such payment and Lender fails to make such payment);

 

(3)                                  if the insurance policies required by Section 6.1 are not kept in full force and effect (except to the extent Lender is obligated to disburse funds from the Insurance Reserve Account to pay for such insurance policies under this Agreement, Lender has sufficient funds in such Insurance Reserve Account to make such payment and Lender fails to make such payment), or if certified copies of any of such insurance policies (or other evidence of required insurance hereunder reasonably satisfactory to Lender) are not delivered to Lender on or before the date the same are to be delivered hereunder, and, in each case, such failure continues for ten (10) days after notice thereof;

 

(4)                                  if, except as permitted pursuant to Article VIII or any other provision of a Loan Document, (A) any Transfer of any direct or indirect legal, beneficial or equitable interest in all or any portion of the Properties (or any portion of any Individual Property) occurs, (B) any Transfer of any direct or indirect legal, beneficial or equitable interest in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner occurs, (C) any Lien on all or any portion of the Properties (or any portion of any Individual Property) occurs other than a Permitted Encumbrance, (D) any pledge, hypothecation, creation of a security interest in or other encumbrance of any direct or indirect legal, beneficial or equitable interests in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner occurs other than a Permitted Encumbrance, or (E) the filing of a declaration of condominium with respect to any Individual Property occurs;

 

(5)                                  if any representation or warranty made by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner herein or by Borrower, Maryland Owner Guarantor or any Affiliate of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in any other Loan Document, or in any report, financial statement or other instrument, agreement or document

 

148



 

furnished to Lender pursuant hereto, shall have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the date the representation or warranty was made and such misrepresentation shall have a Material Adverse Effect, provided, however, with respect to any such breach which is not the subject of any other subsection of this Section 17.1(a)  and which is capable of being cured, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner fails to remedy such condition within ten (10) days following notice to Borrower and Maryland Owner from Lender, in the case of any such breach which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money, or within thirty (30) days following notice from Lender in the case of any other such breach; provided , however , that if such non-monetary breach is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30)-day period and provided further that Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall have commenced to cure such breach within such thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such thirty (30)-day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower and Maryland Owner in the exercise of due diligence to cure such breach, such additional period not to exceed sixty (60) days plus time permitted for Excusable Delays;

 

(6)                                  if Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(7)                                  if a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor or if Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor shall be instituted; provided , however , if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days;

 

(8)                                  if Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor, as applicable, attempts to assign its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein in contravention of the Loan Documents;

 

(9)                                  with respect to any term, covenant or provision set forth herein (other than the other subsections of this Section 17.1 ) which specifically contains a notice requirement or grace period and provides that failure to comply on or before the expiration of such period shall be an Event of Default hereunder, if Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor shall be in default under such term, covenant or condition after the giving of such notice or the expiration of such grace period;

 

(10)                           if any of the assumptions contained in the Non-Consolidation Opinion or, in any Additional Non-Consolidation Opinion, is or shall become

 

149



 

untrue in any material respect unless such matter is cured in a timely manner and which would not cause an impairment, or negative or adverse change in the Non-Consolidation Opinion so delivered;

 

(11)                           if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall fail to comply with any covenants set forth in Section 5.2.10 and such failure to so comply continues without cure for ten (10) days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower;

 

(12)                           if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall fail to comply with any covenants set forth in Section 11.2 with such failure continuing for ten (10) Business Days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower, subject to Excusable Delay;

 

(13)                           if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall fail to comply with any covenants set forth in Section 5.1.26 and such failure materially and adversely affects the value of the Loan or the interest of the Lender in the Loan;

 

(14)                           if this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any Lien granted hereunder or thereunder, in whole or in part, shall terminate or shall cease to be effective or shall cease to be a legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor subject to any exceptions as to enforceability provided in Section 4.1.19 , or any Lien securing the Indebtedness shall, in whole or in part, cease to be a perfected first priority Lien, subject to the Permitted Encumbrances (except in any of the foregoing cases in accordance with the terms hereof or under any other Loan Document or by reason of any affirmative act of Lender) and the same has a Material Adverse Effect and is not cured with in fifteen (15) days;

 

(15)                           the Management Agreement is terminated and a Qualified Manager is not appointed as a replacement manager pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2.5 within sixty (60) days after such termination;

 

(16)                           except as expressly permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, if Borrower, Maryland Owner or any other Person grants any easement, covenant or restriction (other than the Permitted Encumbrances) over any Individual Property;

 

(17)                           if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall default beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period under any existing easement, covenant or restriction which affects any Individual Property, the default of which shall have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(18)                           if (A) a breach or default by Ground Tenant under any condition or obligation contained in the Ground Lease is not cured within any applicable cure period provided therein, (B) there occurs any event or condition that gives the Ground Lessor under the Ground Lease a right to terminate or cancel the Ground Lease, (C) the Ground Lease Property shall be surrendered or the Ground Lease shall be terminated or cancelled for any reason or under any circumstances

 

150


 

whatsoever, or (D) any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Ground Lease shall be modified, changed, supplemented, altered, or amended in a manner resulting in or causing any Individual Material Adverse Effect to the Ground Tenant, without the prior written consent of Lender; provided, however, that prior to declaring an Event of Default under this clause (18), Lender shall permit Ground Tenant to release the Ground Lease Property creating such default situation within sixty (60) days upon payment of the applicable Release Price and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 2.4 hereof;

 

(19)                           if a breach or default by any Individual Borrower or Maryland Owner under any condition or obligation contained in any REOA is not cured within any applicable cure period provided therein and such default has a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(20)                           if Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor shall continue to be in Default under any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or of any Loan Document not specified in sub-paragraphs (1)  to (19) above, for thirty (30) days after notice from Lender; provided , however , that if such Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period and provided , further , that Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor shall have commenced to cure such Default within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently proceeds to cure the same, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower and Maryland Owner in the exercise of due diligence to cure such Default, such additional period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days, subject to Excusable Delay.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the cure period provided hereunder may be extended for one additional one hundred twenty (120) day period if and only if (A) such default involves breach of a covenant (as distinct from a representation) and cure of such default would require physical construction or remedial work, and (B) such cure cannot with diligence be completed within the initial one hundred twenty (120) (but can with diligence be completed within an additional one hundred twenty (120) day period).  Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall provide Lender with an additional written report and evidence of the progress of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner ‘s cure efforts sixty (60) days after the commencement of such additional one hundred twenty (120) day cure period.

 

(b)                                  Unless waived in writing by Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in paragraphs (a)(6)  or (7)  above), Lender may, without notice or demand, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, take such action as Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower, Maryland Owner and in each Individual Property, including, without limitation, (i) declaring immediately due and payable the entire Principal Amount together with interest thereon and all other sums due by Borrower under the Loan Documents, (ii) collecting interest on the Principal Amount at the Default Rate whether or not Lender elects to accelerate the Note and (ii) enforcing or availing itself of any or all rights or remedies set forth in the Loan Documents against Borrower, Maryland Owner and each Individual Property, including, without

 

151



 

limitation, all rights or remedies available at law or in equity; and upon any Event of Default described in paragraph (a)(6)  or (a)(7)  above, the Indebtedness and all other obligations of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without notice or demand, and Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby expressly waive any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.  The foregoing provisions shall not be construed as a waiver by Lender of its right to pursue any other remedies available to it under this Agreement, the Security Instrument or any other Loan Document.  Any payment hereunder may be enforced and recovered in whole or in part at such time by one or more of the remedies provided to Lender in the Loan Documents.

 

Section 17.2                              Remedies .

 

(a)                                  Unless waived in writing by Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower and/or Maryland Owner under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Indebtedness shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to any Individual Property.  Any such actions taken by Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower and Maryland Owner agree that if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Lender shall not be subject to any one action or election of remedies law or rule, and (ii) all liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Lender shall remain in full force and effect until Lender has exhausted all of its remedies against the Properties and/or any Individual Property and the Security Instrument has been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Indebtedness or the Indebtedness has been paid in full.

 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, with respect to funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account or the Cash Management Account, Lender may, in Lender’s sole discretion:

 

(i)                                      without notice to Borrower, except as required by law, and at any time or from time to time, charge, set off and otherwise apply all or any part of such funds against the Obligations, Operating Expenses and/or Capital Expenditures for the Properties or any part of any thereof;

 

(ii)                                   at any time and from time to time, exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under this Agreement, and/or as a secured party under the UCC;

 

152



 

(iii)                                demand, collect, take possession of or receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose or realize upon such funds (or any portion thereof); and

 

(iv)                               take all other actions provided in, or contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   With respect to Borrower and Maryland Owner, the funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account and the Cash Management Account and the Properties, nothing contained herein or in any other Loan Document shall be construed as requiring Lender to resort to any Individual Property for the satisfaction of any of the Indebtedness, and Lender may seek satisfaction out of any Individual Property or any part thereof, in its absolute discretion in respect of the Indebtedness.  In addition, Lender shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose this Agreement and the Security Instrument in any manner and for any amounts secured by this Agreement or the Security Instrument then due and payable as determined by Lender in its sole discretion including, without limitation, the following circumstances:  (i) in the event Borrower defaults beyond any applicable cure or grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal or interest, Lender may foreclose this Agreement and the Security Instrument to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event Lender elects to accelerate less than the entire outstanding principal balance of the Loan, Lender may foreclose this Agreement and the Security Instrument to recover so much of the principal balance of the Loan as Lender may accelerate and such other sums secured by this Agreement or the Security Instrument as Lender may elect.  Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, each Individual Property shall remain subject to this Agreement and the Security Instrument to secure payment of sums secured by this Agreement and the Security Instrument and not previously recovered.

 

Section 17.3                              Remedies Cumulative; Waivers .  The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement and the Security Instrument shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against Borrower and/or Maryland Owner pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in Lender’s sole discretion.  No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.  A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower or Guarantor shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower, Maryland Owner or Guarantor or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

 

Section 17.4                              Costs of Collection .  In the event that after an Event of Default and during the continuance thereof:  (a) the Note or any of the Loan Documents is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement or is collected or enforced through any legal proceeding; (b) an attorney is retained to represent Lender in any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership, or other proceedings affecting creditors’ rights and involving a claim under the Note or any of the Loan Documents or (c) an attorney is retained to protect or enforce the lien or

 

153



 

any of the terms of this Agreement, the Security Instrument or any of the Loan Documents, then, in any such instance, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall pay to Lender all reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, including costs of appeal, together with interest on any judgment obtained by Lender at the Default Rate.

 

ARTICLE XVIII

 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 18.1                              Exculpation .

 

18.1.1               Exculpated Parties .  No personal liability shall be asserted, sought or obtained by Lender or enforceable against (a) Borrower (except as set forth in this Section 18.1 ), (b) Maryland Owner, (c) Guarantor (except as set forth in the Guaranty and sub-paragraph (5)  below), (d) Manager, (e) any Affiliate of Borrower, (f) any Person owning, directly or indirectly, any legal or beneficial interest in Borrower, Maryland Owner, Guarantor or Manager and/or Maryland Owner, Guarantor, Manager or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner, or Manager or (g) any direct or indirect partner, member, principal, officer, Controlling Person, beneficiary, trustee, advisor, shareholder, employee, agent, Affiliate or director of any Persons described in paragraphs (a)  through (g)  above (collectively, the “ Exculpated Parties ”) and none of the Exculpated Parties shall have any personal liability (whether by suit deficiency judgment or otherwise) in respect of the Obligations, this Agreement, the Security Instrument, the Note, the Properties or any other Loan Document or otherwise in connection with the Loan, or the making, issuance or transfer thereof, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by Lender.  The foregoing limitation shall not in any way limit or affect Lender’s right to any of the following and Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any of the following:

 

(1)                                  Any right of Lender to foreclose the lien of this Agreement and the Security Instrument in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth herein and in the Security Instrument;

 

(2)                                  Any right of Lender to take any other action against any other security at any time given to secure the payment of the Note and the other Obligations;

 

(3)                                  Any right of Lender to exercise any other remedy set forth in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document which is not inconsistent with the terms of this Section 18.1 ;

 

(4)                                  Any right which Lender may have under Section 506(a) , Section 506(b) , Section 1111(b)  or any other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code to file a claim against Borrower for the full amount of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and the Security Instrument or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Indebtedness owing to Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents; or

 

154



 

(5)                                  The liability of any given Exculpated Party with respect to any separate written guaranty or agreement given by any such Exculpated Party in connection with the Loan (including, without limitation, the Guaranty).

 

18.1.2               Carveouts from Non-Recourse Limitations .  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to the contrary, there shall at no time be any limitation on Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s liability for the payment, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instrument and the other Loan Documents, to Lender of:

 

(a)                                  all Losses incurred by or on behalf of Lender by reason of the fraudulent acts of (1) Borrower, (2) Guarantor, (3) Maryland Owner, or (4) any Affiliate of Borrower in connection with the Loan;

 

(b)                                  all Losses incurred by or on behalf of Lender by reason of the willful misconduct of (1) Borrower, (2) Maryland Owner or (3) Guarantor in connection with the Loan;

 

(c)                                   Proceeds which Borrower, Maryland Owner or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner has received and intentionally misapplied (it being agreed that neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be deemed to have misapplied Proceeds unless same are received by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and not paid to Lender, in a circumstance in which Lender is expressly entitled to receive same from Borrower and/or Maryland Owner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents to be applied toward payment of the Indebtedness, or used for the repair or replacement of any Individual Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement);

 

(d)                                  all Losses incurred by Lender and arising from any intentional misrepresentation of (1) Borrower, (2) Guarantor, (3) Maryland Owner, or (4) any Affiliate of Borrower under the Loan Documents;

 

(e)                                   any misappropriation of Rents or security deposits (including the proceeds of any Letters of Credit held by Manager, Borrower, Maryland Owner or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner in lieu of such security deposits) by Manager, Borrower, Maryland Owner or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner;

 

(f)                                    after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the removal or disposal of any of the Properties in violation of the Loan Documents;

 

(g)                                   any Rents, issues, profits and/or income collected by Borrower or Maryland Owner or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner (other than Rent sent to the Lockbox Account or Cash Management Agreement or paid directly to Lender pursuant to any notice of direction delivered to Tenants of the applicable Individual Property) and not applied to payment of the Obligations or used to pay normal and verifiable Operating Expenses or ordinary and customary capital expenditures not constituting extraordinary expenses of the applicable Individual Property or otherwise applied in a manner permitted under the Loan Documents;

 

(h)                                  any Losses incurred by or on behalf of Lender by reason of physical damage to any Individual Property from intentional waste committed by Borrower and/or

 

155



 

Maryland Owner or any Affiliate of Borrower or Maryland Owner (provided that this clause (h) shall not include any Losses arising from Borrower’s insufficiency of funds from operations);

 

(i)                                      any Losses incurred by or on behalf of Lender by reason of a failure of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to comply with the Single Purpose Entity requirements of this Agreement (other than those set forth in Section 5.1.4(6) , Section  5.1.4(9) , Section 5.1.4(12 ) (to the extent the assumptions referenced therein are excluded from this clause (i) ) and Section  5.1.4(28)(D) , and Sections 4.1.29(e)  through (l) , that constitutes a Material Adverse Effect, such that either (A) the failure was considered by a court as a factor in the court’s finding for a consolidation of the assets of Borrower with the assets of another Person, or (B) as a result thereof, Lender suffers any losses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursement s, whether or not litigation has commenced); provided that solely with respect to this clause (i) , liens for Impositions and other charges, mechanics, materialmen’s and supplier’s liens, judgments liens and other non-consensual liens and Debt for the deferred purchase price of property or services in connection with the operation, maintenance, leasing or ownership of the Properties shall not constitute Debt for purposes of the definition of “Debt” as and when used in Section 5.1.4 if and to the extent Borrower does not have sufficient funds from operations to pay the same;

 

(j)                                     any Losses incurred by or on behalf of Lender by reason of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clauses  (A)  through (F)  in the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 18.1.2 ;

 

(k)                                  any Losses incurred by or on behalf of Lender by reason of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s failure to comply with any of the provisions of Section 8.4 , provided that solely with respect to this clause (k), liens for Impositions and other charges, mechanics, materialmen’s and supplier’s liens, judgments liens and other non-consensual liens and Debt for the deferred purchase price of property or services in connection with the operation, maintenance, leasing or ownership of the Properties shall not constitute Debt for purposes of the definition of “Debt” as and when used in Section 8.4 if and to the extent Borrower does not have sufficient funds from operations to pay the same;

 

(l)                                      all Losses incurred by Lender and arising from the Liens or purported Liens described on Schedule 18.1.2 ;  and

 

(m)                              reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any successful suit filed on account of any of the foregoing paragraphs (a)  through (l ) or on account of any of clauses  (A)  through (F)  in the next succeeding paragraph of this Section 18.1.2 .

 

The term “ Losses ” means any and all losses, damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims or other obligations reasonably incurred by Lender (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Note or any of the Loan Documents, (1) Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right which Lender may have under Section 506(a), 506(b) or 1111(b) or any other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Indebtedness or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Indebtedness owing to Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents, and

 

156



 

(2) the Indebtedness shall be fully recourse to Borrower and Maryland Owner in the event that:  (A) Borrower and/or Maryland Owner fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 8.1 , provided that solely with respect to this paragraph, liens for Impositions and other charges, mechanics, materialmen’s and supplier’s liens, judgments liens and other non-consensual liens and Debt for the deferred purchase price of property or services in connection with the operation, maintenance, leasing or ownership of the Properties (and Transfers resulting therefrom) shall not violate Section 8.1 if and to the extent the same remain unpaid or arise because Borrower does not have sufficient funds from operations to pay the same; (B) Borrower or Maryland Owner files a voluntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (C) an Affiliate, officer, trustee, director, or representative which controls, directly or indirectly, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner files, or joins in the filing of, an involuntary petition against Borrower and/or Maryland Owner under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law, or solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors for any involuntary petition against Borrower and/or Maryland Owner from any Person; (D) Borrower and/or Maryland Owner files or joins in any involuntary petition filed against it, by any other Person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law, or solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors for any involuntary petition from any Person or colludes to effect any involuntary petition; (E) any Affiliate, officer, trustee, director, or representative which controls Borrower and/or Maryland Owner files or joins in an application for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee, or examiner for Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or any portion of any Individual Property (except at the request of Lender); or (F) Borrower and/or Maryland Owner makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

ARTICLE XIX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 19.1                              Survival .  This Agreement and all covenants, indemnifications, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Indebtedness is outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.  Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party.  All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Lender.  The obligations and liabilities of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall be joint and several.

 

Section 19.2                              Lender’s Discretion .  Whenever pursuant to this Agreement, Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall be (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) in the sole discretion of Lender and final and conclusive.

 

157



 

Section 19.3                              Governing Law (A)  THIS AGREEMENT WAS NEGOTIATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, THE LOAN WAS MADE BY LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY BORROWER AND MARYLAND OWNER IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WHICH STATE THE PARTIES AGREE HAS A SUBSTANTIAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE PARTIES AND TO THE UNDERLYING TRANSACTION EMBODIED HEREBY, AND IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE (WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER AND LENDER EACH HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM TO ASSERT THAT THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION GOVERNS THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTE, AND THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

 

(B)                                ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST LENDER, BORROWER OR MARYLAND OWNER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK, PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW AND BORROWER AND LENDER EACH WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE BASED ON VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, AND BORROWER, MARYLAND OWNER AND LENDER EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, EXCEPT THAT IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FORECLOSURE OR SIMILAR EXERCISE OF REMEDIES AGAINST ANY INDIVIDUAL PROPERTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF A SECURITY INSTRUMENT OR AN ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS, SUCH ACTION SHALL, TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BE CONDUCTED IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE APPLICABLE INDIVIDUAL PROPERTY IS LOCATED. EACH OF BORROWER AND MARYLAND OWNER DOES HEREBY DESIGNATE AND APPOINT:

 

The Corporation Trust Company
111 Eighth Avenue
13th Floor
New York, New York  10011

 

AS ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT TO ACCEPT AND ACKNOWLEDGE ON ITS BEHALF SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS WHICH MAY BE SERVED IN ANY SUCH

 

158



 

SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON SAID AUTHORIZED AGENT AT SAID ADDRESS AND WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAID SERVICE MAILED OR DELIVERED TO BORROWER AND/OR MARYLAND OWNER IN THE MANNER PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON BORROWER AND/OR MARYLAND OWNER IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EACH OF BORROWER AND MARYLAND OWNER (I) SHALL GIVE PROMPT NOTICE TO LENDER OF ANY CHANGED ADDRESS OF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT HEREUNDER, (II) MAY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE A SUBSTITUTE AUTHORIZED AGENT WITH AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK (WHICH SUBSTITUTE AGENT AND OFFICE SHALL BE DESIGNATED AS THE PERSON AND ADDRESS FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS), AND (III) SHALL PROMPTLY DESIGNATE SUCH A SUBSTITUTE IF ITS AUTHORIZED AGENT CEASES TO HAVE AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK OR IS DISSOLVED WITHOUT LEAVING A SUCCESSOR.

 

Section 19.4                              Modification, Waiver in Writing .  No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or of the Note, or of any other Loan Document, or consent to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to or demand on Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall entitle Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

Section 19.5                              Delay Not a Waiver .  Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder, or under the Note or under any other Loan Document, or any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege.  In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount.

 

Section 19.6                              Notices .  All notices, consents, approvals and requests required or permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be given in writing and shall be effective for all purposes if hand delivered or sent by (a) certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (b) expedited prepaid delivery service, either commercial or United States Postal Service, with proof of attempted delivery or (c) telecopier (with answer back acknowledged), addressed as follows (or at such other address and Person as shall be designated from time to time by any party hereto, as the case may be, in a written notice to the other parties hereto in the manner provided for in this Section 19.6 ):

 

159



 

If to Lender:

 

Vornado Finance II L.P.

c/o Vornado Realty Trust
210 Route 4 East
Paramus, New Jersey 07652
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile No.:  (201) 843-2198

 

With copies to:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York  10019
Attention:  Executive Vice President, Capital Markets
Facsimile No.:  (212) 894-7070

 

and:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York  10019
Attention:  Corporate Counsel
Facsimile No.:  (212) 894-7070

 

If to Borrower or Maryland Owner:

 

Hackensack VF L.L.C., as Borrower Agent
c/o Vornado Realty Trust
210 Route 4 East
Paramus, New Jersey 07652
Attention:  Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile No.:  (201) 843-2198

 

With copies to:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York  10019
Attention:  Executive Vice President, Capital Markets
Facsimile No.:  (212) 894-7070

 

and:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York  10019

 

160


 

Attention:  Corporate Counsel
Facsimile No.:  (212) 894-7070

 

All notices, elections, requests and demands under this Agreement shall be effective and deemed received upon the earliest of (1) the actual receipt of the same by personal delivery or otherwise, (2) one (1) Business Day after being deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier service as required above, provided, such courier is instructed to deliver the notice within one (1) Business Day, (3) three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the United States mail as required above or (4) on the day sent if sent by facsimile with confirmation on or before 5:00 p.m. New York time on any Business Day or on the next Business Day if so delivered after 5:00 p.m. New York time or on any day other than a Business Day.  Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no notice was given as herein required shall be deemed to be receipt of the notice, election, request or demand sent.  Notices on behalf of Lender may be sent by the Servicer and notices on behalf of Lender or Borrower may be sent by their respective counsel.

 

Upon a transfer of Lender’s interest in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to Vornado DP LLC Trust 2010, Borrower and Maryland Owner each agree and acknowledge that the address for notices to Lender shall be:

 

Deutsche Bank National Trust Company
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, California 92705
Attention:  Trust Administration – JP10B2
Facsimile No.:  (714) 247-6478

 

With copies to:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
MAC D110-090, 9
th  Floor
201 South College Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28244
Attention.:  Vornado DP LLC Trust 2010 - Asset Manager

Facsimile No.:  (704) 715-0036

 

and

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Legal Department
45 Fremont, 27
th  Floor,
San Francisco, CA
Attention:  Legal Support

Facsimile No.:  (415) 975-7819

 

Section 19.7                             TRIAL BY JURY .  BORROWER, MARYLAND OWNER AND LENDER EACH, AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER IT, HEREBY EXPRESSLY, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR

 

161



 

CAUSE OF ACTION (I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITY INSTRUMENT, THE NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE MODIFICATION THEREOF, OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITY INSTRUMENT, THE NOTE OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (AS NOW OR HEREAFTER MODIFIED) OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION IS NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND BORROWER, MARYLAND OWNER AND LENDER EACH, HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION MAY BE FILED WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.  BORROWER, MARYLAND OWNER AND LENDER EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS CONSULTED WITH LEGAL COUNSEL REGARDING THE MEANING OF THIS WAIVER AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS AN ESSENTIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE MAKING OF THE LOAN.  THIS WAIVER SHALL SURVIVE THE REPAYMENT OF THE LOAN.  GUARANTOR IS AN INTENDED BENEFICIARY OF LENDER’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION 19.7 .

 

Section 19.8                              Headings .  The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

 

Section 19.9                              Severability .  Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 19.10                       Preferences .  To the extent Borrower and/or Maryland Owner makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

 

Section 19.11                       Waiver of Notice .  Neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner and except with respect to matters for which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner is not, pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice.  Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby

 

162



 

expressly waive the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.

 

Section 19.12                       Expenses; Indemnity .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise set forth herein or in any other Loan Document, Borrower and Maryland Owner covenant and agree to pay or, if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner fails to pay, to reimburse, Lender upon receipt of written notice from Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with (1) the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and all the costs of furnishing all Opinions of Counsel (including, without limitation, any opinions required to be delivered on the date hereof or required to be delivered at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s expense pursuant to this Agreement); (2) Lender’s ongoing performance of and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date; (3) the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents or matters as required herein or under the other Loan Documents; (4) securing Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s compliance with any requests made pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (5) the filing and recording fees and expenses, mortgage recording taxes, title insurance and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for providing to Lender all required legal opinions, and other similar expenses incurred in creating and perfecting the Lien in favor of Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (6) enforcing or preserving any rights, in response to third party claims or the prosecuting or defending of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Individual Property, or any other security given for the Loan; (7) enforcing any obligations of or collecting any payments due from Borrower and/or Maryland Owner under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or with respect to any Individual Property or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a work-out or of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings; and (8) procuring insurance policies pursuant to Section 6.1 ; provided, however, that neither Borrower nor Maryland Owner shall be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses to the extent the same arise (A) by reason of the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender, bad faith, recklessness, (B) in any other instance herein or in any other Loan Document that provides that the matter in question is to be “at Lender’s expense” or “at no cost to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner” or words of similar import (C) except for any Securitization, in connection with any assignment, syndication or sale of participations in the loan subsequent to the date hereof or in connection with any dispute, buy-sell or other matters as between one or more Lenders, or between a Lender and one or more Lenders, or (D) in connection with the execution of any note to replace lost, destroyed or mutilated notes.  During the continuance of an Event of Default, any cost and expenses due and payable to Lender may be paid from any amounts in the Cash Management Account.

 

163



 

(b)                                  Subject to the non-recourse provisions of Section 18.1 , except to the extent caused by the actual willful misconduct, bad faith, recklessness or gross negligence of the Indemnified Parties, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall protect, indemnify and save harmless Lender, and all officers, trustees, directors, stockholders, members, partners, employees, agents, successors and assigns thereof (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against all liabilities, obligations, claims, damages, penalties, causes of action, costs and expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses actually incurred) imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against the Indemnified Parties or the Properties or any Individual Property or any part of its interest therein, by reason of the occurrence or existence of any of the following (to the extent Proceeds payable on account of the following shall be inadequate; it being understood that in no event will the Indemnified Parties be required to actually pay or incur any costs or expenses as a condition to the effectiveness of the foregoing indemnity) prior to the earliest of:  (1) the acceptance by Lender or its designee of a deed in lieu of foreclosure with respect to any Individual Property, (2) an Indemnified Party or its designee taking possession or control of any Individual Property or (3) the foreclosure of the Security Instrument:  (A) ownership of Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s interest in any Individual Property, or any interest therein, or receipt of any Rents or other sum therefrom, (B) any accident, injury to or death of any persons or loss of or damage to property occurring on or about any Individual Property or any Appurtenances thereto, (C) any design, construction, operation, repair, maintenance, use, non-use or condition of any Individual Property or Appurtenances thereto, including claims or penalties arising from violation of any Legal Requirement or Insurance Requirement, as well as any claim based on any patent or latent defect, whether or not discoverable by Lender, any claim the insurance as to which is inadequate, and any Environmental Claim, (D) any Default under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any failure on the part of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner to perform or comply with any of the terms of any Lease within the applicable notice or grace periods, (E) any performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of any Individual Property or any part thereof, (F) any negligence or tortious act or omission on the part of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees, sublessees, licensees or invitees, (G) any contest referred to in Section 7.3 hereof, (H) any obligation or undertaking relating to the performance or discharge of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the landlord contained in the Leases, (I) the presence at, in or under any Individual Property or the Improvements of any Hazardous Materials in violation of any Environmental Law or (J) the transactions contemplated in this Agreement with respect to the Reserve Accounts.  Any amounts the Indemnified Parties are legally entitled to receive under this Section which are not paid within fifteen (15) Business Days after written demand therefor by the Indemnified Parties or Lender, setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such demand and the basis therefor, shall bear interest from the date of demand at the Default Rate, and shall, together with such interest, be part of the Indebtedness and secured by the Security Instrument.  In case any action, suit or proceeding is brought against the Indemnified Parties by reason of any such occurrence, Borrower and/or Maryland Owner shall at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s expense resist and defend such action, suit or proceeding or will cause the same to be resisted and defended by counsel at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s reasonable expense for the insurer of the liability or by counsel designated by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner (unless reasonably disapproved by Lender promptly after Lender has been notified of such counsel); provided, however, that nothing herein shall compromise the right of Lender (or

 

164



 

any Indemnified Party) to appoint its own counsel at Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s expense for its defense with respect to any action which in its reasonable opinion presents a conflict or potential conflict between Lender, Borrower and Maryland Owner that would make such separate representation advisable; and, provided, further, that if Lender shall have appointed separate counsel pursuant to the foregoing, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall not be responsible for the expense of additional separate counsel of any Indemnified Party unless in the reasonable opinion of Lender a conflict or potential conflict exists between such Indemnified Party and Lender.  So long as Borrower and/or Maryland Owner is resisting and defending such action, suit or proceeding as provided above in a prudent and commercially reasonable manner, Lender and the Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to settle such action, suit or proceeding without Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and Lender agrees that it will not settle any such action, suit or proceeding without the consent of Borrower and/or Maryland Owner; provided, however, that if Borrower and/or Maryland Owner is not diligently defending such action, suit or proceeding in a prudent and commercially reasonable manner as provided above, and Lender has provided Borrower and/or Maryland Owner with thirty (30) days’ prior written notice, or shorter period if mandated by the requirements of applicable law, and opportunity to correct such determination, Lender may settle such action, suit or proceeding and claim the benefit of this Section 19.12 with respect to settlement of such action, suit or proceeding.  Any Indemnified Party will give Borrower and/or Maryland Owner prompt notice after such Indemnified Party obtains actual knowledge of any potential claim by such Indemnified Party for indemnification hereunder.  The Indemnified Parties shall not settle or compromise any action, proceeding or claim as to which it is indemnified hereunder without notice to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner.

 

Section 19.13                       Exhibits and Schedules Incorporated .  The Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

 

Section 19.14                       Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses.   Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower and/or Maryland Owner may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower and/or Maryland Owner in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower and Maryland Owner.

 

Section 19.15                       Liability of Assignees of Lender .  No assignee of Lender shall have any personal liability, directly or indirectly, under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or amendments hereto made at any time or times, heretofore or hereafter, any different than the liability of Lender hereunder.  In addition, no assignee shall have at any time or times hereafter any personal liability, directly or indirectly, under or in connection with or secured by any agreement, lease, instrument, encumbrance, claim or right affecting or relating to any Individual Property or to which any Individual Property is now or hereafter subject any different than the liability of Lender hereunder.  The limitation of liability provided in this Section 19.15 is (a) in addition to, and not in limitation of, any

 

165



 

limitation of liability applicable to the assignee provided by law or by any other contract, agreement or instrument, and (b) shall not apply to any assignee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

Section 19.16                       No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries .  (a) Borrower, Maryland Owner and Lender intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender.  Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy in common, or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower, Maryland Owner and Lender nor to grant Lender any interest in any Individual Property other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender, Maryland Owner and Borrower and nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than Lender, Maryland Owner and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein or therein.  All conditions to the obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Lender and no other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with any or all thereof and no other Person shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Lender if, in Lender’s sole discretion, Lender deems it advisable or desirable to do so.

 

Section 19.17                       Publicity .  All news releases, publicity or advertising by either party hereto or its Affiliates through any media intended to reach the general public (but excluding, for clarity, any filings or news releases necessary or appropriate under applicable laws, including securities laws) which refers to the Loan Documents or the financing evidenced by the Loan Documents, to Lender, or any of its Affiliates shall be subject to the prior consultation between the parties hereto.

 

Section 19.18                       Waiver of Counterclaim and Other Actions .  Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby expressly and unconditionally waive, in connection with any suit, action or proceeding brought by Lender on this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instrument or any Loan Document, any and every right it may have to (a) interpose any counterclaim therein (other than a counterclaim which can only be asserted in the suit, action or proceeding brought by Lender on this Agreement, the Note, the Security Instrument or any Loan Document and cannot be maintained in a separate action) and (b) have any such suit, action or proceeding consolidated with any other or separate suit, action or proceeding.

 

Section 19.19                       Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance .  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.  The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same.  Borrower and Maryland Owner acknowledge that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower and Maryland Owner shall rely solely on their own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan without relying in any manner on any

 

166



 

statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender.  Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower and/or Maryland Owner, and Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby irrevocably waive the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies.  Borrower and Maryland Owner acknowledge that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

 

Section 19.20                       Prior Agreements .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements among or between such parties, whether oral or written, are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and unless specifically set forth in a writing contemporaneous herewith the terms, conditions and provisions of any and all such prior agreements do not survive execution of this Agreement.

 

Section 19.21                       Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which shall constitute one document.

 

Section 19.22                       Cross-Default; Cross-Collateralization; Waiver of Marshalling of Assets .  (a)  Borrower and Maryland Owner acknowledge that Lender has made the Loan to Borrower upon the security of its collective interest in the Properties and in reliance upon the aggregate of the Properties taken together being of greater value as collateral security than the sum of each Individual Property taken separately.  Borrower and Maryland Owner agree that the Security Instruments are and will be cross-collateralized and cross-defaulted with each other so that (i) an Event of Default under any of the Security Instruments shall constitute an Event of Default under each of the other Security Instruments which secure the Note or the Maryland Guaranty Agreement; (ii) an Event of Default under the Note, the Maryland Guaranty Agreement or this Agreement shall constitute an Event of Default under each Security Instrument; (iii) each Security Instrument shall constitute security for the Note or Maryland Guaranty Agreement as if a single blanket lien were placed on all of the Properties as security for the Note; and (iv) such cross-collateralization shall in no event be deemed to constitute a fraudulent conveyance.

 

(b)                                  To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower and Maryland Owner, for themselves and their successors and assigns, waive all rights to a marshalling of the assets of Borrower, Maryland Owner, Borrower’s and/or Maryland Owner’s partners and others with interests in Borrower, Maryland Owner or their respective partners, and of the Properties, or to a sale in inverse order of alienation in the event of foreclosure of all or any of the Security Instruments, and agrees not to assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Properties for the collection of the Indebtedness without any prior or different resort for collection or of the right of Lender to the payment of the

 

167



 

Indebtedness out of the net proceeds of the Properties in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.  In addition, Borrower and Maryland Owner, for themselves and their successors and assigns, waive in the event of foreclosure of any or all of the Security Instruments, any equitable right otherwise available to Borrower and/or Maryland Owner which would require the separate sale of the Properties or require Lender to exhaust its remedies against any Individual Property or any combination of the Properties before proceeding against any other Individual Property or combination of Properties; and further in the event of such foreclosure Borrower and Maryland Owner do hereby expressly consent to and authorize, at the option of Lender, the foreclosure and sale either separately or together of any combination of the Properties.

 

Section 19.23                       Borrower Agent .  Each Individual Borrower and Maryland Owner hereby designates Hackensack VF L.L.C., as Individual Borrower and agent for Borrower (“ Borrower Agent ”), as the party to give and receive notices on behalf of Borrower and Maryland Owner hereunder, to be the named party in connection with the Lockbox Account, the Cash Management Account and the Rate Cap and to perform all other functions of Borrower Agent contemplated by the Loan Documents, and any notice received by Lender by a Borrower or Maryland Owner other than Borrower Agent shall not constitute effective notice to, or be binding upon Lender hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice by Lender to one or more Borrowers and/or Maryland Owner other than Borrower Agent shall be deemed to constitute effective notice to all of the Individual Borrowers.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

168



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Loan and Security Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BORROWERS :

 

 

 

NEWINGTON VF L.L.C. , a Connecticut limited liability company

 

 

 

WATERBURY VF L.L.C. , a Connecticut limited liability company

 

 

 

CHICOPEE HOLDING L.L.C. , a

 

Massachusetts limited liability company

 

 

 

SPRINGFIELD VF L.L.C. , a Massachusetts limited liability company

 

 

 

TOWSON II VF LLC. , a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

BRICKTOWN VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

CHERRY HILL VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

DOVER VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

HANOVER VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

EAST BRUNSWICK VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

NEW VORNADO/SADDLE BROOK LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

VNO PATERSON PLANK ROAD LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

HACKENSACK VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

CONRANS VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 



 

 

JERSEY CITY VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

LAWNSIDE VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

MANALAPAN VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

MARLTON VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

MIDDLETOWN VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

MONTCLAIR VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

MORRIS PLAINS HOLDING VF L.L.C. ,

 

a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

MORRIS PLAINS LEASING VF L.L.C. ,

 

a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

TOTOWA VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

UNION VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

NORTH BERGEN VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

VNO 7000 HADLEY ROAD LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

VNO 2445 SPRINGFIELD AVENUE LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

WATCHUNG VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

WOODBRIDGE VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

FREEPORT VF L.L.C. , a New York limited liability company

 


 

 

ROCHESTER HOLDING L.L.C. , a New York limited liability company

 

 

 

THE SECOND ROCHESTER HOLDING L.L.C. , a New York limited liability company

 

 

 

LODI VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

LODI II VF L.L.C. , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

NEW HANOVER LLC , a New Jersey limited liability company

 

 

 

VNO 839 NEW YORK AVENUE LLC ,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan J. Rice

 

 

Name: Alan J. Rice

 

 

as Authorized Signatory of, and on behalf of, each of the 36 limited liability companies listed above

 

 

 

TWO GUYS FROM HARRISON HOLDING COMPANY L.P. ,
a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

TWO GUYS FROM HARRISON HOLDING COMPANY L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 

 

 

BENSALEM HOLDING COMPANY L.P. , a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

BENSALEM HOLDING COMPANY, L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 



 

 

BETHLEHEM PROPERTIES HOLDING COMPANY L.P. , a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

BETHLEHEM PROPERTIES HOLDING COMPANY L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 

 

 

BETHLEHEM VF L.P. , a Pennsylvania limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

BETHLEHEM VF L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 

 

 

MARPLE HOLDING COMPANY L.P. ,

 

a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

MARPLE HOLDING COMPANY, L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 

 

 

PHILADELPHIA HOLDING COMPANY L.P. , a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

PHILADELPHIA HOLDING COMPANY, L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 

 

 

LANCASTER LEASING COMPANY L.P. , a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

LANCASTER LEASING COMPANY L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 



 

 

YORK HOLDING COMPANY L.P. , a Pennsylvania limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

YORK HOLDING COMPANY, L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan J. Rice

 

 

Name: Alan J. Rice

 

 

as Authorized Signatory of, and on behalf of, each of the 8 general partners listed above, on behalf of each of the 8 limited partnership listed above

 



 

 

MARYLAND OWNER :

 

 

 

TOWSON VF LLC. , a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan J. Rice

 

 

Name: Alan J. Rice

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 



 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

VORNADO FINANCE II LP. , a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan J. Rice

 

 

Name: Alan J. Rice

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

 

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of March 25, 2013

 

Between

 

VNO BERGEN MALL OWNER LLC,

as Borrower

 

and

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Lender

 

PROPERTY: Bergen Town Center, Paramus, New Jersey

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

I.

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

1

 

Section 1.1.

Specific Definitions

 

1

 

Section 1.2.

Index of Other Definitions

 

19

 

Section 1.3.

Principles of Construction

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

II.

THE LOAN

 

22

 

Section 2.1.

The Loan

 

22

 

2.1.1

Agreement to Lend and Borrow

 

22

 

2.1.2

Single Disbursement to Borrower

 

22

 

2.1.3

The Note

 

22

 

2.1.4

Use of Proceeds

 

22

 

Section 2.2.

Interest Rate

 

22

 

2.2.1

Interest Rate

 

22

 

2.2.2

Default Rate

 

22

 

2.2.3

Interest Calculation

 

22

 

2.2.4

Usury Savings

 

22

 

Section 2.3.

Loan Payments

 

23

 

2.3.1

Payments

 

23

 

2.3.2

Payments Generally

 

23

 

2.3.3

Payment on Maturity Date

 

23

 

2.3.4

Late Payment Charge

 

23

 

2.3.5

Method and Place of Payment

 

24

 

Section 2.4.

Prepayments

 

24

 

2.4.1

Prepayments

 

24

 

2.4.2

Defeasance

 

24

 

2.4.3

Open Prepayment

 

27

 

2.4.4

Mandatory Prepayments

 

27

 

2.4.5

Prepayments After Default

 

27

 

Section 2.5.

Release of Property

 

27

 

2.5.1

Release Upon Defeasance

 

27

 

2.5.2

Release on Payment in Full

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

30

 

Section 3.1.

Borrower Representations

 

30

 

3.1.1

Organization; Special Purpose

 

30

 

3.1.2

Proceedings; Enforceability

 

30

 

3.1.3

No Conflicts

 

30

 

3.1.4

Litigation

 

30

 

3.1.5

Agreements

 

30

 

3.1.6

Consents

 

31

 

3.1.7

Property; Title

 

31

 

3.1.8

ERISA; No Plan Assets

 

32

 

3.1.9

Compliance

 

32

 

i



 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1.10

Financial Information

 

32

 

3.1.11

Easements; Utilities and Public Access

 

33

 

3.1.12

Assignment of Leases

 

33

 

3.1.13

Insurance

 

33

 

3.1.14

Flood Zone

 

33

 

3.1.15

Physical Condition

 

33

 

3.1.16

Boundaries

 

34

 

3.1.17

Leases

 

34

 

3.1.18

Tax Filings

 

35

 

3.1.19

No Fraudulent Transfer

 

35

 

3.1.20

Federal Reserve Regulations

 

35

 

3.1.21

Organizational Chart

 

35

 

3.1.22

Organizational Status

 

36

 

3.1.23

Bank Holding Company

 

36

 

3.1.24

No Casualty

 

36

 

3.1.25

Purchase Options

 

36

 

3.1.26

FIRPTA

 

36

 

3.1.27

Investment Company Act

 

36

 

3.1.28

Fiscal Year

 

36

 

3.1.29

Other Debt

 

36

 

3.1.30

Intentionally Omitted

 

36

 

3.1.31

Full and Accurate Disclosure

 

36

 

3.1.32

Intentionally Omitted

 

36

 

3.1.33

Intentionally Omitted

 

36

 

3.1.34

REA

 

36

 

3.1.35

Illegal Activity

 

37

 

Section 3.2.

Survival of Representations

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

IV.

BORROWER COVENANTS

 

37

 

Section 4.1.

Payment and Performance of Obligations

 

37

 

Section 4.2.

Due on Sale and Encumbrance; Transfers of Interests

 

37

 

Section 4.3.

Liens

 

38

 

Section 4.4.

Special Purpose

 

38

 

Section 4.5.

Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements

 

39

 

Section 4.6.

Taxes and Other Charges

 

39

 

Section 4.7.

Litigation

 

39

 

Section 4.8.

Title to the Property

 

39

 

Section 4.9.

Financial Reporting

 

40

 

4.9.1

Generally

 

40

 

4.9.2

Quarterly/Monthly Reports

 

40

 

4.9.3

Annual Reports

 

41

 

4.9.4

Other Reports

 

41

 

4.9.5

Annual Budget

 

41

 

Section 4.10.

Access to Property

 

42

 

Section 4.11.

Leases

 

42

 

4.11.1

Generally

 

42

 

4.11.2

Approvals

 

42

 

ii



 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.11.3

Covenants

 

44

 

4.11.4

Security Deposits

 

44

 

Section 4.12.

Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance; Alterations

 

45

 

4.12.1

Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance

 

45

 

4.12.2

Alterations

 

45

 

Section 4.13.

Insolvency Opinion

 

45

 

Section 4.14.

Property Management

 

47

 

4.14.1

Management Agreement

 

47

 

4.14.2

Prohibition Against Termination or Modification

 

47

 

4.14.3

Replacement of Manager

 

47

 

Section 4.15.

Performance by Borrower

 

47

 

Section 4.16.

Licenses

 

48

 

Section 4.17.

Further Assurances

 

48

 

Section 4.18.

Estoppel Statement

 

48

 

Section 4.19.

Notice of Default

 

48

 

Section 4.20.

Cooperate in Legal Proceedings

 

49

 

Section 4.21.

Indebtedness

 

49

 

Section 4.22.

Business and Operations

 

49

 

Section 4.23.

Dissolution

 

49

 

Section 4.24.

Debt Cancellation

 

50

 

Section 4.25.

Affiliate Transactions

 

50

 

Section 4.26.

No Joint Assessment

 

50

 

Section 4.27.

Intentionally Omitted

 

50

 

Section 4.28.

Change of Name, Identity or Structure

 

50

 

Section 4.29.

Costs and Expenses

 

50

 

Section 4.30.

Indemnity

 

51

 

Section 4.31.

ERISA

 

52

 

Section 4.32.

Patriot Act Compliance

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

V.

INSURANCE, CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION

 

53

 

Section 5.1.

Insurance

 

53

 

5.1.1

Insurance Policies

 

53

 

5.1.2

Insurance Company

 

58

 

Section 5.2.

Casualty

 

60

 

Section 5.3.

Condemnation

 

60

 

Section 5.4.

Restoration

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

VI.

CASH MANAGEMENT AND RESERVE FUNDS

 

66

 

Section 6.1.

Cash Management Arrangements

 

66

 

Section 6.2.

Intentionally Reserved

 

67

 

Section 6.3.

Tax Funds

 

67

 

6.3.1

Deposits of Tax Funds

 

67

 

6.3.2

Release of Tax Funds

 

67

 

6.3.3

Letter of Credit

 

67

 

Section 6.4.

Insurance Funds

 

68

 

6.4.1

Deposits of Insurance Funds

 

68

 

6.4.2

Release of Insurance Funds

 

68

 

iii



 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.4.3

Acceptable Blanket Policy

 

69

 

6.4.4

Letter of Credit

 

69

 

Section 6.5.

Capital Expenditure Funds

 

69

 

6.5.1

Deposits of Capital Expenditure Funds

 

69

 

6.5.2

Release of Capital Expenditure Funds

 

69

 

6.5.3

Letter of Credit

 

70

 

Section 6.6.

Rollover Funds

 

71

 

6.6.1

Deposits of Rollover Funds

 

71

 

6.6.2

Release of Rollover Funds and Lease Termination Deposit Amounts

 

71

 

6.6.3

Letter of Credit

 

73

 

Section 6.7.

Intentionally Omitted

 

73

 

Section 6.8.

Intentionally Omitted

 

73

 

Section 6.9.

Casualty and Condemnation Account

 

73

 

Section 6.10.

Cash Collateral Funds

 

73

 

Section 6.11.

Property Cash Flow Allocation

 

74

 

6.11.1

Order of Priority of Funds in Deposit Account

 

74

 

6.11.2

Failure to Make Payments

 

74

 

6.11.3

Application After Event of Default

 

74

 

Section 6.12.

Security Interest in Reserve Funds

 

74

 

Section 6.13.

Intentionally Omitted

 

75

 

Section 6.14.

Intentionally Reserved

 

75

 

Section 6.15.

Limitations on Letters of Credit/Alteration Deficiency Guarantees

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

VII.

PERMITTED TRANSFERS

 

75

 

Section 7.1.

Permitted Transfer of the Entire Property

 

75

 

Section 7.2.

Permitted Transfers

 

77

 

Section 7.3.

Cost and Expenses; Searches; Copies

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

VIII.

DEFAULTS

 

80

 

Section 8.1.

Events of Default

 

80

 

Section 8.2.

Remedies

 

84

 

8.2.1

Acceleration

 

84

 

8.2.2

Remedies Cumulative

 

84

 

8.2.3

Severance

 

85

 

8.2.4

Lender’s Right to Perform

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

IX.

SALE AND SECURITIZATION OF MORTGAGE

 

86

 

Section 9.1.

Sale of Mortgage and Securitization

 

86

 

Section 9.2.

Securitization Indemnification

 

89

 

Section 9.3.

Conversion to Registered Form

 

92

 

Section 9.4.

Costs and Expenses

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

X.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

93

 

Section 10.1.

Exculpation

 

93

 

Section 10.2.

Survival; Successors and Assigns

 

96

 

Section 10.3.

Lender’s Discretion; Rating Agency Review Waiver

 

96

 

iv



 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.4.

Governing Law

 

97

 

Section 10.5.

Modification, Waiver in Writing

 

98

 

Section 10.6.

Notices

 

98

 

Section 10.7.

Waiver of Trial by Jury

 

100

 

Section 10.8.

Headings, Schedules and Exhibits

 

100

 

Section 10.9.

Severability

 

100

 

Section 10.10.

Preferences

 

100

 

Section l0.11.

Waiver of Notice

 

100

 

Section 10.12.

Remedies of Borrower

 

100

 

Section 10.13.

Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses

 

101

 

Section 10.14.

No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries

 

101

 

Section 10.15.

Publicity

 

101

 

Section 10.16.

Waiver of Marshalling of Assets

 

101

 

Section 10.17.

Certain Waivers

 

102

 

Section 10.18.

Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance

 

102

 

Section 10.19.

Brokers and Financial Advisors

 

102

 

Section 10.20.

Prior Agreements

 

102

 

Section 10.21.

Servicer

 

103

 

Section 10.22.

Joint and Several Liability

 

104

 

Section 10.23.

Creation of Security Interest

 

104

 

Section 10.24.

Assignments and Participations

 

104

 

Section 10.25.

Counterparts

 

104

 

v



 

Schedules and Exhibits

 

Schedules :

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

-

Rent Roll

Schedule II

-

Intentionally Omitted

Schedule III

-

Organizational Chart of Borrower

Schedule IV

-

Exceptions to Representations and Warranties

Schedule V

-

Definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity

Schedule VI

-

Intentionally Omitted

Schedule VII

-

REAs

Schedule VIII

H&M Lease

Schedule IX

Prohibited Transferee

Schedule X

Description of Rentable Units

Schedule XI

Temporary and Storage Space Tenants

Schedule XII

TI/LC Expenses Outstanding as of the Closing Date

 

 

 

Exhibits :

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Legal Description

Exhibit B

-

Reserved

Exhibit C

-

Form of Alterations Deficiency Guaranty

Exhibit D

-

Form of Standard Lease

Exhibit E

-

Form of Contribution Agreement

Exhibit F

-

Form of SNDA

 

vi


 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AGREEMENT , dated as of March 25, 2013 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), between WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , having an address at One Wells Fargo Center, 1901 Harrison Street, 2 nd  Floor, Oakland, California 94612 (together with its successors and assigns, “ Lender ”), and VNO BERGEN MALL OWNER LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, having an address at 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10106 (together with its permitted successors and assigns, “ Borrower ”).

 

All capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in Article I hereof.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan from Lender; and

 

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree, represent and warrant as follows:

 

I.             DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

Section 1.1.           Specific Definitions. For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided:

 

Affiliate shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person.

 

ALTA shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto.

 

Alteration Deficiency Guaranty shall mean a guaranty (as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) in favor of Lender pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 4.12.2 of this Agreement, which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and shall be executed and delivered by Guarantor or a Qualified Guarantor.

 

Alteration Threshold shall mean $5,000,000; provided, however, that the list of any alterations performed which are detailed in the proviso to the definition of Material Alteration shall not be included in determining whether an alteration exceeds the Alteration Threshold.

 

Annual Budget shall mean the operating and capital budget for the Property setting forth, on a month-by-month basis, in reasonable detail, each line item of Borrower’s good faith estimate of anticipated Operating Income, Operating Expenses and Capital Expenditures for the applicable Fiscal Year.

 



 

Approved Capital Expenditures shall mean Capital Expenditures incurred by Borrower and either (i) included in the Approved Annual Budget or (ii) approved by Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

Approved Leasing Expenses shall mean any actual out-of-pocket expenses (including brokerage commissions and tenant allowances and improvements) incurred by Borrower in leasing space at the Property pursuant to Leases entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents.

 

Approved Replacement Guarantor shall mean a Qualified Transferee (a) having a Net Worth of not less than $500,000,000 and Liquid Assets in an amount not less than $50,000,000, and (b) who either Controls Borrower (or Transferee Borrower, as applicable) or owns a direct or indirect interest in Borrower (or Transferee Borrower, as applicable).

 

Assignment of Agreements shall mean that certain Assignment of Agreements, Licenses, Permits and Contracts, dated as of the date hereof, from Borrower, as assignor, to Lender, as assignee.

 

Assignment of Leases shall mean that certain first priority Assignment of Leases and Rents, dated as of the date hereof, from Borrower, as assignor, to Lender, as assignee.

 

Assignment of Management Agreement shall mean that certain Assignment of Management Agreement and Subordination of Management Fees, dated as of the date hereof, among Borrower, Manager and Lender.

 

Award shall mean any compensation paid by any Governmental Authority in connection with a Condemnation in respect to all or any part of the Property.

 

Bankruptcy Code shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

 

Bottom Dollar Guaranty shall mean, collectively, those certain guarantees which may be entered into after the date hereof, executed by guarantors other than the Guarantor for the benefit of Lender, provided, for clarity, the Guaranty is not a “Bottom Dollar Guaranty”.

 

Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday on which national banks are not open for general business in (a) the State of New York, or (b) the place of business in the United States of (i) the trustee under a Securitization (or, if no Securitization has occurred, Lender), (ii) any Servicer or (iii) the financial institution that maintains any account for or on behalf of Lender, any Servicer or any Reserve Funds.

 

Calculation Date shall mean the last day of each calendar quarter during the Term.

 

Capital Expenditures for any period shall mean amounts expended for replacements and alterations to the Property (excluding tenant improvements) and required to be capitalized according to GAAP.

 

2



 

Cash Management Agency Agreement shall mean that certain Cash Management Agency Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Borrower and Cash Management Agent.

 

Cash Management Agent ” shall mean VRLP.

 

Cash Management Agreement shall mean that certain Cash Management Agreement of even date herewith among Lender, Deposit Bank, Borrower, and Manager.

 

Clearing Account Agreement shall mean that certain Deposit Account Control Agreement dated the date hereof by and among Borrower, Lender, Manager and Clearing Bank.

 

Closing Date shall mean the date of the funding of the Loan.

 

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as it may be further amended from time to time, any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

 

Condemnation shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result or in lieu or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting the Property or any part thereof.

 

Control shall mean, with respect to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and Control shall not be deemed absent solely because a non-managing member, partner or shareholder shall have veto rights with respect to major decisions. The terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Debt shall mean the Outstanding Principal Balance together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other sums (including any applicable Prepayment Fee, if applicable) due to Lender from time to time in respect of the Loan under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage, the Environmental Indemnity or any other Loan Document.

 

Debt Service shall mean, with respect to any particular period scheduled interest payments due under the Note.

 

Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall mean, a ratio for the applicable period, reasonably determined by Lender, in which:

 

(a)           the numerator is the Net Cash Flow for such period; and

 

(b)           the denominator is the aggregate Debt Service payable for such period.

 

Default shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any other Loan Document which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

3



 

Default Rate shall mean, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Legal Rate or (ii) three percent (3%) above the Interest Rate.

 

Deposit Account shall mean an Eligible Account at the Deposit Bank.

 

Deposit Bank shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., provided that such bank shall at all times be an Eligible Institution.

 

Discount Rate shall mean the rate which, when compounded monthly, is equivalent to the Treasury Rate when compounded semi-annually.

 

DSW/Filene’s Claims shall mean the claims made pursuant to that certain civil case entitled Vornado Bergen Mall LLC v. DSW MS LLC in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Bergen County (Docket No.: L-5172-12).

 

Eligible Account shall mean a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (i) an account or accounts (or subaccounts thereof) maintained with a federal or state-chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (ii) a segregated trust account or accounts (or subaccounts thereof) maintained with a federal or state-chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity which, in the case of a state chartered depository institution or trust company, is subject to regulations substantially similar to Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations §9.10(b), having in either case a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authorities. An Eligible Account will not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

 

Eligible Institution shall mean a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of which are rated at least A-1 by S&P, P-1 by Moody’s, and F-1 by Fitch in the case of accounts in which funds are held for thirty (30) days or less or, in the case of Letters of Credit or accounts in which funds are held for more than thirty (30) days, the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least “A+” by Fitch and S&P and “A1” by Moody’s, or such other depository institution otherwise approved by the Rating Agencies from time to time.

 

Environmental Indemnity shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement dated as of the date hereof executed by Borrower and Guarantor in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Lender.

 

Exchange Act Filing shall mean any filing under or pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with or relating to a Securitization.

 

Excluded Property shall mean, individually or collectively as the context may require, the DSW/Filene’s Claims and the Solar Panel Equipment.

 

Excusable Delay shall mean a delay solely due to acts of God, Governmental Authority restrictions, stays, judgments, orders, decrees, enemy actions, civil commotion, fire, casualty, strikes, work stoppages, shortages of labor or materials or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Borrower.

 

4



 

Fiscal Year shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during each year of the Term, or such other fiscal year as may be selected by Borrower and approved by Lender, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

Fitch shall mean Fitch, Inc.

 

GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the accounting profession), or in such other statements by such entity as may be in general use by significant segments of the U.S. accounting profession as of the date of the applicable financial report or other date when GAAP is applicable.

 

Governmental Authority shall mean any court, board, agency, commission, office or authority of any nature whatsoever or any governmental unit (federal, state, commonwealth, county, district, municipal, city or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

 

Gross Income shall mean, as of the end of any calendar quarter for which Net Cash Flow is determined (or such other date for which Net Cash Flow is determined) an amount equal to (A) the sum of: (i) pro forma base rents annualizing rent step-ups that will occur during the next twelve (12) month period, in each case under bona fide Leases (including the Master Leases) (“ Bona Fide Leases ”) at the Property with Tenants that have accepted possession, paying full unabated rent as of the date of such calculation; (ii) actual percentage rents, escalation payments, payments on account of electricity, condenser water usage and overtime charges, other recoveries and other sundry charges received by Borrower under Bona Fide Leases for the twelve (12) months ending as of such calendar quarter; (iii) pro forma base rents for Leases at the Property entered into as of the date of calculation if the Tenant under each such Lease has taken possession of its premises and nine (9) months or less of rent abatements remain outstanding under such Lease (for the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of pro forma rent pursuant to this clause (iii)  shall include the initial base rent payable under such Lease(s) excluding the effect of the free rent period); (iv) for the twelve (12) months preceding the date such Net Cash Flow is determined, the amount of base rent that would have been payable by VRLP under the Master Lease if a Trigger Period had occurred and been continuing during such period; and (v) for the twelve (12) month period preceding the date such Net Cash Flow is determined, actual cash flow receipts received by Borrower from other sources at the Property (to the extent not covered in (i) through (iii) above); less (B) the sum of the following amounts: (v) any amounts included in (A) above representing sales, use and occupancy or other taxes on receipts required to be accounted for by Borrower to any Governmental Authority, tax rebates, refunds, proceeds from the sale of furniture, fixtures and equipment or any other sale, transfer or exchange, proceeds from any financing, capital contributions, interest income from any source other than the Deposit Account, the Accounts or other accounts required to be maintained for the benefit of Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents, Insurance Proceeds (other than business interruption or rent loss insurance proceeds), Awards, forfeited Tenant security, utility and other similar deposits, and any other extraordinary or other non-recurring revenues; and (vi) any amounts included in (A) above received (w) from Tenants not paying full, unabated rent (except as set forth in clause (iii)  above), (x) from Tenants that are in material default of their obligations

 

5



 

to pay monthly rent under their Leases and such default has remained uncured for thirty (30) days and (y) from Tenants that are the subject of a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding.

 

Gross Revenue shall mean all revenue derived from the ownership and operation of the Property from whatever source, including Rents and any Insurance Proceeds (whether or not Lender elects to treat any such Insurance Proceeds as business or rental interruption Insurance Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.4(e)  hereof).

 

Guarantor ” shall mean VRLP.

 

Guaranty shall mean that certain Guaranty of Recourse Obligations of even date herewith from Guarantor for the benefit of Lender.

 

H&M shall mean H&M Hennes & Mauritz L.P.

 

HomeGoods shall mean HomeGoods, Inc.

 

Indebtedness shall mean, for any Person, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, for amounts drawn under a letter of credit, or for the deferred purchase price of property for which such Person or its assets is liable, (ii) all unfunded amounts under a loan agreement, letter of credit, or other credit facility for which such Person would be liable if such amounts were advanced thereunder, (iii) all amounts required to be paid by such Person as a guaranteed payment to partners or a preferred or special dividend, including any mandatory redemption of shares or interests, except if the partnership, operating or similar agreement provides that the same is waived to the extent such Person lacks funds to pay the same, (iv) all indebtedness guaranteed by such Person, directly or indirectly, (v) all obligations under leases that constitute capital leases for which such Person is liable, and (vi) all obligations of such Person under interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and other interest hedge agreements, in each case for which such Person is liable or its assets are liable, whether such Person (or its assets) is liable contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or in respect of which obligations such Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss.

 

Independent shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, a Person who: (i) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial interest in Borrower or in any Affiliate of Borrower, (ii) is not connected with Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, member, manager, creditor, director, supplier, customer or person performing similar functions (other than as a result of providing services to Borrower or any Affiliate) and (iii) is not a member of the immediate family of a Person defined in clauses (i)  or (ii)  above.

 

Independent Accountant shall mean (i) a firm of nationally recognized, certified public accountants which is Independent and which is selected by Borrower and reasonably acceptable to Lender or (ii) such other certified public accountant(s) selected by Borrower, which is Independent and reasonably acceptable to Lender, it being agreed that Deloitte LLP (including any successor entity thereto) is hereby approved by Lender as the Independent Accountant as long as such Person continues to be a nationally recognized, certified public accounting firm.

 

6


 

Insolvency Opinion shall mean that certain bankruptcy non-consolidation opinion letter dated the date hereof delivered by Edwards Wildman Palmer LLP in connection with the Loan.

 

Interest Rate shall mean a rate of three and fifty-six one hundredths of one percent (3.56%) per annum (or, when applicable pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Default Rate).

 

Investment Grade shall mean, with respect to any Person, that the long-term unsecured debt obligations of such Person are rated at least “BBB-” by S&P or its equivalent by another Rating Agency.

 

Lease shall mean any lease, sublease or sub-sublease, letting, license, concession or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) pursuant to which any Person is granted a possessory interest in, or right to use or occupy, all or any portion of any space in the Property, and every modification, amendment or other agreement relating to such lease, sublease, sub-sublease or other agreement entered into in connection with such lease, sublease, sub-sublease or other agreement and every guarantee of the performance and observance of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed and observed by the other party thereto.

 

Lease Termination Deposit Amount shall mean, with respect to each Lease Termination Payment received by Borrower, an amount equal to (a) with respect to kiosk Leases or agreements, $0.00 per rentable square foot, (b) with respect to office Leases, $15.00 per rentable square foot and (c) with respect to all Leases other than those set forth in clauses (a) and (b) hereof, $30.00 per rentable square foot, in each case for the entire demised premises (exclusive of storage space) of such Lease for which such Lease Termination Payment is made.

 

Legal Requirements shall mean all federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities affecting the Loan, any Secondary Market Transaction with respect to the Loan, Borrower or the Property or any part thereof or the construction, use, alteration or operation thereof, or any part thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, Regulation AB, the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, zoning and land use laws, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to Borrower, at any time in force affecting the Property or any part thereof (excluding the Leases), including any which may (i) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Property or any part thereof, or (ii) in any way limit the use and enjoyment thereof.

 

Letter of Credit shall mean an irrevocable, unconditional, transferable (without payment of any transfer fee), clean sight draft letter of credit (either an evergreen letter of credit or one which does not expire until at least thirty (30) Business Days after the Stated Maturity Date) in favor of Lender and entitling Lender to draw thereon in New York, New York, issued by a domestic Eligible Institution or the U.S. agency or branch of a foreign Eligible Institution; provided that a letter of credit shall cease to be a Letter of Credit if at any time the issuing

 

7



 

institution is not an Eligible Institution. The following terms and conditions shall apply to each Letter of Credit:

 

(A)             Each such Letter of Credit shall expressly provide that partial draws are permitted thereunder.

 

(B)             Each such Letter of Credit shall expressly provide that it is freely transferable (without payment of any transfer fee) to any successor or assign of Lender.

 

(C)             Lender shall be entitled to draw on any Letter of Credit immediately and without further notice (1) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, (2) if Borrower shall not have delivered to Lender, no less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit (including any renewal or extension thereof), a renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit for a term of not less than one year (or through the date that is thirty (30) days beyond the Stated Maturity Date, whichever is earlier), or (3) within ten (10) Business Days after receiving notice from Lender that the issuing institution is not an Eligible Institution, either (x) deliver to Lender a replacement Letter of Credit or (y) deposit with Lender cash collateral in lieu of such Letter of Credit.

 

Lien shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, or any other encumbrance, charge or transfer of, or any agreement to enter into or create any of the foregoing, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the filing of any financing statement, and mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances.

 

Liquid Assets shall mean any of the following, but only to the extent owned individually, free of all security interests, liens, pledges, charges or any other encumbrance: (a) cash, (b) marketable direct obligations issued by, or guaranteed by, the United States of America or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, (c) investment grade municipal and corporate bonds, (d) time deposits, demand deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits, time deposit accounts, term deposit accounts or bankers’ acceptances maturing within two years from the date of acquisition or overnight bank deposits, (e) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (b) through (d) above, and (f) marketable securities publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange (including operating partnership units of any operating partnership of a publicly-traded real estate investment trust so long as, in each case, the same are not subject to lock-up rights and can be readily converted into shares of common stock in such publicly-traded real estate investment trust).

 

Loan shall mean the loan in the original principal amount of Three Hundred Million and No/100 Dollars ($300,000,000.00) made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases, the Cash Management Agreement, the Clearing Account Agreement, the Assignment of Agreements, the Environmental Indemnity, the Assignment of Management Agreement and the Guaranty and any other documents, agreements and instruments now or

 

8



 

hereafter evidencing, securing or delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, as the same may be (and each of the foregoing defined terms shall refer to such documents as they may be) amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Any Bottom Dollar Guaranty shall not be construed to be a Loan Document.

 

Loan-to-Value Ratio shall mean the ratio, as of a particular date, in which the numerator is equal to the Outstanding Principal Balance and the denominator is equal to the “as-is” value as shown in an MAI appraisal obtained by Lender at Borrower’s cost and reasonably approved by Lender in form and substance.

 

Low Debt Service Period shall commence if, as of any Calculation Date, the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is less than 1.85:1.00, as reasonably determined by Lender, and shall end (i) if the Property has achieved a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of at least 1.90:1.00 as of any subsequent Calculation Date, as reasonably determined by Lender or (ii) Borrower shall have delivered cash collateral or a Letter of Credit to Lender, in either case, in an amount which, if applied to the payment of the Outstanding Principal Balance, would result in a Debt Service Coverage Ratio equal to (or if elected by Borrower, greater than) 1.85:1.00.

 

Major Lease shall mean (i) any Lease which, either individually or when taken together with all other Leases at the Property with the same Tenant or such Tenant’s Affiliates, and taking into consideration all so-called “must take” space in any such Lease but excluding non-mandatory expansion options and any preferential rights to lease additional space at the Property contained in any such Lease, is reasonably anticipated to demise 25,000 square feet or more of the Property’s rentable square feet, (ii) any Lease which contains an option, right of first offer, right of first refusal or other similar entitlement to acquire all or any portion of the Property, (iii) any Lease with an Affiliate of Borrower as Tenant, (iv) any Lease to be entered into during the continuance of an Event of Default, or (v) any instrument guaranteeing or providing credit support for any Lease meeting the requirements of clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) and/or (iv) above.

 

Management Agreement shall mean the management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and the current Manager or any replacement management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and a Manager in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, in each case, pursuant to which the Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to the Property, in either such case, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, extended, renewed, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents.

 

Manager shall mean Vornado Retail Management LLC, or any other manager engaged in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents.

 

Material Adverse Effect shall mean any event or condition that has a material adverse effect, in each case, taken as a whole on (a) the use, operation or value of the Property, (b) the business, profits, operations or financial condition of Borrower, (c) the ability of Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Environmental Indemnity or Guaranty or any other guaranty given in connection with the Loan or (d) the ability of Borrower to repay the principal and interest of the Loan as it becomes due or to satisfy any of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

9



 

Material Alteration shall mean any alteration of the Property the cost of which exceeds the Alteration Threshold; provided, however, that in no event shall (i) any Tenant improvement work performed pursuant to any Lease existing on the Closing Date or entered into hereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) any alterations performed as part of a Restoration, or (iii) any alterations required pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements constitute a Material Alteration.

 

Master Lease shall mean, individually or collectively as the context may require, (a) that certain Master Lease (Space I), dated as of the date hereof, between Borrower, as lessor, and VRLP, as lessee, for Rentable Unit One and (b) Master Lease (Space I), dated as of the date hereof, between Borrower, as lessor, and VRLP, as lessee, for Rentable Unit Two.

 

Maturity Date shall mean the date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as herein and therein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity Date, by declaration of acceleration, extension or otherwise.

 

Maximum Legal Rate shall mean the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such Governmental Authority whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan.

 

Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount shall mean an amount equal to the interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance accrued at the Interest Rate during the Interest Period immediately preceding the applicable Monthly Payment Date.

 

Monthly Operating Expense Budgeted Amount shall mean the monthly amount set forth in the Approved Annual Budget for Operating Expenses for the calendar month in which such Monthly Payment Date occurs.

 

Monthly Payment Date shall mean the eighth (8 th ) day of every calendar month occurring during the Term. The first Monthly Payment Date shall be [May 8], 2013.

 

Moody’s shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Morningstar shall mean Morningstar Credit Ratings, LLC, or any of its successors in interest, assigns, and/or changed entity name or designation resulting from any acquisition by Morningstar, Inc. or other similar entity of Morningstar Credit Ratings, LLC.

 

Mortgage shall mean that certain first priority Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated the date hereof, executed and delivered by Borrower as security for the Loan and encumbering the Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Multi-Asset Person shall mean a Person in respect of which the net operating income from the Property (or such portion thereof allocable to such Person) is less than fifty percent (50%) of such Person’s aggregate gross income.

 

10



 

Net Cash Flow shall mean, as of the end of any calendar quarter for which Net Cash Flow is determined (or such other date for which Net Cash Flow is determined), the difference between Gross Income and Operating Expenses over the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of determination of Net Cash Flow, as reasonably determined by Lender.

 

Net Worth shall mean, with respect to any proposed Replacement Guarantor, the Gross Asset Value of such proposed Replacement Guarantor minus the sum of (i) the Total Liabilities of such proposed Replacement Guarantor, and (ii) minority interests not owned by such proposed Replacement Guarantor. For purpose of this definition, (a) “ Gross Asset Value ” shall include, but not be limited to Liquid Assets, personal homes and effects, operating partnership units held by such proposed Replacement Guarantor in the operating partnership of any real estate investment trust, the current market value of all marketable securities and the real estate assets owned by such proposed Replacement Guarantor (with the value of such real estate assets to be based on their respective book values), together with the amount of all uncalled capital commitments of institutional “accredited investors”, within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or a “qualified institutional buyers” or both within the meaning of Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (b) “ Total Liabilities ” shall mean the sum of all liabilities, including principal recourse and non-recourse debt, drawn lines of credit, issued and undrawn letters of credit, unsecured debt, subordinated debt, accounts payable and accrued expenses, federal and state tax liabilities and unfunded obligations of such proposed Replacement Guarantor.

 

NRSRO shall mean any credit rating agency that has elected to be treated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for purposes of Section 15E of the Exchange Act, without regard to whether or not such credit rating agency has been engaged by Lender or its designees in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Securitization.

 

Obligations shall mean, collectively, Borrower’s obligations for the payment of the Debt and the performance of the Other Obligations.

 

Officer’s Certificate shall mean a certificate delivered to Lender by Borrower which is signed by an authorized officer of Borrower or by an authorized officer of its Controlling owner; provided that any Officer’s Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.9 shall be signed by the chief financial officer or controller of Borrower or its Controlling owner.

 

Open Prepayment Date shall mean the Monthly Payment Date in January, 2023.

 

Operating Expenses shall mean, for any period, without duplication, all expenses actually paid or payable by Borrower during such period in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, repair and use of the Property, determined on an accrual basis, and, except to the extent otherwise provided in this definition, in accordance with GAAP. Operating Expenses specifically shall include, without limitation, (i) all operating expenses incurred in the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period based on quarterly financial statements delivered to Lender in accordance with Section 4.9.2 hereof, (ii) property management fees in an amount equal to the greater of (A) two percent (2.0%) of Operating Income, and (B) the management fees actually paid under the Management Agreement (iii) administrative, payroll, security and general expenses for the Property, (iv) the cost of utilities, inventories and fixed asset supplies consumed in the operation of the Property, (v) costs and fees of independent

 

11



 

professionals (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, consultants and other professional expenses), technical consultants, operational experts (including quality assurance inspectors) or other third parties retained to perform services required or permitted hereunder, (vi) cost of attendance by employees at training and manpower development programs, (vii) association dues, (viii) computer processing charges, (ix) operational equipment and other lease payments that are not capitalized in accordance with GAAP and (x) Taxes and Other Charges (other than income taxes or Other Charges in the nature of income taxes) and insurance premiums. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include (1) depreciation, amortization or other noncash items (other than expenses that are due and payable and not yet paid), (2) income taxes or Other Charges in the nature of income taxes, (3) any expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the making of the Loan or the sale, exchange, transfer, financing or refinancing of all or any portion of the Property or in connection with the recovery of Insurance Proceeds or Awards which are applied to prepay the Note, (4) Capital Expenditures and any other expenses which are required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (5) non-recurring and extraordinary expenses, (6) Debt Service, (7) any item of expense which would otherwise be considered within Operating Expenses pursuant to the provisions above but is paid directly by any Tenant, (8) equity distributions, (9) leasing costs, including tenant improvements and allowances, leasing commissions and legal costs, and (10) deposits to Reserve Accounts.

 

Operating Income shall mean, for any period, all income of Borrower during such period from the use, ownership or operation of the Property, including:

 

(a)           all amounts payable to Borrower by any Person as Rent and other amounts under Leases, license agreements, concession agreements, occupancy agreements and other agreements relating to the Property;

 

(b)           business interruption insurance proceeds allocable to the applicable reporting period; and

 

(c)           all other amounts which in accordance with GAAP are included in Borrower’s annual financial statements as operating income attributable to the Property.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Income shall not include (a) any Insurance Proceeds (other than business interruption and/or rental loss insurance proceeds and only to the extent allocable to the applicable reporting period), (b) any proceeds resulting from the Transfer of all or any portion of the Property, (c) any Rent attributable to a Lease prior to the date in which the Tenant thereunder has taken occupancy or in which the actual payment of rent is required to commence thereunder, (d) any item of income otherwise included in Operating Income but paid directly by any Tenant to a Person other than Borrower as an offset or deduction against Rent payable by such Tenant, provided such item of income is for payment of an item of expense (such as payments for utilities paid directly to a utility company) and such expense is otherwise excluded from the definition of Operating Expenses pursuant to clause “(6)” of the definition thereof, (e) security deposits received from Tenants until forfeited or applied, (f) any Lease Termination Payments and (g) any Rents paid by or on behalf of any Tenant under a Lease where the Tenant is the subject of any proceeding or action relating to its bankruptcy, reorganization or other arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law or which has been adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent unless such Lease has been assumed by the trustee in such proceeding or action. Operating Income shall be calculated on

 

12



 

the accrual basis of accounting and, except to the extent otherwise provided in this definition, in accordance with GAAP.

 

Other Charges shall mean all ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions other than Taxes and any other charges, including vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining the Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof, and any interest or penalties assessed in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

Other Obligations shall mean (a) the performance of all obligations of Borrower contained herein; (b) the performance of each obligation of Borrower contained in any other Loan Document; and (c) the performance of each obligation of Borrower contained in any renewal, extension, amendment, modification, consolidation, change of, or substitution or replacement for, all or any part of this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document.

 

Outstanding Principal Balance shall mean, as of any date, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan.

 

Patriot Act shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (USA PATRIOT ACT) of 2001, as the same may be amended from time to time, and corresponding provisions of future laws.

 

Permitted Encumbrances shall mean, collectively, (i) the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents, (ii) all encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Insurance Policy, (iii) Liens, if any, for Taxes or Other Charges imposed by any Governmental Authority not yet delinquent or that are being contested in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, (iv) any workers’, mechanics’ or other similar Liens on the Property provided that any such Lien is bonded or discharged within sixty (60) days after Borrower first receives written notice of such Lien or which is being contested in good faith in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.3 , (v) such other title and survey exceptions as Lender has approved or may approve in writing in Lender’s reasonable discretion and (vi) the Leases.

 

Permitted Bergen Transfers means any of the following, provided the same shall not result in a violation of ERISA or the Patriot Act:

 

(a)           any pledge of direct or indirect equity interests in and/or right to distributions from, VRLP, VRT, any Multi-Asset Person or any of their Affiliates (other than Borrower) to secure a loan to any such Person that is secured by all or a substantial portion of any such Person’s assets;

 

(b)           the Transfer or issuance of any securities or any direct or indirect interests in (i) any direct or indirect owner of Borrower, in either case, whose securities are publicly traded on a national exchange (including VRLP and VRT) (regardless of whether such Transfer or issuance is of publicly traded securities or interests), (ii) any Person who directly or indirectly holds such securities or interests or (iii) any Multi-Asset Person; provided , that after such Transfer, either VRLP or VRT shall continue to Control Borrower; or

 

13


 

(c)                                   the merger or consolidation of VRLP or VRT with or into any other Person or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of VRLP or VRT (each, a “ VNO Transfer ” and, collectively, “ VNO Transfers ”); provided , however , that if any VNO Transfer or series of VNO Transfers (other than the sale of publicly traded securities in VRLP or VRT) shall result in a change in Control of VRLP or VRT, then Lender’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) shall be required in connection with such VNO Transfer unless after giving effect to such VNO Transfer, VRLP (or the successor entity thereto) shall be a Person that has and provides substantially the same or better experience and expertise as VRLP prior to such Transfer, merger or consolidation in conducting business of the nature currently conducted by VRLP in respect of the Property’s type.

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any other entity, any Governmental Authority and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Physical Conditions Report ” shall mean that certain Property Condition Report, prepared by Partner Assessment Corporation, Inc. and dated as of February 20, 2013.

 

Prepayment Fee ” shall mean an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Yield Maintenance Amount, or (ii) three percent (3%) of the amount repaid.

 

Prepayment Notice ” shall mean a prior written notice to Lender specifying the proposed Business Day on which a prepayment of the Debt is to be made pursuant to Section 2.4.3 hereof, which date must be no earlier than ten (10) days after the date of such Prepayment Notice and no later than sixty (60) days after the date of such Prepayment Notice.

 

Property ” shall mean the parcel of real property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, the Improvements now or hereafter erected or installed thereon and all personal property owned by Borrower and encumbered by the Mortgage, together with all rights pertaining to such property and Improvements, all as more particularly described in the Granting Clauses of the Mortgage, but excluding in all cases the Excluded Property.

 

PZR Report ” shall mean that certain PZR Report — Zoning and Site Requirements Summary issued by Planning and Zoning Resource Corporation as of March       , 2013.

 

Qualified Guarantor ” shall mean a Person that (a) is formed in, maintains its principal place of business in, and is subject to service of process in, the United States, (b) has all or substantially all of its assets in the United States, (c) has never been indicted or convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to a Patriot Act Offense and is not on any Government List and (d) at all times that such Person is acting as a guarantor under an Alterations Deficiency Guaranty, maintains an Investment Grade rating from each of the Rating Agencies rating the Securities or a Rating Agency Confirmation is obtained in connection with such guarantor.

 

Qualified Manager ” shall mean (i) the Manager as of the Closing Date, (ii) so long as Borrower is Controlled by VRLP or VRT, a property management company owned and/or Controlled by VRT or VRLP or (iii) an Unaffiliated Qualified Manager.

 

14



 

Qualified Owner ” shall mean any one of the following:

 

(a)                                  a co-investment vehicle managed by VRLP or its Affiliate;

 

(b)                                  a pension fund, pension trust or pension account that (i) owns real estate assets in excess of $1,000,000,000 (exclusive of the Property) and (ii) is managed by a Person that controls (by ownership or management) real estate assets in excess of $1,000,000,000 (exclusive of the Property);

 

(c)                                   a pension fund advisor that (i) immediately prior to any transfer of the Property to such Person, controls (by ownership or management) real estate assets in excess of $1,000,000,000 (exclusive of the Property) and (ii) is acting on behalf of one or more pension funds that, in the aggregate, owns real estate assets in excess of $1,000,000,000 (exclusive of the Property);

 

(d)                                  an insurance company which is subject to the jurisdiction subject to the jurisdiction of an insurance commissioner (or similar official or agency) of any state in the United States or the District of Columbia that (i) has a Net Worth, as of a date not more than six (6) months prior to the date of any transfer of the Property to such insurance company, of at least $500,000,000 and (ii) immediately prior to any such transfer of the Property, controls (by ownership or management) real estate assets in excess of $1,000,000,000 (exclusive of the Property);

 

(e)                                   a corporation organized under the banking laws of the United States or any state or territory of the United States (including the District of Columbia) that (i) has a combined capital and surplus equal to at least $500,000,000 and (ii) immediately prior to a transfer of the Property to such corporation, controls (by ownership or management) real estate assets of at least $1,000,000,000 (exclusive of the Property); and/or

 

(f)                                    a Person that (i) has a long-term unsecured debt rating from each of the Rating Agencies that is investment grade or (ii) (A) has a Net Worth, as of a date not more than six (6) months prior to the date of any transfer of the Property to such Person, of at least $500,000,000 and (B) immediately prior to a transfer of the Property to such Person, controls (by ownership or management) real estate assets of at least $1,000,000,000 (exclusive of the Property).

 

Qualified Transferee ” shall mean a transferee for whom, prior to the Transfer, Lender shall have received: (x) evidence that proposed transferee (1) has never been indicted or convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to a Patriot Act Offense and is not on any Government List and (2) unless a Rating Agency Confirmation is being obtained in connection with such transferee, has not in the past seven (7) years been the subject of a voluntary or involuntary (to the extent the same has not been discharged) bankruptcy proceeding and (y) if the proposed transferee will obtain Control of or obtain a direct or indirect interest of ten percent (10%) or more in Borrower as a result of such proposed transfer, a credit check and such other customary searches against such proposed transferee as reasonably requested by Lender.

 

Rating Agencies ” shall mean (i) prior to the Securitization of the Loan, any nationally-recognized statistical rating organization (e.g. Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, Morningstar Credit Ratings, LLC, Moody’s Investor Service, Inc., Fitch, Inc., DBRS, Inc. or any successor

 

15



 

thereto) and (ii) following the Securitization of the Loan, any of the rating organizations that actually rate the Securities secured by the Loan and issued in connection with the Securitization of the Loan.

 

Rating Agency Confirmation ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.3 hereof, a written affirmation from each of the Rating Agencies that the credit rating of the Securities by such Rating Agency immediately prior to the occurrence of the event or circumstance with respect to which such Rating Agency Confirmation is sought will not be qualified, downgraded or withdrawn as a result of the occurrence of such event, which affirmation may be granted or withheld in such Rating Agency’s sole and absolute discretion, except that if the Loan has not been the subject of a Securitization, then the matter in question shall be determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion.

 

REA ” shall mean, collectively, those certain agreement(s) more particularly described on Schedule VII attached hereto and made a part hereof as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Regulation AB ” shall mean Regulation AB under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as such Regulation may be amended from time to time.

 

Related Loan ” shall mean a loan to an Affiliate of Borrower or any Guarantor or secured by a Related Property, that is included in a Securitization with the Loan, and any other loan that is cross-collateralized with the Loan.

 

Related Property ” shall mean a parcel of real property, together with improvements thereon and personal property related thereto, that is “related” within the meaning of the definition of Significant Obligor, to the Property.

 

REMIC Trust ” shall mean a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code that holds the Note or any portion thereof.

 

Rentable Unit One ” shall mean that portion of the Property more particularly described on Schedule X attached hereto.

 

Rentable Unit Two ” shall mean that portion of the Property more particularly described on Schedule X attached hereto.

 

Rents ” shall mean all rents, “additional rent” (i.e. pass-throughs for operating expenses, real estate tax escalations and/or real estate tax pass-throughs, payments by Tenants on account of electrical consumption, porters’ wage escalations, condenser water charges and tap-in fees, freight elevator and HVAC overtime charges, charges for excessive rubbish removal and other sundry charges), rent equivalents, monies payable as damages (including payments by reason of the rejection of a Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding) or in lieu of rent or rent equivalents, royalties (including all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses), income, fees, receivables, receipts, revenues, deposits (including security, utility and other deposits), accounts, cash, issues, profits, charges for services rendered, and other payment and consideration of whatever form or nature received by or paid to or for the account of or benefit of Borrower, Manager or any of their respective agents or employees from any and all sources arising from or

 

16



 

attributable to the Property and the Improvements, including all receivables, customer obligations, installment payment obligations and other obligations now existing or hereafter arising or created out of the sale, lease, sublease, license, concession or other grant of the right of the use and occupancy of the Property or rendering of services by or on behalf of Borrower, and Insurance Proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance.

 

Repayment Date ” shall mean the date of a defeasance or prepayment (as applicable) of the Loan pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.4 hereof.

 

Reserve Funds ” shall mean, collectively, all funds deposited by Borrower with Lender or Deposit Bank pursuant to Article VI of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Capital Expenditure Funds, the Insurance Funds, the Tax Funds, the Casualty and Condemnation Funds and the Rollover Funds.

 

Restoration ” shall mean, following the occurrence of a Casualty or a Condemnation which is of a type necessitating repair of the Property (or any portion thereof) as required by this Agreement, the repair and restoration of the Property (or applicable portion thereof) as nearly as possible to the condition the Property (or applicable portion thereof) immediately prior to such Casualty or Condemnation, with such alterations as may otherwise be reasonably approved by Lender.

 

Restoration DSCR ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio, as determined by Borrower and reasonably confirmed and approved by Lender, of (a) the Underwritten Net Cash Flow of the Property, based on rents in place (annualized and including rental loss insurance proceeds) and expenses on a pro forma basis for the next twelve (12) months after Restoration, as reasonably determined by Lender, to (b) an amount equal to twelve (12) times the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount.

 

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies.

 

Significant Obligor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Item 1101(k) of Regulation AB under the Securities Act.

 

Solar Panel Equipment ” shall mean those certain solar panels and related equipment that are owned by Vornado Sun, LLC (an Affiliate of Borrower) and located on the rooftop area of the Property that is leased by Borrower to Vornado Sun, LLC (the “ Solar Panel Equipment Lease ”).

 

Solar Panel Equipment Lease ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Solar Panel Equipment”.

 

State ” shall mean the state of New Jersey.

 

Stated Maturity Date ” shall mean April 8, 2023.

 

Sugar and Plum Lease ” shall mean that certain Lease Agreement, dated August 18, 2011, by and between Vornado Bergen LLC (predecessor-in-interest to Borrower) and Sugar and

 

17



 

Plum Paramus LLC, as the same has been amended to date and as the same may be further amended in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Survey ” shall mean a survey of the Property prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State and satisfactory to Lender and the company or companies issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and containing a certification of such surveyor satisfactory to Lender.

 

Taxes ” shall mean all real estate and personal property taxes, assessments, water rates or sewer rents, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or part thereof, together with all interest and penalties thereon.

 

Tenant ” shall mean any Person obligated by contract or otherwise to pay monies (including a percentage of gross income, revenue or profits) under any Lease now or hereafter affecting all or any part of the Property.

 

Term ” shall mean the entire term of this Agreement, which shall expire upon repayment in full of the Debt and full performance of each and every obligation to be performed by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

Title Insurance Policy ” shall mean an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in the form acceptable to Lender issued with respect to the Property and insuring the Lien of the Mortgage.

 

Treasury Rate ” shall mean the yield calculated by the linear interpolation of the yields, as reported in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 Selected Interest Rates under the heading U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Constant Maturities for the week ending prior to the Repayment Date, of U.S. Treasury constant maturities with maturity dates (one longer and one shorter) most nearly approximating the Maturity Date. (In the event Release H.15 is no longer published, Lender shall select a comparable publication to determine the Treasury Rate.)

 

TRIPRA ” shall mean the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007 or any extension, renewal or replacement thereof.

 

Trigger Period ” shall commence upon the occurrence of (i) an Event of Default or (ii) the commencement of a Low Debt Service Period; and shall end if, (A) with respect to a Trigger Period continuing pursuant to clause (i) . the Event of Default commencing the Trigger Period has been cured and such cure has been accepted by Lender (and no other Event of Default is then continuing) or (B) with respect to a Trigger Period continuing due to clause (ii) . the Low Debt Service Period has ended pursuant to the terms hereof

 

Trustee ” shall mean any trustee holding the Loan in a Securitization.

 

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State (with respect to fixtures) and the State of New York with respect to the Accounts.

 

Unaffiliated Qualified Manager ” shall mean a property manager that (A) is a reputable management company having at least five (5) years’ experience in the management of properties similar in class and size to the Property in the United States, (B) at the time of its engagement as

 

18



 

property manager has under management leasable square footage equal to or greater than 3,000,000 leasable square feet (excluding the Property) of retail space and (C) is not the subject of a bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding.

 

U.S. Obligations ” shall mean securities evidencing an obligation to timely pay principal and/or interest in a full and timely manner that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) other “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(l6) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which in each case are (i) not subject to prepayment, call or early redemption and (ii) in compliance with all requirements of all Rating Agencies.

 

VRLP ” means Vornado Realty L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and its permitted successors by merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Vornado Realty L.P., subject to any applicable terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement.

 

VRT ” means Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, and its permitted successors by merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Vornado Realty Trust, subject to any applicable terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement.

 

Yield Maintenance Amount ” shall mean the present value, as of the Repayment Date, of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (at the non-default rate) from the Repayment Date through the Open Prepayment Date (including any balloon payment due on the Stated Maturity Date) determined by discounting such payments at the Discount Rate, less the amount of principal being prepaid on the Repayment Date.

 

Section 1.2.                                  Index of Other Definitions. the following terms are defined in the sections or Loan Documents as indicated below:

 

“Accounts” - 6.1

“Act” - Schedule V

“Acceptable Blanket Policy” - 5.1.1(c)

“Agreement” - Introductory Paragraph

“Approved Annual Budget” - 4.9.5

“Approved Extraordinary Expenses” — 4.9.5

“Available Cash” — Cash Management Agreement

“Bona Fide Leases” — Definition of Gross Income

“Borrower” - Introductory Paragraph

“Borrower’s Recourse Liabilities” - 10.1

“Borrower Reimbursable Trust Fund Expenses” - 10.21(b)

“Capital Expenditure Account” - 6.5.1

“Capital Expenditure Funds” - 6.5.1

“Cash Collateral Account” - 6.10

“Cash Collateral Funds” - 6.10

“Cash Management Accounts” - 6.12

“Casualty” - 5.2

“Casualty and Condemnation Account” - 6.9

“Casualty and Condemnation Funds” - 6.9

“Casualty Consultant” - 5.4(b)(iii)

 

19



 

“Casualty Retainage” - 5.4(b)(iv)

“Cause” - Schedule V

“Clearing Account” - 6.1

“Clearing Bank” - 6.1

“Committee” - Schedule V

“Condemnation Proceeds” - 5.4(b)

“Contest Threshold” — Section 4.3

“Covered Rated Agency Information” — 9.2(f)

“Defeasance Collateral” - 2.4.2(a)(iii)

“Defeasance Lockout Expiration Date” - 2.4.2(a)

“Defeasance Security Agreement” - 2.4.2 (a)(iii)

“Designated Purchaser” — Section 2.5.1 (b)

“Disclosure Document” - 9.2(a)

“Easements” - 3.1.11

“Embargoed Person” - 4.32(c)

“Equipment” - Mortgage

“ERISA” - 4.31

“ESA: -3.1.36

“Event of Default” - 8.1

“Exchange Act” - 9.2(a)

“Government Lists” - 4.32 (b)

“Gross Asset Value” — Definition of Net Worth

“Improvements” - Mortgage

“Indemnified Liabilities” - 4.30

“Independent Director” - Schedule V

“Independent Manager” - Schedule V

“Insurance Account” - 6.4.1

“Insurance Funds” - 6.4.1

“Insurance Premiums” - 5.1.1(b)

“Insurance Proceeds” - 5.4(b)

“Interest Period” - 2.3.2

“Lease Termination Payments” - 6.6.1(b)

“Lender” - Introductory Paragraph

“Liabilities” - 9.2(b)

“Licenses” - 3.1.9

“Loan Bifurcation” — 9.1(a)

“Nationally Recognized Service Company” - Schedule V

“Net Proceeds” - 5.4(b)

“Net Proceeds Deficiency” - 5.4(b)(vi)

“Note”-2.1.3

“Notice” - 10.6

“OFAC” - 4.32(b)

“Omitted Information” — 9.2(b)

“Otherwise Rated Insurer” — 5.1.2

“Patriot Act Offense” - 4.32(b)

“Permitted Indebtedness” - 4.21

“Permitted Investments” - Cash Management Agreement

“Permitted Transfer” - 7.2

 

20



 

“PML” - 5.1.1(a)

“Policies” - 5.1.1(b)

“Provided Information” - 9.2(b)

“Qualified Carrier” - 5.1.1 (i)

“Registrar” — 9.3

“Registration Statement” — 9.2(b)

“Release Date” - 2.4.2(a)(i)

“Review Waiver” -10.3(b)

“Rollover Account” - 6.6.1(a)

“Rollover Funds” - 6.6.1(a)

“Secondary Market Transactions” - 9.1(a)

“Securities” - 9.1(a)

“Securities Act - 9.2(a)

“Securitization” - 9.1(a)

“Servicer” - 10.21

“Servicing Agreement” - 10.21

“Severed Loan Documents” - 8.2(b)

“Sole Member” - Schedule V

“Special Member” - Schedule V

“Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity” - Schedule V

“Springing Recourse Event” - 10.1

“Successor Borrower” - 2.4.2(b)

“Tax Account” - 6.3.1

“Tax Funds” - 6.3.1

“Terrorism Premium Cap” - 5.1.1 (i)

“Total Liabilities” — Definition of Net Worth

“Transfer” - 4.2

“Transfer and Assumption” - 7.1

“Transferee Borrower” - 7.1

“Underwriter Group” - 9.2(b)

“Updated Information” — 9.1 (a)

“VNO Transfer” — Definition of “Permitted Bergen Transfers”

“VNO Transfers” - Definition of “Permitted Bergen Transfers”

“Wells Group” — 9.2(b)

 

Section 1.3.                                  Principles of Construction. All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof or thereof. When used in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the word “including” shall mean “including but not limited to”. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

 

21



 

II.                                    THE LOAN

 

Section 2.1.                                  The Loan.

 

2.1.1                      Agreement to Lend and Borrow . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender shall make the Loan to Borrower and Borrower shall accept the Loan from Lender on the Closing Date.

 

2.1.2                      Single Disbursement to Borrower . Borrower shall receive only one borrowing hereunder in respect of the Loan and any amount borrowed and repaid hereunder in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed.

 

2.1.3                      The Note . The Loan shall be evidenced by that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith, in the stated principal amount of Three Hundred Million and No/100 Dollars ($300,000,000.00) executed by Borrower and payable to the order of Lender in evidence of the Loan (as the same may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated, increased, extended or consolidated from time to time, the “ Note ”) and shall be repaid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.

 

2.1.4                      Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use proceeds of the Loan to (i) pay all past-due Taxes, Insurance Premiums and Other Charges, if any, in respect of the Property, (ii) make initial deposits of the Reserve Funds, (iii) pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Loan, and (iv) to the extent any proceeds remain after satisfying clauses (i)  through (iii)  above, for such lawful purpose as Borrower shall designate (including distributions to the equityholders of Borrower).

 

Section 2.2.                                  Interest Rate .

 

2.2.1                      Interest Rate . Interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance shall accrue throughout the Term at the Interest Rate.

 

2.2.2                      Default Rate . In the event that, and for so long as, any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Outstanding Principal Balance and, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, all other portions of the Debt, shall accrue interest at the Default Rate, calculated from the date such payment was due or such Default shall have occurred without regard to any grace or cure periods contained herein. Interest at the Default Rate shall be paid immediately upon demand, which demand may be made as frequently as Lender shall elect, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law.

 

2.2.3                      Interest Calculation . Interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance shall be calculated by multiplying (A) the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which the calculation is being made by (B) a daily rate based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year (that is, the Interest Rate expressed as an annual rate divided by 360) by (C) the Outstanding Principal Balance. The accrual period for calculating interest due on each Monthly Payment Date shall be the Interest Period immediately prior to such Monthly Payment Date.

 

2.2.4                      Usury Savings . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be required to pay interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal

 

22


 

liability as a result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate. If by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the Outstanding Principal Balance at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, the Interest Rate shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal (without premium or penalty) and not on account of the interest due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

 

Section 2.3.                                  Loan Payments .

 

2.3.1                      Payments . On May 8, 2013 and each Monthly Payment Date thereafter through and including the Monthly Payment Date immediately preceding the Stated Maturity Date, Borrower shall make a payment of interest equal to the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount. The Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount shall be applied first to accrued and unpaid interest and the balance to the Outstanding Principal Balance. Borrower shall also pay to Lender all amounts to the extent required in respect of Reserve Funds pursuant to Article VI hereof.

 

2.3.2                      Payments Generally . Each interest accrual period thereafter (each, an “ Interest Period ”) shall commence on the eight (8 th ) day of each calendar month during the Term and shall end on and include the seventh (7 th ) day of the next calendar month. For purposes of making payments hereunder, but not for purposes of calculating interest accrual periods, if the day on which such payment is due is not a Business Day, then amounts due on such date shall be due on the immediately preceding Business Day. With respect to payments of principal due on the Maturity Date, interest shall be payable at the Interest Rate, through and including the day immediately preceding such Maturity Date. All amounts due pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be payable without setoff, counterclaim, defense or any other deduction whatsoever.

 

2.3.3                      Payment on Maturity Date . Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Maturity Date the Outstanding Principal Balance, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents.

 

2.3.4                      Late Payment Charge . If any principal, interest or any other sum due under the Loan Documents (other than the Outstanding Principal Balance due and payable on the Maturity Date) is not paid by Borrower within three (3) Business Days after the date on which it is due (it being acknowledged that such three (3) Business Day period is not a grace period and shall not be deemed to change the Monthly Payment Date hereof), Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal to the lesser of three percent (3%) of such unpaid sum or the maximum amount permitted by applicable law in order to defray the expense incurred by Lender in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment. Any such amount shall be secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by law.

 

23



 

2.3.5                      Method and Place of Payment . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments and prepayments under this Agreement and the Note shall be made to Lender not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due and shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at Lender’s office or at such other place as Lender shall from time to time designate, and any funds received by Lender after such time shall, for all purposes hereof, be deemed to have been paid on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Section 2.4.                                  Prepayments .

 

2.4.1                      Prepayments . Except as otherwise provided herein, Borrower shall not have the right to prepay the Loan in whole or in part prior to the Stated Maturity Date.

 

2.4.2                      Defeasance .

 

(a)                                  Conditions to Defeasance . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time after the date which is the earlier of: (A) two (2) years after the “startup day,” within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(9) of the Code, of the final “real estate mortgage investment conduit,” established within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code, that holds any note that evidences all or any portion of the Loan or (B) May 8, 2016 (the “ Defeasance Lockout Expiration Date ”), Borrower shall have the right to obtain a release of the collateral for the Loan in whole, but not in part (other than the Defeasance Collateral) from the Liens of the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents upon the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(i)                               not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice shall be given to Lender specifying a date (the “ Release Date ”) on which the Defeasance Collateral is to be delivered, provided such notice shall be revocable at any time and for any reason by Borrower and may be adjourned on a day-to-day basis, but Borrower shall pay any actual reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with such revocation and/or adjournment;

 

(ii)                              all accrued and unpaid interest and all other sums due under the Note and under the other Loan Documents up to the Release Date if the Release Date is a Monthly Payment Date or, if the Release Date is not a Monthly Payment Date, through the next occurring Monthly Payment Date, including, without limitation, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender or its agents in connection with such release (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses incurred by attorneys and accountants in connection with the review of the proposed Defeasance Collateral and the preparation of the Defeasance Security Agreement and related documentation), shall be paid in full on or prior to the Release Date; and

 

(iii)                               Borrower shall deliver to Lender on or prior to the Release Date:

 

(A)                                U.S. Obligations that provide for payments (1) on or prior to, but as close as possible to and including, all successive scheduled Monthly Payment Dates after the Release Date through the Monthly Payment Date selected by Borrower that is either the Open Prepayment Date, a Monthly Payment Date following the Open Prepayment Date or the Stated Maturity Date (as so selected by Borrower, the “ Defeasance

 

24



 

Collateral Maturity Date ”), and (2) in amounts equal to or greater than the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount through and including any Monthly Payment Date designated by Borrower in (A)(1) above commencing on the Release Date through the Defeasance Collateral Maturity Date together with payment in full of the Outstanding Principal Balance as of the Defeasance Collateral Maturity Date (the “ Defeasance Collateral ), each of which shall be duly endorsed by the holder thereof as directed by Lender or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender (including, without limitation, such instruments as may be required by the depository institution holding such securities to effectuate book-entry transfers and pledges through the book-entry facilities of such institution) in order to create a first priority security interest therein in favor of the Lender in conformity with all applicable state and federal laws governing granting of such security interests;

 

(B)                                a pledge and security agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, creating a first priority security interest in favor of Lender in the Defeasance Collateral (the “ Defeasance Security Agreement ”), which shall provide, among other things, that any payments generated by the Defeasance Collateral shall be paid directly to Lender and applied by Lender in satisfaction of all amounts then due and payable hereunder and any excess received by Lender from the Defeasance Collateral over the amounts payable by Borrower (or Successor Borrower, if applicable) hereunder or under the Note shall be refunded to Borrower (or Successor Borrower, if applicable) promptly after each Monthly Payment Date;

 

(C)                                a certificate of Borrower certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this Section 2.4.2 have been satisfied;

 

(D)                                an opinion of counsel for Borrower (or Defeasance Borrower, is applicable) in form and substance and delivered by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lender opining that (subject to customary assumptions and qualifications): (1) the Defeasance Security Agreement has been duly authorized by Borrower (or Successor Borrower, as applicable), that Lender has a perfected first priority security interest in the Defeasance Collateral and that the Defeasance Security Agreement is enforceable against Borrower (or Successor Borrower, as applicable) in accordance with its terms; and (2) that any REMIC Trust formed pursuant to a Securitization will not fail to maintain its status as a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code as a result of such defeasance;

 

(E)                                 a Rating Agency Confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency;

 

25



 

(F)                                  confirmation from a firm of independent public accountants acceptable to Lender certifying that the Defeasance Collateral is sufficient to satisfy the provisions of Section 2.4.2(a)(iii)(A)  above; and

 

(G)                                such other certificates, documents or instruments as Lender may reasonably require.

 

(b)                                  Successor Borrower . Upon the defeasance of the Loan under this Section 2.4.2 , Borrower may, or at the option of Lender shall, assign all of its Obligations, together with the pledged Defeasance Collateral, to a successor entity designated by Borrower and approved by Lender in its reasonable discretion (in each case, the “ Successor Borrower ”). Such Successor Borrower shall execute an assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender pursuant to which it shall assume Borrower’s Obligations and, unless the Successor Borrower executed and delivers the Defeasance Security Agreement, the Defeasance Security Agreement. As conditions to such assignment and assumption, Borrower or Successor Borrower shall (i) deliver to Lender an opinion of counsel in form and substance and delivered by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lender, opining (subject to customary qualifications and assumptions) that: such assumption agreement has been duly authorized by the Successor Borrower and is enforceable against the Successor Borrower in accordance with its terms and that the Note, the Defeasance Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as so assumed, are enforceable against such successor entity in accordance with their respective terms, and (ii) pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender or its agents in connection with such assignment and assumption (including, without limitation, the review of the proposed transferee and the review of the assumption agreement and related documentation). In connection with a transfer of the Defeasance Collateral to the Successor Borrower, Borrower shall, as a condition to such defeasance, deliver or cause to be delivered a non-consolidation opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and the Rating Agencies. Upon such assumption, Borrower shall be relieved of its Obligations hereunder, under the other Loan Documents and under the Defeasance Security Agreement other than those Obligations which expressly survive the termination, satisfaction or assignment of this Agreement or the exercise of Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder.

 

(c)                                   Miscellaneous . Upon the defeasance of the Loan in accordance with clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section 2.4.2 , Borrower shall have no further right to prepay the Note pursuant to the other provisions of this Section 2.4.2 or otherwise. Borrower shall pay any and all expenses incurred in the purchase of the Defeasance Collateral and any revenue, documentary stamp or intangible taxes or any other tax or charge due in connection with the transfer of the Note or otherwise required to accomplish the agreements of this Section 2.4.2 .

 

2.4.3                      Open Prepayment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and provided that Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Prepayment Notice, Borrower may prepay the entire principal balance of the Note and any other amounts outstanding under the Note, this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents, without payment of the Prepayment Fee or any other prepayment premium, penalty or fee, on any Business Day on or after the Open Prepayment Date. If such prepayment is not made on a Monthly Payment Date, Borrower shall also pay interest that would have accrued on the principal balance of the Note to, but not including, the next Monthly Payment Date. Any Prepayment Notice may be revoked by Borrower at any time, provided Borrower reimburses Lender for any reasonable out-of-pocket

 

26



 

costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements, incurred directly in conjunction with preparing for the prepayment.

 

2.4.4                      Mandatory Prepayments . If Lender is not obligated to make Net Proceeds available to Borrower for Restoration, on the next occurring Monthly Payment Date following the date on which (a) Lender actually receives any Net Proceeds, and (b) Lender has determined that such Net Proceeds shall be applied against the Debt (to the extent that Lender is permitted to make such determination in accordance with the terms hereof), Borrower shall prepay, or authorize Lender to apply Net Proceeds as a prepayment of, the Debt in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Proceeds. Except during an Event of Default, such Net Proceeds shall be applied by Lender as follows in the following order of priority: First, to all amounts (other than principal and interest) then due and payable under the Loan Documents, including any costs and expenses of Lender in connection with such prepayment); Second, accrued and unpaid interest at the Interest Rate; and Third, to principal. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Prepayment Fee or any other prepayment premium, penalty or fee shall be due in connection with any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.4.4 . Any partial principal prepayment under this Section 2.4.4 shall be applied to the last payments of principal due under the Loan.

 

2.4.5                      Prepayments After Default . If concurrently with the occurrence of an Event of Default or if an Event of Default is continuing, payment of all or any part of the Debt is tendered by Borrower, a purchaser at foreclosure or any other Person, or is otherwise recovered by Lender after acceleration of the Debt (including through application of Reserve Funds), (i) such tender or recovery shall be deemed an attempt to circumvent the prohibition against prepayment set forth herein and (ii) Borrower, such purchaser at foreclosure or other Person shall pay the Prepayment Fee, in addition to the Debt including if such tender and acceptance is not made on a Monthly Payment Date, interest that would have accrued on the Debt to, but not including, the next Monthly Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, any prepayment of the Debt made concurrently with the occurrence of an Event of Default or while an Event of Default is continuing shall be applied to the Debt in such order and priority as may be determined by Lender in its sole discretion.

 

Section 2.5.                                  Release of Property .

 

2.5.1                      Release Upon Defeasance .

 

(a)                                  If Borrower has elected to obtain a release of the collateral for the Loan (other than the Defeasance Collateral) pursuant to Section 2.4.2 and the requirements of Section 2.4.2 have been satisfied, the collateral (other than the Defeasance Collateral) shall be released from the Liens of the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, and the Defeasance Collateral pledged pursuant to the Defeasance Security Agreement shall constitute the only collateral which shall secure the Note and all other Obligations. In connection with the release of the Lien, Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than twenty (20) days prior to the Release Date, a release of Lien (and related Loan Documents) for execution by Lender. Such release shall be in a form appropriate in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located. In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release, together with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such documentation (i) is in compliance with all Legal Requirements and (ii) will effect such release in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all reasonable out-

 

27



 

of-pocket costs, taxes and expenses associated with the release of the Liens of the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees. Borrower (or the Successor Borrower, if applicable), pursuant to the Defeasance Security Agreement, shall authorize and direct that the payments received from Defeasance Collateral be made directly to Lender and applied to satisfy the Obligations, including payment in full of the Outstanding Principal Balance as of the Defeasance Collateral Maturity Date.

 

(b)                                  If Borrower advises Lender that it desires to defease the Note in a manner which will permit the assignment of the Note and the Mortgage to any Person designated by Borrower (the “ Designated Purchaser ”) in order to preserve mortgage recording tax or to legally avoid the payment of any other taxes, Borrower and Lender shall effect such proposed assignment in the following manner: Lender shall assign the Note and the Mortgage, each without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except representations that Lender owns the Note and Mortgage free of any liens and encumbrances and has the authority to effect the assignment), to the Designated Purchaser, provided that Borrower (i) has executed and delivered to the Designated Purchaser a new note to be secured by the Defeasance Collateral pursuant to the security agreement between Borrower and the Designated Purchaser (such new note to have the same term, interest rate, unpaid principal balance and all other material terms and conditions of the Note, except that the New Note shall be secured only by the Defeasance Collateral), which new note, together with the defeasance security agreement and the rights of such new lender in and to the Defeasance Collateral, shall be assigned by such new lender to Lender simultaneously with the assignment of the Note and the Mortgage by Lender, and (ii) has complied with all other provisions of Section 2.4 and this Section 2.5 to the extent not inconsistent with this subsection 2.5.1(b) . In addition, any such assignment shall be conditioned on the following: (A) the payment by Borrower of the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of Lender incurred in connection therewith, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements; (B) prior to the assignment of the new note to Lender, the Designated Purchaser shall not materially modify the Note such that it shall be treated as a new loan for federal tax purposes; (C) such an assignment is not then prohibited by any federal, state or local law, rule, regulation, order or by any other governmental authority; (D) such assignment and the actions described above do not constitute a prohibited transaction for any REMIC Trust then holding the Loan and will not disqualify such REMIC Trust as a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code as a result of such assignment and the defeasance of the Note, and an opinion of counsel to Borrower in form and substance, and delivered by counsel, that would be reasonably acceptable to a prudent lender to that effect are delivered to Lender; and (E) Borrower shall provide such other opinions, items, information and documents which a prudent lender would reasonably require to effectuate such assignment, provided that none of the foregoing shall impose greater obligations (other than to a de minimis extent) or liabilities on Borrower or reduce Borrower’s rights under the Loan Documents (other than to a de minimis extent) from those otherwise provided for herein. Borrower shall be responsible for all mortgage recording taxes, recording fees and other charges payable in connection with any such assignment. Lender agrees that the assignment of the Note and the Mortgage to the new lender and the assignment of the new note, the Defeasance Collateral and the defeasance security agreement by the new lender to Lender shall be accomplished by an escrow closing conducted through an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Lender and pursuant to an escrow agreement reasonably satisfactory to Lender in form and substance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender reserves the right to impose different requirements or procedures on such an assignment of the Note and the Mortgage in order to

 

28



 

accommodate any applicable Legal Requirements at the time of such defeasance if a reasonably prudent Lender would impose such requirements or procedures, provided that none of the foregoing shall impose greater obligations or liabilities on Borrower (other than to a de minimis extent) or reduce Borrower’s rights under the Loan Documents (other than to a de minimis extent) from those otherwise provided for herein.

 

2.5.2                                                                     Release on Payment in Full .

 

(a)                                  Lender shall, upon the written request, upon payment in full of the Debt in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, release the Lien of the Mortgage. In connection with the release of the Lien, Borrower shall submit to Lender, not less than ten (10) days prior to the Repayment Date, a release of Lien (and related Loan Documents) for execution by Lender. Such release shall be in a form appropriate in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located. In addition, Borrower shall provide all other documentation Lender reasonably requires to be delivered by Borrower in connection with such release, together with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such documentation (i) is in compliance with all Legal Requirements, and (ii) will effect such release in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Borrower shall pay all out-of-pocket costs, taxes and expenses associated with the release of the Lien of the Mortgage, including the Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with same.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Borrower advises Lender that it desires to effectuate the consequences to Lender of a repayment or prepayment in a manner which will permit the assignment of the Note and the Mortgage to a new lender providing the repayment or prepayment funds, then Lender shall (i) assign the Mortgage and all of the other Loan Documents to any Person designated by Borrower, which assignment documents shall be in recordable form (but without representation or warranty by, or recourse to, Lender, except representations that Lender owns the Note and Mortgage free of any liens and encumbrances and has the authority to effect the assignment), (ii) deliver to or as directed by Borrower the originally executed Note and all originally executed other notes which may have been consolidated, amended and/or restated in connection with the execution of the Note or, with respect to any note where the original has been lost, destroyed or mutilated, a lost note affidavit for the benefit of the assignee lender and the title insurance company insuring the Mortgage, as assigned, in form sufficient to permit such title insurance company to insure the lien of the Mortgage as assigned to and held by the assignee without exception for any matter relating to the lost, destroyed or mutilated note, (iii) execute and deliver an allonge with respect to the Note and any other note(s) as described in the preceding clause (ii)  above without recourse, covenant or warranty of any nature, express or implied (except as to the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and that Lender owns the Note and Security Instrument free of any liens and encumbrances and has the authority to execute and deliver the allonge), (iv) deliver the original executed Mortgage or a certified copy of record, and (v) execute and deliver such other instruments of conveyance, assignment, termination, severance and release (including appropriate UCC-3 termination statements) in recordable form as may reasonably be requested by Borrower to evidence such assignment. All reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with the foregoing shall be paid by Borrower, provided that in no event shall Borrower be required to pay any fee or premium to the Lender or the Servicer in connection therewith.

 

29



 

III.                               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 3.1.                                  Borrower Representations . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that, except to the extent (if any) disclosed on Schedule IV hereto with reference to a specific subsection of this Section 3.1 :

 

3.1.1                      Organization; Special Purpose . Borrower has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing with full power and authority to own its assets and conduct its business, and is duly qualified and in good standing in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located, and Borrower has taken all necessary limited liability company action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by it, and has the power and authority to execute and deliver, and perform its obligations, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Borrower complies with the definition of Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity.

 

3.1.2                      Proceedings; Enforceability . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Borrower and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). The Loan Documents are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower or Guarantor including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable (except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar “creditors rights laws”, and by general principles of equity and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law)), and neither Borrower nor Guarantor has asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto.

 

3.1.3                      No Conflicts . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower and the performance of its Obligations hereunder and thereunder will not conflict with any provision of any law or regulation to which Borrower is subject, or conflict with, result in a material breach of, or constitute a material default under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any of Borrower’s organizational documents or any agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it is bound, or any order or decree applicable to Borrower, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of Borrower’s assets or property (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents).

 

3.1.4                      Litigation . There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against Borrower, Manager or the Property in any court or by or before any other Governmental Authority which, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.1.5                      Agreements . Borrower is not a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which would reasonably be expected to result in, or does result in, a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any Permitted

 

30



 

Encumbrance or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or the Property is bound, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to result in, and does not result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.1.6                      Consents . No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or Governmental Authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of, or compliance by Borrower with, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than those which have been obtained by Borrower.

 

3.1.7                      Property; Title .

 

(a) Borrower has good, marketable and insurable fee simple title to the real property comprising part of the Property and good title to the balance of the Property owned by it, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances). The Mortgage, when properly recorded in the appropriate records (and all appropriate recording costs, taxes and fees (if any) are paid), together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith, will create (i) a valid, first priority, perfected Lien on Borrower’s interest in the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, and (ii) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignments of, all personalty owned by Borrower (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to the Liens permitted hereunder (including the Permitted Encumbrances). To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no mechanics’, materialman’s or other similar Liens or claims which have been filed for work, labor or materials affecting the Property which are or may be Liens prior to, or equal priority with, the Lien of the Mortgage, except for such Liens as are permitted hereunder (including the Permitted Encumbrances). None of the Permitted Encumbrances, individually or in the aggregate, (a) materially interfere with the benefits of the security intended to be provided by the Mortgage and this Agreement or (b) result in or constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  All transfer taxes, deed stamps, intangible taxes or other amounts in the nature of transfer taxes required to be paid under applicable Legal Requirements in connection with the Property have been paid or are being paid simultaneously herewith. All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid under applicable Legal Requirements in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including the Mortgage, have been paid or are being paid simultaneously herewith. All Taxes and Other Charges due and owing in respect of the Property have been paid, or an escrow of funds in an amount sufficient to cover such payments has been established hereunder or are insured against by the Title Insurance Policy.

 

(c)                                   The Property is comprised of one (1) or more parcels which constitute separate tax lots and do not constitute a portion of any other tax lot not a part of the Property.

 

(d)                                  No Condemnation has been commenced or, to Borrower’s knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Property or for the relocation of roadways providing access to the Property.

 

31



 

(e)                                   To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no pending or proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting the Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to the Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

 

3.1.8                      ERISA; No Plan Assets . As of the date hereof and throughout the Term (i) Borrower is not an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, (ii) none of the assets of Borrower constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, (iii) Borrower is not and will not be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, and (iv) transactions by or with Borrower are not and will not be subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans.

 

3.1.9                      Compliance . Except as described in the PZR Report or the Property Condition Report, Borrower and the Property (including, but not limited to the Improvements) and the use thereof comply in all respects with all applicable Legal Requirements, including parking, building and zoning and land use laws, ordinances, regulations and codes the noncompliance of which would reasonably be expected to result in, or does result in, a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not in default or violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to result in, or does result in, a Material Adverse Effect. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower has not committed any act which may give any Governmental Authority the right to cause Borrower to forfeit the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s Obligations under any of the Loan Documents. The Property is used exclusively as a retail shopping center and for other appurtenant and related uses. Except as described in the PZR Report, in the event that all or any part of the Improvements are destroyed or damaged, said Improvements can be legally reconstructed to their condition prior to such damage or destruction, and thereafter exist for the same use without violating any zoning or other ordinances applicable thereto and without the necessity of obtaining any variances or special permits. To Borrower’s knowledge and except as described in the PZR Report or the Property Condition Report, no legal proceedings are pending or threatened with respect to the zoning of the Property and neither the zoning nor any other right to use or operate the Property is in any way dependent upon or related to any property other than the Property. All certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required of Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property for its current use (collectively, the “ Licenses ”), have been obtained and are in full force and effect, except to the extent the failure to have such Licenses would not reasonably be expected to result in, and does not result in, a Material Adverse Effect. The use being made of the Property is in conformity with the certificate of occupancy issued for the Property and all other restrictions, covenants and conditions affecting the Property, except for such non-compliance that would not reasonably be expected to result in, or does not result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.1.10               Financial Information . All financial data, including operating statements, statements of cash flow and income and operating expense, that have been delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan (i) are true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) accurately represent the financial condition of the Property as of the date of such reports in all material respects, and (iii) the operating statements and statements of cash flow and income and operating expense have been prepared in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods

 

32


 

covered, except as disclosed therein. Borrower does not have contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are known to Borrower, and there are no legal proceedings pending, in each case which are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, except in each instance as referred to or reflected in said financial statements as required to be disclosed under GAAP. Since the date of the financial statements, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower or the Property from that set forth in said financial statements.

 

3.1.11               Easements; Utilities and Public Access . All easements, cross easements, licenses, air rights and rights-of-way or other similar property interests (collectively, “ Easements ”), if any, necessary for the utilization of the Improvements for their intended purposes have been obtained and are in full force and effect without default thereunder, except to the extent the failure to obtain such Easements or a default in respect of same would not reasonably be expected to have, and does not have, a Material Adverse Effect. The Property has rights of access to public ways and is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service the Property for its intended uses. All public utilities necessary or convenient to the existing use of the Property are located in the public right-of-way abutting the Property or in recorded Easements serving the Property, which Easements are set forth in the Title Insurance Policy.

 

3.1.12               Assignment of Leases . The Assignment of Leases creates a valid assignment of, or a valid security interest in, Borrower’s rights under the Leases, subject only to a license granted to Borrower to exercise certain rights and to perform certain obligations of the lessor under the Leases, including the right to operate the Property. Borrower has not assigned the Leases or any portion of the Rents due and payable or to become due and payable thereunder to any Person other than Lender, except for the assignment of leases and rents being terminated as of the Closing Date.

 

3.1.13               Insurance . Borrower has obtained and has delivered to Lender certificates of insurance evidencing all of the Policies, with all premiums paid as due thereunder, reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. Neither Borrower nor, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other Person, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of any of the Policies.

 

3.1.14               Flood Zone . Except as shown on the Survey, none of the Improvements on the Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as a special flood hazard area.

 

3.1.15               Physical Condition . To Borrower’s knowledge and except as may be expressly set forth in the Physical Conditions Report: (i) the Property, including all buildings, improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects; and (ii) there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in the Property, whether latent or otherwise, and Borrower has not received notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in the Property, or any part thereof, which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely

 

33



 

affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

 

3.1.16               Boundaries . Except as disclosed in the Survey, the Title Insurance Policy or the PZR Reports, all of the Improvements lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Land, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Property, and no easements or other encumbrances upon the Land encroach upon any of the Improvements, so as to materially and adversely affect the marketability of the Property.

 

3.1.17               Leases . The rent roll attached hereto as Schedule I is true, complete and correct in all material respects and the Property is not subject to any Leases other than the Leases described in Schedule I and Leases with temporary Tenants or Leases that relate solely to storage space which are set forth on Schedule XI . Borrower is the owner and lessor of landlord’s interest in the Leases. No Person has any possessory interest in the Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Leases. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto or in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, the Leases identified on Schedule I are in full force and effect and there are no material defaults thereunder by either party beyond any applicable notice or cure period, and there are no conditions that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute defaults thereunder. The copies of the Leases delivered to Lender are true and complete, and there are no oral agreements with respect thereto. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto or in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, no Rent (including security deposits) has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of its due date. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto or in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, to Borrower’s knowledge, all work to be performed by Borrower under each Lease has been performed as required and has been accepted by the applicable Tenant. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto and except as disclosed in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, any payments, free rent, partial rent, rebate of rent or other payments, credits, allowances or abatements required to be given by Borrower to any Tenant under a Lease has already been received by such Tenant. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto or in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, each Tenant under each Lease have accepted possession of and is in occupancy of all of its respective space demised under its Lease and has commenced the payment of full, unabated rent under its Lease. Borrower has delivered to Lender a true, correct and complete list of all security deposits made by Tenants at the Property which have not been applied (including accrued interest thereon), all of which are held by Borrower in accordance with the terms of the applicable Lease and applicable Legal Requirements. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto, to Borrower’s knowledge, no Tenant under a Lease is the subject of bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings. Except for the Solar Panel Equipment Lease and the Master Leases, no Tenant under any Lease (or any sublease) is an Affiliate of Borrower. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto and except as disclosed in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, there are no brokerage fees or commissions due and payable in connection with the leasing of space at the Property and no such fees or commissions will become due and payable in the future in connection with the Leases, including by reason of any extension of such Lease or expansion of the space leased thereunder. Borrower has not sold, transferred, assigned, hypothecated or pledged any Lease or the Rents received therefrom, except for those which are no longer in effect and except to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents. Except as set forth on Schedule IV

 

34



 

hereto and except as disclosed in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, to Borrower’s knowledge, no Tenant under any Lease has assigned its Lease or sublet all or any portion of the premises demised thereby and no such Tenant holds its leased premises under assignment or sublease. Except as set forth on Schedule IV hereto and except as disclosed in the estoppel certificates delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, no Tenant under any Lease has a right or option pursuant to such Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the leased premises or the building of which the leased premises are a part.

 

3.1.18               Tax Filings . To the extent required, Borrower has filed (or has obtained effective extensions for filing) all material federal, state, commonwealth, district and local tax returns required to be filed and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all material federal, state, commonwealth, district and local taxes, charges and assessments payable by Borrower. Borrower’s tax returns (if any) properly reflect the income and taxes of Borrower for the periods covered thereby, subject only to reasonable adjustments permitted by the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable tax authority upon audit.

 

3.1.19               No Fraudulent Transfer . Borrower (i) has not entered into the transaction or any Loan Document with the actual intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any creditor, and (ii) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its Obligations under the Loan Documents. After giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed Borrower’s total liabilities, including subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities. The fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets is, and immediately following the making of the Loan, will be, greater than Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its contingent liabilities on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured. Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the making of the Loan will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur Indebtedness and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such Indebtedness and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of the obligations of Borrower). No petition in bankruptcy has been filed by Borrower and Borrower has not ever made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act for the benefit of debtors. Borrower is not contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of Borrower’s assets or properties, and Borrower has no knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it.

 

3.1.20               Federal Reserve Regulations . No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used by Borrower for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or for any other purpose which would violate Regulation U or any other Regulations of such Board of Governors, or for any purposes prohibited by Legal Requirements or by the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

3.1.21               Organizational Chart . The organizational chart attached as Schedule III , relating to Borrower and certain Affiliates, is true, complete and correct on and as of the date

 

35



 

hereof. No Person other than those Persons shown on Schedule III and their respective owners have any ownership interest in, or right of control, directly or indirectly, in Borrower.

 

3.1.22               Organizational Status . Borrower’s exact legal name is as set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement. Borrower is a limited liability company, and the jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized is: Delaware. Borrower’s Tax I.D. number is: 46-2202003 and Borrower’s Organizational I.D. number is: 5298483.

 

3.1.23               Bank Holding Company . Borrower is not a “bank holding company” or a direct or indirect subsidiary of a “bank holding company” as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and Regulation Y thereunder of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

3.1.24               No Casualty . The Improvements have suffered no material casualty or damage which has not been fully repaired and the cost thereof fully paid.

 

3.1.25               Purchase Options . Neither Borrower nor, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other Person, has granted any purchase option, right of first refusal, right of first offer or other similar right in favor of third parties with respect to the Property.

 

3.1.26               FIRPTA . Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Sections 1445 or 7701 of the Code.

 

3.1.27               Investment Company Act . Borrower is not (i) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (ii) subject to any other United States federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

 

3.1.28               Fiscal Year . Each fiscal year of Borrower commences on January 1.

 

3.1.29               Other Debt . Borrower has no Indebtedness, other than Permitted Encumbrances and Permitted Indebtedness.

 

3.1.30               Intentionally Omitted .

 

3.1.31               Full and Accurate Disclosure . No statement of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, except that the foregoing statement shall be qualified by “to Borrower’s knowledge” to the extent any statements herein are so qualified. There is no material fact presently known to Borrower which has not been disclosed to Lender which would reasonably be expected to result in, or has resulted in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.1.32               Intentionally Omitted .

 

3.1.33               Intentionally Omitted .

 

3.1.34               REA . With respect to each REA, (a) each REA is in full force and effect and has not been amended, restated, replaced or otherwise modified (except, in each case, as

 

36



 

expressly set forth herein), (b) to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no material defaults under any REA by any party thereto, (c) all material sums due and payable by Borrower under each REA have been paid in full, and (d) to Borrower’s knowledge, no party to any REA has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating any REA. Borrower has completed all construction contemplated to be performed with respect to the Property pursuant to that certain Construction Easement Agreement between Vornado Bergen Mall LLC and Vornado Bergen East LLC dated March 19, 2008 and recorded April 17, 2008 in Deed Book 9527 page 172.

 

3.1.35               Illegal Activity . No portion of the Property has been or will be purchased with proceeds of any illegal activity.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Survival of Representations . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall (i) survive until the Obligations have been paid and performed in full and (ii) be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Lender or on its behalf.

 

IV.                                BORROWER COVENANTS

 

Until the end of the Term, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that:

 

Section 4.1.                                  Payment and Performance of Obligations . Borrower shall pay and otherwise perform the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 4.2.                                  Due on Sale and Encumbrance; Transfers of Interests . Borrower acknowledges that Lender has examined and relied on the experience of Borrower and its general partners and managing members, as applicable, and principals of Borrower in owning and operating properties such as the Property in agreeing to make the Loan, and will continue to rely on Borrower’s ownership of the Property as a means of maintaining the value of the Property as security for repayment of the Debt and the performance of the Other Obligations. Borrower acknowledges that Lender has a valid interest in maintaining the value of the Property so as to ensure that, should Borrower default in the repayment of the Debt or the performance of the Other Obligations, Lender can recover the Debt by a sale of the Property. Therefore, except as permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the prior written consent of Lender, neither Borrower nor any other Person having a direct or indirect ownership or beneficial interest in Borrower shall sell, convey, mortgage, grant, bargain, encumber, pledge, assign or transfer the Property or any part thereof, or any interest, direct or indirect, in Borrower, whether voluntarily or involuntarily (a “ Transfer ”). A Transfer within the meaning of this Section 4.2 shall be deemed to include (i) an installment sales agreement wherein Borrower agrees to sell the Property or any part thereof for a price to be paid in installments; (ii) an agreement by Borrower for the leasing of all or a substantial part of the Property for any purpose other than the actual occupancy by a space Tenant thereunder or a sale, assignment or other transfer of, or the grant of a security interest in, Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to any Leases or any Rents; (iii) if Borrower, its sole member or any general partner, managing member or controlling shareholder of Borrower or its sole member is a corporation, the voluntary or involuntary sale, conveyance or transfer of such corporation’s stock (or the stock of any corporation directly or indirectly controlling such corporation by operation of law or otherwise)

 

37



 

or the creation or issuance of new stock; (iv) if Borrower, its sole member or any general partner, managing member or controlling shareholder of Borrower or its sole member is a limited or general partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, the change, removal, resignation or addition of a general partner, managing partner, limited partner, joint venturer or member or the transfer of the partnership interest of any general partner, managing partner or limited partner or the transfer of the interest of any joint venturer or member; and (v) any pledge, hypothecation, assignment, transfer or other encumbrance of any direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Liens . Subject to Borrower’s contest rights as set forth in this Section 4.3 , Borrower shall discharge any Lien on any portion of the Property, except for the Permitted Encumbrances and except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, within sixty (60) days after Borrower receives written notice of the filing of such Lien. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity of any Liens, provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iii) neither the Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in reasonable danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, canceled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall, as required upon final determination thereof, pay the amount of any such Liens, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) only if collateral is not required to be posted in connection with such proceeding, in the case of Liens in excess of $3,000,000, individually or in the aggregate (the “ Contest Threshold ”), to insure the payment of such Liens during the term of such contest, Borrower shall deliver to Lender either (A) cash, cash equivalents, a Letter of Credit, a guaranty from a Qualified Guarantor or other security as may be reasonably approved by Lender, in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the contested amount over the Contest Threshold or (B) an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contested amount from a surety acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion, (vi) failure to pay such Liens will not subject Lender to any civil liability (other than fines which Borrower promptly pays in full) or criminal liability, (vii) such contest shall not materially adversely affect the ownership, use or occupancy of the Property, and (viii) Borrower shall keep Lender informed of the status of such proceedings at reasonable intervals and, if requested by Lender, confirm to Lender the continuing satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (i)  through (vii)  of this Section 4.3 . After five (5) Business Days’ notice to Borrower, Lender may pay over any such cash or other security held by Lender to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the entitlement of such claimant is finally established by the Governmental Authority authorized to make such determination or the Property (or any part thereof or interest therein) shall be in immediate danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost or there shall be any immediate danger of the Lien of the Mortgage being primed by any related Lien.

 

Section 4.4.                                  Special Purpose . Without in any way limiting the provisions of this Article IV , Borrower shall at all times comply with the requirements set forth in the definition of “Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity”. Borrower shall not (i) directly or indirectly make any change, amendment or modification to any of the “Special Purpose Provisions” as defined in and set forth in its organizational documents without the prior written consent of Lender and the receipt of Rating Agency Confirmation, or (ii) otherwise take any action which would result in Borrower not being a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity.

 

38



 

Section 4.5.                                  Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements . Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights, licenses, permits and franchises necessary to comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to it and the Property, except for such failure or noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to, and does not, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.6.                                  Taxes and Other Charges . Subject to Borrower’s contest rights as set forth in this Section 4.6 , Borrower shall pay all Taxes and Other Charges now or hereafter levied, assessed or imposed prior to the date the same shall become delinquent and shall promptly furnish to Lender receipts for the payment of the Taxes and the Other Charges (provided, however, that Borrower need not pay Taxes directly nor furnish such receipts for payment of Taxes to the extent that funds to pay for such Taxes have been deposited into the Tax Account pursuant to Section 6.3 ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity of any Taxes or Other Charges, provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iii) neither the Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in reasonable danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, canceled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall, as required upon final determination thereof, pay the amount of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) such proceeding shall suspend the collection of Taxes or Other Charges from the Property; (vi) in the case of Taxes or Other Charges above the Contest Threshold, Borrower shall deposit with Lender cash, cash equivalents, a Letter of Credit, a guaranty from a Qualified Guarantor or other security as may be reasonably approved by Lender, in an amount equal to one hundred ten percent (110%) of the contested amount (together with all interest and penalties thereon) over the Contest Threshold, to insure the payment of any such Taxes or Other Charges during such contest, (vii) failure to pay such Taxes or Other Charges will not subject Lender to any civil liability (other than fines which Borrower promptly pays in full) or criminal liability, (viii) such contest shall not materially adversely affect the ownership, use or occupancy of the Property, and (ix) Borrower shall keep Lender informed of the status of such proceedings at reasonable intervals and, if requested by Lender, confirm to Lender the continuing satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (i)   through (vii)  of this Section 4.6 . After five (5) Business Days’ notice to Borrower, Lender may pay over any such cash or other security held by Lender to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the entitlement of such claimant is finally established by the Governmental Authority authorized to make such determination or the Property (or any part thereof or interest therein) shall be in immediate danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated cancelled or lost or there shall be any immediate danger of the Lien of the Mortgage being primed by any related Lien.

 

Section 4.7.                                  Litigation . Borrower shall give prompt notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against the Property or Borrower which would, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.8.                                  Title to the Property . Borrower shall warrant and defend (a) its title to the Property and every part thereof, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and (b) the validity and priority of the Lien of the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and this Agreement

 

39



 

on the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and other Liens expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents, in each case against the claims of all Persons whomsoever.

 

Section 4.9.                                  Financial Reporting .

 

4.9.1                      Generally . Borrower shall keep and maintain, or will cause to be kept and maintained, on an annual basis, proper and accurate books and records, in accordance with GAAP, reflecting the business and financial affairs of Borrower. Lender shall have the right at reasonable times during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice to Borrower to examine such books and records at the office of Borrower or other Person maintaining such books and records and to make such copies or extracts thereof as Lender may reasonably request.

 

4.9.2                      Quarterly/Monthly Reports . Not later than forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter (commencing with the first (1 st ) quarter of 2013), Borrower shall deliver to Lender:

 

(i)                           unaudited financial statements, internally prepared in accordance with GAAP including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement as of the end of such quarter and for the corresponding quarter of the previous year, and a statement of revenues and expenses for the year to date, a statement of operations for such fiscal quarter, and a comparison of the year to date results with (i) the results for the same period of the previous year, and (ii) the Annual Budget for such period and the Fiscal Year. Such statements for each quarter shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate certifying to the best of the signer’s knowledge, (A) that such statements fairly represent the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower in all material respects, (B) that as of the date of such Officer’s Certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document or, if so, specifying the nature and status of each such Event of Default and the action then being taken by Borrower or proposed to be taken to remedy such Event of Default and (C) that as of the date of each Officer’s Certificate, no litigation exists involving Borrower or the Property that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such financial statements shall contain such other information as shall be reasonably requested by Lender for purposes of calculations to be made by Lender pursuant to the terms hereof;

 

(ii)                                a rent roll for the Property, dated as of the last month of such fiscal quarter, showing the current annualized rent for the Property (as of the date of such rent roll), and the expiration date of each Lease. Such rent roll shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such rent roll is true, correct and complete in all material respects as of its date and stating whether Borrower, within the past three (3) months, has issued a notice of default with respect to any Lease which has not been cured and the nature of such default;

 

(iii)                             copies of any Lease, or any Lease renewal, modification, amendment or modification executed during such fiscal quarter; and

 

(iv)                            a summary report containing each of the following with respect to the Property for the most recently completed calendar month or quarter (as applicable):

 

40



 

(A) aggregate sales by tenants under Leases or other occupants of the Property, to the extent the same have been provided to Borrower by such tenants or other occupants under their respective Leases, (B) rent per square foot payable by each such tenant or occupant, (C) aggregate occupancy of the Property and (D) a tenant aging and receivables report.

 

4.9.3                      Annual Reports . Not later than one hundred five (105) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower’s operations (commencing on the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2013), Borrower shall deliver to Lender:

 

(i)                           audited financial statements certified by an Independent Accountant in accordance with GAAP, covering the Property, including a balance sheet as of the end of such Fiscal Year, a statement of operations for the year and stating in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, as well as a profit and loss statement and occupancy statistics for the Property. Such annual financial statements shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate in the form required pursuant to Section 4.9.2(i)  above; and

 

(ii)                                an annual summary of any and all Capital Expenditures made at the Property during the prior twelve (12) month period.

 

4.9.4                      Other Reports .

 

(a)                                  At any time that the Manager is not an Affiliate of Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days of the receipt thereof by Borrower, a copy of all reports prepared by Manager pursuant to the Management Agreement, including, without limitation, the Annual Budget and any inspection reports.

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall, within ten (10) Business Days after written request by Lender or such longer period as reasonably required to produce the same, if all or part of the Loan is being or has been included in a Securitization, by the Rating Agencies, furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender and, if applicable, the Rating Agencies, in such manner and in such detail as may be reasonably requested by Lender or the Rating Agencies, such reasonable additional information as may be reasonably requested with respect to the Property.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall submit to Lender the financial data and financial statements required (if any), and within the time periods, under clauses (f)  and (g)  of Section 9.1 .

 

4.9.5                      Annual Budget .

 

(a)                                  Provided no Trigger Period has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall provide to Lender, for informational purposes, no later than sixty (60) days following the end of the prior Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2013) the Annual Budget for the current Fiscal Year; provided, however, that, if any Trigger Period commences, Borrower shall deliver to Lender an Annual Budget for Lender’s review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) within thirty (30) days of the commencement of such Trigger Period. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, Lender shall have the right to approve each Annual Budget, including extraordinary operating expenses and Capital Expenditures (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or

 

41



 

delayed). Annual Budgets delivered to Lender (other than during the continuance of a Trigger Period) or approved by Lender during the continuance of a Trigger Period shall hereinafter be referred to as an “ Approved Annual Budget ”, any such extraordinary operating expenses approved by Lender pursuant to this Section 4.9.5(a)  shall hereinafter be referred to as “ Approved Extraordinary Expenses . During the continuance of a Trigger Period, until such time that any Annual Budget has been approved by Lender, the prior Approved Annual Budget shall apply for all purposes hereunder (with such adjustments as necessary to reflect actual increases in Taxes, Insurance Premiums, utilities expenses and other non-discretionary items). During the continuance of a Trigger Period, neither Borrower nor Manager shall change or modify the Annual Budget that has been approved by Lender without the prior written consent of Lender (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.9.5 , whenever Lender’s approval or consent is required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.9.5 , Lender shall have ten (10) Business Days from receipt of written request and all reasonably requested information and documentation relating thereto in which to approve or disapprove such matter, provided that such request to Lender is marked at the top in bold lettering with the following language: “ THIS IS A REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF A BUDGET. LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUIRED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A LOAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED AND LENDER AND FAILURE OF LENDER TO RESPOND SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED ” and the envelope containing the request must be marked “ PRIORITY . Borrower shall provide Lender with such information and documentation as may be reasonably required by Lender to evaluate such request. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail, it being understood that a request for such additional information and documentation shall be deemed to be acceptable grounds), then provided no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted.

 

Section 4.10.                           Access to Property . Borrower shall permit agents, representatives and employees of Lender to inspect the Property or any part thereof during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice (which may be given by email or telephonically), subject to the rights of Tenants under Leases and Borrower’s usual and customary safety requirements and accompanied by a representative of Borrower.

 

Section 4.11.                           Leases .

 

4.11.1               Generally . Upon reasonable request, Borrower shall furnish Lender with executed copies of all Leases then in effect.

 

4.11.2               Approvals .

 

(a)                                  Any Major Lease and any renewals, material amendments or material modifications of a Major Lease (other than those which are expressly permitted under such Lease pursuant to a right of the Tenant thereunder not requiring the consent of Borrower) shall be subject to Lender’s approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). Any Lease and any renewals, amendments or modifications of a Lease (other than

 

42


 

any renewal, amendment or material modification to a Major Lease) that meets the following requirements may be entered into by Borrower without Lender’s prior consent: (i) provides for prevailing market-rate terms, (ii) unless a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement is delivered pursuant to this Section 4.11.2 , provides that such Lease is subordinate to the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases and that the Tenant thereunder will attorn to Lender and any successor landlord, and (iii) is written substantially in accordance with the Standard Form of Lease which has been approved by Lender on or prior to the Closing Date and attached hereto as Exhibit D or any replacement, modification or amendment to such Standard Form of Lease which has been reasonably approved by Lender pursuant to the terms of this Section 4.11.2 (subject to any commercially reasonable changes made in the course of negotiations with the applicable Tenant). All other Leases (including Major Leases) and all renewals, material amendments and material modifications thereof executed after the date hereof shall be subject to Lender’s prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall not permit or consent to any assignment or sublease of any Major Lease that has the effect of releasing the assigning or subletting Tenant from its obligations under the Lease, without Lender’s prior written approval (other than assignments or subleases expressly permitted under any Major Lease pursuant to a right of the Tenant thereunder not requiring the consent of Borrower). Lender shall enter into, and, if required by applicable law in order to provide constructive notice or if requested by any Tenant, record in the county where the Property is located, a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (with such changes to such form as are commercially reasonable and as otherwise reasonably approved by Lender pursuant to this Section 4.11.2 , or, if the Tenant is a national retailer or major regional retailer, on such Tenant’s standard form if reasonably approved by Lender, each a “ Non-Disturbance Agreement ”), with any Tenant entering into a New Lease or a modification of a Lease for which Lender’s prior written consent has been obtained or deemed obtained, or for which Lender’s prior written consent was not required, within ten (10) Business Days after written request therefor by Borrower. All reasonable third party costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and recordation of any Non-Disturbance Agreement, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, shall be paid by Borrower.

 

(c)                                   Borrower shall have the right, without the consent or approval of Lender, to terminate or accept a surrender of any Lease so long as such termination or surrender is (i) by reason of a Tenant monetary default beyond any applicable notice and grace periods or (ii) Borrower is simultaneously replacing such terminated or surrendered Lease with a Lease that is either (A) approved or deemed approved by Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) or (B) complies in all respects with the requirements forth in Section 4.11.2(a)  above and Lender’s approval thereof is not required thereunder or (iii) of the Sugar and Plum Lease as contemplated by the terms of the applicable Master Lease. Except as expressly set forth in this Section 4.11.2(c) , Borrower shall not have the right to terminate any Lease without the express written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld with respect to non-Major Leases and to be granted or withheld in Lender’s sole discretion with regard to Major Leases.

 

43



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.11.2 , whenever Lender’s approval or consent is required pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.11.2 , Lender shall have ten (10) Business Days from receipt of written request and all reasonably requested information and documentation relating thereto in which to approve or disapprove such matter, provided that such request to Lender is marked at the top in bold lettering with the following language: “ THIS IS A REQUEST FOR CONSENT TO A LEASE. LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUIRED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THIS NOTICE PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF A LOAN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED AND LENDER AND FAILURE OF LENDER TO RESPOND SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED ” and the envelope containing the request must be marked “ PRIORITY ”. Borrower shall provide Lender with such information and documentation as may be reasonably required by Lender to evaluate such request, including, without limitation, lease comparables and other market information as reasonably required by Lender. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such matter within such ten (10) Business Day period (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail, it being understood that a request for such additional information and documentation shall be deemed to be acceptable grounds), then provided no Event of Default is continuing, Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be entitled to enter into a Lease with H&M substantially in the form approved by Lender and attached hereto as Schedule VIII and to terminate the Sugar and Plum Lease in connection therewith, as contemplated by the terms of the Master Lease. In the case of clause (i)  and (ii) , Borrower shall be permitted to make commercially reasonable changes which will not materially and adversely affect Borrower or the Lender’s interest in such Lease and which do not, in any event, affect the term, rent payable or free rent periods granted under such lease and which do not expand any rights of the tenant to offset or abate rent or terminate the lease prior to the expiration date thereof.

 

4.11.3               Covenants . Borrower (i) shall observe and perform the material obligations imposed upon the lessor under the Leases in a commercially reasonable manner (i.e., in a manner that would not reasonably be expected to result in a termination of a Lease or cause any right of offset or other defense against the payment of Rent or any other material claim by a Tenant); (ii) shall enforce the material terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Leases upon the part of the Tenants thereunder to be observed or performed in a commercially reasonable manner, including, without limitation, using commercially reasonable efforts to cause Tenants to remove any Liens filed against the Property due to work performed by or on behalf of Tenant at the Property; (iii) shall not collect any of the Rents more than one (1) month in advance (other than security deposits); and (iv) shall not execute any assignment of lessor’s interest in the Leases or the Rents (except as contemplated or permitted by the Loan Documents). Borrower shall promptly send copies to Lender of all written notices of material default which Borrower shall receive under the Leases.

 

4.11.4               Security Deposits . All security deposits of Tenants, whether held in cash or any other form, shall be held in compliance with all Legal Requirements and shall not be commingled with any other funds of Borrower to the extent required by applicable law. Upon the foreclosure of the Lien of the Mortgage, Borrower shall, upon Lender’s request, if permitted

 

44



 

by applicable Legal Requirements, cause all cash security deposits (and any interest theretofore earned thereon) to be transferred into the Deposit Account or, in the case of a letter of credit, cause physical possession thereof to be delivered to Lender.

 

4.11.5               Master Lease .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.11 , Borrower shall not amend, modify, restate, substitute, terminate, cancel or permit the surrender of any Master Lease, except for a termination in accordance with its express terms, without the prior written consent of Lender, such consent to be granted or withheld in Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(b)                                  In the event the Tenant under the Master Lease pays to Borrower, as landlord, the Tenant Buyout Payment under and as defined in the applicable Master Lease, Borrower shall be required to promptly deliver such Tenant Buyout Payment to Lender. Borrower shall deliver to Lender cash or a Letter of Credit in the amount of the Tenant Buyout Payment. If cash is delivered, such funds shall be held in an account controlled by Lender and shall be collateral for the Loan. If the Tenant Buyout Payment shall be delivered to Lender in the form of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit shall be held as collateral for the Loan, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right without prior notice to Borrower to draw on the Letter of Credit and apply the proceeds thereof to the payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. Any such cash or Letter of Credit shall be returned to Borrower, provided no Event of Default exists, upon the earlier to occur of (a) the expiration of the term of the applicable Master Lease as if such Tenant Buyout Payment had not been made (i.e., ten (10) years from the date of the Master Lease) or (b) repayment or defeasance in full of the Debt. Upon delivery of the cash or Letter of Credit to Lender in the amount of the Tenant Buyout Payment, Borrower shall be permitted to terminate the applicable Master Lease.

 

Section 4.12.                           Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance; Alterations .

 

4.12.1               Repairs; Maintenance and Compliance . Borrower shall at all times cause the Property to be maintained in a good and safe condition and repair (in accordance with reasonable market practice for properties of similar type and size), subject to ordinary wear and tear, and shall not remove, demolish or alter the Improvements or Equipment (except for alterations performed in accordance with Section 4.12.2 below and as permitted in Article VII ). Borrower shall comply with all Legal Requirements and cure properly any violation of a Legal Requirement to the extent that such noncompliance or violation would reasonably be expected to result in, or does result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.12.2               Alterations .

 

(a)                                  Borrower may, without Lender’s consent, perform alterations to the Improvements and Equipment which do not constitute a Material Alteration and would not reasonably be expected to result in, or does result in, a Material Adverse Effect. At any time the outstanding costs of all alterations then being performed at the Property exceeds the Alteration Threshold, Borrower shall deliver to Lender security for payment of the cost of such alterations in excess of the Alteration Threshold, as additional security for Borrower’s Obligations under the Loan Documents, which security may be any of the following: (i) cash or cash equivalents, (ii) a

 

45



 

Letter of Credit, (iii) an Alteration Deficiency Guaranty or (iv) such other security as may be reasonably approved by Lender. Such security shall be in an amount equal to the excess of the total unpaid amounts incurred and to be incurred with respect to such alterations to the Improvements (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by Tenants under the Leases) over the Alteration Threshold (the amount of such excess, an “ Alteration Deficiency ”) and Lender may apply such security from time to time at the option of Lender to pay for such alterations if any unpaid amounts are required to be paid pursuant to the Loan Documents and Borrower has not made the applicable payments subject to Borrower’s right to contest such payments in good faith. Borrower shall be entitled to a reduction or release, as the case may be, of such security being held by Lender from time to time (but not more than once per calendar month) as the unpaid amounts incurred and to be incurred with respect to such alterations to the Improvements is reduced due to partial completion. Upon substantial completion of any Material Alteration, Borrower shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that (i) the Material Alteration was constructed in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, (ii) all contractors, subcontractors, materialmen and professionals who provided work, materials or services in connection with the Material Alteration have been paid in full and have delivered unconditional releases of liens (or such liens have otherwise been fully bonded over to the reasonable satisfaction of Lender or fully insured by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy), and (iii) all material licenses and permits necessary for the use, operation and occupancy of the Material Alteration (other than those which depend on the performance of Tenant improvement work) have been issued. If Borrower has provided cash security, as provided above, such cash shall be released by Lender to fund such Material Alterations, and if Borrower has provided non-cash security, as provided above, Lender shall release and return such security (or in the case of an Alteration Deficiency Guaranty, terminate such Alteration Deficiency Guaranty) upon Borrower’s satisfaction of the requirements of the preceding sentence.

 

Each request for approval of alterations to any Improvements shall contain a legend in capitalized bold letters on the top of the cover page stating: “THIS IS A REQUEST FOR CONSENT TO ALTERATIONS TO IMPROVEMENTS. LENDER’S RESPONSE IS REQUESTED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS. LENDER’S FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN SUCH TIME PERIOD SHALL RESULT IN LENDER’S CONSENT BEING DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN GRANTED” and Borrower shall include the following documentation with such request: (a) a detailed description of the alterations to be performed to the Improvements, and (b) all other materials reasonably determined by Borrower and Lender to be necessary in order for Lender to evaluate such proposed alterations. Within three (3) Business Days of Lender’s receipt of Borrower’s written request, Lender shall notify Borrower of any additional information or materials necessary for Lender’s evaluation of such request. If Lender fails to so notify Borrower that it requires additional information, the materials provided by Borrower with the initial request for consent shall be deemed to be sufficient to permit Lender to evaluate such request. In the event that Lender fails to grant or withhold its approval and consent to such alterations within ten (10) Business Days from the date that Lender shall have received all additional information or materials timely requested hereunder (and, in the case of a withholding of consent, stating the grounds therefor in reasonable detail), or, if no additional materials were so requested, then provided no Event of Default is continuing, within ten (10) Business Days from the date of Borrower’s request for consent, then Lender’s approval and consent shall be deemed to have been granted.

 

46



 

Section 4.13.                           Insolvency Opinion. Borrower shall conduct its business so that the assumptions made with respect to Borrower in the Insolvency Opinion shall be true and correct in all material respects.

 

Section 4.14.                           Property Management .

 

4.14.1               Management Agreement . Borrower shall (i) promptly perform and/or observe all of the material covenants and agreements required to be performed and observed by it under the Management Agreement; (ii) promptly notify Lender of any “event of default” under the Management Agreement of which it is aware; and (iii) enforce in a commercially reasonable manner the performance and observance of the material covenants and agreements required to be performed and/or observed by the Manager under the Management Agreement.

 

4.14.2               Prohibition Against Termination or Modification . Borrower shall not (i) surrender, terminate or cancel (unless being replaced with a Qualified Manager and a new Management Agreement) or materially modify, renew or extend (unless the renewal or extension is of the same Management Agreement) the Management Agreement, (ii) enter into any other agreement relating to the management or operation of the Property with Manager or any other Person (other than the Management Agreement or pursuant to the express terms of the Management Agreement), (iii) consent to the assignment by the Manager of its interest under the Management Agreement other than to a Qualified Manager, or (iv) waive or release any of its material rights and remedies under the Management Agreement, in each case without the express consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, the appointment by Borrower of a new property manager (other than a Qualified Manager) such consent may also, if all or part of the Loan is being or has been included in a Securitization, be conditioned upon Borrower delivering a Rating Agency Confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency as to such new property manager and its management agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, provided no Event of Default is continuing, neither the approval of Lender nor a Rating Agency Confirmation shall be required with respect to the appointment of a Qualified Manager. If at any time Lender consents to the appointment of a new property manager or a Qualified Manager is appointed, such new property manager (including a Qualified Manager) and Borrower shall, as a condition to Lender’s consent, if required, or to the appointment of a Qualified Manager, execute (i) a management agreement in form and substance substantially similar to the form and substance of the Management Agreement in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to Lender, and (ii) a subordination of management agreement in a form substantially similar to the Assignment of Management Agreement entered into on the Closing Date or such other form as is reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

4.14.3               Replacement of Manager . Lender shall have the right to require Borrower to replace the Manager with (x) an Unaffiliated Qualified Manager (or another Affiliate of Borrower in the case of clause (ii)  below) selected by Borrower or (y) another property manager chosen by Borrower and reasonably approved by Lender (provided, that such approval may, if all or part of the Loan is being or has been included in a Securitization, be conditioned upon Borrower delivering a Rating Agency Confirmation as to such new property manager and management agreement) under any of the following circumstances: (i) at any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default and an acceleration of the Loan, (ii) if Manager shall become insolvent or a debtor in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or (iii) if at any time the Manager has engaged in gross negligence, fraud, willful misconduct or misappropriation

 

47



 

of funds unless Lender receives evidence reasonably acceptable to Lender that the person or persons responsible for such acts or omissions have been permanently removed from working on matters related to the Property and Manager has paid to Lender any losses incurred by Lender as a direct result of such acts or omissions; provided, however, that prior to Borrower’s becoming so obligated under clause (ii)  above, Borrower shall have ten (10) Business Days, from and after the date of such request, within which to provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that Manager is no longer insolvent or such proceeding has been dismissed, as applicable, in which case Borrower shall not become so obligated.

 

Section 4.15.                           Performance by Borrower . Borrower shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision of each Loan Document required to be performed, observed or fulfilled by Borrower.

 

Section 4.16.                           Licenses . Borrower shall keep and maintain all Licenses necessary for the operation of the Property as a retail property, to the extent the failure to do so would reasonably be expected to or does result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.17.                           Further Assurances . Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense:

 

(a)                                  cure any defects in the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Lender such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts necessary to correct the Loan Documents (without in any way increasing the obligations of Borrower (other than to a de minimis extent) or reducing Borrower’s rights under the Loan Documents (other than to a de minimis extent)), to evidence, preserve and/or protect the collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the Obligations, as Lender may reasonably require; and

 

(b)                                  do and execute all and such further lawful and reasonable acts, conveyances and assurances necessary to carry out the intents and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as Lender may reasonably require from time to time, provided that in no event shall Borrower be required to do or execute any act, conveyance or assurance that impose greater obligations or liabilities on Borrower (other than to a de minimis extent) or reduce Borrower’s rights under the Loan Documents from those otherwise provided for therein (other than to a de minimis extent).

 

Section 4.18.                           Estoppel Statement .

 

(a)                                  After written request by Lender, Borrower shall within ten (10) Business Days furnish Lender with a statement, duly acknowledged and certified, stating (i) the Outstanding Principal Balance of the Note, (ii) the Interest Rate, (iii) the date installments of interest and/or principal were last paid, (iv) any offsets or defenses to the payment and performance of the Obligations, if any, and (v) that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents have not been modified or if modified, giving particulars of such modification.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Lender, within thirty (30) days following Lender’s written request, an estoppel certificate from each Tenant under any Lease in the form required pursuant to its Lease or otherwise in form and

 

48



 

substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender; provided, that Borrower shall not be required to deliver such certificates more frequently than one (1) time in any six (6) month period.

 

Section 4.19.                           Notice of Default . Borrower shall promptly advise Lender of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower has knowledge.

 

Section 4.20.                           Cooperate in Legal Proceedings . Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which would, if adversely determined, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings (other than those proceedings in which Borrower and any Lender are adverse parties).

 

Section 4.21.                           Indebtedness . Borrower shall not directly or indirectly create, incur or assume any Indebtedness other than (i) the Debt and the other Obligations and liabilities specifically provided for in the Loan Documents, (ii) unsecured trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business relating to the ownership and operation of the Property, which in the case of such unsecured trade payables (A) are not evidenced by a note, (B) do not exceed, at any time, a maximum aggregate amount of three percent (3%) of the original amount of the Outstanding Principal Balance and (C) are paid within sixty (60) days of the date incurred, (iii) accrued tenant improvement costs and leasing commissions due pursuant to the terms of any Lease approved or deemed approved hereunder, and (iv) amounts due under equipment leases, so long as such amounts, together the amounts due under clause (ii)  do no exceed three percent (3%) of the original amount of the Outstanding Principal Balance (collectively, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Borrower to pay any amount, so long as Borrower is in good faith, and by proper legal proceedings, diligently contesting the validity, amount or application thereof, provided that in each case, at the time of the commencement of any such action or proceeding, and during the pendency of such action or proceeding (1) no Event of Default shall exist and be continuing, (2) adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of Borrower in accordance with GAAP, and (3) such contest operates to suspend collection or enforcement, as the case may be, of the contested amount and such contest is maintained and prosecuted continuously and with diligence. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, in no event shall Borrower be permitted under this provision to enter into a note (other than the Note and the other Loan Documents) or other instrument for borrowed money.

 

Section 4.22.                           Business and Operations . Borrower will continue to engage in the businesses presently conducted by it as and to the extent the same are necessary for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property. Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain in good standing under the laws of the state in which the real property comprising the Property is located and to the extent the same are required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property.

 

Section 4.23.                           Dissolution . Borrower shall not (i) cause, permit or suffer the taking of any action, or omitting to take any action, which results in Borrower being dissolved, wound up or liquidated in whole or in part, in each case without obtaining the prior consent of Lender or (ii) dissolve, wind up, liquidate or merge with any other Person, in each case without obtaining the prior consent of Lender.

 

49



 

Section 4.24.                           Debt Cancellation . Borrower shall not cancel or otherwise forgive or release any material claim or debt (other than the termination of Leases in accordance herewith and the settlement of claims against Tenants and/or service providers in connection with such Persons’ defaults) owed to Borrower by any Person, except for adequate consideration and in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

 

Section 4.25.                           Affiliate Transactions . Borrower shall not enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with an Affiliate of Borrower or any of the partners, members or shareholders, as applicable, of Borrower except in the ordinary course of business upon terms and conditions that are commercially reasonable and substantially similar to those that would be available on an arms-length basis with third parties other than such affiliated party.

 

Section 4.26.                           No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the portion of the Property which constitutes real property (i) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property or (ii) with any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to the portion of the Property which constitutes real property.

 

Section 4.27.                           Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 4.28.                           Change of Name, Identity or Structure . Borrower shall not change Borrower’s name or convert from a limited liability company structure into any other organizational form without first obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender, prior to or contemporaneously with the effective date of any such change, any financing statement or financing statement change reasonably required by Lender to establish or maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interest granted herein.

 

Section 4.29.                           Costs and Expenses .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise expressed herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, Borrower shall pay or, if Borrower fails to pay, reimburse Lender upon receipt of notice from Lender, for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender (including amounts incurred by any Servicer appointed with respect to the Loan) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in connection with (i) Lender’s ongoing performance of and compliance with all agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date (except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 10.21(a)  hereof); (ii) intentionally omitted; (iii) filing and recording of any Loan Documents in connection with the origination of the Loan; (iv) the creation, perfection or protection of Lender’s Liens in the Property and the Accounts (including intangibles taxes, personal property taxes, mortgage recording taxes, and costs of environmental reports contemplated in the Loan Documents); (v) intentionally omitted; (vi) intentionally omitted; (vii) fees charged by Servicer, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.21 ; (viii) intentionally omitted; (ix) any losses, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by Lender if an interest in the Property, other than as permitted hereunder, is claimed by another Person (other than any loss, damage or expense which constitutes a diminution in value of the Lender’s interest in the Loan); and (x) after the

 

50



 

occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any costs incurred by Lender to examine such books, records and accounts, as Lender shall determine to be necessary or appropriate in the protection of Lender’s interests; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses (A) to the extent the same arise by reason of the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender, (B) to the extent the same are the costs of the preparation and closing of the Securitization of the Loan, (C) except to the extent included as part of Borrower Reimbursable Trust Fund Expenses, to the extent the same arise by reason of Lender’s monitoring of Borrower’s ongoing performance and compliance of its agreements and covenants contained in the Loan Documents, including confirming compliance with the insurance, environmental and financial reporting covenants, (D) any costs incurred by Lender with respect to a claim or adjudication brought by Borrower or Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.12 hereof in which it is finally determined that Lender acted in bad faith or the relief sought by Borrower is granted pursuant to a final judgment and (E) in any other instance herein or in any other Loan Document that specifically provides that the matter in question is to be “at Lender’s expense” or “at no cost to Borrower” or words of similar import.

 

(b)                                  In addition, in connection with any Rating Agency Confirmation, Review Waiver or other Rating Agency consent, approval or review requested by Borrower or required hereunder or under the Servicing Agreement (other than the initial review of the Loan by the Rating Agencies in connection with a Securitization), Borrower shall pay all of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender, Servicer, any trustee or certificate administrator and each Rating Agency in connection therewith, and, if applicable, shall pay any fees imposed by any Rating Agency in connection therewith.

 

(c)                                   Any costs and expenses due and payable by Borrower hereunder which are not paid by Borrower within ten (10) Business Days after demand may be paid from any amounts in the Deposit Account, with notice thereof to Borrower. The obligations and liabilities of Borrower under this Section 4.29 shall (i) become part of the Obligations, (ii) be secured by the Loan Documents and (iii) survive the Term and the exercise by Lender of any of its rights or remedies under the Loan Documents, including the acquisition of the Property by foreclosure or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure.

 

Section 4.30.                           Indemnity . Subject to Section 10.1 , Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lender from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and expenses but specifically excluding any Lender or Servicer fees), imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Lender in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) any breach by Borrower of its Obligations under, or any material misrepresentation by Borrower contained in, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, other than any loss, damage or expense which constitutes a diminution in value of the Lender’s interest in the Loan; (ii) ownership of the Mortgage, the Property or any interest therein, or receipt of any Rents; (iii) any accident, injury to or death of persons or loss of or damage to property occurring in, on or about the Property or on the adjoining sidewalks, curbs, adjacent property or adjacent parking areas, streets or ways; (iv) any use, nonuse or condition in or of the Property; (v) performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Property; (vi) any failure of the Property to comply with any Legal Requirement; (vii) any claim by brokers, finders or similar persons claiming to be entitled to a commission in connection with any Lease or other transaction involving the Property or any part thereof, or any liability asserted

 

51



 

against Lender with respect thereto (other than any broker or agent retained by or on behalf of Lender in connection with the Loan); and (viii) the claims of any lessee of any portion of the Property or any Person acting through or under any lessee or otherwise arising under or as a consequence of any Lease (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided, however, that Borrower shall not have any obligation to Lender hereunder to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities arise (x) from the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender and (y) to the extent any of the foregoing relate to the period subsequent to (1) the acceptance by Lender or its designee of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure with respect to the Property or (2) the foreclosure of the Mortgage. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, defend and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Borrower shall pay the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Lender.

 

Section 4.31.                           ERISA .

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Lender of any of its rights under the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”).

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall not permit the assets of Borrower to become “plan assets,” whether by operation of law or under regulations promulgated under ERISA.

 

Section 4.32.                           Patriot Act Compliance .

 

(a)                                  Borrower will use its good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the Patriot Act and all applicable requirements of Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over Borrower and/or the Property, except, with respect to any such requirements other than the Patriot Act and requirements related to anti-money laundering and terrorism, where such failure or noncompliance as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. If required pursuant to the Patriot Act or any other Legal Requirement, Lender shall have the right to audit Borrower’s compliance with the Patriot Act and all applicable requirements of Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over Borrower and/or the Property, including those relating to money laundering and terrorism. In the event that Borrower fails to comply with the Patriot Act or any such requirements of Governmental Authorities, then Lender may, at its option, cause Borrower to comply therewith and any and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection therewith shall be secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents and shall be immediately due and payable.

 

(b)                                  Neither Borrower nor any owner of a direct or indirect interest in Borrower (other than the holders of interests in VRLP (other than VRT) and/or VRT) (i) is listed on any Government Lists, (ii) is a person who has been determined by competent authority to be in violation of the prohibitions contained in Presidential Executive Order No. 13224 (Sept. 23, 2001) or any other similar prohibitions contained in the rules and regulations of OF AC or in any enabling legislation or other Presidential Executive Orders in respect thereof, or (iii) has been previously indicted for or convicted for any Patriot Act Offense, in each case, with the result that the Loan made by Lender is in violation of applicable Legal Requirements. For purposes hereof,

 

52



 

the term “ Patriot Act Offense ” means any violation of the criminal laws of the United States of America or of any of the several states, or that would be a criminal violation if committed within the jurisdiction of the United States of America or any of the several states, relating to terrorism or the laundering of monetary instruments, including any offense under (A) the criminal laws against terrorism, (B) the criminal laws against money laundering, (C) the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, (D) the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, or (E) the Patriot Act, provided that “ Patriot Act Offense ” also includes the crimes of conspiracy to commit, or aiding and abetting another to commit, a Patriot Act Offense. For purposes hereof, the term “ Government Lists ” means (1) the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons Lists maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), (2) any other list of terrorists, terrorist organizations or narcotics traffickers maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC that Lender notified Borrower in writing in advance is now included in “ Government Lists ”, or (3) any similar lists maintained by the United States Department of State, the United States Department of Commerce or any other Governmental Authority or pursuant to any Executive Order of the President of the United States of America that Lender notified Borrower in writing in advance is now included in “ Government Lists ”.

 

(c)                                   At all times throughout the term of the Loan, including after giving effect to any Transfers permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, (a) none of the funds or other assets of Borrower shall constitute property of, or shall be beneficially owned, directly or, to Borrower’s knowledge, indirectly, by any Person subject to trade restrictions under United States law, including, but not limited to, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder, with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), would be prohibited by such laws (each, an “ Embargoed Person ”), or the Loan made by Lender would be in violation of such laws, (b) no Embargoed Person shall have any interest of any nature whatsoever in Borrower with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly) would be prohibited by such laws or the Loan would be in violation of such laws, and (c) none of the funds of Borrower shall be derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), would be prohibited by law or the Loan would be in violation of law, in all cases, excluding the interests held in VRLP (other than VRT) or in VRT.

 

V.                                            INSURANCE, CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION

 

Section 5.1.                                  Insurance.

 

5.1.1                      Insurance Policies.

 

(a)                                  Borrower, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and maintain during the entire Term, or cause to be maintained, insurance policies providing at least the following coverages:

 

(i)                                              Property insurance against loss or damage by fire, lightning and such other perils as are included in a standard “special form of loss” policy (formerly known as an “all-risk” policy), and against loss or damage by all other risks and hazards covered by a standard extended coverage insurance policy, with no exclusion for damage or destruction caused by the acts of “Terrorists” (as defined by TRIPRA) (or, subject to Section 5.1.1(i)  below, standalone coverage with respect thereto) riot and civil commotion, vandalism, malicious mischief, burglary

 

53


 

and theft (A) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “ Full Replacement Cost ” of the Property, which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver of depreciation; (B) containing an agreed-amount endorsement with respect to the Improvements and personal property at the Property waiving all co-insurance provisions; and (C) containing an “ Ordinance or Law Coverage ” or “ Enforcement ” endorsement if any of the Improvements or the use of the Property shall at any time constitute legal nonconforming structures or uses, and compensating for loss of value or property resulting from operation of law and the cost of demolition and the increased cost of construction in amounts as reasonably required by Lender and comparable to property similar to the Property. In addition, Borrower shall obtain: (y) if any portion of the Improvements is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood hazard insurance in an amount reasonably required by Lender (and comparable to that required for other property similar to the Property) to the extent the same is commercially available and having a deductible of $100,000; and (z) earthquake insurance in amounts and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender ( provided that earthquake insurance shall not be required hereunder unless the Property is located in an area with a high degree of seismic activity and a Probable Maximum Loss (“ PML ”) of greater than twenty percent (20%)), provided that the insurance pursuant to clauses (y)  and (z)  hereof shall be on terms consistent with the all risk insurance policy required under this subsection (i) ;

 

(ii)                              commercial general liability insurance providing coverages against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Property, such insurance (A) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form and containing minimum limits per occurrence of $1,000,000.00, with an aggregate limit per policy year, excluding umbrella coverage, of not less than $2,000,000.00; (B) to continue at not less than the aforesaid limit until required to be changed by Lender by reason of changed economic conditions making such protection inadequate; and (C) to cover at least the following hazards: (1) premises and operations; (2) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (3) independent contractors; and (4) contractual liability for all insurable contracts as defined in the standard Insurance Service Office (ISO) policy form to the extent the same is commercially available;

 

(iii)                                rental loss and/or business income interruption insurance (A) with dual-party endorsement; (B) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in subsection (i)  above and Section 5.1.1(h)  below; (C) covering a period of restoration of thirty-six (36) months and containing an extended period of indemnity endorsement which provides that after the physical loss to the Improvements and Personal Property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such income either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of twenty-four (24) months from the date that the Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs, and notwithstanding that the policy may expire prior to the end of such period; and (D) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the projected

 

54



 

Gross Revenue (excluding Net Proceeds) from the Property for a period of thirty-six (36) months from the date that the Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed. The amount of such business income insurance shall be determined prior to the date hereof and at least once each year thereafter based on Borrower’s reasonable estimate of the Gross Revenue (excluding Net Proceeds) from the Property for the succeeding thirty (30) month period. All proceeds payable to Lender pursuant to this subsection shall be held by Lender and shall be applied to the Obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and payable hereunder and under the Note; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve Borrower of its Obligations to pay the Debt on the respective dates of payment provided for in the Note and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such business income or commercial rents insurance;

 

(iv)                              during any period of structural construction, repairs or restorations are being made with respect to the Improvements, and only if the Property coverage form does not otherwise apply, (A) owner’s contingent or protective liability insurance covering claims not covered by or under the terms or provisions of the above-mentioned commercial general liability insurance policy; and (B) the insurance provided for in subsection (i)  above written in a so-called builder’s risk completed-value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) against all risks insured against pursuant to subsection (i)  above, (3) including permission to occupy the Property, and (4) with an agreed amount endorsement waiving co-insurance provisions;

 

(v)                              workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance with limits required by the statutory limits of the state in which the Property is located in respect of any work or operations on or about the Property or in connection with the Property or its operation (if applicable);

 

(vi)                              comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance, if applicable, in amounts as shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender on terms consistent with the commercial property insurance policy required under subsection (i)  above;

 

(vii)                              umbrella liability insurance in addition to primary coverage in an amount not less than $200,000,000.00 per occurrence on terms consistent with the commercial general liability insurance policy required under subsection (ii)  above and subsection (viii)  below;

 

(viii)                               motor vehicle liability coverage, if applicable, for all owned and non-owned vehicles, including rented and leased vehicles containing minimum limits per occurrence, including umbrella coverage, with limits which are reasonably acceptable to Lender from time to time;

 

(ix)                              windstorm insurance in an amount equal to the Outstanding Principal Balance or such lesser amount as reasonably acceptable to Lender in writing, but in no event greater than the sum of the Full Replacement Cost of the Property and the required business income interruption insurance;

 

55



 

(x)                             insurance against employee dishonesty, if applicable, in an amount not less than one (1) month of Gross Revenue (excluding Net Proceeds) from the Property and with a deductible not greater than $150,000.00; and

 

(xi)                             at Lender’s reasonable request, upon ninety (90) days’ written notice, (A) such other insurance with respect to the Property against loss or damage from time to time of the kinds customarily insured in such amounts as are generally required by institutional lenders on loans secured by similar properties as the Property located in or around the region in which the Property is located and (B) such increases in the amounts of coverage required hereunder as may be reasonably requested by Lender, taking into consideration changes in liability laws and changes in prudent customs and practices, and otherwise currently being required with respect to Properties similar to the Property with mortgage loans similar to the Loan.

 

(b)                                  All insurance provided for in Section 5.1.1(a)  shall be obtained under valid and enforceable policies (collectively, the “ Policies ” or in the singular, the “ Policy ”) and shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lender as to form and substance, including amounts, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. Not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the expiration dates of the Policies theretofore furnished to Lender, certificates of insurance evidencing the renewal Policies (and, upon the written request of Lender, copies of such Policies to the extent such Policies have been received by Borrower) accompanied, within thirty (30) days after the respective due dates therefor, by evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender of payment of the premiums then due thereunder (the “ Insurance Premiums ”), shall be delivered by Borrower to Lender (provided, however, that Borrower need not pay any Insurance Premiums directly nor furnish such evidence of payment of Insurance Premiums to the extent that funds to pay for such Insurance Premiums have been deposited into the Insurance Account pursuant to Section 6.4) .

 

(c)                                   Any blanket insurance Policy shall provide the same protection as would a separate Policy insuring only the Property in compliance with the provisions of Section 5.1.1(a)  (any such blanket policy, an “ Acceptable Blanket Policy ”).

 

(d)                                  All Policies of insurance provided for or contemplated by Section 5.1.1(a)  shall name Borrower as a named insured, and, with respect to liability policies shall name Lender and its successors and/or assigns as additional insureds, all property policies shall name Lender and its successors and/or assigns as mortgagee and lender’s loss payee, as its interests may appear, and in the case of property damage, including, but not limited to, boiler and machinery, terrorism, windstorm, flood and earthquake insurance (if any), shall contain a so-called New York standard non-contributing mortgagee clause (or its equivalent) in favor of Lender providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to Lender unless below the threshold for Borrower to handle such claim without Lender intervention as provided in Section 5.2 below. Additionally, if Borrower obtains property insurance coverage in addition to or in excess of that required by Section 5.1.1(a)(i) , then such insurance policies shall also contain a so-called New York standard non-contributing mortgagee clause (or its equivalent) in favor of Lender providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to Lender.

 

56



 

(e)                                   All Policies of insurance provided for in Section 5.1.1(a) , except for the Policies referenced in clauses (ii) , (iv)(A) , (v) , (viii)  and (x)  of Section 5.1.1(a) , shall contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that:

 

(i)                                 no act or negligence of Borrower, or anyone acting for Borrower, or of any Tenant or other occupant, or foreclosure or similar action, or failure to comply with the provisions of any Policy, which might otherwise result in a forfeiture of the insurance or any part thereof, shall in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the insurance insofar as Lender is concerned;

 

(ii)                                 the Policy shall not be canceled without at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Lender and any other party named therein as an additional insured (other than in the case of non-payment in which case only ten (10) days prior notice, or the shortest time allowed by applicable Legal Requirement (whichever is longer), will be required) and, if obtainable by Borrower using commercially reasonable efforts, shall not be materially changed (other than to increase the coverage provided thereby) without such a thirty (30) day notice; provided such notice as to material change may be given either by the insurer or Borrower if such change would result in the coverage provided by such Policy not complying in all respects with the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                  Lender shall not be liable for any Insurance Premiums thereon or subject to any assessments thereunder; and

 

(iv)                                the issuers and/or Borrower thereof shall give notice to Lender if any Policy has not been renewed three (3) Business Days prior to its expiration.

 

(f)                                    If at any time Lender is not in receipt of written evidence that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect, Lender shall have the right, on one (1) Business Days’ notice to Borrower to take such action as Lender deems reasonably necessary to protect its interest in the Property, including the obtaining of such insurance coverage as Lender in its sole discretion deems appropriate (but in no event in excess of the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.1 ), provided that Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such insurance pursuant to a cancellable policy, the premiums for which will be refundable for the portion of such policy that is terminated, and all premiums incurred by Lender in obtaining such insurance and keeping it in effect shall be paid by Borrower to Lender upon demand and until paid shall be secured by the Mortgage and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. Lender shall provide written notice to Borrower after obtaining such insurance coverage.

 

(g)                                   In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or other transfer of title to the Property in extinguishment in whole or in part of the Obligations, all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Policies that are not blanket Policies then in force concerning the Property and all proceeds payable thereunder shall thereupon vest in the purchaser at such foreclosure or Lender or other transferee in the event of such other transfer of title.

 

(h)                                  The property insurance, general liability insurance, umbrella liability and rental loss and/or business interruption insurance required under Sections 5.1.1(a)(i) , (ii) , (iii) , (iv)  and (vii)  above shall cover perils of terrorism and acts of terrorism, or, if excluded, Borrower

 

57



 

shall maintain property insurance, general liability insurance, umbrella liability and rental loss and/or business interruption insurance for loss resulting from perils and acts of terrorism on terms (including amounts) consistent with those required under Sections 5.1.1(a)(i) , (ii) , (iii)  , (iv)  and (vii)  above, subject to the terms of Section 5.1.1(i) , at all times during the term of the Loan as long as such coverage is commercially available.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding anything in subsection (a)(i)  or (h)  above to the contrary, Borrower shall be required to obtain and maintain coverage in its property insurance Policy (or by a separate Policy) against loss or damage by terrorist acts in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost” of the Property plus rental loss and/or business interruption coverage required under clause (a)(iii)  above; provided that such coverage is commercially available. In the event that such coverage with respect to terrorist acts is not included as part of the “all risk” property policy required by subsection (a)(i)  above, Borrower shall, nevertheless be required to obtain coverage for terrorism (as standalone coverage) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost” of the Property plus the rental loss and/or business interruption coverage under clause (a)(iii)  above; provided that such coverage is available. Borrower shall obtain the coverage required under this clause (i)  from a carrier which otherwise satisfies the rating criteria specified in Section 5.1.2 below (a “ Qualified Carrier ”) or in the event that such coverage is not available from a Qualified Carrier, Borrower shall, to the extent commercially feasible, obtain such coverage from the highest rated insurance company providing such coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any such standalone policy covering terrorist acts, Borrower shall not be required to pay any Insurance Premiums solely with respect to such terrorism coverage in excess of the Terrorism Premium Cap (hereinafter defined); provided that if the Insurance Premiums payable with respect to such terrorism coverage exceeds the Terrorism Premium Cap, Lender may, at its option purchase such standalone terrorism Policy, with Borrower paying such portion of the Insurance Premiums with respect thereto equal to the Terrorism Premium Cap and the Lender paying such portion of the Insurance Premiums in excess of the Terrorism Premium Cap. As used herein, “ Terrorism Premium Cap ” means an amount equal to the greater of (A) the product of the rate of $0.10 per $100 times the lesser of (1) the Outstanding Principal Balance and (2) the sum of one hundred percent (100%) of the Full Replacement Cost and the required amount of rental loss and/or business income interruption insurance and (B) two (2) times the amount of annual insurance premium that is payable at such time for the insurance coverage required pursuant to Section 5.1. 1(a)(i)  and Section 5.1.1(a)(iii)  of this Agreement (without giving effect to the cost of terrorism coverage).

 

5.1.2                      Insurance Company. All Policies required pursuant to Section 5.1.1(a)  (i) shall be issued by companies eligible to do business in the state where the Property is located, with a financial strength and claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by S&P (and, if the Loan is part of a Securitization, the equivalent by any other Rating Agency that actually provides insurance ratings for such carriers), provided, however for multi-layered policies (“ Multi-Layered Policies ”), (A) if four (4) or less insurance companies issue the Policies, then at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the insurance coverage represented by the Policies must be provided by insurance companies with a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by S&P (and, if the Loan is part of a Securitization, the equivalent by any other Rating Agency that actually provides insurance ratings for such carriers), with no carrier below “BBB” (and, if the Loan is part of a Securitization, the equivalent by any other Rating Agency that actually provides insurance ratings for such carriers), or (B) if five (5) or more insurance companies issue the

 

58



 

Policies, then at least sixty percent (60%) of the insurance coverage represented by the Policies must be provided by insurance companies with a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by S&P (and, if the Loan is part of a Securitization, the equivalent by any other Rating Agency that actually provides insurance ratings for such carriers), with no carrier below “BBB” (and, if the Loan is part of a Securitization, the equivalent by any other Rating Agency that actually provides insurance ratings for such carriers); (ii) shall, with respect to all property insurance policies and rental loss and/or business interruption insurance policies, contain a Standard Mortgagee Clause and a Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement, or their equivalents, naming Lender as the person to whom all payments made by such insurance company shall be paid; (iii) shall, with respect to all liability policies, name Lender and its successors and/or assigns as an additional insured; (iv) shall contain a waiver of subrogation against Lender; (v) shall contain such provisions as Lender deems reasonably necessary or desirable to protect its interest including endorsements providing(A) that neither Borrower, Lender nor any other party shall be a co-insurer under said Policies, (B) that Lender shall receive at least thirty (30) days (or, in the case of non-payment of premium, ten (10) days) prior written notice from the insurer and/or Borrower of any cancellation, and (C) for a deductible per loss of an amount not more than that which is customarily maintained by prudent owners of properties with a standard of operation and maintenance comparable to and in the general vicinity of the Property; and (vi) shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the insurance required hereunder is maintained through a Multi-Layered Policy, (x) Borrower shall be permitted to maintain the Policies required hereunder with insurance companies which do not meet the foregoing requirements (including, for the coverage required by Section 5.1.1(i)  above), or through a licensed captive insurance company reasonably acceptable to Lender which is owned by VRLP or VRT (an “ Otherwise Rated Insurer ”), in each case provided the Otherwise Rated Insurer is satisfactory to the Rating Agencies as evidenced by a Rating Agency Confirmation and provided further that Borrower obtains a “cut-through” endorsement (that is, an endorsement which permits recovery against the provider of such endorsement), or reinsurance in the case of a captive insurance company, in each case reasonably acceptable to Lender with respect to any Otherwise Rated Insurer from an insurance company which meets the claims paying ability ratings required above and (y) solely with respect to property insurance coverage in excess of a primary layer of One Billion Dollars ($1,000,000,000), up to ten percent (10%) of the total amount of such property coverage may be provided by carriers that do not satisfy the minimum rating by S&P of not lower than “BBB” (and the equivalent by any other Rating Agency that actually provides ratings with respect to such carriers), so long as such carriers maintain a Best Insurance Reports rating of A:X or better. Lender agrees that the Otherwise Rate Insurer in place as of the date hereof in connection with the insurance coverage required pursuant to Section 5.1.1(a)  herein is acceptable as of the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall be permitted to maintain the Policies with FM Global; provided, however, if after the date hereof FM Global is downgraded by Best Insurance Reports to below A:XIV or S&P downgrades FM Global to below a rating of Api, then within sixty (60) days of either such downgrade Borrower shall be required to obtain the Policies from insurance companies that comply with the requirements set forth above. No insurance policy required hereunder shall include any so called “terrorist exclusion” or similar exclusion or exception to insurance coverage, or if excluded, a standalone insurance policy providing coverage relating to the acts of terrorist groups or individuals; provided that, for so long TRIPRA is in effect and continues to cover foreign and domestic acts, Lender shall accept terrorism insurance with coverage against acts which are “certified” within the meaning of TRIPRA. Copies of the Policies shall be delivered to Lender at the address below (or to such

 

59



 

other address or Person as Lender shall designate from time to time by notice to Borrower) on the date hereof with respect to the current Policies and within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by Borrower thereof with respect to all renewal Policies:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Commercial Mortgage Insurance Department

P.O. Box 6087

Concord, California 94524

 

Borrower shall pay the Insurance Premiums annually in advance as the same become due and payable and shall furnish to Lender evidence of the renewal of each of the Policies with receipts for the payment of the Insurance Premiums or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Lender (provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to pay such Insurance Premiums nor furnish such evidence of payment to Lender in the event that the amounts required to pay such Insurance Premiums have been deposited into the Insurance Account pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof).

 

Section 5.2.                          Casualty. If the Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Borrower shall give prompt notice thereof to Lender. Following the occurrence of a Casualty, Borrower, regardless of whether insurance proceeds are available, shall (subject to Excusable Delay and delays directly caused by Lender’s failure to respond within a commercially reasonable prompt time to requests for approval of plans or other requests for approvals pursuant to this Article V ) proceed to diligently restore, repair, replace or rebuild the Property in accordance with Legal Requirements to be of substantially equal quality and rentable square footage and of substantially the same character as prior to such damage or destruction, with such changes as may be reasonably approved by Lender. Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, make proof of loss if not made by Borrower within fifteen (15) Business Days after Borrower’s actual knowledge of the occurrence of such Casualty. In addition, Lender may participate in any settlement discussions with any insurance companies (and shall approve any final settlement, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (i) if an Event of Default is continuing or (ii) with respect to any Casualty in which the Net Proceeds or the costs of completing the Restoration are equal to or greater than $7,500,000 and Borrower shall deliver to Lender all instruments reasonably required by Lender to permit such participation. Except as set forth in the foregoing sentence, any Insurance Proceeds in connection with any Casualty (whether or not Lender elects to settle and adjust the claim or Borrower settles such claim) shall be due and payable to Lender and held and disbursed by Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event Borrower or any party other than Lender is a payee on any check representing Insurance Proceeds with respect to any Casualty, Borrower shall immediately endorse, and cause all such third parties to endorse, such check payable to the order of Lender. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Lender as its attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest, to, upon five (5) Business Days prior notice to Borrower or during the continuance of an Event of Default, endorse any such check payable to the order of Lender. Borrower hereby releases Lender from any and all liability with respect to the settlement and adjustment by Lender of any claims in respect of any Casualty.

 

Section 5.3.                          Condemnation. Borrower shall give Lender prompt notice of the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding for the Condemnation of all or any portion of the Property of which Borrower has knowledge and shall deliver to Lender copies of any and all papers served in connection with such proceedings. Lender may participate in any

 

60



 

such proceedings (i) if an Event of Default is continuing or (ii) with respect to any Condemnation in which the Net Proceeds or the costs of completing the Restoration are equal to or greater than $7,500,000, and Borrower shall from time to time deliver to Lender all instruments reasonably requested by it to permit such participation. Borrower shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with Lender, its attorneys and experts, and reasonably cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings. Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including, but not limited to, any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), Borrower shall continue to pay the Debt at the time and in the manner provided for its payment in the Note and in this Agreement and the Debt shall not be reduced until any Award shall have been actually received and applied by Lender, after the deduction of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Debt. Lender shall not be limited to the interest paid on the Award by the condemning authority but shall be entitled to receive out of the Award interest at the rate or rates provided herein or in the Note. If the Property or any portion thereof is taken by a condemning authority, Borrower shall (subject to Excusable Delay and delays directly caused by Lender’s failure to respond within a commercially reasonable prompt time to requests for approval of plans or other requests for approvals pursuant to this Article V ) commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration of the Property and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 5.4 , whether or not an Award is available to pay the costs of such Restoration. If the Property is sold, through foreclosure or otherwise, prior to the receipt by Lender of the Award, Lender shall have the right, whether or not a deficiency judgment on the Note shall have been sought, recovered or denied, to receive the Award, or a portion thereof sufficient to pay the Debt.

 

Section 5.4.                          Restoration. The following provisions shall apply in connection with the Restoration:

 

(a)                                  If the Net Proceeds shall be less than $15,000,000, and provided no Event of Default is continuing, the Net Proceeds will be disbursed by Lender to Borrower upon receipt, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 5.4(b)(i)  are met and Borrower delivers to Lender a written undertaking to expeditiously commence and to complete with due diligence the Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement subject to Excusable Delay and delays directly caused by Lender’s failure to respond within a commercially reasonable prompt time to requests for approval of plans or other requests for approvals pursuant to this Article V .

 

(b)                                  If the Net Proceeds are equal to or greater than $15,000,000, the Net Proceeds will be held by Lender and Lender shall make the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 . The term “ Net Proceeds ” shall mean: (i) the net amount of all insurance proceeds received by Lender pursuant to Section 5.1.1 (a)(i) , (iv) , (vi) , (ix)  and (xi)  as a result of a Casualty, after deduction of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Insurance Proceeds ”), or (ii) the net amount of the Award, after deduction of its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Condemnation Proceeds ”), whichever the case may be.

 

(i)                                 The Net Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower for Restoration upon the determination of Lender, in its reasonable discretion, that the following conditions are met:

 

61



 

(A)                                no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(B)                                (1) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, less than forty percent (40%) of the rentable square footage of the Improvements on the Property has been damaged, destroyed or rendered unusable as a result of such Casualty or (2) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, less than fifteen percent (15%) of the land constituting the Property is taken, and such land is located along the perimeter or periphery of the Property, and no portion of the Improvements is located on such land;

 

(C)                                Leases demising in the aggregate a percentage amount equal to or greater than 67.5% of the total rentable space in the Property which has been demised under executed and delivered Leases in effect as of the date of the occurrence of such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, shall remain in full force and effect during and after the completion of the Restoration without abatement of rent beyond the time required for Restoration;

 

(D)                                Borrower shall commence the preparation of plans and specifications for the Restoration and the filing of an application for required building permits as soon as reasonably practicable after such Casualty or Condemnation (but in no event later than sixty (60) days after such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, occurs) and shall thereafter diligently pursue the Restoration to completion.

 

(E)                                 Lender shall be reasonably satisfied that any operating deficits, including all scheduled payments of principal and interest under the Note, which will be incurred with respect to the Property as a result of the occurrence of any such Casualty or Condemnation, whichever the case may be, will be covered out of (1) the Net Proceeds, (2) the insurance coverage referred to in Section 5.1.1(a)(iii) , if applicable, or (3) by other funds of Borrower or any collateral provided by Borrower or Guarantor;

 

(F)                                  Lender shall be reasonably satisfied that the Restoration will be completed on or before the earliest to occur of (1) the date which is six (6) months prior to the Stated Maturity Date, (2) such time as may be required under applicable Legal Requirements or (3) if the insurance coverage referred to in Section 5.1.1(a)(iii)  runs out prior to the completion of Restoration pursuant to its terms, three (3) months prior to the expiration of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 5.1.1(a)(iii) ; provided, however, that if less than three (3) months remains prior to the expiration of such coverage, Borrower may satisfy this condition by depositing with Lender an amount equal to such insurance proceeds to be held and disbursed by Lender to Borrower in equal monthly installments over such three (3) month period;

 

(G)                                the Property and the use thereof after the Restoration will be in compliance with and permitted under all applicable Legal

 

62


 

Requirements to the extent that noncompliance would reasonably be expected to or does result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(H)                               in the case of a Condemnation, such Condemnation does not result in the loss of access to the Property or the related Improvements in a manner that would reasonably be expected to or does result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(I)                                    the Restoration DSCR, after giving effect to the Restoration, shall be equal to or greater than 1.75:1.00;

 

(J)                                    Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Lender a signed detailed budget approved in writing by Borrower’s architect or engineer stating the entire cost of completing the Restoration, which budget shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender; and

 

(K)                               the Net Proceeds together with any cash, cash equivalents or other security deposited by Borrower with Lender are sufficient in Lender’s reasonable determination to cover the cost of the Restoration.

 

(ii)                              The Net Proceeds shall be held by Lender in the Casualty and Condemnation Account and, until disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4(b) , shall constitute additional security for the Debt and the Other Obligations. The Net Proceeds shall be disbursed by Lender to, or as directed by, Borrower from time to time during the course of the Restoration, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed (except to the extent that they are to be paid for out of the requested disbursement) in connection with the Restoration have been paid for in full, and (B) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s or materialman’s liens or notices of intention to file same, or any other liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on the Property (other than Permitted Encumbrances) which have not either been fully bonded to the reasonable satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record or in the alternative fully insured to the reasonable satisfaction of Lender by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy.

 

(iii)                               All plans and specifications required in connection with a Restoration shall be subject to the prior reasonable approval of Lender, subject to review of an independent consulting engineer selected by Lender (the “ Casualty Consultant ”). Lender shall have the use of the plans and specifications and all permits, licenses and approvals required or obtained in connection with the Restoration. The identity of the contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration, as well as the contracts under which they have been engaged, shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lender. All reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with recovering, holding and advancing the Net Proceeds for the Restoration including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and the Casualty Consultant’s fees and disbursements, shall be paid by Borrower.

 

63



 

(iv)                             In no event shall Lender be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration less the Casualty Retainage. The term “ Casualty Retainage ” shall mean, as to each contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration, (A) an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the costs actually incurred for work in place as part of the Restoration until such time as the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that Net Proceeds representing fifty percent (50%) of the required Restoration have been disbursed and (B) an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the costs actually incurred for work in place as part of the Restoration thereafter. The Casualty Retainage shall in no event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 5.4(b) , be less than the amount actually held back by Borrower from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration. The Casualty Retainage shall not be released until Borrower certifies to Lender in an Officer’s Certificate and Lender confirms and approves (Borrower acknowledges that Lender may rely on the Casualty Consultant in connection with such confirmation and approval) that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4(b)  and that all approvals necessary for the re-occupancy and use of the Property have been obtained from all appropriate Governmental Authorities, and Lender receives evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or will be paid in full out of the Casualty Retainage; provided, however, that Lender will release the portion of the Casualty Retainage being held with respect to any contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration as of the date upon which (i) Borrower certifies to Lender in an Officer’s Certificate and Lender confirms and approves (Borrower acknowledges that Lender may rely on the Casualty Consultant in connection with such confirmation and approval) that such contractor, subcontractor or materialman has satisfactorily completed all work and has supplied all materials in accordance with the provisions of such contractor’s, subcontractor’s or materialman’s contract, and (ii) the contractor, subcontractor or materialman delivers the lien waivers and evidence of payment in full of all sums due to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman as may be reasonably requested by Lender or by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy. If required by Lender, the release of any such portion of the Casualty Retainage shall be approved by the surety company, if any, which has issued a payment or performance bond with respect to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman.

 

(v)                             Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds more frequently than once every calendar month.

 

(vi)                             If at any time the Net Proceeds or the undisbursed balance thereof shall not, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, be sufficient to pay in full the balance of the costs which are estimated by the Casualty Consultant to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Restoration, Borrower shall deposit the deficiency (the “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”) with Lender (for deposit into the Casualty and Condemnation Account) before any further disbursement of the Net Proceeds shall be made. The Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender shall be deposited by Lender into the Casualty and Condemnation Account and shall be

 

64



 

disbursed for costs actually incurred in connection with the Restoration on the same conditions applicable to the disbursement of the Net Proceeds, and until so disbursed pursuant to this Section 5.4(b)  shall constitute additional security for the Obligations.

 

(vii)                              The excess, if any, of the Insurance Proceeds and the remaining balance, if any, of the Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender after Borrower certifies to Lender in an Officer’s Certificate and Lender confirms and approves (Borrower acknowledges that Lender may rely on the Casualty Consultant in connection with such confirmation and approval) that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4(b) , and the receipt by Lender of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted by Lender to Borrower, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing. The excess, if any, of the Condemnation Proceeds after the Borrower certifies to Lender in an Officer’s Certificate and Lender confirms and approves (Borrower acknowledges that Lender may rely on the Casualty Consultant in connection with such confirmation and approval) that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4(b) , and the receipt by Lender of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted to Lender to prepay the Note subject to and in accordance with Section 2.4.4 of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, including the provisions of this Section 5.4 , if the Loan is included in a REMIC Trust and, immediately following a release of any portion of the Lien of the Mortgage following a Casualty or Condemnation (but taking into account any proposed Restoration of the remaining Property), the ratio of the unpaid principal balance of the Loan to the value of the remaining Property is greater than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) (such value to be determined by Lender in any commercially reasonable method permitted to a REMIC Trust; and which shall exclude the value of personal property or going concern value, if any), the Outstanding Principal Balance must be paid down by an amount equal to the least of the following amounts: (i) the net Award (after payment of Lender’s costs and expenses and any other fees and expenses that have been approved by Lender) or the net Insurance Proceeds (after payment of Lender’s costs and expenses and any other fees and expenses that have been approved by Lender), as the case may be, or (ii) a “qualified amount” as that term is defined in the IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-30, as the same may be amended, replaced, supplemented or modified from time to time, unless Lender receives an opinion of counsel that if such amount is not paid, the applicable Securitization will not fail to maintain its status as a REMIC Trust as a result of the related release of such portion of the Lien of the Mortgage. If and to the extent the preceding sentence applies, only such amount of the net Award or net Insurance Proceeds (as applicable), if any, in excess of the amount required to pay down the Outstanding Principal Balance may be released for purposes of Restoration or released to Borrower as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 5.4 .

 

(d)                                  All Net Proceeds not required (i) to be made available for the Restoration hereunder or (ii) to be returned to Borrower as excess Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.4(b)(vii)  may be retained and applied by Lender in accordance with Section 2.4.4

 

65



 

hereof toward the payment of the Debt whether or not then due and payable in such order, priority and proportions as Lender in its discretion shall deem proper, or, at the discretion of Lender, the same may be paid, either in whole or in part, to Borrower for such purposes as Lender shall approve, in its reasonable discretion.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if in connection with a Casualty any insurance company makes a payment under a property insurance Policy that Borrower proposes be treated as business or rental interruption insurance, then, notwithstanding any designation (or lack of designation) by the insurance company as to the purpose of such payment, as between Lender and Borrower, such payment shall not be treated as business or rental interruption Insurance Proceeds unless Borrower has demonstrated to Lender’s reasonable satisfaction that the remaining Net Proceeds that have been received from the property insurance companies are sufficient to pay 100% of the cost of the Restoration or, if such Net Proceeds are to be applied to repay the Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof, that such remaining Net Proceeds will be sufficient to satisfy the Obligations in full.

 

VI.                                CASH MANAGEMENT AND RESERVE FUNDS

 

Section 6.1.                          Cash Management Arrangements. Borrower shall cause all Rents to be transmitted directly by Tenants of the Property into a trust account (the “ Clearing Account ”) established and maintained by Borrower at Bank of America, N.A. (the “ Clearing Bank ”) as more fully described in the Clearing Account Agreement. The Clearing Bank shall at all times during the term of the Loan be an Eligible Institution. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, if Borrower or Manager receive any Gross Revenues from the Property (other than amounts released from the Clearing Account or the Deposit Account to Borrower in accordance with the terms hereof and of the other Loan Documents), then (i) such amounts shall be deemed to be collateral for the Obligations and shall be held in trust for the benefit, and as the property, of Lender, (ii) such amounts shall not be commingled with any other funds or property of Borrower or Manager, and (iii) Borrower or Manager shall deposit such amounts in the Clearing Account within one (1) Business Day of receipt. Funds in the Deposit Account and the other Accounts may only be invested in Permitted Investments as directed by Borrower (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), as more particularly set forth in the Cash Management Agreement. Lender shall also establish subaccounts of the Deposit Account which shall at all times be Eligible Accounts (and may be ledger or book entry accounts and not actual accounts) (such subaccounts are referred to herein as “ Accounts ”), as contemplated herein and in the Cash Management Agreement. The Clearing Account, the Deposit Account and all Accounts will be under the sole control and dominion of Lender, and Borrower shall have no right of withdrawal therefrom except as expressly provided herein. Borrower shall pay for all expenses of opening and maintaining the Clearing Account, the Deposit Account and all Accounts. Funds deposited into the Clearing Account shall be swept on each Business Day into an operating account as identified by Borrower, unless a Trigger Period is continuing, in which event such funds shall be swept on each Business Day into the Deposit Account and applied and disbursed in accordance with this Agreement and the Cash Management Agreement.

 

66



 

Section 6.2.                          Intentionally Reserved.

 

Section 6.3.                          Tax Funds.

 

6.3.1                      Deposits of Tax Funds. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, Borrower shall, subject to Sections 6.11.2 and 6.3.3 hereof deposit with Lender the following: (a) upon the commencement of such Trigger Period, an amount reasonably determined by Lender such that sufficient amounts shall be on deposit in the Tax Account (taking into account the payments required to be deposited pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section 6.3.1 ) to pay the next scheduled payment of Taxes and (b) on each Monthly Payment Date during the continuance of a Trigger Period, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the Taxes that Lender reasonably estimates will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months (taking into account the amounts on deposit pursuant to clause (a)  of this Section 6.3.1 ) in order to accumulate sufficient funds to pay all such Taxes at least thirty (30) days prior to the respective dates the same shall become delinquent, which amounts shall be transferred into an Account established to hold such funds (the “ Tax Account ”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Tax Account pursuant to this Section 6.3.1 are referred to herein as the “ Tax Funds ”. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Tax Funds will not be sufficient to pay the Taxes (taking into account the monthly deposits of Tax Funds required to be made pursuant to clause (b)  above), Lender shall notify Borrower of such determination and the succeeding monthly deposits for Taxes shall be increased by the amount that Lender reasonably estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least ten (10) days prior to the respective dates that such Taxes become delinquent; provided, that if Borrower receives notice from Lender of any deficiency after the date that is ten (10) days prior to the date that Taxes become delinquent, Borrower will deposit with or on behalf of Lender the amount of such deficiency within three (3) Business Days after its receipt of such notice (provided that, if the Taxes will become delinquent in less than three (3) Business Days, Borrower will deposit the required amounts within one (1) Business Day).

 

6.3.2                      Release of Tax Funds. Provided no Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, Lender shall apply Tax Funds in the Tax Account to the timely payment of Taxes. In making any payment relating to Taxes, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office (with respect to Taxes) without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim thereof. If the amount of the Tax Funds shall exceed the amounts due for Taxes, Lender shall return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future monthly payments of Tax Funds to be made. Any Tax Funds remaining in the Tax Account after the Obligations have been paid in full or after the termination of the applicable Trigger Period shall be returned, within five (5) Business Days, to Borrower (or, in connection with the repayment of the Obligations in full, credited against the payoff amount of the outstanding Obligations on the payoff statement).

 

6.3.3                      Letter of Credit. In lieu of depositing the full amount of Tax Funds required hereunder in cash, Borrower may deliver to Lender a Letter of Credit for all or any portion of such Tax Funds. The aggregate amount of any Letter of Credit and/or cash on deposit with respect to the Tax Account shall at all times be at least equal to the aggregate amount which Borrower is required to have on deposit at such time in the Tax Account pursuant to this Agreement. If Borrower delivers to Lender a Letter of Credit in lieu of depositing cash into the Tax Account, Borrower shall be responsible for paying directly all Taxes subject to and in accordance with this Agreement. If Borrower fails to pay the Taxes as required by this

 

67



 

Agreement, Lender shall have the right without prior notice to Borrower to draw on the Letter of Credit in an amount sufficient to pay the Taxes then due. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of any Letter of Credit delivered pursuant to this Section 6.3.3 may, at Borrower’s discretion, from time to time be decreased to an amount equal to the then outstanding amounts required to be on deposit in the Tax Account, taking into account deposits and disbursements from the Tax Account that would have been made subject to and in accordance with this Agreement if cash had been deposited into the Tax Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final return by Lender to Borrower of any Letter of Credit delivered in connection with this Section 6.3.3 shall be subject to Borrower’s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.3.2 of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.4.                          Insurance Funds.

 

6.4.1                      Deposits of Insurance Funds. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, Borrower shall, subject to Sections 6.11.2 , 6.4.3 , and 6.4.4 hereof, deposit with Lender the following: (a) upon the commencement of such Trigger Period, an amount reasonably determined by Lender such that sufficient amounts shall be on deposit in the Insurance Account (taking into account the payments required pursuant to clause (b)  of this Section 6.4.1 ) to pay the next scheduled payment of Insurance Premiums and (b) on each Monthly Payment Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth (l/12 th ) of the Insurance Premiums that Lender reasonably estimates will be payable for the renewal of the coverage afforded by the Policies upon the expiration thereof (taking into account the amounts on deposit pursuant to clause (a)  of this Section 6.4.1 ), in order to accumulate sufficient funds to pay all such Insurance Premiums at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Policies, which amounts shall be transferred into an Account established to hold such funds (the “ Insurance Account ”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Insurance Account pursuant to this Section 6.4.1 are referred to herein as the “ Insurance Funds ”. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Insurance Funds will not be sufficient (taking into account the monthly deposits of Insurance Funds required to be made pursuant to clause (b)  above) to pay the Insurance Premiums, Lender shall notify Borrower of such determination and the succeeding monthly deposits for Insurance Premiums shall be increased by the amount that Lender reasonably estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of the Policies.

 

6.4.2                      Release of Insurance Funds. Provided no Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, Lender shall apply Insurance Funds in the Insurance Account to the timely payment of Insurance Premiums, provided Borrower shall furnish Lender with all bills, invoices and statements for the Insurance Premiums for which such funds are required at least thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such charges first become payable. In making any payment relating to Insurance Premiums, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the insurer or its agent, without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate. If the amount of the Insurance Funds shall exceed the amounts due for Insurance Premiums, Lender shall return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future monthly payments of Insurance Funds to be made. Any Insurance Funds remaining in the Insurance Account after the Obligations have been paid in full or after termination of the applicable Trigger Period shall be returned, within five (5) Business Days, to Borrower (or, in connection with the repayment of the Obligations in full, credited against the payoff amount of the outstanding Obligations on the payoff statement).

 

68



 

6.4.3                      Acceptable Blanket Policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6.4.1 , in the event that an Acceptable Blanket Policy is in effect with respect to any of the Policies required pursuant to Section 5.1 and no Event of Default exists, deposits into the Insurance Account required for Insurance Premiums pursuant to Section 6.4.1 above shall be suspended to the extent that Insurance Premiums relate to such Acceptable Blanket Policy. As of the date hereof, Lender acknowledges and agrees that an Acceptable Blanket Policy is in effect with respect to the Policies required pursuant to Section 5.1 .

 

6.4.4                      Letter of Credit. In lieu of depositing the full amount of Insurance Funds required hereunder in cash, Borrower may deliver to Lender a Letter of Credit for all or any portion of such Insurance Funds. The aggregate amount of any Letter of Credit and/or cash on deposit with respect to the Insurance Account shall at all times be at least equal to the aggregate amount which Borrower is required to have on deposit at such time in the Insurance Account pursuant to this Agreement. If Borrower delivers to Lender a Letter of Credit in lieu of depositing cash into the Insurance Account, Borrower shall be responsible for paying directly all Insurance Premiums subject to and in accordance with this Agreement. If Borrower fails to pay the Insurance Premiums in violation of this Agreement, Lender shall have the right without prior notice to Borrower to draw on the Letter of Credit in an amount sufficient to pay the Insurance Premiums then due. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of any Letter of Credit delivered pursuant to this Section 6.4.4 may, at Borrower’s discretion, from time to time be decreased to an amount equal to the then outstanding amounts required to be on deposit in the Insurance Account, taking into account deposits and disbursements from the Insurance Account that would have been made subject to and in accordance with this Agreement if cash had been deposited into the Insurance Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final return by Lender to Borrower of any Letter of Credit delivered in connection with this Section 6.4.4 shall be subject to Borrower’s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.4.2 of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.5.                          Capital Expenditure Funds.

 

6.5.1                      Deposits of Capital Expenditure Funds. During the continuance of a Trigger Period, Borrower shall, subject to Sections 6.11.2 and 6.5.3 hereof, deposit with Lender on each Monthly Payment Date, the amount of $12,523.00, for annual Capital Expenditures, which amounts shall be transferred into an Account established to hold such funds (the “ Capital Expenditure Account ”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Capital Expenditure Account pursuant to this Section 6.5.1 are referred to herein as the “ Capital Expenditure Funds ”.

 

6.5.2                      Release of Capital Expenditure Funds. Provided no Event of Default is continuing, Lender shall disburse Capital Expenditure Funds to Borrower out of the Capital Expenditure Account, within five (5) Business Days after the delivery by Borrower to Lender of a request therefor (but not more often than once per month), in amounts of at least $10,000 (or a lesser amount if the total amount in the Capital Expenditure Account is less than $10,000, in which case only one (1) disbursement of the amount remaining in the account shall be made) provided that: (i) such disbursement is for an Approved Capital Expenditure; (ii) the request for disbursement is accompanied by (A) an Officer’s Certificate from Borrower (1) stating that the items to be funded by the requested disbursement are Approved Capital Expenditures, and a description thereof, (2) stating that all Approved Capital Expenditures to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed (or completed to the extent of the requested

 

69



 

disbursement) in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, (3) stating that the Approved Capital Expenditures (or the relevant portions thereof) to be funded from the disbursement in question have not been the subject of a previous disbursement, and (4) stating that all previous disbursements of Capital Expenditure Funds have been used to pay previously identified Approved Capital Expenditures, (B) a copy of any license, permit or other approval required by any Governmental Authority in connection with such Approved Capital Expenditure, if any, and not previously delivered to Lender, (C) copies of appropriate lien waivers, conditional lien waivers, or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to Lender, (D) for disbursements in the amount of $100,000 or more, at Lender’s option, a title search for the Property indicating that the Property is free from all Liens, claims and other encumbrances not permitted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (E) such other evidence as Lender shall reasonably request to demonstrate that the Approved Capital Expenditures to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed and are paid for or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower (or the portion thereof as to which such request for disbursement has been submitted has been completed and is paid for (other than any retention amount which is not a part of such disbursement request) or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower) and (iii) if such disbursement request is for $500,000 or more, Lender shall have (if it desires) verified (by an inspection conducted at Borrower’s reasonable out-of-pocket expense) performance of the work associated with such Approved Capital Expenditure, it being agreed that Lender shall notify Borrower within five (5) Business Days if it intends to conduct an inspection and then reasonably promptly cause such inspection to be performed. Any Capital Expenditure Funds remaining in the Capital Expenditure Account after the Obligations have been paid in full or after termination of the applicable Trigger Period shall be returned, within five (5) Business Days, to Borrower (or, in connection with the repayment of the Obligations in full, credited against the payoff amount of the outstanding Obligations on the payoff statement).

 

6.5.3                      Letter of Credit. In lieu of depositing the full amount of Capital Expenditure Funds required hereunder in cash, Borrower may deliver to Lender a Letter of Credit for all or any portion of such Capital Expenditure Funds. The aggregate amount of any Letter of Credit and/or cash on deposit with respect to the Capital Expenditure Account shall at all times be at least equal to the aggregate amount which Borrower is required to have on deposit at such time in the Capital Expenditure Account pursuant to this Agreement. If Borrower delivers to Lender a Letter of Credit in lieu of depositing cash into the Capital Expenditure Account, Borrower shall be responsible for paying directly all Capital Expenditures subject to and in accordance with this Agreement. If Borrower fails to pay for Capital Expenditures subject to and in accordance with this Agreement, Lender shall have the right without prior notice to Borrower to draw on the Letter of Credit in an amount sufficient to pay the costs of Capital Expenditures then due. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of any Letter of Credit delivered pursuant to this Section 6.5.3 may, at Borrower’s discretion, from time to time be decreased to an amount equal to the then outstanding amounts required to be on deposit in the Capital Expenditure Account, taking into account deposits and disbursements from the Capital Expenditure Account that would have been made subject to and in accordance with this Agreement if cash had been deposited into the Capital Expenditure Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final return by Lender to Borrower of any Letter of Credit delivered in connection with this Section 6.5.3 shall be subject to Borrower’s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.5.2 of this Agreement.

 

70



 

Section 6.6.                          Rollover Funds.

 

6.6.1                      Deposits of Rollover Funds.

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall, subject to Sections 6.11.2 and 6.6.3 hereof, deposit with Lender during the continuance of a Trigger Period the following: (i) upon the commencement of such Trigger Period, an amount determined by Lender such that sufficient amounts shall be on deposit in the Rollover Account (taking into account the payments required pursuant to clause (ii)  of this Section 6.6.1 ) to pay the costs of Borrower’s then current obligations with respect to tenant improvements and leasing commissions, but in no event shall such amount be more than the amount that would have been on deposit in the Rollover Account had Borrower been required to make the monthly deposits required pursuant to clause (ii)  of this Section 6.6.1(a)  from the Closing Date through the commencement of such Trigger Period taking into account the disbursements from the Rollover Account that would have been made subject to and in accordance with this Agreement during such period and (ii) on each Monthly Payment Date the sum of $104,359.00, for tenant improvements and leasing commissions that may reasonably be incurred under the Leases following the commencement of such Trigger Period, which amounts shall be transferred into an Account established to hold such funds (the “ Rollover Account ”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Rollover Account pursuant to this Section 6.6.1 are referred to herein as the “ Rollover Funds ”. Borrower hereby represents and warrants that Schedule XII accurately reflects all tenant improvements and leasing commissions due under Leases as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  In addition to the required monthly deposits set forth in subsection (a)  above, the following items shall be deposited into the Rollover Account and held as Rollover Funds (subject to and in accordance with the terms of Section 6.6.2(b)) , and Borrower shall advise Lender at the time of receipt thereof of the nature of such receipt so that Lender shall have sufficient time to instruct the Deposit Bank to deposit and hold such amounts in the Rollover Account pursuant to the Cash Management Agreement: all sums paid with respect to (i) a modification of any Lease that materially reduces the Rent paid thereunder or the space demised thereunder and (ii) any rejection, termination, surrender or cancellation of any Lease (including in any bankruptcy case) or any lease buy-out or surrender payment from any Tenant (including any payment relating to unamortized tenant improvements and/or leasing commissions) (collectively, “ Lease Termination Payments ”) in an amount equal to the applicable Lease Termination Deposit Amount, which amount shall constitute Rollover Funds and shall be disbursed subject to and in accordance with Section 6.6.2(a)  in connection with tenant improvements and leasing commissions with respect to the space demised under the applicable terminated or surrendered Lease. The remainder of any Lease Termination Payments in excess of the Lease Termination Deposit Amount shall be deposited into the Deposit Account and applied in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Borrower be required to deposit with Lender any Lease Termination Payment received in connection with the Sugar & Plum Lease, if, at the time such Lease Termination Payment is paid, the portion of the Property demised under the Sugar & Plum lease is leased by VRLP pursuant to a Master Lease.

 

6.6.2                      Release of Rollover Funds and Lease Termination Deposit Amounts .

 

(a)                                  Provided no Event of Default is continuing, Lender shall disburse Rollover Funds to Borrower out of the Rollover Account, within five (5) Business Days after the

 

71



 

delivery by Borrower to Lender of a request therefor (but not more often than once per month), in amounts of at least $10,000 (or a lesser amount if the total amount in the Rollover Account is less than $10,000, in which case only one (1) disbursement of the amount remaining in the account shall be made) provided that: (i) such disbursement is for an Approved Leasing Expense; (ii) the request for disbursement is accompanied by (A) an Officer’s Certificate from Borrower (1) stating that the items to be funded by the requested disbursement are Approved Leasing Expenses and a description thereof, (2) stating that any tenant improvements at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement (or the relevant portion thereof as to which such request for funds relates) have been completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, (3) stating that the Approved Leasing Expenses (or the relevant portions thereof) to be funded from the disbursement in question have not been the subject of a previous disbursement, and (4) stating that all previous disbursements of Rollover Funds have been used to pay previously identified Approved Leasing Expenses, (B) a copy of any license, permit or other approval by any Governmental Authority required in connection with the tenant improvements and not previously delivered to Lender; provided, however, that if Borrower is not performing the tenant improvements, then Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Tenant to deliver the foregoing to the extent required under such Tenant’s Lease, (C) copies of appropriate lien waivers, conditional lien waivers or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to Lender; provided, however, that if Borrower is not performing the tenant improvements, then Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Tenant to deliver the foregoing to the extent required under such Tenant’s Lease, (D) for disbursements in the amount of $100,000 or more, at Lender’s option, a title search for the Property indicating that the Property is free from all Liens, claims and other encumbrances not permitted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, (E) for tenant improvements with respect to a single demised premises under a Lease in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more, if requested by Lender, with respect to the final disbursement from the Rollover Account for such tenant improvement costs, a current Tenant estoppel certificate in form and substance required under such Tenant’s Lease and otherwise reasonably acceptable to Lender and (F) such other evidence as Lender shall reasonably request to demonstrate that the Approved Leasing Expenses, to be funded by the requested disbursement have been paid for or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower (or the portion thereof as to which such request for disbursement has been submitted has been paid for (other than any retention amount which is not a part of such disbursement request) or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower).

 

(b)                                  If any Lease Termination Deposit Amount is deposited into the Rollover Account with respect to a terminated or surrendered Lease and the amount required to be paid for leasing commissions and tenant improvements with respect to the space demised under such terminated or surrendered Lease is less than the amount of such Lease Termination Deposit Amount, then, provided that no Event of Default is continuing, such excess amount shall be shall disbursed on the first occurring Monthly Payment Date pursuant to Section 6.11.1 of this Agreement after the complete re-leasing of such space to one or more replacement Tenants pursuant to Leases with a term of at least five (5) years and otherwise entered into in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Any Rollover Funds and/or Lease Termination Deposit Amounts remaining in the Rollover Account after the Obligations have been paid in full or, with respect to the Rollover Funds deposited pursuant to clause (ii)  of Section 6.6.1 above, after termination of the applicable Trigger Period, shall be returned, within five (5) Business Days, to Borrower (or,

 

72



 

in connection with the repayment of the Obligations in full, credited against the payoff amount of the outstanding Obligations on the payoff statement).

 

6.6.3                      Letter of Credit. In lieu of depositing the full amount of Rollover Funds required hereunder in cash, Borrower may deliver to Lender a Letter of Credit for all or any portion of such Rollover Funds. The aggregate amount of any Letter of Credit and/or cash on deposit with respect to the Rollover Account shall at all times be at least equal to the aggregate amount which Borrower is required to have on deposit at such time in the Rollover Account pursuant to this Agreement. If Borrower delivers to Lender a Letter of Credit in lieu of depositing cash into the Rollover Account, Borrower shall be responsible for paying directly all tenant improvement costs and leasing commissions subject to and in accordance with this Agreement. If Borrower fails to pay for tenant improvement costs and leasing commissions in violation of this Agreement, Lender shall have the right without prior notice to Borrower to draw on the Letter of Credit in an amount sufficient to pay the costs of tenant improvement and leasing commissions then due. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of any Letter of Credit delivered pursuant to this Section 6.6.3 may, at Borrower’s discretion, from time to time be decreased to an amount equal to the then outstanding amounts required to be on deposit in the Rollover Account, taking into account deposits and disbursements from the Rollover Account that would have been made subject to and in accordance with this Agreement if cash had been deposited into the Rollover Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final return by Lender to Borrower of any Letter of Credit delivered in connection with this Section 6.6.3 shall be subject to Borrower’s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the last sentence of Section 6.6.2 of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.7.                          Intentionally Omitted.

 

Section 6.8.                          Intentionally Omitted.

 

Section 6.9.                          Casualty and Condemnation Account. Borrower shall, subject to Section 6.11.2 hereof, pay, or cause to be paid, to Lender all Insurance Proceeds or Awards due to any Casualty or Condemnation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.2 and 53 (but subject to Section 5.4 ), which amounts shall be transferred into an Account established to hold such funds (the “ Casualty and Condemnation Account ”). Amounts deposited from time to time into the Casualty and Condemnation Account pursuant to this Section 6.9 are referred to herein as the “ Casualty and Condemnation Funds ”. All Casualty and Condemnation Funds shall be held, disbursed and/or applied in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.2 , 5.3 and 5.4 hereof.

 

Section 6.10.                   Cash Collateral Funds. If a Trigger Period shall be continuing, all Available Cash shall be paid to Lender, which amounts shall be transferred by Lender into an Account established to hold such funds (the “ Cash Collateral Account ”) which will be held by Lender as cash collateral for the Debt. Amounts on deposit from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this Section 6.10 are referred to as the “ Cash Collateral Funds ”. Provided no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, any Cash Collateral Funds on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account not previously disbursed or applied shall be disbursed to Borrower within five (5) Business Days of the termination of any Low Debt Service Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, in its sole and absolute discretion to apply any and all Cash Collateral Funds then on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account to the Debt or the

 

73


 

Obligations, in such order and in such manner as Lender shall elect in its sole and absolute discretion, including to make a prepayment of principal (if such Lender’s application to the prepayment of principal occurs following acceleration of the Loan, Borrower shall pay the applicable Prepayment Fee, if any, applicable thereto) or any other amounts due hereunder. In the event a Letter of Credit or cash collateral is delivered to Lender to avoid the occurrence of a Trigger Period or to end a Trigger Period, then, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Letter of Credit or cash collateral shall be returned to Borrower promptly following any subsequent Calculation Date on which the Debt Service Coverage Ratio (without giving effect to such Letter of Credit or cash collateral) equals or is greater than 1.90:1.00.

 

Section 6.11.                           Property Cash Flow Allocation.

 

6.11.1               Order of Priority of Funds in Deposit Account. Provided no Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing, on each Business Day all funds deposited in the Clearing Account shall be disbursed to or as directed by Borrower by wire transfer or via the automated clearinghouse system. During the continuance of any Low Debt Service Period, on each Monthly Payment Date during the Term, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all funds on deposit in the Clearing Account shall be swept each Business Day to the Deposit Account and applied on such Monthly Payment Date in the order of priority set forth in the Cash Management Agreement (after the transfer to the Casualty and Condemnation Account of any Net Proceeds required to be deposited therein pursuant to Section 6.9) .

 

6.11.2               Failure to Make Payments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, during the existence of a Low Debt Service Period, Borrower shall have no further obligation to transfer or deposit any Reserve Funds pursuant to Section 6.3 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 or 6.9 hereof so long as adequate funds are available in the Deposit Account for such deposits, Lender’s access to such funds has not been restricted in any manner and an Event of Default has not occurred which is then continuing, and the failure by the Deposit Bank to allocate such funds into the appropriate Accounts shall not constitute an Event of Default.

 

6.11.3               Application After Event of Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article VI , upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender, at its option, may apply any Gross Revenue then in the possession of Lender, Clearing Bank or Deposit Bank (including any Reserve Funds on deposit in any Cash Management Account to the payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole and absolute discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply any of the foregoing funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under the Loan Documents.

 

Section 6.12.                   Security Interest in Reserve Funds. As security for payment of the Debt and the performance by Borrower of all Other Obligations, Borrower hereby pledges and assigns to Lender, and grants to Lender a security interest in, all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to all payments to or monies held in the Clearing Account, the Deposit Account and Accounts (collectively, the “ Cash Management Accounts ”). Borrower hereby grants to Lender a continuing security interest in, and agrees to hold in trust for the benefit of Lender, all Rents in its possession prior to the (i) payment of such Rents to Lender or (ii) deposit of such Rents into the Deposit Account. Borrower shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in any Cash Management

 

74



 

Account, or permit any Lien to attach thereto, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC Financing Statements, except those naming Lender as the secured party, to be filed with respect thereto (other than the Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Permitted Encumbrances). This Agreement is, among other things, intended by the parties to be a security agreement for purposes of the UCC. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may apply any sums in any Cash Management Account to the payment of the Debt in any order and in any manner as Lender shall elect in Lender’s discretion without seeking the appointment of a receiver and without adversely affecting the rights of Lender to foreclose the Lien of the Mortgage or exercise its other rights under the Loan Documents. Cash Management Accounts shall not constitute trust funds and may be commingled with other monies held by Lender; provided however, that Reserve Funds shall not be commingled. The Reserve Funds shall be held in Eligible Accounts. Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all interest which accrues on the funds in any Account shall accrue for the benefit of Borrower and shall be taxable to Borrower and shall be added to and disbursed in the same manner and under the same conditions as the principal sum on which said interest accrued. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon repayment in full of the Debt, all remaining funds in the Accounts, if any, shall, within five (5) Business Days, be disbursed to Borrower (or credited against the payoff amount of the outstanding Obligations on the payoff statement).

 

Section 6.13.                   Intentionally Omitted .

 

Section 6.14.                   Intentionally Reserved .

 

Section 6.15.                           Limitations on Letters of Credit/Alteration Deficiency Guaranties/Bottom Dollar Guaranties. The aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit, Alteration Deficiency Guaranties, Bottom Dollar Guaranties and other guaranties provided pursuant to this Agreement including, but without limitation, Section 4.3 , Section 4.6 and Section 4.11.5(c) , shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Outstanding Principal Balance, unless (i) Borrower delivers to Lender an opinion of counsel to the effect that delivery of such Letter of Credit or guaranties does not alter the conclusion reached in the Insolvency Opinion or a new non-consolidation opinion, in each case which opinion and any counsel delivering such opinion (if not counsel who delivered the Insolvency Opinion) shall be reasonably acceptable to Lender and only to the extent required by any Rating Agency rating any Securities secured by the Loan in connection with a Securitization, or the Insolvency Opinion included or otherwise contemplated such Letter of Credit, Alteration Deficiency Guaranties, Bottom Dollar Guaranties or other guaranties and (ii) in the case of a Letter of Credit, Borrower shall have no reimbursement obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit and such Letter of Credit shall be a capital contribution to Borrower and shall be accompanied by the execution and delivery of a contribution agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

 

VII.                                    PERMITTED TRANSFERS

 

Section 7.1.                          Permitted Transfer of the Entire Property.

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.2 , Borrower shall have, following the earlier to occur of (i) a Securitization of the Loan or (ii) the date that is six (6) months subsequent to the Closing Date, the right to convey the entire Property to a new borrower (the “ Transferee Borrower ”) and have Transferee Borrower assume all of Borrower’s

 

75



 

obligations under the Loan Documents, and have one or more replacement guarantors assume all of the obligations of Guarantor under the Loan Documents from and after the date of such transfer (collectively, a “ Transfer and Assumption ”), subject to the terms and full satisfaction of all of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 7.1(b) .

 

(b)                                  Each Transfer and Assumption (other than the Permitted Transfers) shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                       Borrower shall have provided Lender with not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice, which notice shall contain sufficient detail to enable Lender to reasonably determine that the Transferee Borrower complies with the requirements set forth herein;

 

(ii)                       no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(iii)                        Transferee Borrower shall be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity in accordance with Section 4.4 and Schedule V ;

 

(iv)                      Transferee Borrower shall be Controlled by a Person who (x) is a Qualified Transferee owning, directly or indirectly, not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the equity interests in Transferee Borrower (y) prior to a Securitization, whose identity and experience is reasonably acceptable to Lender and (z) is a Qualified Owner;

 

(v)                      the Property shall be managed by a Qualified Manager or by any other property manager reasonably acceptable to Lender;

 

(vi)                      Transferee Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender an assumption agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender;

 

(vii)                       the replacement guarantor or, if more than one, the replacement guarantors collectively, shall constitute an Approved Replacement Guarantor;

 

(viii)                        each Approved Replacement Guarantor shall deliver to Lender a guaranty of recourse obligations (in substantially the same form as the Guaranty) and an environmental indemnity agreement (in substantially the same form as the Environmental Indemnity), pursuant to which, in each case, the Approved Replacement Guarantor(s) agree(s) to be liable under each such guaranty of recourse obligations and environmental indemnity agreement at least from and after the date of such Permitted Transfer (whereupon the previous guarantor shall be released from all or any further liability, as applicable, under the guaranty of recourse obligations for acts that arise from and after the date of such Permitted Transfer and such Approved Replacement Guarantor(s) shall be the “Guarantor” for all purposes set forth in this Agreement);

 

(ix)                     Transferee Borrower shall submit to Lender true, correct and complete copies of all documents reasonably requested by Lender concerning the organization, existence and authority of Transferee Borrower and each Approved Replacement Guarantor;

 

76



 

(x)                     satisfactory Patriot Act, OFAC and similar searches shall have been received by Lender with respect to (A) each Approved Replacement Guarantor, (B) Transferee Borrower, (C) any Person that Controls Transferee Borrower or owns a direct or indirect equity interest in Borrower which equals or exceeds twenty percent (20%) and (D) any other Person reasonably required by Lender in order for Lender to fulfill Patriot Act compliance guidelines required by the Patriot Act and other applicable law in connection with such Transfer and Assumption;

 

(xi)                     Lender shall have received a Rating Agency Confirmation from each of the applicable Rating Agencies;

 

(xii)                      counsel to Transferee Borrower and each Approved Replacement Guarantor(s) shall deliver to Lender opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender as to such matters as Lender shall reasonably require, which may include opinions as to substantially the same matters as were required in connection with the origination of the Loan (including a new substantive non-consolidation opinion);

 

(xiii)                       Transferee Borrower and/or Borrower shall deliver to Lender, upon such conveyance, a transfer fee equal to one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the Outstanding Principal Balance; provided that the transfer fee with respect to the first Assumption subject to and in accordance with this Section 7.1 shall be $250,000;

 

(xiv)                     Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements and Rating Agency Fees) and expenses in connection with the Transfer and Assumption (which amount shall be in addition to any Assumption fees payable hereunder); and

 

(xv)                    Lender shall have received all other customary legal documentation it may reasonably require including, without limitation, evidence of property insurance and endorsements to the Title Insurance Policy.

 

Section 7.2.                          Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.2 , the following Transfers (herein, the “ Permitted Transfers ”) shall be permitted hereunder without any consent or approval of Lender and without the requirement to satisfy any other conditions:

 

(a)                                  all Leases and all equipment leases that satisfy the requirements of Section 4.21 ;

 

(b)                                  any Transfer and Assumption entered into in compliance with Section 7.1 ;

 

(c)                                   all Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(d)                                  the transfer of publicly traded shares or other publicly traded interests in any indirect equity owner of Borrower;

 

77



 

(e)                                  Transfers of (but not a mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or grant of a security interest in) the direct or indirect beneficial interests in Borrower, provided that:

 

(i)                      Lender receives thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof, unless such Transfer is between or among the direct or indirect beneficial owners of Borrower, and/or the Affiliates of the direct or indirect beneficial owners of Borrower, as of the Closing Date (except if such Transfer triggers the requirement for delivery of an opinion pursuant to clause (vi)  below, in which case notice will be required),

 

(ii)                     subsequent to such Transfer, VRLP or VRT shall directly or indirectly own at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the direct or indirect equity interests in Borrower and VRLP or VRT shall directly or indirectly Control Borrower,

 

(iii)                       immediately prior to such Transfer, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,

 

(iv)                      subsequent to such Transfer, Borrower will continue to be a Special Purpose Bankruptcy Remote Entity,

 

(v)                      such Transfer does not result in a violation of any Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, ERISA and the Patriot Act,

 

(vi)                      if (A) such Transfer causes the transferee to own, in the aggregate with the ownership interests of its Affiliates and family members, more than a forty-nine percent (49%) interest in Borrower and the transferee (together with its Affiliates and family members) did not, prior to such Transfer, own more than a forty-nine percent (49%) interest in Borrower, or (B) such Transfer, together with all other Transfers by Borrower, whether in a single Transfer or in a series of Transfers and whether or not effected simultaneously, results in a direct transfer of more than forty-nine percent (49%) of the aggregate limited liability company interests in Borrower, then a reasonably acceptable non-consolidation opinion as evidenced by a Rating Agency Confirmation is delivered to the holder of the Loan and to each of the Rating Agencies rating Securities secured by the Loan in connection with a Securitization concerning, as applicable, Borrower, the new transferee and/or their applicable owners, and

 

(vii)                       the Property shall continue to be managed by a Qualified Manager or any other property manager reasonably acceptable to Lender and, if all or any part of the Loan is part of a Securitization, the applicable Rating Agencies;

 

(f)                                    intentionally omitted;

 

(g)                                   intentionally omitted;

 

(h)                                  all Permitted Bergen Transfers;

 

78



 

(i)                                      Transfers or disposal of building equipment which is being replaced or which is no longer necessary in connection with the operation of the Property free from the Lien of the Mortgage, provided that such Transfer or disposal would not reasonably be expected to and does not have a Material Adverse Effect on the value of the Property taken as a whole, will not materially impair the utility or condition of the Property, and will not result in a reduction or abatement of, or right of offset against, the Rents payable under any Lease, in any such case as a result thereof, and provided , further , that any new building equipment acquired by Borrower (and not so disposed of) shall be subject to the Lien of the Mortgage, it being agreed that Lender shall, from time to time, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate requesting the same and confirming satisfaction of the conditions set forth above, execute a written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender to confirm that such building equipment which is to be, or has been, sold or disposed of is free from the Lien of the Mortgage. Borrower shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Lender such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts necessary or desirable, to evidence, preserve and/or protect Lender’s security interest in any such new building equipment, as Lender may reasonably require; and

 

(j)                                     (I) immaterial Transfers of (A) portions of the Property to Governmental Authorities for dedication or public use or (B) portions of such Property to third parties for the purpose of erecting and operating additional structures whose use is integrated with the use of the Property, and (II) granting of easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights-of-way in the ordinary course of business for access, water and sewer lines, telephone or other fiber optic or other data transmission lines, electric lines or other utilities or for other similar purposes, provided that no such Transfer, conveyance or encumbrance set forth in the foregoing clauses (I)  and (II)  shall materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or would reasonably be expected to or does result in a Material Adverse Effect, it being agreed that, in connection with any Transfer permitted pursuant to this clause (j) , Lender shall execute and deliver any instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate, in the case of the Transfers referred to in clause (I)  above, to release the portion of the Property affected by such dedication or such Transfer from the Lien of the Mortgage or, in the case of clause (II)  above, to subordinate the Lien of the Mortgage to such easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights-of-way or other similar grants upon receipt by Lender of: (w) thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof; (x) a copy of the instrument or instruments of Transfer; (y) an Officer’s Certificate stating (I) with respect to any Transfer, the consideration, if any, being paid for the Transfer, (II) that such Transfer does not materially impair the utility, condition and operation of the Property or materially reduce the value of the Property, and (III) that such Transfer complies with all Legal Requirements and would not reasonably be expected to, and does not result in, a Material Adverse Effect and (z) reimbursement of all of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with such Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Loan is included in a REMIC Trust and, immediately following a release of a portion of the Lien of the Mortgage pursuant to clause (I)  of this Section 7.2(j) , if the ratio of the unpaid principal balance of the Loan to the value of the remaining Property is greater than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) (such value to be determined by Lender by any commercially reasonable method permitted to a REMIC Trust, and which shall exclude the value of personal property and going concern value, if any), the Outstanding Principal Balance must be paid down by a “qualified amount” as that term is defined in IRS Revenue Procedure 2010-30, as the same may be amended, replaced, supplemented or modified from time to time, unless Lender receives an opinion of counsel that if

 

79



 

such amount is not paid, the applicable Securitization will not fail to maintain its status as a REMIC Trust as a result of such release.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7.2 , if, as a result of any Permitted Transfer, Guarantor no longer either Controls or owns any direct or indirect interest in Borrower, it shall also be a condition hereunder that one or more Approved Replacement Guarantors shall execute and deliver a guaranty of recourse obligations (in the same form as the guaranty of recourse obligations delivered to Lender by Guarantor on the date hereof) on or prior to the date of such Permitted Transfer, pursuant to which, in each case, the Approved Replacement Guarantor(s) agree(s) to be liable under each such guaranty of recourse obligations and environmental indemnity agreement from and after the date of such Permitted Transfer (whereupon the previous guarantor shall be released from any further liability under the guaranty of recourse obligations from acts that arise from and after the date of such Permitted Transfer and such Approved Replacement Guarantor(s) shall be the “Guarantor” for all purposes set forth in this Agreement).

 

Section 7.3.                          Cost and Expenses; Searches; Copies.

 

(a)                                  Borrower shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender in connection with any Transfer, whether or not such Transfer is deemed to be a Permitted Transfer, including, without limitation, all reasonable fees and expenses of Lender’s counsel, and the cost of any required counsel opinions related to REMIC or other securitization or tax issues and any Rating Agency fees, if applicable.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall provide Lender with copies of all revised and/or new organizational documents (if any) relating to any Permitted Transfer (excluding Transfers of interests in VRT or VRLP) and provide an updated, certified organizational chart.

 

(c)                                   In connection with any Permitted Transfer (excluding Transfers of interests in VRT or VRLP), to the extent a transferee, together with its Affiliates, shall own twenty percent (20%) or more of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower immediately following such transfer (provided such transferee, together with its Affiliates, owned less than twenty percent (20%) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower as of the Closing Date), Borrower shall deliver (and Borrower shall be responsible for any reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses in connection therewith), customary searches reasonably requested by Lender in writing (such as, without limitation, credit, judgment, lien, litigation, bankruptcy, criminal and watch list) with respect to such transferee.

 

VIII.                      DEFAULTS

 

Section 8.1.                          Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default hereunder (an “ Event of Default ”):

 

(i)                     if (A) the Obligations are not paid in full on the Maturity Date, (B) any regularly scheduled monthly payment of interest, and, if applicable, principal due under the Note is not paid in full on the applicable Monthly Payment Date, (C) any prepayment of principal due under this Agreement or the Note is not paid when due, or (D) the Prepayment Fee is not paid when due, except to the extent that aggregate sums are on deposit in the Clearing Account, Deposit Account and/or in the Cash

 

80



 

Collateral Account sufficient to make such payment and all other payments required to be made pursuant to clauses (i)  and (ii)  of Section 5(b) of the Cash Management Agreement and Lender’s access to such sums is not restricted or constrained in any manner;

 

(ii)                    if any other amount payable pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document (other than as set forth in the foregoing clause (i) ) is not paid in full when due and payable in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Loan Document, with such failure continuing for ten (10) Business Days after Lender delivers written notice thereof to Borrower, except to the extent that either (x) sums sufficient to make such payments are on deposit in the Account established to hold funds for making such payment or (y) aggregate sums are on deposit in the Clearing Account, the Deposit Account and/or in the Cash Collateral Account sufficient to make such payment and all other payments required to be made in advance of such payment pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Cash Management Agreement and, in either case, Lender’s access to such sums is not restricted or constrained in any manner;

 

(iii)                      subject to Borrower’s right to contest pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, if any of the Taxes or Other Charges are not paid when due, except to the extent that either (x) sums sufficient to make such payments are on deposit in the Tax Account or (y) aggregate sums are on deposit in the Clearing Account, the Deposit Account and/or in the Cash Collateral Account sufficient to make such payment and, in either case, Lender’s access to such sums is not restricted or constrained in any manner;

 

(iv)                     (x) if the Policies are not kept in full force and effect, except to the extent that such Policies lapse due to the nonpayment of Insurance Premiums and either (a) sums sufficient to make such payments are on deposit in the Insurance Account or (b) aggregate sums are on deposit in the Clearing Account, the Deposit Account and/or in the Cash Collateral Account sufficient to make such payment and the other payments required to be made pursuant to clause (i)  of Section 6.11.1 and, in either case, Lender’s access to such sums is not restricted or constrained in any manner; or (y) (A) if Lender has not received evidence of the insurance required hereunder being renewed at least three (3) Business Days prior to expiration of the Policies or (B) copies of the Policies (or other evidence of required insurance reasonably acceptable to Lender) are not delivered to Lender on or prior to the date the same are to be delivered hereunder and such failure specified in this clause (B)  continues for ten (10) days following written notice from Lender to Borrower thereof;

 

(v)                     if, except as permitted under this Agreement (including all Permitted Transfers), a Transfer occurs;

 

(vi)                     if any representation or warranty made by Borrower or Guarantor herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument, agreement or document furnished to Lender shall have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the date such representation or warranty was made; provided, however, that with respect to any

 

81



 

such breach which is susceptible of being cured, such breach shall not be deemed an Event of Default hereunder unless and until it shall remain uncured for thirty (30) days after Borrower receives notice of such breach and, if such breach cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period and Borrower commences to cure such breach within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure same, Borrower shall have such additional time as is reasonably necessary to cure such breach, but not in excess of sixty (60) days from the date the original notice from Lender was received by Borrower plus time necessary for Excusable Delay; provided that Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1.4 , 3.1.5 (the last sentence only), 3.1.7(d) , 3.1.8 , 3.1.10 , 3.1.17 , 3.1.19 , 3.1.20 , 3.1.23 , 3.1.26 , and 3.1.31 are not capable of being cured; provided, further, however, that in the case of a breach of Section 3.1.1 , such breach shall not constitute an Event of Default in the event that such breach shall be remedied within a timely manner and in any event within not more than thirty (30) days of Lender’s request and within thirty (30) days following the request of Lender, Borrower delivers to Lender a new non-consolidation opinion or an opinion of counsel to the effect that such breach does not impair, negate or adversely change the opinions rendered in the Insolvency Opinion, in each case, to the extent required by any Rating Agency rating any Securities secured by the Loan in connection with a Securitization;

 

(vii)                if Borrower, or Guarantor shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(viii)                 if a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Borrower, or Guarantor or if Borrower, or Guarantor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Borrower, or Guarantor, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower, or Guarantor shall be instituted, or if Borrower is substantively consolidated with any other Person; provided, however, if such appointment, adjudication, petition, proceeding or consolidation was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower, or Guarantor, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within ninety (90) days following its filing;

 

(ix)               if Borrower attempts to assign its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein in contravention of the Loan Documents;

 

(x)                if any of the assumptions contained in the Insolvency Opinion, or in any other non-consolidation opinion delivered to Lender in connection with the Loan, is or shall become untrue unless such matter is cured in a timely manner and in a manner that would not cause an impairment or a negative or adverse change in the Insolvency Opinion or such other non-consolidation opinion so delivered; provided, however, that in the case of a breach pursuant to this Section 8.1(x) , such breach shall not constitute an Event of Default in the event that such breach shall be remedied within a timely manner and in any event within not more than thirty (30) days of Lender’s request and within thirty (30) days following the request of Lender, Borrower delivers to Lender a new non-consolidation opinion or an opinion

 

82


 

of counsel to the effect that such breach does not impair, negate or adversely change the opinions rendered in the Insolvency Opinion, in each case, to the extent required by any Rating Agency rating any Securities secured by the Loan in connection with a Securitization;

 

(xi)              a breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 4.4 , 4.23 or 4.31 hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a breach of Section 4.4 , such breach shall not constitute an Event of Default in the event that such breach shall be remedied within a timely manner and in any event within not more than thirty (30) days of Lender’s request and within thirty (30) days following the request of Lender, Borrower delivers to Lender a new non-consolidation opinion or an opinion of counsel to the effect that such breach does not impair, negate or adversely change the opinions rendered in the Insolvency Opinion, in each case, to the extent required by any Rating Agency rating any Securities secured by the Loan in connection with a Securitization;

 

(xii)               subject to Borrower’s right to contest set forth in Section 4.3 of this Agreement, if the Property becomes subject to any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien except a Permitted Encumbrance or a Lien for Taxes not then due and payable and such liens are not discharged or bonded within sixty (60) days after Lender’s written notice to Borrower;

 

(xiii)                the alteration, improvement, demolition or removal of any of the Improvements without the prior consent of Lender, other than in accordance with this Agreement and the Leases at the Property entered into in accordance with the Loan Documents and such alteration, improvement, demolition or removal would reasonably be expected to or does have a Material Adverse Effect on Borrower’s use or operation of the Property; provided, however, that with respect to any such breach which is susceptible of being cured, such breach shall not be deemed an Event of Default hereunder unless and until it shall remain uncured for thirty (30) days after Borrower receives notice of such breach and, if such breach cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period and Borrower commences to cure such breach within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure same, Borrower shall have such additional time as is reasonably necessary to cure such breach, but not in excess of one hundred twenty (120) days from the date the original notice from Lender was received by Borrower plus time necessary for Excusable Delay;

 

(xiv)              if (A) the Management Agreement is terminated and a Qualified Manager, or any other property manager reasonably approved by Lender, is not appointed as a replacement manager pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement within thirty (30) days following such termination, (B) Borrower has received notice that it is in material default under the Management Agreement and such default is not waived by Manager or cured by Borrower within sixty (60) days or (C) Borrower materially amends, modifies or otherwise changes, without the prior written consent of Lender, the Management Agreement in a manner materially adverse to Borrower and/or Lender and such amendment is not revoked within ten (10) Business Days following notice from Lender to Borrower thereof;

 

83



 

(xv)            if Borrower or any Person owning a direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower shall be convicted of a Patriot Act Offense by a court of competent jurisdiction and such conviction subjects Lender to action and/or liability by any Governmental Authority; provided, however, that with respect to any such breach which is susceptible of being cured, such breach shall not be deemed an Event of Default hereunder unless and until it shall remain uncured for ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice of such breach;

 

(xvi)             if Borrower breaches any covenant contained Section 4.9 hereof and fails to cure such breach within ten (10) days after Lender’s written notice to Borrower; or

 

(xvii)              if Borrower shall continue to be in Default under any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document not specified in clauses (i)  to (xvi)  above, and such Default shall continue for ten (10) days after notice to Borrower from Lender, in the case of any such Default which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money, or for thirty (30) days after notice to Borrower from Lender, in the case of any such other Default; provided, however, that if such Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period and provided further that Borrower shall have commenced to cure such Default within such 30-day period shall and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceed to cure the same, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower in the exercise of due diligence to cure such Default, such additional period not to exceed ninety (90) days plus time necessary for Excusable Delay.

 

Section 8.2.                          Remedies.

 

8.2.1                      Acceleration. Unless waived in writing by Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clauses (vii)  or (viii)  of Section 8.1 above), Lender may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, take such action, without notice or demand (and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand), that Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower and in and to the Property, including declaring the Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and Lender may enforce or avail itself of any or all rights or remedies provided in the Loan Documents against Borrower and the Property, including all rights or remedies available at law or in equity; and upon any Event of Default described in clauses (vii)  or (viii)  of Section 8.1 above (as to Borrower only), the Obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable in full, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

8.2.2                      Remedies Cumulative. Unless waived in writing by Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Obligations shall be declared due and payable, and whether or

 

84



 

not Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Property. The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Lender shall not be subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all Liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Lender shall remain in full force and effect until Lender has exhausted all of its remedies against the Property and the Mortgage has been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Obligations or the Obligations have been paid in full. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon. In addition to the covenants contained in Section 4.29(a)(v) , during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with inspections and appraisals.

 

8.2.3                      Severance.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose the Mortgage in any manner and for any amounts secured by the Mortgage then due and payable as determined by Lender in its sole discretion, including the following circumstances: (i) in the event Borrower defaults beyond any applicable grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal and interest, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event Lender elects to accelerate less than the entire Outstanding Principal Balance, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover so much of the principal balance of the Loan as Lender may accelerate and such other sums secured by the Mortgage as Lender may elect. Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, the Property shall remain subject to the Mortgage to secure payment of the sums secured by the Mortgage and not previously recovered.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right from time to time to sever the Note and the other Loan Documents into one or more separate notes, mortgages and other security documents (the “ Severed Loan Documents ”) in such denominations as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion for purposes of evidencing and enforcing its rights and remedies provided hereunder. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender from time to time, promptly after the request of Lender, a severance agreement and such other documents as Lender shall request in order to effect the severance described in the preceding sentence, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, provided that no such agreement shall increase Borrower’s obligations or decrease Borrower’s

 

85



 

rights under the Loan Documents. Borrower hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoints Lender as its true and lawful attorney, coupled with an interest, in its name and stead to make and execute such severance agreement to effect the aforesaid severance, Borrower ratifying all that its said attorney shall do by virtue thereof; provided, however, Lender shall not make or execute any such severance agreement under such power until five (5) Business Days after notice has been given to Borrower by Lender of Lender’s intent to exercise its rights under such power.

 

(b)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any amounts recovered from the Property or any other collateral for the Loan after an Event of Default may be applied by Lender toward the payment of any interest and/or principal of the Loan and/or any other amounts due under the Loan Documents, in such order, priority and proportions as Lender in its sole discretion shall determine.

 

8.2.4                      Lender’s Right to Perform. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default only, if Borrower fails to perform any covenant or obligation contained herein and such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) Business Days after Borrower’s receipt of written notice thereof from Lender, without in any way limiting Lender’s right to exercise any of its rights, powers or remedies as provided hereunder, or under any of the other Loan Documents, Lender may, but shall have no obligation to, perform, or cause the performance of, such covenant or obligation, and all costs, expenses, liabilities, penalties and fines of Lender incurred or paid in connection therewith shall be payable by Borrower to Lender upon demand and if not paid shall be added to the Obligations (and to the extent permitted under applicable laws, secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents) and shall bear interest thereafter at the Default Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall have no obligation to send notice to Borrower of any such failure, but such notice shall be a precondition to Lender exercising the rights set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

IX.                                      SALE AND SECURITIZATION OF MORTGAGE

 

Section 9.1.                          Sale of Mortgage and Securitization.

 

(a)                                  Lender shall have the right (i) to sell or otherwise transfer the Loan or any portion thereof as a whole loan, (ii) to sell participation interests in the Loan or (iii) to securitize the Loan or any portion thereof in a single asset securitization or a pooled loan securitization. The transactions referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as “ Secondary Market Transactions ” and the transactions referred to in clause (iii) shall hereinafter be referred to as a “ Securitization ”. Any certificates, notes or other securities issued in connection with a Securitization are hereinafter referred to as “ Securities ”. Lender shall not make any such assignment to any of the parties set forth on Schedule IX without Borrower’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld or granted in Borrower’s sole discretion; provided, however, that such limitation on assignment shall not apply (a) to any Person that purchases or holds any Securities pursuant to a Securitization and such prohibition does not apply to retention of a primary servicer, master servicer or special servicer as permitted hereunder, or (b) during the continuance of an Event of Default, Additionally, in connection with any Secondary Market Transaction subject to the foregoing restriction, Lender shall be entitled to rely in good faith on a representation from any transferee that such transferee is not a “prohibited transferee” without any need for independent investigation.

 

86



 

(b)                                  If reasonably requested by Lender, Borrower shall (at no cost or expense to Borrower, except to the extent expressly set forth in Section 9.4 ) assist Lender in satisfying the market standards to which Lender customarily adheres or which may be reasonably required in the marketplace or by the Rating Agencies in connection with any Secondary Market Transactions, at Borrower’s cost and expense, including, without limitation, to:

 

(i)                      (A) provide updated financial and other information with respect to the Property, the business operated at the Property, Borrower, Guarantor and Manager, (B) provide updated budgets relating to the Property and (C) cooperate with Lender in obtaining updated appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews (Phase I’s and, if appropriate, Phase II’s), property condition reports and other due diligence investigations of the Property, subject to Borrower’s reasonable and customary safety requirements and the rights of Tenants under Leases (the “ Updated Information ”), together, if customary, with appropriate verification of the Updated Information through letters of auditors reasonably acceptable to Lender and acceptable to the Rating Agencies;

 

(ii)                     use commercially reasonable efforts to provide customary updates or customary modifications to the opinions of counsel provided by Borrower at Closing, as may be reasonably requested by Lender in order to effect the Securitization, including updates or modifications requested by or for the benefit of the Rating Agencies (it being agreed that in no event shall Borrower be required to provide an opinion of counsel with respect to “10b-5” matters);

 

(iii)                       provide updated, as of the closing date of the Secondary Market Transaction, representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents and such additional representations and warranties as the Rating Agencies may require; and

 

(iv)                                             execute such amendments to the Loan Documents and Borrower’s organizational documents as may be reasonably requested by Lender or requested by the Rating Agencies in order to effect the Securitization including, without limitation, bifurcation of the Loan into two or more components and/or separate notes and/or creating a senior/subordinate note structure (any of the foregoing, a “ Loan Bifurcation ”); provided, however, that (I) Borrower shall not be required to modify or amend any Loan Document if such modification or amendment would (a) change the principal amount, interest rate, the stated maturity or the amortization of principal set forth in the Note, except in connection with a Loan Bifurcation which may result in varying fixed interest rates and amortization schedules, but which shall have the same initial weighted average coupon and same aggregate principal amount as the original Note, or (b) modify any other economic or non-economic term of the Loan in a manner that is adverse (except to a de minimis extent) to Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof or that would result in any operational changes that are materially burdensome to Borrower or the Property, and (II) in no event shall Lender be entitled to convert any portion of the Loan into a mezzanine loan.

 

(c)                                   If, at the time one or more Disclosure Documents are being prepared for a Securitization, Lender reasonably expects that Borrower alone or Borrower and one or more Affiliates of Borrower collectively, or the Property alone or the Property and Related Properties

 

87



 

collectively, will be a Significant Obligor for purposes of such Securitization, Borrower shall furnish (or cause to be furnished) to Lender upon reasonable request (i) the selected financial data or, if applicable, net operating income, described in Item 1112(b)(1) of Regulation AB, if Lender reasonably expects that the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans as of the cut-off date for such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans as of the cut-off date for such Securitization and at any time during which the Loan (or portion of the Loan included in such Securitization) and any Related Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed ten percent (10%) (but less than twenty percent (20%)) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in such Securitization or (ii) the financial statements described in Item 1112(b)(2) of Regulation AB, if Lender expects that the principal amount of the Loan (or portion of the Loan included in such Securitization) together with any Related Loans as of the cut-off date for such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan together with any Related Loans as of the cut-off date for such Securitization and at any time during which the Loan (or portion of the Loan included in such Securitization) and any Related Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in the Securitization. Such financial data or financial statements shall be furnished to Lender (A) within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Lender in connection with the preparation of Disclosure Documents for the Securitization, (B) not later than forty-one (41) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower and (C) not later than eighty-five (85) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower (the “ Exchange Act Financials ”); provided, however, that Borrower shall not be obligated to furnish financial data or financial statements pursuant to clauses (B) or (C) of this sentence with respect to any period for which an Exchange Act Filing is not required. Any reasonable incremental costs and expenses incurred by Borrower in connection with the delivery to Lender of any financial data or financial statements within the time periods set forth in clauses (B) and (C) of this Section rather than the time periods provided in Section 4.9 and/or in the form required pursuant to this Section rather than in the form required in Section 4.9 , shall be paid by Lender. If requested by Lender, and to the extent not prohibited by any applicable lease, other agreement or order, Borrower shall furnish to Lender financial data and/or financial statements for any tenant of the Property if, in connection with a Securitization, Lender expects there to be, with respect to such tenant or group of affiliated tenants, a concentration within all of the mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in the Securitization such that such tenant or group of affiliated tenants would constitute a Significant Obligor.

 

(d)                                  If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide Lender, as promptly as reasonably practicable following Lender’s request therefor, and in any event, within the time periods that would be required to comply with Regulation AB or other Legal Requirements relating to a Securitization (but no earlier than three (3) Business Days following notice from Lender) with any other or additional financial statements, or financial, statistical or operating information, as Lender shall reasonably determine that would be required pursuant to Regulation AB, or any amendment, modification or replacement thereto or other Legal Requirements relating to a Securitization or as shall otherwise be reasonably requested by the Lender.

 

(e)                                   All financial statements provided by Borrower hereunder pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall meet the requirements of Regulation AB and other applicable Legal Requirements. All annual financial statements

 

88



 

referred to in Section 9.1(c)  above shall be audited by Independent Accountants of Borrower in accordance with Regulation AB and all other applicable Legal Requirements, shall be accompanied by the manually executed report of the Independent Accountants thereon, which report shall meet the requirements of Regulation AB and all applicable Legal Requirements and shall be accompanied by a manually executed written consent of the Independent Accountants, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender and such Independent Accountants, to the inclusion of such financial statements in any Disclosure Document and any Exchange Act Filing and to the use of the name of such Independent Accountants and the reference to such Independent Accountants as “experts” in any Disclosure Document and Exchange Act Filing, all of which shall be provided at the same time as the related financial statements are required to be provided. All financial data and financial statements (audited or unaudited) provided by Borrower under Section 9.1(c)  shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate stating that such financial statements meet the requirements set forth in the first sentence of this Section 9.1(d) .

 

Section 9.2.                          Securitization Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  Borrower understands that information provided to Lender by Borrower and its agents, counsel and representatives may be included in disclosure documents in connection with the Securitization, including, without limitation, an offering circular, a prospectus, prospectus supplement, private placement memorandum, term sheet or other offering document (each, a “ Disclosure Document ”) and may also be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and may be made available to investors or prospective investors in the Securities, the Rating Agencies, and service providers relating to the Securitization.

 

(b)                                  In connection with each of (i) a preliminary and a final private placement memorandum or (ii) a preliminary and final prospectus or prospectus supplement, as applicable, and (iii) the final term sheet, Borrower agrees to provide, at Lender’s request, an indemnification certificate (at no cost to Borrower other than its counsel fees and internal administrative costs): (A) certifying that Borrower has examined those portions of such Disclosure Documents reasonably designated in writing by Lender for Borrower’s review pertaining to Borrower, Borrower’s Affiliates, Manager, Guarantor, the Property and/or the Provided Information insofar as such sections or portions thereof that relate to Borrower, Borrower’s Affiliates, Manager, Guarantor, the Property and/or the Provided Information (such portions, including risk factors related to the Property, the “ Relevant Portions ”), the Relevant Portions do not, as of the time of sale (as designated by Lender in advance in writing to Borrower and provided Borrower has reasonable time to update same) for the Securities to be issued in the Securitization, as of the date of the preliminary and final offering document for such Securities and as of the closing date of the Securitization (as designated by Lender in advance in writing to Borrower and provided Borrower has reasonable time to update same), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided, however, in no event shall Borrower be required to provide such certification with respect to any description of the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, (B) indemnifying Lender (and for purposes of this Section 9.2 , Lender hereunder shall include its officers and directors), the Affiliate of Wells Fargo that has filed the registration statement relating to the Securitization (the “ Registration Statement ”) or otherwise acts as the “depositor” in the Securitization, each of its directors, each

 

89



 

of its officers who have signed the Registration Statement and each Person that controls the Affiliate within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “ Wells Group ”), and Wells Fargo, and any other placement agent or underwriter with respect to the Securitization, each of their respective directors and each Person who controls Wells Fargo or any other placement agent or underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “ Underwriter Group ”) for any out-of-pocket losses, third-party claims, damages or liabilities arising out of third-party claims (excluding consequential damages) (collectively, the “ Liabilities ”) to which Lender, the Wells Group or the Underwriter Group may become subject insofar as the Liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Disclosure Document or any other written information provided to potential investors or the rating agencies that is in conformity with the Provided Information (such other written information, the “ Other Distributed Information ”), (2) the omission or alleged omission to state in the Relevant Portions or Other Distributed Information a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (and, in the case of the Term Sheet and Other Distributed Information only, when read together with the related offering circular), not misleading or (3) a breach of the representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 3.1.31 of this Agreement (Full and Accurate Disclosure) and (C) agreeing to reimburse Lender, the Wells Group and/or the Underwriter Group for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Lender, the Wells Group and the Underwriter Group in connection with investigating or defending the Liabilities; provided , however, that Borrower will be liable in any such case under clauses (B)  or (C)  above only to the extent that any such loss claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or alleged omission made (i) in the Relevant Portions or (ii) in any other document in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with the preparation of the Disclosure Document or in connection with the underwriting or closing of the Loan, including, without limitation, financial statements of Borrower, operating statements and rent rolls with respect to the Property but only to the extent the same is identified in writing by Lender to Borrower in advance of the printing of the preliminary offering circular, preliminary prospectus or preliminary private placement memorandum, as the case may be ((i) and (ii) are collectively, the “ Provided Information ”), provided, that with respect to the Provided Information, Borrower shall not have any liability under clauses (B)  or (C)  with respect to an incorrect particular piece of Provided Information (“ Deficient Information ”) to the extent Borrower delivers additional Provided Information that supersedes or corrects such Deficient Information in a reasonably sufficient time prior to the printing of the preliminary offering circular, preliminary prospectus or preliminary private placement memorandum, as the case may be, and Borrower indicates to Lender in writing that such updated Provided Information is updated and supersedes the specifically identified previously delivered Deficient Information and such updates or corrections are not accurately reflected in the Disclosure Documents or Other Distributed Information. The indemnification provided for in clauses (B)  and (C)  above shall be effective whether or not the indemnification agreement described above is provided; provided, however, such indemnity shall be limited to the Provided Information and shall only be effective to the extent that Lender accurately states the Provided Information in the applicable Disclosure Document. The aforesaid indemnity will be in addition to any liability which Borrower may otherwise have.

 

90



 

(c)                                   In connection with Exchange Act Filings, Borrower shall (i) indemnify Lender, the Wells Group and the Underwriter Group for Liabilities to which Lender, the Wells Group or the Underwriter Group may become subject insofar as the Liabilities arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in the Disclosure Document and/or the Provided Information a material fact required to be stated in the Disclosure Document and/or the Provided Information in order to make the statements in the Disclosure Document and/or the Provided Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (ii) reimburse Lender, the Wells Group or the Underwriter Group for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by Lender, the Wells Group or the Underwriter Group in connection with defending or investigating the Liabilities; provided, however, such indemnity shall be limited to the Provided Information and shall only be effective to the extent that Lender accurately states the Provided Information in the applicable Disclosure Document.

 

(d)                                  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 9.2 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 9.2 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which the indemnifying party may have to any indemnified party hereunder except to the extent that failure to notify causes prejudice to the indemnifying party. In the event that any action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, jointly with any other indemnifying party, to participate therein and, to the extent that it (or they) may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party under this Section 9.2 that the indemnifying party will assume such defense, the indemnified party shall not be liable to pay for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, if the defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there are any legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on behalf of such indemnified party at the cost of the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel unless an indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to another indemnified party. No indemnified party may settle any action or proceeding for which an indemnifying party is liable under this Section 9.2(d)  without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party; provided that if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested the indemnifying party in writing to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel or any other expenses for which the indemnifying party is obligated under this subsection and indemnifying party has not reimbursed such expenses, indemnified party may enter into a settlement of such proceeding or action and the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any action or proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty-five (45) days after receipt by the indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such

 

91



 

settlement. Without the prior written consent of Lender (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), no indemnifying party shall settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not any indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such claim, action, suit or proceeding) unless the indemnifying party shall have given Lender reasonable prior written notice thereof and shall have obtained an unconditional release of each indemnified party hereunder from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceedings with no admission of fault by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(e)                                   In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Section 9.2(b)  or (c)  hereof is for any reason held to be unenforceable as to an indemnified party in respect of any Liabilities (or action in respect thereof) referred to therein which would otherwise be indemnifiable under Section 9.2(b)  or (c) h ereof, the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Liabilities (or action in respect thereof); provided, however, that no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f)  of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. In determining the amount of contribution to which the respective parties are entitled, the following factors shall be considered: (i) the indemnified party’s and Borrower’s relative knowledge and access to information concerning the matter with respect to which the claim was asserted; (ii) the opportunity to correct and prevent any statement or omission; and (iii) any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. Lender and Borrower hereby agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation.

 

(f)                                    Borrower shall jointly and severally indemnify Lender and its officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, agents and Affiliates against any losses to which Lender or its officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives, agents and Affiliates, may become subject in connection with any indemnification to the Rating Agencies in connection with issuing, monitoring or maintaining the Securities insofar as the losses arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact in any information provided by or on behalf of Borrower to the Rating Agencies (the “ Covered Rated Agency Information ”) or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state a material fact in the Covered Rating Agency Information required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements in Covered Rating Agency Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Borrower shall not be responsible for any Liabilities relating to an untrue statement or omission in Covered Rating Agency Information if Borrower provided notice to Lender in writing a reasonable amount of time prior to the pricing of the subject Securities with a reasonably sufficient amount of time for Lender to correct such information prior to pricing such Securities and (ii) Borrower shall not be liable for any misstatements or omissions in the Covered Rating Agency Information resulting solely from Lender’s failure to accurately transcribe written information by or on behalf of Borrower.

 

(g)                                   The liabilities and obligations of both Borrower and Lender under this Section 9.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the satisfaction and discharge of the Debt.

 

Section 9.3.                          Conversion to Registered Form. At the request of Lender and at no cost or expense to Borrower, Borrower shall appoint, as its agent, a registrar and transfer

 

92



 

agent (the “ Registrar ”) reasonably acceptable to Lender which shall maintain, subject to such reasonable regulations as it shall provide, such books and records as are necessary for the registration and transfer of the Note in a manner that shall cause the Note to be considered to be in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the IRS Code. The option to convert the Note into registered form once exercised may not be revoked. Any agreement setting out the rights and obligation of the Registrar shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Lender. Borrower may revoke the appointment of any particular person as Registrar, effective upon the effectiveness of the appointment of a replacement Registrar. The Registrar shall not be entitled to any fee from Borrower or Lender or any other lender in respect of transfers of the Note and other Loan Documents.

 

Section 9.4.                          Costs and Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article IX , Borrower shall not be required to incur any taxes, reserves, adjustments or other costs or expenses in the performance of its obligations under this Article IX (excluding the indemnity obligations set forth in Section 9.2 ) in excess of $25,000.00. Borrower shall not be obligated to perform its obligations under this Article IX (excluding the indemnity obligations set forth in Section 9.2 ) to the extent such performance would cause Borrower to have incurred or expended amounts in excess of $25,000.00 (excluding any costs for Borrower’s or Guarantor’s third-party legal fees and expenses) unless Lender agrees to reimburse such excess to Borrower.

 

X.                               MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1.                    Exculpation. Subject to the qualifications below, Lender shall not enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower to perform and observe the Obligations contained in the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents by any action or proceeding wherein a money judgment or any deficiency judgment or other judgment establishing personal liability shall be sought against Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower or any legal representatives, successors or assigns of Borrower or its Affiliate or any principals, directors, officers, employees, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, members, trustees, agents, or Affiliates of any of the foregoing (collectively, but specifically excluding Guarantor to the extent of Guarantor’s liability under the Environmental Indemnity, the Guaranty, any Alterations Deficiency Guaranty or any other guaranty provided in connection with the Loan, the “ Exculpated Parties ”), except that Lender may bring a foreclosure action, an action for specific performance or any other appropriate action or proceeding to enable Lender to enforce and realize upon its interest under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, or in the Property, the Rents or any other collateral given to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents; provided, however, that, except as specifically provided herein, any judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be enforceable against Borrower only to the extent of Borrower’s interest in the Property, in the Rents and in any other collateral given to Lender, and Lender, by accepting the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, shall not sue for, seek or demand any deficiency judgment against any Exculpated Party in any such action or proceeding under or by reason of or under or in connection with the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall not, however, (a) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents; (b) impair the right of Lender to name Borrower as a party defendant in any action or suit for foreclosure and sale under the Mortgage; (c) affect the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents, the Guaranty or any other guaranty

 

93


 

made in connection with the Loan or any of the rights and remedies of Lender thereunder; (d) impair the right of Lender to obtain the appointment of a receiver; (e) impair the enforcement of the Assignment of Leases; (f) impair the enforcement of the Environmental Indemnity; (g) constitute a prohibition against Lender to seek a deficiency judgment against Borrower in order to fully realize the security granted by the Mortgage or to commence any other appropriate action or proceeding in order for Lender to exercise its remedies against the Property; or (h) constitute a waiver of the right of Lender to enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower, by money judgment or otherwise, to the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation reasonably incurred by Lender (including out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred but excluding any consequential, special or punitive damages) arising out of or in connection with the following (all such liability and obligation of Borrower for any or all of the following being referred to herein as “ Borrower’s Recourse Liabilities ”):

 

(i)                          fraudulent acts, willful misconduct or material intentional misrepresentation by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower in connection with the Loan;

 

(ii)                          the breach by Borrower of any representation, warranty, covenant or indemnification provision in the Environmental Indemnity;

 

(iii)                           the intentional misappropriation of any Rents, security deposits or other income (including, without limitation, the proceeds of any letters of credit held in lieu of a security deposit) by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower, except to the extent such amounts are applied to the payment of the Obligations or to the payment of operating expenses or Capital Expenditures or otherwise applied in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents;

 

(iv)                         any intentional material physical waste of the Property by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower;

 

(v)                          the commission of any criminal act by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower which results in the forfeiture of the Property;

 

(vi)                          the intentional misapplication by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower of (A) any Insurance Proceeds actually received by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower and not paid to Lender or otherwise applied as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (B) any Awards or other amounts received in connection with the Condemnation of all or a portion of the Property actually received by Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower and not paid to Lender or otherwise applied as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

 

(vii)                          all or any portion of the Property being encumbered by a Lien voluntarily granted by Borrower in violation of the Loan Documents;

 

(viii)                           the voluntary incurrence by Borrower of any Indebtedness for borrowed money in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than Permitted Encumbrances and Permitted Indebtedness);

 

(ix)                          the failure by Borrower to deliver to Lender any security deposits, advance deposits or any other deposits collected by Borrower or any Affiliated Manager

 

94



 

with respect to the Property upon a foreclosure by Lender or any action in lieu thereof under the Loan Documents (except to the extent that such deposits were applied in accordance with the applicable lease or other governing document or Borrower did not have the legal right, because of a bankruptcy, receivership or similar judicial proceeding, to direct disbursement of such deposits); and/or

 

(x)                         the voluntary Transfer of all or any material portion of the Property or any direct or indirect interest therein or any Transfer of any direct or indirect interest in Borrower, in either case, in violation of the Loan Documents.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (A) Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right which Lender may have under Section 506(a), 506(b), 1111(b) or any other provisions of the Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Obligations or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Obligations owing to Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents, and (B) the Obligations shall be fully recourse to Borrower in the event that any of the following occur (each, a “ Springing Recourse Event ”): (i) a breach of the covenants set forth in Schedule V hereof (other than those single purpose entity covenants that relate to solvency or adequacy of capital) that results in a substantive consolidation of the assets and liabilities of Borrower with any other Person in connection with a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or under federal, state or foreign insolvency law (other than on motion or pleading seeking a substantive consolidation brought or actively supported by Lender); (ii) Borrower or any Affiliate, officer, director or representative which controls Borrower consents to or files a voluntary petition with respect to Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; (iii) Borrower files an application for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or examiner for Borrower or any portion of the Property, except at the request of or with the consent of Lender, (iv) the filing of an involuntary petition against Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law by any other Person in which Guarantor or an Affiliate of Guarantor colludes with and/or Guarantor or an Affiliate of Guarantor solicits or causes to be solicited petitioning creditors for any involuntary petition against Borrower by any Person; (v) Borrower files an answer consenting to, or joining in, any involuntary petition filed against it by any other Person under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law; or (vi) Borrower makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits, in writing or in any legal proceeding, its insolvency or inability to pay its debts as they become due, which admission is used as evidence of Borrower’s insolvency in connection with an involuntary petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency law by a Person other than Lender (except for (A) any admissions that Borrower believes in good faith are truthful when made and (B) any such admission to Lender or any servicer of the Loan that Borrower cannot pay its operating expenses (including Debt Service payments due in respect of the Loan) or that Borrower cannot refinance the Loan on the Maturity Date).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall not have any liability hereunder (A) for or as a result of any unpaid obligation, lien or encumbrance (such as, without limitation, an obligation, lien or encumbrance for unpaid real estate taxes) resulting from insufficient cash flow at the Property or any Transfer resulting from any such unpaid obligation or Lien, except to the extent that such lack of cash flow arises from the misappropriation or conversion of revenue with respect to the Property, or (B) with respect to any acts, events or

 

95



 

circumstances first arising after (1) the date on which Lender or a Person that is not an Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantor acquires title to the Property, whether through foreclosure, private power of sale, the acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, except with respect to acts taken by Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate of the foregoing on or after such date or (2) the date on which a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator, other than any such Person appointed at the request of Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate of the foregoing, takes control of the Property, except with respect to acts taken by Borrower, Guarantor or any Affiliate of the foregoing prior to or on or after such date, and further provided that the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator shall not diminish, reduce or terminate Borrower’s or Guarantor’s liability pursuant to the Environmental Indemnity, or (C) until such time that any notice and cure periods set forth in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents applicable to the action, event or circumstance from which such liability would arise, have expired.

 

Section 10.2.                           Survival; Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the legal successors and assigns of Lender.

 

Section 10.3.                           Lender’s Discretion; Rating Agency Review Waiver.

 

(a)                                  Whenever pursuant to this Agreement Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove any matter, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove such matter or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) be in the reasonable discretion of Lender and shall be final and conclusive. Prior to all or any portion of the Loan being included in a Securitization, whenever pursuant to this Agreement the Rating Agencies are given any right to approve or disapprove any matter, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to the Rating Agencies, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove such matter or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory, based upon Lender’s determination of Rating Agency criteria, shall be substituted therefor.

 

(b)                                  Whenever, pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, a Rating Agency Confirmation is required from each applicable Rating Agency, in the event that any applicable Rating Agency “declines review”, “waives review” or otherwise indicates in writing that no Rating Agency Confirmation will or needs to be issued with respect to the matter in question (each, a “ Review Waiver ”), then the Rating Agency Confirmation requirement shall be deemed to be satisfied with respect to such matter. It is expressly agreed and understood, however, that receipt of a Review Waiver (i) from any one Rating Agency shall not be binding or apply with respect to any other Rating Agency and (ii) with respect to one matter shall not apply or be deemed to apply to any subsequent matter for which Rating Agency Confirmation is required.

 

96



 

Section 10.4.                           Governing Law.

 

(a)                                  THIS AGREEMENT WAS NEGOTIATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND MADE BY LENDER AND ACCEPTED BY BORROWER IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE PROCEEDS OF THE NOTE DELIVERED PURSUANT HERETO WERE DISBURSED FROM THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WHICH STATE THE PARTIES AGREE HAS A SUBSTANTIAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE PARTIES AND TO THE UNDERLYING TRANSACTION EMBODIED HEREBY, AND IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE (WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAW OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, EXCEPT THAT AT ALL TIMES THE PROVISIONS FOR THE CREATION, PERFECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE LIEN AND SECURITY INTEREST CREATED PURSUANT HERETO AND PURSUANT TO THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED ACCORDING TO, THE LAW OF THE STATE, COMMONWEALTH OR DISTRICT, AS APPLICABLE, IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED, IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY THE LAW OF SUCH STATE, COMMONWEALTH OR DISTRICT, AS APPLICABLE, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THE CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF ALL LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL OF THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, BORROWER HEREBY UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM TO ASSERT THAT THE LAW OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION GOVERNS THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTE, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND THE NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

 

ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST LENDER OR BORROWER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY AT LENDER’S OPTION BE INSTITUTED IN ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK, PURSUANT TO SECTION 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, AND BORROWER WAIVES ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE BASED ON VENUE AND/OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, AND BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. BORROWER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON BORROWER AT THE ADDRESS FOR BORROWER SET FORTH HEREIN AND WRITTEN NOTICE OF SAID SERVICE MAILED OR DELIVERED TO BORROWER IN THE MANNER PROVIDED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED IN EVERY RESPECT EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON BORROWER IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. BORROWER (I) SHALL GIVE PROMPT NOTICE TO LENDER OF ANY CHANGE IN THE ADDRESS FOR BORROWER SET FORTH HEREIN, (II) MAY AT ANY TIME AND FROM

 

97



 

TIME TO TIME DESIGNATE AN AUTHORIZED AGENT WITH AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK (WHICH AGENT AND OFFICE SHALL BE DESIGNATED AS THE PERSON AND ADDRESS FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS), AND (III) SHALL PROMPTLY DESIGNATE AN AUTHORIZED AGENT IF BORROWER CEASES TO HAVE AN OFFICE IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF LENDER TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST BORROWER IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

 

Section 10.5.                           Modification, Waiver in Writing. No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party or parties against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to, or demand on Borrower, shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount. Lender shall have the right to waive or reduce any time periods that Lender is entitled to under the Loan Documents in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

Section 10.6.                           Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (any of the foregoing, a “ Notice ”) required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be sent by (i) facsimile (with answer back acknowledged) or (ii) by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) delivered by hand or by reputable overnight courier, addressed to the party to be so notified at its address hereinafter set forth, or to such other address as such party may hereafter specify in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.6 . Any Notice shall be deemed to have been received: (a) three (3) days after the date such Notice is mailed, (b) on the date of sending by facsimile if sent prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on a Business Day (otherwise on the next Business Day), (c) on the date of delivery by hand if delivered prior to 5:00 P.M. (New York time) on a Business Day (otherwise on the next Business Day), and (d) on the next Business Day if sent by a reputable courier, in each case addressed to the parties as follows:

 

If to Lender:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

Wells Fargo Center

 

1901 Harrison Street, 2 nd  Floor

 

MAC A0227-020

 

Oakland, California 94612

 

Attention: Commercial Mortgage Servicing

 

Facsimile No.: 866-359-5352

 

98



 

with a copy to:

Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP

 

227 West Trade Street, Suite 2400

 

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

 

Attention: James P. Carroll, Esq.

 

Facsimile No.: (704) 348-5200

 

 

and:

Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP

 

One World Financial Center

 

New York, New York 10281

 

Attention: Steven M. Herman, Esq.

 

Facsimile No.: (212) 504-6666

 

 

If to Borrower:

Vornado Bergen Mall LLC (as applicable)

 

c/o Vornado Realty Trust

 

210 Route 4 East

 

Paramus, New Jersey 07652

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

Facsimile No.: (201) 843-2198

 

 

with a copy to:

Vornado Realty Trust

 

888 Seventh Avenue

 

New York, New York 10106

 

Attention: Corporation Counsel

 

Facsimile No.: (212) 894-7996

 

 

with a copy to:

Vornado Realty Trust

 

888 Seventh Avenue

 

New York, New York 10106

 

Attention: Executive Vice President – Capital Markets

 

Facsimile No.: (212) 894-7073

 

 

with a copy to:

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

 

125 Broad Street

 

New York, New York 10004

 

Attention: Arthur S. Adler, Esq.

 

Facsimile No.: (212) 291-9001

 

Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which any such Notice is to be delivered by furnishing ten (10) days written notice of such change to the other parties in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.6 . Notices shall be deemed to have been given on the date as set forth above, even if there is an inability to actually deliver any such Notice because of a changed address of which no Notice was given, or there is a rejection or refusal to accept any Notice offered for delivery. Notice for any party may be given by its respective counsel, provided that it is given in accordance with this Section 10.6 as set forth above. Additionally, Notice from Lender may also be given by Servicer and Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower shall be entitled to rely on any Notice given by Servicer as if it had been sent by Lender.

 

99



 

Section 10.7.                           Waiver of Trial by Jury. BORROWER AND LENDER EACH HEREBY AGREES NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY BORROWER AND LENDER AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. EACH PARTY IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER.

 

Section 10.8.                           Headings, Schedules and Exhibits. The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. The Schedules and Exhibits annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

 

Section 10.9.                           Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.10. Preferences. Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments by Borrower to any portion of the Obligations of Borrower hereunder. To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the Obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

 

Section 10.11. Waiver of Notice. Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and except with respect to matters for which Borrower is not, pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice. Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower.

 

Section 10.12. Remedies of Borrower. In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that Lender or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where, by law or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, neither Lender nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages (unless it is determined pursuant to a final judgment that Lender acted in bad faith) and Borrower’s sole remedy shall be limited to commencing an

 

100


 

action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. Any action or proceeding to determine whether Lender has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment.

 

Section 10.13. Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses. Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

 

Section 10.14. No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and Lender intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and Lender nor to grant Lender any interest in the Property other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

 

(b)                                  The Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender and Borrower and nothing contained in any Loan Document shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than the Lender and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained therein.

 

Section 10.15. Publicity. All news releases, publicity or advertising by any party hereto or their respective Affiliates through any media intended to reach the general public (but excluding, for clarity, any filings or news releases necessary or appropriate under applicable Legal Requirements, including securities laws and regulations) which refers to the Loan Documents or the financing evidenced by the Loan Documents, to Lender or any Affiliate of Lender that acts as the issuer with respect to a Securitization of all or any portion of the Loan or any of their other Affiliates shall be subject to the prior consultation between the parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to Securitization of the Loan, Borrower shall maintain internal practices and policies which prohibit persons working for, or on behalf of, Borrower from disclosing information (other than press releases or information distributed to the general public at the same time) regarding the Loan without the prior written consent of Lender, it being acknowledged by Borrower that the restrictions set forth in this sentence are intended to avoid violation of Legal Requirements in connection with the Securitization of the Loan.

 

Section 10.16.                    Waiver of Marshalling of Assets. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of the assets of Borrower, Borrower’s members or partners, as applicable, and others with interests in Borrower, and of the Property, and shall not assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Property for the collection of the Obligations without any prior or different resort for collection, or of the right of

 

101



 

Lender to the payment of the Obligations out of the net proceeds of the Property in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.

 

Section 10.17. Certain Waivers . Borrower hereby waives the right to assert a counterclaim, other than a compulsory counterclaim, in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender or its agents or otherwise to offset any obligations to make the payments required by the Loan Documents. No failure by Lender to perform any of its obligations hereunder shall be a valid defense to, or result in any offset against, any payments which Borrower is obligated to make under any of the Loan Documents. Without limiting any of the other provisions contained herein, each of Borrower and Lender hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by applicable law, any rights it may have to claim or recover against the other party in any legal action or proceeding any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

Section 10.18. Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan, without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Lender. Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

 

Section 10.19. Brokers and Financial Advisors. Borrower and Lender each hereby represent to each other that they have not dealt with any brokers or finders in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or made any agreements or promises which will in any way create or give use to any obligation or liability for payment by it for any brokerage fee or commission or any other similar compensation to any other Person with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Each of Lender and Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses of any kind (including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and expenses) in any way relating to or arising out of a claim by any Person that such Person acted on behalf of Borrower or Lender, as the case may be, in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The provisions of this Section 10.19 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

 

Section 10.20. Prior Agreements. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective affiliates in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements among or between such parties, including any confidentiality agreements or any similar

 

102



 

agreements between or among any such parties, whether oral or written, are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 10.21. Servicer.

 

(a)                                  At the option of Lender, the Loan may be serviced by a servicer and special servicer (the “ Servicer ”) selected by Lender and Lender may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the Servicer pursuant to a servicing agreement (the “ Servicing Agreement ”) between Lender and Servicer. Borrower shall not be responsible for any set-up fees or any other initial costs relating to or arising under the Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Borrower shall not be responsible for payment of the monthly master servicing fee due to the Servicer under the Servicing Agreement. Borrower shall pay the Borrower Reimbursable Trust Fund Expenses incurred or payable from time to time, including pursuant to the Servicing Agreement or otherwise in connection with the Securitization. At no time shall Borrower be required to deal with or pay for more than one master servicer and one special servicer in connection with the Loan.

 

(b)                                  In addition to, but without duplication of, the costs and expenses contemplated by Section 4.29 of this Agreement, Borrower shall pay any fees, costs and expenses (including taxes), any reasonable out-of-pocket third-party fees and expenses or any reasonable costs or expenses due or reimbursable to, or payable by, any Servicer, trustee, certificate administrator or trust advisor in connection with (i) a prepayment or release of the Property; (ii) approvals or requests by Borrower under the Loan Documents including the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents or matters, in each case requested by Borrower (including the fees of any Rating Agencies payable in connection therewith); (iii) defeasance, prepayment, assumption of Borrower’s obligations, or modification of the Loan; (iv) any breach of the Loan Documents by Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective affiliates; (v) any exercise by Lender of any remedies permitted under the Loan Documents; (vi) during the continuance of an Event of Default and after and for so long as the Loan is specially serviced, inspections (or updates to existing inspections) and appraisals; (vii) enforcing or preserving any rights in response to third party claims or the commencement, prosecution or defense of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower, the Loan Documents, the Property, or any other security given for the Loan, subject to and in accordance with any servicing agreement or similar agreement entered into in connection with a Securitization, as well as (w) any amounts payable or reimbursable in respect of advances (including protective advances, special servicer fee advances and advances of delinquent debt service payments), together with interest thereon, made pursuant to the servicing agreement, in each case, to the extent late charges and default interest actually paid by Borrower in respect of such payments are insufficient to pay the same, (x) “liquidation fees” in the amounts set forth in the servicing agreement, which amounts shall not exceed one-half of percent (0.5%) of liquidation proceeds, (y) “workout fees” in the amounts set forth in the servicing agreement, which amounts shall not exceed one-half of one percent (0.5%) of interest and principal collections on the Loan so long as the Loan is a “corrected” mortgage loan, and (z) “special servicing fees” for the Loan for so long as the Loan is a specially serviced loan pursuant to the servicing agreement in the amounts set forth in the servicing agreement, which amounts shall not exceed one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum, and (viii) the cost of Rating

 

103



 

Agency Confirmations as set forth in Section 4.29(b)  (and also including any required indemnities related thereto) (clauses (i) – (viii)  are collectively, “ Borrower Reimbursable Trust Fund Expenses ”).

 

Section 10.22. Joint and Several Liability. If more than one Person has executed this Agreement as “ Borrower ,” the representations, covenants, warranties and obligations of all such Persons hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

Section 10.23. Creation of Security Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage or any of the other Loan Documents, Lender may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage and any other Loan Document (including the advances owing to it) in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Section 10.24. Assignments and Participations. Except as expressly permitted herein, Borrower may not assign its rights, title, interests or obligations under this Agreement or under any of the Loan Documents.

 

Section 10.25. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[ NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE ]

 

104



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffery L. Cirillo

 

 

Name: Jeffery L. Cirillo

 

 

Title: Director

 

[signatures continue on following page]

 



 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

VNO BERGEN MALL OWNER LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

Vornado Bergen Mall LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, its sole economic member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Vornado Realty L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, its sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alan Rice

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Alan Rice

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

as of November 13, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

State of

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Organization

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

UE 713-715 Sunrise LLC

 

Delaware

2

 

Amherst II UE LLC

 

New York

3

 

UE Bensalem Holding Company LLC

 

Delaware

4

 

UE Bensalem Holding Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

5

 

UE Bethlehem Holding Company LLC

 

Pennsylvania

6

 

UE Bethlehem Holding Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

7

 

UE Bethlehem Properties Holding Company LLC

 

Delaware

8

 

UE Bethlehem Properties Holding Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

9

 

Bethlehem UE LLC

 

Pennsylvania

10

 

Bethlehem UE LP

 

Pennsylvania

11

 

Bricktown UE LLC

 

New Jersey

12

 

Bricktown UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

13

 

UE Bridgeland Warehouses LLC

 

New Jersey

14

 

Cherry Hill UE LLC

 

New Jersey

15

 

Cherry Hill UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

16

 

UE Chicopee Holding LLC

 

Massachusetts

17

 

Conrans UE LLC

 

New Jersey

18

 

Conrans UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

19

 

Dover UE LLC

 

New Jersey

20

 

Dover UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

21

 

East Brunswick UE II LLC

 

Delaware

22

 

East Brunswick UE LLC

 

New Jersey

23

 

East Brunswick UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

24

 

Freeport UE LLC

 

New York

25

 

Freeport UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

26

 

Glen Burnie UE LLC

 

Maryland

27

 

Hackensack UE LLC

 

New Jersey

28

 

Hackensack UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

29

 

UE Hanover Holding LLC

 

New Jersey

30

 

UE Hanover Industries LLC

 

New Jersey

31

 

UE Hanover Leasing LLC

 

New Jersey

32

 

UE Hanover Public Warehousing LLC

 

New Jersey

33

 

Hanover UE LLC

 

New Jersey

34

 

Hanover UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

35

 

UE Norfolk Properties LLC

 

Delaware

36

 

UE Wyommissing Properties LLC

 

Delaware

37

 

UE Henrietta Holding LLC

 

New York

38

 

Jersey City UE LLC

 

New Jersey

39

 

Jersey City UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

40

 

Kearny Holding UE LLC

 

New Jersey

41

 

Kearny Leasing UE LLC

 

New Jersey

42

 

UE Lancaster Leasing Company LLC

 

Delaware

43

 

UE Lancaster Leasing Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

44

 

Lawnside UE LLC

 

New Jersey

45

 

Lawnside UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

46

 

Lodi II UE LLC

 

New Jersey

47

 

Lodi II UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

48

 

Lodi UE LLC

 

New Jersey

 



 

 

 

 

 

State of

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Organization

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

Lodi UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

50

 

Manalapan UE LLC

 

New Jersey

51

 

Manalapan UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

52

 

Marlton UE LLC

 

New Jersey

53

 

Marlton UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

54

 

UE Marple Holding Company LLC

 

Delaware

55

 

UE Marple Holding Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

56

 

Middletown UE LLC

 

New Jersey

57

 

Middletown UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

58

 

Montclair UE LLC

 

New Jersey

59

 

Montclair UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

60

 

Morris Plains Holding UE LLC

 

New Jersey

61

 

Morris Plains Holding UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

62

 

Morris Plains Leasing UE LLC

 

New Jersey

63

 

Morris Plains Leasing UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

64

 

UE New Bridgeland Warehouses LLC

 

Delaware

65

 

UE New Hanover Holding LLC

 

Delaware

66

 

UE New Hanover Industries LLC

 

Delaware

67

 

UE New Hanover Leasing LLC

 

Delaware

68

 

UE New Hanover LLC

 

Delaware

69

 

UE New Hanover Member LLC

 

Delaware

70

 

UE New Hanover Public Warehousing LLC

 

Delaware

71

 

New UE Wyommissing Properties LLC

 

Delaware

72

 

New Hyde Park UE LLC

 

New York

73

 

UE New TG Hanover LLC

 

Delaware

74

 

UE East Brunswick II LLC

 

Delaware

75

 

UE New Woodbridge II LLC

 

New Jersey

76

 

Newington UE LLC

 

Connecticut

77

 

Newington UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

78

 

UE North Bergen EAT II LLC

 

Delaware

79

 

North Bergen UE LLC

 

New Jersey

80

 

North Bergen UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

81

 

North Plainfield UE LLC

 

New Jersey

82

 

Patson Urban Edge GP LLC

 

Delaware

83

 

Patson UE Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

84

 

Patson Urban Edge LLC

 

Delaware

85

 

UE Philadelphia Holding Company LLC

 

Delaware

86

 

UE Philadelphia Holding Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

87

 

UE Rochester Holding LLC

 

New York

88

 

UE Rochester Holding Member LLC

 

Delaware

89

 

UE Rockville Acquisition LLC

 

Delaware

90

 

Springfield Member UE LLC

 

Delaware

91

 

Springfield UE LLC

 

Massachusetts

92

 

UE TG Hanover LLC

 

New Jersey

93

 

UE Second Rochester Holding LLC

 

New York

94

 

UE Second Rochester Holding Member LLC

 

Delaware

95

 

Totowa UE LLC

 

New Jersey

96

 

Totowa UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

97

 

Towson II UE LLC

 

Delaware

98

 

Towson UE LLC

 

Maryland

99

 

Towson UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

100

 

Turnersville UE LLC

 

New Jersey

 



 

 

 

 

 

State of

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Organization

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

UE Harrison Holding Company LLC

 

Delaware

102

 

UE Harrison Holding Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

103

 

Urban Edge Mass LLC

 

Massachusetts

104

 

UE Management LLC

 

Delaware

105

 

Union UE LLC

 

New Jersey

106

 

Union UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

107

 

Urban Edge Properties LP

 

Delaware

108

 

UE Massachusetts Holding LLC

 

Delaware

109

 

UE New Jersey Holding LLC

 

Delaware

110

 

UE Pennsylvania Holding LLC

 

Pennsylvania

111

 

UE Pennsylvania Holding LP

 

Pennsylvania

112

 

UE 1105 State Highway 36 LLC

 

Delaware

113

 

UE 195 North Bedford Road LLC

 

Delaware

114

 

UE 2445 Springfield Avenue LLC

 

Delaware

115

 

UE 3098 Long Beach Road LLC

 

Delaware

116

 

UE 675 Paterson Avenue LLC

 

Delaware

117

 

UE 7000 Hadley Road LLC

 

Delaware

118

 

UE 839 New York Avenue LLC

 

Delaware

119

 

UE AP 195 N. Bedford Road LLC

 

Delaware

120

 

UE Bergen Mall Owner LLC

 

Delaware

121

 

UE Brick LLC

 

New Jersey

122

 

UE Bruckner Plaza LLC

 

Delaware

123

 

UE Eatontown Seamans Plaza LLC

 

Delaware

124

 

UE Mundy Street LLC

 

Delaware

125

 

UE Paterson Plank Road LLC

 

Delaware

126

 

UE Patson LLC

 

Delaware

127

 

UE Patson Mt. Diablo A LP

 

Delaware

128

 

UE Patson Walnut Creek LP

 

Delaware

129

 

UE Rockville LLC

 

Delaware

130

 

UE Shoppes on Dean LLC

 

Delaware

131

 

UE TRU Alewife Brook Pkwy LLC

 

Delaware

132

 

UE TRU Baltimore Park LP

 

Delaware

133

 

UE TRU CA LLC

 

Delaware

134

 

UE TRU Callahan Drive LP

 

Delaware

135

 

UE TRU Cherry Avenue LP

 

Delaware

136

 

UE TRU Erie Blvd. LLC

 

Delaware

137

 

UE TRU Georgia Avenue LLC

 

Delaware

138

 

UE TRU Jericho Turnpike LLC

 

Delaware

139

 

UE TRU Leesburg Pike LLC

 

Delaware

140

 

UE TRU PA LLC

 

Delaware

141

 

UE TRU Sam Rittenburg Blvd LLC

 

Delaware

142

 

UE TRU West Sunrise Hwy LLC

 

Delaware

143

 

UE 447 South Broadway LLC

 

Delaware

144

 

UE Bergen East LLC

 

Delaware

145

 

UE Bergen Mall LLC

 

New Jersey

146

 

UE Burnside Plaza LLC

 

Delaware

147

 

Urban Edge Caguas GP Inc.

 

Delaware

148

 

Urban Edge Caguas LP

 

Delaware

149

 

UE Caguas/Catalinas Holding LLC

 

Delaware

150

 

UE Caguas/Catalinas Holding LP

 

Delaware

151

 

UE Catalinas GP Inc.

 

Delaware

152

 

Urban Edge Catalinas LP

 

Delaware

 



 

 

 

 

 

State of

 

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Organization

 

 

 

 

 

153

 

Urban Edge Finance GP II LLC

 

Delaware

154

 

Urban Edge Finance II LP

 

Delaware

155

 

UE Forest Plaza LLC

 

Delaware

156

 

UE Forest Plaza Member LLC

 

Delaware

157

 

UE Gun Hill Road LLC

 

Delaware

158

 

UE Lodi Delaware LLC

 

Delaware

159

 

UE Lodi Delaware Member LLC

 

Delaware

160

 

UE Montehiedra Acquisition LLC

 

Delaware

161

 

UE Montehiedra Acquisition LP

 

Delaware

162

 

UE Montehiedra Holding II LP

 

Delaware

163

 

UE Montehiedra Holding LLC

 

Delaware

164

 

UE Montehiedra Holding LP

 

Delaware

165

 

UE Montehiedra Inc.

 

Delaware

166

 

UE North Bergen Tonnelle Plaza LLC

 

Delaware

167

 

UE Retail Management LLC

 

Delaware

168

 

UE Retail Manager LLC

 

Delaware

169

 

UE SC Properties II LLC

 

Delaware

170

 

UE SC Properties LLC

 

Delaware

171

 

UE West Babylon LLC

 

Delaware

172

 

Urban Edge Massachusetts Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

173

 

Urban Edge New Jersey Holding LLC

 

Delaware

174

 

Watchung UE LLC

 

New Jersey

175

 

Watchung UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

176

 

Waterbury UE LLC

 

Connecticut

177

 

Waterbury UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

178

 

Woodbridge UE LLC

 

New Jersey

179

 

Woodbridge UE Member LLC

 

Delaware

180

 

UE York Holding Company LLC

 

Delaware

181

 

UE York Holding Company LP

 

Pennsylvania

 





Exhibit 99.1

GRAPHIC

                                    , 2014

Dear Vornado Realty Trust shareholders and Vornado Realty L.P. limited partners:

        We are pleased to inform you that, on                                    , 2014, Vornado Realty L.P. ("VRLP"), the operating partnership of Vornado Realty Trust ("Vornado"), declared the distribution of all of the outstanding common shares of Urban Edge Properties ("UE"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of VRLP, to Vornado and the other holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP. On the same date, the board of trustees of Vornado declared the distribution of all of the UE common shares to be received by Vornado in the distribution by VRLP to Vornado common shareholders as of the record date (as described below). UE is a newly formed indirect subsidiary of Vornado that will hold, directly or indirectly, Vornado's shopping center business, consisting of 79 strip shopping centers located primarily in the Northeast and three malls, one located in New Jersey and two located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. UE's properties will also include a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip shopping center property.

        This is a significant transaction that we believe will unlock the potential of the strip shopping centers and malls to be owned by UE. We believe we are creating a new company that will be well positioned to deliver both internal growth through active asset management and redevelopments and external growth through acquisitions and selective new developments. At the same time, this transaction allows Vornado to focus on its core New York City and Washington, D.C. office portfolios and its Manhattan street retail portfolio.

        The distribution of UE common shares will occur on                                    , 2015. Vornado will distribute all of its UE common shares by way of a pro rata special distribution to Vornado common shareholders as of the record date. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute all of the outstanding UE common shares on a pro rata basis to the holders of its common limited partnership units, consisting of Vornado and the other common limited partners of VRLP. Each Vornado common shareholder will be entitled to receive one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares held by such shareholder as of the close of business on                                    , 2015, which is the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP. Vornado and each of the other limited partners of VRLP will be entitled to receive one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units in VRLP held as of the close of business on the record date. The UE common shares will be issued in book-entry form only, which means that no physical share certificates will be issued. We expect that the separation of Vornado's shopping center business from Vornado's other businesses and the distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP will qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        No vote of Vornado shareholders or VRLP limited partners is required to approve the distribution by either Vornado or VRLP, and you are not required to take any action to receive your UE common shares. Following the distribution, each Vornado common shareholder will own common shares in Vornado and UE and each VRLP common limited partner (other than Vornado) will own both VRLP common limited partnership units and UE common shares. The number of Vornado common shares that each Vornado common shareholder owns and the number of common limited partnership units of VRLP that each common limited partner owns will not change as a result of this distribution. Vornado's common shares will continue to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "VNO". UE intends to apply to list its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "UE".

        The information statement, which is being mailed to all holders of Vornado common shares and to all holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP (other than Vornado) as of the record date


for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, describes the distribution in detail and contains important information about UE, its business, financial condition and operations. We urge you to read the information statement carefully.

        We want to thank you for your continued support of Vornado and VRLP, and we look forward to your future support of UE.


 

 

Sincerely,

Stephen Roth
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Vornado Realty Trust

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

PRELIMINARY AND SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 13, 2014

INFORMATION STATEMENT

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

        This information statement is being furnished in connection with the distribution by Vornado Realty Trust ("Vornado") and Vornado Realty L.P. ("VRLP"), the operating partnership of Vornado, to the holders of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.04 per share ("Vornado common shares"), of Vornado and holders of VRLP common limited partnership units, respectively, of all of the outstanding common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share ("UE common shares"), of Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust ("UE"). UE is a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of VRLP that will hold, directly or indirectly, the assets and liabilities associated with Vornado's shopping center business, consisting of 79 strip shopping centers and three malls. UE's properties will also include a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip shopping center property. To implement the distribution, Vornado will distribute all of its UE common shares by way of a pro rata special distribution to Vornado common shareholders. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute all of the outstanding UE common shares on a pro rata basis to the holders of VRLP's common limited partnership units, consisting of Vornado and the other common limited partners of VRLP. As a result of such distribution by VRLP, Vornado is expected to receive approximately 94% of the outstanding UE common shares, while the other common limited partners of VRLP, as a group, are expected to receive approximately 6%. The separation of Vornado's shopping center business from Vornado's other businesses is expected to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        For every two Vornado common shares held of record by you as of the close of business on                , 2015, the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, you will receive one UE common share. For every two common limited partnership units of VRLP held of record by you as of the close of business on the record date, you will receive one UE common share. You will receive cash in lieu of any fractional UE common shares that you would have received after application of the above ratios. As discussed under "The Separation—Trading Between the Record Date and Distribution Date," if you sell your Vornado common shares in the "regular-way" market after the record date and before the distribution, you also will be selling your right to receive UE common shares in connection with the separation. We expect the UE common shares to be distributed to Vornado common shareholders and VRLP common limited partners on                , 2015. We refer to the date of the distribution of the UE common shares as the "distribution date." You will continue to own the same number of Vornado common shares and common limited partnership units of VRLP, as the case may be, as you own immediately before the distribution date.

        No vote of Vornado shareholders or VRLP limited partners is required for the distribution by either Vornado or VRLP. We are not asking you for a proxy and you are requested not to send us a proxy. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing Vornado common shares or VRLP common limited partnership units or take any other action to receive your UE common shares.

        There is no current trading market for UE common shares, although we expect that a limited market, commonly known as a "when-issued" trading market, will develop on or shortly before the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, and we expect "regular-way" trading of

   


We were formerly named Vornado SpinCo. As of October 9, 2014, we changed our name to Urban Edge Properties.

UE common shares to begin on the first trading day following the completion of the distribution. UE intends to apply to have its common shares authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "UE".

        UE intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for U.S. federal income tax purposes, from and after UE's taxable year that includes the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP. To assist UE in qualifying as a REIT, among other purposes, UE's declaration of trust will contain various restrictions on the ownership and transfer of its shares of beneficial interest, including a provision pursuant to which shareholders will generally be restricted from owning more than 9.8% of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of any class or series, including UE common shares, or preferred shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share ("UE preferred shares"), of UE of any class or series. Please refer to "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Common Shares—Restrictions on Ownership of Common Shares."

         In reviewing this information statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the caption "Risk Factors" beginning on page 26.



         Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this information statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



         This information statement does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

        The date of this information statement is                , 2014.

        This information statement was first mailed to Vornado common shareholders and holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP on or about                , 2014.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY

  1

SUMMARY HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

  24

RISK FACTORS

  29

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  48

DIVIDEND POLICY

  49

CAPITALIZATION

  50

SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

  51

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  53

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  60

BUSINESS

  82

MANAGEMENT

  100

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

  107

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

  120

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

  127

THE SEPARATION

  129

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

  142

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

  145

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS

  151

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

  157

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  173

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

  174

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  177

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1


Presentation of Information

        Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this information statement about UE assumes the completion of all of the transactions referred to in this information statement in connection with the separation and distribution by each of Vornado Realty Trust and Vornado Realty L.P. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to "UE," "our company," "the company," "us," "our," and "we" refer to Urban Edge Properties, a Maryland real estate investment trust, and its combined subsidiaries. References to UE's historical business and operations refer to the business and operations of Vornado's shopping center business that will be transferred to UE in connection with the separation. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this information statement to "Vornado" refer to Vornado Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Vornado Realty L.P. ("VRLP"), a Delaware limited partnership through which Vornado conducts its business and holds substantially all of its interests in properties. Base rent data presented in this information statement represents the weighted average contractual rent for in-place leases for the applicable period. Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, all references to UE per share data assume a distribution ratio of one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares, for purposes of the distribution by Vornado to its common shareholders, and one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP, for purposes of the distribution by VRLP to its holders of common limited partnership units (also referred to in this information statement as "common limited partners").

i




INFORMATION STATEMENT SUMMARY

         The following is a summary of material information discussed in this information statement. This summary may not contain all of the details concerning the separation or other information that may be important to you. To better understand the separation and UE's business and financial position, you should carefully review this entire information statement. Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, the information included in this information statement assumes the completion of all of the transactions referred to in this information statement in connection with the separation and distribution by each of Vornado Realty Trust and Vornado Realty L.P.

        This information statement discusses the business to be transferred to UE by Vornado in the separation as if the transferred business were UE's business for all historical periods described. References in this information statement to UE's historical assets, liabilities, products, businesses or activities are generally intended to refer to the historical assets, liabilities, products, business or activities of the transferred business as the business was conducted as part of Vornado prior to the separation.

Our Company

        Our mission will be to own and operate high-quality strip shopping centers ("strip centers") and malls located in high barrier-to-entry markets. We plan to grow the business through proactive leasing and management of our portfolio, through the redevelopment of certain of our existing properties and through the selective acquisition and development of additional assets that meet our investment criteria. We believe that the creation of a stand-alone organization with focused management will position the organization to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for shareholders.

        Upon completion of the separation, we will operate a well-leased portfolio of retail assets located in high barrier-to-entry markets, due to land scarcity and formidable zoning and approval requirements, that we believe could not be replicated today. This portfolio will consist of 83 properties, comprising 79 strip centers, three malls and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center, that are primarily located on major retail corridors and proximate to regional highways. These properties comprise 15.4 million square feet and are located in ten states and Puerto Rico, with concentrations in New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. Our strip centers have a diverse, high-quality tenant base that includes national retailers such as The Home Depot, Wal-Mart/Sam's Wholesale, Best Buy, Lowe's, Stop & Shop, the TJX Companies, Kohl's, ShopRite, Sears and Kmart, BJ's Wholesale Club, Whole Foods and PetCo. Our strip center portfolio also has superior, industry-leading demographics, with average three-mile population of 151,000 and median three-mile household income of $71,000 for neighborhood centers and average seven-mile population of 886,000 and median seven-mile household income of $67,000 for power centers. The three malls and the strip centers are in dense, supply constrained trade areas, have overlapping tenancies and require the same asset management and leasing skills. Mall tenants include Target, Century 21, Kmart, Sears, Whole Foods, the TJX Companies, AMC Loews, Forever 21, H&M and other popular national merchants. We consider Bergen Town Center, with its mix of Target, Century 21, Whole Foods, Nordstrom Rack, Bloomingdale's Outlet, Off Fifth by Saks, Neiman Marcus Last Call Studio, Marshalls, HomeGoods, Nike and a variety of outlets and food offerings, to be the best hybrid retail offering in America.

        A key element of our business plan will be to increase revenue and property value through intensive asset management of the existing portfolio. Planned activities include leasing of existing vacancy, construction of new space on owned land, identifying and replacing underperforming tenants wherever possible, and functional and aesthetic improvements. We employ various methods to identify underperforming tenants including, but not limited to, evaluating tenant sales levels to the extent reported to us, comparing the market rent potential of the tenant's space to the tenant's current rent, assessing the tenant's contribution to the subject property's merchandising mix and analyzing the

 

1


 

collectability of outstanding tenant receivables. With respect to elective functional/aesthetic improvements prior to re-tenanting, we consider the age and condition of the visible improvements, the quality of the improvements with respect to those at directly competitive properties, the expectations of trade area shoppers and prospective tenants, and the capital required to make such improvements.

        In addition, we expect to acquire additional properties and to initiate ground-up development projects in the geographic regions in which we currently operate that are consistent with our investment criteria. We may also pursue such opportunities outside of the regions in which we currently operate if we determine that conditions are favorable and fit with our mission and business strategy.

        We will be self-managed and led by a dedicated management team and a board consisting of a majority of independent trustees. Industry veteran, Jeffrey S. Olson, joined Vornado on September 1, 2014 in order to work on the separation, and upon completion of the separation will become UE's Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chief Executive Officer. Robert Minutoli, currently Vornado's Executive Vice President-Retail, will be UE's Chief Operating Officer. They will be joined by the highly experienced team that manages the strip center and mall portfolio today. Key department heads have an average tenure of over ten years at Vornado and over 20 years in the real estate industry. Steven Roth, Vornado Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will serve as a trustee of UE.

        Vornado will provide certain interim transitional support to us via a Transition Services Agreement for approximately two years.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated net income of $109.3 million, same property net operating income ("NOI") of $188.1 million and comparable funds from operations ("FFO") of $121.7 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we generated net income of $49.5 million, same property NOI of $147.1 million and comparable FFO of $94.4 million. Please refer to "Summary Historical Combined Financial Data—Net Operating Income" and "—Funds From Operations" in this information statement for a discussion of same property NOI and comparable FFO, which are non-GAAP measures, and a reconciliation of these measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

        We anticipate that we will pursue a balance sheet strategy that provides access to multiple capital markets. Over time, we intend to pursue an investment grade credit rating. As of September 30, 2014, the portfolio had approximately $1.292 billion of total combined debt outstanding.

        We plan to elect to be treated as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") in connection with the filing of our federal income tax return for the taxable year that includes the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, subject to our ability to meet the requirements of a REIT at the time of election, and we intend to maintain this status in future periods.

        We will have our executive headquarters in New York City, with operations in Paramus, New Jersey.

Competitive Strengths

        Exceptionally high-quality portfolio of well-leased shopping centers concentrated in densely populated, high barrier-to-entry markets.     We will initially own 83 retail properties primarily concentrated in densely populated markets near major urban centers. Within these markets, our assets are primarily located on major retail corridors and proximate to regional highways. Approximately 80% of our 2013 same property NOI was generated by centers located in New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. Average portfolio occupancy was 95.4% as of September 30, 2014. A majority of our assets are located within the Greater New York City metropolitan area, the most populous demographic area in the United States with a population of approximately 20 million. High barriers-to-entry in our markets limit the potential for new supply and support the long-term ability to increase rents.

 

2


 

        Industry leading population density and income demographics.     Our assets are primarily located in densely populated and affluent areas in the Northeastern United States, with household incomes far in excess of the national median of $51,017 as reported by the U.S. Census Bureau for the period 2011-2012. Our strip center portfolio is located in markets with average three-mile population of 151,000 and median three-mile household income of $71,000 for neighborhood centers and average seven-mile population of 886,000 and median seven-mile household income of $67,000 for power centers.

        High-quality, diversified tenant base.     Our tenant base consists of approximately 323 different retailers in our strip centers and approximately 250 different retailers in our malls and is well diversified by industry and format. Merchants include department stores, grocers, category killers, discounters, entertainment offerings, health clubs, do-it-yourself or "DIY" stores, in-line specialty shops, restaurants and other food and beverage vendors, service providers and other specialized retailers. 58% of our top 25 tenants by 2013 rental revenue have investment grade credit ratings from Standard & Poor's or Moody's. Approximately 73% of our 2013 rental revenue came from large tenants, defined as merchants occupying more than 10,000 square feet. Our large number of high credit quality anchor tenants results in strong customer traffic, which in turn drives sales and rent growth.

        Strong grocer sales.     Our superior demographics and premier locations are further demonstrated by the sales of our grocers. Of the 79 strip centers in the portfolio, 13 are grocery anchored. Of these merchants, the 12 that have at least one full year of operations reported average sales of $726 per square foot during 2013, well above the national average and that of UE's peer group. Grocers include Stop & Shop, ShopRite, Whole Foods, Giant Food and Food Basics (A&P).

        Accomplished management team with a demonstrated track record in the retail sector and deep knowledge of the portfolio.     Jeffrey S. Olson will be Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chief Executive Officer of UE. Mr. Olson served as Chief Executive Officer of Equity One, Inc. ("Equity One") from 2006 to 2014, where he was widely recognized as the driving force behind Equity One's transformative portfolio makeover into higher quality assets in densely populated core coastal markets. Previously, Mr. Olson was President of Kimco Realty Corporation's Eastern and Western Divisions. While at Equity One, Mr. Olson successfully directed the company's growth into several high barrier-to-entry markets, including the Northeastern United States, Miami and California. Robert Minutoli will be Chief Operating Officer of UE and has headed Vornado's strip center and mall division since 2012. Prior to joining Vornado in 2009, Mr. Minutoli was Executive Vice President-New Business at The Rouse Company, where he spent 27 years and held various construction, development, acquisitions/dispositions and business development positions. Mr. Olson and Mr. Minutoli will be joined by Vornado's existing, highly experienced retail team (key department heads average 10-plus years with Vornado and 20-plus years in the retail industry), which has consistently delivered strong performance from the portfolio.

        Balance sheet providing significant liquidity and capacity to support growth.     We will be capitalized to enable access to multiple forms of capital. As of September 30, 2014, the portfolio had approximately $1.292 billion of total combined debt outstanding. We believe our moderate leverage and strong liquidity will enable us to take advantage of attractive redevelopment, development, and acquisition opportunities. To provide additional liquidity following the separation, we are arranging a revolving credit facility under which, upon completion of the separation and distribution and subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, we expect to have significant borrowing capacity. We do not expect to have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility upon the completion of the separation.

        Significant growth potential from embedded development and redevelopment opportunities.     Our portfolio has significant embedded development and redevelopment opportunities. We have identified

 

3


 

in excess of $100 million of current expansion and redevelopment opportunities that are expected to generate strong investment returns.

        Consistent operating performance demonstrated by continued strong occupancy and rent growth.     Our portfolio has delivered consistent operating performance over the past five years. Our portfolio, which was 95.4% occupied as of September 30, 2014, maintained average annual occupancy exceeding 94% during that time despite substantial economic volatility resulting from the recession. We have achieved 9.4% annual growth in cash leasing spreads over expiring rents for the five year period ended December 31, 2013, and 14.3% annual growth in cash leasing spreads over expiring rents for the ten year period ended December 31, 2013. We believe our well-laddered lease expiration schedule with less than 10.0% of total square footage expiring in any year will contribute to our expected continued consistent performance in the future.

        Experienced trustees possessing substantial expertise with public REITs and UE's portfolio.     The majority of our trustees will be independent. Mr. Olson will be Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Trustees. In addition to Mr. Olson's prior experience as Chief Executive Officer of Equity One and President of the Eastern and Western Divisions of Kimco Realty Corporation, he has been a director of Equity One since 2006. Steven Roth, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Vornado, will also be a trustee. Mr. Roth is one of the most tenured and respected executives in the REIT industry and has substantial experience across all real estate sectors. Further, Mr. Roth has decades of personal experience with many of UE's strip centers, having been personally involved in their development, redevelopment and management since 1980.

Company Strategies

        Redevelop and/or expand existing properties to increase returns and maximize value.     While our properties have been well-maintained and have benefited from significant capital investment under Vornado's ownership, we believe that our properties will benefit from greater executive management focus and capital allocation priorities tailored to unlocking and growing their value.

        Our management team will seek to identify investment opportunities that will create value for our shareholders, that are consistent with our strategic objectives and that have attractive risk-return profiles. We will have a smaller asset base as compared to Vornado, and, therefore, strategic initiatives may have a more meaningful impact on us than they would otherwise have had on Vornado. In short, we expect that we will devote substantial executive management attention to value creating investment opportunities that may generate attractive growth in revenues and cash flow and thus enhance the value of our portfolio.

        We have identified a pipeline of potential new development and redevelopment projects within the existing portfolio of properties totaling in excess of $100 million. These projects generally consist of renovations and ground-up development projects on owned land. We may also proactively recapture space occupied by underperforming users and replace those users with merchants that can enhance our tenant mix and potentially pay higher rents.

        Focus on high barrier-to-entry markets.     The majority of our properties are located in densely populated, affluent markets, with particularly strong presence in the Greater New York City metropolitan area. We will continue to invest in our existing markets, and, over time, may expand into new markets that have significant barriers-to-entry and attractive demographics. We believe that shopping centers located in high barrier-to-entry markets represent a more attractive risk-return profile relative to other markets.

        Maximize value and cash flow growth through proactive asset management and leasing.     Given the favorable competitive factors that characterize our shopping centers, we believe we are well-positioned to drive growth in cash flow and to maximize the value of our portfolio by proactive leasing and asset

 

4


 

management. We believe our portfolio's positioning in trade areas with desirable demographics provides us with strong negotiating leverage with tenants. Our historical 9.4% and 14.3% annual growth in cash leasing spreads over expiring rents for the five and ten year periods ended December 31, 2013, respectively, reflects our competitive positioning and the strategic importance of our portfolio's location to tenants.

        Maintain a flexible balance sheet to support growth.     We will proactively manage our balance sheet to be flexible and to provide significant capacity for growth. Over time, we intend to pursue an investment grade credit rating and expect that internally generated funds and funds from selective asset sales will also be available to support growth.

        Target a diverse and creditworthy tenant base.     Our tenant base comprises a diverse group of merchants, including department stores, grocers, category killers, discounters, entertainment offerings, health clubs, DIY stores, in-line specialty shops, restaurants and other food and beverage vendors, service providers and other specialized retailers. We believe that this diversification provides stability to our cash flows as no specific retail category comprises more than 20% of our portfolio's annual base rental revenue and no one retailer contributed more than 7% of our annual base rental revenue in 2013. We intend to maintain the credit quality of our tenant base, which currently has 58% of our top 25 tenants by 2013 rental revenue possessing investment grade credit ratings from Standard & Poor's or Moody's.

        Constant portfolio evaluation and, where appropriate, pruning.     We intend to constantly evaluate the future prospects for each shopping center and, where appropriate, to dispose of those properties that we do not believe will meet our investment criteria in the long-term. The proceeds from any such disposition would typically be reinvested in our portfolio via acquisition or redevelopment or used to pay down debt.

Our Portfolio

        Initially, our portfolio will consist of 83 properties, including 79 strip centers aggregating 12.5 million square feet, three malls aggregating 2.0 million square feet and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center. Our properties include existing, vested entitlements for approximately 425,000 square feet of new development where most infrastructure such as utilities and paving is already in place. They also include an additional 30 acres of unentitled and unimproved land adjacent to existing centers that could support approximately 125,000 square feet of new development once entitled and infrastructured.

        The following tables set forth our occupancy rates and average annual base rent per square foot for our strip center and mall properties as of September 30, 2014 and as of December 31 for the last five years.

Strip Centers

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

September 30, 2014

    12,073,000     95.4 % $ 17.34  

December 31, 2013

    12,075,000     95.5 %   17.27  

December 31, 2012

    11,822,000     95.2 %   17.03  

December 31, 2011

    11,824,000     95.4 %   16.68  

December 31, 2010

    11,951,000     95.0 %   15.97  

December 31, 2009

    11,719,000     94.5 %   15.71  

 

5


 

Malls

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

September 30, 2014

    1,849,000     95.7 % $ 28.24  

December 31, 2013

    1,848,000     95.8 %   27.99  

December 31, 2012

    1,823,000     93.8 %   28.48  

December 31, 2011

    1,798,000     93.0 %   27.64  

December 31, 2010

    1,762,000     94.8 %   27.33  

December 31, 2009

    1,700,000     94.9 %   25.71  

Top Ten Tenants

        As of December 31, 2013, our top ten tenants measured by 2013 rental revenue are as follows:

Tenant
  Square Feet
Leased
  2013 Rental
Revenues
  Percentage of
Total Annual
Rental
Revenues
 

The Home Depot

    865,000   $ 13,954,000     6.1 %

Wal-Mart/Sam's Wholesale

    1,439,000     10,458,000     4.6 %

Lowe's

    976,000     8,520,000     3.7 %

Stop & Shop

    633,000     7,449,000     3.3 %

The TJX Companies, Inc. 

    518,000     7,308,000     3.2 %

Kohl's

    716,000     6,656,000     2.9 %

Best Buy

    313,000     6,448,000     2.8 %

ShopRite

    337,000     5,298,000     2.3 %

Sears and Kmart

    547,000     5,001,000     2.2 %

BJ's Wholesale Club

    454,000     4,864,000     2.1 %
               

    6,798,000   $ 75,956,000     33.2 %
               
               

        As of December 31, 2013, the composition of our 2013 rental revenue by type of retail tenant is as follows:

Discount Stores

    20 %

Home Improvement

    11 %

Supermarkets

    11 %

Family Apparel

    9 %

Restaurants

    7 %

Home Entertainment and Electronics

    6 %

Banking and Other Business Services

    4 %

Personal Services

    4 %

Sporting Goods, Toys and Hobbies

    4 %

Home Furnishings

    3 %

Women's Apparel

    3 %

Membership Warehouse Clubs

    2 %

Other

    16 %
       

    100 %
       
       

 

6



Lease Expirations

        The table below sets forth lease expirations for all of our properties as of September 30, 2014, assuming none of the tenants exercise renewal options.

 
   
   
   
  Weighted Average Annual
Base Rent of Expiring
Leases
  % of
Weighted
Average
Annual Base
Rent of
Expiring
Leases
 
 
   
   
  Percentage
of Retail
Properties
Square Feet
 
Year
  Number of
Expiring
Leases
  Square Feet of
Expiring
Leases
  Total   Per Square
Foot
 

Month to month

    11     257,868     1.9 % $ 1,840,032   $ 7.14     0.8 %

2014

    23     119,862     0.9 %   2,982,084     24.88     1.4 %

2015

    72     360,997     2.7 %   10,420,092     28.86     4.8 %

2016

    88     665,241     4.9 %   13,832,472     20.79     6.3 %

2017

    79     577,202     4.2 %   10,356,384     17.94     4.7 %

2018

    71     1,209,313     8.9 %   17,662,620     14.61     8.1 %

2019

    96     1,192,431     8.8 %   25,017,600     20.98     11.4 %

2020

    62     1,135,568     8.4 %   18,834,972     16.59     8.6 %

2021

    43     675,065     5.0 %   12,022,452     17.81     5.5 %

2022

    50     1,042,328     7.7 %   12,783,624     12.26     5.8 %

2023

    46     1,044,252     7.7 %   18,724,884     17.93     8.6 %

2024

    53     1,317,347     9.7 %   17,692,176     13.43     8.1 %

Subsequent

    79     3,987,941     29.4 %   56,436,264     14.15     25.9 %

The Separation

        On April 11, 2014, Vornado announced that it intended to separate its shopping center business, consisting of 79 strip centers, three malls and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center, from Vornado's other businesses. The separation will be effectuated by means of a pro rata distribution by Vornado to its common shareholders of all UE common shares held by Vornado. UE was formed as a subsidiary of VRLP to hold the assets and liabilities associated with Vornado's shopping center business. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute all outstanding UE common shares on a pro rata basis to holders of VRLP's common limited partnership units, consisting of Vornado and the other common limited partners of VRLP. On                                     , 2014, the board of trustees of Vornado declared the distribution of all UE common shares to be received by Vornado in the distribution by VRLP on the basis of one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares held of record as of the close of business on                                    , 2015, which is the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP (the "record date"). On the same date, VRLP declared the distribution of all of the outstanding UE common shares to Vornado and the other holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP on the basis of one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP held of record as of the close of business on the record date. Following the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, Vornado and UE will be two independent, publicly held companies.

        Prior to or concurrently with the separation of the shopping center business from Vornado's other businesses and the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP of UE common shares, Vornado will engage in certain restructuring transactions that are designed to consolidate the ownership of a portfolio of interests in the strip centers and malls currently owned directly or indirectly by VRLP into UE, facilitate the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP and provide us with our initial capital.

 

7


 

        In connection with the separation and distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, the following transactions have occurred or are expected to occur concurrently with or prior to completion of the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP:

        Immediately following the separation and distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, we will contribute our interest in the properties we receive from VRLP to our operating partnership, UE L.P.

 

8


 

        In general, we intend to own our properties and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. The following diagram depicts our expected organizational structure upon the completion of the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP and the completion of the contribution by us of our interest in the properties we receive from VRLP to our operating partnership, UE L.P.

GRAPHIC

Our Post-Separation Relationship with Vornado

        We will enter into a Separation Agreement with Vornado. In addition, we will enter into various other agreements to effect the separation and provide a framework for its relationship with Vornado after the separation, such as a transition services agreement (the "Transition Services Agreement"), a tax matters agreement (the "Tax Matters Agreement") and an employee matters agreement (the "Employee Matters Agreement"). These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and Vornado of Vornado's assets, liabilities and obligations (including its properties, employees and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from Vornado and will govern certain relationships between us and Vornado after the separation.

 

9


 

        Except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement or in any ancillary agreement, each of Vornado, VRLP and UE will be responsible for paying its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, whether before or after the distribution date, including costs and expenses relating to legal and tax counsel, financial advisors and accounting advisory work related to the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP.

        We and Vornado will enter into a Transition Services Agreement prior to the distribution pursuant to which Vornado and its subsidiaries will provide various corporate support services to us. The services to be provided to us will include initially treasury management, human resources, information technology, tax, financial reporting, SEC compliance and insurance, and possibly other matters. The costs of the services to be provided to us are estimated to be approximately $3.4 million annually and are expected to diminish over time as UE fills vacant positions and builds its own infrastructure. We believe that the terms are comparable to those that would have been negotiated on an arm's-length basis. In addition, we will provide certain services to Vornado on terms and conditions set forth in property management and leasing agreements to be entered into by Vornado and us. The services to be provided to Vornado will include initially property management and leasing services and possibly other matters in connection with Vornado's Springfield Town Center and 22 small retail assets which Vornado plans to sell and the management of Interstate Properties assets. The income from these services is estimated to be $1.9 million on an annual basis and will diminish over time as Vornado sells properties. We believe that the terms are comparable to those that would have been negotiated on an arm's-length basis.

        For additional information regarding the Separation Agreement and other transaction agreements, please refer to the sections entitled "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation" and "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions."

        In addition, after the separation, approximately 6% of the common limited partnership units of our operating partnership, UE L.P., will be held by VRLP. For a discussion of the limited partnership agreement of UE L.P., please see "Partnership Agreement."

Reasons for the Separation

        Vornado's board of trustees believes that separating the UE business and assets from the remainder of Vornado's businesses and assets is in the best interests of Vornado for a number of reasons, including the following:

 

10


 

        Vornado's board of trustees also considered a number of potentially negative factors in evaluating the separation. Vornado's board of trustees concluded that the potential benefits of the separation outweighed these factors. For more information, please refer to the sections entitled "The Separation—Reasons for the Separation" and "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this information statement.

Corporate Information

        UE was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust on June 18, 2014 for the purpose of holding the shopping center business of Vornado. Prior to the contribution of this business to UE, which will occur prior to the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP of UE common shares, UE will have no operations. The address of UE's principal executive office is 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019. UE's telephone number is                                    .

        UE will also maintain a website at www.uedge.com. UE's website and the information contained therein or connected thereto will not be deemed to be incorporated herein, and you should not rely on any such information in making any investment decision.

Reason for Furnishing this Information Statement

        This information statement is being furnished solely to provide information to Vornado common shareholders and holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP who will receive UE common shares in the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP. It is not and is not to be construed as an inducement or encouragement to buy or sell any of UE's securities. The information contained in this information statement is believed by UE to be accurate as of the date set forth on its cover. Changes

 

11


 

may occur after that date and neither Vornado nor UE will update the information except in the normal course of their respective disclosure obligations and practices.

Risks Associated with UE's Business and the Separation

        An investment in our common shares is subject to a number of risks, including risks relating to the separation. The following list of risk factors is not exhaustive. Please read the information in the section captioned "Risk Factors" for a more thorough description of these and other risks.

 

12


 

 

13


 


QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SEPARATION

What is UE and why is Vornado separating UE's business and distributing UE's shares?

  UE, which is currently an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Vornado, was formed to hold the shopping center business of Vornado (which we refer to as the "UE portfolio"). The separation of UE from Vornado and the distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP will enable each of UE and Vornado to focus on its own operations and respond more effectively to the different needs of its businesses. UE and Vornado expect that the separation will result in enhanced long-term performance of each business for the reasons discussed in the sections entitled "The Separation—Background" and "The Separation—Reasons for the Separation."

What is a REIT?

 

Following the separation, UE intends to qualify and elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 859 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), from and after UE's taxable year that includes the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP. As a REIT, UE generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its REIT taxable income that it distributes to its shareholders. A company's qualification as a REIT depends on its ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of its gross income, the composition and values of its assets, its distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of its shares. UE believes that, immediately after the separation, it will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and that its intended manner of operation enables it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT. UE anticipates that distributions it makes to its shareholders generally will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income, although a portion of the distributions may be designated by UE as qualified dividend income or capital gain or may constitute a return of capital. For a more complete discussion of the U.S. federal income taxation of REITs and the tax treatment of distributions to shareholders of UE, please refer to "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences."

 

14


 

Why am I receiving this document?

 

You are receiving this document because you are either a Vornado common shareholder or a holder of VRLP common limited partnership units. If you are a Vornado common shareholder as of the close of business on              , 2015, you are entitled to receive one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares that you held at the close of business on such date. If you are a holder of VRLP common limited partnership units as of the close of business on              , 2015, you are entitled to receive one UE common share for every two VRLP common limited partnership units that you held at the close of business on such date. This document will help you understand how the separation will affect your investment in Vornado and your investment in UE after the separation.

How will the separation of UE from Vornado work?

 

To accomplish the separation, Vornado will distribute all of its UE common shares to Vornado common shareholders on a pro rata basis. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute all of the outstanding UE common shares to the holders of its common limited partnership units on a pro rata basis, consisting of Vornado and the other common limited partners of VRLP.

What is the record date for the distribution?

 

The record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP will be the close of business on              , 2015.

When will the distribution occur?

 

It is expected that Vornado will distribute all of its UE common shares on              , 2015 to holders of record of Vornado common shares on the record date. Immediately prior to such distribution, it is expected that all of the outstanding UE common shares will be distributed by VRLP on              , 2015 to holders of record of its common limited partnership units at the close of business on the record date.

What do shareholders need to do to participate in the distribution?

 

Vornado common shareholders and holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP as of the record date will not be required to take any action to receive UE common shares in the distribution by either Vornado or VRLP, but you are urged to read this entire information statement carefully . No shareholder or limited partner approval of the distribution by either Vornado or VRLP is required. You are not being asked for a proxy. You do not need to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing Vornado common shares or VRLP common limited partnership units or take any other action to receive your UE common shares. Please do not send in your Vornado share certificates. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding Vornado common shares or the number of outstanding common limited partnership units of VRLP or any rights of Vornado common shareholders or VRLP common limited partners, although it will affect the market value of each outstanding Vornado common share.

 

15


 

How will UE common shares be issued?

 

You will receive UE common shares through the same channels that you currently use to hold or trade Vornado common shares or common limited partnership units of VRLP, whether through a brokerage account, 401(k) plan or other channel. Receipt of UE common shares will be documented for you in the same manner that you typically receive limited partner or shareholder updates, such as monthly broker statements and 401(k) statements.

 

If you own Vornado common shares as of the close of business on the record date, including shares owned in certificated form, Vornado, with the assistance of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, the settlement and distribution agent, will electronically distribute UE common shares to you or to your brokerage firm on your behalf in book-entry form. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your UE common shares, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares. Following the distribution, shareholders whose shares are held in book-entry form may request that their UE common shares held in book-entry form be transferred to a brokerage or other account at any time, without charge.

How many UE common shares will I receive in the distribution?

 

Vornado will distribute to you one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares held by you as of the record date. VRLP will distribute to you one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP held by you as of the record date. Based on approximately                  Vornado common shares and approximately common limited partnership units of VRLP outstanding as of              , 2014, a total of approximately UE common shares will be distributed. For additional information on the distribution, please refer to "The Separation."

 

16


 

Will UE issue fractional shares in the distribution?

 

No. UE will not issue fractional shares in the distribution. Fractional shares that Vornado common shareholders or VRLP common limited partners would otherwise have been entitled to receive will be aggregated and sold in the public market by the distribution agent following the distribution. The aggregate net cash proceeds of these sales will be distributed pro rata (based on the fractional share such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive) to those common shareholders or common limited partners who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional shares, and will be taxable upon receipt for U.S. federal income tax purposes to Vornado common shareholders to the extent described under "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of Vornado Common Shares." Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payment made in lieu of fractional shares.

What are the conditions to the distribution?

 

The distribution is subject to a number of conditions, including, among others:

 

The receipt of an opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP, special tax counsel to Vornado, satisfactory to the Vornado board of trustees, to the effect that the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, including with respect to certain matters relating to these transactions that are not covered by the private letter ruling that Vornado has received from the IRS;

 

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (which we refer to as the "SEC") declaring effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, and the mailing of the information statement to Vornado common shareholders and common limited partners of VRLP;

 

No order, injunction, or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the separation, distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP or any of the related transactions shall be in effect;

 

The UE common shares to be distributed shall have been accepted for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of distribution;

 

17


 

 

The transfer of assets and liabilities between Vornado and UE contemplated by the Separation Agreement shall have been completed, other than the transfer of those assets, if any, which are to be transferred immediately after the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP;

 

Each of the various agreements contemplated by the Separation Agreement shall have been executed;

 

All required actions or filings with governmental authorities shall have been taken or made; and

 

No other event or development existing or having occurred that, in the judgment of Vornado's board of trustees, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation, distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP and other related transactions.

 

Vornado and UE cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met. In addition, Vornado can decide at any time not to go forward with the separation. For a complete discussion of all of the conditions to the distribution, please refer to "The Separation—Conditions to the Distribution."

What is the expected date of completion of the separation?

 

The completion and timing of the separation are dependent upon a number of conditions. It is expected that Vornado will distribute its UE common shares on , 2015 to the holders of record of Vornado common shares at the close of business on the record date. It is expected that, on the same date, immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, all of the outstanding UE common shares will be distributed by VRLP to holders of record of VRLP common limited partnership units at the close of business on the record date. However, no assurance can be provided as to the timing of the separation or that all conditions to the separation will be met.

Can Vornado decide to cancel the distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, even if all the conditions have been met?

 

Yes. The distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. Please refer to "The Separation—Conditions to the Distribution." Until the distribution by VRLP has occurred, Vornado has the right to terminate such distribution, even if all of the conditions are satisfied.

What if I want to sell my Vornado common shares or my UE common shares?

 

You should consult with your financial advisors, such as your stockbroker, bank or tax advisor.

 

18


 

What is "regular-way" and "ex-distribution" trading of Vornado common shares?

 

Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and through the distribution date, it is expected that there will be two markets in Vornado common shares: a "regular-way" market and an "ex-distribution" market. Vornado common shares that trade in the "regular-way" market will trade with an entitlement to UE common shares distributed pursuant to the distribution by Vornado. Shares that trade in the "ex-distribution" market will trade without an entitlement to UE common shares distributed pursuant to the distribution by Vornado.

 

If you decide to sell any Vornado common shares before the distribution date, you should make sure your stockbroker, bank or other nominee understands whether you want to sell your Vornado common shares with or without your entitlement to UE common shares pursuant to the distribution by Vornado.

Where will I be able to trade UE common shares?

 

UE intends to apply to list its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "UE". UE anticipates that trading in its common shares will begin on a "when-issued" basis on or shortly before the record date and will continue up to and through the distribution date and that "regular-way" trading in UE common shares will begin on the first trading day following the completion of the separation. If trading begins on a "when-issued" basis, you may purchase or sell UE common shares up to and through the distribution date, but your transaction will not settle until after the distribution date. UE cannot predict the trading prices for its common shares before, on or after the distribution date.

What will happen to the listing of Vornado shares?

 

Vornado's common shares will continue to trade on the NYSE after the distribution under the symbol "VNO."

Will the number of Vornado common shares or common limited partnership units of VRLP that I own change as a result of the distribution?

 

No. The number of Vornado common shares or common limited partnership units of VRLP that you own will not change as a result of the distribution.

 

19


 

Will the distribution affect the market price of my Vornado shares?

 

Yes. As a result of the distribution, Vornado expects the trading price of Vornado common shares immediately following the distribution to be lower than the "regular-way" trading price of such shares immediately prior to the distribution because the trading price will no longer reflect the value of the portfolio held by UE. Furthermore, until the market has fully analyzed the value of Vornado without the UE portfolio, the trading price of Vornado common shares may fluctuate. Vornado believes that, over time following the separation, assuming the same market conditions and the realization of the expected benefits of the separation, the Vornado common shares and the UE common shares should have a higher aggregate market value as compared to what the market value of Vornado common shares would be if the separation did not occur. There can be no assurance, however, that such a higher aggregate market value will be achieved. It is possible that, after the separation, the combined equity value of Vornado and UE will be less than Vornado's equity value before the separation.

What are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the separation and the distribution?

 

Vornado has received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351 and 355 of the Code. It is a condition to the completion of the separation that Vornado obtain an opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP, special tax counsel to Vornado, satisfactory to the Vornado board of trustees, to the effect that the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, including with respect to certain matters relating to these transactions that are not covered by the private letter ruling from the IRS.

 

20


 

 

You should consult your own tax advisor as to the particular consequences of the distribution to you, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state and local tax laws, as well as foreign tax laws, which may result in the distribution being taxable to you. For more information regarding the private letter ruling and the tax opinion and certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the separation, please refer to the discussion under "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of Vornado Common Shares" and "—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of VRLP Common Limited Partnership Units."

What will UE's relationship be with Vornado following the separation?

 

We will enter into a Separation Agreement with Vornado. In addition, UE will enter into various other agreements to effect the separation and provide a framework for its relationship with Vornado after the separation, such as a Transition Services Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between UE and Vornado of Vornado's assets, liabilities and obligations (including its properties, employees and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from Vornado and will govern certain relationships between UE and Vornado after the separation.

 

For additional information regarding the Separation Agreement and other transaction agreements, please refer to the sections entitled "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Separation" and "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions."

 

In addition, after the separation, approximately 6% of the common limited partnership units of our operating partnership, UE L.P., will be held by VRLP. For additional information regarding VRLP's ownership of a portion of UE L.P., please refer to the section entitled "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions."

Who will manage UE after the separation?

 

Jeffrey S. Olson will be UE's Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chief Executive Officer and Robert Minutoli will be UE's Chief Operating Officer after the separation. UE's management team will include experienced members of Vornado's existing strip center and mall management team which has detailed historical knowledge of our properties. For more information regarding UE's management please refer to "Management."

 

21


 

Are there risks associated with owning UE common shares?

 

Yes. Ownership of UE common shares is subject to both general and specific risks relating to UE's business, the industry in which it operates, its ongoing contractual relationships with Vornado and its status as a separate, publicly traded company. Ownership of UE common shares is also subject to risks relating to the separation. These risks are described in the "Risk Factors" section of this information statement beginning on page 26. You are encouraged to read that section carefully.

Does UE plan to pay dividends?

 

We intend to make regular quarterly distributions whereby we expect to distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income to our shareholders out of assets legally available therefor.

 

To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute to our shareholders an amount at least equal to:

 

(i)    90% of our REIT taxable income, determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain (which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

(ii)   90% of the excess of our net income from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Code; less

 

(iii)  Any excess non-cash income (as determined under the Code). Please refer to "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences."

 

Although UE currently expects that it will pay a regular cash dividend, the declaration and payment of any dividends in the future by UE will be subject to the sole discretion of its board of trustees and will depend upon many factors. Please refer to "Dividend Policy."

Who will be the distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for the UE common shares?

 

The distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for the UE common shares will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  LLC. For questions relating to the transfer or mechanics of the share distribution, you should contact:

 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC,
6201 15 th  Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219.
www.amstock.com/shareholder/sh_general_info.asp

Where can I find more information about Vornado and UE?

 

Before the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, if you have any questions, you should contact:

 

Vornado Realty Trust
210 Route 4 East
Paramus, New Jersey 07652
Attention: Investor Relations
(201) 587-1000
vno.com/investor-relations/stock-info

 

22


 

 

After the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, UE shareholders who have any questions relating to UE should contact UE at:

 

Urban Edge Properties
888 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Investor Relations
www.uedge.com

 

The UE investor website will be operational as of .

 

23


 


SUMMARY HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth the selected historical combined financial and other data of our business, which was carved-out from the financial information of Vornado, as described below. We were formed for the purpose of holding certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of Vornado. Prior to the effective date of the Form 10 registration statement, of which this information statement forms a part, and the completion of the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, we did not conduct any business and did not have any material assets or liabilities. The selected historical financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 has been derived from our audited combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this information statement. The selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2011 has been derived from our unaudited combined financial statements, which are not included in this information statement. The income statement data for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement. Our unaudited interim combined financial statements as of September 30, 2014 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were prepared on the same basis as our audited combined financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations for these periods. The interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of operations for a full fiscal year.

        The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of Vornado's 79 strip center properties, three malls and a warehouse park, all of which are under common control of Vornado. The assets and liabilities in these combined financial statements have been carved-out of Vornado's books and records at their historical carrying amounts. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

        The historical financial results for the carved-out properties reflect charges for certain corporate costs which we believe are reasonable. These charges were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to UE based on an analysis of key metrics including total revenues, real estate assets, leasable square feet and operating income. Such costs do not necessarily reflect what the actual costs would have been if UE were operating as a separate stand-alone public company. These charges are discussed further in Note 4—Related Party Transactions in our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement.

        The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

        Subsequent to the transfer of properties to UE and the distribution of UE's common shares to the holders of the common limited partnership units of VRLP, and the subsequent distribution by Vornado of the UE common shares it receives from VRLP to Vornado's common shareholders, UE expects to operate in a manner intended to enable it to qualify as a REIT under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under those sections, a REIT which distributes at least 90% of its REIT taxable income as a dividend to its shareholders each year and which meets certain other conditions will not be taxed on that portion of its taxable income which is distributed to its shareholders. Since Vornado operates as a REIT and distributes 100% of taxable income to its shareholders, no provision for Federal income taxes has been made in the accompanying combined financial statements. Our two Puerto Rico malls are subject to income taxes which are based on

 

24


 

estimated taxable income and which are included in income tax expense in the combined statements of income. The carved-out properties are also subject to certain other taxes, including state and local taxes and franchise taxes which are included in general and administrative expenses in the combined statements of income.

        Presentation of earnings per share information is not applicable in these carved-out combined financial statements, since these assets and liabilities are owned by Vornado.

        UE plans to aggregate all of its properties into one reportable segment because all of these properties have similar economic characteristics and UE will provide similar products and services to similar types of retail tenants.

 
  As of September 30,   As of December 31,  
 
  (Unaudited)   (Audited)   (Audited)   (Unaudited)  
 
  2014   2013   2012   2011  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                         

Total assets

  $ 1,873,595   $ 1,749,965   $ 1,857,055   $ 1,877,107  

Real estate, at cost

    2,006,991     1,984,172     2,045,258     2,028,940  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    456,753     421,756     436,137     391,547  

Mortgages payable

    1,292,075     1,200,762     1,251,234     1,275,441  

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    335     319     298     285  

Vornado equity

    376,439     341,265     389,590     365,439  

 

 
  (Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  (Audited)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Income Statement Data:

                               

Total revenue

  $ 236,150   $ 286,389 (1) $ 362,995 (1) $ 304,233   $ 299,856  

Operating income

    91,819     156,803 (1)   167,213 (1)(2)   124,966 (3)   144,038 (4)

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    16     20     21     13     (3 )

Net income attributable to Vornado

    49,484     112,058 (1)   109,314 (1)(2)   69,837 (3)   87,463 (4)

Cash Flow Statement Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Provided by operating activities

    79,766     206,667 (5)   240,527 (5)   108,364     97,730  

Used in investing activities

    23,695     20,686     27,013     32,886     39,023  

(Provided by) used in financing activities

    (71,531 )   182,419     212,636     73,385     58,673  

Other Financial Data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

NOI (6)

    150,189     207,392 (1)   256,523 (1)   196,901     210,472 (4)

Same property NOI (6)

    147,092     143,514     188,071     184,294     180,581  

FFO (7)

    89,733     150,050 (1)   181,793 (1)   128,440     138,074 (4)

Comparable FFO (7)

    94,416     89,951     121,694     119,751     113,611  

(1)
Includes $59,599 of income pursuant to a settlement agreement with Stop & Shop.

(2)
Includes a real estate impairment loss of $19,000.

 

25


 

(3)
Includes a real estate impairment loss of $6,000.

(4)
Includes $19,463 for the reversal of an allowance for doubtful accounts as a result of the favorable outcome of Vornado's litigation with Stop & Shop.

(5)
Includes $124,000 of cash received from Stop & Shop pursuant to the settlement agreement.

(6)
Net operating income ("NOI") and same property NOI do not represent income from operations as defined by GAAP. We use NOI and same property NOI as supplemental measures of our operating performance. For definitions of NOI and same property NOI, as well as an important discussion of their uses and inherent limitations, please refer to "Net Operating Income" below.

(7)
Funds from operations ("FFO") and comparable FFO do not represent cash flow from operations as defined by GAAP and may not be reflective of our operating performance due to changes in our capital structure in connection with the separation and distribution. We use FFO and comparable FFO as supplemental measures of our operating performance. For a definition of FFO and comparable FFO, as well as a discussion of their uses and inherent limitations, please refer to "Funds From Operations" below.

Net Operating Income ("NOI")

        NOI and same property NOI are supplemental non-GAAP measures that aid in the assessment of the unlevered performance of our properties and portfolio as it relates to the total return on assets. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is operating income. We calculate NOI by adjusting GAAP operating income to add back depreciation and amortization expense, general and administrative expenses, real estate impairment losses and non-cash ground rent expense, and deduct non-cash rental income resulting from the straight-lining of rents and amortization of acquired below market leases net of above market leases. We believe NOI and same property NOI are meaningful non-GAAP financial measures because real estate acquisitions and dispositions are evaluated based on, among other considerations, property NOI applied to market capitalization rates. We utilize these measures to make investment and capital allocation decisions and to compare the unlevered performance of our properties to our peers. NOI and same property NOI should not be considered substitutes for operating income or net income and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by others.

 

26


 

        The following table reconciles operating income to NOI and same property NOI for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the last three years.

 
  (Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Operating income

  $ 91,819   $ 156,803   $ 167,213   $ 124,966   $ 144,038  

Depreciation and amortization

    40,586     38,445     54,043     52,960     50,981  

General and administrative

    19,250     19,323     25,881     27,209     27,698  

Transaction costs

    4,683                  

Real estate impairment losses

            19,000     6,000      
                       

Subtotal

    156,338     214,571     266,137     211,135     222,717  

Less: non-cash rental income

    (7,325 )   (8,635 )   (11,455 )   (15,920 )   (14,457 )

Add: non-cash ground rent expense

    1,176     1,456     1,841     1,686     2,212  
                       

NOI

    150,189     207,392     256,523     196,901     210,472  
                       

Adjustments:

                               

Settlement income from Stop & Shop (1)

        (59,599 )   (59,599 )        

Income recognized pursuant to Stop & Shop Guarantee which was terminated upon settlement in February 2013 (1)

        (500 )   (500 )   (5,917 )   (5,000 )

Properties taken out of service for redevelopment

    (3,084 )   (3,114 )   (7,479 )   (5,823 )   (4,207 )

Other

    (13 )   (665 )   (874 )   (867 )   (1,221 )

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts in connection with the Stop & Shop settlement (1)

                    (19,463 )
                       

Subtotal adjustments

    (3,097 )   (63,878 )   (68,452 )   (12,607 )   (29,891 )
                       

Same Property NOI

  $ 147,092   $ 143,514   $ 188,071   $ 184,294   $ 180,581  
                       
                       

(1)
See Note 10—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the audited combined financial statements and Note 7—Stop & Shop Settlement in the notes to the unaudited combined interim financial statements for further details.

Funds From Operations ("FFO")

        We calculate FFO in accordance with the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts' ("NAREIT") definition. NAREIT defines FFO as GAAP net income adjusted to exclude net gains from sales of depreciated real estate assets, real estate impairment losses, real property depreciation and amortization expense, extraordinary items and other specified non-cash items. We believe FFO and comparable FFO are meaningful non-GAAP financial measures useful in comparing our levered operating performance both internally from period to period and among our peers because these non-GAAP measures exclude net gains on sales of depreciable real estate, real estate impairment losses, and real property depreciation and amortization expense which implicitly assumes that the value of real estate diminishes predictably over time rather than fluctuating based on market conditions. FFO and comparable FFO do not represent cash generated from operating activities and are not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund cash requirements and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a performance measure or cash flow as a liquidity measure. FFO and comparable FFO may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by others.

 

27


 

        The following table reconciles net income attributable to Vornado to FFO and comparable FFO for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the last three years.

 
  (Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Net income attributable to Vornado

  $ 49,484   $ 112,058   $ 109,314   $ 69,837   $ 87,463  

Depreciation and amortization of real property

    40,249     37,992     53,479     52,603     50,611  

Real estate impairment losses

            19,000     6,000      
                       

FFO

    89,733     150,050     181,793     128,440     138,074  
                       

Non-comparable items:

                               

Transaction costs

    4,683                  

Settlement income from Stop & Shop (1)

        (59,599 )   (59,599 )        

Income recognized pursuant to Stop & Shop Guarantee which was terminated upon settlement in 2013 (1)

        (500 )   (500 )   (5,917 )   (5,000 )

Accelerated amortization of acquired below market lease intangible liabilities

                (2,772 )    

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts in connection with the Stop & Shop settlement (1)

                    (19,463 )
                       

Subtotal adjustments

    4,683     (60,099 )   (60,099 )   (8,689 )   (24,463 )
                       

Comparable FFO

  $ 94,416   $ 89,951   $ 121,694   $ 119,751   $ 113,611  
                       
                       

(1)
See Note 10—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the audited combined financial statements and Note 7—Stop & Shop Settlement in the notes to the unaudited combined interim financial statements for further details.

 

28



RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this information statement in evaluating our company and our common shares. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. These risks have been separated into three groups: Risks Related to Our Business and Operations and to Our Status as a REIT, Risks Related to the Separation, and Risks Related to Our Common Shares.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS AND TO OUR STATUS AS A REIT

        Material factors that may adversely affect our business and operations are summarized below. The risks and uncertainties described herein may not be the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business. See "Forward-Looking Statements" contained herein.

Real Estate Investments' Value and Income Fluctuate Due to Various Factors.

        The value of real estate fluctuates depending on conditions in the general economy and the real estate business. These conditions may also adversely impact our revenues and cash flows.

        The factors that affect the value of our real estate include, among other things:

29


        The rents we receive and the occupancy levels at our properties may decline as a result of adverse changes in any of these factors. If our rental revenues and/or occupancy levels decline, we generally would expect to have less cash available to pay our indebtedness and for distribution to our shareholders. In addition, some of our major expenses, including mortgage payments, real estate taxes and maintenance costs generally do not decline when the related rents decline.

Capital markets and economic conditions can materially affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations, as well as the value of our debt and equity securities.

        There are many factors that can affect the value of our equity securities and any debt securities we may issue in the future, including the state of the capital markets and economy. Demand for office and retail space may decline nationwide as it did in 2008 and 2009, due to the economic downturn, bankruptcies, downsizing, layoffs and cost cutting. Government action or inaction may adversely affect the state of the capital markets. The cost and availability of credit may be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, including our results of operations, and the liquidity and financial condition of our tenants. Our inability or the inability of our tenants to timely refinance maturing liabilities and access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs may materially affect our financial condition and results of operations and the value of our equity securities and any debt securities we may issue in the future.

We are subject to risks that affect the general retail environment.

        Our properties are in the retail shopping center real estate market. This means that we are subject to factors that affect the retail environment generally, including the level of consumer spending and consumer confidence, unemployment rates, the threat of terrorism and increasing competition from discount retailers, outlet malls, retail websites and catalog companies. These factors could adversely affect the financial condition of our retail tenants and the willingness of retailers to lease space in our shopping centers.

Real estate is a competitive business.

        We compete with a large number of property owners and developers, some of which may be willing to accept lower returns on their investments than we are. Principal factors of competition include rents charged, attractiveness of location, the quality of the property and breadth and quality of services provided. Our success depends upon, among other factors, trends affecting national and local economies, the financial condition and operating results of current and prospective tenants and customers, availability and cost of capital, construction and renovation costs, taxes, governmental regulations, legislation and population trends.

We depend on leasing space to tenants on economically favorable terms and collecting rent from tenants who may not be able to pay.

        Our financial results depend significantly on leasing space in our properties to tenants on economically favorable terms. In addition, because a majority of our income is derived from renting real property, our income, funds available to pay indebtedness and funds available for distribution to shareholders will decrease if certain of our tenants cannot pay their rent or if we are not able to maintain our occupancy levels on favorable terms. If a tenant does not pay its rent, we might not be able to enforce our rights as landlord without delays and might incur substantial legal and other costs. During periods of economic adversity, there may be an increase in the number of tenants that cannot pay their rent and an increase in vacancy rates.

30


Bankruptcy or insolvency of tenants may decrease our revenues, net income and available cash.

        From time to time, some of our tenants have declared bankruptcy, and other tenants may declare bankruptcy or become insolvent in the future. In the case of our shopping centers, the bankruptcy or insolvency of a major tenant could cause us to have difficulty leasing the remainder of the affected property. Our leases generally do not contain restrictions designed to ensure the creditworthiness of our tenants. As a result, the bankruptcy or insolvency of a major tenant could result in a lower level of net income and funds available to pay our indebtedness or make distributions to shareholders.

We depend upon our anchor tenants to attract shoppers.

        Our shopping centers are typically anchored by well-known department stores and other tenants who generate shopping traffic at the mall or shopping center. The value of our properties would be adversely affected if tenants or anchors failed to meet their contractual obligations, sought concessions in order to continue operations or ceased their operations, including as a result of bankruptcy. If the sales of stores operating in our properties were to decline significantly due to economic conditions, closing of anchors or for other reasons, tenants may be unable to pay their minimum rents or expense recovery charges. In the event of a default by a tenant or anchor, we may experience delays and costs in enforcing our rights as landlord.

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from four of our properties.

        As of December 31, 2013, four of our properties in the aggregate generated in excess of 25% of our total gross annual base minimum rental revenues. The occurrence of events that have a negative impact on one or more of these properties, such as an economic downturn in the surrounding area or a natural disaster that damages one or more of the properties, would have a much larger adverse effect on our revenues than a corresponding occurrence affecting a less significant property. If the revenues generated by one or more of these properties were to decline substantially, our financial condition could be negatively impacted in a material fashion.

Anchor or major tenants influence the performance of certain of our properties, and decisions made by these tenants or adverse developments in the businesses of these tenants could have a negative impact on us.

        Some of our properties, such as our Springfield, MA and Carlstadt, NJ properties, have anchor or major tenants that occupy all or a significant portion of a center's total leasable area, pay all or a significant portion of a property's total rent and, if not the sole tenant in a property, contribute to the success of other tenants by drawing customers to a property. If an anchor tenant closes, such closure could adversely affect the property even if the tenant continues to pay rent due to the loss of the anchor tenant's drawing power. Additionally, closure of an anchor tenant could result in lease terminations by, or reductions in rent from, other tenants if the other tenants' leases have "co-tenancy" clauses that permit cancellation or rent reduction if an anchor tenant closes. Retailer consolidation, store rationalization, competition from internet sales and general economic conditions may decrease the number of tenants available to fill available anchor tenant spaces. As a result, in the event one or more anchor tenants were to leave one or more of our centers, we cannot be sure that we would be able to quickly re-lease the vacant space on equivalent terms or at all. In addition, we may not be able to recover costs owed us by the closed tenant. In certain cases, co-tenancy issues can arise solely from the loss of one or more non-anchor tenants and some anchor and non-anchor tenants may be able to terminate their leases if they do not achieve defined sales levels. Any of these developments could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

31


We face risks associated with our tenants being designated "Prohibited Persons" by the Office of Foreign Assets Control.

        Pursuant to Executive Order 13224 and other laws, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury ("OFAC") maintains a list of persons designated as terrorists or who are otherwise blocked or banned ("Prohibited Persons") from conducting business or engaging in transactions in the United States. Our leases, loans and other agreements may require us to comply with OFAC requirements. If a tenant or other party with whom we conduct business is placed on the OFAC list we may be required to terminate the lease or other agreement. Any such termination could result in a loss of revenue or otherwise negatively affect our financial results and cash flows.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

        Despite system redundancy, the implementation of security measures and the existence of a disaster recovery plan for our internal information technology systems, our systems are vulnerable to damages from any number of sources, including computer viruses, unauthorized access, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication failures. Any system failure or accident that causes interruptions in our operations could result in a material disruption to our business. We may also incur additional costs to remedy damages caused by such disruptions.

The occurrence of cyber incidents, or a deficiency in our cybersecurity, could negatively impact our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information, and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our financial results.

        A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our information resources. More specifically, a cyber incident is an intentional attack or an unintentional event that can include gaining unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data, or steal confidential information. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. Our three primary risks that could directly result from the occurrence of a cyber incident include operational interruption, damage to our relationship with our tenants, and private data exposure. We have implemented processes, procedures and controls to help mitigate these risks, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that our financial results will not be negatively impacted by such an incident.

We may incur significant costs to comply with environmental laws and environmental contamination may impair our ability to lease and/or sell real estate.

        Our operations and properties are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations concerning the protection of the environment including air and water quality, hazardous or toxic substances and health and safety. Under some environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real estate may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances released at a property. The owner or operator may also be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage or personal injuries and for investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties because of the contamination. These laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of the release of the substances or caused such release. The presence of contamination or the failure to remediate contamination may impair our ability to sell or lease real estate or to borrow using the real estate as collateral. Other laws and regulations govern indoor and outdoor air quality including those that can require the abatement or removal of asbestos-containing materials in the event of damage, demolition, renovation or remodeling and also govern emissions of and exposure to asbestos fibers in the air. The maintenance and removal of lead paint and certain electrical equipment containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) are also regulated by federal and state laws. We are also subject to risks associated with human exposure to chemical or biological

32


contaminants such as molds, pollens, viruses and bacteria which, above certain levels, can be alleged to be connected to allergic or other health effects and symptoms in susceptible individuals. We could incur fines for environmental compliance and be held liable for the costs of remedial action with respect to the foregoing regulated substances or related claims arising out of environmental contamination or human exposure at or from our properties.

        Most of our properties have been subjected to varying degrees of environmental assessment at various times. To date, these environmental assessments have not revealed any environmental condition material to our business. However, identification of new compliance concerns or undiscovered areas of contamination, changes in the extent or known scope of contamination, human exposure to contamination or changes in cleanup or compliance requirements could result in significant costs to us.

Some of our potential losses may not be covered by insurance.

        Vornado maintains general liability insurance with limits of $300,000,000 per occurrence and all-risk property and rental value insurance coverage with limits of $2.0 billion per occurrence, with sub-limits for certain perils such as floods and earthquakes on each of Vornado's properties. Vornado also maintains coverage for terrorist acts with limits of $4.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate, and $2.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate for nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological ("NBCR") terrorism events, as defined by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act, which expires in December 2014. Insurance premiums are charged directly to each of the retail properties. UE intends to obtain appropriate insurance coverage on its own and coverages may differ from those noted above. Also, the resulting insurance premiums may differ materially from amounts included in the accompanying combined financial statements. UE will be responsible for deductibles and losses in excess of insurance coverage, which could be material.

        Regarding coverage for acts of terrorism, UE will continue to monitor the state of the insurance market and the scope and costs of coverage, but cannot anticipate what coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms in the future.

        UE's mortgage loans are non-recourse and contain customary covenants requiring adequate insurance coverage. Although we believe that we currently have adequate insurance coverage for purposes of these agreements, we may not be able to obtain an equivalent amount of coverage at reasonable costs in the future. If lenders insist on greater coverage than UE is able to obtain, it could adversely affect the ability to finance or refinance the properties.

Compliance or failure to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act or other safety regulations and requirements could result in substantial costs.

        The Americans with Disabilities Act ("ADA") generally requires that public buildings, including our properties, meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines by the federal government or the award of damages to private litigants and/or legal fees to their counsel. If, under the ADA, we are required to make substantial alterations and capital expenditures in one or more of our properties, including the removal of access barriers, it could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, as well as the amount of cash available for distribution to shareholders.

        Our properties are subject to various federal, state and local regulatory requirements, such as state and local fire and life safety requirements. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we could incur fines or private damage awards. We do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether compliance with future requirements will require significant unanticipated expenditures that will affect our cash flow and results of operations.

33


Our Investments Are Concentrated In The Northeast And Puerto Rico. Circumstances Affecting These Areas Generally Could Adversely Affect Our Business.

Our properties are generally located in the Northeast and in Puerto Rico and are affected by the economic cycles and risks inherent in these areas.

        Real estate markets are subject to economic downturns and we cannot predict how economic conditions will impact this market in either the short- or long-term. Declines in the economy or declines in the real estate market in this area could hurt our financial performance and the value of our properties. In addition to the factors affecting the national economic condition generally, the factors affecting economic conditions in this area include:

        It is impossible for us to assess the future effects of trends in the economic and investment climates in the Northeast and Puerto Rico, and more generally of the United States, on the real estate market in these areas. Local, national or global economic downturns, would negatively affect our business and profitability.

Natural Disasters could have a concentrated impact on the area in which we operate and could adversely impact our results.

        Our retail properties are generally located in the Northeast and in Puerto Rico and since they are concentrated along the Eastern Seaboard, natural disasters, including hurricanes, could have an impact. Potentially adverse consequences of "global warming" could similarly have an impact on our properties. As a result, we could become subject to significant losses and/or repair costs which may or may not be fully covered by insurance and to the risk of business interruption. The incurrence of these losses, costs or business interruptions may adversely affect our operating and financial results.

We May Acquire Or Sell Assets Or Develop Properties. Our Failure Or Inability To Consummate These Transactions Or Manage These Transactions Could Adversely Affect Our Operations And Financial Results.

We may acquire, develop or redevelop properties and these activities may create risks, including failing to complete such activities on time or within budget, competition for such activities that could increase our costs, being unable to lease newly acquired, developed or redeveloped properties at rents sufficient to cover our costs, difficulties in integrating acquisitions and weaker than expected performance.

        We may acquire, develop or redevelop properties when we believe that an acquisition, development or redevelopment project is consistent with our business strategy. We may not, however, succeed in consummating desired acquisitions or in completing developments or redevelopments on

34


time or within budget. In addition, we may face competition in pursuing acquisition, development or redevelopment opportunities that could increase our costs. When we do pursue a project or acquisition, we may not succeed in leasing newly developed, redeveloped or acquired properties at rents sufficient to cover costs of acquisition, development or redevelopment and operations. Difficulties in integrating acquisitions may prove costly or time-consuming and could divert management's attention. Acquisitions or developments in new markets or types of properties where we do not have the same level of market knowledge may result in weaker than anticipated performance. We may abandon acquisition, development or redevelopment opportunities that we have begun pursuing and consequently fail to recover expenses already incurred and have devoted management time to a matter not consummated.

It may be difficult to buy and sell real estate quickly, which may limit our flexibility.

        Real estate investments are relatively difficult to buy and sell quickly. Consequently, we may have limited ability to vary our portfolio promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Moreover, our ability to buy, sell, or finance real estate assets may be adversely affected during periods of uncertainty or unfavorable conditions in the credit markets as we, or potential buyers of our assets, may experience difficulty in obtaining financing.

Our Organizational And Financial Structure Gives Rise To Operational And Financial Risks.

Substantially all of our assets will be owned by subsidiaries. We depend on dividends and distributions from these subsidiaries. The creditors of these subsidiaries are entitled to amounts payable to them by the subsidiaries before the subsidiaries may pay any dividends or other distributions to us.

        Substantially all of our properties and assets are held through wholly-owned subsidiaries. We depend on cash distributions from our subsidiaries for substantially all of our cash flow. The creditors of each of our subsidiaries are entitled to payment of that subsidiary's obligations to them when due and payable before that subsidiary may make distributions or dividends to us. Thus, our ability to pay dividends, if any, to our security holders depends on our subsidiaries' ability to first satisfy their obligations to their creditors and our ability to satisfy our obligations, if any, to our creditors.

        In addition, our participation in any distribution of the assets of any of our subsidiaries upon the liquidation, reorganization or insolvency of the subsidiary, is only after the claims of the creditors, including trade creditors, and preferred security holders, if any, of the applicable direct or indirect subsidiaries are satisfied.

Our existing financing documents contain covenants and restrictions that may adversely affect our financial condition and our acquisition and development activities.

        The mortgages on our properties contain customary covenants such as those that limit our ability, without the prior consent of the lender, to further mortgage the applicable property or to discontinue insurance coverage. Our unsecured indebtedness and debt that we may obtain in the future may contain customary restrictions, requirements and other limitations on our ability to incur indebtedness, including covenants that limit our ability to incur debt based upon the level of our ratio of total debt to total assets, our ratio of secured debt to total assets, our ratio of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) to interest expense, and fixed charges, and that require us to maintain a certain level of unencumbered assets to unsecured debt. Our ability to borrow is subject to compliance with these and other covenants. In addition, failure to comply with our covenants could cause a default under the applicable debt instrument, and we may then be required to repay such debt with capital from other sources or give possession of a secured property to the lender. Under those circumstances, other sources of capital may not be available to us, or may be available only on unattractive terms.

35


We have outstanding debt, and the amount of debt and its cost may increase and refinancing may not be available on acceptable terms.

        As of December 31, 2013, total combined debt outstanding was $1.2 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our scheduled cash payments for principal and interest were $69.4 million. As of September 30, 2014, the portfolio had approximately $1.292 billion of total combined debt outstanding. To provide additional liquidity following the separation, we are arranging a revolving credit facility under which, upon completion of the separation and distribution and subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, we expect to have significant borrowing capacity. We do not expect to have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility upon the completion of the separation. We may incur additional debt in the future which may increase the risk of default which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in a rising interest rate environment, the cost of refinancing our existing debt and any new debt or market rate security or instrument may increase. Continued uncertainty in the equity and credit markets may negatively impact our ability to obtain financing on reasonable terms or at all, which may negatively affect our ability to refinance our debt.

We may not be able to obtain capital to make investments.

        We depend primarily on external financing to fund the growth of our business. This is because one of the requirements of the Code for a REIT is that it distributes at least 90% of its taxable income, excluding net capital gains, to its shareholders. There is a separate requirement to distribute net capital gains or pay a corporate level tax in lieu thereof. Our access to debt or equity financing depends on the willingness of third parties to lend or make equity investments and on conditions in the capital markets generally. Although we believe that we will be able to finance any investments we may wish to make in the foreseeable future, there can be no assurance that new financing will be available or available on acceptable terms. For information about our available sources of funds, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources" and the notes to the consolidated financial statements in this information statement.

UE may fail to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT and may be required to pay income taxes at corporate rates.

        Although we believe that we will remain organized and will continue to operate so as to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may fail to remain so qualified. Qualifications are governed by highly technical and complex provisions of the Internal Revenue Code for which there are only limited judicial or administrative interpretations and depend on various facts and circumstances that are not entirely within our control. In addition, legislation, new regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions may significantly change the relevant tax laws and/or the federal income tax consequences of qualifying as a REIT. If, with respect to any taxable year, we fail to maintain our qualification as a REIT and do not qualify under statutory relief provisions, we could not deduct distributions to shareholders in computing our taxable income and would have to pay federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. The federal income tax payable would include any applicable alternative minimum tax. If we had to pay federal income tax, the amount of money available to distribute to shareholders and pay our indebtedness would be reduced for the year or years involved, and we would no longer be required to make distributions to shareholders. In addition, we would also be disqualified from treatment as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification was lost, unless we were entitled to relief under the relevant statutory provisions.

36


REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to execute our business plan.

        In order for us to qualify to be taxed as a REIT, and assuming that certain other requirements are also satisfied, we generally must distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gains, to our shareholders each year, so that U.S. federal corporate income tax does not apply to earnings that we distribute. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement and qualify for taxation as a REIT, but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and including any net capital gains, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed net taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we distribute to our shareholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under U.S. federal income tax laws. We intend to distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income to our shareholders out of assets legally available therefor.

        From time to time, we may generate taxable income greater than our cash flow as a result of differences in timing between the recognition of taxable income and the actual receipt of cash or the effect of nondeductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves, or required debt or amortization payments. If we do not have other funds available in these situations, we could be required to borrow funds on unfavorable terms, sell assets at disadvantageous prices, distribute amounts that would otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt, or make taxable distributions of our shares or debt securities to make distributions sufficient to enable us to pay out enough of our taxable income to satisfy the REIT distribution requirement and avoid corporate income tax and the 4% excise tax in a particular year. These alternatives could increase our costs or reduce our equity. Further, amounts distributed will not be available to fund investment activities. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our ability to grow, which could adversely affect the value of our shares. Any restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or make certain distributions could preclude us from meeting the 90% distribution requirement. Decreases in funds from operations due to unfinanced expenditures for acquisitions of properties or increases in the number of shares outstanding without commensurate increases in funds from operations each would adversely affect our ability to maintain distributions to our shareholders. Consequently, there can be no assurance that we will be able to make distributions at the anticipated distribution rate or any other rate. Please refer to "Dividend Policy."

If certain portions of a recently released discussion draft of tax reform legislation were introduced as legislation and enacted in their current form, the separation and distribution of UE could be treated as a taxable transaction to Vornado and its shareholders.

        On February 26, 2014, House Ways and Means Committee Chairman Dave Camp (R-MI) released a discussion draft of tax reform legislation (the "Discussion Draft"). Among the proposals in the Discussion Draft is a provision that would prohibit REITs from conducting tax-free spin-offs under Section 355 of the Code. The Discussion Draft provides that this prohibition would be effective for distributions made on or after February 26, 2014. However, under a transition rule, the prohibition will not apply to REITs that make distributions pursuant to an agreement that was binding on February 26, 2014 and at all times thereafter. It is unclear whether the Discussion Draft will be introduced as legislation or enacted and, if so and in either case, in what form. On April 11, 2014 Vornado publicly announced its plan to spin off its strip centers and malls in a tax-free transaction. Vornado and UE had not yet entered into binding agreements as of February 26, 2014. If the Discussion Draft were to be introduced as legislation and enacted into law in its present form and it was later determined by the IRS or the courts that the law would have retroactive effect to the date it was first proposed for discussion, the distribution and separation of UE from Vornado would be treated as a taxable transaction to Vornado and its shareholders.

37


RISKS RELATED TO THE SEPARATION

We have no history operating as an independent company, and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

        The historical information about us in this information statement refers to our business as operated by and integrated with Vornado. Our historical and pro forma financial information included in this information statement is derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Vornado. Accordingly, the historical and pro forma financial information included in this information statement does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that we would have achieved as a separate, publicly traded company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future. Factors which could cause our results to differ from those reflected in such historical and pro forma financial information and which may adversely impact our ability to receive similar results in the future may include, but are not limited to, the following:

38


        Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of operating as an independent company. For additional information about the past financial performance of our business and the basis of presentation of the historical combined financial statements and the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements of our business, please refer to "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements," "Selected Historical Combined Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this information statement.

We are dependent on Vornado to provide services to us pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, and it may be difficult to replace the services provided under such agreement.

        Historically, we have relied on the financial, administrative and other support functions of Vornado to operate our business and we will continue to rely on Vornado for these and other vital services on a transitional basis pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement that we expect to enter into with Vornado. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Transition Services Agreement." In addition, it may be difficult for us to replace the services provided by Vornado under the Transition Services Agreement, and the terms of any agreements to replace such services may be less favorable to us. Any failure by Vornado in the performance of such services, or any failure on our part to successfully transition these services away from Vornado by the expiration of the Transition Services Agreement, could materially harm our business and financial performance.

If the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, does not qualify as a transaction that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Vornado and Vornado shareholders could be subject to significant tax liabilities and UE will indemnify Vornado for certain material tax obligations that could arise as addressed in the Tax Matters Agreement.

        Vornado has received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351 and 355 of the Code. It is a condition to the completion of the separation that Vornado obtain an opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP, special tax counsel to Vornado, satisfactory to the Vornado board of trustees, to the effect that the distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, including with respect to certain matters relating to these transactions that are not covered by the private letter ruling from the IRS. The private letter ruling is, and the opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP will be, based on, among other things, certain facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements and undertakings of Vornado and UE (including those relating to the past and future conduct of Vornado and UE). If any of these representations, statements or undertakings are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, or if Vornado or UE breach any of their respective covenants in the separation documents, the private letter ruling from the IRS and the opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP may be invalid and the conclusions reached therein could be

39


jeopardized. In such case, the IRS could assert that the distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, should be treated as a taxable transaction. The opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP will not be binding on the IRS or the courts.

        If the distribution, together with certain related transactions, failed to qualify for tax-free treatment, in general, Vornado would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold the UE common shares in a taxable sale for its fair market value and Vornado shareholders who receive UE common shares in the distribution could be subject to tax as if they had received a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of such shares. For more information, please refer to "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of Vornado Common Shares."

        Under the Tax Matters Agreement that UE will enter into with Vornado, UE may be required to indemnify Vornado against any additional taxes resulting from (i) an acquisition of all or a portion of the equity securities or assets of UE, whether by merger or otherwise, (ii) other actions or failures to act by UE, or (iii) any of UE's representations or undertakings being incorrect or violated. For a more detailed discussion, please refer to "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement."

We may not be able to engage in desirable strategic or capital-raising transactions following the separation. In addition, if we were able to engage in such transactions, we could be liable for adverse tax consequences resulting therefrom.

        To preserve the tax-free treatment of the separation, for the two-year period following the separation, UE will be prohibited, except in specific circumstances, from: (i) entering into any transaction pursuant to which all or a portion of UE's shares would be acquired, whether by merger or otherwise, (ii) issuing equity securities beyond certain thresholds and except in certain circumscribed manners, (iii) repurchasing UE common shares, (iv) ceasing to actively conduct certain of its businesses, or (v) taking or failing to take any other action that prevents the distribution and certain related transactions from being tax-free.

        These restrictions may limit UE's ability to pursue strategic transactions or engage in new business or other transactions that may maximize the value of UE's business. For more information, please refer to "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of Vornado Common Shares" and "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement."

Potential indemnification liabilities to Vornado pursuant to the Separation Agreement could materially adversely affect our operations.

        The Separation Agreement with Vornado provides for, among other things, the principal corporate transactions required to effect the separation, certain conditions to the separation and distribution and provisions governing our relationship with Vornado with respect to and following the separation and distribution. Among other things, the Separation Agreement provides for indemnification obligations designed to make us financially responsible for substantially all liabilities that may exist relating to our business activities, whether incurred prior to or after the separation and distribution, as well as those obligations of Vornado that we will assume pursuant to the Separation Agreement. If we are required to indemnify Vornado under the circumstances set forth in this agreement, we may be subject to substantial liabilities. For a description of this agreement, please refer to "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—The Separation Agreement."

40


Vornado may not be able to transfer its interests in certain properties that are subject to certain debt arrangements, are partially owned through a joint venture or similar structure, or are leased to or from a third party due to the need to obtain the consent of third parties.

        Certain covenants and other restrictions contained in agreements governing indebtedness secured by certain of our properties and the co-owned or leased nature of some of our properties may require Vornado to obtain lender, co-venturer, or landlord or tenant consent in order to transfer such properties to us prior to completion of the separation. There is no assurance that Vornado will be able to obtain these consents on terms that it determines to be reasonable, or at all. Failure to obtain these consents could require Vornado to retain such properties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

After the separation, certain of our trustees and executive officers may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their previous or continuing equity interest in, or positions at, Vornado.

        We expect that some of our trustees and executive officers will be persons who are or have been employees of Vornado. Because of their current or former positions with Vornado, certain of our expected trustees and executive officers may own Vornado common shares or other equity awards. Following the separation, even though our board of trustees will consist of a majority of trustees who are independent, we expect that some of our executive officers and some of our trustees will continue to have a financial interest in Vornado common shares. In addition, one of our trustees will continue serving on the board of trustees of Vornado. Continued ownership of Vornado common shares, or service as a trustee at both companies, could create, or appear to create, potential conflicts of interest.

Vornado will not be required to present investments to us that satisfy our investment guidelines before pursuing such opportunities on Vornado's behalf.

        Our agreements with Vornado will not require Vornado to present to us investment opportunities that satisfy our investment guidelines before Vornado pursues such opportunities. While Vornado does not intend to continue to operate within the strip shopping center and mall sector after the separation, should it choose to do so Vornado will be free to direct investment opportunities away from UE, and we may be unable to compete with Vornado in pursuing such opportunities.

We may not achieve some or all of the expected benefits of the separation, and the separation may adversely affect our business.

        We may not be able to achieve the full strategic and financial benefits expected to result from the separation, or such benefits may be delayed due to a variety of circumstances, not all of which may be under our control. The separation is expected to provide the following benefits, among others: (i) a distinct investment identity allowing investors to evaluate our merits, performance and future prospects as an independent company; (ii) more efficient allocation of capital for both Vornado and for us; and (iii) direct access by us to the capital markets.

        We may not achieve these and other anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (i) the separation will require significant amounts of management's time and effort, which may divert management's attention from operating and growing our business; (ii) following the separation, we may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if we were still a part of Vornado; (iii) following the separation, our business will be less diversified than Vornado's business prior to the separation; and (iv) the other actions required to separate our business from that of Vornado could disrupt our operations. If we fail to achieve some or all of the benefits expected to result from the separation, or if such benefits are delayed, our business, financial conditions and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

41


Our agreements with Vornado in connection with the separation and distribution involve potential conflicts of interest, and may not reflect terms that would have resulted from negotiations between unaffiliated third parties.

        Because the separation and distribution involves the division of certain of Vornado's existing businesses into two independent companies, we expect to enter into certain agreements with Vornado to provide a framework for our relationship with Vornado following the separation and distribution, including the Separation Agreement, a Transition Services Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. The terms of these agreements between Vornado and us will be determined while we are still an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Vornado and will be determined by persons who are at the time employees, officers or trustees of Vornado or its subsidiaries and, accordingly, have a conflict of interest. For example, during the period in which the terms of those agreements will be prepared, we will not have a board of trustees that will be independent of Vornado. As a result, the terms of those agreements are not the result of arm's-length negotiations between unaffiliated third parties. However, payments made in connection with such agreements will be on terms intended to reflect terms arrived at by parties negotiating at arm's-length. Arm's-length negotiations between Vornado and an unaffiliated third party in another form of transaction, such as a buyer in a sale of a business transaction, may have resulted in more favorable terms to the unaffiliated third party. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions."

No vote of Vornado shareholders is required in connection with the separation and distribution.

        No vote of Vornado shareholders is required in connection with the separation and distribution. Accordingly, if this transaction occurs and you do not want to receive our common shares in the distribution, your only recourse will be to divest yourself of your Vornado common shares prior to the record date for the distribution.

Vornado's board of trustees has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, modify or abandon the separation and distribution and the related transactions at any time prior to the distribution date. In addition, the separation and distribution and related transactions are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Vornado's board of trustees in its sole discretion of a number of conditions. We cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met.

        The Vornado board of trustees has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, modify or abandon the separation and distribution and the related transactions at any time prior to the distribution date. This means that Vornado may cancel or delay the planned separation and distribution of our common shares if at any time the board of trustees of Vornado determines that it is not in the best interests of Vornado. If Vornado's board of trustees makes a decision to cancel the separation, shareholders of Vornado will not receive any distribution of our common shares and Vornado will be under no obligation whatsoever to its shareholders to distribute such common shares. In addition, the separation and distribution and related transactions are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Vornado's board of trustees in its sole discretion of a number of conditions. We cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met.

In connection with our separation from Vornado, Vornado will indemnify us for certain pre-distribution liabilities and liabilities related to Vornado assets. However, there can be no assurance that these indemnities will be sufficient to protect us against the full amount of such liabilities, or that Vornado's ability to satisfy its indemnification obligation will not be impaired in the future.

        Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Vornado will agree to indemnify us for certain liabilities. However, third parties could seek to hold us responsible for any of the liabilities that Vornado agrees to retain, and there can be no assurance that Vornado will be able to fully satisfy its indemnification obligations. Moreover, even if we ultimately succeed in recovering from Vornado any amounts for

42


which we are held liable, such indemnification may be insufficient to fully offset the financial impact of such liabilities and/or we may be temporarily required to bear these losses while seeking recovery from Vornado.

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

        As a public company, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act and will be required to prepare our financial statements according to the rules and regulations required by the SEC. In addition, the Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports. Our failure to prepare and disclose this information in a timely manner or to otherwise comply with applicable law could subject us to penalties under federal securities laws, expose us to lawsuits and restrict our ability to access financing.

        In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we, among other things, establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and disclosure purposes. Internal control over financial reporting is complex and may be revised over time to adapt to changes in our business, or changes in applicable accounting rules. We cannot assure you that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective in the future or that a material weakness will not be discovered with respect to a prior period for which we had previously believed that internal controls were effective. If we are not able to maintain or document effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

        Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, or may cause our company to restate previously issued financial information, and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions or investigations by the SEC, or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in our company and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements is also likely to suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm report a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect our company by, for example, leading to a decline in our share price and impairing our ability to raise additional capital.

Substantial sales of our common shares may occur in connection with the distribution, which could cause our share price to decline.

        The shares that Vornado intends to distribute to its shareholders generally may be sold immediately in the public market. Upon completion of the distribution, we expect that we will have an aggregate of approximately                                    common shares issued and outstanding, based on the number of outstanding Vornado common shares and common limited partnership units of VRLP as of the record date. These shares will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), unless the shares are owned by one of our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

        Although we have no actual knowledge of any plan or intention on the part of any 5% or greater shareholder to sell our common shares following the distribution, it is possible that some Vornado shareholders, including possibly some of our large shareholders, will sell our common shares that they receive in the distribution. For example, Vornado shareholders may sell our common shares because our business profile or market capitalization as an independent company does not fit their investment objectives or because our common shares are not included in certain indices after the distribution. A portion of Vornado's shares is held by index funds tied to the Standard & Poor's 500 Index or other indices, and if we are not included in these indices at the time of the distribution, these index funds may be required to sell our common shares. The sales of significant amounts of our common shares, or the perception in the market that this will occur, may result in the lowering of the market price of our common shares.

43


RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON SHARES

No market currently exists for the UE common shares and we cannot be certain that an active trading market for our common shares will develop or be sustained after the separation. Following the separation, our share price may fluctuate significantly.

        A public market for our common shares does not currently exist. We anticipate that on or prior to the record date for the distribution, trading of our common shares will begin on a "when-issued" basis and will continue through the distribution date. However, we cannot guarantee that an active trading market will develop or be sustained for our common shares after the separation. Nor can we predict the prices at which our common shares may trade after the separation. Similarly, we cannot predict the effect of the separation on the trading prices of our common shares or whether the combined market value of our common shares and Vornado's common shares will be less than, equal to, or greater than the market value of Vornado's common shares prior to the separation. The market price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly due to a number of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including:

        In addition, when the market price of a company's common shares drops significantly, shareholders often institute securities class action lawsuits against the company. A lawsuit against us could cause us to incur substantial costs and could divert the time and attention of our management and other resources.

44


We cannot guarantee the timing, amount, or payment of dividends on our common shares.

        Although we expect to pay regular cash dividends following the separation, the timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to shareholders will fall within the discretion of our board of trustees. Our board of trustees' decisions regarding the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, such as our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, debt service obligations, limitations under our financing arrangements, industry practice, legal requirements, regulatory constraints, and other factors that it deems relevant. Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations and access capital markets. We cannot guarantee that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we commence paying dividends. For more information, please refer to "Dividend Policy."

Your percentage of ownership in our company may be diluted in the future.

        In the future, your percentage ownership in us may be diluted because of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise. We also anticipate granting compensatory equity awards to our trustees, officers, employees, advisors and consultants who will provide services to us after the distribution. Such awards will have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

        In addition, our declaration of trust will authorize us to issue, without the approval of our shareholders, one or more classes or series of preferred shares having such designation, voting powers, preferences, rights and other terms, including preferences over our common shares respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of trustees generally may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred shares could dilute the voting power or reduce the value of our common shares. For example, we could grant the holders of preferred shares the right to elect some number of our trustees in all events or on the occurrence of specified events, or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we could assign to holders of preferred shares could affect the residual value of the common shares. Please refer to "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest."

OUR DECLARATION OF TRUST AND APPLICABLE LAW MAY HINDER ANY ATTEMPT TO ACQUIRE US.

Our declaration of trust sets limits on the ownership of our shares.

        Generally, for UE to maintain its qualification as a REIT under the Code, not more than 50% in value of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of UE may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals at any time during the last half of UE's taxable year. The Code defines "individuals" for purposes of the requirement described in the preceding sentence to include some types of entities. Under UE's declaration of trust, no person may own more than 9.8% of our outstanding shares of any class or series, with some exceptions for persons approved by UE's board of trustees. These restrictions on transfer and ownership may delay, deter or prevent a change in control of UE or other transaction that might involve a premium price or otherwise be in the best interest of the shareholders.

Maryland law contains provisions that may reduce the likelihood of certain takeover transactions.

        Maryland imposes conditions and restrictions on certain "business combinations" (including, among other transactions, a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in certain circumstances, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland real estate investment trust and certain persons who beneficially own at least 10% of the real estate investment trust's shares (an "interested shareholder"). Unless approved in advance by the board of trustees of the real estate investment trust, or otherwise exempted by the statute, such a business combination is

45


prohibited for a period of five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder became an interested shareholder. After such five-year period, a business combination with an interested shareholder must be: (a) recommended by the board of trustees of the real estate investment trust, and (b) approved by the affirmative vote of at least (i) 80% of the real estate investment trust's outstanding shares entitled to vote and (ii) two-thirds of the real estate investment trust's outstanding shares entitled to vote which are not held by the interested shareholder with whom the business combination is to be effected, unless, among other things, the real estate investment trust's common shareholders receive a "fair price" (as defined by the statute) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for his or her shares.

        In approving a transaction, the board of trustees may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board. The business combination provisions of Maryland law may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of UE or other transaction that might involve a premium price or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders. The business combination statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of UE and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Until the 2018 annual meeting of shareholders, UE will have a classified board of trustees and that may reduce the likelihood of certain takeover transactions.

        Our declaration of trust, which will be amended and restated prior to the separation, will initially divide our board of trustees into three classes. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of shareholders, respectively, held following the separation. Initially, shareholders will elect only one class of trustees each year. Shareholders will elect successors to trustees of the first class for a two-year term and successors to trustees of the second class for a one-year term, in each case upon the expiration of the terms of the initial trustees of each class. Commencing with the 2018 annual meeting of shareholders, each trustee shall be elected annually for a term of one year and shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies. There is no cumulative voting in the election of trustees. Until the 2018 annual meeting of the shareholders, UE's board will be classified, which may reduce the possibility of a tender offer or an attempt to change control of UE, even though a tender offer or change in control might be in the best interest of UE's shareholders.

We may issue additional shares in a manner that could adversely affect the likelihood of certain takeover transactions.

        UE's declaration of trust authorizes the board of trustees, without shareholder approval, to:

        The board of trustees could establish a class or series of common or preferred shares whose terms could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of UE or other transaction that might involve a premium price or otherwise be in the best interest of UE's shareholders, although the board of trustees does not now intend to establish a class or series of common or preferred shares of this kind. UE's declaration of trust and bylaws contain other provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a change in

46


control of UE or other transaction that might involve a premium price or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders.

We may change our policies without obtaining the approval of our shareholders.

        Our operating and financial policies, including our policies with respect to acquisitions of real estate or other companies, growth, operations, indebtedness, capitalization and dividends, are exclusively determined by our board of trustees. Accordingly, our shareholders do not control these policies.

47



CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Certain statements contained herein constitute forward-looking statements as such term is defined in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They represent our intentions, plans, expectations and beliefs and are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties. Our future results, financial condition and business may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You can find many of these statements by looking for words such as "approximates," "believes," "expects," "anticipates," "estimates," "intends," "plans," "would," "may" or other similar expressions in this information statement. In particular, information included under "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business," and "The Separation" contains forward-looking statements. Many of the factors that will determine the outcome of these and our other forward-looking statements are beyond our ability to control or predict. For a discussion of factors that could materially affect the outcome of our forward-looking statements, see "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation" in this information statement.

        You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this information statement or the date of any document incorporated by reference. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this information statement.

48



DIVIDEND POLICY

        We are a newly formed company that has not commenced operations, and as a result, we have not paid any distributions as of the date of this information statement. We expect to distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income to our shareholders out of assets legally available therefor.

        To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute to our shareholders an amount at least equal to:

        We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will remain the same in the future, or that any estimated distributions will be made or sustained. Distributions made by us will be authorized by our board of trustees, in its sole discretion, and declared by us out of legally available funds, and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law, actual and projected financial condition, liquidity, funds from operations and results of operations, the revenue we actually receive from our properties, our operating expenses, our debt service requirements, our capital expenditures, prohibitions and other limitations under our financing arrangements, the annual REIT distribution requirements and such other factors as our board of trustees deems relevant. For more information regarding risk factors that could materially and adversely affect our ability to make distributions, please refer to "Risk Factors."

        Our distributions may be funded from a variety of sources. In particular, we expect that initially our distributions may exceed our net income under GAAP because of non-cash expenses, principally depreciation and amortization expense, included in net income. To the extent that our cash available for distribution is less than 100% of our taxable income, we may consider various means to cover any such shortfall, including borrowing, selling certain of our assets or using a portion of the net proceeds we receive from future offerings of equity, equity-related or debt securities or declaring taxable share dividends. In addition, our declaration of trust allows us to issue shares of preferred equity that could have a preference on distributions, and if we do, the distribution preference on the preferred equity could limit our ability to make distributions to the holders of our common shares.

        For a discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to holders of our common shares, please refer to "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences."

49



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth UE's capitalization as of September 30, 2014 on an unaudited historical basis and on a pro forma basis to give effect to the pro forma adjustments included in UE's unaudited pro forma financial information. The information below is not necessarily indicative of what UE's capitalization would have been had the separation, distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP and related transactions been completed as of September 30, 2014. In addition, it is not indicative of UE's future capitalization. This table should be read in conjunction with "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements," "Selected Historical Combined Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and UE's audited combined financial statements and notes and unaudited combined interim financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this information statement.

 
  As of September 30, 2014  
(in thousands)
  Actual   Pro Forma
Adjustments
  Pro Forma  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 132,825   $   $ 132,825  
               
               

Mortgages

  $ 1,292,075   $   $ 1,292,075  
               

Total debt

    1,292,075         1,292,075  

Vornado equity

    376,439         376,439  

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    335         335  
               

Total Capitalization

  $ 1,668,849   $   $ 1,668,849  
               
               

50



SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth the selected historical combined financial and other data of our business, which was carved-out from the financial information of Vornado, as described below. We were formed for the purpose of holding certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of Vornado. Prior to the effective date of the Form 10 registration statement, of which this information statement forms a part, and the completion of the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, we did not conduct any business and did not have any material assets or liabilities. The selected historical financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 has been derived from our audited combined financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this information statement. The selected historical combined financial data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 has been derived from our unaudited combined financial statements, which are not included in this information statement. The income statement data for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited interim combined financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement. Our unaudited interim combined financial statements as of September 30, 2014 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were prepared on the same basis as our audited combined financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position and results of operations for these periods. The interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of operations for a full fiscal year.

        The historical results set forth below do not indicate results expected for any future periods. The selected financial data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our combined financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this information statement.

        The following tables set forth selected financial and operating data. This data may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future operating results.

 
  (Unaudited)
As of
September 30,
  As of December 31,  
 
   
  (Audited)   (Audited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)  
 
  2014   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Total assets

  $ 1,873,595   $ 1,749,965   $ 1,857,055   $ 1,877,107   $ 1,858,978   $ 1,850,179  

Real estate, at cost

    2,006,991     1,984,172     2,045,258     2,028,940     1,993,247     1,964,663  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    456,753     421,756     436,137     391,547     346,926     305,706  

Mortgages payable

    1,292,075     1,200,762     1,251,234     1,275,441     1,235,332     600,355  

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    335     319     298     285     288     292  

Vornado equity

    376,439     341,265     389,590     365,439     372,066     1,001,852  

51



 
  (Unaudited)
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  (Audited)
Year Ended December 31,
  (Unaudited)
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Income Statement Data:

                                           

Total revenue

  $ 236,150   $ 286,389 (1) $ 362,995 (1) $ 304,233   $ 299,856   $ 297,784   $ 279,192  

Operating income

    91,819     156,803 (1)   167,213 (1)(2)   124,966 (3)   144,038 (4)   121,427     116,966  

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    16     20     21     13       (3)     (4)     (1)

Net income attributable to Vornado

    49,484     112,058 (1)   109,314 (1)(2)   69,837 (3)   87,463 (4)   83,853     60,019  

Cash Flow Statement Data:

                                           

Provided by operating activities

    79,766     206,667 (5)   240,527 (5)   108,364     97,730     128,962     83,749  

Used in investing activities

    23,695     20,686     27,013     32,886     39,023     35,839     108,782  

Used in (provided by) financing activities

    (71,531 )   182,419     212,636     73,385     58,673     92,430     (25,645 )

(1)
Includes $59,599 of income pursuant to a settlement agreement with Stop & Shop.

(2)
Includes a real estate impairment loss of $19,000.

(3)
Includes a real estate impairment loss of $6,000.

(4)
Includes $19,463 for the reversal of an allowance for doubtful accounts as a result of the favorable outcome of Vornado's litigation with Stop & Shop.

(5)
Includes $124,000 of cash received from Stop & Shop pursuant to the settlement agreement.

52



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements have been prepared by adjusting the historical combined financial statements to reflect the separation of UE from Vornado as described elsewhere in this information statement. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the transaction as if it had occurred on September 30, 2014. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of income give effect to the transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2013. All significant pro forma adjustments and underlying assumptions are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

        The unaudited pro forma adjustments include the following:

        The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the financial position or financial results that would have actually been reported had the transaction occurred on January 1, 2013 or September 30, 2014, as applicable, nor is it indicative of our future financial position or financial results.

        Our combined financial statements were carved-out from the financial information of Vornado. Our historical financial results reflect charges for certain corporate expenses which include, but are not limited to, costs related to human resources, security, payroll and benefits, legal, corporate communications, information services and restructuring and reorganization. Costs of the services that were allocated or charged to us were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to us based on a number of factors, most significantly, our percentage of Vornado's adjusted revenue and the number of properties. We believe these charges are reasonable; however, these results may not reflect what our expenses would have been had we been operating as a separate stand-alone public company.

        The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the combined financial statements and related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this information statement.

53



Urban Edge Properties
Unaudited Combined Balance Sheet
As of September 30, 2014
(Amounts in thousands)

ASSETS
  Historical   Adjustments   Notes   Pro Forma  

Real estate, at cost:

                       

Land

  $ 378,096   $       $ 378,096  

Buildings and improvements

    1,619,242             1,619,242  

Construction in progress

    5,507             5,507  

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    4,146             4,146  
                   

Total

    2,006,991             2,006,991  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (456,753 )           (456,753 )
                   

Real estate, net

    1,550,238             1,550,238  

Cash and cash equivalents

    132,825             132,825  

Restricted cash

    9,687             9,687  

Tenant and other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,257

    11,045             11,045  

Receivable arising from the straight-lining of rents

    88,601             88,601  

Identified intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $21,706

    35,445             35,445  

Deferred leasing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $12,873

    19,432             19,432  

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $6,368

    10,547             10,547  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    15,775             15,775  
                   

  $ 1,873,595   $       $ 1,873,595  
                   
                   

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

                       

Mortgages payable

  $ 1,292,075   $       $ 1,292,075  

Identified intangible liabilities, net of accumulated amortization of $65,148

    163,641             163,641  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    32,287     30,000   B     62,287  

Other liabilities

    8,818             8,818  
                   

Total liabilities

    1,496,821     30,000         1,526,821  
                   

Commitments and contingencies

                       

Vornado equity

    376,439     (376,439 ) A      

Shareholders' equity

        212,595   A     212,595  

Noncontrolling interest in UE L.P.

        133,844   A     133,844  

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    335             335  
                   

Total equity

    376,774     (30,000 ) B     346,774  
                   

  $ 1,873,595   $       $ 1,873,595  
                   
                   

54



Urban Edge Properties
Unaudited Combined Statement of Income
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013
(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Historical   Adjustments   Notes   Pro Forma  

REVENUE

                       

Property rentals

  $ 228,282   $       $ 228,282  

Tenant expense reimbursements

    73,170             73,170  

Income from Stop & Shop settlement

    59,599             59,599  

Other income

    1,944     1,913   C     3,857  
                   

Total revenue

    362,995     1,913         364,908  
                   

EXPENSES

                       

Depreciation and amortization

    54,043             54,043  

Real estate taxes

    46,715             46,715  

Property operating

    39,340     2,610   D     41,950  

General and administrative

    25,881     6,655   D     32,536  

Real estate impairment losses

    19,000             19,000  

Ground rent

    10,137             10,137  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    666             666  
                   

Total expenses

    195,782     9,265         205,047  
                   

Operating income

    167,213     (7,352 )       159,861  

Interest income

    11             11  

Interest and debt expense

    (55,789 )           (55,789 )
                   

Income before taxes

    111,435     (7,352 )       104,083  

Income tax expense

    (2,100 )           (2,100 )
                   

Net income

    109,335     (7,352 )       101,983  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    (21 )           (21 )

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in UE L.P.

        (6,119 ) F     (6,119 )
                   

Net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 109,314   $ (13,471 )     $ 95,843  
                   
                   

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic and Diluted

              G     93,855  
                   
                   

Basic and Diluted earnings per share

              G   $ 1.02  
                   
                   

55



Urban Edge Properties
Unaudited Combined Statement of Income
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014
(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Historical   Adjustments   Notes   Pro Forma  

REVENUE

                       

Property rentals

  $ 173,175   $       $ 173,175  

Tenant expense reimbursements

    61,751             61,751  

Other income

    1,224     1,435   C     2,659  
                   

Total revenue

    236,150     1,435         237,585  
                   

EXPENSES

                       

Depreciation and amortization

    40,586             40,586  

Real estate taxes

    37,230             37,230  

Property operating

    34,025     1,957   D     35,982  

General and administrative

    19,250     4,991   D     24,241  

Ground rent

    7,803             7,803  

Transaction costs

    4,683     (4,683 ) E      

Provision for doubtful accounts

    754             754  
                   

Total expenses

    144,331     2,265         146,596  
                   

Operating income

    91,819     (830 )       90,989  

Interest income

    25             25  

Interest and debt expense

    (40,769 )           (40,769 )
                   

Income before income taxes

    51,075     (830 )       50,245  

Income tax expense

    (1,575 )           (1,575 )
                   

Net income

    49,500     (830 )       48,670  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    (16 )           (16 )

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest in UE L.P.

        (2,920 ) F     (2,920 )
                   

Net income attributable to common shareholders

  $ 49,484   $ (3,750 )     $ 45,734  
                   
                   

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic and Diluted

              G     94,296  
                   
                   

Basic and Diluted earnings per share

              G   $ 0.49  
                   
                   

   

See notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

56



Urban Edge Properties

Unaudited Notes to Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements

(Amounts in thousands)

A.    Capital Structure:

        Pursuant to the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, these adjustments reflect:

    (i)
    the issuance of common limited partnership units by Urban Edge Properties L.P. ("UE L.P.") to Vornado in exchange for seven of Vornado's retail properties with a net book basis of $133.8 million;

    (ii)
    the reclassification of Vornado equity to shareholders' equity; and

    (iii)
    the execution of a $500 million revolving credit agreement under which no amounts will be drawn and outstanding as of the date of the separation.

B.    Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses:

        Pursuant to the Separation Agreement between Vornado and Urban Edge Properties ("UE"), this adjustment reflects UE's costs incurred in connection with the spin-off including investment banking fees, preparation of all related agreements, SEC filings, organization documents, professional fees, consent fees and transfer taxes. These costs have not been reflected in the Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income.

C.    Management Fee Income:

        Reflects adjustments related to UE management and leasing of Vornado's Springfield Town Center and 22 small retail assets which Vornado plans to sell and the management of Interstate Properties assets. Fees are based on the fee arrangements agreed by Vornado and UE in the relevant property management and leasing services agreements.

D.    Property Operating and General and Administrative Expenses:

        Reflects adjustments related to (i) the employment of Jeffrey S. Olson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of UE, (ii) fees pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement for various services to be performed by Vornado on behalf of UE, including human resources, information technology, public

57



Urban Edge Properties

Unaudited Notes to Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands)

reporting and tax reporting, and (iii) fees pursuant to the lease by UE from Vornado of office space in New York and New Jersey.

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2014
  Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 

Rent and expense reimbursements for space leased from Vornado

  $ 614   $ 819  

Estimated transition services fees classified as property operations (including information technology)

    1,343     1,791  
           

Total Property Operating Expenses

  $ 1,957   $ 2,610  
           
           

Components of Mr. Olson's compensation expense:

             

Annual base salary

  $ 750   $ 1,000  

Estimated annual bonus paid in cash

    375     500  

Amortization of annual bonus to be paid in stock and to vest ratably over 4 years (fair value of $500,000)

    94     125  

Estimated amortization of annual stock-based compensation awards to vest ratably over 4 years (fair value of $500,000)

    94     125  

Estimated amortization of initial stock option award which vests 25% in year 3, 25% in year 4 and 50% in year 5 (estimated grant date fair value of $13.5 million)

    2,506     3,342  
           

Total compensation expense

    3,819     5,092  

Estimated transition services fees classified as general and administrative (including human resources, public reporting and tax)

    1,172     1,563  
           

Total general and administrative expense

  $ 4,991   $ 6,655  
           
           

E.    Transaction costs:

        Transaction costs incurred through September 30, 2014 have been removed as a pro forma adjustment. Transaction costs consist primarily of a $3.2 million cash make whole payment to Mr. Olson in accordance with his employment agreement and professional fees in connection with the spin off of UE.

F.    Noncontrolling Interest in UE L.P.:

        Represents the allocation of net income to Vornado as a 6% noncontrolling interest in UE L.P., as discussed in Note A.

58



Urban Edge Properties

Unaudited Notes to Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands)

G.    Pro Forma Earnings and Earnings Per Share:

        Reflects the estimated number of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, based on the distribution ratio of one share of UE for every two shares of Vornado.

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2014
  Year Ended
December 31, 2013
 

Vornado's basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

    187,503     186,941  

Diluted

    188,592     187,709  

Urban Edge Properties pro forma basic and diluted shares outstanding

    94,296     93,855  

59



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the audited combined financial statements and the corresponding notes, the unaudited interim combined financial statements and the corresponding notes, and the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements and the corresponding notes included elsewhere in this information statement. This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements. The matters discussed in these forward-looking statements are subject to risk, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those made, projected or implied in the forward-looking statements. Please refer to "Risk Factors" and "Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements" for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Separation from Vornado

        On April 11, 2014, Vornado Realty Trust (NYSE: VNO) ("Vornado") announced that it intended to separate its shopping center business, consisting of 79 strip centers, three malls and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center, from Vornado's other businesses. The separation will be effectuated by means of a pro rata distribution by Vornado to its common shareholders of all UE common shares held by Vornado. UE was formed as a subsidiary of Vornado Realty L.P., the operating partnership through which Vornado conducts its business ("VRLP"), to hold the assets and liabilities associated with Vornado's shopping center business. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute pro rata all outstanding UE common shares to holders of VRLP's common limited partnership units, consisting of Vornado and the other common limited partners of VRLP. On                        , 2014, the board of trustees of Vornado declared the distribution of all UE common shares to be received by Vornado in the distribution by VRLP on the basis of one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares held of record as of the close of business on                                     , 2015, which is the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP (the "record date"). On the same date, VRLP declared the distribution of all of the outstanding UE common shares to Vornado and the other holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP on the basis of one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP held of record as of the close of business on the record date. Following the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, Vornado and UE will be two independent, publicly held companies.

Overview

        Urban Edge Properties ("UE") is a newly formed entity created to own and operate Vornado's 83 properties, comprised of 79 strip centers aggregating 12,499,000 square feet, three malls aggregating 1,988,000 square feet and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center (collectively, the "UE Businesses"). UE is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of VRLP. UE intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. All references to "we," "us," "our," and "the company" refer to UE and its combined retail properties.

        Pursuant to a Separation Agreement, VRLP will distribute 100% of the outstanding UE common shares on a pro rata basis to the holders of its common limited partnership units as of the record date, which include Vornado and the other common limited partners. As a result, Vornado is expected to receive approximately 94% of the outstanding UE common shares, while the other common limited partners as a group will receive approximately 6%. Vornado will distribute all of the UE common shares it receives from VRLP to its common shareholders as of the record date on a pro rata basis. To date, UE has not conducted any business as a separate company and has no material assets and liabilities. The operations of the properties to be transferred to UE are presented as if the transfer had been consummated prior to all historical periods presented in the accompanying combined financial

60


statements at the carrying amounts of such assets and liabilities reflected in Vornado's books and records.

        UE will enter into agreements with Vornado under which Vornado will provide various services to UE, including treasury management, human resources, information technology, tax, financial reporting, SEC compliance and insurance, and possibly other matters. We believe that the terms are comparable to those that would have been negotiated on an arm's-length basis.

        The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The historical financial results for the carved-out properties reflect charges for certain corporate costs which we believe are reasonable. These charges were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to UE based on an analysis of key metrics including total revenues, real estate assets, leasable square feet and operating income. Such costs do not necessarily reflect what the actual costs would have been if UE were operating as a separate stand-alone public company. These charges are discussed further in Note 4—Related Party Transactions in our audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this information statement.

        Subsequent to the transfer of properties to UE and the distribution of UE's common shares to the holders of the common limited partnership units of VRLP, and the subsequent distribution by Vornado of the UE common shares it receives from VRLP to Vornado's common shareholders, UE expects to operate in a manner intended to enable it to qualify as a REIT under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under those sections, a REIT which distributes at least 90% of its REIT taxable income as a dividend to its shareholders each year and which meets certain other conditions will not be taxed on that portion of its taxable income which is distributed to its shareholders. Since Vornado operates as a REIT and distributes 100% of taxable income to its shareholders, no provision for Federal income taxes has been made in the accompanying combined financial statements. Our two Puerto Rico malls are subject to income taxes which are based on estimated taxable income and which are included in income tax expense in the combined statements of income. The UE Businesses are also subject to certain other taxes, including state and local taxes and franchise taxes which are included in general and administrative expenses in the combined statements of income.

        Presentation of earnings per share information is not applicable in the accompanying combined financial statements, since these assets and liabilities are wholly-owned by Vornado and such presentation is not permitted under GAAP.

        UE plans to aggregate all of its properties into one reportable segment because all of these properties have similar economic characteristics and UE will provide similar products and services to similar types of retail tenants.

        We compete with a large number of property owners and developers. Our success depends upon, among other factors, trends affecting national and local economies, the financial condition and operating results of current and prospective tenants, the availability and cost of capital, interest rates, construction and renovation costs, taxes, governmental regulations and legislation, population trends, zoning laws, and our ability to lease, sublease or sell our properties, at profitable levels. Our success is also subject to our ability to refinance existing debt on acceptable terms as it comes due.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        Real Estate —Real estate is carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation requires an estimate by management

61


of the useful life of each property and improvement as well as an allocation of the costs associated with a property to its various components. As real estate is undergoing redevelopment activities, all property operating expenses directly associated with and attributable to, the redevelopment, including interest expense, are capitalized to the extent that we believe such costs are recoverable through the value of the property. The capitalization period begins when redevelopment activities are underway and ends when the project is substantially complete. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives, which range from three to 40 years. Tenant allowances are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related leases, which approximate the useful lives of the tenant improvements.

        Upon the acquisition of real estate, we assess the fair value of acquired assets (including land, buildings and improvements, identified intangibles, such as acquired above and below-market leases, acquired in-place leases and tenant relationships) and acquired liabilities and we allocate the purchase price based on these assessments. We assess fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known trends, and market/economic conditions. We record acquired intangible assets (including acquired above-market leases, acquired in-place leases and tenant relationships) and acquired intangible liabilities (including below-market leases) at their estimated fair value separate and apart from goodwill. We amortize identified intangibles that have finite lives over the period they are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the future cash flows of the property or business acquired.

        Our properties and related intangible assets are individually reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Estimates of future cash flows are based on our current plans, intended holding periods and available market information at the time the analyses are prepared. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable and is measured based on the excess of the property's carrying amount over its estimated fair value. If our estimates of future cash flows, anticipated holding periods, or fair values change, based on market conditions or otherwise, our evaluation of impairment charges may be different and such differences could be material to our consolidated financial statements. Estimates of future cash flows are subjective and are based, in part, on assumptions regarding future occupancy, rental rates and capital requirements that could differ materially from actual results. Plans to hold properties over longer periods decrease the likelihood of recording impairment losses. As a result of Vornado's decision to shorten the estimated holding period for certain properties, a $19,000,000 impairment loss was recognized on the Bruckner Blvd. property in the year ended December 31, 2013, and a $6,000,000 impairment loss was recognized on the Englewood property in the year ended December 31, 2012.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and are carried at cost, which approximates fair value, due to their short-term maturities.

        Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —We periodically evaluate the collectability of amounts due from tenants, including the receivable arising from the straight-lining of rents, and maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated losses resulting from the inability of tenants to make required payments under the lease agreements. We exercise judgment in establishing these allowances and consider payment history and current credit status in developing these estimates.

        Deferred Costs —Deferred costs include deferred financing and leasing costs. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt agreements as a component of interest expense. Deferred leasing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related leases.

62


        Revenue Recognition —Property rentals are recognized over the non-cancelable term of the related leases on a straight-line basis, which includes the effects of rent steps and free rent abatements under the leases. We commence rental revenue recognition when the tenant takes possession of the leased space and the leased space is substantially ready for its intended use. In addition, in circumstances where we provide a tenant improvement allowance for improvements that are owned by the tenant, we recognize the allowance as a reduction of rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Percentage rents are contingent upon the sales of tenants exceeding predefined thresholds. Percentage rents are recognized only after the tenants' sales thresholds have been achieved. Percentage rents are not a material portion of the combined revenue of UE and are included in property rentals. Tenant expense reimbursements provide for the recovery of all or a portion of the operating expenses and real estate taxes of the respective properties. Tenant expense reimbursements are accrued in the same periods as the related expenses are incurred.

Results of Operations—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 compared to September 30, 2013

Property Rentals

        Property rentals were $173,175,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $170,557,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $2,618,000. This increase was primarily due to leasing activity in the current period partially offset by $500,000 of rent in the prior year under the Stop & Shop Guarantee which was settled in February 2013. See Note 7—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the combined interim financial statements (included elsewhere in this information statement) for further details.

Tenant Expense Reimbursements

        Tenant expense reimbursements were $61,751,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $54,711,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $7,040,000. This increase was primarily due to higher real estate taxes and snow removal costs included in reimbursable operating expenses.

Income from Stop & Shop Settlement

        Income from Stop & Shop settlement of $59,599,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was the result of a litigation settlement pursuant to which Stop & Shop paid Vornado $124,000,000. See Note 7—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the combined interim financial statements (included elsewhere in this information statement) for further details.

Other Income

        Other income was $1,224,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $1,522,000 in the prior year's nine months, a decrease of $298,000.

Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization was $40,586,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $38,445,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $2,141,000. This increase was primarily due to depreciation of building and tenant improvements and amortization of leasing commissions incurred since the beginning of 2013.

63


Results of Operations—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 compared to September 30, 2013—continued

Real Estate Taxes

        Real estate taxes were $37,230,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $35,164,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $2,066,000. This increase was primarily due to higher tax rates and assessments across the portfolio.

Property Operating Expenses

        Property operating expenses were $34,025,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $28,501,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $5,524,000. This increase was primarily due to higher snow removal costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses were $19,250,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $19,323,000 in the prior year's nine months, a decrease of $73,000.

Ground Rent Expense

        Ground rent expense was $7,803,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $7,587,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $216,000.

Transaction Costs

        Transaction costs were $4,683,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and consist primarily of a $3,157,000 cash make whole payment to Jeffrey S. Olson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of UE, in accordance with his employment agreement and professional fees in connection with the spin off of UE.

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

        Provision for doubtful accounts was $754,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $566,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $188,000.

Interest and Other Income

        Interest and other income was $25,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $3,000 in the prior year's nine months, an increase of $22,000.

Interest and Debt Expense

        Interest and debt expense was $40,769,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $42,269,000 in the prior year's nine months, a decrease of $1,500,000. This decrease was primarily due to the repayment of the Las Catalinas Mall mortgage loan of $54,101,000 in October 2013 and the $17,000,000 refinancing of the Forest Plaza mortgage loan in July 2013 which bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.30% (1.45% at September 30, 2014) compared to the maturing $16,939,000 loan which bore interest at a fixed rate of 6.38%, partially offset by the $300,000,000 refinancing of the Bergen Town Center mortgage loan in March 2013 which bears interest at a fixed rate of 3.56%, compared to the maturing $282,312,000 loan which bore interest at LIBOR plus 150 basis points (1.70% at March 31, 2013).

64


Results of Operations—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 compared to September 30, 2013—continued

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense was $1,575,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $2,459,000 in the prior year's nine months, a decrease of $884,000. These amounts represent income taxes on our Puerto Rico properties based on estimated taxable income and the anticipated income tax rates in effect in each period. The prior year's nine months was overaccrued based on an anticipated increase in the income tax rate that did not occur during 2013.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

Net Operating Income ("NOI")

        NOI and same property NOI are supplemental non-GAAP measures that aid in the assessment of the unlevered performance of our properties and portfolio as it relates to the total return on assets. The most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is operating income. We calculate NOI by adjusting GAAP operating income to add back depreciation and amortization expense, general and administrative expenses, real estate impairment losses and non-cash ground rent expense, and deduct non-cash rental income resulting from the straight-lining of rents and amortization of acquired below market leases net of above market leases. We believe NOI and same property NOI are meaningful non-GAAP financial measures because real estate acquisitions and dispositions are evaluated based on, among other considerations, property NOI applied to market capitalization rates. We utilize these measures to make investment and capital allocation decisions and to compare the unlevered performance of our properties to our peers. NOI and same property NOI should not be considered substitutes for operating income or net income and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by others.

65


        The following table reconciles operating income to NOI and same property NOI for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Operating income

  $ 91,819   $ 156,803  

Depreciation and amortization

    40,586     38,445  

General and administrative

    19,250     19,323  

Transaction costs

    4,683      
           

Subtotal

    156,338     214,571  

Less: non-cash rental income

    (7,325 )   (8,635 )

Add: non-cash ground rent expense

    1,176     1,456  
           

NOI

    150,189     207,392  
           

Adjustments:

             

Settlement income from Stop & Shop (1)

        (59,599 )

Income recognized pursuant to Stop & Shop Guarantee which was terminated upon settlement in February 2013 (1)

        (500 )

Properties taken out of service for redevelopment

    (3,084 )   (3,114 )

Other

    (13 )   (665 )
           

Subtotal adjustments

    (3,097 )   (63,878 )
           

Same property NOI

  $ 147,092   $ 143,514  
           
           

(1)
See Note 7—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the unaudited combined interim financial statements for further details.

66


        Same property NOI for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $147,092,000, compared to $143,514,000 for the prior year's nine months, an increase of $3,578,000. This increase was primarily driven by the changes in average annual base rent per square foot summarized in the tables below.

Strip Centers

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

September 30, 2014

    12,073,000     95.4 % $ 17.34  

December 31, 2013

    12,075,000     95.5 %   17.27  

Malls

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

September 30, 2014

    1,849,000     95.7 % $ 28.24  

December 31, 2013

    1,848,000     95.8 %   27.99  

67


Funds From Operations ("FFO")

        We calculate FFO in accordance with the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts' ("NAREIT") definition. NAREIT defines FFO as GAAP net income adjusted to exclude net gains from sales of depreciated real estate assets, real estate impairment losses, real property depreciation and amortization expense, extraordinary items and other specified non-cash items. We believe FFO and comparable FFO are meaningful non-GAAP financial measures useful in comparing our levered operating performance both internally from period to period and among our peers because these non-GAAP measures exclude net gains on sales of depreciable real estate, real estate impairment losses, and real property depreciation and amortization expense which implicitly assumes that the value of real estate diminishes predictably over time rather than fluctuating based on market conditions. FFO and comparable FFO do not represent cash generated from operating activities and are not necessarily indicative of cash available to fund cash requirements and should not be considered as alternatives to net income as a performance measure or cash flow as a liquidity measure. FFO and comparable FFO may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by others.

        The following table reconciles net income attributable to Vornado to FFO and comparable FFO for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Net income attributable to Vornado

  $ 49,484   $ 112,058  

Depreciation and amortization of real property

    40,249     37,992  
           

FFO

    89,733     150,050  
           

Non-comparable items:

             

Transaction costs

    4,683      

Settlement income from Stop & Shop (1)

        (59,599 )

Income recognized pursuant to Stop & Shop Guarantee which was terminated upon settlement in 2013 (1)

        (500 )
           

Subtotal adjustments

    4,683     (60,099 )
           

Comparable FFO

  $ 94,416   $ 89,951  
           
           

(1)
See Note 7—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the unaudited combined interim financial statements for further details.

68


Liquidity—Cash Flows

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

        Cash and cash equivalents were $132,825,000 at September 30, 2014, compared to $5,223,000 at December 31, 2013, an increase of $127,602,000. This increase resulted from $79,766,000 of net cash provided by operating activities and $71,531,000 of net cash provided by financing activities, partially offset by $23,695,000 of net cash used in investing activities. Our combined outstanding debt was $1,292,075,000 at September 30, 2014, a $91,313,000 increase from the balance at December 31, 2013.

        Net cash provided by operating activities of $79,766,000 was primarily comprised of (i) net income of $49,500,000, (ii) $39,141,000 of non-cash adjustments, which include depreciation and amortization and the effect of straight-lining of rental income, partially offset by (iii) the net change in operating assets and liabilities of $8,875,000.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $23,695,000 was comprised of (i) $18,980,000 of construction in progress and real estate additions and (ii) acquisition of real estate of $6,077,000, partially offset by (iii) $1,362,000 of changes in restricted cash.

        Net cash provided by financing activities of $71,531,000 was comprised of (i) $130,000,000 of proceeds from borrowings, partially offset by (ii) $38,881,000 for the repayments of borrowings, (iii) $17,298,000 of net distributions to Vornado and (iv) $2,290,000 of debt issuance costs.

    For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

        Cash and cash equivalents were $7,907,000 at September 30, 2013, compared to $4,345,000 at December 31, 2012, an increase of $3,562,000. This increase resulted from $206,667,000 of net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by $152,419,000 of net cash used in financing activities and $20,686,000 of net cash used in investing activities. Combined outstanding debt was $1,257,173,000 at September 30, 2013, a $5,939,000 increase from the balance at December 31, 2012.

        Net cash provided by operating activities of $206,667,000 was primarily comprised of (i) net income of $112,078,000, (ii) $35,333,000 of non-cash adjustments, which include depreciation and amortization and the effect of straight-lining of rental income, and (iii) the net change in operating assets and liabilities of $59,257,000.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $20,686,000 was comprised of (i) $17,861,000 of construction in progress and real estate additions and (ii) $2,825,000 of changes in restricted cash.

        Net cash used in financing activities of $152,419,000 was comprised of (i) $311,235,000 for the repayments of borrowings, (ii) $156,622,000 of net distributions to Vornado, and (iii) $1,562,000 of debt issuance costs, partially offset by (iv) $317,000,000 of proceeds from borrowings.

Results of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012

Property Rentals

        Property rentals were $228,282,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $232,031,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $3,749,000. This decrease was primarily due to $5,917,000 of rent in 2012 under the Stop & Shop guarantee which was settled in February 2013, partially offset by higher rents in 2013. See Note 10—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the audited combined financial statements for further details.

69


Tenant Expense Reimbursements

        Tenant expense reimbursements were $73,170,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $70,453,000 in the prior year, an increase of $2,717,000. This increase was primarily due to higher snow removal costs included in reimbursable property operating expenses.

Stop & Shop Settlement Income

        Stop & Shop settlement income of $59,599,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013 was the result of a litigation settlement pursuant to which Stop & Shop paid Vornado $124,000,000. See Note 10—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the audited combined financial statements for further details.

Other Income

        Other income was $1,944,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1,749,000 in the prior year, an increase of $195,000.

Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization was $54,043,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $52,960,000 in the prior year, an increase of $1,083,000. This increase was primarily due to depreciation of tenant improvements and amortization of leasing commissions incurred since the beginning of 2013.

Real Estate Taxes

        Real estate taxes were $46,715,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $45,978,000 in the prior year, an increase of $737,000.

Property Operating Expenses

        Property operating expenses were $39,340,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $36,855,000 in the prior year, an increase of $2,485,000. This increase was primarily due to higher snow removal costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses were $25,881,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $27,209,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $1,328,000. This decrease was primarily due to lower average head count. General and administrative expenses include $11,893,000 and $11,579,000 in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, representing an allocation of certain costs borne by Vornado for management and other services, including reporting, legal, tax, information technology and human resources.

70


Real Estate Impairment losses

        As a result of Vornado's decision to shorten the estimated holding period for certain properties, the following impairment losses were recognized in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Bruckner Blvd. 

  $ 19,000   $  

Englewood

        6,000  
           

  $ 19,000   $ 6,000  
           
           

Ground Rent Expense

        Ground rent expense was $10,137,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $10,029,000 in the prior year, an increase of $108,000.

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

        Provision for doubtful accounts was $666,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $236,000 in the prior year, an increase of $430,000. This increase was primarily due to a $400,000 write-off of the receivable arising from straight line rent in connection with the early termination of two tenants.

Interest and Other Income

        Interest and other income was $11,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $20,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $9,000.

Interest and Debt Expense

        Interest and debt expense was $55,789,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $53,772,000 in the prior year, an increase of $2,017,000. This increase was primarily due to (i) the $300,000,000 refinancing of the Bergen Town Center mortgage loan in March 2013 which bears interest at a fixed rate of 3.56%, compared to the maturing $282,312,000 loan which bore interest at LIBOR plus 150 basis points (1.71% at December 31, 2012), partially offset by (ii) the repayment of the Las Catalinas Mall mortgage loan of $54,101,000 in October 2013 and (iii) the $17,000,000 refinancing of the Forest Plaza mortgage loan in July 2013 which bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.30% (1.47% at December 31, 2013) compared to the maturing $16,939,000 loan which bore interest at a fixed rate of 6.38%.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense was $2,100,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $1,364,000 in the prior year, an increase of $736,000. These amounts represent income taxes on our Puerto Rico properties based on estimated taxable income and an increase in the expected tax rate in 2013.

Results of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011

Property Rentals

        Property rentals were $232,031,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $223,883,000 in the prior year, an increase of $8,148,000. This increase was primarily due to lease up of

71


the Bergen Town Center mall and the adjacent strip center upon completion of the redevelopment in 2011.

Tenant Expense Reimbursements

        Tenant expense reimbursements were $70,453,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $73,863,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $3,410,000. This decrease was primarily due to lower operating expenses and real estate taxes subject to reimbursement.

Other Income

        Other income was $1,749,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $2,110,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $361,000.

Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization was $52,960,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $50,981,000 in the prior year, an increase of $1,979,000. This increase was primarily due to the completion of the redevelopment of the Bergen Town Center mall and adjacent strip center in 2011.

Real Estate Taxes

        Real estate taxes were $45,978,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $46,517,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $539,000.

Property Operating Expenses

        Property operating expenses were $36,855,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $39,447,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $2,592,000. This decrease was primarily due to lower snow removal costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses were $27,209,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $27,698,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $489,000. General and administrative expenses include $11,579,000 and $11,208,000 in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, representing an allocation of certain costs borne by Vornado for management and other services, including accounting, reporting, legal, tax, information technology and human resources.

Real Estate Impairment losses

        As a result of Vornado's decision to shorten the estimated holding period for the Englewood strip center, a $6,000,000 impairment loss was recognized in year ended December 31, 2012.

Ground Rent Expense

        Ground rent expense was $10,029,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $9,265,000 in the prior year, an increase of $764,000.

Provision for Doubtful Accounts

        Provision for doubtful accounts was expense of $236,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to income of $18,090,000 in the prior year. Income in the prior year was due to a 2011 court ruling in Vornado's favor in the Stop & Shop litigation which resulted in Vornado reversing a $19,463,000 allowance for doubtful accounts established in prior years in connection with the litigation.

72


See Note 10—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the audited combined financial statements for further details.

Interest and Other Income

        Interest and other income was $20,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to zero in the prior year.

Interest and Debt Expense

        Interest and debt expense was $53,772,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $55,138,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $1,366,000. This decrease was primarily due to the repayment of the $7,304,000 Carlstadt strip center mortgage loan in 2012.

Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense was $1,364,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $1,440,000 in the prior year, a decrease of $76,000. These amounts represent income taxes on our Puerto Rico properties based on taxable income reported in each period.

73


Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Net Operating Income ("NOI")

        We present NOI and same property NOI in this information statement as supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. See "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013" for a discussion of our use of NOI and same property NOI.

        The following table reconciles operating income to NOI and same property NOI for each of the last three years.

 
  (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Operating income

  $ 167,213   $ 124,966   $ 144,038  

Depreciation and amortization

    54,043     52,960     50,981  

General and administrative

    25,881     27,209     27,698  

Real estate impairment losses

    19,000     6,000      
               

Subtotal

    266,137     211,135     222,717  

Less: non-cash rental income

    (11,455 )   (15,920 )   (14,457 )

Add: non-cash ground rent expense

    1,841     1,686     2,212  
               

NOI

    256,523     196,901     210,472  
               

Adjustments:

                   

Settlement income from Stop & Shop (1)

    (59,599 )        

Income recognized pursuant to Stop & Shop Guarantee which was terminated upon settlement in February 2013 (1)

    (500 )   (5,917 )   (5,000 )

Properties taken out of service for redevelopment

    (7,479 )   (5,823 )   (4,207 )

Other

    (874 )   (867 )   (1,221 )

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts in connection with the Stop & Shop settlement (1)

            (19,463 )
               

Subtotal adjustments

    (68,452 )   (12,607 )   (29,891 )
               

Same Property NOI

  $ 188,071   $ 184,294   $ 180,581  
               
               

(1)
See Note 10—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the audited combined financial statements for further details.

        Same property NOI for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $188,071,000, compared to $184,294,000 for the prior year, an increase of $3,777,000. Same property NOI for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $184,294,000, compared to $180,581,000 for the prior year, an increase of $3,713,000. These increases were primarily driven by the changes in average annual base rent per square foot summarized in the tables below.

Strip Centers

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

December 31, 2013

    12,075,000     95.5 % $ 17.27  

December 31, 2012

    11,822,000     95.2 %   17.03  

December 31, 2011

    11,824,000     95.4 %   16.68  

74


Malls

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

December 31, 2013

    1,848,000     95.8 % $ 27.99  

December 31, 2012

    1,823,000     93.8 %   28.48  

December 31, 2011

    1,798,000     93.0 %   27.64  

75


Funds From Operations ("FFO")

        We present FFO and comparable FFO in this information statement as supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. See "—Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 and 2013" for a discussion of our use of FFO and comparable FFO.

        The following table reconciles net income attributable to Vornado to FFO and comparable FFO for each of the last three years.

 
  (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
   
  (Amounts in
thousands)

   
 

Net income attributable to Vornado

  $ 109,314   $ 69,837   $ 87,463  

Depreciation and amortization of real property

    53,479     52,603     50,611  

Real estate impairment losses

    19,000     6,000      
               

FFO

    181,793     128,440     138,074  
               

Non-comparable items:

                   

Settlement income from Stop & Shop (1)

    (59,599 )        

Income recognized pursuant to Stop & Shop Guarantee which was terminated upon settlement in 2013 (1)

    (500 )   (5,917 )   (5,000 )

Accelerated amortization of acquired below market lease intangible liabilities

        (2,772 )    

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts in connection with the Stop & Shop settlement (1)

            (19,463 )

Subtotal adjustments

    (60,099 )   (8,689 )   (24,463 )
               

Comparable FFO

  $ 121,694   $ 119,751   $ 113,611  
               
               

(1)
See Note 10—Stop & Shop Settlement, in the notes to the audited combined financial statements for further details.

76


Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Property rental income is our primary source of cash flow and is dependent on a number of factors including the occupancy level and rental rates, as well as the tenants' ability to pay rent. Our properties provide us with a relatively consistent stream of cash flow that enables us to pay operating expenses, debt service and recurring capital expenditures. Other sources of liquidity to fund cash requirements include proceeds from financings and asset sales. We anticipate that cash flows from continuing operations over the next 12 months, together with existing cash balances, will be adequate to fund our business operations, debt amortization and recurring capital expenditures.

Financing Activities and Contractual Obligations

        Below is a summary of our outstanding debt and maturities as of September 30, 2014.

 
   
   
  Balance at  
 
  Maturity   Interest Rate at
September 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 
 
   
   
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

First mortgages secured by:

                         

Crossed collateralized mortgage on 40 properties:

                         

Fixed Rate

    09/20     4.28 % $ 550,589   $ 560,465  

Variable Rate (1)

    09/20     2.36 %   60,000     60,000  
                   

Total crossed collateralized

                610,589     620,465  

Bergen Town Center

    04/23     3.56 %   300,000     300,000  

Las Catalinas

    08/24     4.43 %   130,000      

Montehiedra Town Center (2)

    07/16     6.04 %   120,000     120,000  

North Bergen (Tonnelle Avenue)

    01/18     4.59 %   75,000     75,000  

Wilkes Barre (3)

                    19,898  

Forest Plaza

    07/18     1.45 %   17,000     17,000  

Mount Kisco (Target)

    11/34     7.30 %   15,746     16,003  

Mount Kisco (A&P)

    02/15     7.20 %   12,110     12,203  

Englewood

    10/18     6.22 %   11,630     11,760  

Lodi (4)

                    8,433  
                       

              $ 1,292,075   $ 1,200,762  
                       
                       

(1)
Subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

(2)
On May 13, 2013, Vornado notified the lender that due to tenants vacating, the property's operating cash flow will be insufficient to pay the debt service; accordingly, at Vornado's request, the mortgage loan was transferred to the special servicer. Although discussions with the special servicer to restructure the terms of the loan are ongoing, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate resolution of this matter.

(3)
This loan was repaid on August 11, 2014.

(4)
This loan was repaid on March 3, 2014.

        The Company is in compliance with all of the terms of its mortgage loan agreements. The Company may, in the future, seek to obtain unsecured borrowings, including, but not limited to, revolving credit facilities and senior unsecured notes. These particular arrangements typically contain financial covenants, among others, that would require us to maintain minimum interest coverage and maximum debt to market capitalization ratios and interest charges would increase in the event of a decline in such ratios.

77


        Below is a summary of our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2013.

 
  Total   Less than
One Year
  One to
Three
Years
  Three to
Five Years
  More than
Five Years
 
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Contractual obligations (principal and interest (1) ):

                               

Long-term debt obligations

  $ 1,519,930   $ 93,148   $ 273,911   $ 194,298   $ 958,573  

Operating lease obligations

    93,666     8,733     16,211     14,165     54,537  

Purchase obligations, primarily Montehiedra Town Center redevelopment commitments

    16,355     8,178     8,177          
                       

  $ 1,613,596   $ 110,059   $ 298,299   $ 208,463   $ 1,013,110  
                       
                       

Commitments:

                               

Standby letters of credit

  $ 1,167   $   $   $   $  
                       
                       

(1)
Interest on variable rate debt is computed using rates in effect at December 31, 2013.

Capital Expenditures

        The following table summarizes anticipated 2014 capital expenditures.

(Amounts in thousands, except square foot data)
   
 

Expenditures to maintain assets

  $ 4,000  

Tenant improvements

    6,000  

Leasing commissions

    2,000  
       

Total capital expenditures and leasing commissions

  $ 12,000  
       
       

Square feet budgeted to be leased

    600,000  

Weighted average lease term

    7 years  

Per square foot

  $ 13.50  

Per square foot per annum

  $ 2.00  

Montehiedra Town Center Redevelopment

        We are in the process of redeveloping Montehiedra Town Center to emphasize outlets and other value-oriented retailers. The cost of this project is approximately $18,500,000, of which $2,145,000 has been expended as of December 31, 2013. The remaining costs for this project are expected to be incurred before the fall of 2015.

Commitments and Contingencies

    Insurance

        Vornado maintains general liability insurance with limits of $300,000,000 per occurrence and all-risk property and rental value insurance coverage with limits of $2.0 billion per occurrence, with sub-limits for certain perils such as floods and earthquakes on each of Vornado's properties. Vornado also maintains coverage for terrorist acts with limits of $4.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate, and $2.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate for nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological ("NBCR") terrorism events, as defined by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act, which expires in December 2014. Insurance premiums are charged directly to each of the retail properties. UE intends to obtain appropriate insurance coverage on its own and coverages may differ

78


from those noted above. Also, the resulting insurance premiums may differ materially from amounts included in the accompanying combined financial statements. UE will be responsible for deductibles and losses in excess of insurance coverage, which could be material.

        Regarding coverage for acts of terrorism, UE will continue to monitor the state of the insurance market and the scope and costs of coverage, but cannot anticipate what coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms in the future.

        Our mortgage loans are non-recourse and contain customary covenants requiring adequate insurance coverage. Although we believe that we currently have adequate insurance coverage for purposes of these agreements, we may not be able to obtain an equivalent amount of coverage at reasonable costs in the future. If lenders insist on greater coverage than we are able to obtain, it could adversely affect our ability to finance or refinance the properties.

    Other

        There are various legal actions against us in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, the outcome of such matters will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Cash Flows

    Year Ended December 31, 2013

        Cash and cash equivalents were $5,223,000 at December 31, 2013, compared to $4,345,000 at December 31, 2012, an increase of $878,000. This increase resulted from $240,527,000 of net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by $212,636,000 of net cash used in financing activities and $27,013,000 of net cash used in investing activities. Our combined outstanding debt was $1,200,762,000 at December 31, 2013, a $50,472,000 decrease from the balance at December 31, 2012.

        Net cash provided by operating activities of $240,527,000 was primarily comprised of (i) net income of $109,335,000, which includes $59,599,000 of income from the Stop & Shop settlement, (ii) $68,229,000 of non-cash adjustments, which include depreciation and amortization, impairment losses and the effect of straight-lining of rental income, and (iii) the net change in operating assets and liabilities of $62,963,000, which includes $47,900,000 from the Stop & Shop settlement satisfying the outstanding accounts receivable balance.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $27,013,000 was comprised of (i) $24,926,000 of real estate additions, including $819,000 of soft costs (capitalized real estate taxes and internal development payroll costs), and (ii) $2,087,000 of changes in restricted cash.

        Net cash used in financing activities of $212,636,000 was comprised of (i) $367,704,000 for debt repayments, (ii) $160,370,000 of change in Vornado's investment, net, and (iii) $1,562,000 of debt issuance costs, partially offset by (iv) $317,000,000 of proceeds from borrowings.

    Year Ended December 31, 2012

        Cash and cash equivalents were $4,345,000 at December 31, 2012, compared to $2,252,000 at December 31, 2011, an increase of $2,093,000. This increase resulted from $108,364,000 of net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by $73,385,000 of net cash used in financing activities and $32,886,000 of net cash used in investing activities. Our combined outstanding debt was $1,251,234,000 at December 31, 2012, a $24,207,000 decrease from the balance at December 31, 2011.

        Net cash provided by operating activities of $108,364,000 was primarily comprised of (i) net income of $69,850,000 and (ii) $49,397,000 of non-cash adjustments, which include depreciation and

79


amortization, impairment losses and the effect of straight-lining of rental income, partially offset by (iii) the net change in operating assets and liabilities of $10,883,000.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $32,886,000 was comprised of (i) $31,875,000 of real estate additions, including $951,000 of soft costs (capitalized real estate taxes and internal development payroll costs), and (ii) $1,011,000 of changes in restricted cash.

        Net cash used in financing activities of $73,385,000 was comprised of (i) $24,439,000 for debt repayments, (ii) $48,536,000 of change in Vornado's investment, net, and (iii) $410,000 of debt issuance costs.

    Year Ended December 31, 2011

        Cash and cash equivalents were $2,252,000 at December 31, 2011, compared to $2,218,000 at December 31, 2010, an increase of $34,000. This increase resulted from $97,730,000 of net cash provided by operating activities, partially offset by $58,673,000 of net cash used in financing activities and $39,023,000 of net cash used in investing activities. Our combined outstanding debt was $1,275,441,000 at December 31, 2011, a $40,108,000 increase from the balance at December 31, 2010.

        Net cash provided by operating activities of $97,730,000 was primarily comprised of (i) net income of $87,460,000 and (ii) $23,372,000 of non-cash adjustments, which include depreciation and amortization and the effect of straight-lining of rental income, partially offset by (iii) the net change in operating assets and liabilities of $13,102,000.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $39,023,000 was primarily comprised of $39,626,000 of real estate additions, including $470,000 of soft costs (capitalized real estate taxes and internal development payroll costs).

        Net cash used in financing activities of $58,673,000 was comprised of (i) $99,648,000 of change in Vornado's investment, net, (ii) $39,669,000 for debt repayments and (iii) $1,902,000 of debt issuance costs, partially offset by (iv) $79,546,000 of proceeds from borrowings.

Related Party Transactions

        The accompanying combined financial statements present the operations of the retail properties as carved-out from the financial statements of Vornado. Certain centralized corporate costs borne by Vornado for management and other services including, but not limited to, accounting, reporting, legal, tax, information technology and human resources have been allocated to the properties in the combined financial statements using reasonable allocation methodologies. Allocated amounts are included as a component of general and administrative expenses on the combined statements of income. A summary of amounts allocated is provided below.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Payroll and fringe benefits

  $ 8,682   $ 8,499   $ 8,039  

Professional fees

    1,915     1,758     1,688  

Other

    1,296     1,322     1,481  
               

  $ 11,893   $ 11,579   $ 11,208  
               
               

        The allocated amounts in the table above do not necessarily reflect what actual costs would have been if the UE Businesses had been a separate stand-alone public company and actual costs may be materially different.

80


    Management fees included in Other Income

        Interstate Properties ("Interstate") is a general partnership in which Mr. Roth is the managing general partner. As of December 31, 2013, Interstate and its partners beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 6.6% of the common shares of beneficial interest of Vornado. Vornado provides various management services to Interstate. These combined financial statements include management fee income for the management of Interstate's properties that will be managed by UE, amounting to $606,000, $794,000 and $786,000 in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We have exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, which are sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control. Our exposure to a change in interest rates is summarized in the table below.

 
  2013   2012  
 
  December 31,
Balance
  Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
  Effect of 1%
Change in
Base Rates
  December 31,
Balance
  Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
 
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

Variable Rate

  $ 77,000     2.16 % $ 770   $ 342,312     1.82 %

Fixed Rate

    1,123,762     4.43 %       908,922     4.89 %
                           

  $ 1,200,762         $ 770   $ 1,251,234        
                           
                           

        The fair value of our consolidated debt is calculated by discounting the future contractual cash flows of these instruments using current risk-adjusted rates available to borrowers with similar credit ratings, which are provided by a third-party specialist. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the estimated fair value of our combined debt was $1,201,000,000 and $1,286,000,000, respectively. These estimates of fair value, which are made at the end of the reporting period, may be different from the amounts that may ultimately be realized upon the disposition of our financial instruments.

81



BUSINESS

Our Company

        Our mission will be to own and operate high-quality strip shopping centers ("strip centers") and malls located in high barrier-to-entry markets. We plan to grow the business through proactive leasing and management of our portfolio, through the redevelopment of certain of our existing properties and through the selective acquisition and development of additional assets that meet our investment criteria. We believe that the creation of a stand-alone organization with focused management will position the organization to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for shareholders.

        Upon completion of the separation, we will operate a well-leased portfolio of retail assets located in high barrier-to-entry markets, due to land scarcity and formidable zoning and approval requirements, that we believe could not be replicated today. This portfolio will consist of 83 properties, comprising 79 strip centers, three malls and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center, that are primarily located on major retail corridors and proximate to regional highways. These properties comprise 15.4 million square feet and are located in ten states and Puerto Rico, with concentrations in New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. Our strip centers have a diverse, high-quality tenant base that includes national retailers such as The Home Depot, Wal-Mart/Sam's Wholesale, Best Buy, Lowe's, Stop & Shop, the TJX Companies, Kohl's, ShopRite, Sears and Kmart, BJ's Wholesale Club, Whole Foods and PetCo. Our strip center portfolio also has superior, industry-leading demographics, with average three-mile population of 151,000 and median three-mile household income of $71,000 for neighborhood centers and average seven-mile population of 886,000 and median seven-mile household income of $67,000 for power centers. The three malls and the strip centers are in dense, supply constrained trade areas, have overlapping tenancies and require the same asset management and leasing skills. Mall tenants include Target, Century 21, Kmart, Sears, Whole Foods, the TJX Companies, AMC Loews, Forever 21, H&M and other popular national merchants. We consider Bergen Town Center, with its mix of Target, Century 21, Whole Foods, Nordstrom Rack, Bloomingdale's Outlet, Off Fifth by Saks, Neiman Marcus Last Call Studio, Marshalls, HomeGoods, Nike and a variety of outlets and food offerings, to be the best hybrid retail offering in America.

        A key element of our business plan will be to increase revenue and property value through intensive asset management of the existing portfolio. Planned activities include leasing of existing vacancy, construction of new space on owned land, identifying and replacing underperforming tenants wherever possible, and functional and aesthetic improvements. We employ various methods to identify underperforming tenants including, but not limited to, evaluating tenant sales levels to the extent reported to us, comparing the market rent potential of the tenant's space to the tenant's current rent, assessing the tenant's contribution to the subject property's merchandising mix and analyzing the collectability of outstanding tenant receivables. With respect to elective functional/aesthetic improvements prior to re-tenanting, we consider the age and condition of the visible improvements, the quality of the improvements with respect to those at directly competitive properties, the expectations of trade area shoppers and prospective tenants, and the capital required to make such improvements.

        In addition, we expect to acquire additional properties and to initiate ground-up development projects in the geographic regions in which we currently operate that are consistent with our investment criteria. We may also pursue such opportunities outside of the regions in which we currently operate if we determine that conditions are favorable and fit with our mission and business strategy.

        We will be self-managed and led by a dedicated management team and a board consisting of a majority of independent trustees. Industry veteran, Jeffrey S. Olson, joined Vornado on September 1, 2014 in order to work on the separation, and upon completion of the separation will become UE's Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chief Executive Officer. Robert Minutoli, currently Vornado's Executive Vice President-Retail, will be UE's Chief Operating Officer. They will be joined by the highly experienced team that manages the strip center and mall portfolio today. Key department heads have

82


an average tenure of over ten years at Vornado and over 20 years in the real estate industry. Steven Roth, Vornado Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will serve as a trustee of UE.

        Vornado will provide certain interim transitional support to us via a Transition Services Agreement for approximately two years.

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated net income of $109.3 million, same property net operating income ("NOI") of $188.1 million and comparable funds from operations ("FFO") of $121.7 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we generated net income of $49.5 million, same property NOI of $147.1 million and comparable FFO of $94.4 million. Please refer to "Summary Historical Combined Financial Data—Net Operating Income" and "—Funds From Operations" in this information statement for a discussion of same property NOI and comparable FFO, which are non-GAAP measures, and a reconciliation of these measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.

        We anticipate that we will pursue a balance sheet strategy that provides access to multiple capital markets. Over time, we intend to pursue an investment grade credit rating. As of September 30, 2014, the portfolio had approximately $1.292 billion of total combined debt outstanding.

        We plan to elect to be treated as a REIT in connection with the filing of our federal income tax return for the taxable year that includes the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, subject to our ability to meet the requirements of a REIT at the time of election, and we intend to maintain this status in future periods.

        We will have our executive headquarters in New York City, with operations in Paramus, New Jersey.

Competitive Strengths

         Exceptionally high-quality portfolio of well-leased shopping centers concentrated in densely populated, high barrier-to-entry markets. We will initially own 83 retail properties primarily concentrated in densely populated markets near major urban centers. Within these markets, our assets are primarily located on major retail corridors and proximate to regional highways. Approximately 80% of our 2013 same property NOI was generated by centers located in New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. Average portfolio occupancy was 95.4% as of September 30, 2014. A majority of our assets are located within the Greater New York City metropolitan area, the most populous demographic area in the United States with a population of approximately 20 million. High barriers-to-entry in our markets limit the potential for new supply and support the long-term ability to increase rents.

        Industry leading population density and income demographics.     Our assets are primarily located in densely populated and affluent areas in the Northeastern United States, with household incomes far in excess of the national median of $51,017 as reported by the U.S. Census Bureau for the period 2011-2012. Our strip center portfolio is located in markets with average three-mile population of 151,000 and median three-mile household income of $71,000 for neighborhood centers and average seven-mile population of 886,000 and median seven-mile household income of $67,000 for power centers.

        High-quality, diversified tenant base.     Our tenant base consists of approximately 323 different retailers in our strip centers and approximately 250 different retailers in our malls and is well diversified by industry and format. Merchants include department stores, grocers, category killers, discounters, entertainment offerings, health clubs, DIY stores, in-line specialty shops, restaurants and other food and beverage vendors, service providers and other specialized retailers. 58% of our top 25 tenants by 2013 rental revenue have investment grade credit ratings from Standard & Poor's or Moody's. Approximately 73% of our 2013 rental revenue came from large tenants, defined as

83


merchants occupying more than 10,000 square feet. Our large number of high credit quality anchor tenants results in strong customer traffic, which in turn drives sales and rent growth.

        Strong grocer sales.     Our superior demographics and premier locations are further demonstrated by the sales of our grocers. Of the 79 strip centers in the portfolio, 13 are grocery anchored. Of these merchants, the 12 that have at least one full year of operations reported average sales of $726 per square foot during 2013, well above the national average and that of UE's peer group. Grocers include Stop & Shop, ShopRite, Whole Foods, Giant Food and Food Basics (A&P).

        Accomplished management team with a demonstrated track record in the retail sector and deep knowledge of the portfolio.     Jeffrey S. Olson will be Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chief Executive Officer of UE. Mr. Olson served as Chief Executive Officer of Equity One from 2006 to 2014, where he was widely recognized as the driving force behind Equity One's transformative portfolio makeover into higher quality assets in densely populated core coastal markets. Previously, Mr. Olson was President of Kimco Realty Corporation's Eastern and Western Divisions. While at Equity One, Mr. Olson successfully directed the company's growth into several high barrier-to-entry markets, including the Northeastern United States, Miami and California. Robert Minutoli will be Chief Operating Officer of UE and has headed Vornado's strip center and mall division since 2012. Prior to joining Vornado in 2009, Mr. Minutoli was Executive Vice President-New Business at The Rouse Company, where he spent 27 years and held various construction, development, acquisitions/dispositions and business development positions. Mr. Olson and Mr. Minutoli will be joined by Vornado's existing, highly experienced retail team (key department heads average 10-plus years with Vornado and 20-plus years in the retail industry), which has consistently delivered strong performance from the portfolio.

        Balance sheet providing significant liquidity and capacity to support growth.     We will be capitalized to enable access to multiple forms of capital. As of September 30, 2014, the portfolio had approximately $1.292 billion of total combined debt outstanding. We believe our moderate leverage and strong liquidity will enable us to take advantage of attractive redevelopment, development, and acquisition opportunities. To provide additional liquidity following the separation and distribution, we are arranging a revolving credit facility under which, upon completion of the separation and subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, we expect to have significant borrowing capacity. We do not expect to have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility upon the completion of the separation.

        Significant growth potential from embedded development and redevelopment opportunities.     Our portfolio has significant embedded development and redevelopment opportunities. We have identified in excess of $100 million of current expansion and redevelopment opportunities that are expected to generate strong investment returns.

        Consistent operating performance demonstrated by continued strong occupancy and rent growth.     Our portfolio has delivered consistent operating performance over the past five years. Our portfolio, which was 95.4% occupied as of September 30, 2014, maintained average annual occupancy exceeding 94% during that time despite substantial economic volatility resulting from the recession. We have achieved 9.4% annual growth in cash leasing spreads over expiring rents for the five year period ended December 31, 2013, and 14.3% annual growth in cash leasing spreads over expiring rents for the ten year period ended December 31, 2013. We believe our well-laddered lease expiration schedule with less than 10.0% of total square footage expiring in any year will contribute to our expected continued consistent performance in the future.

        Experienced trustees possessing substantial expertise with public REITs and UE's portfolio.     The majority of our trustees will be independent. Mr. Olson will be Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Trustees. In addition to Mr. Olson's prior experience as Chief Executive Officer of Equity One and President of the Eastern and Western Divisions of Kimco Realty Corporation, he has been a director of Equity One since 2006. Steven Roth, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of

84


Vornado, will also be a trustee. Mr. Roth is one of the most tenured and respected executives in the REIT industry and has substantial experience across all real estate sectors. Further, Mr. Roth has decades of personal experience with many of UE's strip centers, having been personally involved in their development, redevelopment and management since 1980.

Company Strategies

        Redevelop and/or expand existing properties to increase returns and maximize value.     While our properties have been well-maintained and have benefited from significant capital investment under Vornado's ownership, we believe that our properties will benefit from greater executive management focus and capital allocation priorities tailored to unlocking and growing their value.

        Our management team will seek to identify investment opportunities that will create value for our shareholders, that are consistent with our strategic objectives and that have attractive risk-return profiles. We will have a smaller asset base as compared to Vornado, and, therefore, strategic initiatives may have a more meaningful impact on us than they would otherwise have had on Vornado. In short, we expect that we will devote substantial executive management attention to value creating investment opportunities that may generate attractive growth in revenues and cash flow and thus enhance the value of our portfolio.

        We have identified a pipeline of potential new development and redevelopment projects within the existing portfolio of properties totaling in excess of $100 million. These projects generally consist of renovations and ground-up development projects on owned land. We may also proactively recapture space occupied by underperforming users and replace those users with merchants that can enhance our tenant mix and potentially pay higher rents.

        Focus on high barrier-to-entry markets.     The majority of our properties are located in densely populated, affluent markets, with particularly strong presence in the Greater New York City metropolitan area. We will continue to invest in our existing markets, and, over time, may expand into new markets that have significant barriers-to-entry and attractive demographics. We believe that shopping centers located in high barrier-to-entry markets represent a more attractive risk-return profile relative to other markets.

        Maximize value and cash flow growth through proactive asset management and leasing.     Given the favorable competitive factors that characterize our shopping centers, we believe we are well-positioned to drive growth in cash flow and to maximize the value of our portfolio by proactive leasing and asset management. We believe our portfolio's positioning in trade areas with desirable demographics provides us with strong negotiating leverage with tenants. Our historical 9.4% and 14.3% annual growth in cash leasing spreads over expiring rents for the five and ten year periods ended December 31, 2013, respectively, reflects our competitive positioning and the strategic importance of our portfolio's location to tenants.

        Maintain a flexible balance sheet to support growth.     We will proactively manage our balance sheet to be flexible and to provide significant capacity for growth. Over time, we intend to pursue an investment grade credit rating and expect that internally generated funds and funds from selective asset sales will also be available to support growth.

        Target a diverse and creditworthy tenant base.     Our tenant base comprises a diverse group of merchants, including department stores, grocers, category killers, discounters, entertainment offerings, health clubs, DIY stores, in-line specialty shops, restaurants and other food and beverage vendors, service providers and other specialized retailers. We believe that this diversification provides stability to our cash flows as no specific retail category comprises more than 20% of our portfolio's annual base rental revenue and no one retailer contributed more than 7% of our annual base rental revenue in 2013. We intend to maintain the credit quality of our tenant base, which currently has 58% of our top

85


25 tenants by 2013 rental revenue possessing investment grade credit ratings from Standard & Poor's or Moody's.

        Constant portfolio evaluation and, where appropriate, pruning.     We intend to constantly evaluate the future prospects for each shopping center and, where appropriate, to dispose of those properties that we do not believe will meet our investment criteria in the long-term. The proceeds from any such disposition would typically be reinvested in our portfolio via acquisition or redevelopment or used to pay down debt.

Our Portfolio

        Initially, our portfolio will consist of 83 properties, including 79 strip centers aggregating 12.5 million square feet, three malls aggregating 2.0 million square feet and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center. Our properties include existing, vested entitlements for approximately 425,000 square feet of new development where most infrastructure such as utilities and paving is already in place. They also include an additional 30 acres of unentitled and unimproved land adjacent to existing centers that could support approximately 125,000 square feet of new development once entitled and infrastructured.

        The following tables set forth our occupancy rates and average annual base rent per square foot for our strip center and mall properties as of September 30, 2014 and as of December 31 for the last five years.

Strip Centers

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

September 30, 2014

    12,073,000     95.4 % $ 17.34  

December 31, 2013

    12,075,000     95.5 %   17.27  

December 31, 2012

    11,822,000     95.2 %   17.03  

December 31, 2011

    11,824,000     95.4 %   16.68  

December 31, 2010

    11,951,000     95.0 %   15.97  

December 31, 2009

    11,719,000     94.5 %   15.71  

Malls

As of
  Square Feet
Owned
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

September 30, 2014

    1,849,000     95.7 % $ 28.24  

December 31, 2013

    1,848,000     95.8 %   27.99  

December 31, 2012

    1,823,000     93.8 %   28.48  

December 31, 2011

    1,798,000     93.0 %   27.64  

December 31, 2010

    1,762,000     94.8 %   27.33  

December 31, 2009

    1,700,000     94.9 %   25.71  

Bergen Town Center

        One of our properties, the Bergen Town Center mall, accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. We consider Bergen Town Center, with its mix of Target, Century 21, Whole Foods, Nordstrom Rack, Bloomingdale's Outlet, Off Fifth by Saks, Neiman Marcus Last Call Studio, Marshalls, HomeGoods, Nike and a variety of outlets and food offerings, to be the best hybrid retail offering in America.

86


        The following table sets forth the occupancy rates and average annual base rent per square foot for the Bergen Town Center mall as of September 30, 2014 and as of December 31 for the last five years:

As of
  Rentable Square
Feet
  Occupancy
Rate
  Average Annual
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

September 30, 2014

    952,000     99.4 % $ 30.44  

December 31, 2013

    951,000     99.5 %   29.66  

December 31, 2012

    928,000     98.9 %   30.55  

December 31, 2011

    901,000     95.8 %   29.84  

December 31, 2010

    866,000     99.0 %   28.70  

December 31, 2009

    804,000     100.0 %   25.87  

        As of December 31, 2013, two tenants, Target and Century 21, each occupied more than 10% of the total rentable square footage of Bergen Town Center. The following table sets forth information regarding the business of those tenants and the principal provisions of their leases:

 
   
   
  2013 Annual Base Rent    
   
Tenant
  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Square
Feet
Leased
  Total   Per Square
Foot
  Lease
Expiration
  Renewal Option

Target

  Retail     180,385   $ 1,848,666   $ 10.25     1/31/2030   Eight 5-year options

Century 21

  Retail     156,649   $ 3,085,619   $ 19.70     1/31/2027   Four 5-year options

        The table below sets forth lease expirations for the Bergen Town Center mall, assuming none of the tenants exercise renewal options as of September 30, 2014.

 
   
   
   
  Weighted Average Annual Base Rent of Expiring Leases   % of
Weighted
Average
Annual Base
Rent of
Expiring
Leases
 
 
  Number
of
Expiring
Leases
   
   
 
Year
  Square Feet of
Expiring
Leases
  Percentage of
Total Square
Feet
  Total   Per Square
Foot
 

Month-to-month

    1     954     0.1 % $ 97,416   $ 102.11     0.3 %

2014

                         

2015

    3     9,432     1.0 %   642,384     68.11     2.2 %

2016

    13     63,132     6.7 %   2,553,312     40.44     8.9 %

2017

    4     13,498     1.4 %   567,420     42.04     2.0 %

2018

    3     7,651     0.8 %   264,372     34.55     0.9 %

2019

    15     91,301     9.7 %   3,665,172     40.14     12.8 %

2020

    13     79,727     8.4 %   3,621,420     45.42     12.6 %

2021

    3     59,383     6.3 %   2,353,284     39.63     8.2 %

2022

    3     27,763     2.9 %   951,324     34.27     3.3 %

2023

    4     34,821     3.7 %   1,177,668     33.82     4.1 %

2024

    3     67,916     7.2 %   2,466,624     36.32     8.6 %

Subsequent

    9     489,800     51.8 %   10,306,644     21.04     36.1 %

        The current real estate tax rate for the Bergen Town Center mall is $17.26 per $1,000 of assessed value. Real estate taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $4,782,113 and $4,578,628, respectively.

87


        The following table sets forth for the Bergen Town Center mall each of the following: (i) tax basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (ii) depreciation rate, (iii) method and (iv) life claimed with respect to such property or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 
  Federal Tax Basis    
   
Property
  December 31, 2013   Rate   Method   Life Claimed

Bergen Town Center

  $ 293,235,000   Various   Straight-line   1-39 years

        As of December 31, 2013, the book basis for Bergen Town Center was $379,404,000.

        The Bergen Town Center mall is subject to a mortgage that, as of September 30, 2014, had a principal balance of $300,000,000 and an interest rate of 3.56%. This loan is interest only, matures on April 8, 2023 and is prepayable through defeasance beginning in 2015.

        In the opinion of our management, the Bergen Town Center mall is adequately covered by insurance.

88


        Additional information on our portfolio of properties is provided in the tables below:


UE Property Information
(as of September 30, 2014)

 
   
   
  Weighted
Average
Annual
Rent
PSF (1)
  Square Feet    
   
Property
  %
Ownership
  %
Occupancy
  Total
Property
  Owned by
Company
  Owned By
Tenant
  Encumbrances (7)
(in thousands)
  Major Tenants

STRIP CENTERS:

                                             

New Jersey:

                                             

East Brunswick (325 - 341 Route 18 South)

    100.0 %   100.0 % $ 17.10     427,000     254,000     173,000   $ 35,991 (2) Lowe's, Kohl's, Dick's Sporting Goods, P.C. Richard & Son, T.J. Maxx, LA Fitness (lease not commenced)

North Bergen (Tonnelle Avenue)

    100.0 %   98.9 %   25.63     410,000     204,000     206,000     75,000   Wal-Mart, BJ's Wholesale Club, PetSmart, Staples

East Hanover (200 - 240 Route 10 West)

    100.0 %   86.3 %   19.45     343,000     337,000     6,000     37,552 (2) The Home Depot, Dick's Sporting Goods, Marshalls

Bricktown

    100.0 %   92.3 %   18.23     279,000     276,000     3,000     31,365 (2) Kohl's, ShopRite, Marshalls

Union (Route 22 and Morris Avenue)

    100.0 %   99.4 %   25.59     276,000     113,000     163,000     31,741 (2) Lowe's, Toys "R" Us, Office Depot

Hackensack

    100.0 %   74.5 %   23.44     275,000     269,000     6,000     39,810 (2) The Home Depot, Staples, Petco

Totowa

    100.0 %   100.0 %   19.28     271,000     177,000     94,000     24,317 (2) The Home Depot, Bed Bath & Beyond, buybuyBaby, Marshalls, Staples

Cherry Hill

    100.0 %   97.3 %   15.41     261,000     68,000     193,000     13,611 (2) Wal-Mart, Toys "R" Us

Jersey City

    100.0 %   100.0 %   21.79     236,000     66,000     170,000     19,906 (2) Lowe's, P.C. Richard & Son

Union (2445 Springfield Avenue)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   17.85     232,000     232,000         27,974 (2) The Home Depot

Middletown

    100.0 %   94.9 %   14.79     231,000     179,000     52,000     17,054 (2) Kohl's, Stop & Shop

Woodbridge

    100.0 %   100.0 %   22.42     226,000     86,000     140,000     20,282 (2) Wal-Mart

Marlton

    100.0 %   100.0 %   13.94     213,000     209,000     4,000     16,947 (2) Kohl's (3) , ShopRite, PetSmart

North Plainfield

    100.0 %   88.3 %   17.62     212,000     60,000     152,000       Costco, The Tile Shop

Bergen Town Center—East, Paramus

    100.0 %   93.6 %   38.04     211,000     44,000     167,000       Lowe's, REI

Manalapan

    100.0 %   100.0 %   16.58     208,000     206,000     2,000     20,659 (2) Best Buy, Bed Bath & Beyond, Babies "R" Us, Modell's Sporting Goods, PetSmart

East Rutherford

    100.0 %   100.0 %   34.43     197,000     42,000     155,000     13,342 (2) Lowe's

Garfield

    100.0 %   100.0 %   21.47     195,000     46,000     149,000       Wal-Mart, Marshalls

Morris Plains

    100.0 %   95.9 %   20.71     177,000     176,000     1,000     20,982 (2) Kohl's, ShopRite (6)

Dover

    100.0 %   94.0 %   11.84     173,000     167,000     6,000     12,912 (2) ShopRite, T.J. Maxx

Lodi (Route 17 North)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   11.92     171,000     171,000         11,136 (2) National Wholesale Liquidators

Watchung

    100.0 %   96.6 %   25.93     170,000     54,000     116,000     14,795 (2) BJ's Wholesale Club

Lawnside

    100.0 %   100.0 %   14.11     145,000     142,000     3,000     10,491 (2) The Home Depot, PetSmart

Hazlet

    100.0 %   100.0 %   2.64     123,000     123,000           Stop & Shop (6)

Kearny

    100.0 %   100.0 %   16.31     104,000     91,000     13,000       Marshalls

Turnersville

    100.0 %   96.3 %   6.40     96,000     93,000     3,000       Haynes Furniture Outlet (The Dump)

Lodi (Washington Street)

    100.0 %   94.1 %   19.82     85,000     85,000           Blink Fitness, Aldi

Carlstadt (ground leased through 2050)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   21.63     78,000     78,000           Stop & Shop

Paramus (ground leased through 2033)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   42.23     63,000     63,000           24 Hour Fitness

North Bergen (Kennedy Boulevard)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   26.76     62,000     6,000     56,000     5,003 (2) Food Basics

89


 
   
   
  Weighted
Average
Annual
Rent
PSF (1)
  Square Feet    
   
Property
  %
Ownership
  %
Occupancy
  Total
Property
  Owned by
Company
  Owned By
Tenant
  Encumbrances (7)
(in thousands)
  Major Tenants

South Plainfield (ground leased through 2039)

    100.0 %   85.9 %   22.04     56,000     56,000         5,030 (2) Staples, Party City

Englewood

    100.0 %   73.6 %   20.16     41,000     41,000         11,630   New York Sports Club

Eatontown

    100.0 %   73.7 %   29.09     30,000     30,000           Petco

East Hanover (280 Route 10 West)

    100.0 %   94.0 %   35.20     26,000     26,000         4,465 (2) REI

Montclair

    100.0 %   100.0 %   23.34     18,000     18,000         2,582 (2) Whole Foods Market
                                       

Total New Jersey

    100.0 %   95.9 %   18.60     6,321,000     4,288,000     2,033,000     524,577    
                                       

New York:

                                             

Bronx (Bruckner Boulevard)

    100.0 %   90.4 %   21.18     501,000     387,000     114,000       Kmart, Toys "R" Us, Marshalls, Old Navy, Gap

Huntington

    100.0 %   97.9 %   14.80     328,000     209,000     119,000     16,355 (2) The Home Depot (4) , Kmart, Marshalls, Old Navy, Petco

Buffalo (Amherst)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   9.84     311,000     242,000     69,000       BJ's Wholesale Club, T.J. Maxx, HomeGoods, Toys "R" Us, LA Fitness (lease not commenced)

Rochester

    100.0 %   100.0 %       205,000         205,000     4,304 (2) Wal-Mart

Mt. Kisco

    100.0 %   100.0 %   22.56     189,000     72,000     117,000     27,856   Target, A&P

Freeport (437 East Sunrise Highway)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   18.61     173,000     173,000         20,982 (2) The Home Depot, Staples

Rochester (Henrietta) (ground leased through 2056)

    100.0 %   96.2 %   3.81     165,000     158,000     7,000       Kohl's

Staten Island

    100.0 %   88.2 %   23.73     165,000     165,000         17,000   Western Beef, Planet Fitness

New Hyde Park (ground and building leased through 2029)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   18.73     101,000     101,000           Stop & Shop

Inwood

    100.0 %   76.9 %   18.91     100,000     100,000           Stop & Shop

West Babylon

    100.0 %   80.1 %   17.28     79,000     79,000           Best Market, Rite Aid

Bronx (1750-1780 Gun Hill Road)

    100.0 %   90.7 %   32.63     77,000     77,000           Aldi, Planet Fitness

Commack (ground and building leased through 2021)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   21.45     47,000     47,000           PetSmart, Ace Hardware

Dewitt (ground leased through 2041)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   20.46     46,000     46,000           Best Buy

Freeport (240 West Sunrise Highway) (ground and building leased through 2040)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   20.28     44,000     44,000           Bob's Discount Furniture

Oceanside

    100.0 %   100.0 %   27.83     16,000     16,000           Party City
                                       

Total New York

    100.0 %   94.9 %   17.57     2,547,000     1,916,000     631,000     86,497    
                                       

Pennsylvania:

                                             

Allentown

    100.0 %   90.3 %   15.23     554,000 (4)   270,000     284,000 (4)   29,428 (2) Wal-Mart (4) , Burlington Coat Factory, Giant Food, Dick's Sporting Goods, T.J. Maxx, Petco

Wilkes-Barre

    100.0 %   91.7 %   12.74     329,000 (4)   204,000     125,000 (4)     Target (4) , Bob's Discount Furniture, Babies "R" Us, Ross Dress for Less, Marshalls, Petco

Lancaster

    100.0 %   82.1 %   15.68     228,000     58,000     170,000     5,299 (2) Lowe's, Sleepy's

Bensalem

    100.0 %   98.9 %   11.57     185,000     177,000     8,000     14,606 (2) Kohl's, Ross Dress for Less, Staples, Petco

Broomall

    100.0 %   100.0 %   11.09     169,000     147,000     22,000     10,491 (2) Giant Food (3) , Planet Fitness, A.C. Moore, PetSmart

Bethlehem

    100.0 %   95.3 %   7.30     167,000     164,000     3,000     5,487 (2) Giant Food, Petco

York

    100.0 %   100.0 %   9.49     111,000     111,000         5,111 (2) Ashley Furniture, Tractor Supply Company, Petco, Aldi

90


 
   
   
  Weighted
Average
Annual
Rent
PSF (1)
  Square Feet    
   
Property
  %
Ownership
  %
Occupancy
  Total
Property
  Owned by
Company
  Owned By
Tenant
  Encumbrances (7)
(in thousands)
  Major Tenants

Glenolden

    100.0 %   100.0 %   25.84     102,000     10,000     92,000     6,725 (2) Wal-Mart

Wyomissing (ground and building leased through 2065)

    100.0 %   93.2 %   15.56     76,000     76,000           LA Fitness, PetSmart

Springfield (ground and building leased through 2025)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   20.90     41,000     41,000           PetSmart
                                       

Total Pennsylvania

    100.0 %   93.4 %   12.43     1,962,000     1,258,000     704,000     77,147    
                                       

California:

                                             

Signal Hill

    100.0 %   100.0 %   24.08     45,000     45,000           Best Buy

Vallejo (ground leased through 2043)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   17.51     45,000     45,000           Best Buy

Walnut Creek (1149 South Main Street)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   45.11     29,000     29,000           Barnes & Noble

Walnut Creek (Mt. Diablo)

    95.0 %   100.0 %   70.00     7,000     7,000           Anthropologie
                                       

Total California

    99.7 %   100.0 %   29.14     126,000     126,000            
                                       

Massachusetts:

                                             

Chicopee

    100.0 %   100.0 %       224,000         224,000     8,151 (2) Wal-Mart

Springfield

    100.0 %   97.8 %   16.39     182,000     33,000     149,000     5,622 (2) Wal-Mart

Milford (ground and building leased through 2019)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   8.01     83,000     83,000           Kohl's

Cambridge (ground and building leased through 2033)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   21.83     48,000     48,000           PetSmart, Modell's Sporting Goods
                                       

Total Massachusetts

    100.0 %   99.2 %   14.18     537,000     164,000     373,000     13,773    
                                       

Maryland:

                                             

Baltimore (Towson)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   16.28     155,000     155,000         15,333 (2) Shoppers Food Warehouse, hhgregg, Staples, HomeGoods, Golf Galaxy

Glen Burnie

    100.0 %   90.5 %   10.56     121,000     65,000     56,000       Gavigan's Home Furnishings, Pep Boys

Rockville

    100.0 %   98.1 %   23.92     94,000     94,000           Regal Cinemas

Wheaton (ground leased through 2060)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   14.94     66,000     66,000           Best Buy
                                       

Total Maryland

    100.0 %   97.0 %   17.12     436,000     380,000     56,000     15,333    
                                       

Connecticut:

                                             

Newington

    100.0 %   100.0 %   18.61     188,000     29,000     159,000     11,029 (2) Wal-Mart, Staples

Waterbury

    100.0 %   68.8 %   16.58     148,000     143,000     5,000     13,719 (2) ShopRite
                                       

Total Connecticut

    100.0 %   86.3 %   17.05     336,000     172,000     164,000     24,748    
                                       

Virginia:

                                             

Norfolk (ground and building leased through 2069)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   6.44     114,000     114,000           BJ's Wholesale Club

Tyson's Corner (ground and building leased through 2035)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   39.13     38,000     38,000           Best Buy
                                       

Total Virginia

    100.0 %   100.0 %   14.60     152,000     152,000            
                                       

South Carolina:

                                             

Charleston (ground leased through 2063)

    100.0 %   100.0 %   14.19     45,000     45,000           Best Buy
                                       

91


 
   
   
  Weighted
Average
Annual
Rent
PSF (1)
  Square Feet    
   
Property
  %
Ownership
  %
Occupancy
  Total
Property
  Owned by
Company
  Owned By
Tenant
  Encumbrances (7)
(in thousands)
  Major Tenants

New Hampshire:

                                             

Salem (ground leased through 2102)

    100.0 %   100.0 %       37,000         37,000       Babies "R" Us
                                       

Total UE Strip Centers

          95.4 %   17.34     12,499,000     8,501,000     3,998,000     742,075    
                                       

Vornado's Ownership Interest

          95.4 %   17.34     12,073,000     8,501,000     3,572,000     742,075    
                                       

MALLS:

                                             

Bergen Town Center—West, Paramus, NJ

    100.0 %   99.4 %   43.68 (5)   952,000     921,000     31,000     300,000   Target, Century 21, Whole Foods Market, Marshalls, Nordstrom Rack, Saks Off 5th, HomeGoods, Hennes & Mauritz, Bloomingdale's Outlet, Nike Factory Store, Old Navy, Nieman Marcus Last Call Studio

Montehiedra, Puerto Rico

    100.0 %   91.7 %   36.04 (5)   542,000     542,000         120,000   Kmart, The Home Depot, Marshalls, Caribbean Theatres, Tiendas Capri, Nike Factory Store

Las Catalinas, Puerto Rico

    100.0 %   91.9 %   55.59 (5)   494,000 (4)   355,000     139,000 (4)   130,000   Sears (4) , Kmart
                                       

Total UE Malls

          95.7 % $ 45.98 (5)   1,988,000     1,818,000     170,000   $ 550,000    
                                       

Vornado's Ownership Interest

          95.7 % $ 45.98 (5)   1,849,000     1,818,000     31,000   $ 550,000    
                                       

Total UE Retail Space

          95.4 %   19.37     14,487,000     10,319,000     4,168,000   $ 1,292,075    
                                       

Vornado's Ownership Interest

          95.4 % $ 19.37     13,922,000     10,319,000     3,603,000   $ 1,292,075    
                                       
                                       

East Hanover Warehouse Park

    100.0 %   45.6 % $ 4.37     942,000     942,000       $   Foremost Groups Inc., Fidelity Paper & Supply Inc., Consolidated Simon Distributors Inc., Meyer Distributing Inc., Givaudan Flavors Corp.
                                       
                                       

(1)
Weighted Average Annual Rent PSF excludes ground rent, storage rent and garages.

(2)
These encumbrances are cross-collateralized under a blanket mortgage in the amount of $610,589 as of September 30, 2014.

(3)
The lease for these former Bradlees locations is guaranteed by Stop & Shop.

(4)
Includes square footage of anchors who own their land and building.

(5)
Annualized Rent PSF shown is for in-line tenants only.

(6)
The tenant has ceased operations at these locations but continues to pay rent.

(7)
Unencumbered properties totaled 3,777,000 square feet as of September 30, 2014.

        Below is the base rent per square foot for both in-line tenants and anchor tenants for each property:

 
  Total   In-line   Anchors  

Bergen Town Center—West, Paramus, NJ

  $ 30.44   $ 43.68   $ 23.89  

Montehiedra, Puerto Rico

    18.01     36.04     12.90  

Las Catalinas, Puerto Rico

    37.60     55.59     13.92  

Average

    28.24     45.98     18.93  

92



Debt Information
(as of September 30, 2014)

 
   
   
  Balance at  
 
   
  Interest
Rate at
September 30,
2014
 
 
  Maturity   September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 
 
   
   
  (Amounts in thousands)
 

First mortgages secured by:

                         

Crossed collateralized mortgage on 40 properties:

                         

Fixed Rate

    09/20     4.28 % $ 550,589   $ 560,465  

Variable Rate (1)

    09/20     2.36 %   60,000     60,000  
                       

Total crossed collateralized

                610,589     620,465  

Bergen Town Center

    04/23     3.56 %   300,000     300,000  

Las Catalinas

    08/24     4.43 %   130,000      

Montehiedra Town Center (2)

    07/16     6.04 %   120,000     120,000  

North Bergen (Tonnelle Avenue)

    01/18     4.59 %   75,000     75,000  

Wilkes Barre (3)

                    19,898  

Forest Plaza

    07/18     1.45 %   17,000     17,000  

Mount Kisco (Target)

    11/34     7.30 %   15,746     16,003  

Mount Kisco (A&P)

    02/15     7.20 %   12,110     12,203  

Englewood

    10/18     6.22 %   11,630     11,760  

Lodi (4)

                    8,433  
                       

              $ 1,292,075   $ 1,200,762  
                       
                       

(1)
Subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

(2)
On May 13, 2013, Vornado notified the lender that due to tenants vacating, the property's operating cash flow will be insufficient to pay the debt service; accordingly, at Vornado's request, the mortgage loan was transferred to the special servicer. Although discussions with the special servicer to restructure the terms of the loan are ongoing, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate resolution of this matter.

(3)
This loan was repaid on August 11, 2014.

(4)
This loan was repaid on March 3, 2014.

93


Top Ten Tenants

        As of December 31, 2013, our top ten tenants measured by 2013 rental revenue are as follows:

Tenant
  Square Feet Leased   2013 Rental Revenues   Percentage of Total Annual Rental Revenues  

The Home Depot

    865,000   $ 13,954,000     6.1 %

Wal-Mart/Sam's Wholesale

    1,439,000     10,458,000     4.6 %

Lowe's

    976,000     8,520,000     3.7 %

Stop & Shop

    633,000     7,449,000     3.3 %

The TJX Companies, Inc. 

    518,000     7,308,000     3.2 %

Kohl's

    716,000     6,656,000     2.9 %

Best Buy

    313,000     6,448,000     2.8 %

ShopRite

    337,000     5,298,000     2.3 %

Sears and Kmart

    547,000     5,001,000     2.2 %

BJ's Wholesale Club

    454,000     4,864,000     2.1 %
               

    6,798,000   $ 75,956,000     33.2 %
               
               

        As of December 31, 2013, the composition of our 2013 rental revenue by type of retail tenant is as follows:

Discount Stores

    20 %

Home Improvement

    11 %

Supermarkets

    11 %

Family Apparel

    9 %

Restaurants

    7 %

Home Entertainment and Electronics

    6 %

Banking and Other Business Services

    4 %

Personal Services

    4 %

Sporting Goods, Toys and Hobbies

    4 %

Home Furnishings

    3 %

Women's Apparel

    3 %

Membership Warehouse Clubs

    2 %

Other

    16 %
       

    100 %
       
       

94


Lease Expirations

        The table below sets forth lease expirations for all of our properties as of September 30, 2014, assuming none of the tenants exercise renewal options.

 
   
   
   
  Weighted Average Annual
Base Rent of Expiring
Leases
   
 
 
   
   
   
  % of
Weighted Average
Annual Base
Rent of Expiring
Leases
 
 
   
  Square Feet
of
Expiring
Leases
   
 
Year
  Number of
Expiring
Leases
  Percentage of Retail Properties Square Feet   Total   Per Square
Foot
 

Month to month

    11     257,868     1.9 % $ 1,840,032   $ 7.14     0.8 %

2014

    23     119,862     0.9 %   2,982,084     24.88     1.4 %

2015

    72     360,997     2.7 %   10,420,092     28.86     4.8 %

2016

    88     665,241     4.9 %   13,832,472     20.79     6.3 %

2017

    79     577,202     4.2 %   10,356,384     17.94     4.7 %

2018

    71     1,209,313     8.9 %   17,662,620     14.61     8.1 %

2019

    96     1,192,431     8.8 %   25,017,600     20.98     11.4 %

2020

    62     1,135,568     8.4 %   18,834,972     16.59     8.6 %

2021

    43     675,065     5.0 %   12,022,452     17.81     5.5 %

2022

    50     1,042,328     7.7 %   12,783,624     12.26     5.8 %

2023

    46     1,044,252     7.7 %   18,724,884     17.93     8.6 %

2024

    53     1,317,347     9.7 %   17,692,176     13.43     8.1 %

Subsequent

    79     3,987,941     29.4 %   56,436,264     14.15     25.9 %

Financing

        Upon completion of the separation, we expect to assume all of the existing secured, property-level indebtedness related to the UE portfolio. As of September 30, 2014, the portfolio had approximately $1.292 billion of total combined debt outstanding. To provide additional liquidity following the separation, we are arranging a revolving credit facility under which, upon completion of the separation and distribution and subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, we expect to have significant borrowing capacity. We do not expect to have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility upon the completion of the separation.

        We look at several metrics to assess overall leverage levels, including debt to total asset value and total debt to net operating income ratios. We expect that we may, from time to time, re-evaluate our strategy with respect to leverage in light of the current economic conditions; relative costs of debt and equity capital; market values of our properties; acquisition, development, and expansion opportunities; and other factors, including meeting the taxable income distribution requirement for REITs under the Code in the event we have taxable income without receipt of cash sufficient to enable us to meet such distribution requirements. Our preference is to obtain fixed rate, long-term debt for our properties.

Competition

        Our direct competitors include other publicly-traded strip center operating and development companies, private retail real estate companies, commercial property developers and other owners of retail real estate that engage in similar businesses. We compete for retail tenants and the nature and extent of the competition we face varies from property to property. We primarily face competition from other strip centers within our trade areas.

        We believe the principal factors that retailers consider in making their leasing decisions include:

    Consumer demographics;

    Quality, design and location of properties;

95


    Local competitive alignment;

    Diversity of retailers and anchor tenants;

    Management and operational expertise; and

    Rental rates.

        In addition, because our revenue potential is linked to the success of our retailers, we indirectly share exposure to the same competitive factors that our retail tenants experience in their respective markets when trying to attract individual shoppers. These dynamics include general competition from other strip centers and malls, as well as competition from Internet sales, catalog companies, and telemarketing.

Seasonality

        Our revenues and expenses are, to some extent, subject to seasonality during the year, which impacts quarterly net earnings, cash flows and funds from operations, and therefore impacts comparisons of the current quarter to the previous quarter.

Employees

        Following the separation, we expect to have approximately 100 employees.

Insurance

        Vornado maintains general liability insurance with limits of $300,000,000 per occurrence and all-risk property and rental value insurance coverage with limits of $2.0 billion per occurrence, with sub-limits for certain perils such as floods and earthquakes on each of Vornado's properties. Vornado also maintains coverage for terrorist acts with limits of $4.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate, and $2.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate for nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological ("NBCR") terrorism events, as defined by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act, which expires in December 2014. Insurance premiums are charged directly to each of the retail properties. UE intends to obtain appropriate insurance coverage on its own and coverages may differ from those noted above. Also, the resulting insurance premiums may differ materially from amounts included in the accompanying combined financial statements. UE will be responsible for deductibles and losses in excess of insurance coverage, which could be material.

        Regarding coverage for acts of terrorism, UE will continue to monitor the state of the insurance market and the scope and costs of coverage, but cannot anticipate what coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms in the future.

        UE's mortgage loans are non-recourse and contain customary covenants requiring adequate insurance coverage. Although we believe that we currently have adequate insurance coverage for purposes of these agreements, we may not be able to obtain an equivalent amount of coverage at reasonable costs in the future. If lenders insist on greater coverage than UE is able to obtain, it could adversely affect the ability to finance or refinance the properties.

Legal Proceedings

        We are from time to time involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, after consultation with legal counsel, the outcome of such matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

96


Environmental Matters

        Under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, an owner of real estate is liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances on such real estate. These laws often impose such liability without regard to whether the owner knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. The costs of remediation or removal of such substances may be substantial and the presence of such substances, or the failure to promptly remediate such substances, may adversely affect the owner's ability to sell such real estate or to borrow using such real estate as collateral. In connection with our ownership and operation of our properties, we may be potentially liable for such costs. The operations of current and former tenants at our properties have involved, or may have involved, the use of hazardous materials or generated hazardous wastes. The release of such hazardous materials and wastes could result in our incurring liabilities to remediate any resulting contamination if the responsible party is unable or unwilling to do so. In addition, our properties are exposed to the risk of contamination originating from other sources. While a property owner generally is not responsible for remediating contamination that has migrated onsite from an offsite source, the contaminant's presence can have adverse effects on operations and re-development of our properties.

        Most of our properties have been subject, at some point, to environmental assessments that are intended to evaluate the environmental condition of the subject and surrounding properties. These environmental assessments generally have included a historical review, a public records review, a visual inspection of the site and surrounding properties, screening for the presence of asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and underground storage tanks and the preparation and issuance of a written report. They have not, however, included extensive sampling or subsurface investigations. Soil and/or groundwater testing is conducted at our properties, when necessary, to further investigate any issues raised by the initial assessment that could reasonably be expected to pose a material concern to the property or result in us incurring material environmental liabilities. In each case where the environmental assessments have identified conditions requiring remedial actions required by law, Vornado has initiated the appropriate actions.

        None of the environmental assessments conducted by us at the properties have revealed any environmental liability that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our overall business, financial condition or results of operations. Nevertheless, it is possible that these assessments do not reveal all environmental liabilities or that there are material environmental liabilities of which we are unaware.

Other Policies

        The following is a discussion of our Investment Policies, Financing Policies, Conflicts of Interest Policies and certain other policies. One or more of these policies may be amended or rescinded from time to time without a shareholder vote.

Investment Policies

        We are in the business of owning and operating strip centers and malls in high barrier-to-entry, densely populated markets such as New Jersey, New York and Pennsylvania. We may seek to make acquisitions in similar high barrier-to-entry, densely populated markets.

        Subject to REIT limitations, we may invest in the securities of other issuers in connection with acquisitions of indirect interests in real estate. Such an investment would normally be in the form of general or limited partnership or membership interests in special purpose partnerships and limited liability companies that own one or more properties.

97


        We do not base our acquisitions and investments on specific allocations by type of property. As part of Vornado, we have historically held our properties for long-term investment. It is possible, however, that properties in our portfolio may be sold when circumstances warrant. Further, we have not adopted a policy that limits the amount or percentage of assets which could be invested in a specific property or property type. While we may seek the vote of our shareholders in connection with any particular material transaction to the extent required by applicable law, generally our activities are reviewed and may be modified from time to time by our board of trustees without the vote of our shareholders.

        After the separation, Vornado and its affiliates will have no input or effect upon our investment decisions, whether through the Transition Services Agreement or otherwise, except to the extent that trustees or employees of Vornado serve as trustees of UE.

Financing Policies

        We expect to access the capital markets to raise the funds necessary to finance operations, acquisitions, development and redevelopment opportunities, and to refinance maturing debt. We expect that we will have to comply with customary covenants contained in any financing agreements that could, among other things, limit our ratio of debt to total assets or market value. We have not determined any specific leverage targets.

        If our board of trustees determines to seek additional capital, we may raise such capital by offering equity or debt securities, creating joint ventures with existing ownership interests in properties, entering into joint venture arrangements for new acquisition and development projects, retaining cash flows or a combination of these methods. If the board of trustees determines to raise equity capital, it may, without shareholder approval, issue additional common shares or other shares of beneficial interest. The board of trustees may issue shares in any manner and on such terms and for such consideration as it deems appropriate. Such securities may be senior to the outstanding classes of common shares. Such securities also may include additional classes of preferred shares, which may or may not be convertible into common shares. Existing shareholders have no preemptive right to purchase shares in any subsequent offering of our securities. Any such offering could dilute a shareholder's investment in us.

        We expect most future borrowings would be made through UE L.P. or its subsidiaries. We might, however, incur borrowings at UE that would be reloaned to UE L.P. Borrowings may be in the form of bank borrowings, publicly and privately placed debt instruments, or purchase money obligations to the sellers of properties. Any such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Any such indebtedness may also have full or limited recourse to the borrower or be cross-collateralized with other debt, or may be fully or partially guaranteed by UE L.P. Although we may borrow to fund the payment of dividends, we currently have no expectation that we will regularly do so.

        We may also finance acquisitions through the issuance of common shares or preferred shares, the issuance of additional units of partnership interest in UE L.P., the issuance of preferred units of UE L.P., the issuance of other securities including mortgage debt or sale or exchange of ownership interests in properties.

        UE L.P. may also issue units to transferors of properties or other partnership interests which may permit the transferor to defer gain recognition for tax purposes.

        We do not have a policy limiting the number or amount of mortgages that may be placed on any particular property. Mortgage financing instruments, however, usually limit additional indebtedness on such properties. Additionally, other contracts may limit our ability to borrow and contain limits on the amount of secured indebtedness we may incur.

        Typically, we will invest in or form special purpose entities to assist us in obtaining secured permanent financing at attractive terms. Permanent financing may be structured as a mortgage loan on

98


a single property, or on a group of properties, and will generally require us to provide a mortgage lien on the property or properties in favor of an institutional third party, as a joint venture with a third party, or as a securitized financing. For securitized financings, we may create special purpose entities to own the properties. These special purpose entities, which are common in the real estate industry, are intended to be structured so that they would not be consolidated in a bankruptcy proceeding involving a parent company. We will decide upon the structure of the financing based upon the best terms then available to us and whether the proposed financing is consistent with our other business objectives. For accounting purposes, we will include the outstanding securitized debt of special purpose entities owning consolidated properties as part of our consolidated indebtedness.

Conflicts of Interest Policies

        Following the distribution of our common shares by each of VRLP and Vornado, we expect to have policies designed to reduce or eliminate potential conflicts of interest. We expect to adopt governance guidelines governing our affairs and those of our board of trustees (the "Governance Guidelines"), as well as written charters for each of the standing committees of our board of trustees.

        In addition, we expect to have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which will apply to all of our officers, trustees, and employees. Any transaction between us and any officer, trustee, or 5% shareholder must be approved pursuant to the related party transaction policy we expect to adopt.

        At least a majority of the members of our board of trustees and every member of our nominating and governance committee, audit committee and compensation committee must qualify as independent under the listing standards for companies.

Certain Other Policies

        We intend to make investments which are consistent with our qualification as a REIT, unless the board of trustees determines that it is no longer in our best interests to so qualify as a REIT.

        We may issue senior securities, purchase and sell investments, offer securities in exchange for property and repurchase or reacquire shares or other securities in the future. To the extent we engage in these activities, we will comply with applicable law. We do not currently intend to repurchase or otherwise reacquire our common shares. We do not intend to underwrite the securities of other issuers.

        We will make reports to our security holders in accordance with the NYSE rules and containing such information, including financial statements certified by independent public accountants, as required by the NYSE.

        We do not currently have policies in place with respect to making loans to other persons (other than our conflict of interest policies described above).

99



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers Following the Separation

        UE will be led by Jeffrey S. Olson as its Chairman of the Board of Trustees and Chief Executive Officer. Robert Minutoli, currently Executive Vice President responsible for Vornado's strip center and mall portfolio, will serve as Chief Operating Officer. Matthew Iocco, currently a Vornado Senior Vice President and Senior Financial Officer, will be UE's Chief Financial Officer for a transition period following the separation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Transition Services Agreement. We are in the process of identifying the other individuals who will serve as our executive officers following the separation. These executive officers will be appointed prior to the distribution, and we will include information concerning them in an amendment to this information statement. Upon completion of the separation, none of UE's executive officers will be affiliated with Vornado, with the exception of Matthew Iocco, who will continue to be a Vornado employee.

        Jeffrey S. Olson.     Mr. Olson served as chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of Equity One,  Inc. from 2006 until September 1, 2014, when he joined Vornado in order to work on the separation. From 2006-2008, Mr. Olson also served as the president of Equity One. Prior to joining Equity One, he served as president of the Eastern and Western Regions of Kimco Realty Corporation from 2002 to 2006. Mr. Olson worked on Wall Street from 1996 to 2001 as a REIT analyst with Salomon Brothers, CIBC and UBS. Spanning the five year period from 1991 to 1996, he held a variety of financial and accounting positions at The Mills Corporation. Mr. Olson also practiced public accounting at Reznick, Fedder and Silverman, CPAs, where he worked from 1986 to 1990. Mr. Olson has a Masters of Science in Real Estate from The Johns Hopkins University, a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of Maryland and was previously a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Olson is on the board of NAREIT and also serves as a member of The Browning School's Board of Trustees. Vornado's board of trustees has concluded that Mr. Olson's qualifications to serve on our board include his experience as chief executive officer of Equity One and general expertise in real estate operations, as well as his knowledge of the REIT industry developed as an analyst covering many U.S. REITs.

        Robert Minutoli.     Mr. Minutoli has been responsible for Vornado's malls since 2009 and its malls and strip centers since 2012. Prior to joining Vornado, he was Executive Vice President-New Business and a member of the Executive Committee at The Rouse Company, where he spent 27 years. At Rouse, he held various construction, development, acquisitions/dispositions and business development positions. From 1972-1977 he was a commissioned officer in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. Mr. Minutoli has a B.S. degree from the United States Military Academy and an MBA from Golden Gate University. He has deep knowledge of and experience with UE's portfolio and its tenant base.

        Matthew Iocco.     Mr. Iocco is responsible for Vornado's company-wide accounting policies and procedures and Vornado's external financial reporting. Prior to joining Vornado in 1999, Mr. Iocco was a senior audit manager in Arthur Andersen's Real Estate Services Group, where he began his career in 1991. He has a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Fordham University and is a Certified Public Accountant licensed in the State of New York. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Iocco is an active member of NAREIT and has been a panelist and roundtable host at past NAREIT conferences on various technical accounting and financial reporting topics.

Board of Trustees Following the Separation

        Under Maryland law, the business and affairs of UE will be managed under the direction of its board of trustees. UE's declaration of trust and bylaws will provide that the number of trustees may be fixed by the board from time to time but may not be fewer than the number required by the Maryland

100


REIT law, which is currently one, nor, unless UE's bylaws are amended, more than 15. We currently expect that, upon the consummation of the separation, our board of trustees will consist of seven or more members, a majority of whom we expect to satisfy the independence standards established by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the applicable rules of the SEC and the NYSE. Upon completion of the separation, only one trustee of UE, Steven Roth, will be affiliated with Vornado.

        The following table sets forth information with respect to those persons who are expected to serve on UE's board of trustees following the completion of the separation. UE will name additional nominees prior to the separation.

Name
  Age   Title

Michael Gould

    72   Trustee

Steven Guttman

    68   Trustee

Jeffrey S. Olson

    46   Chairman of the Board of Trustees

Kevin P. O'Shea

    49   Trustee

Steven Roth

    72   Trustee

        Set forth below is biographical information about the expected trustees identified above that are not also executive officers of ours, as well as a description of the specific skills and qualifications such candidates are expected to provide to UE's board of trustees.

        Michael Gould.     Mr. Gould served as Chairman and CEO of Bloomingdale's, a division of Macy's Inc., from 1991 to 2014. Prior to joining Bloomingdale's, Mr. Gould was the President and Chief Operating Officer of Giorgio Beverly Hills beginning in 1986 and became its President and Chief Executive Officer in 1987. Mr. Gould also worked at J.W. Robinson's Department Stores in Los Angeles from 1978 to 1986, serving as its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1981 to 1986. Mr. Gould received his Bachelor of Arts from Columbia College in 1966 and his MBA from Columbia Business School in 1968.

        Steven Guttman.     Mr. Guttman is a real estate industry veteran with over 40 years of experience. In January of 2013, Mr. Guttman founded UOVO Fine Art Storage, which is developing next generation, high-tech facilities for fine art storage, and currently serves as UOVO's Chairman. Prior to founding UOVO, Mr. Guttman had a 30-year career with the Federal Realty Investment Trust, becoming managing Trustee in 1979, President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee in 1980, and Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer in February 2001, the position he held at the time of retirement in 2003. In 1998, Mr. Guttman founded Storage Deluxe Management Company, a Manhattan-based owner, developer and manager of self-storage facilities, of which he is the principal investor. In the last 15 years, Storage Deluxe has developed approximately 40 properties with in excess of 4 million square feet, primarily in the New York City metropolitan area. Mr. Guttman has been a member of the NAREIT since 1973 and served as a member of the Board of Governors and Executive Committee, including as Chairman of the Board of Governors from 1997-1998. He received a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Pittsburgh in 1968, and received a J.D. from George Washington University in 1972.

        Kevin P. O'Shea.     Mr. O'Shea has been the Chief Financial Officer of AvalonBay Communities, Inc. since May 31, 2014. Prior to that he served as Executive Vice President—Capital Markets and as Senior Vice President—Investment Management. Mr. O'Shea joined AvalonBay in July 2003. Prior to joining AvalonBay, Mr. O'Shea was an Executive Director at UBS Investment Bank, where his experience included real estate investment banking. Earlier in his career, Mr. O'Shea practiced commercial real estate and banking law as an attorney. Mr. O'Shea received his Masters Degree in Business Administration from Harvard Business School, his J.D. from Southern Methodist University and his undergraduate degree from Boston College.

101


        Steven Roth.     Mr. Roth has been the Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Vornado since May 1989 and Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of Trustees of Vornado since April 1980. From May 1989 until May 2009, Mr. Roth served as Vornado's Chief Executive Officer, and has been serving as Chief Executive Officer again from April 15, 2013 until the present. Since 1968, he has been a general partner of Interstate Properties and he currently serves as its Managing General Partner. He is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Alexander's, Inc. Mr. Roth was a director of J. C. Penney Company, Inc. (a retailer) from 2011 until September 13, 2013. In addition, from 2005 until February 2011, Mr. Roth was a director of Toys "R" Us, Inc.

Election of Trustees

        At the time of the separation, UE expects that its board of trustees will consist of the trustees set forth above, who will be divided as equally as possible into three separate classes. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of shareholders, respectively, held following the separation. Initially, shareholders will elect only one class of trustees each year. Shareholders will elect successors to trustees of the first class for a two-year term and successors to trustees of the second class for a one-year term, in each case upon the expiration of the terms of the initial trustees of each class. Commencing with the 2018 annual meeting of shareholders, each trustee shall be elected annually for a term of one year and shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies. At any meeting of shareholders for the election of trustees at which a quorum is present, the election will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote in the election. At such time as our board of trustees ceases to be classified, our board of trustees will amend our bylaws to provide that a majority of all the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be required to elect a trustee, unless the election is contested, in which case a plurality shall be sufficient.

Trustee Compensation

        We have not yet determined the material elements of the compensation of the individuals who will be our trustees, if any. We expect that any such arrangements will be determined after the separation and distribution.

Trustee Independence

        A majority of UE's board of trustees will at all times be comprised of trustees who are "independent" as defined by the rules of the NYSE and the Governance Guidelines that will be adopted by the board. Our board of trustees is expected to establish categorical standards to assist it in making its determination of trustee independence. For relationships that are either not covered by or do not satisfy the categorical standards, the determination of whether the relationship is material and therefore whether the trustee qualified as independent or not, may be made by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee or the board. UE shall explain in the annual meeting proxy statement immediately following any such determination the basis for any determination that a relationship was immaterial despite the fact that it did not meet the categorical standards adopted by the board.

Committees of the Board of Trustees

        Effective upon the completion of the separation, UE's board of trustees will have the following three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

102


        Audit Committee.                     ,                         and                         are expected to be the members of the board's Audit Committee. Each of the members of the Audit Committee will be independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE, Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the rules and regulations of the SEC, and in accordance with the company's Governance Guidelines. The Audit Committee's purposes are to (i) assist the Board in its oversight of (a) the integrity of our financial statements, (b) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (c) the independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications and independence, and (d) the performance of the independent registered public accounting firm and the company's internal audit function; and (ii) prepare an Audit Committee report as required by the SEC for inclusion in our annual proxy statement. The function of the Audit Committee is oversight. The management of the company is responsible for the preparation, presentation and integrity of our financial statements and for the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Management is responsible for maintaining appropriate accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and internal controls and procedures that provide for compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations. The independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for planning and carrying out a proper audit of our annual financial statements, reviewing our quarterly financial statements prior to the filing of each Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and annually auditing the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and other procedures. The Audit Committee shall consist of no fewer than three members, and at least one member of the Audit Committee must qualify as a "financial expert" as defined by the SEC. In addition, this committee will meet as often as it determines, but not less frequently than quarterly.

        Compensation Committee.                     ,                         and                         are expected to be the members of the board's Compensation Committee. Each of the members of the Compensation Committee will be independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE, Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the rules and regulations of the SEC, and in accordance with the company's Governance Guidelines. The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing the terms of the compensation of the executive officers and the granting and administration of awards under any company share plans. Compensation decisions for our executive officers are made by the Compensation Committee. Decisions regarding compensation of other employees are made by our Chief Executive Officer and are subject to review and approval of the Compensation Committee. Compensation decisions for our trustees are made by the Compensation Committee and/or the full board.

        The agenda for meetings of the Compensation Committee is determined by its Chairman with the assistance of the company's Secretary and/or other members of management. Compensation Committee meetings are attended from time to time by members of management at the invitation of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee's Chairman reports the committee's determination of executive compensation to the board. The Compensation Committee has authority under its charter to elect, retain and approve fees for, and to terminate the engagement of, compensation consultants, special counsel or other experts or consultants as it deems appropriate to assist in the fulfillment of its responsibilities. The Compensation Committee reviews the total fees paid by us to outside consultants to ensure that such consultants maintain their objectivity and independence when rendering advice to the committee. The Compensation Committee may receive advice from compensation consultants, special counsel or other experts or consultants only after consideration of relevant factors related to their fees, services and potential conflicts of interests, as outlined in the Compensation Committee's Charter.

        The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, delegate all or a portion of its duties and responsibilities to a subcommittee of the committee. In particular, the Compensation Committee may delegate the approval of certain transactions to a subcommittee consisting solely of members of the committee who are (i) "Non-Employee Directors" for the purposes of SEC Rule 16b-3; and (ii) "outside directors" for the purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Currently, all

103


members of the Compensation Committee are expected to meet these criteria. The Compensation Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members. In addition, this committee will meet at least once annually, or more frequently as circumstances may dictate.

        Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.                     ,                         and                         are expected to be the members of the board's Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Each of the members of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will be independent, as defined by the rules of the NYSE, Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the rules and regulations of the SEC, and in accordance with the company's Governance Guidelines.

        The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee's responsibilities include the selection of potential candidates for the board and the development and review of our Governance Guidelines. It also reviews trustee compensation and benefits, and oversees annual self-evaluations of the board and its committees. The committee also makes recommendations to the board concerning the structure and membership of the other board committees as well as management succession plans. The committee selects and evaluates candidates for the board in accordance with the criteria set out in the company's Governance Guidelines and as are set forth below. The committee is then responsible for recommending to the Board a slate of candidates for trustee positions for the board's approval.

        The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consist of at least one member. In addition, this committee will meet at least once annually, or more frequently as circumstances may dictate.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During the company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, UE was not an independent company, and did not have a Compensation Committee or any other committee serving a similar function.

Corporate Governance

Shareholder Recommendations for Trustee Nominees

        UE's bylaws will contain provisions that address the process by which a shareholder may nominate an individual to stand for election to the board of trustees. UE expects that the board of trustees will adopt a policy concerning the evaluation of shareholder recommendations of board candidates by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

Governance Guidelines

        The board of trustees is expected to adopt a set of Governance Guidelines in connection with the separation to assist the board in guiding UE's governance practices. These practices will be regularly re-evaluated by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee in light of changing circumstances in order to continue serving UE's best interests and the best interests of its shareholders.

Communicating with the Board of Trustees

        UE's Governance Guidelines will include procedures by which shareholders and other interested parties may communicate with UE's independent trustees by calling a phone number. A recording of each phone call will be sent to one member of the Audit Committee as well as to a member of management who may respond to any such call if the caller provides a return number.

104


Trustee Qualification Standards

        UE's Governance Guidelines will provide that the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for recommending to the board a slate of trustees or one or more nominees to fill vacancies occurring between annual meetings of shareholders.

        The process that this committee will use to identify a nominee to serve as a member of the board of trustees will depend on the qualities being sought, but the board should, based on the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, select new nominees considering the following criteria: (i) personal qualities and characteristics, accomplishments and reputation in the business community; (ii) current knowledge and contacts in the communities in which UE does business and in UE's industry or other industries relevant to UE's business; (iii) ability and willingness to commit adequate time to board and committee matters; (iv) the fit of the individual's skills and personality with those of other trustees and potential trustees in building a board that is effective, collegial and responsive to the needs of the company; and (v) diversity of viewpoints, experience and other demographics.

        The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will consider the criteria described above in the context of an assessment of the perceived needs of the board of trustees as a whole and seek to achieve diversity of occupational and personal backgrounds on the board. The board will be responsible for selecting candidates for election as trustees based on the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

Lead Independent Trustee

        The lead independent trustee will be annually elected by the independent trustees. The lead independent trustee will serve as a resource to the Chairman and to the other independent trustees, coordinating the activities of the independent trustees. The lead independent trustee will also perform such other duties and responsibilities as the Board may determine, which include: (i) presiding at all meetings of the Board at which the Chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the independent trustees; (ii) serving as liaison between the Chairman and the independent trustees; (iii) consulting with the Chairman as to an appropriate schedule of board meetings; (iv) consulting with the Chairman as to agenda items and materials sent in advance of board meetings, provided that all trustees may suggest items for inclusion on the agenda; and (v) calling meeting of the independent trustees when necessary and appropriate.

                        is expected to be named UE's lead independent trustee. The lead independent trustee, and each of the other trustees, will be expected to communicate regularly with the chairman and chief executive officer regarding appropriate agenda topics and other board related matters. If requested by major shareholders and subject to applicable legal restrictions, the lead independent trustee must ensure that he or she is available for consultation and direct communication.

Policies on Business Ethics

        In connection with the separation, UE will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the "code of conduct") that requires all its business activities to be conducted in compliance with laws, regulations, and ethical principles and values. All trustees, officers and employees of UE will be required to read, understand and abide by the requirements of the code of conduct.

        The code of conduct will be accessible on UE's website on the investor relations page. Any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the code of conduct may be granted only by UE's counsel. Waivers involving any of the company's executive officers or trustees may be made only by the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee of UE's board of trustees or by the board of trustees itself, and all waivers granted to executive officers and trustees will be disclosed promptly as

105


required by the rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. UE's counsel, who will be responsible for overseeing, administering, and monitoring the code of conduct, will report to the chief executive officer with respect to all matters relating to the code of conduct.

Procedures for Treatment of Complaints Regarding Accounting, Internal Accounting Controls, and Auditing Matters

        In accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, UE expects that its Audit Committee will adopt procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing matters and to allow for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees and others of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Policy on Trustee Attendance at Annual Meetings of Shareholders

        Board members will not be required to attend the annual meeting of shareholders. Instead, the choice of whether or not to attend will be left to each individual trustee.

106



COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

        This section presents information concerning compensation arrangements for the persons who we expect will be our named executive officers as of the separation, to the extent that they have been identified. As noted above, UE is currently part of Vornado and not an independent company, and the compensation committee of UE (the "UE Compensation Committee") has not yet been formed. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes certain aspects of Vornado's compensation for its named executive officers in 2013 and describes the future compensation philosophy and compensation arrangements that UE expects to have in place following the separation. Vornado's compensation may be relevant to UE because it is anticipated that the elements of UE's initial compensation program for its named executive officers will be similar to the elements of Vornado's compensation program for its named executive officers. However, once the UE Compensation Committee is formed, compensation decisions for UE's named executive officers following the separation will be made by the UE Compensation Committee, and it will review the impact of the separation and all aspects of compensation and make appropriate adjustments, if any.

Named Executive Officers

        The individuals listed below are expected to serve as named executive officers of UE following completion of the separation, with the titles shown below; however, such determination is subject to approval by our board of trustees. We are in the process of identifying additional individuals who will serve as named executive officers following the separation. If any of the additional named executive officers are appointed prior to the separation, we will include information concerning him or her in an amendment to this information statement. The individuals listed below, along with the other individuals who will be appointed to serve as named executive officers, are collectively referred to as "our NEOs."

    Jeffrey Olson—Chief Executive Officer

    Matthew Iocco—Interim Chief Financial Officer

    Robert Minutoli—Chief Operating Officer

        Additional information about our expected named executive officers following the separation is set forth in "Management—Executive Officers Following the Separation."

Elements of Vornado Compensation Program

        Vornado's named executive compensation has three primary components: (1) annual base salary; (2) annual incentive awards, which include cash payments and/or awards of equity; and (3) long-term equity incentives, which may include restricted units, stock options and long-term incentive performance unit awards such as those awarded under Vornado's outperformance plan ("OPP").

        The overall levels of compensation and the allocation among these components is determined annually by Vornado's compensation committee based upon an analysis of Vornado's performance during the year and a review of the prevailing competitive market for executive talent in which

107


Vornado operates. The components of Vornado's compensation program for senior management are described in the chart below:

 
  Objectives   Key Features

Base Salary

 

Provide an appropriate level of fixed compensation that will promote executive retention and recruitment.

 

Fixed compensation.

No executive receives in excess of $1,000,000 of salary.

Annual Incentive Awards

 

Reward achievement of financial and operating goals for a year based on the compensation committee's quantitative and qualitative assessment of the executive's contributions to that performance.

Provide that a portion of such award be in the form of unvested equity to further align an executive's interests with that of shareholders.

 

Variable, short-term cash compensation and time-based equity awards.

Funded upon the achievement of a threshold CFFO (defined below) level.

Aggregate pool capped at 1.25% of CFFO.

Allocated based on objective and subjective Vornado, business unit and individual performance.

Long Term Equity Incentives:

 

 

 

 

Annual Restricted Equity Grants

 

Align the interests of executives with those of Vornado shareholders.

Promote the retention of executives with multi-year vesting.

Provide stable long-term compensation as a balance to a risk-taking approach.

 

Equity awards that vest ratably over four years.

Awards are capped by the awards available to be issued under Vornado's Omnibus Share Plan.

Senior management receives Restricted Units that require a two-year hold period (regardless of vesting) and a "book-up" event (typically an increase in Share price) to have value.

Performance-Based, Long-Term Incentive Program

 

Promote the creation of long-term shareholder value as the awards will only have value if an appropriate TSR is achieved.

Align the interests of executives with those of Vornado shareholders.

Promote the retention of executives with multi-year vesting after they are earned.

 

Variable, performance-based long-term equity compensation.

Amount is earned based on a three-year period of absolute and relative TSR performance (as defined below).

Vests over three years once (and if) they are earned.

Award capped on value of a fixed number of units and availability under Vornado's Omnibus Share Plan.

2013 Performance Metrics

        For 2013 compensation, among the factors considered, both objectively and subjectively, were the changes in Vornado's and the applicable Vornado division's operating and performance results during the year (Comparable EBITDA, Comparable FFO and FFO) and Vornado's TSR for the year. For these purposes, EBITDA means earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, Comparable EBITDA means EBITDA as adjusted to exclude discontinued operations and exclude

108


one-time gains, write-offs and non-real estate related items. FFO means funds from operations as defined by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (NAREIT). Comparable FFO (or CFFO) means FFO as adjusted to exclude one-time gains, write-offs and non-real estate related items. Each of these metrics is provided in Vornado's regular annual and quarterly reports as well as reconciliations to the most comparable metric presented in GAAP. Although non-GAAP metrics, Vornado uses these metrics in making its compensation decisions because they facilitate meaningful comparisons in operating performance between periods and among Vornado's peers. TSR means Vornado's total shareholder return (including dividends) for a given period.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans

        Vornado maintains a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the "VNO Deferred Compensation Plan"), which applies to deferrals on and after January 1, 2005 and is designed to comply with the deferred compensation restrictions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Employees having annual compensation of at least $200,000 are eligible to participate in the Plan, provided that they qualify as "accredited investors" under securities laws. Members of Vornado's Board of Trustees are also eligible to participate. To participate, an eligible individual must make an irrevocable election to defer at least $20,000 of his or her compensation (whether cash or equity) per year. Participant deferrals are always fully vested. Vornado may make discretionary credits to these plans on behalf of participants, but as yet has not done so. Deferrals are credited with earnings based on the rate of return of specific security investments or various "benchmark funds" selected by the individual, some of which are based on the performance of Vornado's securities.

        Participants may elect to have their deferrals credited to a "Retirement Account" or a "Fixed Date Account." Retirement Accounts are generally payable following retirement or termination of employment. Fixed Date Accounts are generally payable at a time selected by the participant, which is at least two full calendar years after the year for which deferrals are made. Participants may elect to receive distributions as a lump sum or in the form of annual installments over no more than 10 years. In the event of a change of control of Vornado, all accounts become immediately payable in a lump sum.

Retirement Plans and Perquisites

        Vornado offers a 401(k) Retirement Plan to all of its employees in which Vornado provides matching contributions (up to 75% of the statutory maximum but not more than 7.5% of cash compensation) that vest over five years. Vornado does not have any other retirement plan. Additionally, Vornado provides certain of its named executive officers with certain perquisites, including an allowance for financial counseling and tax preparation services. Additionally, due to the location of Vornado's corporate offices in New York City and the extensive business-related travel requirements of Vornado's named executive officers, Vornado provides certain of its named executive officers with the use of a car and/or driver.

Adjustment of Vornado Equity-Based Incentive Awards In Connection with the Distribution

        Vornado has issued stock options to purchase Vornado common stock, restricted shares of Vornado common stock, restricted partnership units in Vornado Realty L.P. and OPP partnership units in Vornado Realty L.P. No UE equity awards or UE shares will be issued to holders of Vornado stock options or unvested restricted shares, unvested restricted partnership units or OPP partnership units.

        In connection with the distribution, each outstanding Vornado stock option will remain an option to purchase Vornado common stock subject to the same terms and conditions in effect prior to the distribution; however, the number of options will be increased and the exercise price of each option will be decreased based on the Vornado common stock price on the first day the shares go ex-dividend

109


relative to the Vornado common stock price on the last trading day before the shares go ex-dividend, in both instances based on the average of the high and low prices on such days (the "Equity Award Adjustment Factor") so that the aggregate spread and the in-the-money ratio of the stock options remains the same. The options held by employees who are employed by UE after the distribution will vest in connection with the distribution and such options will generally only be exercisable for 60 days after the distribution before they are forfeited in accordance with their terms. In connection with the accelerated vesting of these awards, the unamortized cost of approximately $162,000 will be recognized immediately as compensation expense. In addition, UE employees will receive a one-time cash payment from Vornado equal to the decline in the fair value of outstanding options due to the shorter period in which the UE employee may exercise the option. Based on a $105 Vornado common stock price, the aggregate value of the one-time cash payments to UE employees is estimated to be $371,000.

        In connection with the distribution, the number of restricted shares of Vornado common stock and the number of restricted partnership units in Vornado Realty L.P. will be increased based on the Equity Award Adjustment Factor so that the value of the award remains the same. The unvested restricted shares of Vornado common stock and unvested restricted incentive partnership units that are held by UE employees will vest upon completion of the distribution. The unamortized cost of these awards of approximately $469,000 will be recognized immediately as compensation expense.

        Upon completion of the distribution, the number of OPP partnership units may be increased so that the value of the award remains the same, and the distribution will be treated as a special dividend for purposes of the OPP performance metrics. For UE employees, service with UE will be treated as service with Vornado for purposes of the service-based vesting conditions applicable to their OPP partnership units.

110



UE Compensation Programs Following the Separation

        In connection with the separation, we expect to adopt benefit plans and executive compensation plans and policies. UE's compensation plans and policies are currently being determined and have not been finalized except as noted below. Information regarding UE's compensation programs that have not been finalized will be included in subsequent amendments to this information statement if and as they are finalized prior to the separation.

        The following summarizes the principal components of our compensation plans and policies that have been determined, and that we expect will apply to our NEOs. We also expect that, like Vornado, we will have an executive compensation program that includes three major elements—base salary, annual bonus incentives and long-term equity incentives, such as stock options, restricted stock awards and performance-based equity awards.

Compensation Philosophy

        It is expected that the principal objectives of UE's executive compensation program will be to (1) attract and retain the most talented executives in our industry; (2) motivate executives to achieve corporate performance objectives as well as individual goals; and (3) align the interests of our executives with those of our shareholders.

        We anticipate that, immediately after the separation, UE's compensation philosophy and executive compensation plans and policies will be similar to Vornado's as described above. Following the separation, the UE Compensation Committee will consider and further develop UE's compensation policies, practices and procedures, consistent with UE's business needs and goals.

Employment Agreements

Employment Agreement with Jeffrey Olson

        On March 17, 2014, Vornado entered into an employment agreement with Jeffrey Olson, which became effective on September 1, 2014 (as the "Agreement Effective Date") and has an initial term of five years, with automatic one-year renewals thereafter unless either party provides the other party at least 90 days' prior notice of nonrenewal. The employment agreement provides that, prior to the date of the separation, Mr. Olson will assist in running Vornado's retail segment, and after the date of the separation, Mr. Olson will serve as Chairman of UE's board of trustees and Chief Executive Officer of UE.

        The employment agreement provides that, prior to the date of the separation, Mr. Olson will be paid $166,666 per month. After the date of the separation, Mr. Olson will be entitled to an annual base salary of $1,000,000 and a target annual bonus of 100% of annual base salary, paid 50% in cash and 50% in equity awards that vest ratably over four years. The annual bonus paid in respect of fiscal year 2015 will not be less than $1,000,000. Also, after the date of the separation, Mr. Olson will be eligible to receive grants each year while he is employed with UE under UE's long-term incentive compensation plans of options to purchase UE common shares with a grant date Black Scholes value equal to $500,000 that vest 25% on each anniversary of the grant date subject to continued employment. Mr. Olson will be entitled to participate in the 401(k) and welfare and benefit plans that are generally offered to UE senior-level executives or employees after the separation date. Additionally, UE will provide Mr. Olson with a car and driver.

        On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the separation date, UE will grant Mr. Olson options to purchase $50 million of UE common shares (the "Initial Option Award") based on the fair market value of the shares on the date the options are granted. The Initial Option Award will vest 25% on each of the third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date and 50% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date subject to continued employment. Additionally, on or as soon as reasonably practicable

111


following the separation date, UE will grant Mr. Olson an equity award with a grant date value equal to $5 million. Shortly after the Agreement Effective Date, Vornado paid Mr. Olson a cash make whole payment equal to $3,156,952 (which is $5 million less the value of certain equity awards Mr. Olson received from his prior employer).

        On any termination of Mr. Olson's employment, Mr. Olson will be entitled to payment of any earned but unpaid base salary and annual bonus and accrued and unpaid vacation pay, and any compensation and benefits due to Mr. Olson under the terms of any other plan or program. On a termination of Mr. Olson's employment by Vornado or UE, as applicable, without cause or by Mr. Olson for good reason, subject to Mr. Olson's execution of a release, Mr. Olson will be entitled to (1) a lump sum payment of the Severance Amount, (2) a Pro Rata Bonus paid at the time bonuses are otherwise paid, (3) the Medical Benefits, (4) vesting of all outstanding unvested equity awards and (5) if the Initial Option Award has not yet been granted, a lump sum Make-Whole Severance Payment. Stock options held by Mr. Olson will remain exercisable for 60 days following termination (or, if earlier, for the remainder of the term of the option). For these purposes:

    The "Severance Amount" equals two times Mr. Olson's base salary and target annual bonus unless the termination is within three months prior to, in connection with or within two years following a change in control of UE (a "Qualifying CIC Termination"), in which case it will equal three times Mr. Olson's base salary and target annual bonus.

    The "Pro Rata Bonus" equals a pro rata portion of Mr. Olson's annual bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance or, on a Qualifying CIC Termination, means the greater of that amount and Mr. Olson's target annual bonus.

    The "Medical Benefits" require UE to provide Mr. Olson medical insurance coverage substantially identical to that provided to other senior executives for three years, subject to applicable law.

    The "Make-Whole Severance Payment" equals $10,000,000.

        On a termination of Mr. Olson's employment due to death or disability, Mr. Olson will be entitled to vesting of the Initial Option Award.

        Mr. Olson is subject to non-competition and non-solicitation of employees covenants through the one-year anniversary of the date Mr. Olson's employment terminates for any reason.

        In the event that payments or benefits owed to Mr. Olson constitute "parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, such payments or benefits will be reduced to an amount that does not result in the imposition of such excise tax, but only if such reduction results in Mr. Olson receiving a higher net-after-tax amount than he would have absent such reduction.

        "Cause" generally means Mr. Olson's (1) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; (2) willful and continued failure to use reasonable best efforts to substantially perform his duties (other than such failure resulting from Mr. Olson's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or after Mr. Olson's notice of termination for good reason) that Mr. Olson fails to remedy to the reasonable satisfaction of UE within 30 days after UE's written notice of such failure; or (3) willful misconduct that is or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the reputation or interests of UE.

        Mr. Olson may terminate his employment for "good reason" within 90 days after he has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without his written consent, of one of the following events that has not been cured within 30 days after Mr. Olson's written notice of such event (provided that such notice is given to Vornado or UE, as applicable, within 30 days after Mr. Olson becomes aware of the event): (1) a material reduction in base salary, aggregate annual cash compensation opportunity or the

112


aggregate level of employee benefits; (2) after the separation, a material diminution in Mr. Olson's position, authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a relocation of Mr. Olson's location of employment to a location outside of Manhattan or outside of 30 miles of Paramus, New Jersey; or (4) Vornado's or UE's material breach of any provision of the employment agreement, including (a) Vornado's failure to complete the separation by June 1, 2015, (b) Mr. Olson not holding the title of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer after the separation, (c) delivery by Vornado or UE of a notice of non-renewal of the employment agreement, (d) after the separation, UE's failure to appoint or elect Mr. Olson to the UE board of trustees or removal of Mr. Olson from the UE board of trustees, (e) a failure of a successor to UE to assume the employment agreement and (f) a material change in Mr. Olson's reporting relationship.

UE 2015 Omnibus Share Plan

        UE intends to adopt the 2015 Omnibus Share Plan (the "2015 Plan") with terms substantially as set forth below. Also included in the discussion below is a brief summary of the principal U.S. federal income tax consequences of the 2015 Plan under the provisions of the Code as currently in effect. The Code and regulations thereunder are subject to change. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive and does not describe, among other things, state, local or foreign income and other tax consequences. The specific tax consequences to a participant will depend upon that participant's individual circumstances.

Purpose

        The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to promote the financial interests of UE by encouraging its employees and the employees of its subsidiaries, including officers (together, the "Employees"), its non-employee trustees and non-employee directors of its subsidiaries (together, the "Non-Employee Trustees"), and certain non-employee advisors and consultants that provide bona fide services to UE or its subsidiaries (together, the "Consultants") to acquire an ownership position in UE, enhancing its ability to attract and retain Employees, Non-Employee Trustees and Consultants of outstanding ability and providing such Employees, Non-Employee Trustees and Consultants with a way to acquire or increase their proprietary interest in UE's success and to further align the interests of Employees, Non-Employee Trustees and Consultants with those of our shareholders.

Overview

        Under the Plan, eligible participants in the Plan may be granted awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, restricted shares, other stock-based awards (including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares and performance stock and performance units settled in UE common shares or cash) and operating partnership units. Awards of performance shares, restricted shares and other stock-based awards may provide the holder with dividends or dividend equivalents and voting rights prior to vesting. Unless otherwise specified in an award agreement, if dividends or dividend equivalents are granted, dividend and dividend equivalents will be paid to the holder at the same time as UE pays dividends to holders of UE common shares but not less than annually. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a holder's right to dividends and dividend equivalent payments in the case of an award that is subject to performance-based conditions will be treated as unvested so long as the performance conditions have not been met, and any such dividend equivalent payments that would otherwise have been paid during the performance period will instead be accumulated and paid within 30 days following the date on which such award is determined by UE to have been earned. These awards include equity awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

113


Shares Available for Grant under the Plan

        Subject to adjustment as described below, awards may be granted under the Plan with respect to a maximum of 7,500,000 Share Equivalents (as defined below), which, in accordance with the share counting provisions of the Plan, would result in the issuance of up to a maximum of 7,500,000 UE common shares if all awards granted under the Plan were Full Value Awards (as defined below) and 15,000,000 UE common shares if all of the awards granted under the Plan were Not Full Value Awards (as defined below). "Share Equivalents" are the measuring unit for determining the number of UE common shares that may be subject to awards. UE common shares issued under the 2015 Plan may be authorized and unissued UE common shares or treasury UE common shares.

        The 2015 Plan is commonly referred to as a fungible unit plan. Restricted shares or restricted units or other securities that have a value equivalent to a full Share are referred to as "Full Value Awards." Securities such as options or stock appreciation rights that require the grantee to pay an exercise price or otherwise do not have the full value of a Share due to the deduction of a strike price are referred to as "Not Full Value Awards." When a grant is made under the 2015 Plan, we will reduce the number of Share Equivalents available under the Plan by (1) one Share Equivalent for each Share awarded pursuant to an award that is a Full Value Award and (2) one-half a Share Equivalent for each Share awarded pursuant to an award that is a Not Full Value Award. This means, for instance, if we were to award only restricted shares under the Plan, we could award 7,500,000 restricted shares. On the other hand, if we were to award only options under the Plan, we could award options to purchase 15,000,000 UE common shares (at the applicable exercise price). We also could issue any combination of the foregoing (or of other securities available under the Plan) with the reductions in availability to be made in accordance with the foregoing ratios.

        If any award granted under the 2015 Plan expires or is forfeited, terminated or cancelled, or is paid in cash in lieu of UE common shares, then the UE common shares underlying any such award will again become available for grant under the 2015 Plan in an amount equal to one Share Equivalent for each Share that is subject to a Full Value Award and by one-half Share Equivalent for each Share that is subject to an award that is a Not Full Value Award, in each case, at the time such award expires or is forfeited, terminated or cancelled. Awards that are settled in cash do not affect the number of Share Equivalents available for awards under the Plan.

        The number of Share Equivalents available under the 2015 Plan will be reduced upon the exercise of a stock option or a stock appreciation right by one-half of the gross number of UE common shares for which the award is exercised even if the award is exercised by means of a net-settlement exercise procedure. Awards issued or assumed under the 2015 Plan in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, reorganization or similar transaction will not count against the number of Share Equivalents that may be granted under the 2015 Plan.

        No more than 15,000,000 UE common shares (subject to adjustment as described below) may be issued upon the exercise of stock options granted under the 2015 Plan that are intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

Adjustment of and Changes in Shares

        In the event of any change in the outstanding UE common shares by reason of any share dividend or split, reverse split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spinoff, combination or exchange of UE common shares or other corporate change, or any distributions to shareholders other than regular cash dividends, the UE Compensation Committee will make such substitution or adjustment, if any, as it deems equitable to the number of Share Equivalents for which awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan or the number or kind of UE common shares or other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding awards, the individual participant limitations and the number of UE common shares that can be issued through incentive stock options.

114


Administration

        The 2015 Plan will be administered and interpreted by the UE Compensation Committee. The UE Compensation Committee is authorized to select Employees, Non-Employee Trustees and Consultants to receive awards, determine the type of awards to be made, determine the number of equity-based securities subject to any award and determine the other terms and conditions of such awards. Our Board of Trustees, in its sole discretion, also may grant awards or administer the 2015 Plan.

Eligibility

        All Employees who have demonstrated significant management potential or who have the capacity for contributing in a substantial measure to the successful performance of UE, as determined by the UE Compensation Committee, are eligible to receive awards under the Plan. Non-Employee Trustees and Consultants that provide bona fide services to UE are also eligible to receive awards under the Plan, as determined by the UE Compensation Committee. As such criteria are subjective in nature, UE cannot accurately estimate the number of persons who may be included in the class of Employees or Consultants eligible to receive awards from time to time. Currently, all of our Non-Employee Trustees are eligible to receive awards under the Plan from time to time.

Transfer Restrictions

        Awards are not assignable or transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and no right or interest of any holder may be subject to any lien, obligation or liability of the holder. The UE Compensation Committee may determine, at the time of grant or thereafter, that an award (other than stock options intended to be incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) is transferable by a holder to such holder's immediate family members (or trusts, partnerships or limited liability companies established for such immediate family members).

Term; Amendment and Termination

        The 2015 Plan has a term of ten years from the separation date, but any award granted prior to such date, and the UE Compensation Committee's authority to administer the terms of such awards, will remain in effect until the underlying UE common shares are delivered or the award lapses. The 2015 Plan will be effective upon the separation. The UE Compensation Committee may amend or terminate the Plan or any portion of the Plan at any time, except that no amendment may be made without shareholder approval if such amendment (i) would increase the maximum aggregate number of UE common shares that may be issued under the Plan, (ii) would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan, (iii) would result in a material increase in the benefits accrued to participants under the Plan, (iv) would reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights or cancel outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights in exchange for cash, other awards or stock options or stock appreciation rights with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original stock options or stock appreciation rights or (v) requires shareholder approval to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules, including the rules of a securities exchange or self-regulatory agency.

Types of Awards

Stock Options

        Stock options entitle the holder to purchase UE common shares at a per Share price determined by the UE Compensation Committee, which in no event may be less than the fair market value of the UE common shares on the date of grant. Options may be either incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or non-qualified stock options. Stock options are exercisable for such period as is determined by the UE Compensation Committee, but in no event may options be

115


exercisable after 10 years from the date of grant. The option price for UE common shares purchased upon the exercise of an option must be paid in full at the time of exercise and may be paid in cash, by tender or the withholding of UE common shares, by such other consideration as the UE Compensation Committee deems appropriate or by a combination of cash, UE common shares and such other consideration. The 2015 Plan does not provide for the grant of "reload stock options" (meaning, if a grantee were to pay the applicable exercise in UE common shares already owned, the grantee would automatically be granted a new option in the amount of the surrendered UE common shares).

        Upon the grant or exercise of an incentive stock option, no income will be recognized by the optionee for federal income tax purposes, and UE will not be entitled to any deduction. If the UE common shares acquired upon exercise are not disposed of within the one-year period beginning on the date of the transfer of the UE common shares to the optionee, nor within the two-year period beginning on the date of the grant of the option, any gain or loss realized by the optionee upon the disposition of such UE common shares will be taxed as long-term capital gain or loss. In such event, no deduction will be allowed to UE. If such UE common shares are disposed of within the one-year or two-year periods referred to above, the excess of the fair market value of the UE common shares on the date of exercise (or, if less, the fair market value on the date of disposition) over the exercise price will be taxable as ordinary income to the optionee at the time of disposition, and UE will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. The amount by which the fair market value of the UE common shares at the time of exercise of an incentive stock option exceeds the option price will constitute an item of tax preference that could subject the optionee to the alternative minimum tax. Whether the optionee will be subject to such tax depends on the facts and circumstances applicable to the individual.

        Upon the grant of a non-qualified option, no income will be realized by the optionee, and UE will not be entitled to any deduction. Upon the exercise of such an option, the amount by which the fair market value of the UE common shares at the time of exercise exceeds the exercise price will be taxed as ordinary income to the optionee, and UE will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. This amount of income will be subject to income tax withholding and FICA and FUTA taxes ("employment taxes"). All option grants to Non-Employee Trustees and Consultants are treated as non-qualified options for federal income tax purposes.

Stock Appreciation Rights

        Stock appreciation rights entitle the holder to receive from UE an amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of a Share on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price. The UE Compensation Committee will establish the grant price, which may not be less than the fair market value of the UE common shares on the date of grant, and the term, which will not be more than 10 years from the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with a stock option or in addition to a stock option or may be freestanding and unrelated to a stock option. The UE Compensation Committee is authorized to determine whether a stock appreciation right will be settled in cash, UE common shares or a combination thereof. Stock appreciation rights settled in cash will not reduce the number of UE common shares issuable under the Plan. Upon the grant of a stock appreciation right, no taxable income will be realized by the holder, and UE will not be entitled to any tax deduction. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, the amount by which the fair market value of the UE common shares at the time of exercise exceeds the grant price will be taxed as ordinary income to the holder, and UE will be entitled to a corresponding deduction. This amount of income will be subject to income tax withholding and employment taxes.

Performance Shares and Restricted Shares

        Performance share awards consist of a grant of actual UE common shares or share units having a value equal to an identical number of UE common shares in amounts determined by the UE Compensation Committee at the time of grant. Performance share awards consisting of actual UE

116


common shares entitle the holder to receive UE common shares in an amount based upon performance conditions of UE over a performance period as determined by the UE Compensation Committee at the time of grant. Such performance share awards may provide the holder with dividends and voting rights prior to vesting. Performance share awards consisting of share units entitle the holder to receive the value of such units in cash, UE common shares or a combination thereof based upon performance conditions and over a performance period as determined by the UE Compensation Committee at the time of grant.

        Restricted share awards consist of a grant of actual UE common shares or share units having a value equal to an identical number of UE common shares. Restricted share awards consisting of actual UE common shares entitle the holder to receive UE common shares. Such restricted share awards may provide the holder with dividends and voting rights prior to vesting. Restricted share awards consisting of share units entitle the holder to receive the value of such units in cash, UE common shares or a combination thereof as determined by the UE Compensation Committee. The employment or other conditions and the length of the period for vesting of restricted share awards are established by the UE Compensation Committee at the time of grant.

        A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of actual restricted UE common shares unless such participant makes the election referred to below. Upon lapse of the applicable forfeiture conditions or transfer restrictions (i.e., the vesting date), the participant will recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of a UE common share (less any amount such participant may have paid for the shares). This amount of income will be subject to income tax withholding and employment taxes. A participant's basis in the shares received will be equal to the fair market value of UE common shares on the vesting date, and the holding period in those shares begins on the vesting date. If any dividends are paid on the UE common shares prior to the vesting date, they will be includible in a participant's income during the restricted period as additional compensation (and not as dividend income) and will be subject to income tax withholding and employment taxes.

        A participant may elect within 30 days after the date of grant of actual restricted UE common shares to recognize immediately (as ordinary income) the fair market value of those shares (less any amount such participant may have paid for the shares), determined on the date of grant (without regard to the forfeiture conditions and transfer restrictions). Such income will be subject to income tax withholding and employment taxes. This election is made pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. If a participant makes this election, the holding period will begin the day after the date of grant, dividends paid on the shares will be subject to the normal rules regarding distributions on stock and no additional income will be recognized by such participant upon the vesting date. However, if a participant forfeits the restricted shares before the vesting date, no deduction or capital loss will be available to that participant (even though the participant previously recognized income with respect to such forfeited shares).

        In the taxable year in which a participant recognizes ordinary income on account of shares awarded to such participant, UE generally will be entitled to a deduction equal to the amount of income recognized by such participant. In the event that the shares are forfeited by such participant after having made the Section 83(b) election referred to above, UE generally will include in its income the amount of its original deduction.

        A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of a restricted share unit. Upon vesting of the share unit, the fair market value of the UE common shares covered by the award on the vesting date will be subject to employment taxes. Upon distribution of the shares and/or cash underlying the share unit, a participant will recognize as ordinary income an amount equal to the fair market value (measured on the date of distribution) of the shares and/or cash received. This amount of income will be subject to income tax withholding on the date of distribution. A participant's basis in any shares received will be equal to the fair market value of the shares on the date of distribution, and the

117


holding period in such shares will begin on the day following the date of distribution. Upon distribution of the shares and/or cash underlying the share units, the amount taxable to a participant as ordinary income will generally be deductible by UE.

Other Stock-Based Awards

        Other types of equity-based or equity-related awards, including the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted UE common shares and performance stock and performance units settled in UE common shares or cash, may be granted under such terms and conditions as may be determined by the UE Compensation Committee.

Performance Goals

        The performance goals will be based on one or more of the following business criteria (either separately or in combination) with regard to UE (or a subsidiary, division, other operational unit or administrative department of UE): (i) pre-tax income, (ii) after-tax income, (iii) net income (meaning net income as reflected in UE's financial reports for the applicable period, on an aggregate, diluted and/or per share basis), (iv) operating income, (v) cash flow, (vi) earnings per share, (vii) return on equity, (viii) return on invested capital or assets, (ix) cash and/or funds available for distribution, (x) appreciation in the fair market value of UE common shares, (xi) return on investment, (xii) total return to shareholders, (xiii) net earnings growth, (xiv) stock appreciation (meaning an increase in the price or value of the UE common shares after the date of grant of an award and during the applicable period), (xv) related return ratios, (xvi) increase in revenues, (xvii) net earnings, (xviii) changes (or the absence of changes) in the per share or aggregate market price of the UE common shares, (xix) number of securities sold, (xx) earnings before any one or more of the following items: interest, taxes, depreciation or amortization for the applicable period, as reflected in UE's financial reports for the applicable period, (xxi) total revenue growth (meaning the increase in total revenues after the date of grant of an award and during the applicable period, as reflected in UE's financial reports for the applicable period), (xxii) total shareholder return, (xxiii) funds from operations, as determined and reported by UE in its financial reports and (xxiv) increase in net asset value per UE common share.

        The performance criteria may be based upon the attainment of specified levels of performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other real estate investment trusts or the historic performance of UE. To the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, the UE Compensation Committee may (i) designate additional business criteria on which the performance criteria may be based or provide for objectively determinable adjustments, modifications or amendments or (ii) provide for objectively determinable adjustments, modifications or amendments, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or practices, to the performance criteria for one or more of the items of gain, loss, profit or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence, related to the disposal of a segment of a business, related to a change in accounting principles, related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business and attributable to the business operations of any acquired entity, as applicable.

        The 2015 Plan establishes a limit on the maximum aggregate number of shares for which any performance-based award may be granted to an Employee in any period of 12 consecutive months of 15,000,000 UE common shares.

        Under the transition rules under Section 162(m) of the Code for subsidiaries that become publicly held corporations (including by spinoff), the compensation we pay to a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m) will not be subject to the deduction limitations under Section 162(m) prior to the first regularly scheduled meeting of our shareholders that occurs more than 12 months after the separation. After such transition period ends, depending upon how UE structures its compensation and its management functions, compensation UE pays to its named executive officers may not be subject to

118


limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent such compensation is attributable to services rendered to the operating partnership. In the past, the Internal Revenue Service has issued a series of private letter ruling that indicate that compensation paid by an operating partnership to named executive officers of a REIT that serves as its general partner is not subject to limitation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent such compensation is attributable to services rendered to the operating partnership.

Operating Partnership Units

        Operating partnership unit awards consist of a grant of limited partnership units ("OP Units") of UE, L.P. (or any successor entity), the entity through which UE will conduct substantially all its business. OP Units can be granted either as free-standing awards or in tandem with other awards under the Plan and are valued by reference to the value of the UE common shares. The employment conditions, the length of the period for vesting and other applicable conditions and restrictions of OP Unit awards, including computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals, are established by the UE Compensation Committee. Such OP Unit awards may provide the holder with dividend-equivalent rights prior to vesting.

        OP Unit awards will be structured to qualify as so-called "profits interests" for federal income tax purposes, meaning that no income will be recognized by the recipient upon grant or vesting, and UE will not be entitled to any deduction. As profits interests, OP Units would not initially have full parity with common limited partnership units with respect to liquidating distributions, but upon the occurrence of specified events could over time achieve such parity and thereby accrete to an economic value equivalent to UE common shares on a one-for-one basis. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached, in which case the value of an OP Unit award would be reduced. If OP Units are not disposed of within the one-year period beginning on the date of grant of the OP Unit award, any gain (assuming the applicable tax elections are made by the grantee) realized by the recipient upon disposition will be taxed as long-term capital gain.

Vesting

        The UE Compensation Committee will determine the time or times at which awards become vested, unrestricted or may be exercised, subject to the following limitations. Subject to accelerated vesting in the event of an actual change in control or a grantee's retirement, disability or death, (i) no awards of stock options or stock appreciation rights will be exercisable earlier than a date 60 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which such award is granted, (ii) time-based vesting awards of Full Value Awards will be subject to a minimum three-year vesting period (with no more than one-third of the UE common shares subject thereto vesting earlier than a date 60 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which such award is granted and on each of the next two anniversaries of such initial vesting date) and (iii) performance-based vesting awards of Full Value Awards will have a performance period that ends no earlier than 60 days prior to the first anniversary of the commencement of the period over which performance is evaluated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a maximum of 5% of the maximum aggregate number of Share Equivalents available under the Plan in respect of Full Value Awards can be subject to Full Value Awards without regard to the minimum vesting limits in the preceding sentence.

119



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Related Person Transactions

        On an annual basis, each trustee and executive officer will be required to complete a trustee and officer questionnaire which requires disclosure of any transactions with us in which the trustee or officer, or any member of his or her immediate family, has an interest. Pursuant to the Audit Committee charter, the Audit Committee must review and approve or ratify all related person transactions in accordance with the policies of the company in effect from time to time. The Audit Committee's charter will be available on the corporate governance section of UE's website: www.uedge.com. This website will be operational as of                                    .

Agreements with Vornado

        Following the separation, we and Vornado will operate separately, each as an independent public company. We and Vornado will enter into a Separation Agreement and certain other agreements prior to the separation that will effectuate the separation, provide a framework for our relationship with Vornado after the separation and provide for the allocation between UE and Vornado of Vornado's assets, liabilities and obligations (including its properties, employees and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from Vornado, such as a Transition Services Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. The forms of the agreements listed above are filed as exhibits to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part.

        The summaries of each of the agreements listed above are qualified in their entireties by reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which are incorporated by reference into this information statement. When used in this section, "distribution date" refers to the date on which Vornado distributes its UE common shares to the holders of Vornado common shares and VRLP distributes UE common shares to the holders of its common limited partnership units.

The Separation Agreement

        The following discussion summarizes the material provisions of the Separation Agreement that will be entered into between UE and Vornado (which we refer to as the "Separation Agreement"). The Separation Agreement sets forth, among other things, UE's agreements with Vornado regarding the principal transactions necessary to separate UE from Vornado. It also sets forth other agreements that govern certain aspects of UE's relationship with Vornado after the distribution date.

    Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities

        The Separation Agreement identifies the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed and the contracts to be assigned to each of UE and Vornado as part of the separation of Vornado into two companies, and it provides for when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur. In particular, the Separation Agreement provides, among other things, that subject to the terms and conditions contained therein:

    Certain assets related to the UE business, referred to as the "UE Assets," will be transferred to UE or one of UE's subsidiaries, including:

    Real property;

    Contracts (or portions thereof) that relate to the UE business;

    Equity interests of certain Vornado subsidiaries that hold assets and liabilities related to the UE business;

120


      Information related to the UE Assets, the UE Liabilities, or the UE business;

      Rights and assets expressly allocated to UE or one of UE's subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement or certain other agreements entered into in connection with the separation; and

      Other assets that are included in the UE pro forma balance sheet which appear in the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements."

    Certain liabilities related to the UE business or the UE Assets, referred to as the "UE Liabilities," will be transferred to UE or one of UE's subsidiaries, including:

    Liabilities arising out of actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts, or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the completion of the separation to the extent related to the UE business or the UE Assets;

    Liabilities for claims made by third parties, or trustees, officers, employees, agents of Vornado or UE or their subsidiaries or affiliates against either Vornado or UE or any of their respective subsidiaries to the extent relating to, arising out of, or resulting from the UE business or the UE Assets;

    Liabilities and obligations expressly allocated to UE or one of UE's subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement or certain other agreements entered into in connection with the separation;

    Liabilities relating to the credit facility or other financing arrangements that UE or its subsidiaries will enter into in connection with the separation;

    Liabilities relating to litigation that solely or primarily relates to the UE business, the UE Assets, or the UE Liabilities; and

    Other liabilities that are included in the UE pro forma balance sheet which appear in the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements."

    All of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent, or otherwise) other than the UE Assets and UE Liabilities (such assets and liabilities, other than the UE Assets and the UE Liabilities, referred to as the "Vornado Assets" and "Vornado Liabilities," respectively) will be retained by or transferred to Vornado or one of its subsidiaries.

        Except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement or any ancillary agreement, neither UE nor Vornado will make any representation or warranty as to the assets, business or liabilities transferred or assumed as part of the separation, as to any approvals or notifications required in connection with the transfers, as to the value of or the freedom from any security interests of any of the assets transferred, as to the absence or presence of any defenses or right of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other asset of either UE or Vornado, or as to the legal sufficiency of any assignment, document or instrument delivered to convey title to any asset or thing of value to be transferred in connection with the separation. All assets will be transferred on an "as is," "where is" basis and the respective transferees will bear the economic and legal risks that any conveyance will prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good and marketable title, free and clear of all security interests, and that any necessary consents or governmental approvals are not obtained or that any requirements of laws, agreements, security interests, or judgments are not complied with.

        Information in this information statement with respect to the assets and liabilities of the parties following the distribution is presented based on the allocation of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the Separation Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires. The Separation Agreement provides that, in the event that the transfer or assignment of certain assets and liabilities to Vornado or UE, as

121


applicable, does not occur prior to the separation, then until such assets or liabilities are able to be transferred or assigned, Vornado or UE, as applicable, will hold such assets on behalf of and for the benefit of the other party and will pay, perform, and discharge such liabilities, for which the other party will reimburse Vornado or UE, as applicable, for all commercially reasonable payments made in connection with the performance and discharge of such liabilities.

    The Distribution

        The Separation Agreement also governs the rights and obligations of the parties regarding the distribution following the completion of the separation. On the distribution date, Vornado will distribute to its shareholders that hold Vornado common shares as of the close of business on the record date all of its UE common shares on a pro rata basis. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute to the holders of its common limited partnership units as of the close of business on the record date all of the issued and outstanding UE common shares on a pro rata basis. Common shareholders and common limited partners will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares.

    Conditions to the Distribution

        The Separation Agreement provides that the distribution is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Vornado) of certain conditions. These conditions are described under "The Separation—Conditions to the Distribution." Vornado has the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and to determine whether to proceed with, the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date, the distribution date and the distribution ratio for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP.

    Claims

        In general, each party to the Separation Agreement will assume liability for all pending, threatened and unasserted legal matters related to its own business or its assumed or retained liabilities and will indemnify the other party for any liability to the extent arising out of or resulting from such assumed or retained legal matters.

    Releases

        The Separation Agreement provides that UE and its affiliates will release and discharge Vornado and its affiliates from all liabilities assumed by UE as part of the separation, from all acts and events occurring or failing to occur, and all conditions existing, on or before the distribution date relating to UE's business, and from all liabilities existing or arising in connection with the implementation of the separation, except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement. Vornado and its affiliates will release and discharge UE and its affiliates from all liabilities retained by Vornado and its affiliates as part of the separation and from all liabilities existing or arising in connection with the implementation of the separation, except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement.

        These releases will not extend to obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the separation, which agreements include, but are not limited to, the Separation Agreement, Transition Services Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement, and certain other agreements executed in connection with the separation.

122


    Indemnification

        Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, UE will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Vornado, each of its affiliates and each of their respective trustees, officers and employees, from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

    The UE Liabilities;

    The failure of UE or any of its subsidiaries to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the UE Liabilities, in accordance with their respective terms, whether prior to, at or after the distribution;

    The conduct of any business, operation or activity by UE or any of its affiliates from and after the distribution;

    Any breach by UE or any of its subsidiaries of the Separation Agreement or any of the ancillary agreements; and

    Any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the registration statement or this information statement or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or herein or necessary to make the statements therein or herein not misleading, other than statements or omissions for which Vornado will indemnify UE as described below.

        Vornado will indemnify, defend and hold harmless UE, each of its affiliates and each of its respective trustees, officers and employees from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from:

    The Vornado Liabilities;

    The failure of Vornado or any of its subsidiaries, other than UE, to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any of the Vornado Liabilities, in accordance with their respective terms whether prior to, at or after the distribution;

    The conduct of any business, operation or activity by Vornado or any of its affiliates from and after the distribution (other than the conduct of business, operations or activities for the benefit of UE pursuant to an ancillary agreement);

    Any breach by Vornado or any of its subsidiaries, other than UE, of the Separation Agreement or any of the ancillary agreements; and

    Any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the registration statement or this information statement or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or herein or necessary to make the statements therein or herein not misleading, in each case to the extent relating to Vornado and its subsidiaries (other than UE and the entities that will be its subsidiaries after the separation and distribution).

        The Separation Agreement also establishes procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.

    Legal Matters

        Subject to certain specified exceptions, each party to the Separation Agreement will assume the liability for, and control of, all pending and threatened legal matters related to its own business, as well as assumed or retained liabilities, and will indemnify the other party for any liability arising out of or resulting from such assumed legal matters.

123


    Insurance

        The Separation Agreement provides for the allocation between the parties of rights and obligations under existing insurance policies with respect to occurrences prior to the "Insurance Termination Date" (June 30, 2015 or such earlier date, on or following the distribution date, as of which the Vornado insurance coverage ceases to apply to UE's business) and sets forth procedures for the administration of insured claims. In addition, the Separation Agreement allocates between the parties the right to proceeds and the obligation to incur certain deductibles under certain insurance policies.

    Further Assurances

        In addition to the actions specifically provided for in the Separation Agreement, except as otherwise set forth therein or in any ancillary agreement, both UE and Vornado agree in the Separation Agreement to use commercially reasonable efforts, prior to, on and after the distribution date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreement and the ancillary agreements.

    Dispute Resolution

        The Separation Agreement contains provisions that govern, except as otherwise provided in any ancillary agreement, the resolution of disputes, controversies or claims that may arise between UE and Vornado related to the separation or distribution. These provisions contemplate that efforts will be made to resolve disputes, controversies and claims by escalation of the matter to senior management or other mutually agreed representatives of UE and Vornado. If such efforts are not successful, either UE or Vornado may submit the dispute, controversy or claim to binding alternative dispute resolution, subject to the provisions of the Separation Agreement.

    Expenses

        Except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement or in any ancillary agreement, each of Vornado, VRLP and UE will be responsible for paying its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, whether before or after the distribution date, including costs and expenses relating to legal and tax counsel, financial advisors and accounting advisory work related to the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP.

    Other Matters

        Other matters governed by the Separation Agreement include access to financial and other information, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support.

    Termination

        The Separation Agreement provides that it may be terminated and the separation may be modified or abandoned at any time prior to the distribution date in the sole discretion of Vornado without the approval of any person, including UE's shareholders or Vornado's shareholders. In the event of a termination of the Separation Agreement, no party, nor any of its trustees, officers, or employees, will have any liability of any kind to the other party or any other person. After the distribution date, the Separation Agreement may not be terminated except by an agreement in writing signed by both Vornado and UE.

124


    Amendments

        No provision of the Separation Agreement may be amended or modified except by a written instrument signed by both Vornado and UE.

Transition Services Agreement

        We and Vornado will enter into a Transition Services Agreement prior to the distribution pursuant to which Vornado and its subsidiaries will provide various corporate support services to us on an interim, transitional basis. The services to be provided to us will include initially treasury management, human resources, information technology, tax, financial reporting, SEC compliance and insurance, and possibly other matters. The costs of the services to be provided to us are estimated to be approximately $3.4 million annually and are expected to diminish over time as UE fills vacant positions and builds its own infrastructure. We believe that the terms are comparable to those that would have been negotiated on an arm's-length basis.

        The Transition Services Agreement will terminate on the expiration of the term of the last service provided under it, which will generally be up to two years following the distribution date. Either party may terminate the agreement upon a change-in-control of the other party and UE, as the recipient for a particular service, generally can terminate that service prior to the scheduled expiration date.

        UE anticipates that it will generally be in a position to complete the transition away from the services provided under the Transition Services Agreement on or before two years following the distribution date.

        Subject to certain exceptions, the liability of each party under the Transition Services Agreement will generally be limited to the aggregate fees paid pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement during the 12-month period immediately preceding the applicable claim for losses or damages. The Transition Services Agreement will also provide that the provider of a service shall not be liable to the recipient of such service for any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or punitive damages.

Tax Matters Agreement

        UE and Vornado will enter into a Tax Matters Agreement prior to the distribution which will generally govern Vornado's and UE's respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the distribution with respect to taxes (including taxes arising in the ordinary course of business and taxes, if any, incurred as a result of any failure of the distribution and certain related transactions to qualify as tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes), tax attributes, tax returns, tax elections, tax contests and certain other tax matters.

        In addition, the Tax Matters Agreement will impose certain restrictions on UE and its subsidiaries (including restrictions on share issuances, business combinations, sales of assets and similar transactions) that will be designed to preserve the tax-free status of the distribution and certain related transactions. The Tax Matters Agreement will provide special rules that allocate tax liabilities in the event the distribution, together with certain related transactions, is not tax-free. In general, under the Tax Matters Agreement, each party is expected to be responsible for any taxes imposed on Vornado or UE that arise from the failure of the distribution, together with certain related transactions, to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355 and 731 of the Code, to the extent that the failure to so qualify is attributable to actions, events or transactions relating to such party's respective shares, assets or business, or a breach of the relevant representations or covenants made by that party in the Tax Matters Agreement.

125


Employee Matters Agreement

        UE and Vornado will enter into an Employee Matters Agreement in connection with the separation to allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employment matters, employee compensation and benefits plans and programs, and other related matters.

        The Employee Matters Agreement will govern Vornado's and UE's compensation and employee benefit obligations relating to current and former employees of each company, and generally will allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee compensation and benefit plans and programs.

        The Employee Matters Agreement also may set forth the general principles relating to employee matters, including with respect to the assignment of employees, the assumption and retention of liabilities and related assets, expense reimbursements, workers' compensation, leaves of absence, employee service credit, the sharing of employee information and the duplication or acceleration of benefits. The Employee Matters Agreement may also address certain special circumstances, including employees who will transfer to their eventual permanent employer on a delayed basis because they will continue to provide services to either Vornado or UE during a transition period following the distribution.

Leases of Office Space from Vornado

        UE will enter into a lease with Vornado prior to the distribution, pursuant to which UE will lease office space at 210 Route 4 East, Paramus, New Jersey, 07652, Vornado's administrative headquarters. UE will also enter into a lease with Vornado pursuant to which UE will lease office space at 888 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York, 10019, Vornado's executive headquarters. Rent payments will generally be adjusted each year of each lease to reflect increases or decreases in operating and maintenance expenses and other factors.

Property Management and Leasing Services

        We will provide certain services to Vornado on terms and conditions set forth in property management and leasing services agreements to be entered into by Vornado and us. The services to be provided to Vornado will include initially property management and leasing services and possibly other matters in connection with Vornado's Springfield Town Center and 22 small retail assets which Vornado plans to sell and the management of Interstate Properties assets. The income from these services is estimated to be $1.9 million on an annual basis and will diminish over time as Vornado sells properties. We believe that the terms are comparable to those that would have been negotiated on an arm's-length basis.

Ownership of a Portion of UE L.P. by VRLP

        Immediately following the separation, VRLP will own approximately 6% of the outstanding common limited partnership units of UE L.P. For a discussion of the limited partnership agreement of UE L.P., please see "Partnership Agreement."

126



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        Before the separation, all of the outstanding UE common shares will be owned beneficially and of record by VRLP. Following the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, UE expects to have outstanding an aggregate of approximately                                    common shares based upon approximately                                    common shares of Vornado and                                    common limited partnership units of VRLP outstanding on                        and a distribution ratio of one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares in the distribution by Vornado and one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP in the distribution by VRLP.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

        The following table reports the number of UE common shares beneficially owned, immediately following the completion of the separation, calculated as if the record date for the distribution was                , based upon the distribution of one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares, for purposes of the distribution by Vornado to its common shareholders, and one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP, for purposes of the distribution by VRLP to its holders of common limited partnership units, by the holders listed below (directly or indirectly), all of whom would beneficially own more than 5% of UE's outstanding common shares. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, shares are owned directly and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power.

 
  Shares (1)  
Name and Address
  Number of
Shares
  %  

The Vanguard Group, Inc. (2)
100 Vanguard Boulevard
Malvern, PA 19355

                           

Cohen & Steers, Inc. (3)
280 Park Avenue, 10th Floor
New York, NY 10017

             

BlackRock Inc. (4)
40 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10022

             

Vanguard Specialized Funds—Vanguard REIT Index Fund (5)
100 Vanguard Boulevard
Malvern, PA 19355

             

(1)
Based on the number of Vornado common shares and VRLP common limited partnership units entitled to receive shares of UE in the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP as of                    .

(2)
Based on holdings of Vornado common shares and VRLP common limited partnership units as reported on an amendment to Schedule 13G filed on February 12, 2014.

(3)
Based on holdings of Vornado common shares and VRLP common limited partnership units as reported on an amendment to Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2014.

(4)
Based on holdings of Vornado common shares and VRLP common limited partnership units as reported on an amendment to Schedule 13G filed on January 31, 2014.

(5)
Based on holdings of Vornado common shares and VRLP common limited partnership units as reported on an amendment to Schedule 13G filed on February 4, 2014.

127


Security Ownership of Trustees and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information, immediately following the completion of the separation calculated as of                        , based upon the distribution of one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares, for purposes of the distribution by Vornado to its common shareholders, and one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP, for purposes of the distribution by VRLP to its holders of common limited partnership units, regarding (1) each expected trustee and officer of UE and (2) all of UE's expected trustees and officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, shares are owned directly and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power.

 
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)
 
Name
  Number   Percent  

Michael Gould

                               

Steven Guttman

             

Matthew Iocco

             

Robert Minutoli

             

Jeffrey S. Olson (2)

             

Kevin O'Shea

             

Steven Roth (3) (4)

             

All trustees and executive officers as a group (7 people)

             

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Based on the number of Vornado common shares and VRLP common limited partnership units entitled to receive shares of UE in the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP as of                    .

(2)
Pursuant to Mr. Olson's employment agreement, on the date of the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, Mr. Olson will be awarded $5 million worth of UE L.P. common limited partnership units. These common limited partnership units will be redeemable for cash equal to the fair market value, at the time of redemption, of one UE common share for each UE L.P. common limited partnership unit redeemed or, at UE's option, cash or one UE common share for each UE common limited partnership unit tendered, subject to customary anti-dilution provisions. The number of UE L.P. units that Mr. Olson will receive will be based on the fair market value of UE common shares on the date of the award.

(3)
Interstate Properties, a partnership of which Mr. Roth is one of the three general partners, owns                    Vornado common shares, and will therefore receive                    UE common shares in the distribution by Vornado. These common shares are included in the total common shares and the percentage of common shares beneficially owned for Mr. Roth. Mr. Roth shares voting power and investment power with respect to these common shares with the two other general partners.

(4)
Includes                    UE common shares that will be owned by the Daryl and Steven Roth Foundation over which Mr. Roth holds sole voting power and sole investment power. Does not include                    UE common shares which will be owned by Mr. Roth's spouse, as to which Mr. Roth disclaims any beneficial interest.

128



THE SEPARATION

Background

        On April 11, 2014, Vornado announced that it intended to separate its shopping center business, consisting of 79 strip centers, three malls and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center, from Vornado's other businesses. The separation will be effectuated by means of a pro rata distribution by Vornado to its common shareholders of all UE common shares held by Vornado. UE was formed as a subsidiary of VRLP to hold the assets and liabilities associated with Vornado's shopping center business. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute pro rata all outstanding UE common shares to holders of VRLP's common limited partnership units, consisting of Vornado and the other common limited partners of VRLP. On                                    , 2014, the board of trustees of Vornado declared the distribution of all UE common shares to be received by Vornado in the distribution by VRLP on the basis of one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares held of record as of the close of business on                                    , 2015, which is the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP (the "record date"). On the same date, VRLP declared the distribution of all of the outstanding UE common shares to Vornado and the other holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP on the basis of one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP held of record as of the close of business on the record date. Following the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, Vornado and UE will be two independent, publicly held companies.

        On                                     , 2015, the distribution date, each Vornado common shareholder will receive from Vornado one UE common share for every two Vornado common shares held at the close of business on the record date. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, each holder of common limited partnership units of VRLP will receive one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units held at the close of business on the record date. Vornado common shareholders and VRLP common limited partners (other than Vornado) will receive cash in lieu of any fractional UE common shares that they would have received after application of this ratio. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your Vornado common shares or VRLP common limited partnership units or take any other action to receive your UE common shares in the distribution. The distribution of UE common shares as described in this information statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. For a more detailed description of these conditions, please refer to this section under "—Conditions to the Distribution."

Reasons for the Separation

        The Vornado board of trustees believes that separating the UE business and assets from the remainder of Vornado's businesses and assets is in the best interests of Vornado for a number of reasons, including the following:

    Create two separate, focused companies executing distinct business strategies.   In addition to shopping centers, Vornado has historically invested in office properties in New York City and Washington, D.C. and Manhattan street retail properties. As a result, Vornado's investors have had exposure to a diversified portfolio across several different real estate property categories. By separating its strip centers and malls into a focused shopping center company, investors will have the opportunity to invest into two separate platforms with dedicated and focused management teams. After the separation, Vornado does not intend to continue to operate within the retail strip center and mall sector, allowing it to focus on its office properties in New York City and Washington, D.C. and its Manhattan street retail properties. At the time of the separation, Vornado will retain, for disposition in the near term, 22 small retail assets which do not fit UE's strategy, and the Springfield Town Center, which is under contract for disposition.

129


    Allow Vornado's management to focus on its retained segments, while enabling our dedicated management to focus on UE's strip centers and malls. The separation of the UE portfolio will enable Vornado's management to focus on its New York City and Washington, D.C. portfolios, which constitute the company's two largest business segments. Similarly, the separation of the UE portfolio will allow our dedicated management to focus on creating value in the existing portfolio through leasing, remerchandising and redevelopment as well as potentially pursuing attractive acquisitions and new development opportunities. Dedicated and experienced management will allow us to expand our size, revenues, and investor appeal.

    Increase the attractiveness of Vornado's and UE's equity to investors.   Vornado typically attracts investors primarily interested in office properties in New York City and Washington, D.C. and Manhattan street retail properties given that these assets dominate its portfolio. As a stand-alone company, we will be focused on strip centers and malls, making us an attractive investment opportunity for REIT investors looking for exposure to these asset classes. We will also benefit from having the ability to use our shares as acquisition currency, which will improve our competitive positioning as we grow. After the separation, Vornado will be a platform focused on New York City and Washington, D.C. office and Manhattan street retail. The ability to provide investors with two distinct investment vehicles with distinct strategies may enhance both companies' attractiveness to investor bases that are targeting each specific asset class.

    Allow Vornado and UE to more effectively attract and retain management and key employees.   Equity compensation is more effective as a motivational tool if it relates to the economic performance of the business that is the employee's particular area of responsibility and is not affected by unrelated businesses. As part of Vornado, the strip center and mall employees were compensated with equity that was significantly affected by the performance of Vornado's New York City and Washington, D.C. office and Manhattan street retail properties and by its other real estate and related investments. After the separation, equity compensation awarded to our employees will be affected only by the economic performance of our retail assets, thereby making it more effective in motivating, attracting and retaining key employees.

    Separate two non-synergistic businesses.   The retail strip center and mall business is fundamentally different from Vornado's New York City and Washington, D.C. operations in terms of tenant bases, geography asset management and leasing skills. There are limited synergies arising from exposure to both asset classes.

        Vornado's board of trustees also considered a number of potentially negative factors in evaluating the separation, including the following:

    Increased significance of certain costs and liabilities.   Certain costs and liabilities that were less significant to Vornado as a whole will be more significant for UE and Vornado as stand-alone companies and each of Vornado and UE will separately bear certain costs, such as, for example, the costs associated with being public companies.

    One-time costs of the separation.   UE will incur costs in connection with the transition to being a stand-alone public company that may include accounting, tax, legal and other professional services costs, recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring key senior management personnel new to UE, costs related to establishing a new brand identity in the marketplace, and costs to separate information systems.

    Inability to realize anticipated benefits of the separation.   UE may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the separation for a variety of reasons, including, among others: (i) following the separation, UE may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than if it were still a part of Vornado; and (ii) following the separation, Vornado's business will be less diversified than Vornado's business prior to the separation.

130


    Initial pressure of UE trading prices.   UE shares may come under initial selling pressure if certain Vornado shareholders determine to sell shares in UE. In addition, the market may take time to distinguish UE from other public shopping center REITs.

    Disruptions to the business as a result of the separation.   The energy and focus required to complete the separation could require substantial time and attention from the management teams of Vornado and UE, thereby distracting them from the management and operations of their respective businesses.

        Vornado's board of trustees concluded that the potential benefits of the separation outweighed these factors. For more information, please refer to the section entitled "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this information statement.

Restructuring Prior to UE's Distribution

        Prior to or concurrently with the separation and distribution, Vornado will engage in certain restructuring transactions that are designed to consolidate the ownership of a portfolio of interests in the strip centers and malls currently owned directly or indirectly by VRLP into UE, facilitate the separation and distribution and provide us with our initial capital.

        In connection with the separation and distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, the following transactions have occurred or are expected to occur concurrently with or prior to completion of the separation and distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP:

    Urban Edge Properties was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust on June 18, 2014.

    Our operating partnership, which we refer to as UE L.P., was formed as a Delaware limited partnership on July 11, 2014.

    Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, the interests in certain of our properties (including interests in entities holding properties) currently held directly or indirectly by VRLP will be contributed or otherwise transferred to UE in exchange for 100% of our outstanding common shares.

    Pursuant to the terms of the Contribution Agreement, the interests in the remainder of our properties (including interests in entities holding properties) currently held directly or indirectly by VRLP will be contributed or otherwise transferred to UE L.P. in exchange for approximately 6% of UE L.P.'s outstanding common limited partnership units.

    In connection with the contribution or other transfer of properties described above, it is expected that UE or certain entities that will be our subsidiaries after the separation will assume a certain amount of existing secured property-level indebtedness related to certain of our properties. As of September 30, 2014, the portfolio had approximately $1.292 billion of total combined debt outstanding. To provide additional liquidity following the separation, we are arranging a revolving credit facility under which, upon completion of the separation and distribution and subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, we expect to have significant borrowing capacity. We do not expect to have any outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility upon the completion of the separation.

    VRLP's Retail employees will become employees of UE.

    Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, VRLP will distribute 100% of our outstanding common shares to Vornado and the other common limited partners of VRLP pro rata with respect to their ownership of common limited partnership units in VRLP as of the record date.

    Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Vornado will distribute all of our common shares it receives from VRLP to Vornado common shareholders as of the record date on a pro rata basis.

131


    In addition to the Separation Agreement, we will enter into a Transition Services Agreement, a Tax Matters Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement.

        Immediately following the separation and distribution of UE common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP, UE will contribute its interest in the properties it receives from VRLP to UE's operating partnership, UE L.P.

        In general, we intend to own our properties and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries.

When and How You Will Receive the Distribution

        With the assistance of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, Vornado expects to distribute UE common shares on                                     , 2015, the distribution date, to the holders of Vornado common shares as of the close of business on the record date. Immediately prior to such distribution by Vornado, VRLP will distribute UE common shares to all holders of outstanding VRLP common limited partnership units as of the close of business on                                    , 2015, the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP. As a result, Vornado will receive approximately 94% of outstanding UE common shares and the other common limited partners of VRLP will receive approximately 6%. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, which currently serves as the transfer agent and registrar for Vornado's common shares, will serve as the settlement and distribution agent in connection with the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP and the transfer agent and registrar for UE common shares.

        If you own Vornado common shares as of the close of business on the record date, UE common shares that you are entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you in direct registration form or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf. If you are a registered holder, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will then mail you a direct registration account statement that reflects your UE common shares. If you hold your shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares. Direct registration form refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to shareholders, as is the case in this distribution. If you sell Vornado common shares in the "regular-way" market up to and including the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive UE common shares in the distribution.

        Commencing on or shortly after the distribution date, if you hold physical share certificates that evidence your Vornado common shares and you are the registered holder of the shares evidenced by those certificates, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of shares of UE common shares that have been registered in book-entry form in your name.

        Most Vornado shareholders hold their common shares through a bank or brokerage firm. In such cases, the bank or brokerage firm would be said to hold the shares in "street name" and ownership would be recorded on the bank or brokerage firm's books. If you hold your Vornado common shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the UE common shares that you are entitled to receive in the distribution. If you have any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in "street name," please contact your bank or brokerage firm.

        If you own VRLP common limited partnership units as of the close of business on the record date, UE common shares that you are entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you in direct registration form. American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will then mail you a direct registration account statement that reflects your UE common shares. Direct registration form refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to shareholders, as is the case in this distribution.

132


Transferability of Shares You Receive

        UE common shares distributed to holders in connection with the distribution will be transferable without registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be UE affiliates. Persons who may be deemed to be UE affiliates after the distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with UE, which may include certain UE executive officers, trustees or principal shareholders. Securities held by UE affiliates will be subject to resale restrictions under the Securities Act. UE affiliates will be permitted to sell UE common shares only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemptions afforded by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. UE common shares are subject to certain restrictions on transferability designed to protect UE's REIT qualification. Please refer to "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Common Shares—Restrictions on Ownership of Common Shares."

The Number of UE Common Shares You Will Receive

        For every two Vornado common shares that you own at the close of business on                                    , 2015, the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, you will receive one UE common share on the distribution date. For every two VRLP common limited partnership units that you own at the close of business on the record date, you will receive one UE common share on the distribution date. Neither Vornado nor VRLP will distribute any fractional UE common shares to their common shareholders or common limited partners. Instead, if you are a registered holder, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will aggregate fractional shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares in the open market at prevailing market prices following the distribution and distribute the aggregate cash proceeds (net of discounts and commissions) of the sales pro rata (based on the fractional share such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive) to each holder who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the distribution. The transfer agent, in its sole discretion, without any influence by Vornado or UE, will determine when, how, through which broker-dealer and at what price to sell the whole shares. Any broker-dealer used by the transfer agent will not be an affiliate of either Vornado or UE. Neither UE nor Vornado will be able to guarantee any minimum sale price in connection with the sale of these shares. Recipients of cash in lieu of fractional shares will not be entitled to any interest on the amounts of payment made in lieu of fractional shares.

        The aggregate net cash proceeds of these sales will be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Please refer to "The Separation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of Vornado Common Shares" and "—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of VRLP Common Limited Partnership Units" for an explanation of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution. If you hold physical certificates for Vornado common shares and are the registered holder, you will receive a check from the distribution agent in an amount equal to your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales. UE estimates that it will take approximately two weeks from the distribution date for the distribution agent to complete the distributions of the aggregate net cash proceeds. If you hold your Vornado common shares through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will receive, on your behalf, your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales and will electronically credit your account for your share of such proceeds.

Results of the Distribution

        After its separation from Vornado, UE will be an independent, publicly traded company. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined at the close of business on                                    , 2015, the record date for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP. The UE

133


common shares distributed by Vornado to holders of its common shares will reflect any exercise of Vornado options between the date Vornado declares the distribution and the record date for the distribution. The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding Vornado common shares or VRLP common limited partnership units or any rights of Vornado shareholders or VRLP limited partners. Neither Vornado nor VRLP will distribute any fractional UE common shares.

        We will enter into a Separation Agreement and certain other agreements with Vornado before the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP to effect the separation and provide a framework for UE's relationship with Vornado after the separation. These agreements will provide for the allocation between Vornado and UE of Vornado's assets, liabilities and obligations (including its properties, employees and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to our separation from Vornado and will govern the relationship between Vornado and UE after the separation. For a more detailed description of these agreements, please refer to "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions."

Market for UE Common Shares

        There is currently no public trading market for UE common shares. UE intends to apply to list its common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "UE". UE has not and will not set the initial price of its common shares. The initial price will be established by the public markets.

        UE cannot predict the price at which its common shares will trade after the distribution. In fact, the combined trading prices, after the separation, of the UE common shares that each Vornado common shareholder will receive in the distribution and the Vornado common shares held at the record date may not equal the "regular-way" trading price of a Vornado common share immediately prior to the separation. The price at which UE common shares trade may fluctuate significantly, particularly until an orderly public market develops. Trading prices for UE common shares will be determined in the public markets and may be influenced by many factors. Please refer to "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Shares."

Trading Between the Record Date and Distribution Date

        Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and including through the distribution date, Vornado expects that there will be two markets in Vornado common shares: a "regular-way" market and an "ex-distribution" market. Vornado common shares that trade on the "regular-way" market will trade with an entitlement to UE common shares distributed pursuant to the separation. Vornado common shares that trade on the "ex-distribution" market will trade without an entitlement to UE common shares distributed pursuant to the separation. Therefore, if you sell Vornado common shares in the "regular-way" market up to and including through the distribution date, you will be selling your right to receive UE common shares in the distribution. If you own Vornado common shares at the close of business on the record date and sell those shares on the "ex-distribution" market up to and including through the distribution date, you will receive the UE common shares that you are entitled to receive pursuant to your ownership as of the record date of the Vornado common shares.

        Furthermore, beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing up to and including the distribution date, UE expects that there will be a "when-issued" market in its common shares. "When-issued" trading refers to a sale or purchase made conditionally because the security has been authorized but not yet issued. The "when-issued" trading market will be a market for UE common shares that will be distributed to holders of Vornado common shares and holders of common limited partnership units of VRLP on the distribution date. If you owned Vornado common shares at the close of business on the record date, you would be entitled to UE common shares distributed pursuant to the distribution. You may trade this entitlement to UE common shares, without the Vornado common

134


shares you own, on the "when-issued" market. On the first trading day following the distribution date, "when-issued" trading with respect to UE common shares will end, and "regular-way" trading will begin.

Conditions to the Distribution

        UE has announced that the distribution will be effective at 12:01 a.m. Eastern time, on                                    , 2015, which is the distribution date, provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived by Vornado in its sole discretion):

    The receipt of an opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP, special tax counsel to Vornado, satisfactory to the Vornado board of trustees, to the effect that the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, including with respect to certain matters relating to these transactions that are not covered by the private letter ruling that Vornado has received from the IRS;

    The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (which we refer to as the "SEC") declaring effective the registration statement of which this information statement forms a part, and the mailing of the information statement to Vornado common shareholders and common limited partners of VRLP;

    No order, injunction or decree issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the separation, distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP or any of the related transactions shall be in effect;

    The UE common shares to be distributed shall have been accepted for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of distribution;

    UE and its subsidiaries shall have assumed or entered into, as applicable, (i) all existing indebtedness which relates primarily to one or more of UE's properties, and (ii) UE L.P. shall have entered into the expected $500 million senior unsecured revolving credit facility, and Vornado shall be satisfied in its sole and absolute discretion that, as of the time of the separation, it shall have no further liability whatsoever with respect to such indebtedness or such credit facility;

    UE shall have received an opinion of its counsel, satisfactory to it, to the effect that the manner in which UE is organized and its proposed method of operation will enable it to qualify to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 859 of the Code following the distribution;

    The transfer of assets and liabilities between Vornado and UE contemplated by the Separation Agreement shall have been completed, other than the transfer of those assets, if any, which are to be transferred immediately after the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP;

    Each of the various agreements contemplated by the Separation Agreement shall have been executed;

    All required actions or filings with governmental authorities shall have been taken or made; and

    No other event or development existing or having occurred that, in the judgment of Vornado's board of trustees, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation, distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP and other related transactions.

135


        Vornado will have the sole and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of, and whether to proceed with, the distribution and, to the extent it determines to so proceed, to determine the record date and the distribution date and the distribution ratio for the distribution by each of Vornado and VRLP. Vornado does not intend to notify Vornado common shareholders or VRLP common limited partners of any modifications to the terms of the separation that, in the judgment of its board of trustees, are not material. For example, the Vornado board of trustees might consider material such matters as significant changes to the distribution ratio, the assets to be contributed or the liabilities to be assumed in the separation. To the extent that the Vornado board of trustees determines that any modifications by Vornado materially change the material terms of the distribution, Vornado will notify Vornado common shareholders and VRLP common limited partners in a manner reasonably calculated to inform them about the modification as may be required by law, by, for example, publishing a press release, filing a Current Report on Form 8-K, or circulating a supplement to this information statement.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of Vornado Common Shares

        Subject to the limitations and qualifications described herein, the following is a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution of our common shares to "U.S. Holders" (as defined below) of Vornado common shares. This summary is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date of this information statement, and is subject to changes in these or other governing authorities, any of which may have a retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position to the contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. This discussion is based upon the assumption that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will be consummated in accordance with the separation documents and as described in this information statement. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. It does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of its particular investment or tax circumstances or to holders subject to special rules under the Code (including, but not limited to, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, partners in partnerships that hold our common shares, pass-through entities, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, shareholders who hold their common shares as part of a "hedge," "straddle," "conversion," "synthetic security," "integrated investment" or "constructive sale transaction," individuals who receive our common shares upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders who are subject to alternative minimum tax or any holders who actually or constructively own more than 5% of Vornado common shares). This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to investors who do not hold their Vornado common shares as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

        For purposes of this discussion a "U.S. Holder" is any beneficial owner of Vornado common shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

    An individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    A corporation (or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, or of any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

    An estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

136


    A trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

        If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds Vornado common shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. An investor that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution.

         THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

        Vornado has received a private letter ruling from the IRS to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351 and 355 of the Code. It is a condition to the completion of the separation that Vornado obtain an opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP, special tax counsel to Vornado, satisfactory to the Vornado board of trustees, to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, including with respect to certain matters relating to these transactions that are not covered by the private letter ruling from the IRS. The private letter ruling is, and the opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP will be, based on, among other things, certain facts and assumptions, as well as certain representations, statements and undertakings of Vornado and UE (including those relating to the past and future conduct of Vornado and UE). If any of these representations, statements or undertakings are, or become, inaccurate or incomplete, or if Vornado or UE breach any of their respective covenants in the separation documents, the private letter ruling from the IRS and the opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP may be invalid and the conclusions reached therein could be jeopardized. In such case, the IRS could assert that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, should be treated as a taxable transaction. The opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP will not be binding on the IRS or the courts.

        On February 26, 2014, House Ways and Means Committee Chairman Dave Camp (R-MI) released a discussion draft of tax reform legislation (the "Discussion Draft"). Among the proposals in the Discussion Draft is a provision that would prohibit REITs from conducting tax-free spin-offs under Section 355 of the Code. The Discussion Draft provides that this prohibition would be effective for distributions made on or after February 26, 2014. However, under a transition rule, the prohibition will not apply to REITs that make distributions pursuant to an agreement that was binding on February 26, 2014 and at all times thereafter. It is unclear whether the Discussion Draft will be introduced as legislation or enacted and, if so and in either case, in what form. On April 11, 2014 Vornado publicly announced its plan to spin off its strip centers and malls in a tax-free transaction. Vornado and UE had not yet entered into binding agreements as of February 26, 2014. If the Discussion Draft were to be introduced as legislation and enacted into law in its present form and it was later determined by the IRS or the courts that the law would have retroactive effect to the date it was first proposed for discussion, the distribution and separation of UE from Vornado would be treated as a taxable transaction to Vornado and its shareholders.

137


    Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution, Together with Certain Related Transactions, Qualify as Transactions That Are Generally Tax-Free under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code.

        Assuming that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, qualify, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the distribution are as follows: (i) the distribution will generally not result in any taxable income, gain or loss to Vornado; (ii) no gain or loss will generally be recognized by (and no amount will be included in the income of) U.S. Holders of Vornado common shares upon their receipt of UE common shares in the distribution, except with respect to any cash received in lieu of fractional UE common shares (as described below); (iii) the aggregate tax basis of the Vornado common shares and the UE common shares received in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in UE common shares for which cash is received) in the hands of each U.S. Holder of Vornado common shares after the distribution will equal the aggregate basis of Vornado common shares held by the U.S. Holder immediately before the distribution, allocated between the Vornado common shares and the UE common shares (including any fractional share interest in UE common shares for which cash is received) in proportion to the relative fair market value of each on the date of the distribution; and (iv) the holding period of the UE common shares received by each U.S. Holder of Vornado common shares in the distribution (including any fractional share interest in UE common shares for which cash is received) will generally include the holding period at the time of the distribution for the Vornado common shares with respect to which the distribution is made, provided that Vornado common shares are held as a capital asset on the date of the distribution. Vornado intends to publish on its website IRS Form 8937, which will provide information to its shareholders that receive UE common shares in the distribution regarding how to allocate their tax basis in their Vornado shares after the distribution among the Vornado shares and the UE common shares. A U.S. Holder who receives cash in lieu of a fractional UE common share in the distribution will be treated as having sold such fractional share for cash, and will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and such U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in such fractional share. Such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period for its Vornado common shares exceeds one year at the time of the distribution. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

    Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences if the Distribution is Taxable.

        Although a private letter ruling from the IRS generally is binding on the IRS, if the factual representations or assumptions made in the letter ruling request are untrue or incomplete in any material respect, Vornado will not be able to rely on the ruling. In addition, a change in law about REIT spin-offs or other issues may cause the private letter ruling to no longer be applicable to Vornado if the effective date of the change in law precedes the date of the distribution. Furthermore, the IRS will not rule on whether a distribution satisfies certain requirements necessary to obtain tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, nor did the IRS rule on whether the distribution's related transactions satisfy certain requirements necessary to obtain tax-free treatment under Section 731 of the Code. Rather, the private letter ruling is based upon representations by Vornado that these conditions have been or will be satisfied, and any material inaccuracy in such representations could invalidate the rulings. In addition to obtaining the private letter ruling, Vornado expects to obtain the opinion of Roberts & Holland LLP to the effect that the distribution, together with certain related transactions, will, with respect to UE, VRLP, Vornado and the shareholders of Vornado, qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Sections 351, 355, and 731 of the Code, including with respect to certain matters relating to these transactions that are not covered by the private letter ruling from the IRS. The opinion will rely on the ruling as to matters covered by the ruling. In addition, the opinion will be based on, among other things, certain

138


assumptions and representations made by Vornado and UE, which if incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect would jeopardize the conclusions reached in the opinion. The opinion will not be binding on the IRS or the courts.

        Notwithstanding receipt by Vornado of the private letter ruling and the opinion, the IRS could assert that the contribution and distribution do not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the IRS were successful in taking this position, the consequences described above would not apply and Vornado, UE and Vornado shareholders could be subject to significant U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, certain events that may or may not be within the control of Vornado or UE, could cause the distribution and certain related transactions to not qualify for tax-free treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Depending on the circumstances, UE may be required to indemnify Vornado for taxes (and certain related losses) resulting from the distribution not qualifying as tax-free.

        If the transactions were to fail to qualify as a tax-free transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in general, Vornado would recognize taxable gain as if it had sold the UE common shares in a taxable sale for its fair market value. Vornado as a REIT may reduce its entity-level taxable income by claiming a dividends-paid deduction equal to its distributions to its shareholders of its taxable income during the taxable year. Due to Vornado's dividends-paid deduction, the taxable income or gain from the transactions would generally be taxable only at the Vornado shareholder level and not at the Vornado entity level. All of the distribution of Vornado's taxable income from Vornado's taxable disposition of UE common shares may be in the form of the UE common shares being distributed to Vornado shareholders. Vornado shareholders would be taxed upon the receipt of such distribution. A U.S. Holder who receives one UE common share in the distribution with respect to two Vornado common shares will (i) be subject to tax upon the receipt of ordinary dividends and capital gain dividends, as designated by Vornado, up to an amount of taxable income equal to the two Vornado common shares' distributive share of Vornado's entity-level taxable gain from the disposition of UE common shares, (ii) recover the U.S. Holder's tax basis in the two Vornado common shares until the tax basis in the Vornado common shares reaches zero, and (iii) be subject to tax on any remainder as capital gain at short-term capital gain rates or long-term capital gain rates, based on whether the U.S. Holder's holding period of the two Vornado common shares is one year or less or more than one year, respectively, with the amounts in (i), (ii) and (iii) collectively equal to the fair market value on the date of the distribution of the one UE share received by the U.S. Holder. The U.S. Holder will have a tax basis in the UE common shares equal to the fair market value of the UE common shares on the date of the distribution, and the U.S. Holder will have a new holding period in the UE common shares, regardless of the shareholder's holding period of its Vornado common shares.

        In addition, even if the distribution were to otherwise qualify as tax-free under Section 355 of the Code, it may result in taxable gain at the entity level or shareholder level under Section 355(e) of the Code, if the distribution were later deemed to be part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which one or more persons acquire, directly or indirectly, shares representing a 50% or greater interest (by vote or value) in Vornado or UE. For this purpose, any acquisitions of Vornado shares or of UE common shares within the period beginning two years before the separation and ending two years after the separation are presumed to be part of such a plan, although Vornado or UE may be able to rebut that presumption. If the distribution is taxable under Section 355(e) of the Code, Vornado would be subject to tax at the entity level on the taxable gain, with no tax at the Vornado shareholder level or with respect to UE or its shareholders, but Vornado may reduce its taxable gain by making an additional distribution of "deficiency dividends" to the Vornado shareholders, which would be subject to tax to Vornado shareholders in the year of the distribution as ordinary dividends and capital gain dividends, as designated by Vornado, and which would result in certain interest payments to the IRS at the Vornado entity level.

139


        In connection with the distribution, Vornado and UE will enter into a Tax Matters Agreement pursuant to which UE will agree to be responsible for certain liabilities and obligations following the distribution. In general, under the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement, if the distribution, together with certain related transactions, were to fail to qualify as a tax-free transaction under Section 355 of the Code (including as a result of Section 355(e) of the Code) and if such failure were the result of actions taken after the distribution by Vornado or UE, the party responsible for such failure will be responsible for all taxes imposed on Vornado or UE to the extent such taxes result from such actions. For a discussion of the Tax Matters Agreement, please refer to "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Matters Agreement." UE's indemnification obligations to Vornado under the Tax Matters Agreement will not be limited in amount or subject to any cap. If UE is required to pay any taxes or indemnify Vornado and its subsidiaries and their respective officers and trustees under the circumstances set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement, UE may be subject to substantial liabilities.

    Backup Withholding and Information Reporting.

        Payments of cash to U.S. Holders of Vornado common shares in lieu of fractional UE common shares may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%), unless such U.S. Holder delivers a properly completed IRS Form W-9, providing such U.S. Holder's correct taxpayer identification number and certain other information, or otherwise establishing a basis for exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against a U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

        U.S. Treasury regulations require certain U.S. Holders who receive UE common shares in the distribution to attach to such U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax return for the year in which the distribution occurs a detailed statement setting forth certain information relating to the tax-free nature of the distribution.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution to U.S. Holders of VRLP Common Limited Partnership Units

         THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. HOLDERS OF VRLP COMMON LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

        This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. It does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of its particular investment or tax circumstances or to holders of VRLP common limited partnership units subject to special rules under the Code (including, but not limited to, non-U.S. persons, contributors of any property to VRLP within the seven years prior to the distribution, guarantors of any liabilities of VRLP, holders of VRLP common limited partnership units who have adjustments with respect to their common limited partnership units under Section 743 of the Code, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, partners in partnerships that hold VRLP common limited partnership units, pass-through entities, traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, holders who hold VRLP common limited partnership units as part of a "hedge," "straddle," "conversion," "synthetic security," "integrated investment" or "constructive sale transaction," individuals who receive VRLP common limited partnership units as compensation, or holders who are subject to alternative minimum tax). This discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to investors who do not hold their VRLP common limited

140


partnership units as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

        Each U.S. holder of a common limited partnership unit in VRLP will receive one-half UE common share in the distribution. Generally, a partner in a partnership does not recognize gain or loss upon a distribution of property by the partnership to the partner, except to the extent that any money distributed or deemed distributed by the partnership exceeds such partner's tax basis in its partnership interest. For this purpose, a distribution of money includes the distribution of certain "marketable securities," but Vornado has concluded that the distribution of the UE common shares will not be considered such a distribution of marketable securities under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations. Accordingly, a U.S. holder of VRLP common limited partnership units may generally receive the UE common shares on a tax-free basis without recognizing any income or gain for U.S. income tax purposes.

        A U.S. holder of VRLP common limited partnership units who receives UE common shares in the distribution will have a tax basis in such UE common shares equal to the lesser of (i) approximately $            per share, and the U.S. holder will reduce its tax basis in its VRLP common limited partnership units by the tax basis of the UE common shares, and (ii) the U.S. holder's tax basis in its VRLP common limited partnership units immediately before the distribution (generally the sum of the U.S. holder's tax capital account in its VRLP common limited partnership units and any liabilities that VRLP has allocated to the U.S. holder, but not including the liabilities of VRLP assumed by UE), and the U.S. holder will reduce its tax basis in its VRLP common limited partnership units to zero. Final tax basis numbers will be provided to the U.S. holder on its Schedule K-1 from VRLP.

        A U.S. holder of VRLP common limited partnership units who receives UE common shares in the distribution will have a holding period of more than one year in the UE common shares, regardless of the U.S. holder's holding period of the VRLP common limited partnership units.

         THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW AND IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION DOES NOT ADDRESS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES RESULTING FROM CHANGES IN ANY LIABILITIES OF VRLP BEING ALLOCATED TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER OF VRLP COMMON LIMITED PARTNERSHIP UNITS. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION DOES NOT PURPORT TO ADDRESS ALL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION OR TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE TAX LAWS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS OR THAT MAY APPLY TO PARTICULAR CATEGORIES OF SHAREHOLDERS. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO THEM, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND THE EFFECT OF POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.

141



DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility

        Urban Edge Properties, L.P., our operating partnership (the "Borrower"), intends to enter into a senior unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks, as lenders. The revolving credit facility is expected to provide borrowings on a revolving basis of up to $500 million (the "Revolver"). The Revolver is expected to close concurrently with the completion of the separation and distribution. We do not expect to have any outstanding borrowings under the Revolver upon the completion of the separation.

        We anticipate that the Revolver will mature approximately 4 years after the distribution, subject to two, 6-month extension options available at the Borrower's election subject to compliance with the terms of the Revolver and payment of a customary extension fee.

        Set forth below is a summary of the anticipated terms of the Revolver. As the final terms of the Revolver have not yet been finalized, the final terms may differ from those set forth herein.

        We anticipate that obligations under the Revolver will be senior unsecured obligations of the Borrower and will be guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of Borrower, but UE will not guarantee amounts due under the Revolver. The proceeds of the borrowings under the Revolver will be used for, among other things, general corporate, partnership and working capital needs of the Borrower or its subsidiaries, including acquisition and development costs and repayment of indebtedness for borrowed money.

        We anticipate that the Revolver will have affirmative and negative covenants, as well as financial covenants, that are customary for an unsecured loan of this nature. We also anticipate that borrowings under the Revolver will bear interest at the LIBOR screen rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The funding of the Revolver is subject to closing conditions that are customary for unsecured loans of this nature. We anticipate that the Borrower will be permitted to voluntarily prepay the loans under the Revolver without any penalty, other than breakage fees, at any time.

        We anticipate that the Revolver will contain customary events of default for companies like ours, including, without limitation, payment defaults, performance defaults, bankruptcy defaults, judgment defaults, defaults under certain other indebtedness, changes in control, and the failure of UE to remain a publicly listed company and to maintain its status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

Property Level Debt

    Cross-Collateralized Mortgage Loan

        As of September 30, 2014, certain of our subsidiaries were borrowers under a non-recourse cross-collateralized mortgage loan with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $610.6 million secured by mortgages encumbering 39 of our properties. A default under the mortgage loan could lead to an acceleration of the entire indebtedness and the exercise of remedies against all of the 39 properties. The lender under the cross-collateralized mortgage loan is an institutional trustee for a securitization trust, the sole assets of which are the cross-collateralized mortgage loan and related collateral and assets.

        The cross-collateralized mortgage loan is evidenced by component notes, some of which bear interest at fixed rates and one of which bears interest at a floating rate. The fixed-rate component notes had an aggregate outstanding principal balance of approximately $550.6 million as of September 30, 2014 and a weighted average fixed rate of 4.28%. The floating-rate component note had an outstanding principal balance of $60 million as of September 30, 2014 and floating rate of interest equal to 2.36% based on a spread of 1.3608% over one-month LIBOR, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1%. The cross-collateralized mortgage loan requires monthly payments of principal according to an

142


approximate 30-year amortization schedule as of the August 2010 origination date. Scheduled principal payments are applied first to the most senior component notes which results in an increase in the weighted average interest rate of the fixed-rate component notes over time.

        The cross-collateralized mortgage loan matures in September 2020. The borrowers are permitted to prepay the floating-rate component note at any time without any prepayment fee. The borrowers are generally not permitted to prepay the fixed-rate component notes prior to March 2020, but can defease the fixed-rate component notes with United States treasury securities and similar governmental securities subject to satisfaction of certain customary conditions.

        The cross-collateralized mortgage loan contains customary covenants for similar commercial mortgage loans, including restrictions on the ability of the borrowers thereunder to:

    incur additional indebtedness secured by the subject properties or permit secured or unsecured mezzanine-type indebtedness;

    create or permit liens on the properties, subject to certain exceptions and contest rights;

    transfer the properties or the direct or indirect equity interests in the borrowers;

    distribute cash flows from the properties following an event of default or if the ratio of cash flow from the properties to the debt service on the loan falls below a specified level;

    make material alterations to the properties without consent of the lender, not to be unreasonably withheld; and

    enter into, modify or terminate material leases with respect to the properties without consent of the lender, not to be unreasonably withheld.

        This description of the cross-collateralized mortgage loan is qualified in its entirety by the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2010, which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part.

    Bergen Town Center Mortgage Loan

        As of September 30, 2014, our subsidiary that owns the east parcel of Bergen Town Center was the borrower under a non-recourse mortgage loan with an outstanding principal balance of $300 million secured by a mortgage encumbering the east parcel of Bergen Town Center. The lender under the Bergen Town Center mortgage loan is an institutional trustee for a securitization trust, the sole assets of which are the mortgage loan and related collateral and assets. The Bergen Town Center mortgage loan is a fixed rate, interest only loan that bears interest at 3.56% per annum and matures in April 2023.

        The borrower is generally not permitted to prepay the mortgage loan prior to January 2023, but the mortgage loan may be defeased from and after April 2015 with United States treasury securities and similar governmental securities subject to satisfaction of certain customary conditions.

        The Bergen Town Center mortgage loan contains customary covenants for similar commercial mortgage loans, including restrictions on the ability of the borrower thereunder to:

    incur additional indebtedness secured by Bergen Town Center or permit secured or unsecured mezzanine-type indebtedness;

    create or permit liens on the property, subject to certain exceptions and contest rights;

    transfer the property or the direct or indirect equity interests in the borrower;

    distribute cash flows from the property following an event of default or if the ratio of cash flow from the property to the debt service on the loan falls below a specified level;

143


    make material alterations to the property without consent of the lender, not to be unreasonably withheld; and

    enter into, modify or terminate material leases with respect to the property without consent of the lender, not to be unreasonably withheld.

        This description of the Bergen Town Center mortgage loan is qualified in its entirety by the Loan Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2013, which is filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part.

    Other Property-Level Debt

        In addition to the cross-collateralized mortgage loan and the Bergen Town Center mortgage loan described above, as of September 30, 2014, we had approximately $381.5 million aggregate principal amount outstanding of consolidated secured property-level debt. Certain of these loans are guaranteed, in whole or in part, by Urban Edge Properties, L.P. Typically, our property-level debt may restrict our ability to:

    incur additional indebtedness secured by the subject property or permit secured or unsecured mezzanine-type indebtedness;

    create or permit liens on the subject property, subject to certain exceptions and contest rights;

    transfer the subject property or the direct or indirect equity interests in the borrower;

    distribute cash flows from the subject property following an event of default or if the ratio of cash flow from the property to the debt service on the loan falls below a specified level;

    make material alterations to the subject property without consent of the lender, not to be unreasonably withheld; and

enter into, modify or terminate material leases with respect to the subject property without consent of the lender, not to be unreasonably withheld.

144



DESCRIPTION OF SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

         UE's declaration of trust and bylaws will be amended and restated prior to the separation. The following is a summary of the material terms of UE's shares of beneficial interest that will be contained in the amended and restated declaration of trust and bylaws. The summary and descriptions below do not purport to be complete statements of the relevant provisions of the declaration of trust or of the bylaws that will be in effect at the time of the distribution and that will be included as exhibits to UE's registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, which you should read (along with the applicable provisions of Maryland law) for complete information on UE's shares of beneficial interest as of the time of the distribution.

        UE's authorized shares of beneficial interest consist of                        common shares, par value $0.01 per share, and                preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share. UE's declaration of trust authorizes its board of trustees, with the approval of a majority of the entire board and without any action on the part of our shareholders, to amend our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares that UE is authorized to issue or the number of authorized shares of any class or series. Immediately following the distribution, UE expects that approximately                of its common shares will be issued and outstanding, based on the number of outstanding VRLP common limited partnership units as of                , 2014 and the distribution ratio of one UE common share for every two common limited partnership units of VRLP, and that no UE preferred shares will be issued or outstanding.

Common Shares

Dividend, Voting and Other Rights of Holders of Common Shares

        The holders of common shares will be entitled to receive dividends when, if and as authorized by the board of trustees and declared by UE out of assets legally available to pay dividends, if receipt of the dividends is in compliance with the provisions in the declaration of trust restricting the ownership and transfer of our shares and the preferential rights of any other class or series of our shares.

        Subject to the provisions of UE's declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of UE shares and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of common shares, the holders of common shares will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote, including elections of trustees. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of trustees, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares can elect all of the trustees then standing for election. Generally, the holders of common shares will not have any conversion, sinking fund, redemption, appraisal or preemptive rights to subscribe to any securities of UE. If UE is dissolved, liquidated or wound up, holders of common shares will be entitled to share proportionally in any assets remaining after satisfying (i) the prior rights of creditors, including holders of UE's indebtedness, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation preference of any preferred shares then outstanding.

        Subject to the provisions of UE's declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of UE shares, common shares will have equal dividend, distribution, liquidation and other rights and will have no preference or exchange rights. The common shares issued in the distribution will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of UE common shares will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of preferred shares that UE may designate and issue in the future.

        The transfer agent for the common shares is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York.

145


Restrictions on Ownership of Common Shares

         The Beneficial Ownership Limit.     For UE to maintain its qualification as a REIT under the Code, not more than 50% of the value of its outstanding shares of beneficial interest may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals at any time during the last half of a taxable year and the shares of beneficial interest must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year (except, in each case, with respect to the first taxable year for which an election to be taxed as a REIT is made). The Code defines "individuals" to include some entities for purposes of the preceding sentence. All references to a shareholder's ownership of common shares in this section "—The Beneficial Ownership Limit" assume application of the applicable attribution rules of the Code under which, for example, a shareholder is deemed to own shares owned by his or her spouse.

        The declaration of trust contains several provisions that restrict the ownership and transfer of our shares that will become effective upon the completion of the distribution and are designed to safeguard UE against loss of its REIT status. These provisions also seek to deter non-negotiated acquisitions of, and proxy fights for, us by third parties. The declaration of trust contains a limitation that restricts, with some exceptions, shareholders from owning more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of any class or series, including our common shares. We refer to this percentage as the "beneficial ownership limit."

        Shareholders should be aware that events other than a purchase or other transfer of common shares can result in ownership, under the applicable attribution rules of the Code, of common shares in excess of the beneficial ownership limit. For instance, if two shareholders, each of whom owns 6% of the outstanding common shares, were to marry, then after their marriage both shareholders would be deemed to own 12% of the outstanding common shares, which is in excess of the beneficial ownership limit. Similarly, if a shareholder who is treated as owning 6% of the outstanding common shares purchased a 50% interest in a corporation which owns 10% of the outstanding common shares, then the shareholder would be deemed to own 11% of the outstanding common shares immediately after such purchase. You should consult your own tax advisors concerning the application of the attribution rules of the Code in your particular circumstances.

         Closely Held and General Restriction on Ownership.     In addition, common shares may not be transferred if, as a result, more than 50% in value of the outstanding UE common shares would be owned by five or fewer individuals or if such transfer would otherwise cause UE to fail to qualify as a REIT.

         The Constructive Ownership Limit.     Under the Code, rental income received by a REIT from persons in which the REIT is treated, under the applicable attribution rules of the Code, as owning a 10% or greater interest does not constitute qualifying income for purposes of the income requirements that REITs must satisfy. For these purposes, a REIT is treated as owning any shares owned, under the applicable attribution rules of the Code, by a person that owns 10% or more of the value of the outstanding shares of the REIT. The attribution rules of the Code applicable for these purposes are different from those applicable with respect to the beneficial ownership limit. All references to a shareholder's ownership of common shares in this section "—The Constructive Ownership Limit" assume application of the applicable attribution rules of the Code.

        In order to ensure that rental income of UE will not be treated as nonqualifying income under the rule described in the preceding paragraph, and thus to ensure that UE will not inadvertently lose its REIT status as a result of the ownership of shares by a tenant, or a person that holds an interest in a tenant, the declaration of trust contains an ownership limit that restricts, with some exceptions, shareholders from owning, directly or indirectly, more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of any class or series. We refer to this 9.8% ownership limit as the "constructive ownership limit."

146


        Shareholders should be aware that events other than a purchase or other transfer of shares may result in ownership, under the applicable attribution rules of the Code, of shares in excess of the constructive ownership limit. As the attribution rules that apply with respect to the constructive ownership limit differ from those that apply with respect to the beneficial ownership limit, the events other than a purchase or other transfer of shares which may result in share ownership in excess of the constructive ownership limit may differ from those which may result in share ownership in excess of the beneficial ownership limit. You should consult your own tax advisors concerning the application of the attribution rules of the Code in your particular circumstances.

         Automatic Transfer to a Trust If the Ownership Limits Are Violated.     The declaration of trust provides that a transfer of common shares that would otherwise result in ownership, under the applicable attribution rules of the Code, of common shares in excess of the beneficial ownership limit or the constructive ownership limit would cause the shares of beneficial interest of UE to be beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons, would result in UE being "closely held" (within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code) or would otherwise cause UE to fail to qualify as a REIT, will be void and the purported transferee will acquire no rights or economic interest in the common shares. In addition, our declaration of trust provides that, if the provisions causing a transfer to be void do not prevent a violation of the restrictions mentioned in the preceding sentence, the common shares that would otherwise be owned, under the applicable attribution rules of the Code, in excess of the beneficial ownership limit or the constructive ownership limit will be automatically transferred to one or more trusts (each, a "charitable trust") for the benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, appointed by us, effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the relevant transfer.

        Shares held in a charitable trust will be issued and outstanding shares. Pursuant to our declaration of trust, the purported transferee will have no rights in the shares held in a charitable trust and will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in the charitable trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no right to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the charitable trust. Instead, our declaration of trust provides that the trustee of the charitable trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to common shares held in the charitable trust, to be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Under our declaration of trust, any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by us that the common shares have been transferred to the charitable trust shall be paid by the holder of such dividend or other distribution to the trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the trustee. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee of the charitable trust has the authority (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a purported transferee prior to the discovery by UE that the shares have been transferred to the charitable trust and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if UE has already taken irreversible trust action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.

        Under our declaration of trust, within 20 days of receiving notice from us that common shares have been transferred to the charitable trust, the trustee of the charitable trust shall sell the shares held in the charitable trust to a person or persons, designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the restrictions on ownership and transfer noted above. Upon such sale, our declaration of trust provides that the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold terminates and the trustee of the charitable trust is required to distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the purported transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows: The purported transferee will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the purported transferee for the shares or, if the purported transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the charitable trust ( e.g. , in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the market price (as defined in our declaration of trust) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the

147


charitable trust and (ii) the price per share received by the trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the charitable trust. The trustee of the charitable trust may reduce the amount payable to the purported transferee by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the purported transferee and are owed by the purported transferee to the charitable trust, as described above. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the purported transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by us that common shares have been transferred to the charitable trust, such shares are sold by a purported transferee, then (1) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the charitable trust and (2) to the extent that the purported transferee received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such purported transferee would have been entitled to receive if such shares had been sold by the charitable trust, such excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

        Our declaration of trust provides that any shares transferred to the charitable trust are deemed to have been offered for sale to UE, or its designee. The price at which UE, or its designee, may purchase the shares transferred to the charitable trust will be equal to the lesser of (i) the price paid by the purported transferee for the shares or, if the purported transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the charitable trust (e.g., in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the market price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the charitable trust and (ii) the market price of the shares on the date that UE, or its designee, accepts the offer. Upon a sale to UE, the interest of the beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the purported transferee.

        UE may reduce the amount payable to the purported transferee by the amount of dividends and other distributions that have been paid to the purported transferee and are owed by the purported transferee to the charitable trust, as described above. UE's right to accept the offer described above exists for as long as the charitable trust has not otherwise sold the shares held in trust.

        In addition, if our board of trustees determines that a transfer or other event has occurred that would violate the restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares described above, the board of trustees may take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such transfer, including, but not limited to, causing UE to redeem shares, refusing to give effect to the transfer on UE's books or instituting proceedings to enjoin the transfer.

         Other Provisions Concerning the Restrictions on Ownership.     Our board of trustees, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt persons from the beneficial ownership limit and the constructive ownership limit and increase or decrease the beneficial ownership limit and constructive ownership limit for one or more persons, if in each case the board of trustees obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the board of trustees may deem appropriate in order to conclude that such exemption or modification will not cause UE to lose its status as a REIT. In addition, the board of trustees may require such opinions of counsel, affidavits, undertakings or agreements or a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the UE's status as a REIT, and any such exemption or modification may be subject to such conditions or restrictions as the board may impose.

        The foregoing restrictions on transfer and ownership will not apply if the board of trustees determines that it is no longer in the best interests of UE to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT or that compliance with any of the foregoing restrictions is no longer required for REIT qualification.

        All persons who own, directly or by virtue of the applicable attribution rules of the Code, more than 1.0% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the outstanding common shares must give a written notice to UE containing the

148


information specified in the declaration of trust by January 31 of each year. In addition, each shareholder will be required to disclose to UE upon demand any information that UE may request, in good faith, to determine UE's status as a REIT or to comply with Treasury regulations promulgated under the REIT provisions of the Code.

        The ownership restrictions described above may have the effect of precluding acquisition of control of UE unless the UE board determines that maintenance of REIT status is no longer in the best interests of UE or that compliance with any of the foregoing restrictions is no longer required for REIT qualification.

Preferred Shares and Share Reclassification

        Under the terms of UE's declaration of trust, its board of trustees may classify any unissued preferred shares, and reclassify any unissued common shares or any previously classified but unissued preferred shares into other classes or series of shares, including one or more classes or series of shares that have priority over our common shares with respect to distributions or upon liquidation, and we are authorized to issue the newly classified shares. Prior to the issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of trustees is required by the Maryland REIT Law and UE's declaration of trust to set, subject to the provisions of UE's declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our shares, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. These actions may be taken without shareholder approval, unless shareholder approval is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of our shares or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which UE's securities may be listed or traded. As of the date hereof, no preferred shares are outstanding and UE has no present plans to issue any preferred shares. If UE were to issue preferred shares, they would be subject to ownership and transfer restrictions that are similar to the restrictions applicable to common shares (including a prohibition on owning more than 9.8% of the outstanding UE preferred shares of any class or series).

Power to Increase Authorized Shares and Issue Additional Common and Preferred Shares

        We believe that the power of our board of trustees, without shareholder approval, to amend our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares or the number of shares in any class or series that we have authority to issue, to issue additional authorized but unissued common shares or preferred shares and to classify or reclassify unissued common shares or preferred shares and thereafter to issue such classified or reclassified shares provides UE with flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. These actions may be taken without shareholder approval, unless shareholder approval is required by applicable law, the terms of any other class or series of our shares or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of trustees does not currently intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue additional classes or series of common shares or preferred shares that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of our company, even if such transaction or change of control involves a premium price for our shareholders or shareholders believe that such transaction or change of control may be in their best interests.

Listing

        UE intends to apply to have its common shares authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "UE".

149


Sale of Unregistered Securities

        Except as noted in the next paragraph, in the past three years, UE has not sold any securities, including sales of reacquired securities, new issues, securities issued in exchange for property, services or other securities, and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities.

        In connection with its organization, on June 18, 2014, UE issued 1,000 common shares, $0.01 par value per share, to VRLP pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. We did not register the issuance of these shares under the Securities Act because such issuance did not constitute a public offering.

REIT Qualification

        Under our declaration of trust, the board of trustees may authorize UE to revoke or otherwise terminate its REIT election, without shareholder approval, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        After the distribution, the distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for UE's common shares will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. For questions relating to the transfer or mechanics of the share distribution, you should contact:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC,
6201 15 th  Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219.
www.amstock.com/shareholder/sh_general_info.asp

150



CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS

         UE's declaration of trust and bylaws will be amended and restated prior to the separation. The following description of certain provisions of Maryland law and our amended and restated declaration of trust and bylaws is only a summary and does not purport to be a complete statement of the relevant provisions at the time of the distribution. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, which you should read (along with the applicable provisions of Maryland law) for complete information on such provisions. The declaration of trust and bylaws to be in effect at the time of the distribution will be included as exhibits to UE's registration statement on Form 10, of which this information statement forms a part.

The Board of Trustees

        Our declaration of trust and bylaws provide that the number of our trustees may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of the entire board of trustees but may not be fewer than the number required by the Maryland REIT law, which is currently one, nor, unless our bylaws are amended, more than 15, provided, however, that the tenure of office of a trustee will not be affected by any decrease in the number of trustees. Our declaration of trust also provides that, at such time as we become eligible to elect to be subject to certain provisions of Maryland law (which we expect will be upon completion of the separation distribution) and except as may be provided by our board of trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of shares, any vacancy may be filled only by a majority of the remaining trustees, even if the remaining trustees do not constitute a quorum, and, for so long as our board is classified, any trustee elected to fill a vacancy will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of trustees in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

        Our declaration of trust will initially divide our board of trustees into three classes. The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of shareholders, respectively, held following the separation. Initially, shareholders will elect only one class of trustees each year. Shareholders will elect successors to trustees of the first class for a two-year term and successors to trustees of the second class for a one-year term, in each case upon the expiration of the terms of the initial trustees of each class. Commencing with the third annual meeting of shareholders following the separation, which will be held in 2018, all trustees will be elected annually for a term of one year and shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting and until their successors are duly elected and qualify. There is no cumulative voting in the election of trustees. Consequently, at each annual meeting of shareholders, the holders of a majority of our common shares will be able to elect all of our trustees standing for election. Under our bylaws, a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present will be sufficient to elect a trustee. At such time as our board of trustees ceases to be classified, our board of trustees will amend our bylaws to provide that a majority of all the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present will be required to elect a trustee, unless the election is contested, in which case a plurality will be sufficient.

        For so long as our board remains classified, this provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent trustees more time-consuming and difficult. Until the third annual meeting following the separation, at least two annual meetings of shareholders will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of the board of trustees. The staggered terms of trustees may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of UE, even though the tender offer or change in control might be in the best interest of our shareholders.

151


Removal of Trustees

        Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred shares to elect or remove one or more trustees, a trustee may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of trustees. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of trustees to fill vacancies on our board of trustees, precludes shareholders from removing incumbent trustees except for cause and upon a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by the removal with their own nominees.

Business Combinations

        Under the Maryland Business Combination Act (the "MBCA"), a "business combination" between a Maryland real estate investment trust and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder is prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. A business combination includes a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested shareholder is defined as:

    a person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the real estate investment trust's outstanding voting shares; or

    an affiliate or associate of the real estate investment trust who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting shares of the real estate investment trust.

        A person is not an interested shareholder under the statute if the board of trustees approved in advance the transaction by which such person otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. In approving a transaction, the board of trustees may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

        After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland real estate investment trust and an interested shareholder generally must be recommended by the board of trustees of the real estate investment trust and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

    80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares of the real estate investment trust; and

    two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting shares of the real estate investment trust other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.

        These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the real estate investment trust's common shareholders receive a minimum price, as defined under the MBCA, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares.

        The MBCA permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of trustees before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder.

        The MBCA may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of UE or other transaction that might involve a premium price or otherwise be in the best interest of the

152


shareholders. The MBCA may discourage others from trying to acquire control of UE and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

Control Share Acquisitions

        The Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act (the "MCSAA") provides that control shares of a Maryland real estate investment trust acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquiring person, by officers or by employees who are trustees of the real estate investment trust are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. "Control shares" are voting shares which, if aggregated with all other shares owned by the acquiring person or in respect of which the acquiring person is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquiring person to exercise voting power in electing trustees within one of the following ranges of voting power:

    one-tenth or more but less than one-third,

    one-third or more but less than a majority, or

    a majority or more of all voting power.

        Control shares do not include shares that the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval or shares acquired directly from the real estate investment trust. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

        A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of trustees of the real estate investment trust to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the real estate investment trust may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.

        If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the MCSAA, then the real estate investment trust may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the real estate investment trust to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiring person or, if a meeting of shareholders is held at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved, as of the date of such meeting. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholders meeting and the acquiring person becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquiring person in the control share acquisition.

        The MCSAA does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the real estate investment trust is a party to the transaction, or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the declaration of trust or bylaws of the real estate investment trust.

        Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the MCSAA any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares. There can be no assurance that this provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.

153


Approval of Extraordinary Trust Action; Amendment of Declaration of Trust and Bylaws

        Under the Maryland REIT Law, a Maryland real estate investment trust generally cannot dissolve, amend its declaration of trust or merge with or convert into another entity, unless the action is advised by its board of trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote on the matter. However, a Maryland real estate investment trust may provide in its declaration of trust for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Except for certain amendments described in our declaration of trust that require only approval by our board of trustees, and for amendments to the provision in our declaration of trust relating to the removal of trustees and the vote required to amend such provision, which require a vote of two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, our declaration of trust provides for approval of any of these matters by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matters.

        Our bylaws provide that the board of trustees will have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.

Exclusive Forum

        Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any of our trustees or officers or other employees to us or to our shareholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our trustees or officers or other employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland REIT Law or our declaration of trust or bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our trustees or officers or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division.

Advance Notice of Trustee Nominations and New Business

        Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of trustees and the proposal of business to be considered by shareholders may be made only (i) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of our board of trustees or (iii) by a shareholder who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by the bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the board of trustees at a special meeting may be made only (i) by the board of trustees, or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with the bylaws for the purpose of electing trustees, by a shareholder who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving the advance notice required by the bylaws and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

Subtitle 8

        Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent trustees to elect to be subject, by provision in its declaration of trust or bylaws or a resolution of its board of trustees and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the declaration of trust or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

    a classified board;

    a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a trustee;

    a requirement that the number of trustees be fixed only by vote of the trustees;

154


    a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining trustees and, if its board is classified, for the remainder of the full term of the class of trustees in which the vacancy occurred; or

    a majority requirement for the calling of a shareholder-requested special meeting of shareholders.

        Our declaration of trust provides that, at such time as we become eligible to make a Subtitle 8 election (which we expect will be upon the completion of the separation and distribution) and except as may be provided by our board of trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of shares, we elect to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of trustees. Through provisions in our declaration of trust and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, (1) we have a classified board until the third annual meeting of shareholders following the separation, (2) we require the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast not less than two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of trustees to remove any trustee from the board, which removal will be allowed only for cause, (3) we vest in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of trusteeships, subject to limitations set forth in our declaration of trust and bylaws, and (4) our shareholders are not entitled to call special meetings of shareholders.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws

        The business combination provisions and, if the applicable provision in our bylaws is rescinded, the control share acquisition provisions of Maryland law, the provisions of our declaration of trust on classification of the board of trustees and removal of trustees and the advance notice provisions of our bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of UE that might involve a premium price for holders of our common shares or otherwise be in their best interest.

Shareholder Meetings

        UE's bylaws will provide that annual meetings of UE's shareholders may only be held each year at a date, time and place determined by our board of trustees. Special meetings of shareholders may only be called by the chairman of UE's board of trustees, UE's chief executive officer, UE's president and UE's board of trustees. Only matters set forth in the notice of a special meeting of shareholders may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting. The first annual meeting of shareholders held after the distribution will take place in 2016.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

        Under UE's declaration of trust, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if (i) a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by all shareholder entitled to vote on the matter or (ii) the action is advised by UE's board of trustees and a consent in writing or by electronic transmission is given by shareholders entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be required to take the action at a meeting of UE's shareholders.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Trustees and Officers

        Maryland law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to include in its declaration of trust a provision limiting or eliminating the liability of its trustees and officers to the real estate investment trust and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (i) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (ii) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and which is material to the cause of action. UE's declaration of trust includes such a provision eliminating such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

155


        UE's declaration of trust authorizes us and UE's bylaws obligate us, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding, without requiring a preliminary determination of the trustee's or officer's ultimate entitlement to indemnification, to (i) any present or former trustee or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to or witness in the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, or (ii) any individual who, while serving as our trustee or officer and at the request of UE, serves or has served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, member or manager of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to or witness in the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. UE's declaration of trust and bylaws also permit it, with the approval of the board of trustees, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of UE in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of UE or a predecessor of UE.

        Maryland law requires a Maryland real estate investment trust (unless its declaration of trust provides otherwise, which ours does not) to indemnify a trustee or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a real estate investment trust to indemnify its present and former trustees and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the trustee or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the trustee or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the trustee or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland real estate investment trust may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the real estate investment trust or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a real estate investment trust to advance reasonable expenses to a trustee or officer upon the corporation's receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the trustee or officer of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the real estate investment trust and (b) a written undertaking by him or on his behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the real estate investment trust if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

        We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our trustees and executive officers that will provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to officers, trustees or controlling persons of UE pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, UE has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy and, therefore, unenforceable. UE will purchase liability insurance for the purpose of providing a source of funds to pay the indemnification described above.

Business Opportunities

        UE's declaration of trust provides that, if any of our trustees who is also a trustee, officer, employee or agent of Vornado or any of Vornado's affiliates (each such trustee, a "Covered Person"), acquires knowledge of a potential business opportunity, UE renounces any potential interest or expectation in, or right to be offered or to participate in, such business opportunity to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law. Accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Maryland law (a) no Covered Person is required to present, communicate or offer any business opportunity to UE and (b) any Covered Person, on his or her own behalf or on behalf of Vornado, shall have the right to hold and exploit any business opportunity, or to direct, recommend, offer, sell, assign or otherwise transfer such business opportunity to any person or entity other than UE.

156



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        The following discussion summarizes the taxation of UE and the material Federal income tax consequences to holders of the UE common shares for your general information only. It is not tax advice. The tax treatment of these holders will vary depending upon the holder's particular situation, and this discussion addresses only holders that hold these shares as capital assets and does not deal with all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular holders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances. This section also does not deal with all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to certain types of holders to which special provisions of the Federal income tax laws apply, including:

    dealers in securities or currencies;

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

    banks;

    life insurance companies;

    tax-exempt organizations;

    certain insurance companies;

    persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

    persons that hold shares that are a hedge, that are hedged against interest rate or currency risks or that are part of a straddle or conversion transaction;

    persons that purchase or sell shares as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; and

    U.S. shareholders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

        This summary is based on the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations under the Code, published rulings and court decisions. This summary describes the provisions of these sources of law only as they are currently in effect. All of these sources of law may change at any time, and any change in the law may apply retroactively.

        If a partnership holds UE common shares, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding UE common shares should consult its tax advisor with regard to the United States federal income tax treatment of an investment in the UE common shares.

         We urge you to consult with your own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to you of acquiring, owning and selling UE common shares, including the Federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning and selling these securities in your particular circumstances and potential changes in applicable laws.

Taxation of UE as a REIT

        UE intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code, from and after the taxable year that includes the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP. We believe that we will be organized, and we expect to operate, in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the applicable provisions of the Code.

        Sullivan & Cromwell LLP acts as our special tax counsel in connection with our formation and election to be taxed as a REIT. In connection with this transaction, we expect to receive an opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP to the effect that we are organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code, and that our proposed method of operation will

157


enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT commencing with our taxable year that includes the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP. It must be emphasized that the opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP will rely, without independent investigation or verification, on various assumptions relating to our organization and operation, and will be conditioned upon fact-based representations and covenants made by our management regarding our organization, assets, and income, and the present and future conduct of our business operations. While we intend to operate so that we will qualify to be taxed as a REIT, given the highly complex nature of the rules governing REITs, the ongoing importance of factual determinations, and the possibility of future changes in our circumstances, no assurance can be given by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP or by us that we will qualify to be taxed as a REIT for any particular year. The opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP will be expressed as of the date issued. Sullivan & Cromwell LLP will have no obligation to advise us or our shareholders of any subsequent change in the matters stated, represented or assumed, or of any subsequent change in the applicable law. You should be aware that opinions of advisors are not binding on the IRS, and no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in such opinions.

        Qualification and taxation as a REIT depends on our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual operating results, distribution levels, and diversity of share ownership, various qualification requirements imposed upon REITs by the Code, the compliance with which will not be reviewed by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP. Our ability to qualify to be taxed as a REIT also requires that we satisfy certain tests, some of which depend upon the fair market values of assets that we own directly or indirectly. Such values may not be susceptible to a precise determination. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the actual results of our operations for any taxable year will satisfy such requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT.

        As noted above, UE intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, from and after UE's taxable year that includes the distribution of our common shares by each of Vornado and VRLP. The material qualification requirements are summarized below under "—Requirements for Qualification." While we intend to operate so that we qualify and continue to qualify to be taxed as a REIT, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not challenge our qualification, or that we will be able to operate in accordance with the REIT requirements in the future. Please refer to "—Failure to Qualify as a REIT." The discussion in this section "—Taxation of UE as a REIT" assumes that UE will qualify as a REIT.

        As a REIT, UE generally will not have to pay Federal corporate income taxes on its net income that it currently distributes to shareholders. This treatment substantially eliminates the "double taxation" at the corporate and shareholder levels that generally results from investment in a regular corporation. UE's dividends, however, generally will not be eligible for (i) the reduced rates of tax applicable to dividends received by noncorporate shareholders and (ii) the corporate dividends received deduction.

        However, UE will have to pay Federal income tax as follows:

    First, UE will have to pay tax at regular corporate rates on any undistributed real estate investment trust taxable income, including undistributed net capital gains.

    Second, under certain circumstances, UE may have to pay the alternative minimum tax on its items of tax preference.

    Third, if UE has (a) net income from the sale or other disposition of "foreclosure property", as defined in the Code, which is held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business or (b) other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property, it will have to pay tax at the highest corporate rate on that income.

158


    Fourth, if UE has net income from "prohibited transactions", as defined in the Code, UE will have to pay a 100% tax on that income. Prohibited transactions are, in general, certain sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

    Fifth, if UE should fail to satisfy the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as discussed below under "—Requirements for Qualification—Income Tests", but has nonetheless maintained its qualification as a REIT because UE has satisfied some other requirements, it will have to pay a 100% tax on an amount equal to (a) the gross income attributable to the greater of (i) 75% of UE's gross income over the amount of gross income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% test, and (ii) 95% of UE's gross income over the amount of gross income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% test, multiplied by (b) a fraction intended to reflect UE's profitability.

    Sixth, if UE should fail to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of its real estate investment trust ordinary income for that year, (2) 95% of its real estate investment trust capital gain net income for that year and (3) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, UE would have to pay a 4% excise tax on the excess of that required distribution over the sum of the amounts actually distributed and retained amounts on which income tax is paid at the corporate level.

    Seventh, if UE acquires any asset from a C corporation in certain transactions in which UE must adopt the basis of the asset or any other property in the hands of the C corporation as the basis of the asset in the hands of UE, and UE recognizes gain on the disposition of that asset during the 10-year period beginning on the date on which UE acquired that asset, then UE will have to pay tax on the built-in gain at the highest regular corporate rate. A C corporation means generally a corporation that has to pay full corporate level tax.

    Eighth, if UE derives "excess inclusion income" from a residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit, or "REMIC", or certain interests in a taxable mortgage pool, or "TMP", UE could be subject to corporate level Federal income tax at a 35% rate to the extent that such income is allocable to certain types of tax-exempt shareholders that are not subject to unrelated business income tax, such as government entities.

    Ninth, if UE receives non-arm's-length income from a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined under "—Requirements for Qualification—Asset Tests"), or as a result of services provided by a taxable REIT subsidiary to tenants of UE, UE will be subject to a 100% tax on the amount of UE's non-arm's-length income.

    Tenth, if UE fails to satisfy a REIT asset test, as described below, due to reasonable cause and UE nonetheless maintains its REIT qualification because of specified cure provisions, UE will generally be required to pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets that caused UE to fail such test.

    Eleventh, if UE fails to satisfy any provision of the Code that would result in its failure to qualify as a REIT (other than a violation of the REIT gross income tests or a violation of the asset tests described below) and the violation is due to reasonable cause, UE may retain its REIT qualification but will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

Requirements for Qualification

        The Code defines a REIT as a corporation, trust or association

    which is managed by one or more directors or trustees;

159


    the beneficial ownership of which is evidenced by transferable shares, or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest;

    that would otherwise be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for Sections 856 through 859 of the Code;

    that is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company to which certain provisions of the Code apply;

    the beneficial ownership of which is held by 100 or more persons (except with respect to the first taxable year for which an election to be taxed as a REIT is made);

    during the last half of each taxable year, not more than 50% in value of the outstanding shares of which is owned, directly or constructively, by five or fewer individuals, as defined in the Code to include certain entities (the "not closely held requirement") (except with respect to the first taxable year for which an election to be taxed as a REIT is made); and

    that meets certain other tests, including tests described below regarding the nature of its income and assets.

        The Code provides that the conditions described in the first through fourth bullet points above must be met during the entire taxable year and that the condition described in the fifth bullet point above must be met during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months.

        UE will satisfy the conditions described in the first through fifth bullet points of the preceding paragraph and expects that it will also satisfy the condition described in the sixth bullet point of the preceding paragraph. In addition, UE's declaration of trust provides for restrictions regarding the ownership and transfer of UE's shares of beneficial interest. These restrictions are intended to assist UE in continuing to satisfy the share ownership requirements described in the fifth and sixth bullet points of the preceding paragraph. The ownership and transfer restrictions pertaining to the UE common shares are described in this prospectus under the heading "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Common Shares—Restrictions on Ownership of Common Shares."

        Investments in Partnerships.     If a REIT is a partner in a partnership, Treasury regulations provide that the REIT will be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and will be deemed to be entitled to the income of the partnership attributable to that share. In addition, the character of the assets and gross income of the partnership will retain the same character in the hands of the REIT for purposes of Section 856 of the Code, including satisfying the gross income tests and the asset tests. Thus, UE's proportionate share of the assets, liabilities and items of income of any partnership in which UE is a partner will be treated as assets, liabilities and items of income of UE for purposes of applying the requirements described in this section. Thus, actions taken by partnerships in which UE owns an interest, either directly or through one or more tiers of partnerships or qualified REIT subsidiaries, can affect UE's ability to satisfy the REIT income and assets tests and the determination of whether UE has net income from prohibited transactions. See the fourth bullet on page 129 for a brief description of prohibited transactions.

        Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.     A taxable REIT subsidiary is any corporation in which a REIT directly or indirectly owns stock, provided that the REIT and that corporation make a joint election to treat that corporation as a taxable REIT subsidiary. The election can be revoked at any time as long as the REIT and the taxable REIT subsidiary revoke such election jointly. In addition, if a taxable REIT subsidiary holds, directly or indirectly, more than 35% of the securities of any other corporation other than a REIT (by vote or by value), then that other corporation is also treated as a taxable REIT subsidiary. A corporation can be a taxable REIT subsidiary with respect to more than one REIT.

160


        A taxable REIT subsidiary is subject to Federal income tax at regular corporate rates (currently a maximum rate of 35%), and may also be subject to state and local taxation. Any dividends paid or deemed paid by any one of UE's taxable REIT subsidiaries will also be taxable, either (1) to UE to the extent the dividend is retained by UE, or (2) to UE's shareholders to the extent the dividends received from the taxable REIT subsidiary are paid to UE's shareholders. UE may hold more than 10% of the stock of a taxable REIT subsidiary without jeopardizing its qualification as a REIT notwithstanding the rule described below under "—Asset Tests" that generally precludes ownership of more than 10% of any issuer's securities. However, as noted below, in order for UE to qualify as a REIT, the securities of all of the taxable REIT subsidiaries in which it has invested either directly or indirectly may not represent more than 25% of the total value of its assets. UE believes that the aggregate value of all of its interests in taxable REIT subsidiaries will represent less than 25% of the total value of its assets; however, UE cannot assure that this will always be true. Other than certain activities related to operating or managing a lodging or health care facility, a taxable REIT subsidiary may generally engage in any business including the provision of customary or non-customary services to tenants of the parent REIT.

        Income Tests.     In order to maintain its qualification as a REIT, UE annually must satisfy two gross income requirements.

    First, UE must derive at least 75% of its gross income, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, for each taxable year directly or indirectly from investments relating to real property, mortgages on real property or investments in REIT equity securities, including "rents from real property", as defined in the Code, or from certain types of temporary investments. Rents from real property generally include expenses of UE that are paid or reimbursed by tenants.

    Second, at least 95% of UE's gross income, excluding gross income from prohibited transactions, for each taxable year must be derived from real property investments as described in the preceding bullet point, dividends, interest and gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or from any combination of these types of sources.

        Rents that UE receives will qualify as rents from real property in satisfying the gross income requirements for a REIT described above only if the rents satisfy several conditions.

    First, the amount of rent must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount received or accrued generally will not be excluded from rents from real property solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

    Second, the Code provides that rents received from a tenant will not qualify as rents from real property in satisfying the gross income tests if the REIT, directly or under the applicable attribution rules, owns a 10% or greater interest in that tenant; except that rents received from a taxable REIT subsidiary under certain circumstances qualify as rents from real property even if UE owns more than a 10% interest in the subsidiary. We refer to a tenant in which UE owns a 10% or greater interest as a "related party tenant."

    Third, if rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property is greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease, then the portion of rent attributable to the personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.

    Finally, for rents received to qualify as rents from real property, the REIT generally must not operate or manage the property or furnish or render services to the tenants of the property, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT derives no revenue or through a taxable REIT subsidiary. However, UE may directly perform certain services that landlords usually or customarily render when renting space for occupancy only or that are not considered rendered to the occupant of the property.

161


        UE expects that it will not derive material rents from related party tenants. UE also expects that it will not derive rental income attributable to personal property, other than personal property leased in connection with the lease of real property, the amount of which is less than 15% of the total rent received under the lease.

        UE expects to directly perform services for some of its tenants. UE does not believe that the provision of these services will cause its gross income attributable to these tenants to fail to be treated as rents from real property. If UE were to provide services to a tenant that are other than those landlords usually or customarily provide when renting space for occupancy only, amounts received or accrued by UE for any of these services will not be treated as rents from real property for purposes of the REIT gross income tests. However, the amounts received or accrued for these services will not cause other amounts received with respect to the property to fail to be treated as rents from real property unless the amounts treated as received in respect of the services, together with amounts received for certain management services, exceed 1% of all amounts received or accrued by UE during the taxable year with respect to the property. If the sum of the amounts received in respect of the services to tenants and management services described in the preceding sentence exceeds the 1% threshold, then all amounts received or accrued by UE with respect to the property will not qualify as rents from real property, even if UE provides the impermissible services to some, but not all, of the tenants of the property.

        The term "interest" generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of that amount depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, an amount received or accrued generally will not be excluded from the term interest solely because it is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

        From time to time, UE may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of its assets or liabilities. UE's hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps and floors, options to purchase these items, and futures and forward contracts. Except to the extent provided by Treasury regulations, any income UE derives from a hedging transaction that is clearly identified as such as specified in the Code, including gain from the sale or disposition of such a transaction, will not constitute gross income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests, and therefore will be excluded for purposes of these tests, but only to the extent that the transaction hedges indebtedness incurred or to be incurred by us to acquire or carry real estate. The term "hedging transaction," as used above, generally means any transaction UE enters into in the normal course of its business primarily to manage risk of interest rate or price changes or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, by UE. "Hedging transaction" also includes any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain), including gain from the termination of such a transaction. UE intends to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize its status as a REIT.

        As a general matter, certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests, as follows.

        "Real estate foreign exchange gain" will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income test. Real estate foreign exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property and certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain qualified business units of a REIT.

162


        "Passive foreign exchange gain" will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange gain as described above, and also includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations that would not fall within the scope of the definition of real estate foreign exchange gain.

        If UE fails to satisfy one or both of the 75% or 95% gross income tests for any taxable year, it may nevertheless qualify as a REIT for that year if it satisfies the requirements of other provisions of the Code that allow relief from disqualification as a REIT. These relief provisions will generally be available if:

    UE's failure to meet the income tests was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect; and

    UE files a schedule of each item of income in excess of the limitations described above in accordance with regulations to be prescribed by the IRS.

        UE might not be entitled to the benefit of these relief provisions, however, and even if these relief provisions apply, UE would have to pay a tax on the excess income. The tax will be a 100% tax on an amount equal to (a) the gross income attributable to the greater of (i) 75% of UE's gross income over the amount of gross income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% test, and (ii) 95% of UE's gross income over the amount of gross income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% test, multiplied by (b) a fraction intended to reflect UE's profitability.

        Asset Tests.     UE, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, must also satisfy four tests relating to the nature of its assets.

    First, at least 75% of the value of UE's total assets must be represented by real estate assets, including (a) real estate assets held by UE's qualified REIT subsidiaries, UE's allocable share of real estate assets held by partnerships in which UE owns an interest and stock issued by another REIT, (b) for a period of one year from the date of UE's receipt of proceeds of an offering of its shares of beneficial interest or publicly offered debt with a term of at least five years, stock or debt instruments purchased with these proceeds and (c) cash, cash items and government securities.

    Second, not more than 25% of UE's total assets may be represented by securities other than those in the 75% asset class.

    Third, not more than 25% of UE's total assets may constitute securities issued by taxable REIT subsidiaries and of the investments included in the 25% asset class, the value of any one issuer's securities, other than equity securities issued by another REIT or securities issued by a taxable REIT subsidiary, owned by UE may not exceed 5% of the value of UE's total assets.

    Fourth, UE may not own more than 10% of the vote or value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer, except for issuers that are REITs, qualified REIT subsidiaries or taxable REIT subsidiaries, or certain securities that qualify under a safe harbor provision of the Code (such as so-called "straight-debt" securities).

        Solely for the purposes of the 10% value test described above, the determination of UE's interest in the assets of any partnership or limited liability company in which it owns an interest will be based on UE's proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership or limited liability company, excluding for this purpose certain securities described in the Code.

        If the IRS successfully challenges the partnership status of any of the partnerships in which UE maintains a more than 10% vote or value interest, and the partnership is reclassified as a corporation

163


or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, UE could lose its REIT status. In addition, in the case of such a successful challenge, UE could lose its REIT status if such recharacterization results in UE otherwise failing one of the asset tests described above.

        Certain relief provisions may be available to UE if it fails to satisfy the asset tests described above after a 30-day cure period. Under these provisions, UE will be deemed to have met the 5% and 10% REIT asset tests if the value of its nonqualifying assets (i) does not exceed the lesser of (a) 1% of the total value of its assets at the end of the applicable quarter and (b) $10,000,000, and (ii) UE disposes of the nonqualifying assets within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury regulations to be issued. For violations due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect that are not described in the preceding sentence, UE may avoid disqualification as a REIT under any of the asset tests, after the 30 day cure period, by taking steps including (i) the disposition of the nonqualifying assets to meet the asset test within (a) six months after the last day of the quarter in which the failure to satisfy the asset tests is discovered or (b) the period of time prescribed by Treasury regulations to be issued, (ii) paying a tax equal to the greater of (a) $50,000 or (b) the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income generated by the nonqualifying assets, and (iii) disclosing certain information to the IRS.

        Annual Distribution Requirements.     UE, in order to qualify as a REIT, is required to distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends, to its shareholders in an amount at least equal to (1) the sum of (a) 90% of UE's "real estate investment trust taxable income", computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and UE's net capital gain, and (b) 90% of the net after-tax income, if any, from foreclosure property minus (2) the sum of certain items of non-cash income.

        In addition, if UE acquired an asset from a C corporation in a carryover basis transaction and disposes of such asset within ten years of acquiring it, UE may be required to distribute at least 90% of the after-tax built-in gain, if any, recognized on the disposition of the asset.

        These distributions must be paid in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if declared before UE timely files its tax return for the year to which they relate and if paid on or before the first regular dividend payment after the declaration. However, for Federal income tax purposes, these distributions that are declared in October, November or December as of a record date in such month and actually paid in January of the following year will be treated as if they were paid on December 31 of the year declared.

        To the extent that UE does not distribute all of its net capital gain or distributes at least 90%, but less than 100%, of its real estate investment trust taxable income, as adjusted, it will have to pay tax on the undistributed amounts at regular ordinary and capital gain corporate tax rates. Furthermore, if UE fails to distribute during each calendar year at least the sum of (a) 85% of its ordinary income for that year, (b) 95% of its capital gain net income for that year and (c) any undistributed taxable income from prior periods, UE would have to pay a 4% excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the sum of the amounts actually distributed and retained amounts on which income tax is paid at the corporate level.

        UE intends to satisfy the annual distribution requirements.

        From time to time, UE may not have sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet the 90% distribution requirement due to timing differences between (a) when UE actually receives income and when it actually pays deductible expenses and (b) when UE includes the income and deducts the expenses in arriving at its taxable income. If timing differences of this kind occur, in order to meet the 90% distribution requirement, UE may find it necessary to arrange for short-term, or possibly long-term, borrowings or to pay dividends in the form of taxable stock dividends.

        Under certain circumstances, UE may be able to rectify a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying "deficiency dividends" to shareholders in a later year, which may be

164


included in UE's deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Thus, UE may be able to avoid being taxed on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends; however, UE will be required to pay interest based upon the amount of any deduction taken for deficiency dividends.

Failure to Qualify as a REIT

        If UE would otherwise fail to qualify as a REIT because of a violation of one of the requirements described above, its qualification as a REIT will not be terminated if the violation is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and UE pays a penalty tax of $50,000 for the violation. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to violations of the income tests described above or a violation of the asset tests described above, each of which have specific relief provisions that are described above.

        If UE fails to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year, and the relief provisions do not apply, UE will have to pay tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on its taxable income at regular corporate rates. UE will not be able to deduct distributions to shareholders in any year in which it fails to qualify, nor will UE be required to make distributions to shareholders. In this event, to the extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions to shareholders will be taxable to the shareholders as dividend income (which may be subject to tax at preferential rates) and corporate distributees may be eligible for the dividends received deduction if they satisfy the relevant provisions of the Code. Unless entitled to relief under specific statutory provisions, UE will also be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification was lost. UE might not be entitled to the statutory relief described above in all circumstances.

Excess Inclusion Income

        If UE holds a residual interest in a REMIC or certain interests in a TMP from which UE derives "excess inclusion income," UE may be required to allocate such income among its shareholders in proportion to the dividends received by its shareholders, even though UE may not receive such income in cash. To the extent that excess inclusion income is allocable to a particular shareholder, the income (1) would not be allowed to be offset by any net operating losses otherwise available to the shareholder, (2) would be subject to tax as unrelated business taxable income in the hands of most types of shareholders that are otherwise generally exempt from Federal income tax, and (3) would result in the application of U.S. Federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate (30%), without reduction pursuant to any otherwise applicable income tax treaty, to the extent allocable to most types of foreign shareholders.


Taxation of Holders of UE Common Shares

U.S. Shareholders

        As used in this section, the term "U.S. shareholder" means a holder of UE common shares who, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, is:

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a domestic corporation;

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more United States persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

        Taxation of Dividends.     As long as UE qualifies as a REIT, distributions made by UE out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits, and not designated as capital gain dividends, will

165


constitute dividends taxable to its taxable U.S. shareholders as ordinary income. Noncorporate U.S. shareholders will generally not be entitled to the tax rate applicable to certain types of dividends except with respect to the portion of any distribution (a) that represents income from dividends UE received from a corporation in which it owns shares (but only if such dividends would be eligible for the lower rate on dividends if paid by the corporation to its individual shareholders), (b) that is equal to the sum of UE's real estate investment trust taxable income (taking into account the dividends paid deduction available to UE) and certain net built-in gain with respect to property acquired from a C corporation in certain transactions in which UE must adopt the basis of the asset in the hands of the C corporation for UE's previous taxable year and less any taxes paid by UE during its previous taxable year, or (c) that represents earnings and profits that were accumulated by UE in a prior non-REIT taxable year, in each case, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied at both the REIT and individual shareholder level. Noncorporate U.S. shareholders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the impact of tax rates on dividends received from UE. Distributions made by UE will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction in the case of U.S. shareholders that are corporations. Distributions made by UE that UE properly designates as capital gain dividends will be taxable to U.S. shareholders as gain from the sale of a capital asset held for more than one year, to the extent that they do not exceed our actual net capital gain for the taxable year, without regard to the period for which a U.S. shareholder has held his UE common shares. Thus, with certain limitations, capital gain dividends received by an individual U.S. shareholder may be eligible for preferential rates of taxation. U.S. shareholders that are corporations may, however, be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

        To the extent that UE makes distributions, not designated as capital gain dividends, in excess of its current and accumulated earnings and profits, these distributions will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to each U.S. shareholder. Thus, these distributions will reduce the adjusted basis which the U.S. shareholder has in his shares for tax purposes by the amount of the distribution, but not below zero. Distributions in excess of a U.S. shareholder's adjusted basis in his shares will be taxable as capital gains, provided that the shares have been held as a capital asset. For purposes of determining the portion of distributions on separate classes of shares that will be treated as dividends for Federal income tax purposes, current and accumulated earnings and profits will be allocated to distributions resulting from priority rights of preferred shares before being allocated to other distributions.

        Dividends authorized by UE in October, November, or December of any year and payable to a shareholder of record on a specified date in any of these months will be treated as both paid by UE and received by the shareholder on December 31 of that year, provided that UE actually pays the dividend on or before January 31 of the following calendar year. Shareholders may not include in their own income tax returns any net operating losses or capital losses of UE.

        UE may make distributions to holders of its common shares that are paid in UE common shares. These distributions would be intended to be treated as dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and a U.S. shareholder would, therefore, generally have taxable income with respect to such distributions of common shares and may have a tax liability on account of such distribution in excess of the cash (if any) that is received.

        U.S. shareholders holding shares at the close of UE's taxable year will be required to include, in computing their long-term capital gains for the taxable year in which the last day of UE's taxable year falls, the amount of UE's undistributed net capital gain that UE designates in a written notice mailed to its shareholders. UE may not designate amounts in excess of UE's undistributed net capital gain for the taxable year. Each U.S. shareholder required to include the designated amount in determining the shareholder's long-term capital gains will be deemed to have paid, in the taxable year of the inclusion, the tax paid by UE in respect of the undistributed net capital gains. U.S. shareholders to whom these rules apply will be allowed a credit or a refund, as the case may be, for the tax they are deemed to

166


have paid. U.S. shareholders will increase their basis in their shares by the difference between the amount of the includible gains and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder in respect of these gains.

        Distributions made by UE and gain arising from a U.S. shareholder's sale or exchange of shares will not be treated as passive activity income. As a result, U.S. shareholders generally will not be able to apply any passive losses against that income or gain.

        Sale or Exchange of Shares.     When a U.S. shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares, the shareholder will recognize gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between (a) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received on the sale or other disposition, and (b) the holder's adjusted basis in the shares for tax purposes. This gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the U.S. shareholder has held the shares as a capital asset. The gain or loss will be long-term gain or loss if the U.S. shareholder has held the shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gain of an individual U.S. shareholder is generally taxed at preferential rates. In general, any loss recognized by a U.S. shareholder when the shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares of UE that the shareholder has held for six months or less, after applying certain holding period rules, will be treated as a long-term capital loss, to the extent of distributions received by the shareholder from UE which were required to be treated as long-term capital gains.

        Backup Withholding.     UE will report to its U.S. shareholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, backup withholding may apply to a shareholder with respect to dividends paid unless the holder (a) is a corporation or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact, or (b) provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. The IRS may also impose penalties on a U.S. shareholder that does not provide UE with his correct taxpayer identification number. A shareholder may credit any amount paid as backup withholding against the shareholder's income tax liability. In addition, UE may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any shareholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to UE.

        Taxation of Tax-Exempt Shareholders.     The IRS has ruled that amounts distributed as dividends by a REIT generally do not constitute unrelated business taxable income when received by a tax-exempt entity. Based on that ruling, provided that a tax-exempt shareholder is not one of the types of entity described below and has not held its shares as "debt financed property" within the meaning of the Code, and the shares are not otherwise used in a trade or business, the dividend income from shares will not be unrelated business taxable income to a tax-exempt shareholder. Similarly, income from the sale of shares will not constitute unrelated business taxable income unless the tax-exempt shareholder has held the shares as "debt financed property" within the meaning of the Code or has used the shares in a trade or business.

        Notwithstanding the above paragraph, tax-exempt shareholders will be required to treat as unrelated business taxable income any dividends paid by UE that are allocable to UE's "excess inclusion" income, if any.

        Income from an investment in UE's shares will constitute unrelated business taxable income for tax-exempt shareholders that are social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts, and qualified group legal services plans exempt from Federal income taxation under the applicable subsections of Section 501(c) of the Code, unless the organization is able to properly deduct amounts set aside or placed in reserve for certain purposes so as to offset the income generated by its shares. Prospective investors of the types described in the preceding sentence should consult their own tax advisors concerning these "set aside" and reserve requirements.

167


        Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, a portion of the dividends paid by a "pension-held REIT" will be treated as unrelated business taxable income to any trust which

    is described in Section 401(a) of the Code;

    is tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code; and

    holds more than 10% (by value) of the equity interests in the REIT.

        Tax-exempt pension, profit-sharing and stock bonus funds that are described in Section 401(a) of the Code are referred to below as "qualified trusts." A REIT is a "pension-held REIT" if:

    it would not have qualified as a REIT but for the fact that Section 856(h)(3) of the Code provides that stock owned by qualified trusts will be treated, for purposes of the "not closely held" requirement, as owned by the beneficiaries of the trust (rather than by the trust itself); and

    either (a) at least one qualified trust holds more than 25% by value of the interests in the REIT or (b) one or more qualified trusts, each of which owns more than 10% by value of the interests in the REIT, hold in the aggregate more than 50% by value of the interests in the REIT.

        The percentage of any REIT dividend treated as unrelated business taxable income to a qualifying trust is equal to the ratio of (a) the gross income of the REIT from unrelated trades or businesses, determined as though the REIT were a qualified trust, less direct expenses related to this gross income, to (b) the total gross income of the REIT, less direct expenses related to the total gross income. A de minimis exception applies where this percentage is less than 5% for any year. UE does not expect to be classified as a pension-held REIT.

        The rules described above under the heading "U.S. Shareholders" concerning the inclusion of UE's designated undistributed net capital gains in the income of its shareholders will apply to tax-exempt entities. Thus, tax-exempt entities will be allowed a credit or refund of the tax deemed paid by these entities in respect of the includible gains.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

        The rules governing U.S. Federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships and estates or trusts that in either case are not subject to U.S. Federal income tax on a net income basis who own UE common shares, which we call "non-U.S. shareholders", are complex. The following discussion is only a limited summary of these rules. Prospective non-U.S. shareholders should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the impact of U.S. Federal, state and local income tax laws with regard to an investment in UE common shares, including any reporting requirements.

        Ordinary Dividends.     Distributions, other than distributions that are treated as attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by UE of U.S. real property interests, as discussed below, and other than distributions designated by UE as capital gain dividends, will be treated as ordinary income to the extent that they are made out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of UE. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution will ordinarily apply to distributions of this kind to non-U.S. shareholders, unless an applicable tax treaty reduces that tax. However, if income from the investment in the shares is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business or is attributable to a permanent establishment that the non-U.S. shareholder maintains in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting the non-U.S. shareholder to U.S. taxation on a net income basis, tax at graduated rates will generally apply to the non-U.S. shareholder in the same manner as U.S. shareholders are taxed with respect to dividends, and the 30% branch profits tax may also apply if the shareholder is a foreign corporation. UE expects to withhold U.S. tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any dividends,

168


other than dividends treated as attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests and capital gain dividends, paid to a non-U.S. shareholder, unless (a) a lower treaty rate applies and the required form evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate is filed with UE or the appropriate withholding agent or (b) the non-U.S. shareholder files an IRS Form W-8 ECI or a successor form with UE or the appropriate withholding agent claiming that the distributions are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business and in either case other applicable requirements were met.

        Distributions to a non-U.S. shareholder that are designated by UE at the time of distribution as capital gain dividends which are not attributable to or treated as attributable to the disposition by UE of a U.S. real property interest generally will not be subject to U.S. Federal income taxation, except as described below.

        If a non-U.S. shareholder receives an allocation of "excess inclusion income" with respect to a REMIC residual interest or an interest in a TMP owned by UE, the non-U.S. shareholder will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax withholding at the maximum rate of 30% with respect to such allocation, without reduction pursuant to any otherwise applicable income tax treaty.

        Return of Capital.     Distributions in excess of UE's current and accumulated earnings and profits, which are not treated as attributable to the gain from UE's disposition of a U.S. real property interest, will not be taxable to a non-U.S. shareholder to the extent that they do not exceed the adjusted basis of the non-U.S. shareholder's shares. Distributions of this kind will instead reduce the adjusted basis of the shares. To the extent that distributions of this kind exceed the adjusted basis of a non-U.S. shareholder's shares, they will give rise to tax liability if the non-U.S. shareholder otherwise would have to pay tax on any gain from the sale or disposition of its shares, as described below. If it cannot be determined at the time a distribution is made whether the distribution will be in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, withholding will apply to the distribution at the rate applicable to dividends. However, the non-U.S. shareholder may seek a refund of these amounts from the IRS if it is subsequently determined that the distribution was, in fact, in excess of current accumulated earnings and profits of UE.

        Also, UE could potentially be required to withhold at least 10% of any distribution in excess of UE's current and accumulated earnings and profits, even if the non-U.S. shareholder is not liable for U.S. tax on the receipt of that distribution. However, a non-U.S. shareholder may seek a refund of these amounts from the IRS if the non-U.S. shareholder's tax liability with respect to the distribution is less than the amount withheld. Such withholding should generally not be required if a non-U.S. shareholder would not be taxed under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980, as amended ("FIRPTA"), upon a sale or exchange of UE common shares. See discussion below under "—Sales of Shares."

        Capital Gain Dividends.     Distributions that are attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by UE of U.S. real property interests that are paid with respect to any class of stock which is regularly traded on an established securities market located in the United States and held by a non-U.S. shareholder who does not own more than 5% of such class of stock at any time during the one year period ending on the date of distribution will be treated as a normal distribution by UE, and such distributions will be taxed as described above in "—Ordinary Dividends."

        Distributions that are not described in the preceding paragraph that are attributable to gain from sales or exchanges by UE of U.S. real property interests will be taxed to a non-U.S. shareholder under the provisions of FIRPTA. Under this statute, these distributions are taxed to a non-U.S. shareholder as if the gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business. Thus, non-U.S. shareholders will be taxed on the distributions at the normal capital gain rates applicable to U.S. shareholders, subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and special alternative minimum tax in the case of individuals. UE is required by applicable Treasury regulations under this statute to withhold 35% of any distribution

169


that UE could designate as a capital gain dividend. However, if UE designates as a capital gain dividend a distribution made before the day UE actually effects the designation, then although the distribution may be taxable to a non-U.S. shareholder, withholding does not apply to the distribution under this statute. Rather, UE must effect the 35% withholding from distributions made on and after the date of the designation, until the distributions so withheld equal the amount of the prior distribution designated as a capital gain dividend. The non-U.S. shareholder may credit the amount withheld against its U.S. tax liability.

        Share Distributions.     UE may make distributions to holders of its common shares that are paid in UE common shares. These distributions would be intended to be treated as dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, would be treated in a manner consistent with the discussion above under "Ordinary Dividends" and "Capital Gains Dividends." If UE is required to withhold an amount in excess of any cash distributed along with the UE common shares, UE will retain and sell some of the UE common shares that would otherwise be distributed in order to satisfy UE's withholding obligations.

        Sales of Shares.     Gain recognized by a non-U.S. shareholder upon a sale or exchange of UE common shares generally will not be taxed under FIRPTA if UE is a "domestically controlled REIT", defined generally as a REIT, less than 50% in value of whose stock is and was held directly or indirectly by foreign persons at all times during a specified testing period. UE believes that it will be a domestically controlled REIT, and, therefore, assuming that UE continues to be a domestically controlled REIT, that taxation under this statute generally will not apply to the sale of UE common shares. However, gain to which this statute does not apply will be taxable to a non-U.S. shareholder if investment in the shares is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder's U.S. trade or business or is attributable to a permanent establishment that the non-U.S. shareholder maintains in the United States if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting the non-U.S. shareholder to U.S. taxation on a net income basis. In this case, the same treatment will apply to the non-U.S. shareholder as to U.S. shareholders with respect to the gain. In addition, gain to which FIRPTA does not apply will be taxable to a non-U.S. shareholder if the non-U.S. shareholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a "tax home" in the United States, or maintains an office or a fixed place of business in the United States to which the gain is attributable. In this case, a 30% tax will apply to the nonresident alien individual's capital gains. A similar rule will apply to capital gain dividends to which this statute does not apply.

        If UE does not qualify as a domestically controlled REIT, the tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder of a sale of shares will depend upon whether such shares will be regularly traded on an established securities market and the amount of such shares that will be held by the non-U.S. shareholder. Specifically, a non-U.S. shareholder that holds a class of shares that is traded on an established securities market will only be subject to FIRPTA in respect of a sale of such shares if the shareholder owned more than 5% of the shares of such class at any time during a specified period. This period is generally the shorter of the period that the non-U.S. shareholder owned such shares or the five-year period ending on the date when the shareholder disposed of the shares. A non-U.S. shareholder that holds a class of UE's shares that is not traded on an established securities market will only be subject to FIRPTA in respect of a sale of such shares if on the date the shares were acquired by the shareholder it had a fair market value greater than the fair market value on that date of 5% of the regularly traded class of UE's outstanding shares with the lowest fair market value. If a non-U.S. shareholder holds a class of UE's shares that is not regularly traded on an established securities market, and subsequently acquires additional interests of the same class, then all such interests must be aggregated and valued as of the date of the subsequent acquisition for purposes of the 5% test that is described in the preceding sentence. If tax under FIRPTA applies to the gain on the sale of shares, the same treatment would apply to the non-U.S. shareholder as to U.S. shareholders with respect to the

170


gain, subject to any applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals.

Medicare Tax

        A United States holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the United States holder's "net investment income" for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of the United States holder's modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual's circumstances). A holder's net investment income will generally include its dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of shares, unless such dividends or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a United States holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in UE's shares.

Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

        A 30% withholding tax will be imposed on certain payments to you or certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons receiving payments on your behalf if you or such institutions fail to comply with information reporting requirements ("FATCA Withholding"). Such payments will include U.S.-source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock that can produce U.S.-source dividends. Dividend payments you receive after June 30, 2014 could be subject to this withholding if you are subject to the information reporting requirements and fail to comply with them or if you hold UE common shares through another person (e.g., a foreign bank or broker) that is subject to withholding because it fails to comply with these requirements (even if you would not otherwise have been subject to withholding). However, FATCA Withholding will not apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of UE common shares before January 1, 2017.

Federal Estate Taxes

        UE common shares held by a non-U.S. shareholder at the time of death will be included in the shareholder's gross estate for U.S. Federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        If you are a non-U.S. shareholder, we and other payors are required to report payments of dividends on IRS Form 1042-S even if the payments are exempt from withholding. However, you are otherwise generally exempt from backup withholding and information reporting requirements with respect to:

    dividend payments and

    the payment of the proceeds from the sale of UE common shares effected at a United States office of a broker, as long as the income associated with these payments is otherwise exempt from U.S. Federal income tax, and:

    the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and you have furnished to the payor or broker:

    a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are a non-United States person, or

171


      other documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payments as made to a non-United States person in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations, or

    you otherwise establish an exemption.

        Payment of the proceeds from the sale of shares effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale of shares that is effected at a foreign office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if:

    the proceeds are transferred to an account maintained by you in the United States,

    the payment of proceeds or the confirmation of the sale is mailed to you at a United States address, or

    the sale has some other specified connection with the United States as provided in U.S. Treasury regulations,

    unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.

        In addition, a sale of UE common shares will be subject to information reporting if it is effected at a foreign office of a broker that is:

    a United States person,

    a controlled foreign corporation for United States tax purposes,

    a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business for a specified three-year period, or

    a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year:

    one or more of its partners are "U.S. persons", as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations, who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership, or

    such foreign partnership is engaged in the conduct of a United States trade or business,

        unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person and the documentation requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish an exemption. Backup withholding will apply if the sale is subject to information reporting and the broker has actual knowledge that you are a United States person.

        You generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

Other Tax Consequences

        State or local taxation may apply to UE and its shareholders in various state or local jurisdictions, including those in which it or they transact business or reside. The state and local tax treatment of UE and its shareholders may not conform to the Federal income tax consequences discussed above. Consequently, prospective shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of state and local tax laws on an investment in UE.

172



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

        Prior to the separation, there has been no market for our common shares. Therefore, future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices.

        Upon completion of the separation, we expect to have            common shares outstanding. In addition, we will have reserved for issuance to trustees, executive officers and other UE employees who provide services to us an aggregate of            of our common shares that, if and when such shares are issued, may be subject in whole or in part to vesting requirements or the lapsing of restrictions.

        The UE common shares distributed to Vornado common shareholders and VRLP common limited partners will be freely transferable, except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be UE "affiliates" under the Securities Act and as described below. Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of UE after the separation generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with UE and may include trustees and certain officers or principal shareholders of UE. UE affiliates will be permitted to sell their UE common shares only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemptions afforded by Rule 144. UE common shares are subject to certain restrictions on transferability designed to protect UE's REIT qualification. Please refer to "Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest—Common Shares—Restrictions on Ownership of Common Shares."

Redemption/Exchange Rights

        Pursuant to the partnership agreement of our operating partnership, UE L.P., persons that own the common limited partnership units will have the right to redeem their units. When a limited partner exercises this right with respect to common limited partnership units, the partnership must redeem the common limited partnership units for cash or, at our option, our common shares, on a one-for-one basis subject to the terms and conditions of the partnership agreement. These redemption rights generally may be exercised by the limited partners at any time after one year following the issuance of the common limited partnership units. Please refer to "Partnership Agreement—Redemption Rights." Any amendment to the partnership agreement that would affect these redemption rights would require our consent as general partner and the consent of all limited partners adversely affected.

Rule 144

        Any "restricted" securities under the meaning of Rule 144 of the Securities Act may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including exemptions contained in Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if six months have elapsed since the date of acquisition of restricted shares from us or any of our affiliates, the holder of such restricted shares can sell such shares; provided that the number of shares sold by such person within any three-month period cannot exceed the greater of 1% of the total number of our common shares then outstanding or the average weekly trading volume of our common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Grants Under Our Equity Compensation Plan

        It is expected that, prior to the completion of the separation, UE will adopt an equity compensation plan, which is described under the heading "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—UE 2015 Omnibus Share Plan" above.

173



PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        The summary of the Limited Partnership Agreement of Urban Edge Properties L.P. ("UE L.P.") is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the applicable agreement, which is incorporated by reference into this information statement.

        UE L.P., our operating partnership, will be a Delaware limited partnership. UE will be the sole general partner of this partnership. Upon completion of the separation and related transactions, including the contribution of certain properties to UE L.P. by VRLP, we will own, directly and indirectly, approximately 94% of the partnership interests in our operating partnership, and VRLP will own the remainder. In the future, we may issue additional interests in UE L.P. to third parties.

Management

        Pursuant to the partnership agreement of UE L.P., we, as the general partner, generally have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management, operation and control of the partnership, including the ability to cause the partnership to enter into certain major transactions, including acquisitions, developments and dispositions of properties, borrowings and refinancings of existing indebtedness. No limited partner may take part in the operation, management or control of the business of our operating partnership by virtue of being a holder of limited partnership units.

        We may not be removed as general partner of the partnership. Upon our bankruptcy or dissolution, the limited partnership shall be dissolved automatically unless, within 90 days after the entry of a final and nonappealable judgment ruling that the general partner is insolvent or a final and nonappealable order for relief against us, a majority in interest of the remaining partners consent in writing to continue the business of the partnership and to the appointment of a substitute general partner.

Transferability of Interests

        General Partner.     The partnership agreement provides that we may not transfer our interest as a general partner except in connection with a transaction permitted under the partnership agreement. We may not withdraw from the partnership or transfer all or any portion of our limited partnership interest (whether by sale, disposition, statutory merger or consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) unless a majority in interest of the limited partners consents to such transfer or withdrawal. Upon any such transfer pursuant to such consent, the transferee will become the successor general partner under the partnership agreement. In addition, we may merge with another entity if immediately after such merger all of the assets of the surviving entity, other than the general partner interest in UE L.P. held by us, are contributed to the partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for partnership units.

        Limited Partner.     The partnership agreement prohibits the sale, assignment, transfer, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition of all or any portion of the limited partnership units without our consent, which we may give or withhold in our sole discretion, except for (i) transfers to affiliates of the transferor limited partner, which are permissible without our consent, and (ii) transfers by an incapacitated limited partner, in which case such incapacitated limited partner may transfer all or any portion of its partnership units.

        The partnership agreement contains other restrictions on transfer if, among other things, that transfer would adversely affect our ability to qualify as a REIT or would subject us to any additional taxes under the Code.

Capital Contributions

        Under the partnership agreement, we will be obligated to contribute the proceeds of any offering of shares as additional capital to our operating partnership. The general partner is authorized to cause

174


the operating partnership to issue partnership interests for less than fair market value if we conclude in good faith that such issuance is in both the partnership's and our best interests.

        The partnership agreement provides that we may make additional capital contributions, including properties, to the partnership in exchange for additional partnership units. If we contribute additional capital to the partnership and receive additional partnership interests for such capital contribution, our percentage interests will be increased on a proportionate basis based on the amount of such additional capital contributions and the value of the partnership at the time of such contributions. Conversely, the percentage interests of the other limited partners will be decreased on a proportionate basis. In addition, if we contribute additional capital to the partnership and receive additional partnership interests for such capital contribution, the capital accounts of the partners will be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any unrealized gain or loss attributable to our properties as if there were an actual sale of such properties at the fair market value thereof. Limited partners have no preemptive right to make additional capital contributions.

        The operating partnership could also issue preferred partnership interests in connection with the acquisitions of property or otherwise. Any such preferred partnership interests have priority over common limited partnership interests with respect to distributions from the partnership, including the partnership interests that our wholly-owned subsidiaries may own.

Redemption Rights

        Under the partnership agreement, UE L.P. will be required to redeem units held by us only when we have repurchased or otherwise reacquired our common shares.

        Limited partners other than us will have the right under the partnership agreement to redeem their units for UE common shares or cash as selected by the general partner.

Operations

        The partnership agreement requires the partnership to be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT, to avoid the imposition of federal income and excise tax liability and to ensure that the partnership will not be classified as a "publicly-traded partnership" taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.

        In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the partnership, the partnership will pay all of our administrative costs and expenses. These expenses will be treated as expenses of the partnership and will generally include all expenses relating to our continuity of existence, all expenses relating to offerings and registration of securities, all expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any of our periodic reports under federal, state or local laws or regulations, all expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body and all of our other operating or administrative costs incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of the partnership.

Distributions

        The partnership agreement provides that the partnership will make cash distributions in amounts and at such times as determined by us in our sole discretion, to us and other limited partners in accordance with the respective percentage interests of the partners in the partnership.

        Upon liquidation of the partnership, after payment of, or adequate provisions for, debts and obligations of the partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets of the partnership will be distributed to us and the other limited partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with the respective positive capital account balances of the partners.

175


Allocations

        Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally are allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance with the respective percentage interests of the partners in the partnership. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

Amendments

        Amendments to the partnership agreement may be proposed only by the general partner. The general partner has the power, subject to certain exceptions, to amend the partnership agreement without the consent of the limited partners. However, the partnership agreement may not be amended with respect to any partner adversely affected by such amendment without the consent of such limited partner if such amendment would convert a limited partner's interest into a general partner's interest, modify the limited liability of a general partner, or amend certain specified sections of the partnership agreement.

Exculpation and Indemnification of the General Partner

        The partnership agreement of our operating partnership provides that none of the general partner, its affiliates nor any of their respective directors, trustees, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, representatives or agents (each of which we refer to as a "covered person") will be liable to the partnership or to any of its partners as a result of errors in judgment or of any act or omission, if such covered person's conduct did not constitute bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

        In addition, the partnership agreement requires our operating partnership to indemnify the general partner and its trustees, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, representatives or agents from and against any and all claims that relate to the operations of our operating partnership or the general partner in which any such indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, except to the extent such indemnitee acted in bad faith or with gross negligence or willful misconduct.

        No indemnitee may subject any partner of our operating partnership to personal liability with respect to this indemnification obligation as this indemnification obligation will be satisfied solely out of the assets of the partnership.

Term

        The partnership shall continue until December 31, 2114 (as such date may be extended by the general partner in its sole discretion), unless dissolved upon (i) the general partner's bankruptcy or dissolution or withdrawal (unless the limited partners elect to continue the partnership), (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the partnership, (iii) an election by us in our capacity as the general partner on or after January 1, 2065 or (iv) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the partnership.

176



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        UE has filed a registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC with respect to the UE common shares being distributed as contemplated by this information statement. This information statement is a part of, and does not contain all of the information set forth in, the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to UE and its common shares, please refer to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this information statement relating to any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, at the SEC's public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 as well as on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Information contained on any website referenced in this information statement is not incorporated by reference in this information statement.

        As a result of the distribution, UE will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

        UE intends to furnish holders of its common shares with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent registered public accounting firm.

        You should rely only on the information contained in this information statement or to which this information statement has referred you. UE has not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this information statement.

177



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-2
 

Balance Sheet as of June 23, 2014

    F-3  

Notes to Balance Sheet as of June 23, 2014

    F-4  

Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

    F-5  

Notes to Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

    F-6  

UE BUSINESSES

   
 
 

Combined Financial Statements

       

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-7  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

    F-8  

Combined Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-9  

Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-10  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    F-11  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

    F-12  

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    F-23  

Schedule III—Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

    F-24  

Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

   
 
 

Combined Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

    F-28  

Combined Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

    F-29  

Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

    F-30  

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

    F-31  

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (Unaudited)

    F-32  

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and Board of Trustees
Vornado Realty Trust and Vornado Realty L.P.
New York, New York

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Urban Edge Properties (the "Company"), formerly Vornado SpinCo, as of June 23, 2014 (capitalization). The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statement based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Urban Edge Properties, formerly Vornado SpinCo, at June 23, 2014 (capitalization), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

June 26, 2014

F-2



URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

BALANCE SHEET AS OF JUNE 23, 2014

(Capitalization)

ASSETS

 

Cash

  $ 1,000  
       

  $ 1,000  
       
       

 

SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

 

Common shares of beneficial interest ($0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 issued and outstanding)

 
$

1,000
 
       

  $ 1,000  
       
       

F-3



URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET AS OF JUNE 23, 2014

(Capitalization)

1. ORGANIZATION

        Urban Edge Properties ("UE"), formerly named Vornado SpinCo, was organized as a Maryland real estate investment trust on June 18, 2014 (capitalized on June 18, 2014), for the purposes of holding the strip shopping center and mall business of Vornado Realty Trust (NYSE: VNO) ("Vornado"). UE has no material assets or any operations. UE's sole shareholder is Vornado Realty L.P., Vornado's operating partnership.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        UE's balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Statements of Income, Changes in Shareholder's Equity and Cash Flows have not been presented because UE has had no activity as of June 23, 2014.

    Organization costs

        In connection with the organization, UE has and will continue to incur legal, accounting and related professional fees. Such costs will be expensed as incurred.

3. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

        UE has been capitalized with the issuance of 1,000 common shares of beneficial interest ($0.01 par value per share) for a total of $1,000.

4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Subsequent events have been evaluated through June 26, 2014, the date that this balance sheet was available to be issued.

F-4



URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

BALANCE SHEET AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 (UNAUDITED)

ASSETS

       

Cash

  $ 1,000  
       

  $ 1,000  
       
       

SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

       

Common shares of beneficial interest ($0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 issued and outstanding)

 
$

1,000
 
       

  $ 1,000  
       
       

F-5



URBAN EDGE PROPERTIES

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 (UNAUDITED)

1. ORGANIZATION

        Urban Edge Properties ("UE"), formerly named Vornado SpinCo, was organized as a Maryland real estate investment trust on June 18, 2014 (capitalized on June 18, 2014), for the purposes of holding the strip shopping center and mall business of Vornado Realty Trust (NYSE: VNO) ("Vornado"). UE has no material assets or any operations. UE's sole shareholder is Vornado Realty L.P., Vornado's operating partnership.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        UE's balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Statements of Income, Changes in Shareholder's Equity and Cash Flows have not been presented because UE has had no activity as of September 30, 2014.

    Organization costs

        Organization costs incurred by Vornado, including legal, accounting and related professional fees, will be reimbursed by UE. Such costs are expensed as incurred. As of September 30, 2014, $4,683,000 of transaction costs have been incurred.

3. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

        UE has been capitalized with the issuance of 1,000 common shares of beneficial interest ($0.01 par value per share) for a total of $1,000.

4. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Subsequent events have been evaluated through November 13, 2014, the date that this balance sheet was available to be issued.

F-6



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and Board of Trustees
Vornado Realty Trust and Vornado Realty L.P.
New York, New York

        We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of UE Businesses (the "Company"), formerly Vornado SpinCo Businesses, as described in Note 1 to the combined financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index to Financial Statements on Page F-1. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UE Businesses, formerly Vornado SpinCo Businesses, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic combined financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the combined financial statements, the combined financial statements of UE Businesses, formerly Vornado SpinCo Businesses, include allocations of certain operating expenses from Vornado Realty Trust. These costs may not be reflective of the actual costs which would have been incurred had UE Businesses, formerly Vornado SpinCo Businesses, operated as an independent, stand-alone entity separate from Vornado Realty Trust.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York

November 13, 2014

F-7



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

ASSETS

             

Real estate, at cost:

             

Land

  $ 372,019   $ 376,658  

Buildings and improvements

    1,602,794     1,657,909  

Construction in progress

    5,376     8,053  

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    3,983     2,638  
           

Total

    1,984,172     2,045,258  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (421,756 )   (436,137 )
           

Real estate, net

    1,562,416     1,609,121  

Cash and cash equivalents

    5,223     4,345  

Restricted cash

    11,049     8,962  

Tenant and other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,398 and $4,133, respectively

    6,542     54,160  

Receivable arising from the straight-lining of rents

    87,099     84,094  

Identified intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $20,276 and $17,503, respectively

    37,486     40,259  

Deferred leasing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $11,868 and $12,323, respectively

    19,824     34,857  

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $5,153 and $5,435, respectively

    9,472     9,792  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    10,854     11,465  
           

  $ 1,749,965   $ 1,857,055  
           
           

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

             

Mortgages payable

  $ 1,200,762   $ 1,251,234  

Identified intangible liabilities, net of accumulated amortization of $63,603 and $55,925, respectively

    169,572     177,915  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    30,538     30,881  

Other liabilities

    7,509     7,137  
           

Total liabilities

    1,408,381     1,467,167  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Vornado equity

   
341,265
   
389,590
 

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    319     298  
           

Total equity

    341,584     389,888  
           

  $ 1,749,965   $ 1,857,055  
           
           

   

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-8



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

REVENUE

                   

Property rentals

  $ 228,282   $ 232,031   $ 223,883  

Tenant expense reimbursements

    73,170     70,453     73,863  

Income from Stop & Shop settlement

    59,599          

Other income

    1,944     1,749     2,110  
               

Total revenue

    362,995     304,233     299,856  
               

EXPENSES

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    54,043     52,960     50,981  

Real estate taxes

    46,715     45,978     46,517  

Property operating

    39,340     36,855     39,447  

General and administrative

    25,881     27,209     27,698  

Real estate impairment losses

    19,000     6,000      

Ground rent

    10,137     10,029     9,265  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    666     236     (18,090 )
               

Total expenses

    195,782     179,267     155,818  
               

Operating income

    167,213     124,966     144,038  

Interest income

    11     20      

Interest and debt expense

    (55,789 )   (53,772 )   (55,138 )
               

Income before income taxes

    111,435     71,214     88,900  

Income tax expense

    (2,100 )   (1,364 )   (1,440 )
               

Net income

    109,335     69,850     87,460  

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    (21 )   (13 )   3  
               

Net income attributable to Vornado

  $ 109,314   $ 69,837   $ 87,463  
               
               

   

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-9



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Total Equity   Vornado Equity   Noncontrolling
Interest in
Consolidated
Subsidiary
 

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 372,354   $ 372,066   $ 288  

Net income (loss)

    87,460     87,463     (3 )

Distributions to Vornado, net

    (94,090 )   (94,090 )    
               

Balance, December 31, 2011

    365,724     365,439     285  

Net income

    69,850     69,837     13  

Distributions to Vornado, net

    (45,686 )   (45,686 )    
               

Balance, December 31, 2012

    389,888     389,590     298  

Net income

    109,335     109,314     21  

Distributions to Vornado, net

    (157,639 )   (157,639 )    
               

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $ 341,584   $ 341,265   $ 319  
               
               

   

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-10



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                   

Net income

  $ 109,335   $ 69,850   $ 87,460  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization, including amortization of debt issuance costs

    55,925     54,978     52,991  

Real estate impairment losses

    19,000     6,000      

Amortization of below market leases, net

    (8,159 )   (11,456 )   (10,387 )

Straight-lining of rental income

    (3,296 )   (4,463 )   (4,070 )

Other non-cash adjustments

    4,759     4,338     (15,162 )

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Tenant and other receivables

    46,952     (5,788 )   (3,284 )

Prepaid assets

    836     (1,003 )   (284 )

Other assets

    13,869     (1,950 )   (6,803 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    934     (5,169 )   (3,362 )

Other liabilities

    372     3,027     631  
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    240,527     108,364     97,730  
               

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                   

Real estate additions

    (24,926 )   (31,875 )   (39,626 )

Restricted cash

    (2,087 )   (1,011 )   603  
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (27,013 )   (32,886 )   (39,023 )
               

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                   

Debt repayments

    (367,704 )   (24,439 )   (39,669 )

Change in Vornado's investment, net

    (160,370 )   (48,536 )   (96,648 )

Debt issuance costs

    (1,562 )   (410 )   (1,902 )

Proceeds from borrowings

    317,000         79,546  
               

Net cash used in financing activities

    (212,636 )   (73,385 )   (58,673 )
               

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    878     2,093     34  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    4,345     2,252     2,218  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 5,223   $ 4,345   $ 2,252  
               
               

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

                   

Cash payments for interest

  $ 53,669   $ 52,356   $ 52,711  

Cash payments for taxes

  $ 1,751   $ 1,259   $ 1,472  

Write off of fully depreciated assets, including assets impaired

  $ 64,224   $ 3,401   $ 978  

   

See notes to combined financial statements.

F-11



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION

        Urban Edge Properties ("UE"), formerly named Vornado SpinCo, is a newly formed entity created to own and operate Vornado Realty Trust's (NYSE: VNO) ("Vornado") 83 properties, comprised of 79 strip centers aggregating 12,499,000 square feet, three malls aggregating 1,988,000 square feet and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center property (the "UE Businesses"). UE is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Vornado Realty L.P., the operating partnership through which Vornado conducts its business ("VRLP"). UE intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. All references to "we," "us," "our," and "the company" refer to UE and its combined properties.

        Pursuant to a Separation Agreement, VRLP will distribute 100% of the outstanding UE common shares on a pro rata basis to the holders of its common limited partnership units as of the record date, which include Vornado and the other common limited partners. As a result, Vornado is expected to receive approximately 94% of the outstanding UE common shares, while the other common limited partners of VRLP as a group will receive approximately 6%. Vornado will distribute all of the UE common shares it receives from VRLP to its common shareholders as of the record date on a pro rata basis. To date, UE has not conducted any business as a separate company and has no material assets and liabilities. The operations of the properties to be transferred to UE are presented as if the transfer had been consummated prior to all historical periods presented in the accompanying combined financial statements at the carrying amounts of such assets and liabilities reflected in Vornado's books and records.

        UE will enter into agreements with Vornado under which Vornado will provide various services to UE, including treasury management, human resources, information technology, tax, financial reporting, SEC compliance and insurance, and possibly other matters. We believe that the terms are comparable to those that would have been negotiated on an arm's-length basis.

        UE's revenues are derived primarily from leases with retail tenants, including fixed rents, percentage rents above stipulated sales thresholds and reimbursements from tenants for real estate taxes and property operating expenses.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND COMBINATION

        The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of Vornado's 79 strip center properties, three malls and a warehouse park, all of which are under common control of Vornado. The assets and liabilities in these combined financial statements have been carved-out of Vornado's books and records at their historical carrying amounts. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

        The historical financial results for the carved-out properties reflect charges for certain corporate costs which we believe are reasonable. These charges were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to the UE Businesses based on an analysis of key metrics including total revenues, real estate assets, leasable square feet and operating income. Such costs do not necessarily reflect what the actual costs would have been if UE were operating as a separate stand-alone public company. These charges are discussed further in Note 4—Related Party Transactions.

        The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,

F-12



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND COMBINATION (Continued)

and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

        UE expects to operate in a manner intended to enable it to qualify as a REIT under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under those sections, a REIT which distributes at least 90% of its REIT taxable income as a dividend to its shareholders each year and which meets certain other conditions will not be taxed on that portion of its taxable income which is distributed to its shareholders. Since Vornado operates as a REIT and distributes 100% of taxable income to its shareholders, no provision for Federal income taxes has been made in the accompanying combined financial statements. Our two Puerto Rico malls are subject to income taxes which are based on estimated taxable income and which are included in income tax expense in the combined statements of income. The UE Businesses are also subject to certain other taxes, including state and local taxes and franchise taxes which are included in general and administrative expenses in the combined statements of income.

        Presentation of earnings per share information is not applicable in these combined financial statements, since these assets and liabilities are owned by Vornado.

        UE plans to aggregate all of its properties into one reportable segment because all of these properties have similar economic characteristics and UE will provide similar products and services to similar types of retail tenants.

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Real Estate —Real estate is carried at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation requires an estimate by management of the useful life of each property and improvement as well as an allocation of the costs associated with a property to its various components. As real estate is undergoing redevelopment activities, all property operating expenses directly associated with and attributable to, the redevelopment, including interest expense, are capitalized to the extent that we believe such costs are recoverable through the value of the property. The capitalization period begins when redevelopment activities are underway and ends when the project is substantially complete. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives, which range from three to 40 years. Tenant allowances are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related leases, which approximate the useful lives of the tenant improvements.

        Upon the acquisition of real estate, we assess the fair value of acquired assets (including land, buildings and improvements, identified intangibles, such as acquired above and below-market leases, acquired in-place leases and tenant relationships) and acquired liabilities and we allocate the purchase price based on these assessments. We assess fair value based on estimated cash flow projections that utilize appropriate discount and capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors including historical operating results, known trends and market/economic conditions. We record acquired intangible assets (including acquired above-market leases, acquired in-place leases and tenant relationships) and acquired intangible liabilities (including below-market leases) at their estimated fair value separate and apart from goodwill. We amortize identified intangibles that have finite lives over the period they are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the future cash flows of the property or business acquired.

F-13



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Our properties and related intangible assets are individually reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Estimates of future cash flows are based on our current plans, intended holding periods and available market information at the time the analyses are prepared. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable and is measured based on the excess of the property's carrying amount over its estimated fair value. If our estimates of future cash flows, anticipated holding periods, or fair values change, based on market conditions or otherwise, our evaluation of impairment charges may be different and such differences could be material to our combined financial statements. Estimates of future cash flows are subjective and are based, in part, on assumptions regarding future occupancy, rental rates and capital requirements that could differ materially from actual results. Plans to hold properties over longer periods decrease the likelihood of recording impairment losses. As a result of Vornado's decision to shorten the estimated holding period for certain properties, a $19,000,000 impairment loss was recognized on the Bruckner Blvd. property in the year ended December 31, 2013, and a $6,000,000 impairment loss was recognized on the Englewood property in the year ended December 31, 2012.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and are carried at cost, which approximates fair value, due to their short-term maturities.

        Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —We periodically evaluate the collectability of amounts due from tenants, including the receivable arising from the straight-lining of rents, and maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for the estimated losses resulting from the inability of tenants to make required payments under the lease agreements. We exercise judgment in establishing these allowances and consider payment history and current credit status in developing these estimates.

        Deferred Costs —Deferred costs include deferred financing and leasing costs. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt agreements as a component of interest expense. Deferred leasing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the related leases.

        Revenue Recognition —Property rentals are recognized over the non-cancelable term of the related leases on a straight-line basis, which includes the effects of rent steps and free rent abatements under the leases. We commence rental revenue recognition when the tenant takes possession of the leased space and the leased space is substantially ready for its intended use. In addition, in circumstances where we provide a tenant improvement allowance for improvements that are owned by the tenant, we recognize the allowance as a reduction of rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Percentage rents are contingent upon the sales of tenants exceeding predefined thresholds. Percentage rents are recognized only after the tenants' sales thresholds have been achieved. Percentage rents are not a material portion of the combined revenue of the UE Businesses and are included in property rentals. Tenant expense reimbursements provide for the recovery of all or a portion of the operating expenses and real estate taxes of the respective properties. Tenant expense reimbursements are accrued in the same periods as the related expenses are incurred.

F-14



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        As described in Note 2, the accompanying combined financial statements present the operations of the retail properties as carved-out from the financial statements of Vornado. Certain corporate costs borne by Vornado for management and other services including, but not limited to, accounting, reporting, legal, tax, information technology and human resources have been allocated to the properties in the combined financial statements using reasonable allocation methodologies. Allocated amounts are included as a component of general and administrative expenses on the combined statements of income. A summary of the amounts allocated is provided below.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(Amounts in thousands)
  2013   2012   2011  

Payroll and fringe benefits

  $ 8,682   $ 8,499   $ 8,039  

Professional fees

    1,915     1,758     1,688  

Other

    1,296     1,322     1,481  
               

  $ 11,893   $ 11,579   $ 11,208  
               
               

        The allocated amounts in the table above do not necessarily reflect what actual costs would have been if the UE Businesses were a separate stand-alone public company and actual costs may be materially different.

    Management fees included in Other Income

        Interstate Properties ("Interstate") is a general partnership in which Mr. Roth is the managing general partner. As of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Interstate and its partners beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 6.6% of the common shares of beneficial interest of Vornado. Vornado provides various management services to Interstate. These combined financial statements include management fee income for the management of Interstate's properties that will be managed by UE, amounting to $606,000, $794,000 and $786,000 in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

5. IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

        Amortization of acquired below-market leases, net of acquired above-market leases resulted in additional rental income of $8,159,000, $11,456,000 and $10,387,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Estimated annual amortization of acquired below-market leases, net of acquired above-market leases for each of the five succeeding years commencing January 1, 2014 is as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)
   
 

2014

  $ 7,761  

2015

    7,652  

2016

    7,440  

2017

    7,388  

2018

    7,179  

F-15



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. IDENTIFIED INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

        Amortization of all other identified intangible assets, including acquired in-place leases, customer relationships, and third party contracts, resulted in additional depreciation and amortization expense of $1,617,000, $1,665,000 and $2,267,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Estimated annual amortization of these identified intangible assets for each of the five succeeding years commencing January 1, 2014 is as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)
   
 

2014

  $ 1,596  

2015

    1,475  

2016

    1,315  

2017

    1,240  

2018

    1,115  

        Certain of the strip centers were acquired subject to ground leases or ground and building leases. Amortization of these acquired below-market leases resulted in additional rent expense of $972,000 in each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Estimated annual amortization of these below-market leases for each of the five succeeding years commencing January 1, 2014 is as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)
   
 

2014

  $ 972  

2015

    972  

2016

    972  

2017

    972  

2018

    972  

F-16



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. MORTGAGES PAYABLE

        The following is a summary of mortgages payable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 
   
   
  Balance at December 31,  
 
   
  Interest Rate at
December 31,
2013
 
(Amounts in thousands)
  Maturity   2013   2012  

First mortgages secured by:

                         

Crossed collateralized mortgage on 40 properties:

                         

Fixed Rate

    09/20     4.28 % $ 560,465   $ 573,180  

Variable Rate (1)

    09/20     2.36 %   60,000     60,000  
                       

Total crossed collateralized

                620,465     633,180  

Bergen Town Center (2)

    04/23     3.56 %   300,000     282,312  

Montehiedra Town Center (3)

    07/16     6.04 %   120,000     120,000  

North Bergen (Tonnelle Avenue)

    01/18     4.59 %   75,000     75,000  

Wilkes Barre

    09/14     6.90 %   19,898     20,201  

Forest Plaza (4)

    07/18     1.47 %   17,000     16,939  

Mount Kisco (Target)

    11/34     7.30 %   16,003     16,324  

Mount Kisco (A&P)

    02/15     7.20 %   12,203     12,313  

Englewood

    10/18     6.22 %   11,760     11,924  

Lodi (5)

    07/14     5.12 %   8,433     8,940  

Las Catalinas Mall (6)

                    54,101  
                       

              $ 1,200,762   $ 1,251,234  
                       
                       

(1)
Subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

(2)
On March 25, 2013, Vornado completed a $300,000 refinancing of this property. The 10-year fixed rate interest only loan bears interest at 3.56%. The proceeds of the new loan were used to repay the outstanding balance of the maturing floating rate loan.

(3)
On May 13, 2013, Vornado notified the lender that due to tenants vacating, the property's operating cash flow will be insufficient to pay the debt service; accordingly, at Vornado's request, the mortgage loan was transferred to the special servicer. Although discussions with the special servicer to restructure the terms of the loan are ongoing, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate resolution of this matter.

(4)
On July 18, 2013, Vornado completed a $17,000 refinancing of this property. This five-year floating rate loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.30% (1.47% as of December 31, 2013). The proceeds of the new loan were used to repay the outstanding balance of the maturing fixed rate loan.

(5)
This loan was repaid on March 3, 2014.

(6)
This loan was repaid on October 1, 2013.

        The net carrying amount of real estate collateralizing the above indebtedness amounted to $972,866,000 at December 31, 2013. Our mortgage loans contain covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness on these properties, and in certain circumstances, require lender approval of tenant leases and/or yield maintenance upon repayment prior to maturity.

F-17



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. MORTGAGES PAYABLE (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2013, the principal repayments for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)
Year Ending December 31,
  Amount  

2014

  $ 42,467  

2015

    26,484  

2016

    153,041  

2017

    16,845  

2018

    99,768  

Thereafter

    863,633  

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures defines fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value. The objective of fair value is to determine the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three levels: Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities; Level 2—observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data; and Level 3—unobservable inputs that are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs. In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterparty credit risk in our assessment of fair value.

    Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        There were no financial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

    Fair Value Measurements on a Non-Recurring Basis

        Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis on the combined balance sheets consist of real estate assets that have been written-down to estimated fair value during 2013 and 2012. The fair values of these assets are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including (i) discounted cash flow analysis, which considers, among other things, leasing assumptions, growth rates, discount rates and terminal capitalization rates, (ii) income capitalization approach, which considers prevailing market capitalization rates, and (iii) comparable sales activity. Generally, multiple valuation techniques are considered when measuring fair values but in certain circumstances, a single

F-18



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

valuation technique may be appropriate. The tables below aggregate the fair values of these assets by level in the fair value hierarchy.

 
  As of December 31, 2013  
(Amounts in thousands)
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Bruckner Blvd. 

  $ 142,021   $   $   $ 142,021  
                   
                   

 

 
  As of December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Englewood

  $ 11,403   $   $   $ 11,403  
                   
                   

    Financial Assets and Liabilities not Measured at Fair Value

        Financial assets and liabilities that are not measured at fair value on the combined balance sheets include cash equivalents and mortgages payable. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The fair value of mortgages payable is calculated by discounting the future contractual cash flows of these instruments using current risk-adjusted rates available to borrowers with similar credit ratings, which are provided by a third-party specialist. The fair value of cash equivalents is classified as Level 1 and the fair value of mortgages payable is classified as Level 2. The table below summarizes the carrying amounts and fair value of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 
  As of December 31, 2013   As of December 31, 2012  
(Amounts in thousands)
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value   Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value  

Assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,223   $ 5,223   $ 4,345   $ 4,345  
                   
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Mortgages payable

  $ 1,200,762   $ 1,201,000   $ 1,251,234   $ 1,286,000  
                   
                   

8. LEASES

    As Lessor

        We lease space to tenants in an office building and in retail centers. The rental terms range from approximately one to 75 years. The leases provide for the payment of fixed base rents payable monthly in advance as well as reimbursements of real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. Retail leases may also provide for the payment by the lessee of additional rents based on a percentage of their sales.

F-19



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. LEASES (Continued)

        Future base rental revenue under these non-cancelable operating leases is as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)
Year Ending December 31,
  Amount  

2014

  $ 214,273  

2015

    201,549  

2016

    190,354  

2017

    182,681  

2018

    168,272  

Thereafter

    1,162,697  

        These future minimum amounts do not include additional rents based on a percentage of tenants' sales. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, these rents were $1,218,000, $1,102,000, and $710,000, respectively.

    As Lessee

        We are a tenant under long-term ground leases or ground and building leases for certain of our properties. Lease terms range from 2015 to 2102. Future lease payments under these agreements, excluding extension options, are as follows:

(Amounts in thousands)
Year Ending December 31,
  Amount  

2014

  $ 8,733  

2015

    8,126  

2016

    8,085  

2017

    7,746  

2018

    6,419  

Thereafter

    54,537  

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    Insurance

        Vornado maintains general liability insurance with limits of $300,000,000 per occurrence and all-risk property and rental value insurance coverage with limits of $2.0 billion per occurrence, with sub-limits for certain perils such as floods and earthquakes on each of Vornado's properties. Vornado also maintains coverage for terrorist acts with limits of $4.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate, and $2.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate for nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological ("NBCR") terrorism events, as defined by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act, which expires in December 2014. Insurance premiums are charged directly to each of the retail properties. UE intends to obtain appropriate insurance coverage on its own and coverages may differ from those noted above. Also, the resulting insurance premiums may differ materially from amounts included in the accompanying combined financial statements. UE will be responsible for deductibles and losses in excess of insurance coverage, which could be material.

F-20



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

        Regarding coverage for acts of terrorism, UE will continue to monitor the state of the insurance market and the scope and costs of coverage, but cannot anticipate what coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms in the future.

        Our mortgage loans are non-recourse and contain customary covenants requiring adequate insurance coverage. Although we believe that we currently have adequate insurance coverage for purposes of these agreements, we may not be able to obtain an equivalent amount of coverage at reasonable costs in the future. If lenders insist on greater coverage than we are able to obtain, it could adversely affect our ability to finance or refinance the properties.

    Other

        There are various legal actions against us in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, the outcome of such matters will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        Our mortgage loans are non-recourse to us. However, in certain cases Vornado has provided guarantees or master leased tenant space. These guarantees and master leases terminate either upon the satisfaction of certain circumstances or the repayment of the underlying mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of these guarantees and master leases was approximately $28,800,000. In addition, as of December 31, 2013, $1,167,000 of letters of credit were outstanding on one of Vornado's revolving credit facilities.

10. STOP & SHOP SETTLEMENT

        In 2003, Stop & Shop filed an action against Vornado in the New York Supreme Court, claiming that Vornado had no right to reallocate and therefore continue to collect $5,000,000 ($6,000,000 beginning February 1, 2012) of annual rent from Stop & Shop pursuant to a Master Agreement and Guaranty (the "Agreement"), because of the expiration of the leases to which the annual rent was previously allocated. Stop & Shop asserted that an order of the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, as modified on appeal by the District Court, froze Vornado's right to reallocate and effectively terminated Vornado's right to collect the annual rent from Stop & Shop. Vornado asserted a counterclaim seeking a judgment for all of the unpaid annual rent accruing through the date of the judgment and a declaration that Stop & Shop continues to remain liable as long as any of the leases subject to the Agreement remain in effect. On November 7, 2011, the Court ruled in favor of Vornado. Based on the Court's ruling, in 2011 Vornado reversed the allowance for doubtful accounts for the receivable from Stop & Shop ($19,463,000 as of December 31, 2010). At December 31, 2012, the receivable from Stop & Shop was $47,900,000 and is a component of "tenant and other receivables" on our combined balance sheet. On February 6, 2013, Stop & Shop paid $124,000,000 to Vornado to settle all litigation and terminate the Agreement. Of the payment Vornado received, $47,900,000 satisfied the receivable and $59,599,000 was recognized as settlement income in the first quarter of 2013.

F-21



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. INTEREST AND DEBT EXPENSE

        The following table sets forth the details of interest and debt expense.

 
  For the Year Ended December 31,  
 
  (Amounts in thousands)  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Interest expense

  $ 53,907   $ 51,754   $ 53,128  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,882     2,018     2,010  
               

  $ 55,789   $ 53,772   $ 55,138  
               
               

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Subsequent events have been evaluated through November 13, 2014, the date that these combined financial statements were available to be issued.

F-22



SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Amounts in thousands)

Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E  
Description
  Balance
at Beginning
of Year
  Additions
(Reversals)
Expensed
  Uncollectible
Accounts
Written-Off
  Balance
at End
of Year
 

Year Ended December 31, 2013:

                         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 4,133   $ 666   $ (2,401 ) $ 2,398  

Year Ended December 31, 2012:

                         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    5,936     236     (2,039 )   4,133  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

                         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    24,912     (18,090 )   (886 )   5,936  

F-23


SCHEDULE III
REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
(Amounts in thousands)

 
   
  COLUMN C    
  COLUMN E    
   
   
   
 
COLUMN A   COLUMN B   COLUMN D   COLUMN F   COLUMN G   COLUMN H   COLUMN I  
  Initial cost to
company(1)
  Gross amount at which
carried at close of period
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Life on which
depreciation in
latest income
statement is
computed
 
 
   
  Costs
capitalized
subsequent to
acquisition
  Accumulated
depreciation
and
amortization
   
   
 
Description
  Encumbrances   Land   Building and
improvements
  Land   Buildings and
improvements
  Total(2)   Date of
construction(3)
  Date acquired  

California

                                                               

Signal Hill

  $   $ 9,652   $ 2,940   $ 1   $ 9,652   $ 2,941   $ 12,593   $ 533   N/A   2006              (4)

Vallejo

            2,945     221         3,166     3,166     549   N/A   2006              (4)

Walnut Creek (1149 S. Main St)

        2,699     19,930         2,699     19,930     22,629     4,088   N/A   2006              (4)

Walnut Creek (1556 Mount Diablo Blvd.)

        5,909         1,537     5,909     1,537     7,446     73   N/A   2007              (4)
                                                 

Total California

        18,260     25,815     1,759     18,260     27,574     45,834     5,243                
                                                 

Connecticut

                                                               

Newington

    11,206     2,421     1,200     691     2,421     1,891     4,312     720   1965   1965              (4)

Waterbury

    13,941     667     4,504     4,111     667     8,615     9,282     5,746   1969   1969              (4)
                                                 

Total Connecticut

    25,147     3,088     5,704     4,802     3,088     10,506     13,594     6,466                
                                                 

Maryland

                                                               

Baltimore (Towson)

    15,581     581     3,227     10,134     581     13,361     13,942     5,281   1968   1968              (4)

Glen Burnie

        462     2,571     1,262     462     3,833     4,295     2,959   1958   1958              (4)

Rockville

        3,470     20,599     93     3,470     20,692     24,162     4,559   N/A   2005              (4)

Wheaton

            5,367             5,367     5,367     973   N/A   2006              (4)
                                                 

Total Maryland

    15,581     4,513     31,764     11,489     4,513     43,253     47,766     13,772                
                                                 

Massachusetts

                                                               

Cambridge

                260         260     260     149                

Chicopee

    8,282     895             895         895       1969   1969              (4)

Springfield

    5,713     2,797     2,471     592     2,797     3,063     5,860     982   1993   1966              (4)
                                                 

Total Massachusetts

    13,995     3,692     2,471     852     3,692     3,323     7,015     1,131                
                                                 

New Hampshire

                                                               

Salem

        6,083             6,083         6,083       N/A   2006              (4)
                                                 

Total New Hampshire

        6,083             6,083         6,083                    
                                                 

New Jersey

                                                               

Bricktown

    31,872     1,391     11,179     6,224     1,391     17,403     18,794     11,699   1968   1968              (4)

Carlstadt

            16,457     1         16,458     16,458     2,546   N/A   2007              (4)

Cherry Hill

    13,831     5,864     2,694     3,821     4,864     7,515     12,379     3,807   1964   1964              (4)

Dover

    13,121     559     6,363     2,962     559     9,325     9,884     6,380   1964   1964              (4)

East Brunswick (325 - 341 Route 18 S.)

    36,574     2,417     17,169     3,524     2,417     20,693     23,110     15,554   1957/1972   1957/1972              (4)

East Hanover (200 - 240 and 280 Route 10 W)

    42,696     2,232     18,241     11,224     2,671     29,026     31,697     14,988   1962/1979   1962/1998              (4)

East Rutherford

    13,558         36,727     60         36,787     36,787     4,582   2007   2007              (4)

Eatontown

        4,653     4,999     326     4,653     5,325     9,978     1,210   N/A   2005              (4)

Englewood

    11,760     2,300     17,245     (8,390) (5)   1,495     9,660     11,155     285   N/A   2007              (4)

Garfield

        45     8,068     25,807     45     33,875     33,920     5,413   2009   1998              (4)

Hackensack

    40,455     692     10,219     2,911     692     13,130     13,822     9,301   1963   1963              (4)

Hazlet

        7,400     9,413         7,400     9,413     16,813     1,549   N/A   2007              (4)

Jersey City

    20,227     652     7,495     468     652     7,963     8,615     2,621   1965   1965              (4)

Kearny

        309     3,376     1,211     309     4,587     4,896     3,530   1938   1959              (4)

F-24


 
   
   
   
   
  COLUMN E    
   
   
   
 
COLUMN A   COLUMN B   COLUMN C   COLUMN D   COLUMN F   COLUMN G   COLUMN H   COLUMN I  
  Gross amount at which
carried at close of period
 
 
   
  Initial cost to company(1)    
   
   
   
  Life on which
depreciation in
latest income
statement is
computed
 
 
   
  Costs
capitalized
subsequent to
acquisition
  Accumulated
depreciation
and
amortization
   
   
 
Description
  Encumbrances   Land   Building and
improvements
  Land   Buildings and
improvements
  Total(2)   Date of
construction(3)
  Date acquired  

Lawnside

    10,660     851     3,164     1,351     851     4,515     5,366     4,198   1969   1969              (4)

Lodi (Route 17 N.)

    11,316     238     9,446         238     9,446     9,684     3,363   1999   1975              (4)

Lodi (Washington Street)

    8,433     7,606     13,125     2,252     7,606     15,377     22,983     3,043   N/A   2004              (4)

Manalapan

    20,993     725     7,189     4,924     1,046     11,792     12,838     7,868   1971   1971              (4)

Marlton

    17,221     1,611     3,464     9,961     1,454     13,582     15,036     7,905   1973   1973              (4)

Middletown

    17,330     283     5,248     1,947     283     7,195     7,478     5,542   1963   1963              (4)

Montclair

    2,624     66     419     381     66     800     866     684   1972   1972              (4)

Morris Plains

    21,321     1,104     6,411     915     1,104     7,326     8,430     6,810   1961   1985              (4)

North Bergen (Kennedy Blvd.)

    5,084     2,308     636     48     2,308     684     2,992     458   1993   1959              (4)

North Bergen (Tonnelle Ave.)

    75,000     24,493         63,816     31,806     56,503     88,309     7,814   2009   2006              (4)

North Plainfield

        500     13,983     (5,785) (5)   500     8,198     8,698     2,709   1955   1989              (4)

Paramus (Bergen Town Center)

    300,000     19,884     81,723     372,514     37,635     436,486     474,121     69,290   1957/2009   2003              (4)

South Plainfield

    5,112         10,044     1,562         11,606     11,606     1,825   N/A   2007              (4)

Totowa

    24,710     120     11,994     4,533     92     16,555     16,647     12,369   1957/1999   1957              (4)

Turnersville

        900     1,342     1,094     900     2,436     3,336     2,195   1974   1974              (4)

Union (Route 22 and Morris Ave.)

    32,255     3,025     7,470     2,618     3,025     10,088     13,113     5,037   1962   1962              (4)

Union (Springfield Avenue)

    28,428     19,700     45,090         19,700     45,090     64,790     7,421   N/A   2007              (4)

Watchung

    15,034     4,178     5,463     1,526     4,441     6,726     11,167     3,980   1994   1959              (4)

Woodbridge

    20,610     1,509     2,675     1,867     1,539     4,512     6,051     2,600   1959   1959              (4)
                                                 

Total New Jersey

    840,225     117,615     398,531     515,673     141,742     890,077     1,031,819     238,576                
                                                 

New York

                                                               

Bronx (Bruckner Blvd.)

        66,100     259,503     (63,884) (5)   61,618     200,101     261,719     81   N/A   2007              (4)

Bronx (Gun Hill Road)

        6,427     11,885     19,156     6,428     31,040     37,468     4,109   2009   2005              (4)

Buffalo (Amherst)

        5,743     4,056     9,966     5,107     14,658     19,765     5,409   1968   1968              (4)

Commack

            43     184         227     227     88   N/A   2006              (4)

Dewitt

            7,116             7,116     7,116     1,277   N/A   2006              (4)

Freeport (437 E. Sunrise Highway)

    21,321     1,231     4,747     1,453     1,231     6,200     7,431     5,178   1981   1981              (4)

Freeport (240 Sunrise Highway)

                260         260     260     128   N/A   2005              (4)

Huntington

    16,619     21,200     33,667     1,377     21,200     35,044     56,244     5,292   N/A   2007              (4)

Inwood

        12,419     19,097     588     12,419     19,685     32,104     4,413   N/A   2004              (4)

Mount Kisco

    28,206     22,700     26,700     442     23,297     26,545     49,842     4,002   N/A   2007              (4)

New Hyde Park

            4             4     4     126   1970   1976              (4)

Oceanside

        2,710     2,306         2,710     2,306     5,016     379   N/A   2007              (4)

Rochester (Henrietta)

            2,647     892         3,539     3,539     3,229   1971   1971              (4)

Rochester

    4,374     2,172             2,172         2,172       1966   1966              (4)

Staten Island

    17,000     11,446     21,262     959     11,446     22,221     33,667     5,454   N/A   2004              (4)

West Babylon

        6,720     13,786     27     6,720     13,813     20,533     2,347   N/A   2007              (4)
                                                 

Total New York

    87,520     158,868     406,819     (28,580 )   154,348     382,759     537,107     41,512                
                                                 

F-25


 
   
   
   
   
  COLUMN E    
   
   
   
 
COLUMN A   COLUMN B   COLUMN C   COLUMN D   COLUMN F   COLUMN G   COLUMN H   COLUMN I  
  Gross amount at which
carried at close of period
 
 
   
  Initial cost to company(1)    
   
   
   
  Life on which
depreciation in
latest income
statement is
computed
 
 
   
  Costs
capitalized
subsequent to
acquisition
  Accumulated
depreciation
and
amortization
   
   
 
Description
  Encumbrances   Land   Building and
improvements
  Land   Buildings and
improvements
  Total(2)   Date of
construction(3)
  Date acquired  

Pennsylvania

                                                               

Allentown

    29,904     187     15,580     1,584     187     17,164     17,351     13,169   1957   1957              (4)

Bensalem

    14,843     2,727     6,698     1,895     2,727     8,593     11,320     3,443   1972/1999   1972              (4)

Bethlehem

    5,576     827     5,200     960     839     6,148     6,987     5,530   1966   1966              (4)

Broomall

    10,660     850     2,171     1,224     850     3,395     4,245     2,696   1966   1966              (4)

Glenolden

    6,834     850     1,820     568     850     2,388     3,238     2,022   1975   1975              (4)

Lancaster

    5,385     3,140     63     711     3,140     774     3,914     491   1966   1966              (4)

Springfield

                80         80     80     44   N/A   2005              (4)

Wyomissing

            2,646     2,381         5,027     5,027     3,139   N/A   2005              (4)

Wilkes Barre

    19,898     6,053     26,646     390     6,053     27,036     33,089     4,113   N/A   2007              (4)

York

    5,194     409     2,568     1,566     409     4,134     4,543     3,609   1970   1970              (4)
                                                 

Total Pennsylvania

    98,294     15,043     63,392     11,359     15,055     74,739     89,794     38,256                
                                                 

South Carolina

                                                               

Charleston

            3,634             3,634     3,634     659   N/A   2006              (4)
                                                 

Total South Carolina

            3,634             3,634     3,634     659                
                                                 

Virginia

                                                               

Norfolk

            3,927     15         3,942     3,942     2,684   N/A   2005              (4)
                                                 

Total Virginia

            3,927     15         3,942     3,942     2,684                
                                                 

Puerto Rico (San Juan)

                                                               

Las Catalinas

        15,280     64,370     9,015     15,280     73,385     88,665     28,700   1996   2002              (4)

Montehiedra

    120,000     9,182     66,751     7,874     9,267     74,540     83,807     29,843   1996   1997              (4)
                                                 

Total Puerto Rico

    120,000     24,462     131,121     16,889     24,547     147,925     172,472     58,543                
                                                 

    1,200,762     351,624     1,073,178     534,258     371,328     1,587,732     1,959,060     406,842                
                                                 

East Hanover warehouse park

        576     7,752     9,039     691     16,676     17,367     13,996   1972   1972              (4)

Other

                3,762         3,762     3,762     408                      (4)

Leasehold Improvements

                                                               

Equipment and Other

                3,983           3,983     3,983     510                
                                                 

Total

  $ 1,200,762   $ 352,200   $ 1,080,930   $ 551,042   $ 372,019   $ 1,612,153   $ 1,984,172   $ 421,756                
                                                 
                                                 

(1)
Initial cost is cost as of January 30, 1982 (the date on which Vornado commenced real estate operations) unless acquired subsequent to that date see Column H.

(2)
The net basis of the Company's assets and liabilities for tax purposes is approximately $278 million lower than the amount reported for financial statement purposes.

(3)
Date of original construction—many properties have had substantial renovation or additional construction—see Column D.

(4)
Depreciation of the buildings and improvements are calculated over lives ranging from the life of the underlying tenant leases to forty years.

(5)
Results from either other-than-temporary impairments or the write-off of demolished buildings.

F-26



SCHEDULE III
REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
(Amounts in Thousands)

        The following is a reconciliation of real estate assets and accumulated depreciation:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  

Real Estate

                   

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 2,045,258   $ 2,028,940   $ 1,993,247  

Additions during the period:

                   

Land

             

Buildings & improvements

    23,648     25,730     37,755  
               

    2,068,906     2,054,670     2,031,002  

Less: Impairments and assets written-off

    (84,734 )   (9,412 )   (2,062 )
               

Balance at end of period

  $ 1,984,172   $ 2,045,258   $ 2,028,940  
               
               

Accumulated Depreciation

                   

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 436,137   $ 391,547   $ 346,926  

Additions charged to operating expenses

    49,842     48,786     46,578  
               

    485,979     440,333     393,504  

Less: Accumulated depreciation on assets written-off

    (64,223 )   (4,196 )   (1,957 )
               

Balance at end of period

  $ 421,756   $ 436,137   $ 391,547  
               
               

F-27



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

ASSETS

             

Real estate, at cost:

             

Land

  $ 378,096   $ 372,019  

Buildings and improvements

    1,619,242     1,602,794  

Construction in progress

    5,507     5,376  

Leasehold improvements and equipment

    4,146     3,983  
           

Total

    2,006,991     1,984,172  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (456,753 )   (421,756 )
           

Real estate, net

    1,550,238     1,562,416  

Cash and cash equivalents

    132,825     5,223  

Restricted cash

    9,687     11,049  

Tenant and other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,257 and $2,398, respectively

    11,045     6,542  

Receivable arising from the straight-lining of rents

    88,601     87,099  

Identified intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $21,706 and $20,276, respectively

    35,445     37,486  

Deferred leasing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $12,873 and $11,868, respectively

    19,432     19,824  

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $6,368 and $5,153, respectively

    10,547     9,472  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    15,775     10,854  
           

  $ 1,873,595   $ 1,749,965  
           
           

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

             

Mortgages payable

  $ 1,292,075   $ 1,200,762  

Identified intangible liabilities, net of accumulated amortization of $65,148 and $63,603, respectively

    163,641     169,572  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    32,287     30,538  

Other liabilities

    8,818     7,509  
           

Total liabilities

    1,496,821     1,408,381  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Vornado equity

   
376,439
   
341,265
 

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    335     319  
           

Total equity

    376,774     341,584  
           

  $ 1,873,595   $ 1,749,965  
           
           

   

See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.

F-28



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2014   2013  

REVENUE

             

Property rentals

  $ 173,175   $ 170,557  

Tenant expense reimbursements

    61,751     54,711  

Income from Stop & Shop settlement

        59,599  

Other income

    1,224     1,522  
           

Total revenue

    236,150     286,389  
           

EXPENSES

             

Depreciation and amortization

    40,586     38,445  

Real estate taxes

    37,230     35,164  

Property operating

    34,025     28,501  

General and administrative

    19,250     19,323  

Ground rent

    7,803     7,587  

Transaction costs

    4,683      

Provision for doubtful accounts

    754     566  
           

Total expenses

    144,331     129,586  
           

Operating income

    91,819     156,803  

Interest income

    25     3  

Interest and debt expense

    (40,769 )   (42,269 )
           

Income before income taxes

    51,075     114,537  

Income tax expense

    (1,575 )   (2,459 )
           

Net income

    49,500     112,078  

Net (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary

    (16 )   (20 )
           

Net income attributable to Vornado

  $ 49,484   $ 112,058  
           
           

   

See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.

F-29



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Total
Equity
  Vornado
Equity
  Noncontrolling
Interest in
Consolidated
Subsidiary
 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $ 341,584   $ 341,265   $ 319  

Net income

    49,500     49,484     16  

Distributions to Vornado, net

    (14,310 )   (14,310 )    
               

Balance, September 30, 2014

  $ 376,774   $ 376,439   $ 335  
               
               

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 389,888   $ 389,590   $ 298  

Net income

    112,078     112,058     20  

Distributions to Vornado, net

    (154,195 )   (154,195 )    
               

Balance, September 30, 2013

  $ 347,771   $ 347,453   $ 318  
               
               

   

See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.

F-30



UE BUSINESSES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(Amounts in thousands)

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2014   2013  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

             

Net income

 
$

49,500
 
$

112,078
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization, including amortization of debt issuance costs

    41,802     39,915  

Amortization of below market leases, net

    (5,822 )   (6,190 )

Straight-lining of rental income

    (1,502 )   (2,445 )

Other non-cash adjustments

    4,663     4,053  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Tenant and other receivables

    (5,258 )   48,707  

Prepaid assets

    (4,740 )   (3,549 )

Other assets

    (1,857 )   13,586  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    1,669     255  

Other liabilities

    1,311     257  
           

Net cash provided by operating activities

    79,766     206,667  
           

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

             

Real estate additions

    (13,170 )   (6,392 )

Acquisition of land

    (6,077 )    

Development and redevelopment costs

    (5,810 )   (11,469 )

Restricted cash

    1,362     (2,825 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (23,695 )   (20,686 )
           

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

             

Debt repayments

    (38,881 )   (311,235 )

Change in Vornado's investment, net

    (17,298 )   (186,622 )

Debt issuance costs

    (2,290 )   (1,562 )

Proceeds from borrowings

    130,000     317,000  
           

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    71,531     (182,419 )
           

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    127,602     3,562  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    5,223     4,345  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 132,825   $ 7,907  
           
           

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

             

Cash payments for interest

  $ 25,785   $ 26,203  

Cash payments for taxes

  $ 1,337   $ 1,827  

Write off of fully depreciated assets

  $ 2,072   $ 15,722  

   

See notes to unaudited combined financial statements.

F-31



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1. ORGANIZATION

        Urban Edge Properties ("UE"), formerly named Vornado SpinCo, is a newly formed entity created to own and operate Vornado Realty Trust's (NYSE: VNO) ("Vornado") 83 properties, comprised of 79 strip centers aggregating 12,499,000 square feet, three malls aggregating 1,988,000 square feet and a warehouse park adjacent to our East Hanover strip center property (the "UE Businesses"). UE is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Vornado Realty L.P., the operating partnership through which Vornado conducts its business ("VRLP"). UE intends to elect and qualify to be taxed as a real estate investment trust ("REIT") for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. All references to "we," "us," "our," and "the company" refer to UE and its combined properties.

        Pursuant to a Separation Agreement, VRLP will distribute 100% of the UE common shares on a pro rata basis to the holders of its common limited partnership units as of the record date, which include Vornado and the other limited partners. As a result, Vornado is expected to receive approximately 94% of the outstanding UE common shares, while the other common limited partners as a group will receive approximately 6%. Vornado will distribute all of the UE common shares it receives from VRLP to its common shareholders as of the record date on a pro rata basis. To date, UE has not conducted any business as a separate company and has no material assets and liabilities. The operations of the properties to be transferred to UE are presented as if the transfer had been consummated prior to all historical periods presented in the accompanying combined financial statements at the carrying amounts of such assets and liabilities reflected in Vornado's books and records.

        UE will enter into agreements with Vornado under which Vornado will provide various services to UE, including treasury management, human resources, information technology, tax, financial reporting, SEC compliance and insurance, and possibly other matters. We believe that the terms are comparable to those that would have been negotiated on an arm's-length basis.

        UE's revenues are derived primarily from leases with retail tenants, including fixed rents, percentage rents above stipulated sales thresholds and reimbursements from tenants for real estate taxes and property operating expenses.

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND COMBINATION

        The accompanying combined financial statements include the accounts of Vornado's 79 strip center properties, three malls and a warehouse park, all of which are under common control of Vornado. The assets and liabilities in these combined financial statements have been carved-out of Vornado's books and records at their historical carrying amounts. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The combined operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for the full year periods. These combined quarterly financial statements and notes should be read in conjunction with the combined annual financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

        The historical financial results for the UE Businesses reflect charges for certain corporate costs which we believe are reasonable. These charges were based on either actual costs incurred or a proportion of costs estimated to be applicable to the UE Businesses based on an analysis of key metrics including total revenues, real estate assets, leasable square feet and operating income. Such costs do not necessarily reflect what the actual costs would have been if UE were operating as a

F-32



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND COMBINATION (Continued)

separate stand-alone public company. These charges are discussed further in Note 3—Related Party Transactions.

        The accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

        UE expects to operate in a manner intended to enable it to qualify as a REIT under Sections 856-860 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Under those sections, a REIT which distributes at least 90% of its REIT taxable income as a dividend to its shareholders each year and which meets certain other conditions will not be taxed on that portion of its taxable income which is distributed to its shareholders. Since Vornado operates as a REIT and distributes 100% of taxable income to its shareholders, no provision for Federal income taxes has been made in the accompanying combined financial statements. Our two Puerto Rico malls are subject to income taxes which are based on estimated taxable income and which are included in income tax expense in the combined statements of income. The UE Businesses are also subject to certain other taxes, including state and local taxes and franchise taxes which are included in general and administrative expenses in the combined statements of income.

        Presentation of earnings per share information is not applicable in these combined financial statements, since these assets and liabilities are owned by Vornado.

3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        As described in Note 2, the accompanying combined financial statements present the operations of the retail properties as carved-out from the financial statements of Vornado. Certain corporate costs borne by Vornado for management and other services including, but not limited to, accounting, reporting, legal, tax, information technology and human resources have been allocated to the properties in the combined financial statements using reasonable allocation methodologies. The total amounts allocated in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 were $9,556,000 and $9,158,000, respectively. These allocated amounts are included as a component of general and administrative expenses on the combined statements of income and do not necessarily reflect what actual costs would have been if the UE Businesses were a separate stand-alone public company. Actual costs may be materially different. Allocated amounts for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013 are not necessarily indicative of allocated amounts for the full year periods.

    Management fees included in Other Income

        Interstate Properties ("Interstate") is a general partnership in which Mr. Roth is the managing general partner. As of September 30, 2014, Interstate and its partners beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 6.6% of the common shares of beneficial interest of Vornado. Vornado provides various management services to Interstate. These carved-out combined financial statements include management fee income for the management of Interstate's properties that will be managed by UE,

F-33



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (Continued)

amounting to $398,000 and $467,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

4. MORTGAGES PAYABLE

        The following is a summary of mortgages payable as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 
   
   
  Balance at  
(Amounts in thousands)
  Maturity   Interest Rate at
September 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

First mortgages secured by:

                       

Crossed collateralized mortgage on 40 properties:

                       

Fixed Rate

  09/20     4.28 % $ 550,589   $ 560,465  

Variable Rate (1)

  09/20     2.36 %   60,000     60,000  
                     

Total crossed collateralized

              610,589     620,465  

Bergen Town Center

  04/23     3.56 %   300,000     300,000  

Las Catalinas

  08/24     4.43 %   130,000      

Montehiedra Town Center (2)

  07/16     6.04 %   120,000     120,000  

North Bergen (Tonnelle Avenue)

  01/18     4.59 %   75,000     75,000  

Wilkes Barre (3)

                  19,898  

Forest Plaza

  07/18     1.45 %   17,000     17,000  

Mount Kisco (Target)

  11/34     7.30 %   15,746     16,003  

Mount Kisco (A&P)

  02/15     7.20 %   12,110     12,203  

Englewood

  10/18     6.22 %   11,630     11,760  

Lodi (4)

                  8,433  
                     

            $ 1,292,075   $ 1,200,762  
                     
                     

(1)
Subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%.

(2)
On May 13, 2013, Vornado notified the lender that due to tenants vacating, the property's operating cash flow will be insufficient to pay the debt service; accordingly, at Vornado's request, the mortgage loan was transferred to the special servicer. Although discussions with the special servicer to restructure the terms of the loan are ongoing, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate resolution of this matter.

(3)
This loan was repaid on August 11, 2014.

(4)
This loan was repaid on March 3, 2014.

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures defines fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value. The objective of fair value is to determine the price that would be received

F-34



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three levels: Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities; Level 2—observable prices that are based on inputs not quoted in active markets, but corroborated by market data; and Level 3—unobservable inputs that are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs and the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs. In determining fair value, we utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as consider counterparty credit risk in our assessment of fair value.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

        There were no financial assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Fair Value Measurements on a Non-Recurring Basis

        Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis on the combined balance sheets consist of a real estate asset that has been written-down to its estimated fair value during 2013. The fair value of this asset was determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including (i) discounted cash flow analysis, which considers, among other things, leasing assumptions, growth rates, discount rates and terminal capitalization rates, (ii) income capitalization approach, which considers prevailing market capitalization rates, and (iii) comparable sales activity. Generally, multiple valuation techniques are considered when measuring fair values but in certain circumstances, a single valuation technique may be appropriate. The table below summarizes the fair value of this asset by level in the fair value hierarchy.

 
  As of December 31, 2013  
(Amounts in thousands)
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Bruckner Blvd. 

  $ 142,021   $   $   $ 142,021  
                   
                   

Financial Assets and Liabilities not Measured at Fair Value

        Financial assets and liabilities that are not measured at fair value on the combined balance sheets include cash equivalents and mortgages payable. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The fair value of mortgages payable is calculated by discounting the future contractual cash flows of these instruments using current risk-adjusted rates available to borrowers with similar credit ratings, which are provided by a third-party specialist. The fair value of cash equivalents is classified as Level 1 and the fair value of mortgages payable is classified as Level 2. The table below

F-35



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

5. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

summarizes the carrying amounts and fair value of these financial instruments as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

 
  As of September 30, 2014   As of December 31, 2013  
(Amounts in thousands)
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair
Value
 

Assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 132,825   $ 132,825   $ 5,223   $ 5,223  
                   
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Mortgages payable

  $ 1,292,075   $ 1,318,180   $ 1,200,762   $ 1,201,000  
                   
                   

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Insurance

        Vornado maintains general liability insurance with limits of $300,000,000 per occurrence and all-risk property and rental value insurance coverage with limits of $2.0 billion per occurrence, with sub-limits for certain perils such as floods and earthquakes on each of Vornado's properties. Vornado also maintains coverage for terrorist acts with limits of $4.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate, and $2.0 billion per occurrence and in the aggregate for nuclear, biological, chemical and radiological ("NBCR") terrorism events, as defined by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act, which expires in December 2014. Insurance premiums are charged directly to each of the retail properties. UE intends to obtain appropriate insurance coverage on its own and coverages may differ from those noted above. Also, the resulting insurance premiums may differ materially from amounts included in the accompanying combined financial statements. UE will be responsible for deductibles and losses in excess of insurance coverage, which could be material.

        Regarding coverage for acts of terrorism, UE will continue to monitor the state of the insurance market and the scope and costs of coverage, but cannot anticipate what coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms in the future.

        Our mortgage loans are non-recourse and contain customary covenants requiring adequate insurance coverage. Although we believe that we currently have adequate insurance coverage for purposes of these agreements, we may not be able to obtain an equivalent amount of coverage at reasonable costs in the future. If lenders insist on greater coverage than we are able to obtain, it could adversely affect our ability to finance or refinance the properties.

Other

        There are various legal actions against us in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, the outcome of such matters will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        Our mortgage loans are non-recourse to us. However, in certain cases Vornado has provided guarantees or master leased tenant space. These guarantees and master leases terminate either upon the satisfaction of certain circumstances or the repayment of the underlying mortgage loans. As of

F-36



UE BUSINESSES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(Unaudited)

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


September 30, 2014, the aggregate amount of these guarantees and master leases was approximately $30,127,000. In addition, as of September 30, 2014, $967,000 of letters of credit were outstanding on one of Vornado's revolving credit facilities.

7. STOP & SHOP SETTLEMENT

        In 2003, Stop & Shop filed an action against Vornado in the New York Supreme Court, claiming that Vornado had no right to reallocate and therefore continue to collect $5,000,000 ($6,000,000 beginning February 1, 2012) of annual rent from Stop & Shop pursuant to a Master Agreement and Guaranty (the "Agreement"), because of the expiration of the leases to which the annual rent was previously allocated. Stop & Shop asserted that an order of the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York, as modified on appeal by the District Court, froze Vornado's right to reallocate and effectively terminated Vornado's right to collect the annual rent from Stop & Shop. Vornado asserted a counterclaim seeking a judgment for all of the unpaid annual rent accruing through the date of the judgment and a declaration that Stop & Shop continues to remain liable as long as any of the leases subject to the Agreement remain in effect. On November 7, 2011, the Court ruled in favor of Vornado. On February 6, 2013, Stop & Shop paid $124,000,000 to Vornado to settle all litigation and terminate the Agreement. Of the payment Vornado received, $47,900,000 satisfied the receivable and $59,599,000 was recognized as settlement income in the first quarter of 2013.

8. TRANSACTION COSTS

        Transaction costs were $4,683,000 in the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and consist primarily of a $3,157,000 cash make whole payment to Jeffrey S. Olson, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of UE, in accordance with his employment agreement, and professional fees in connection with the spin-off of UE.

9. INTEREST AND DEBT EXPENSE

        The following table sets forth the details of interest and debt expense.

 
  For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
 
  (Amounts in thousands)
 
 
  2014   2013  

Interest expense

  $ 39,553   $ 40,799  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,216     1,470  
           

  $ 40,769   $ 42,269  
           
           

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

        Subsequent events have been evaluated through November 13, 2014, the date that these combined financial statements were available to be issued.

F-37